Amends To SDs 2021

NP247(2)
ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS --

UPDATES TO SAILING DIRECTIONS AND
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2020 (Week 53/20)
CONTENTS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 2
SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE
PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 4
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

ii
INTRODUCTION
NP247(2), ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners -- Updates to Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous
Nautical Publications, contains the text of all updates to current editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing
Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications which have been published in Sections IV and
VII of ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2020
(Week 53/20).
HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION
Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications

Updates to ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are always
applied to the most recent edition of the volume in use. Details of the most recent edition of any
particular volume can be established by consulting:
NP131 ADMIRALTY Chart Catalogue, published annually in December.
Part 1 and Part 3 of this publication, published annually in January.
NP234 Cumulative List of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners, published 6--monthly in January
and July.
New editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are
announced in Section I of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. A complete listing of current editions is
updated and published quarterly in Part IB of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. It is also available
on the UKHO website at admiralty.co.uk.
Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision

Most volumes of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a “Continuous Revision” cycle.
This means that once a new edition is published it will be continuously revised by its Editor for a period
of approximately 3 years using information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the
life of the book, it is updated as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of ADMIRALTY
Notices to Mariners. These updates will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety of
navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes to national legislation
affecting shipping, and to port regulations.
It is recommended that updates are kept in a file with the latest list of updates in force on top. The
list should then be consulted when using the parent book to see if any changes, affecting the area
under consideration, are in force. Mariners may also annotate the parent book with the relevant week
number at affected paragraphs to indicate the presence of an update. It is not recommended that
changes be pasted into the parent book.
Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners

Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners are published weekly in ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
A check--list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at the end of Sections IV and
VII respectively of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV and VII Notices.
iii
Action on receipt of a volume of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions or Miscellaneous Nautical
Publication
(1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume is held.
(2) Check that the updates at Part 2 or Part 4 of this volume have been applied.
(3) Check that all updates published at either Sections IV and VII of ADMIRALTY Notices to
Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been applied, using the most recent
quarterly check--list at Section IV or VII of the Weekly Edition.
For further information, please refer to ‘How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date’,
NP294.
Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent editions of all
ADMIRALTY publications can be obtained from ADMIRALTY Distributors, and back copies of
ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the UKHO website.
iv
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
(Updated to Week 53/20)
NP No Title Edition Published /

correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
1 Africa Pilot Vol 1 19th (2020) 50/20
4 South--East Alaska Pilot 8th (2015) 16/15
5 South America Pilot Vol 1 19th (2017) 22/17
7A South America Pilot Vol 4 8th (2018) 51/18
8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and USA Pilot 15th (2019) 43/19
9 Antarctic Pilot 9th (2019) 24/19
10 Arctic Pilot Vol 1 9th (2016) 07/16
13 Australia Pilot Vol 1 6th (2020) 35/20
18 Baltic Pilot Vol 1 19th (2020) 27/20
21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 13th (2019) 20/19
22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 14th (2019) 28/19
23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot 9th (2019) 30/19
24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot 6th (2019) 33/19
25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 17th (2019) 38/19
26 British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 11th (2017) 11/17
27 Channel Pilot 12th (2018) 45/18
28 Dover Strait Pilot 13th (2020) 36/20
30 China Sea Pilot Vol 1 11th (2018) 29/18
31 China Sea Pilot Vol 2 14th (2019) 01/20
32A China Sea Pilot Vol 3 3rd (2020) 47/20
32B China Sea Pilot Vol 4 3rd (2020) 48/20
33 Philippine Islands Pilot 6th (2017) 49/17
34 Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 9th (2019) 10/19
37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 20th (2017) 26/17
38 West Coast of India Pilot 19th (2019) 49/19
39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 16th (2020) 39/20
40 Irish Coast Pilot 21st (2019) 41/19
1 -- 1
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 12th (2018) 08/18
42A Japan Pilot Vol 2 7th (2020) 13/20
42B Japan Pilot Vol 3 12th (2019) 49/19
42C Japan Pilot Vol 4 6th (2020) 41/20
43 S and E Coasts of Korea, E Coast of Siberia and 12th (2020) 10/20
Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
44 Malacca Strait and W Coast Sumatera Pilot 14th (2019) 40/19
45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 16th (2018) 14/18
50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 14th (2016) 34/16
51 New Zealand Pilot 19th (2015) 51/15
52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 10th (2018) 32/18
54 North Sea (West) Pilot 11th (2018) 18/18
55 North Sea (East) Pilot 12th (2020) 45/20
56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 17th (2018) 39/18
57A Norway Pilot Vol 2A 13th (2019) 50/19
57B Norway Pilot Vol 2B 10th (2017) 45/17
58A Norway Pilot Vol 3A 9th (2020) 11/20
58B Norway Pilot Vol 3B 8th (2018) 40/18
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 16th (2020) 05/20
60 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 13th (2018) 04/18
63 Persian Gulf Pilot 18th (2018) 27/18
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 19th (2018) 30/18
65 St Lawrence Pilot 19th (2020) 06/20
66A SW Coast of Scotland Pilot 2nd (2019) 03/19
66B NW Coast of Scotland Pilot 2nd (2019) 02/19
67 W Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 13th (2018) 09/18
68 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 1 16th (2018) 16/18
69 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 2 14th (2017) 38/17
69A E Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 9th (2020) 50/20
70 West Indies Pilot Vol 1 7th (2018) 46/18
71 West Indies Pilot Vol 2 18th (2017) 18/17
72 S Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 4th (2019) 36/19
1 -- 2
Index
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 2
INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31st December 2020 (Week 53/20)
NP Pilot Page
1 ... Africa Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 3
4 ... South--East Alaska Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 13
5 ... South America Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 14
7A . . South America Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 54
8 ... Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 62
9 ... Antarctic Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 63
10 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 65
13 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 75
18 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 88
19 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 92
20 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 108
21 . . . Bay of Bengal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 116
22 . . . Bay of Biscay Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 120
23 . . . Bering Sea and Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 122
24 . . . Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 122
25 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 128
26 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 129
27 . . . Channel Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 132
28 . . . Dover Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 139
30 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 140
31 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 164
32A . China Sea Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 167
32B . China Sea Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 173
33 . . . Philippine Islands Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 173
34 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 180
37 . . . West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 201
38 . . . West Coast of India Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 206
39 . . . South Indian Ocean Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 210
40 . . . Irish Coast Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 211
41 . . . Japan Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 212
42A . Japan Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 215
42B . Japan Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 216
42C . Japan Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 217
43 . . . South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot . . 2 -- 218
44 . . . Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 223
45 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 228
50 . . . Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 257
51 . . . New Zealand Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 259
2 -- 1
Index
NP Pilot Page
52 . . . North Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 271
54 . . . North Sea (West) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 273
55 . . . North Sea (East) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 278
56 . . . Norway Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 279
57A . Norway Pilot Volume 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 283
57B . Norway Pilot Volume 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 287
58A . Norway Pilot Volume 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 295
58B . Norway Pilot Volume 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 300
59 . . . Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 307
60 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 307
63 . . . Persian Gulf Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 322
64 . . . Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 337
65 . . . St Lawrence Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 341
66A . South west coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 342
66B . North west coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 344
67 . . . West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 345
68 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 348
69 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 353
69A . East coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 358
70 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 359
71 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 365
72 . . . Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 375
2 -- 2
Index
NP1
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2020 Edition) South Atlantic -- Tristan da Cunha Group —
Regulations
6
Mauritania -- Nouadhibou — After Paragraph 1.50 1 line 8 including existing Section IV
Controlling depths; obstructions Notice Week 28/18 Insert:
2 PSSA. The waters between a point on the coast at
182 311400S 175000E and Cape Agulhas (344982S
200071E) and generally incorporating the continental
Paragraph 6.57 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: shelf and Agulhas Bank, have been designated as a
PSSA and has been adopted by the IMO. See 1.47
1 The approach channel has depths of about 7 m,
and South African Annual Notices to Mariners.
gradually decreasing to about 6 m in the fairway near
The PSSA extends E to the vicinity of Great Fish
the berths; numerous obstructions, the least with a Point. See Africa Pilot Volume 3.
charted depth of 58 m at (205370N 170289W), lie
in the fairway within the white sector (286--292) of Tristan da Cunha Group
Point Chacal Light (6.68). See also 6.64. 1.50a
The port authority should be contacted for the latest 1 Bio--security rules. To protect the fragile ecology
information. of Tristan and the outer islands, which include Gough,
Inaccessible, Nightingale and Middle Islands, all
visiting vessels are required to fully understand the
French Chart 7833/20 [NP1--No 1--Wk 50/20]
bio--security rules which must be implemented before
arriving into the Territory and during the course of
their visit.
Mauritania -- Nouadhibou — Obstructions 2 The rules may be downloaded from:
www.tristandc.com/news--2020--01--25--
183 biosecurityrules.php
Non--compliance with the rules may attract heavy
Paragraph 6.64 1 including heading Replace by: fines.
Correspondence Tristan da Cunha Government
[NP2--No 27--Wk 09/20]
Dangers
6.64 The following notices are to be implemented at
1 Buoys and lights in the approaches to Noaudhibou 0000 UTC on 1 st April 2020
may be missing or unlit.
There are several unmarked wrecks in the N part South Atlantic -- Tristan da Cunha Group —
of the bay. Regulations; ATBA
Numerous charted and uncharted wrecks and 84
obstructions lie in and around the entrance channel
After Paragraph 2.55 1 line 3 Insert:
and fairway.
Traffic regulations
French Chart 7833/20 [NP1--No 2--Wk 50/20] 2.55a
1 Area to be avoided. An ATBA with a radius of
25 miles extends around Tristan da Cunha Island,
Inaccessible Island and Nightingale Island. The ATBA
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) applies to all vessels over 400 gt solely in transit.
UKHO [NP2--No 25--Wk 08/20]
Republic of South Africa — Regulations; PSSA South Atlantic -- Tristan da Cunha Group —
Regulations
6 84
Paragraph 2.55 1 including heading and existing Section IV
Paragraph 1.50 1 line 8 Replace by: Notice Week 08/20 Replace by:
2 PSSA. The waters between a point on the coast at Regulations

311400S 175000E and Cape Agulhas (344982S 2.55
200071E) and generally incorporating the continental 1 Area to be avoided. An ATBA with a radius of
shelf and Agulhas Bank, have been designated as a 25 miles extends around Tristan da Cunha Island,
PSSA which has been adopted by the IMO. See 1.47 Inaccessible Island and Nightingale Island. The ATBA
and South African Annual Notices to Mariners. applies to all vessels over 400 gt solely in transit.
The PSSA extends E to the vicinity of Great Fish Bio--security rules. All vessels visiting the territory
Point. See Africa Pilot Volume 3. are subject to certain rules before and during their
Other regulations. See Appendix II. visit. See 1.50a.
Correspondence Tristan da Cunha Government
South African Notice 5/45/18 [NP2--No 9--Wk 28/18] [NP2--No 28--Wk 09/20]
2 -- 3
Index
NP2
South Atlantic -- Gough Island — Terminal Authority. Perenco Cameroun, PO
Regulations; ATBA Box 1225, Douala, Cameroun.
Anchorage area for LNG carriers awaiting loading
90 is within a 1 mile radius of 30273N 94949E, in a
depth of 19 m.
After Paragraph 2.91 1 line 2 Insert: 2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position
30270N 94550E.
Traffic regulations Restricted area. A large restricted area surrounds
2.91a the installations.
1 Area to be avoided. An ATBA with a radius of
25 miles extends around Gough Island. The ATBA H102 Perenco Ltd (2020) [NP2--No 29--Wk 19/20]
applies to all vessels over 400 gt solely in transit.
UKHO [NP2--No 26--Wk 08/20] Equatorial Guinea -- Bata —

Directions; light buoy; wreck
Isla de Bioko -- Puerto de Malabo — 133

Berths; depths
Paragraph 4.196 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
99
1 From a position close to the approach light buoy
Paragraph 3.56 1 line 2 Replace by:
(safe water) the track leads generally SE passing:
...terminal, 350 m in length with depths alongside from 7 m SW of a dangerous wreck (15010N 94404E),
to 9 m. thence:
NE of the N extremity of the W breakwater.
French Notice 3/145/18 [NP2--No 7--Wk 07/18]
SHOM [NP2--No 14--Wk 22/19]
Cameroon -- Kribi — Marine terminal
Gabon -- Owendo — Berths
131
After Paragraph 4.173 6 line 2 Insert: 147
Paragraph 5.51 Replace by:

Sanaga Marine Terminal
4.173a 1 GSEZ Mineral Port (01824N 92934E), located
1 Position and function. The terminal is located NNW of Owendo. The terminal comprises two berths,
about 5 miles NW of Port de Kribi (4.153). The total length 175 m. Reported dredged depth alongside
development comprises production platform Sanaga 1 the quay is 8 m (2018). Two mooring buoys lie
(30090N 95120E) and FPSO FLNG Hilli Episeyo 4 cables WNW and 7 cables NNW, respectively, of the
(30088N 95019E). quay.
Terminal Authority. Perenco Cameroun, PO Website. http://gsezmineralport.com/index.php
Box 1225, Douala, Cameroun. 2 Manganese Ore Terminal (01710N 92960E).
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position The berth comprises dolphins and a loader which is
30270N 94550E. connected to shore by a 900 m jetty supporting the
Restricted area. A large restricted area surrounds conveyor. Charted depth alongside is about 11 m.
the installations. Vessels up to 220 m LOA and 90 m draught can berth
at the Manganese Ore Terminal.
French Notice 50/148/18 [NP2--No 11--Wk 02/19] Caution. A wreck with least depth 69 m lies about
2 cables W of the berth.
Cameroon -- Kribi -- Sanaga Marine Terminal — 3 General Cargo Quay (01704N 93015E), 455 m
Anchorage in length providing berths Nos 1, 2 and 3, numbered
from E to W, with charted depths from 63 to 110 m
131 alongside. Dolphins extend 150 m WNW, from the W
end of the quay to form berth No 4.
Paragraph 4.173 6 line(s) 2 including existing Section IV 4 GSEZ Quay (01705N 93040E). The quay
Notice Week 02/19 Replace by: comprises one multipurpose berth for a Panamax
vessel, total length of 420 m. Reported dredged depth
...tandem with the 350 000 dwt FSO.
alongside the quay is 11 m (2018). A swinging area
Sanaga Marine Terminal (01687N 93024E) with a radius of 200 m is
4.173a located SW of the quay. Further development to
1 Position and function. The terminal is located extend the quay NE and create a second Panamax
about 5 miles NW of Port de Kribi (4.153). The berth is in progress (2019).
development comprises production platform Sanaga 1 Website. http://gseznoip.com/index.php
(30090N 95120E) and FPSO FLNG Hilli Episeyo
(30088N 95019E). French Notice 02/09(P)/19 [NP2--No 12--Wk 06/19]
2 -- 4
Index
NP2
Gabon -- Cap Lopez — Anchorage Congo -- South--west of Pointe Tchitembo --
Yombo Terminal — Pilotage
152
162
Paragraph 5.115 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.204 1 lines 8--9 Replace by:
1 Vessels may anchor in the waiting anchorage Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position
(03700S 84440E), in a depth of about 70 m, sand 42570S 110510E.
and mud, about 1½ miles ENE of Cap Lopez (5.63),
close N of the pilot boarding position. French Notice 43/170/20 [NP2--No 32--Wk 52/20]
French Notice 43/168/19 [NP2--No 18--Wk 47/19] Angola -- Malongo Terminal — Pilotage
171
Gabon -- South--south--west of Pointe Tishibobo
— Terminal Paragraph 6.27 3 line 3 For 52800S 115800E Read
52950S 115860E
159
Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2--No 5--Wk 48/17]
Angola -- Futila Terminal — Directions; buoyage

Dussafu Terminal
173
General information
5.185a Paragraph 6.46 1 line 2 For 52981S 121003E Read
1 Position and function. Dussafu Terminal 53004S 121012E
(41482S 104912E) is an offshore oil loading
terminal comprising FPSO BW Adolo and four subsea Paragraph 6.46 1 lines 3--4 For 52956S 121003E Read
production wells. 52976S 121008E
Port Authority. BW Energy Gabon
Website. www.bwoffshore.com/business/fleet--map/ Paragraph 6.46 1 line 6 For 4½ cables Read 2 cables
azurite/
Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2--No 1--Wk 39/17]
Limiting conditions
5.185b
Angola -- River Congo -- Ponta Kimongoa —
1 Controlling depths. There are depths of 110 m in Directions; caution
the vicinity of the FPSO.
185
Arrival information
5.185c After Paragraph 6.150 1 line 10 Insert:
1 Port operations. Daylight mooring.
2 Caution. Dangerous rocks have been reported
Waiting anchorage. There is no designated
(2018) in the vicinity of Ponta Kimongoa Beacon.
anchorage for the terminal. In the event of a berthing
delay, the decision to drift or to anchor is at the Österreichischer Lloyd Seereederei (Cyprus) Ltd
discretion of the Master. It should be noted that in [NP2--No 8--Wk 21/18]
areas of offshore oil and gas activity some submerged
obstructions and wellheads may not be charted. See
also 1.18. Angola -- Kaombo Field — Restricted areas
2 Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot (along with the
193
Loading Master, surveyor, government representative
and Customs Official) boards three miles NE of the Paragraph 7.36 2 Replace by:
FPSO.
2 Restricted areas. A restricted area with a radius of
Tugs are available and its use is compulsory.
8 miles is centred on the FPSO. Kaombo Field
Restricted area. Dussafu Terminal lies in a
restricted area which encloses the FPSO and wells. (71604S 111664E) is enclosed within a restricted
Vessels must not enter the restricted area without the area, radius 8 miles. A restricted area centred on
permission of the Port Authority. 72454S 111972E, radius 10 miles, lies 15 miles W
Regulations. Main engines must be kept on of CLOV Terminal. Vessels are prohibited from fishing
standby throughout the loading operation. or entering the restricted area without the permission
of the terminal operator. Further mooring exclusion
Berth and safety zones of radius 500 m are established
5.185d around both the SPM and FPSO.
1 The FPSO is a 230 000 dwt tanker, moored by 3 Prohibited area. An entry prohibited area, radius
12 anchors. Export tanker size limitation is 1½ miles, centred on 72467S 111447E lies within
150 000 dwt. the above restricted area, marked by a light buoy
(special).
Correspondence -- Alliance Marine Services
[NP2--No 10--Wk 34/18] BA Chart 307 [NP2--No 6--Wk 01/18]
2 -- 5
Index
NP2
Angola -- Palanca Terminal — Pilotage No 3 (225310S 142810E);
No 4 (225418S 142822E), for small vessels. A
196 stranded wreck (225399S 142710E) lies in
the NW part of the anchorage.
Paragraph 7.73 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: The holding is generally good on a mud bottom.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 2¼ miles
NW or 9½ miles SE of the.... South African Charts ZA 1004 (2019); 1005 (2019)
[NP2--No 20b--Wk 02/20]
Total E&P Angola [NP2--No 2--Wk 39/17]
Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Pilotage
Namibia -- Walvis Bay — 226
Limiting conditions; controlling depths
Paragraph 8.52 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
226
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 5 cables
Paragraph 8.44 1 line 1 Replace by: NW of Fairway Light Buoy (225182S 143005E).
1 The channel to the main harbour is maintained to See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
144 m. The channel to the Oil Tanker Berths (8.64) is
South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 15--Wk 38/19]
maintained to 160 m.
South African Charts ZA 1004 (2019); ZA 1005 (2019) Namibia -- Walvis Bay —
[NP2--No 19--Wk 02/20] Arrival information; VTS; regulations
226
Namibia -- Walvis Bay —
Arrival information; VTS; regulations Paragraph 8.52 1 lines 1--4 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 38/19 Replace by:
226
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards about
After Paragraph 8.50 1 line 4 Insert: 5½ cables NW or WSW of the Fairway Light Buoy
(safe water) (225058S 142922E).
Vessel traffic service See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
8.50a Paragraph 8.53 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
1 A VTS scheme is in operation for the control of
shipping in the approaches to Walvis Bay. The Traffic regulations
scheme is not IMO adopted. 8.53
For further details, see ADMIRALTY List of 1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established
Radio Signals Volume 6(8). in the approaches to Walvis Bay. This scheme is not
IMO--adopted. The principles for the use of the
South African Charts ZA 1004 (2019); 1005 (2019)
[NP2--No 20a--Wk 02/20] scheme defined in Rule 10 of the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
apply.
Namibia -- Walvis Bay — Wreck; barge 2 Prohibited area. A large marine farm, centred on
225530S 142700E, in which navigation is
226
prohibited, occupies the SW part of the bay. The
After Paragraph 8.51 1 line 3 Insert: extremities of the restricted area are marked by light
buoys (special).
Caution. A stranded wreck (225400S 142720E), Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
position approximate, and a barge (225380S within a radius of 7 cables of the Fairway Light Buoy.
142800E) moored by four anchors marked by buoys,
lie within No 2 anchorage. South African Charts ZA 1004 (2019); 1005 (2019)
[NP2--No 20c--Wk 02/20]
South African Notice 1/29/19; 1/30/19
[NP2--No 13--Wk 11/19]
Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay —
Harbour; development
Arrival information; VTS; regulations 226
226 Paragraph 8.54 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.51 1 lines 1--6 including existing Section IV 1 The harbour is entered through a dredged, buoyed
Notice Week 11/19 Replace by: channel, leading S through the bay. The multi--purpose
berthing facilities front the town of Walvis Bay, while
1 Designated anchorages are as follows: the container terminal lies to the W of the harbour on
No 1 (224994S 143076E), deep--water reclaimed land. A small marina lies in the SW corner
anchorage and dangerous cargo; of the harbour.
No 2 (225191S 143119E), for shallow draught
vessels; South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 16a--Wk 38/19]
2 -- 6
Index
NP2
Namibia -- Walvis Bay — Paragraph 8.62 including paragraph number Replace by:
Arrival information; VTS; regulations
Main Harbour Channel
226 8.62
1 Track. From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy
Paragraph 8.54 1 lines 1--3 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 38/19 Replace by: (225058S 142922E), the track leads SSE for
about 1½ miles to the channel bifurcation marked by a
1 The harbour is entered through a dredged, buoyed light buoy (preferred channel to starboard).
channel, leading S through the bay. The multi--purpose Leading lights:
berthing facilities front the town of Walvis Bay, while Front light (warehouse) (225709S 142977E).
the container terminal lies to the W of the harbour on Rear light (framework tower) (3¾ cables from front
reclaimed land. light).
The Oil Tanker Berths lie in the SE part of the bay 2 The alignment (183) of the above lights, leads
and are approached through a separate dredged and S, through the dredged channel, marked by
buoyed channel. A small marina lies in the SW corner light buoys (lateral), to the turning basin, and
of the harbour. thence to the required berth.
Useful mark:
South African Charts ZA 1004 (2019); 1005 (2019) Radar tower (225675S 143010E).
[NP2--No 20d--Wk 02/20]
Paragraph 8.63 including heading Replace by:
Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Spare

Harbour; development 8.63
226 South African Chart ZA 1004; 1005 (2019)
[NP2--No 21--Wk 02/20]
Paragraph 8.55 1 including heading Replace by:
Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Berths
Spare
8.55 227
South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 16b--Wk 38/19] Paragraph 8.65 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by:
1 The container terminal (225701S 142917E),
Namibia -- Walvis Bay — Directions provides two berths with a maintained depth of 144 m
alongside. A 250 m radius turning basin, maintained to
227 144 m, lies to the E of the berths.
Paragraph 8.60 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 8.66 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
1 Caution. Because the extremity of Pelican Point is 1 The multipurpose terminal (225723S 142944E)
reported to be extending NE, vessels should not pass provides eight berths with a length totalling 1500 m;
between Spit Light Buoy (225155S 142687E) and maintained depths of 14 m (Nos 1 to 3) and 106 m
the point. (Nos 4 to 8). A dolphin jetty, about 350 m in length
Approach from south and west. From a position and with a maintained depth of 11 m, extends NNW
about 1¾ miles NNW of Pelican Point Light (8.34), the from the SW end of Berth No 8. A 250 m radius
track leads E in the inbound lane of the TSS to the turning basin, maintained to 144 m, fronts the NE part
vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy (225058S of the terminal.
142922E) and the pilot boarding position.
2 Approach from north and north--west. From a South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 17--Wk 38/19]
position about 4½ miles NNE of Pelican Point Light
the track leads SSE in the inbound lane of the TSS Namibia -- Walvis Bay — Berths
to the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy and the pilot
boarding position. 227
Paragraph 8.61 lines 1--11 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 8.66 1 lines 1--4 including existing Section IV
Oil Tanker Berth Channel 1 The multipurpose terminal (225723S 142944E)
8.61 provides eight berths with a length totalling 1500 m;
1 Leading lights: maintained depths of 14 m (Nos 1 to 3) and 106 m
Front light (round structure with red bands) (Nos 4 to 8).
(225462S 143163E).
Rear light (similar structure) (6 cables from front Passenger terminal
light). 8.66a
From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy 1 The passenger terminal comprises a dolphin jetty
(225058S 142922E), the alignment (151) of these (Berth No 9), about 350 m in length and with a
lights leads SSE for about 4¼ miles through the maintained depth of 11 m, extending NNW from the
dredged channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), to SW end of Berth No 8. A 250 m radius turning basin,
the turning basin, and thence to the required berth. maintained to 144 m, fronts the NE part of the jetty.
2 -- 7
Index
NP2
Oil Tanker Berths Republic of South Africa --
8.66b Saldanha Bay — Directions
1 Comprising two dolphin jetties connected by
walkways and a 5 cable long trestle to the shore, the 265
facility (225438S 143137E) is designed to After Paragraph 9.138 2 line 6 Insert:
accommodate 60 000 dwt tankers. The turning basin
and depths alongside are maintained to 160 m. A tug SE of North Bay Point (330227S 175629E),
berth lies at the root of the jetty. fringed with rocks. North Bay (330190S
175673E) is entered between North Bay Point
South African Chart ZA 1004; 1005 (2019) and Marcus Island (below). The greater part of the
[NP2--No 22--Wk 02/20] bay is encumbered with marine farms and
exposed to the swell, and heavy breakers occur
for a considerable distance offshore. Barrack
Directions; current meter Rock and Blink Klip Rock lie 2½ cables SE, and
1¼ miles E, respectively, of North Bay Point.
229 Thence:
After Paragraph 8.79 1 line 3 Insert: South African Notice 11/69(T)/19

[NP2--No 23--Wk 03/20]
Clear of a current meter (225998S 140298E),
depth 17 m, moored at the centre of an ATBA with
a radius 1 mile, thence: Republic of South Africa --
Saldanha Bay — Anchorage
ENC ZA3N0030 (3.000) [NP2--No 31--Wk 22/20]
266
Republic of South Africa -- Paragraph 9.143 4 lines 1--9 Delete

Saldanha Bay — Prohibited area
263
4 Salamanderpunt. Anchorage may be obtained in...
South African Notice 11/69(T)/19
3 An area extending 2¼ cables E, 3 cables W and
[NP2--No 24--Wk 03/20]
2½ cables S from a submarine pipeline and Multi
Buoy Mooring (MBM) (9.132). Anchoring, trawling and
unauthorised navigation within 500 metres is Republic of South Africa -- South--west coast --
prohibited. Saldanha Bay Harbour — Berths; depths
4 Fishing is prohibited within much of the harbour
266
area and its approaches.
Paragraph 9.146 1 line(s) 8 Replace by:
South African Notice 9/62/17 [NP2--No 3--Wk 47/17]
...enclosed area in the approach with dredged
depths from 70 to 80 m. The quay and
Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay — approaches are not maintained and depths of
MBM; submarine gas pipeline
56 m have been reported (2020).
263
South African Notice 3/39T/20 [NP2--No 30--Wk 19/20]
Paragraph 9.132 1 lines 1--5 including heading. Replace
by:
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition)
Hazards
9.132 Somalia and Kenya — Piracy
1 Crayfish trap fishing. See 9.9.
Submarine and military exercise areas. See 9.3. 3
Aquaculture areas and shellfish beds.
Aquaculture areas and mussel beds lie in large Paragraph 1.18 Replace by:
concentrations on the E side of the harbour and on
1 The British Maritime and Coastguard Agency has
the NE side of Spending Beach (330200S
brought to the attention of shipowners, masters and
175820E). Mariners should keep well clear of rafts,
buoys, floats or lines associated with shellfish crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high seas or
breeding. armed robbery against ships at anchor, off ports or
A submarine pipeline, carrying liquid petroleum when underway through the territorial waters of certain
gas, extending 1½ miles SSW from the shore coastal states.
(330050S 180055E), connecting to a MBM within 2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade
a prohibited area (9.130). Operations) has established a designated Voluntary
Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red
South African Notices 9/60 and 62/17 Sea, Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean S
[NP2--No 4--Wk 47/17] of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E.
2 -- 8
Index
NP3
The High Risk Area (HRA) is an area within the South Africa -- South coast --
UKMTO VRA where it is considered there is a higher Port Elizabeth — Berths; alongside depths
risk of piracy and within which self--protective
measures are most likely to be required. The high risk 95
area is bounded by: Paragraph 2.127 1 line(s) 3 For charted depth 110 m Read
3 Parallel 15N in the Red Sea. least depth 105 m
The territorial waters off the coast of E Africa at
latitude 05S. Then to positions:
000000N 550000E. South African Notice 3/42(T)/20 [NP3--No 23--Wk 19/20]
100000N 600000E.
140000N 600000E. South Africa -- Algoa Bay --
4 The HRA does not infringe on the territorial waters Port of Ngqura — Pilotage
of any state except for Somalia.
For further information, see The Mariner ’s 95
Handbook. Paragraph 2.133 1 lines 4--7 Replace by:
After Paragraph 1.18 Insert: Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in position
335290S 254280E or 335100S 254170E. For
Recommended practices further information, see Port Elizabeth in ADMIRALTY
1.18a List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
1 Recommended practices, including anti--attack
plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and South African Notice 6/64/20 [NP3--No 24--Wk 31/20]
responses are outlined on charts Q6099, Q6111 and
The Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts Mozambique -- Maputo — Pilotage
is published in ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 1. Additional guidance can be found in Best 156
Management Practices for Protection against Somalia Paragraph 5.36 1 line(s) 2 For 255551S 324695E
Based Piracy, available from the Maritime Security Read 255642S 324675E
Centre (Horn of Africa) website (www.mschoa.org).
2 Details of the current prevalence of reported piracy
GB Chart 644/19 [NP3--No 9--Wk 43/19]
and armed robbery for all regions may be found on
the website (www.icc--ccs.org) of the International
Chamber of Commerce Commercial Crime Services. Mozambique -- Maputo — Pilotage
Reporting 156
1.18b
1 Piracy warnings are received and issued by the
Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area For vessels with a draught of 115 m or more, and
covered by this volume. Details of the current reported all tankers of any draught, inbound or outbound,
piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be pilotage is compulsory in Canal...
found on the International Chamber of Commerce
Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org. Maputo Port Harbour Master [NP3--No 22--Wk 19/20]
2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This
enables mariners to report information or suspicions Mozambique – Beira —
about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and Limiting conditions; controlling depth
confidentially to:
165
IMB Piracy Reporting Centre
Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014 Paragraph 5.113 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
E--mail: imbkl@icc--css.org / piracy@icc--css.org
For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of 1 The channel is reported (2019) to be maintained to
Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook. a depth of 80 m. It is generally 135 m in width except
in the vicinity of Light Buoy No 9 (195350S
GB Chart Q6099 [NP3--No 4--Wk 20/19] 345045E), where Canal do Macúti meets Canal
Rambler, it is 250 m wide. See caution at 5.124.
Republic of South Africa -- Offshore -- Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways
East of Alphard Banks — Authority [NP3--No 1--Wk 16/19]
Marine exploitation; safety zone
75 Mozambique – Beira — Limiting conditions;

maximum size of vessel handled
166
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an
offshore safety zone which surrounds the above areas Paragraph 5.115 1 line(s) 2 For 1 m (3ft) Read 12 m (4ft)
of marine exploitation and extends to the shore.
Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways
ENC ZA300060 (4.000) [NP3--No 26--Wk 33/20] Authority [NP3--No 2--Wk 16/19]
2 -- 9
Index
NP3
Mozambique -- Beira — Anchorages Mozambique -- Beira --
Canal do Macúti — Directions; caution
166 167
Paragraph 5.118 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: After Paragraph 5.128 2 line 8 Insert:
Caution. Strong currents crossing the channel may
1 Waiting anchorage. Vessels waiting to enter Beira be encountered at the bend in the channel leading
may anchor, clear of the entrance channel, in the into Canal Rambler.
following locations:
At least 2 miles E of Light Buoy P (195258S Port of Beira [NP3--No 8--Wk 41/19]
345698E), about 7 m (23 ft), mud;
At least 3 miles ESE of Light Buoy A (195379S Mozambique -- Quelimane — Pilotage
345922E), depth 10 to 13 m (33 to 43 ft), sand 171
and mud;
About 8 miles ESE of Light Buoy A for transfer of Paragraph 5.162 3 line(s) 3--5 Replace by:
dangerous cargoes. ...board in position 180621S 365985E.
For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
Port of Beira [NP3--No 5--Wk 41/19] Signals Volume 6(8).
Mozambique Chart MZ16402/17
Mozambique – Beira — [NP3--No 27--Wk 33/20]
Arrival information; pilotage
Mozambique -- Quelimane — Directions
166 172
Paragraph 5.119 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 5.164 1--7 Replace by:
1 Caution. The positions of the buoys are adjusted to
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The meet the frequent changes both at the bar and in the
pilot boards 6 cables NW of Light Buoy P (195258S channel to Quelimane.
345697E). See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Track. From the vicinity of the pilot boarding
Volume 6(8). position, the track leads generally NNW, passing:
Between light buoys (lateral), the positions of which
Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways are liable to change, marking the bar off the mouth
Authority [NP3--No 3--Wk 16/19] of Rio dos Bons Sinais, thence:
2 Clear of a stranded wreck (180484S
365956E), thence:
Mozambique -- Beira — Directions; shoals ENE of Ponta Olinda (180311S 365798E),
thence:
167 ENE of the entrance to Canal da Olinda (180116S
365720E), an unmarked channel leading round
Paragraph 5.125 1 line(s) 3--5 Replace by: the S extremity of Ilha Lambué and into Canal do
Oeste which passes the E side of Ilha dos Cavalos
SE of an 85 m (28 ft) patch (200468S Marinhos, thence:
351825E); a 10 m patch lies 1¼ miles NW. 3 WSW of Ponta Tangalane (180074S
Thence: 365818E). Care is necessary when nearing
SE of an 82 m (27 ft) patch (200069S Ponta Tangalane, as the in--going tidal stream
351280E), and: here sets directly towards the banks on the W
NE of a 42 m (14 ft) patch (200328S 350987E), side of the channel. Thence:
giving it a berth of at least 2½ miles; a patch of 4 ENE of an extensive drying bank of sand
similar depths lies close W. (175990S 365718E) and mud marking the
W side of Canal das Moscas, and which
ENCs GB401003 and GB302934 extends E from Ilha dos Cavalos Marinhos
[NP3--No 6--Wk 41/19] (175984S 365540E), a low island covered
with mangroves.
Thence the track curves through NW to lead WNW,
Mozambique -- Beira — Directions; approach passing:
5 Close SSW of Ilha Mojobo (175813S
365462E).
167 Thence the track continues generally N, passing:
W of Ilha Rambe (175658S 365414E), thence:
Paragraph 5.126 1 line(s) 5--8 Replace by: E of Ilha do Governador (175411S 365382E),
Approaching from NE, vessels should make for a low and covered with mangroves.
position about 10 miles ESE of Light Buoy A, thence The track then continues as required to the berth or
follow a WNW track to the vicinity of Light Buoy A. anchorage off Quelimane.
Mozambique Chart MZ16402/17
Port of Beira [NP3--No 7--Wk 41/19] [NP3--No 28--Wk 33/20]
2 -- 10
Index
NP3
Mozambique -- Nacala — Tanzania -- Tanga — Directions; leading lights
Directions; Leading lights
242
183 Paragraph 9.29 3--5 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.37 1 line 1 For 142516S Read 142500S 3 SW of an obstruction (50341S 391322E),
formed by the remains of a former light
Paragraph 6.37 2 line 3 For (142901S 404095E) Read beacon, at the SW end of a patch of foul
(142909S 404096E) ground and marked on its S side by No 1
Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
NE of Niule (50440S 391125E) (9.10), marked at
Paragraph 6.37 2 line 5 For 3 cables Read 1 cable its E and NE extremities by light buoys, thence:
4 To a position SW of Fungu Nyama (50136S
Paragraph 6.37 2 line 7 For 1555 Read 1544 391344E), an extensive drying coral reef. The track
then leads W, passing:
Mozambique Chart 16205/19 [NP3--No 19--Wk 02/20] N of Niule (9.10), thence:
Clear of an isolated depth of 122 m (50270S
391130E), reported (1957).
Mozambique -- Pemba — Berth; shoals Thence to the inner pilot boarding position (9.21).
188 Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 13--Wk 49/19]
Paragraph 6.63 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — Directions
1 Alongside. A T -- headed pier (125806S 242
402914E) projects S from the town of Pemba. The
Paragraph 9.30 1--4 Replace by:
berthing face, 182 m in length, has a depth alongside
reported (2018) to be 75 m. A pontoon jetty lies close 1 For entry to Tanga Bay it is recommended to
E, extending S from the shore. The berthing face is remain on the N side of the Ras Kazone leading line
about 120 m long; vessels can berth either side. (9.31a) in order to avoid the shallow depths, which
may be less than charted, at its inner end.
Paragraph 6.63 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: From the vicinity of the inner pilot boarding position
...patches surrounding Baixo Mutine (125643S (9.21), the track leads W, passing:
402763E). 2 S of Ulenge Reefs (50225S 390980E),
detached and which barely dry; the SE edge
Mozambique Chart 16206/2020 [NP3--No 25--Wk 32/20] is marked by a light buoy. Shoal areas extend
up to 2 cables S of the reefs. Thence:
Clear of an isolated depth, reported, of 111 m
Tanzania -- Pangani Bay to Tanga — Light (50287S 390972E); a second isolated depth,
reported, of 65 m lies about 3¼ cables farther S.
239 Thence:
3 N of Dixon Bank (50354S 390949E), a small
Paragraph 9.6 1 line(s) 4 Replace by: coral patch marked by a light buoy, thence:
...position SE of Niule (9.10) at the entrance... N of shoal depths (50340S 390880E), where the
depths are reported (1979) to be unreliable. The
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 10--Wk 49/19] shoals are marked on the N side by No 8 Light
Buoy. Thence:
4 S of Kwawa Reef (50238S 390779E), part of
Tanzania -- Pangani Bay to Tanga — Directions which dries and which extends 8 cables S
from Ras Chongoleani (50167S 390764E),
240 a mangrove covered point; the S extremity of
the reef is marked by a light buoy. Thence:
Paragraph 9.10 6 line(s) 2--6 Replace by: 5 N of Ras Kazone (50326S 390728E), cliff
...drying coral reef marked on its NE and E sides by light like, covered with vegetation and fronted by a
buoys, and by No 3 Beacon (white, tripod base) (50403S drying reef.
391106E) standing near the NW edge. Thence as required for anchorage in Tanga Bay.
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 14--Wk 49/19]
Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay —
Tanzania -- Tanga — Pilotage Directions; leading lights
242--243
241
1 Caution. The leading lights exhibited from the E
...Ulenge Reefs (9.30). Deep draught vessels... extremity of Toten Island (9.14) and throughout the
inner harbour are close together and also serve as
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 12--Wk 49/19] anchorage leads.
2 -- 11
Index
NP3
Toten Island Leading Lights: The track then leads through an area of shoal
Front light (white concrete tower) (50327S patches, marked on the N side by a light buoy, to the
390663E). moorings.
Rear light (similar structure) (75 m from front light).
2 From a position in Tanga Bay about 3½ cables SW Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 16--Wk 49/19]
of Kwawa Reef (9.30), the alignment (235) of these
Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — Anchorages
lights leads SW to a position NNW of Ras Kazone
(9.30). A shoal area and drying reef extend NNW of 243
Raz Kazone, marked by a light buoy. Paragraph 9.32 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by:
Tanga Inner Harbour Leading Lights:
Front light (white concrete pillar, 8 m in height) Anchorages and moorings
(50373S 390679E). 9.32
Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) (67 m 1 CBM (oil), 5 cables E of Ras Kazone (9.30).
from front light). CBM (LPG), close E of Toten Island South Light
3 The alignment (204) of these lights leads SSW, (9.31).
passing: Anchorage in Tanga Bay, entered between Ras
WNW of Ras Kazone, thence: Kazone and Kwawa Reef, 9 cables NNE, in depths
ESE of a drying reef extending E of the E extremity of from 11 to 18 m. Maximum draught 167 m.
Toten Island, marked by a light buoy, thence: Tanga inner harbour provides sheltered anchorage
Kissosora Leading Lights: in depths from 6 to 11 m for vessels up to 183 m in
Front light (white concrete tower, 6 m in height) length. Maximum draught 94 m.
(50387S 390599E).
4 Rear light (similar structure) (2½ cables from GB Chart 663; Indian Chart 2693; ENC GB50663A
front light). [NP3--No 17--Wk 49/19]
The alignment (247) of these lights leads into the
inner harbour, passing: Tanzania -- Tanga to Moa Bay — Directions; light
NNW of Hospital Spit Light (white concrete tower) 243
(50365S 390672E), thence:
SSE of Toten Island South Light (white tower) Paragraph 9.38 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
(50351S 390649E). 1 From a position SE of Niule (50440S 391125E)
5 Useful marks: (9.10) at the entrance to the port of...
Tower (50373S 390728E).
Post Office tower (50419S 390630E). Paragraph 9.43 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
1 From a position SE of Niule (50440S 391125E)
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 15--Wk 49/19] (9.10), the track leads NNE, passing:

Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay —
Directions; leading lights Kenya -- Lamu -- Manda Bay — Pilotage
272
243
...and over. See 10.95.
Direct route to moorings east of Ras Kazone Kenya Port Authority [NP3--No 20--Wk 02/20]
9.31a
1 Caution. It is reported (1979) that depths W of Kenya -- Lamu -- Manda Bay — Pilotage
Dixon Bank are unreliable; depths less than charted 274
may exist. Paragraph 10.95 4 line 7 Replace by:
From a position S of the inner pilot boarding
position (9.21), shallow draught vessels may proceed ...advance. Pilots board in approximate position 22253S
to the moorings as follows: 410262E.
Ras Kazone Leading Lights: Paragraph 10.95 6 Replace by:
Front light (white concrete tower, 11 m in height)
(50324S 390758E). 6 Development. The Kenyan government is
2 Rear light (mast and yard on white concrete developing Manda Bay and has instigated the Lamu
tower and gallery, black stripe, 22 m in height) Port Southern Sudan--Ethiopia Transport Corridor
(3 cables from front light), exhibited from the project (LAPSSET). The first phase was completed in
signal station (9.25). 2019 with Berth No 1 situated at Shaka la Paye
The alignment (266) of these lights leads towards (10.99). Access to the new port facilities follows a
moorings, passing: buoyed channel and leading lights through Mlango
S of Ulenge Reefs (9.30), thence: Muhaji (10.96) and Manda Roads, between Manda
Clear of an isolated depth of 65 m (50320S Island and Pate Island, thence into Manda Bay.
390966E), reported, thence: Further information should be obtained from the Port
3 N of Dixon Bank (50354S 390949E), a small Authority.
coral patch marked by a light buoy on its N
side. Kenya Port Authority [NP3--No 21--Wk 02/20]
2 -- 12
Index
NP4
NP4 South--East Alaska Pilot (2015 Edition) Alaska -- Frederick Sound --
The Five Fingers — Directions; light
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- 175

Cape Decision — Directions; light
Paragraph 6.49 6 line 8 For (6.37) Read (6.70)
146
US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 8--Wk 43/19]
Paragraph 5.27 1 lines 6--7 Delete
Alaska -- Frederick Sound --
After Paragraph 5.28 2 line 9 Insert: The Five Fingers — Directions; light
Cape Decision Light (7.19). 177

US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 3--Wk 43/19]
US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 9--Wk 43/19]
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island --
150
178
US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 4--Wk 43/19] Five Finger Light (6.70).
Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- 2 WSW of Five Finger Light (white square tower
The Five Fingers — Directions; light on square base, 18 m in height) (571622N
1333788W). A reef, covered at HW, extends
168
1½ cables SW from the light.
Paragraph 6.14 2 line 5 Delete Paragraph 6.71 2 line 2 For (6.37) Read (6.70)
US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 5--Wk 43/19] US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 10--Wk 43/19]

Kake -- Security Bay — Patch The Five Fingers — Directions; light
169 182
After Paragraph 6.22 6 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 6.89 5 line 7 Delete
A 12 m (4 ft) patch (565048N 1342033W) lies
US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 11--Wk 43/19]
SSE of this patch.
US Notice 35/17368/17 [NP4--No 2--Wk 41/17] Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island --
Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- 197

172
Cape Decision Light photograph caption For (7.15) Read
Paragraph 6.37 1 lines 6--10 Delete (7.19)
Five Finger Light photograph caption For (6.37) Read US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 12--Wk 43/19]
(6.70)
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island --
US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 6--Wk 43/19]
198
Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- After Paragraph 7.17 1 line 11 Insert:
Cape Decision Light (7.19).
173 Paragraph 7.19 1 line 4 Replace by:
After Paragraph 6.38 4 line 8 Insert: S of Cape Decision Light (white square tower, 18 m
in height) (560009N 1340816W), at a
Five Finger Light (6.70). distance of...
2 -- 13
Index
NP4
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- Cape Spencer Light photograph caption For (9.68) Read
Cape Decision — Directions; light (9.45)
224 US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 20--Wk 08/20]

Alaska -- Cross Sound --
Cape Spencer — Directions; light
US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 14--Wk 43/19]
263
Alaska -- Cross Sound -- Cape Spencer — Light Paragraph 9.71 4 line 1 For (9.68) Read (9.45)
257 US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 21--Wk 08/20]
Paragraph 9.40 1 line 4 For (9.68) Read (9.45) Alaska -- Cross Sound --
Cape Spencer — Directions; light
US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 15--Wk 08/20] 264
Cape Spencer — Directions; light Paragraph 9.76 6 line 2 For (9.68) Read (9.45)
257 US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 22--Wk 08/20]

Paragraph 9.43 4 lines 1--5 Replace by: Alaska -- Cross Sound --
1 Landmarks: Cape Spencer — Directions; light
Cape Spencer (9.69). 278
Horn Mountain (10.14).
Paragraph 10.13 1 line 2 For (9.68) Read (581193N
US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 16--Wk 08/20] 1363843W) (9.45)

Cape Spencer — Directions; light Paragraph 10.18 1 line 2 For (9.68) Read (581193N
1363843W) (9.45)
258
US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 23--Wk 08/20]
...Spencer Light (white square building, 9 m in height) Cook Inlet – Approaches to Anchorage —
(581193N 1363843W). Directions; V--AIS
365
US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 17--Wk 08/20]
Alaska -- Cross Sound -- V--AIS:

Cape Spencer — Directions; light The channel, in places, is marked by V--AIS.
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
260 Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Paragraph 9.55 6 line 3 For (9.68) Read (9.45) US Notice 45/16660/15 [NP4--No 1--Wk 47/15]
US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 18--Wk 08/20] NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition)
Brazil — Regulations; Extractive Reserves

Alaska -- Cross Sound -- Cape Spencer — Light
6
261
After Paragraph 1.49 Insert:
Extractive Reserves
1.49a
US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 19--Wk 08/20] 1 Extractive Reserves have been established by
Brazilian Federal Decree at many places along the
Alaska -- Cross Sound -- coast. Exploitation of mineral resources and amateur
Cape Spencer — Directions; light or professional hunting are prohibited. Predatory
fishing is prohibited and sport fishing is only permitted
262 with authorisation by the responsible authority within
the Extractive Reserve. The chart is the best guide to
locations.
Paragraph 9.69 1 line 2 For (9.68) Read (9.45) Brazilian Notice 9/N46/18 [NP5--No 47--Wk 24/18]
2 -- 14
Index
NP5
Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Santos — Brazil -- Rio Amazonas — Regulations
Marine exploration
81
71 Paragraph 3.40 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
After Paragraph 2.3 1 line 9 Insert: 1 Ship reporting systems. The SISTRAM reporting
system is mandatory within Brazilian territorial waters;
2 A large ship to ship transfer area is established see 1.36.
offshore, about 65 miles S of Porto de Santos (8.18). Ballast water management. Special regulations
Mariners should be aware that vessels engaged in apply to ports of the Amazon basin; see 1.48.
transfer operations will be unable to manoeuvre.
Correspondence [NP5--No 14--Wk 48/17]
Brazilian Notice 20/144/18 [NP5--No 67--Wk 48/18]
Brazil -- North--east coast --
Approaches to Rio Amazonas --
Brazil -- Penedos de São Pedro e São Paulo — Banco do Meio — Directions; wreck
Environmental Protection Area
83
NW of Banco do Meio (10067N 493800W).
After Paragraph 2.8 2 line 6 Insert: Nos 2 and 4 Light Buoys (port hand) and a
Environmental Protection Area. Fishing dangerous wreck (10178N 493893W),
restrictions apply in an Environmental Protection Area position approximate, are situated NW of the
established around Penedos de São Pedro e São bank. Thence:
Paulo. Brazilian Notice 24/236; 241(P)/19; ENC BR400221
Fishing is prohibited within the Natural Monument of [NP5--No 105--Wk 05/20]
São Pedro and São Paulo Archipelago, which lies
within the Environmental Protection Area. For further
information contact the local authorities. Brazil -- Porto de Santana — Berths; anchorage
88
...510656W. An anchorage in vicinity of 00550S
Brazil -- Vitória--Trindade Seamount Chain — 510670W is designated for vessels carrying or
Environmental Protection Areas transferring inflammable cargoes. These areas may
change due to shifting...
73
Brazil Notice 16/107/17 [NP5--No 8--Wk 41/17]
Brazil -- North coast --
East of Ilha Do Oiapoque — Directions
Environmental Protection Areas
2.21a 88
1 An Environmental Protection Area is established
around Ilha da Trindade (2.26), Ilhas Martin Vaz (2.22) Paragraph 3.81 2 line 4 Replace by:
and Columbia Seamount (2.21). Fishing restrictions NW extremity of Ilha do Pará, and;
apply. SE of a shoal patch with a least depth of 25 m lying
Fishing is prohibited within the Natural Monument of 5 cables E of Ilha Do Oiapoque, thence:
Ilha da Trindade, Ilhas Martin Vaz and Columbia
Seamount, which lie within the Environmental Brazil Notice 21/120(P)/17 [NP5--No 21--Wk 50/17]
Protection Area. For further information contact local
authorities. Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará --
Ilha dos Guarás — Directions; light
Brazilian Notice 5/53/19 [NP5--No 85--Wk 15/19] 93
Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Orange —
Directions; light
Brazilian Notice 12/87(P)/18 [NP5--No 55--Wk 31/18]
78
Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará --
Ponta Taipu — Directions; light
93
Spare
3.16 Paragraph 3.127 3 lines 1--3 Delete
Brazilian Notice 15/157(P)/19 [NP5--No 92--Wk 40/19] Brazilian Notice 3/I 32(P)/19 [NP5--No 79--Wk 11/19]
2 -- 15
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Canal do Espadarte — Brazil -- North coast -- Porto de Belém —
Directions; depths Directions; wreck
93 96
ESE of a dangerous wreck (11663S 483067W),
...over it. Thence: lying close SE of Ilha Jutuba, thence:
SE of a patch (02973S 480113W), with a least
reported depth of 61 m and marked by a light buoy Brazilian Notice 3/I 33/19 [NP5--No 81--Wk 11/19]
(lateral).
Brazil -- Belém -- Ilha do Mosqueiro —
Directions; shoal depth
Brazilian Notice 20/143(P)/17, 20/146(P)/17
[NP5--No 15--Wk 48/17] 97
Brazil – Rio Pará – Canal do Espadarte — ...exhibited, and:
Directions; depth
WNW of a shoal (11329S 482864W), depth
93 48 m, thence:
Paragraph 3.130 1 line 13 including Existing Section IV
Notice Week 48/17 Replace by: Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Baía de Marajó —
...over it. Thence: Directions; wreck
SE of a patch (02973S 480113W), with a least 99
reported depth of 54 m and marked by a light
buoy (starboard hand).
NW of a dangerous wreck (12469S 484195W),
Brazilian Notice 11/113/19 [NP5--No 88--Wk 29/19] thence;
Ponta Taipu — Directions; light Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará --
Porto de Vila do Conde — Directions; buoy
93
99
NW of Ponta Taipu (03971S 480263W). ...a drying sandbank, thence:
Brazilian Notice 3/I 32(P)/19 [NP5--No 80--Wk 11/19] Brazilian Notice 24/184(P)/18 [NP5--No 70--Wk 05/19]
Brazil -- Rio Pará --

Brazil -- Rio Pará — Directions; wreck Porto de Vila do Conde — Directions; wreck
94 101
Clear of a dangerous wreck (12469S
NW of a dangerous wreck (05255S 481957W), 484195W), thence:
thence:
HYDROLANT 3998/19 [NP5--No 104--Wk 05/20]
Brazil -- River Amazon --
Ilha das Garças — Directions; depths
Salinópolis to Chapéu Virado — Directions 109--110
Paragraph 3.239 3 line 9 and 4 lines 1--9 Replace by:
94
...573120W, thence the track favours the N bank
Paragraph 3.136 1 line 8 Replace by: of the river, passing:
4 NW of Ilha das Garças (23541S 573808W);
...extending towards the NE.
a shoal area extends NNW from the island.
Paragraph 3.136 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: Thence:
SE of Capela Light (white diamond on white metal
2 The track then continues WSW, passing: post, 10 m in height) (23537S 574002W),
NNW of No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) (02300S clear of the shoal area extending SSE from Ilha
480650W), moored off the N edge of Banco São das Garças, in mid--stream, thence the track
João (02505S 480630W), thence: crosses to the S bank of the river, passing:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (02300S 480800W). NW of Porto Equador Light (white diamond on metal
The track then continues WSW for about 4½ miles framework tower, 10 m in height) (24300S
to a position NNW of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) 574241W)
(02550S 481152W). Thence to a position off Vila de Urucurituba (3.250).
Brazil Notice 24/169/17 [NP5--No 35--Wk 05/18] Brazilian Notice 20/144(P)/17 [NP5--No 16--Wk 48/17]
2 -- 16
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Rio Amazonas -- Vila de Urucurituba to Anchorage No 1 (30757S 600342W); general
Ponta Autaz — Directions; wreck cargo ships waiting to berth.
Anchorage No 2 (30813S 600406W); outer
112 quarantine, customs and maritime police inspection
anchorage.
After Paragraph 3.252 1 line 10 Insert: 2 Anchorage No 3 (30874S 600222W); general
cargo vessels waiting to dock.
580524W), thence: Anchorage No 4 (31052S 595957W); general
cargo vessels waiting to dock.
Anchorage No 5 (30954S 595634W); vessels
Brazilian Notice 11/I 65(P)/20 [NP5--No 111--Wk 31/20]
waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.274).
Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus —
Vertical clearance
Traffic regulations
115 3.266a
1 Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited in the
After Paragraph 3.263 1 line 2 Insert: vicinity of the two large pontoon berths (30826S
600172W) (3.274).
Vertical clearance Brazilian Notice 9/101/19 [NP5--No 87--Wk 25/19]
3.263a
1 A fixed bridge (30716S 600472W) with a
vertical clearance of 55 m spans Rio Negro Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus — Bridge
NE from Camarao Island (30852S
600509W). 116
ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 17--Wk 48/17]
ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 19--Wk 48/17]

Brazil -- Rio Negro --
Porto de Manaus — Anchorages
Cabo Gurupi — Directions; wreck
115
125
1 The anchorage areas are SW and SE of the city,
clear of the mooring buoys, in depths from 143 to NNE of Cabo Gurupi (05427S 461153W), from
34 m, mud and sand. The current in this vicinity which a light (4.18) is exhibited, and clear of a
averages 2 kn. dangerous wreck (03100S 460500W). Cabo
Anchorage No 1 (30757S 600342W); general Gurupi is the NE point of Ilha Apeú (05748S
cargo ships waiting to berth. 461457W).
Anchorage No 2 (30813S 600406W); outer
quarantine, customs and maritime police inspection Brazilian Notice 4/43/19 [NP5--No 82--Wk 14/19]
anchorage.
2 Anchorage No 3 (30874S 600222W); general Brazil -- North coast --
cargo vessels waiting to dock. Cabo Gurupi — Directions; wreck
Anchorage No 4 (31052S 595957W); general
cargo vessels waiting to dock. 125
Anchorage No 5 (30954S 595634W); vessels
waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.273)
1 From a position NNE of Cabo Gurupi, clear of a
Brazilian Notice 20/148/17 [NP5--No 18--Wk 48/17] dangerous wreck (03100S 460500W), the track
leads ESE, passing:
Brazil – Porto de Manaus — Brazilian Notice 4/43/19 [NP5--No 83--Wk 14/19]
Anchorages; traffic regulations
115 Brazil – North coast – Cabo Gurupi to

Ilhas de São João — Directions; wreck
Paragraph 3.265 including Existing Section IV Notice
Week 48/17 Replace by: 125
1 The anchorage areas are SW and SE of the city, After Paragraph 4.28 2 line 5 Insert:
clear of the mooring buoys, in depths from 143 to Clear of a dangerous wreck (10230S 452320W),
34 m, mud and sand. The current in this vicinity thence:
averages 2 kn.
Aguada anchorage berth (30693S 600523W). ENC BR321500 [NP5--No 54--Wk 30/18]
2 -- 17
Index
NP5
Brazil – North coast – Ilha Mangunça — Brazil -- North coast -- Approaches to
Directions; light Rio das Preguiças -- Barra das Preguiças —
Directions; wreck
126
133
Brazilian Notice 11/76(P)/18 [NP5--No 53--Wk 29/18] ...das Preguiças Light (4.89) stands WSW of the point. A
dangerous wreck (23080S 424590W) lies 3 miles NW
of the river mouth.
Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos --
Ilha do Medo — Directions; light
127
Brazil -- Pecém Terminal — Anchorages; berths
137
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18
Paragraph 4.143 1 line 3 For 32850N 384650W Read
[NP5--No 71--Wk 07/19]
32850S 384650W
Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos -- Paragraph 4.143 1 line 4 For 32950N 384650W Read
Ilha do Medo — Directions; light 32950S 384650W
128
Paragraph 4.60 1 lines 8--9 Delete 33180S 384680W
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18 Paragraph 4.146 1 lines 6--12 Replace by:
[NP5--No 72--Wk 07/19] Pier 2 projects about 400 m NW; POL is handled
on each side; LNG transhipment. Vessels up to 310 m
Brazil -- Baía de São Marcos -- and 175 000 dwt are handled.
Terminal da Ponta da Madeira — Berth Pier 3 projects about 1580 m NW alongside the
inner side of the NW arm of the breakwater; general
129 and solid cargo. Vessels up to 330 m and 140 000
dwt are handled.
Brazilian Chart 705/17 [NP5--No 20--Wk 50/17]
...is 500 m with a minimum depth of 23 m.
Paragraph 4.61 2 line 3 For 508 m Read 980 m Brazil -- North coast --
Porto de Mucuripe — Wreck
Paragraph 4.61 2 line 4 For 23 m Read 21 m
137
Brazilian Notice 8/65/17 [NP5--No 1--Wk 23/17] Paragraph 4.150 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
...draught more than 7 m. A stranded wreck
Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos -- (34197S 383038W), marked by a light buoy
Ilha do Medo — Directions; light (isolated danger), lies in the SSW part of the
anchorage. A dangerous wreck (34200S
129 383116W) lies WSW.
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N18(T)/16
[NP5--No 75--Wk 07/19]
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18
[NP5--No 73--Wk 07/19]
Approaches to Fortaleza — Directions; wreck
Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos --
Ilha do Medo — Directions; light 141
130 After Paragraph 4.171 2 line 13 Insert:
Paragraph 4.74 1 lines 8--9 Delete Clear of a dangerous wreck (34970S 375050W),
thence:
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18 Brazilian Notice 1/19 N149(T)/15

[NP5--No 74--Wk 07/19] [NP5--No 76--Wk 07/19]
2 -- 18
Index
NP5
Brazil -- East coast -- South of Recife — Brazil -- East coast --
Directions; wreck Salvador — Anchorages; pilotage
162
175
Clear of a dangerous wreck (81337S 345193W), Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 3--17 Replace by:
thence:
No Position Remarks
Brazilian Notice 10/E66/18 [NP5--No 51--Wk 27/18]
1 125600S Draught less than 10 m; awaiting
383200W refuelling, inspection, embarkation
Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Recife to or disembarkation of crew.
Porto de Pedras — Directions; wrecks
2 125790S Draught less than 10 m.
162 383266W
Paragraph 5.102 4 line 1 Replace by: 3 125753S Draught greater than 10 m;

383440W awaiting refuelling, inspection,
4 The track then continues SSW, passing: embarkation or disembarkation of
Clear of a dangerous wreck (83849S 350081W), crew.
thence: 4 125503S Quarantine anchorage.
ESE of Ponta Tamandaré (84540S... 383582W
Paragraph 5.103 1 line 1 Replace by: 5 130217S Anchorage for vessels awaiting
1 ESE of a dangerous wreck (84740S 383676W vacancy within Baía de Todos os
350360W), thence: Santos.
ESE of the reefs off Ponta das Ilhetas (84736S...
Paragraph 5.187 1 line 4 For 125901S 383299W Read
Brazilian Notice 20/E213/19; ENC BR322200 (3.006) 130077S 383374W
[NP5--No 99--Wk 49/19]
Brazil -- East coast -- Brazilian Notice 14/E 103/18 [NP5--No 58--Wk 36/18]
Puerto de Suape — Anchorages
163
Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Salvador —
Paragraph 5.107 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Anchorages
2 Outer anchorages. There are three charted
anchorages E of the breakwater: 175
Anchorage No 1 for vessels with a maximum draught
of 144 m; Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 3--17 including existing Section IV
Anchorage No 2 for vessels with maximum draughts Week 36/18 Replace by:
from 145 to 173 m;
Anchorage No 3 for vessels in quarantine with a No Position Remarks
maximum draught of 173 m. 1 125600S Draught less than 10 m; awaiting
383200W refuelling, inspection, embarkation
Brazilian Notice 22/Section IV.3 E Coast SD Edt.13/19
or disembarkation of crew.
[NP5--No 102--Wk 02/20]
2 125790S Draught less than 10 m.
383266W
Brazil -- East coast -- Aracaju --
Sergipe Terminal — Pilotage 3 125753S Draught greater than 10 m;
383440W awaiting refuelling, inspection,
171 embarkation or disembarkation of
Paragraph 5.157 2 line 7 For 105100S 365400W Read crew.
105328S 365190W 4 125503S Quarantine anchorage.
383582W
Brazilian Notice 22/E161/18 [NP5--No 68--Wk 01/19] 5 130217S Anchorage for vessels awaiting
383676W vacancy within Baía de Todos os
Brazil -- Aracaju -- Santos.
Sergipe Terminal — Anchorage 6 125447S Anchorage for vessels awaiting
171 383632W berthing at Bahia Regasification
Terminal (TRBA)
Paragraph 5.157 2 lines 11--12 Replace by: 7 125866S Anchorage for recreational vessels
Anchorage area is centred on 105350S 383204W over 60 m.
365475W, with depths from 15 to 22 m.
Brazilian Notice 16/E111/18 [NP5--No 62--Wk 39/18] Brazilian Notice 15/107/18 [NP5--No 59--Wk 38/18]
2 -- 19
Index
NP5
Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Ilhéus — Brazil -- Porto de Vitória — Vessel traffic service
Controlling depths
201
188
1 Vitória VTS, consisting of an outer zone and an
1 Controlling depth. In Porto de Ilhéus the least internal zone is in operation. Vessels in the
depth in the turning basin is 93 m, and alongside the Vitória--Tubarão area are required to report to Vitória
quay 90 m. The use of the turning basin is restricted VTS at the following times and positions:
to vessels with a draught less than 85 m. One hour before arrival at the VTS area;
BA Chart 551/18; www.codeba.com.br When entering the Vitória VTS area;
[NP5--No 57--Wk 31/18] When passing any of the reporting waypoints
established in the VTS area;
2 On arrival and departure from a berth or
Brazil -- Barra do Riacho — Anchorage anchorage, or when shifting berth;
Any incidents or accidents.
199
Portuguese or English must be used in VHF
After Paragraph 6.105 2 line 4 Insert: communications.
No 4 anchorage area, centred on position Porto de Vitoria--Procedure to Mariners 06/2017
195306S 395888W, for vessels berthing at [NP5--No 26--Wk 01/18]
Jurong Aracruz Shipyard.
Brazil Notice 7/36/18 [NP5--No 44--Wk 20/18] Brazil -- Porto de Vitória — Vessel traffic service
202
Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho —
Prohibited anchorage; harbour After Paragraph 6.127 1 line 8 Insert:
199 Vessel traffic service. Vitória VTS is in operation;
see 6.119.
Porto de Vitoria--Procedure to Mariners 06/2017
Prohibited anchorage area, in which anchoring
and fishing are prohibited extends 1 mile N, E and S [NP5--No 27--Wk 01/18]
from the elbow of the S mole. It covers two
submarine pipelines, the port approach and the Brazil -- East coast -- Guaxindiba —
entrance to the harbour close S. Directions; lights
Paragraph 6.106 1 lines 6--9 Replace by: 209
A jetty for gas carriers lies in the NW part.
...by two breakwaters (lit). The entrance, about 290 m wide Brazilian Notice 19/E138/17 [NP5--No 12--Wk 46/17]
is open to the NE. A quay, orientated NE/SW...
Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 33--Wk 01/18] Brazil -- East coast --

Approaches to Porto do Açu — Danger area
Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho — Berths 210
After Paragraph 6.108 1 line 6 Insert: A danger area, centred on 215267S 404990W,
exists in the approaches to Açu, where depths are
A jetty extends about 300 m ESE from the NW less than charted.
shore, with a berth on each side for gas carriers. The
basin in the N of the harbour, with a depth of 60 m, Brazilian Notice 12/E90(P)/18 [NP5--No 56--Wk 31/18]
is used by barges.
Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 34--Wk 01/18] Brazil -- Porto do Açu —

Directions; light beacons; buoys
Brazil -- East coast -- South--south--west of 211
Rio Doce -- Regência — Wreck
200
...the track leads W, then WNW, towards the Terminal T1...
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies about 3 cables
SSE of the berth in position 194150S 394980W. Between T1 Light Beacon No 1 (starboard hand)
(215013S 404778W) and T1 Light Beacon
Brazilian Notice 7/E78(P)/19 [NP5--No 86--Wk 21/19] No 2 (port hand) (215028S 404780W).
2 -- 20
Index
NP5
Paragraph 6.183 2 lines 6--9 Replace by: Brazil -- Approaches to Baía de Guanabara --
Ilha Redonda — Traffic regulations;
...the track leads WSW, passing: approach route
SSE of T1 Light Beacon No 2 (port hand)
220
(215028S 404780W).
Paragraph 6.183 3 line 1 For NW Read WNW
Approach Route. A mandatory one--way route exists
for vessels exceeding 24 m LOA and 100 gt approaching
After Paragraph 6.183 3 line 2 Insert: from SW or operating between Ilhas Cagarras (7.43) and
Through the Terminal T2 pilot boarding position Ilha Redonda (7.120).
(6.181), thence: Brazilian Notice 19/S104/20
[NP5--No 115--Wk 51/20]
Between T2 Light Beacon No 1 (starboard hand) Brazil -- Rio de Janeiro -- Approaches to
(214908W 405660W) and T2 Light Beacon... Baía de Guanabara — Directions; wreck
223
4 The track then leads through a channel marked by
SW of a dangerous wreck (225900S 430900W),
light buoys (lateral) to the berths and facilities that lie
thence:
on the...
Brazilian Notice 6/S 44/20 [NP5--No 109--Wk 19/20]
Brazilian Notice 9/E52/18 [NP5--No 48--Wk 24/18]
Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janerio — Directions
Brazil -- Cabo Búzios -- 227

Enseada de Búzios — Anchorage Paragraph 7.65 2 line 8 Replace by:
...9 m in height) stands, thence:
214
S of a dangerous wreck (225327S 431005W)
After Paragraph 6.202 6 line 5 Insert: with a depth of 105 m lying close to the buoyed
channel.
Anchorage may also be obtained in a depth of
about 15 m as follows:
A. 224460S 415340W.
Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janeiro — Anchorages
B. 224453S 415395W.
228
Brazilian Notice 18/126/17 [NP5--No 13--Wk 46/17] Paragraph 7.66 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorages. There are several designated
Brazil -- East coast -- anchorage areas:
Baía de Guanabara — Wreck No 1 Anchorage (225305S 430885W) (7.58);
Quarantine and Customs.
219 No 1A Anchorage (225401S 430863W);
platforms.
Paragraph 7.19 including heading Replace by: No 2 Anchorages (three areas); naval vessels:
Area 1 (225449S 430919W); several
Ilha Rasa, Ilha do Pai and Ilha da Mãe obstructions and a wreck (225447S
7.19 430899W) lie within the anchorage;
1 Anchorages exist at the following positions: Area 2 (225357S 430943W); a dangerous
wreck (225358S 430948W) and an
Anchorage Centred obstruction (225363S 430946W) lie within the
No 13 (waiting) 230197S 430871W area.
Area 3 (225167S 430864W); a mooring buoy
No 14 (platform) 230041S 430418W lies in the NE part of the area. An obstruction
No 14A (platform) 225855S 430435W (225143S 430865W) and a dangerous wreck
(225179S 430861W) lie within the area.
No 14B (platform) 225862S 430507W
2 No 14C (platform) 225960S 430313W 3 No 6A Anchorage (224997S 430821W);
No 15 (quarantine) 230350S 430713W vessels under repair. A wreck (225154S
A dangerous wreck 431038W), marked by a buoy (isolated
(230360S 430640W) danger), and a rocky patch (225122S
lies close E of the 431018W), marked by a buoy (starboard
anchorage. hand), lie in the E part of the area.
Brazil Notice 22/157/17; ENC BR501511
Brazilian Notice 1/S11/19 [NP5--No 77--Wk 09/19] [NP5--No 30--Wk 01/18]
2 -- 21
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Rio de Janeiro — Anchorages; wrecks Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí —
Directions; channels; depths
228
236
Paragraph 7.66 including existing Section IV Notice Week Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 Replace by:
1/18 Replace by:
1 East channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra
1 Anchorages. There are several designated Branca (7.148) the East channel, dredged to 174 m
anchorage areas: (2004), leads through a channel marked by light
No 1 Anchorage (225305S 430885W) (7.58); buoys (lateral) to Porto de Itaguaí. The track leads
Quarantine and Customs. generally ENE passing:
No 1A Anchorage (225401S 430863W); SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S
platforms. 435239W), thence:
No 2 Anchorage Area 1 (225449S 430919W); SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W).
naval vessels 2 The track then continues ENE in the dredged
No 2 Anchorage Area 2 (225357S 430943W); channel to the turning basin, from where the terminals
naval vessels (7.158) can be approached directly. A light (yellow
2 No 2 Anchorage Area 3 (225167S 430864W);
support on white metal structure) (225621S
naval vessels; a mooring buoy lies in the NE
435038W) is exhibited from the W end of the
part of the area.
TECAR jetty.
No 3 Anchorage (225273S 430983W); barges,
containers and refuelling. 3 West channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra
No 4 Anchorage (225268S 431081W); cargo Branca (7.148), the West channel, dredged to 196 m
working. (2015), leads generally NNE through a channel
No 5 Anchorage (225306S 431093W); LASH marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto Sudeste
barges. (225607S 435142W), passing:
3 No 6 Anchorage (225113S 431123W); cargo ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (225635S 435350W),
working and vessels under repair. thence:
No 6A Anchorage (224997S 430821W); vessels WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S 435193W).
under repair. 4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin
No 7 Anchorage (224945S 430728W), located SW of the port. A light (225603S
dangerous goods. 435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most
No 8 Anchorage (224887S 430836W); vessels breakwater.
for liquid bulk terminals.
Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 24--Wk 52/17]
No 9 Anchorage (224797S 430798W); vessels
for liquid bulk terminals.
Brazil -- East coast -- Baía de Sepetiba —
4 No 10 Anchorage (224734S 430760W); Directions; wreck
vessels carrying LNG.
No 11 Anchorage (225456S 430838W); 237
platforms.
Paragraph 7.151 4 including existing Section IV Week
No 12 Anchorage (224602S 430898W); vessels
52/17 Replace by:
for Suzano Petrochemical Terminal (7.109).
Caution. A number of wrecks and obstructions are 4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin
situated within these anchorage areas. located SW of the port. A light (225603S
435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most
Brazilian Notice 16/S169(P)/19 breakwater. A dangerous wreck (225595S
[NP5--No 97--Wk 42/19] 435166W) lies in the channel W of the breakwater.
Brazilian Notice 3/S15/18 [NP5--No 39--Wk 12/18]
Brazil -- East coast -- Ponta de Castelhanos —
Directions; pilot
Brazil – Baía de Sepetiba — Directions; wreck
234 236--237
Paragraph 7.120 4 line 1 For (230868S 440459W) Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 including existing Section IV
Read (230838S 440240W) Weeks 52/17 and 12/18 Replace by:
1 East channel. The E channel, dredged to a depth
Brazil Notice 24/171/17 [NP5--No 36--Wk 05/18] of 174 m (2004), leads through a channel marked by
light buoys (lateral) to Porto de Itaguaí. The track
Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí — leads generally ENE, passing:
Directions; channels 2 SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S
435239W), thence:
236 SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W).
The track then continues ENE in the dredged
channel to the turning basin, from where the terminals
1 From a position S of Ilha da Pedra Branca (7.148), (7.158) can be approached directly. A light (yellow
the channel divides into two. support on white metal structure) (225621S
435038W) is exhibited from the W end of the
Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 23--Wk 52/17] TECAR jetty.
2 -- 22
Index
NP5
3 West channel. The W channel, dredged to a depth Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depth
of 196 m (2015), leads generally NNE through a
channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto 237
Sudeste (225607S 435142W), passing:
ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (225635S 435350W), Paragraph 7.154 1 including Existing Section IV Notice
thence: Week 25/18 Replace by:
WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S 435193W).
1 Controlling depths. The least charted depth in the
The track then continues NNE to the turning basin
approach channel to the Mineral Terminal (TPS)
located SW of the port. A light (225603S
(7.158) and to the S side of TECAR Jetty is 198 m,
435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most
breakwater. and in the approaches to the Container Terminal
(7.158) is 137 m.
Brazilian Notice 23/181/18 [NP5--No 69--Wk 03/19] Caution. A dangerous wreck (225623S
435011W) lies close S of TECAR Jetty (7.158).
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 13 m; mean
Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí — neap range about 04 m. See information in
Directions; channels; depths ADMIRALTY Tide Tables.
236--237 GB Chart 431 [NP5--No 89--Wk 29/19]

Week 03/19 Replace by: Brazil -- Porto de Itaguaí — Anchorages
1 East channel. The E channel leads through a 237

channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto de
Itaguaí. The track leads generally ENE, passing: Paragraph 7.158 1 lines 1--13 and 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S
1 Anchorage may be obtained S of Ilha Jurubaíba
435239W), thence:
(225760S 435695W), from the W end of which a
SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W).
The track then continues ENE in the fairway to the light (white square concrete tower, 5 m in height)
turning basin, from where the terminals (7.158) can be (225760S 435705W) is exhibited, as follows:
approached directly. A light (yellow support on white Anchorage Maximum Maximum length
metal structure) (225621S 435038W) is exhibited draught (m) (m)
from the W end of the TECAR jetty. A1 90
2 West channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra
Branca (7.148), the W channel leads generally NNE A2 128
through a fairway marked by light buoys (lateral) to B1 113
Porto Sudeste Terminal (7.160a), passing:
B2 89
WNW of Laje Preta (225755S 435258W), a rock
lying WSW of Ilha do Martins, marked by a light B3 118
up to 310
beacon (W cardinal); No 1 Light Buoy lies close B4 115
W. Thence:
2 B5 109
ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (225635S 435350W),
thence: C1, C2 71
3 WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S E1 105
435193W).
The track then continues NNE to the turning basin E2 104
located SW of the port. A light (225603S D 65 up to 300
435155W) is exhibited from the end of Porto
F1 112 up to 270
Sudeste Terminal (7.160a).
F2 112 up to 210
ENC BR501623 (12.000) [NP5--No 116--Wk 53/20] Areas G and H, situated S of Ilha de Itacuruçá
(7.151) are exclusively for warships.
Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depths Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 25--Wk 52/17]
237
Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depth
237
Caution. Depths in the SE part of the turning basin
are reported (2018) to be less than the approach Paragraph 7.158 2 lines 9--11 Replace by:
channel; least charted depth is 151 m.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 13 m; mean The Container Terminal (225592S 435039W)
neap range about 04 m. See information in has a quay about 800 m in length with a least
ADMIRALTY Tide Tables. depth alongside of 135 m.
BA Chart 431 [NP5--No 49--Wk 25/18] GB Chart 431 [NP5--No 90--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 23
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Brazil -- East coast -- Barra de Icapara —
Porto de Itaguaí — Terminal Directions; light
238 256
After Paragraph 7.160 2 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 8.56 2 lines 1--3 Delete
Porto Sudeste Terminal

7.160a Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 31--Wk 01/18]
1 Porto Sudeste Terminal (225584S 435149W) is
predominantly an iron ore terminal consisting of a pier Brazil -- East coast -- Barra de Icapara —
with two berths, 766 m in total length. The pier can Directions; light
accommodate two vessels simultaneously with
draughts of up to 20 m and up to 198 000 dwt. The 257
pier also features two access bridges (430 m and
270m in length). The pier is approached through a Paragraph 8.59 3 line 2--3 Replace by:
channel from the SW (West channel (7.151)).
...(244124S 472472W), the N entrance to Mar
ENC BR501623 (12.000) [NP5--No 117--Wk 53/20] Pequeno...
Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 32--Wk 01/18]

Brazil -- South coast --
Baía da Ilha Grande — Anchorages
Brazil -- East coast -- Ilha do Cardoso — Wreck
242
257
Paragraph 7.193 2 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorages: Paragraph 8.60 2 line 10 Replace by:
Quarantine anchorage (230637S 442709W) is ...And:
situated WNW of the channel entrance. Clear of a dangerous wreck (251720S
No 2 Anchorage (230595S 441621W) for 470070W), thence:
vessels in dispute or under repair.
No 4 Anchorage (230720S 442482W) for
vessels with a draught up to 13 m.
No 5 Anchorage (230795S 442858W) for
vessels with a draught over 13 m. Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Antonina —
Position; limiting conditions; berths
260
Paragraph 8.96 1 lines 1--2 For (252582S 484154W)
Read (252660S 484155W)
Brazil -- South coast -- Canal de São Sebastião —
Traffic regulations
246
Terminal da Ponta do Félix (252742S
After Paragraph 7.230 3 line 6 Insert: 484046W), a modern facility, is situated about 1 mile
SE of Porto Barão de Tefé.
Commercial vessels not bound for the port or
terminal at São Sebastião are prohibited from Paragraph 8.97 1 line 2 Replace by:
navigating in the Canal de São Sebastião.
...58 m and with a maximum LOA of 188 m. Contact the
port authority for maximum operational draught
Brazilian Notice 24/Corrections to DH1--III--13/19 requirements.
[NP5--No 106--Wk 05/20]
Brazil -- Approaches to Porto de Santos — 1 Porto Barão de Tefé. Two concrete piers; the
Directions; wreck largest, privately owned but sometimes used by the
port administration, is 200 m long, the other pier is
254 90 m long with depths of about 58 m.
After Paragraph 8.38 1 line 7 Insert: Terminal da Ponta do Félix. General cargo, bulk
and refrigerated cargoes; quay length 360 m; depth
Clear of a dangerous wreck (240814S alongside about 57 m; greater depths reported (2013).
462134W), thence:
BA Chart 587/15; www.pontadofelix.com.br;
HYDROLANT 1043/18 [NP5--No 43--Wk 17/18] www.portosdoparana.pr.gov.br [NP5--No 45--Wk 22/18]
2 -- 24
Index
NP5
Brazil -- South--east coast -- SE of Estreito Light (8.170); Banco Minuano
Porto de Itajaí — Depths (320233S 514115W) lies SSE of the light.
Dangerous wrecks lie 2¼ miles WSW, 7 miles W
265 and 3 miles ENE, positions approximate, of the
bank. Thence:
Brazilian Notice 10/S61/18; 10/S69/18
1 Controlling depth. The least charted depth in the [NP5--No 52--Wk 27/18]
middle of the approach channel is about 10 m; shoaler
depths may exist near the extremities of the channel. Brazil -- South coast -- Porto do Rio Grande —
Flooding of the Rio Itajaí--Acu can affect depths in the Anchorages; foul ground
channel; the Port Authority should be consulted.
276
ENC BR501841 (3.000) [NP5--No 110--Wk 22/20] Paragraph 8.205 1 including heading Replace by:
Brazil -- South coast -- Itajaí — Basins and berths

Terminals; alongside berths Anchorages
8.205
266 1 Designated anchorages, between Barra do Rio
Paragraph 8.141 1--2 Replace by: Grande and Porto Novo, are restricted to vessels
authorised by the port authorities.
1 Navegantes Container Terminal (265386S Anchorage A (320895S 520573W). For vessels
483978W) lies on the N bank, and is about 900 m bunkering. Bunkering is carried out in daylight
in length. Least charted depth alongside is 114 m. hours only. Vessels up to 240 m in length and with
Itajaí Container Terminal (265406S 483981W) draught up to 122 m are handled. An emergency
lies on the S bank and is about 1000 m in length. anchorage (320931S 520553W) is contained
Least charted depth alongside is 84 m. within Anchorage A.
2 Passenger Terminal Guilherme Asseburg 2 Anchorage B (320702S 520597W);
(265427S 483925W) is situated on the south bank Anchorage C (320550S 520580W);
and consists of a 78 m pier and mooring dolphins. Anchorage D (320487S 520539W);
Maximum draught is around 10 m. Anchorage F (320381S 520408W): All for
Other berths. Various other smaller facilities vessels in a precarious condition, under the
including shipyards and an oil terminal are situated in control of the port superintendent and with the
shoaler depths farther upriver. Contact the port approval of the port authority.
authority for further information. 3 Anchorage E (320439S 520474W). For
vessels carrying dangerous cargo or
BA Chart 547/2018; bunkering, vessels proceeding to or from ports
www.portonave.com.br/en/portonave/infrastructure; or inner terminals, and vessels loading
www.portoitajai.com.br/novo/c/terminal--cruzeiros dangerous cargo using a ferry. Vessels with
[NP5--No 50--Wk 26/18] draught up to 945 m are handled. Foul
ground (320438S 520488W) exists in the
anchorage.
Brazil -- South east coast -- Porto de Imbituba — 4 Anchorage G1 (320309S 520303W);
Arrival information; speed limit Anchorage G2 (320233S 520267W);
Anchorage G3 (320140S 520275W): For
270 vessels employed in inland navigation, as well
as those going to or from ports or inland
terminals. Vessels from sea undergoing supply
3 Speed limit. Due to the presence of white whales, or repair, or loading dangerous cargo using a
from July to November a speed limit of 7 kn applies in ferry are also handled. Maximum draught of
the outer part of the harbour, reducing to 4 kn in the vessel handled is 670 m; G1 handles vessels
inner part of the harbour. up to 150 m in length, G2 up to 240 m and
G3 in excess of 240 m.
Brazilian Notice 22/ Section IV.3 S Coast SD Edt.13/19. Brazilian Notice 5/36/20 [NP5--No 108--Wk 17/20]
[NP5--No 103--Wk 02/20]
Brazil -- Porto Do Rio Grande — Berths
Brazil -- South coast --
Barra do Rio Grande Approaches — 276
Directions; wrecks After Paragraph 8.206 3 line 6 Insert:
273 4 The following berth lies on the E side of the main
channel:
Paragraph 8.174 3 lines 3--9 Replace by: Cocuruto Quay (320233S 520239W), located
1¾ miles E of Porto Novo; length 560 m; alongside
...(8.171), and: depth 90 m.
511380W), thence: Brazilian Notice 17/119/17 [NP5--No 10--Wk 43/17]
2 -- 25
Index
NP5
Uruguay -- Canal de Lobos -- Uruguay -- Montevideo -- Antepuerto — Depth
East of Punta del Este — Anchorage
294
285
ENC UY500041 [NP5--No 37--Wk 11/18]
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring and fishing is
prohibited in the vicinity of a submarine power cable
extending SE from the shore at 345695S Uruguay -- Montevideo — Anchorage
545542W.
295
Uruguayan Chart UY20 (2017) [NP5--No 100--Wk 01/20] After Paragraph 9.103 2 line 15 Insert:
Cabotage Zone anchorage for Uruguayan vessels lies
Uruguay -- José Ignacio Terminal — W of the entrance channel, centred on 345870S
Restricted area
561470W, depth about 7 m, mud.
287 Overseas Zone anchorage lies S of the entrance
channel, centred on 350224S 561300W, depth about
After Paragraph 9.44 1 line 8 Insert: 8 m, silt. An obstruction lies in the NW part of the
anchorage.
2 Restricted area. A restricted area surrounds the
Jose Ignacio Terminal SBM. Only vessels navigating Uruguay Notice 8/41/20 [NP5--No 114--Wk 45/20]
to and from the terminal may enter the area.
Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo —
Uruguayan Chart UY20 (2017) [NP5--No 101--Wk 01/20] Prohibited area
295
Uruguay -- Río de La Plata -- Paragraph 9.106 1 line 1 Replace by:

Banco del Cabezon — Anchorage 1 Prohibited area. An area, marked by light buoys
(cardinal), is established and extends about 1¼ miles
288 S of Punta Yeguas (345431S 561874W) (9.211).
After Paragraph 9.49 2 line 12 Insert: Navigation within this area is prohibited.
Uruguayan Notice 9/0617/17 [NP5--No 11--Wk 45/17]

Banco del Cabezon
9.49a Uruguay -- Montevideo -- Antepuerto — Depth
1 A cargo transhipment anchorage, manoeuvring area
and waiting area for oil tankers lies N of Banco del 298
Cabezon (9.21), centred on 350210S 540070W. Paragraph 9.121 1 line 2 For 12 m Read 11 m
Depths from 25 to 40 m.
ENC UY500041 [NP5--No 38--Wk 11/18]
Uruguay Notice 8/40/20 [NP5--No 113--Wk 45/20]
Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo —
Uruguay -- Isla de Flores — ESSA Alongside berths; Muelle C
290 298
2 Muelle C (345387S 561198W) is 370 m in
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within the length with a depth alongside of 105 m.
above area.
An ESSA has been established extending 2 miles Uruguay Notice 4/36/17 [NP5--No 2--Wk 23/17]
from the coastline of Isla de Flores (9.72). For further
information see Uruguay decree number 43/018. Uruguay -- Río de La Plata —
Under keel clearance
Uruguay Chart 40/18 [NP5--No 60--Wk 39/18]
300
Uruguay – Río de La Plata — Directions; wreck Paragraph 9.143 4 lines 7--13 Replace by:
Under keel clearance. Vessels sailing in the main
290 channels are required to ensure the following UKC at
Paragraph 9.71 2 line 7 Replace by: all times:
Draught less than or equal to 1036 m: 06 m;
...farther N. A dangerous wreck (345711S Draught between 1037 and 1067 m: 06 m, adding
551730W) lies SSW of Punta Negra. And: 15 cm per additional cm of draught;
Draught greater than or equal to 1068 m: 10% of
Uruguay Notice 5/40/17 [NP5--No 5--Wk 27/17] static draught.
2 -- 26
Index
NP5
Vessels sailing with limited UKC will, as their speed Uruguay -- Bahía de Montevideo to
increases, have even narrower margins (sinkage) and Rada de Colonia — Directions
significant changes to trim (squat) which will affect
their manoeuvrability.
308
Uruguay Chart 50 [NP5--No 63--Wk 46/18]
Argentina – Río de La Plata — 5 The track then leads to a position about 2 miles
Directions; Canal Punta Indio Sudeste SSW of Isla Farallón (342909S 575509W), which
is rocky and wooded and surrounded by reefs; a
group of rocks awash lie 4 cables NNE; a light (9.207)
303 is exhibited from the islet.
Paragraph 9.163 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
ENC UY30060 [NP5--No 93--Wk 41/19]
Spare
9.163
Argentine Notice 1/26/15 [NP5--No 3--Wk 22/17] Uruguay -- Bahía de Montevideo to

Rada de Colonia --
Puerto de Colonia — Directions
Argentina -- Puerto La Plata — Anchorages
309--310
304
2 South--west approaches. From a position in Paso
1 There are five designated anchorages:
del Farallón, about 2 miles SSW of Isla Farallón
Naval anchorage (344735S 574881W),
(9.209), the track leaves the dredged channel and
reserved for Argentine Navy vessels;
leads ENE to Canal del Medio (9.217), passing:
West Zone 1 (ZW1) (344397S 575211W), for
SSE of a dangerous wreck (342974S
large cargo vessels;
575466W), marked by a light buoy (isolated
West Zone 2 (ZW2) (344560S 575256W), for
danger), thence:
small cargo vessels;
2 East Zone 1 (ZE1) (344470S 574785W), for NNW of a shoal patch (343054S 575395W).
large cargo vessels coming from Argentine 3 The track then leads NNW to a position at the start
ports; of Canal San Gabriel, passing:
East Zone 2 (ZE2) (344595S 574755W), for Clear of a dangerous wreck (342905S
large cargo vessels inbound for Argentine ports. 575410W), position approximate, thence:
Cautions. A number of obstructions lie within the WSW of Banco de los Pescadores (9.214). A light
above anchorages. buoy (W cardinal) (342902S 575370W) is
3 Vessels frequently drag anchor during strong winds moored 2½ cables SW of the W extremity of the
associated with sudestadas and pamperos (see 1.118). bank. Thence:
During bad weather high speed craft may operate ENE of Isla Farallón (9.209), a group of rocks and a
in this area, crossing the anchorages. dangerous wreck extend 4 cables ESE of the
island.
The track then leads E through Canal San Gabriel
BA Chart 1751 [NP5--No 64--Wk 46/18]
(342865S 575304W), marked by light buoys
(lateral), passing:
Uruguay -- West--north--west of Paragraph 9.221 1--2 Replace by:

Montevideo — ESSA
1 S of Isla San Gabriel (342842S 575337W),
low and covered in brushwood, thence:
307 S of Bajo La Laja (342837S 575241W). A
stranded wreck (342838S 575212W) lies on
After Paragraph 9.206 1 line 8 Insert: the E part of the bank, which dries.
2 The track then leads NE, to a point SE of Roca
2 Restricted Area. An ESSA has been established
Anita (342839S 575186W); a light buoy (E
from Punta del Canario (345209S 562104W) to
cardinal) is moored close E of the rock. From this
Punta del Tigre (9.211). The ESSA extends 5 miles
position Puerto Franco 7 cables E, or the anchorage
from the shoreline. For further information see
5 cables NNW, can be approached directly.
Uruguay decree number 55/015.
Uruguay Chart 40/18 [NP5--No 61--Wk 39/18] ENC UY30060 [NP5--No 94--Wk 41/19]
2 -- 27
Index
NP5
Uruguay -- Río Uruguay -- Puerto De Colonia to Argentina -- Río de la Plata -- Canal Emilio Mitre
Isla Martín García -- Isla Farallón — Directions — Traffic regulations; prohibited area;
prohibited anchorage
318 320--321
Paragraph 10.21 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: After Paragraph 10.45 1 line 9 Insert:
1 From a position 2 miles SSW of Isla Farallón 2 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into an area
(342909S 575509W) (9.209), the track leads N (343319S 581748W) marked by light buoys
and NNW, for about 18 miles, to a position WNW of (special).
Punta Pereira. It follows the routes of four Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
interconnected dredged channels; Paso del Farallón, an area (343524S 581364W) surrounding a
Barra de San Pedro, Paso de San Juan and Pozos submarine pipeline, marked by light buoys (N and S
de San Juan. The passage through these channels, cardinal).
which are marked by numbered light buoys (lateral),
Argentine Charts ARH156 Ed.7 (2020); ARH118 Ed.10
passes:
(2020) [NP5--No 112--Wk 35/20]
ENC UY300060 [NP5--No 95--Wk 41/19]

Uruguay -- Río Uruguay --
Puerto de Nueva Palmira — Light; berths
Uruguay – Río de La Plata – Paso de San Juan 326
and Pozos de San Juan — Directions;
emergency anchorage; passing areas Paragraph 10.88 2 lines 4--9 Replace by:
...moored 1 cable SW of Muelle Sur Light (white tower, red
319
bands) (335310S 582546W). The bottom in the
roadstead W of this danger is rocky. A 135 m wreck
Paragraph 10.24 1 line 4 Replace by: (335265S 582592W) lies 4 cables W of Muelle Norte.
...stands on a spit on the S shore of the river. An Paragraph 10.91 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
emergency anchorage area (10.33) lies in the
vicinity of km 85. Thence: Muelle Sur: total berthing face 530 m; depths of
73 m...
Uruguay Notice 8/61/2017 [NP5--No 9--Wk 41/17]
Passing area. A designated passing area, marked
by light buoys (special), lies adjacent to Pozos de San Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —
Juan between km 876 and km 93. Directions; name change; new route
2 Emergency anchorage. An emergency anchorage Paragraph 10.166 3 line 1 Replace by:
(341817S 580136W) lies to the E of the main
channel in Paso de San Juan. Its E limits are marked 3 NE of Puerto Bunge Ramallo (10.170).
The track then divides in to Paso Tonelero passing
by light buoys (special) at km 847 and km 857. Two
NE of an unnamed island (332263S 600510W),
vessels, maximum LOA 255 m, can be
and Paso Isla Nueva, passing SW of the above
accommodated.
island; both channels are marked by light buoys
(lateral). Vessels intending to use Paso Isla Nueva,
Uruguay Notice 12/96/2016 [NP5--No 4--Wk 22/17] should contact the local port authorities for the latest
information. The track then continues to lead generally
NW, passing:
Uruguay -- Río Uruguay -- Paso de San Juan —
Emergency anchorage Correspondance -- Pandi Liquidadores
[NP5--No 6--Wk 41/17]
320
Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —
After Paragraph 10.35 1 line 9 Insert: Name change
336
Canal del Infierno
10.35a For the heading above 10.170 Puerto Ramallo Read
1 An emergency anchorage for Canal del Infierno is Puerto Bunge Ramallo
located NE of the dredged channel, SSW of Punta
Martín Chico (340988S 581254W) (10.49). Depths Paragraph 10.170 1 line 1 For Puerto Ramallo Read Puerto
around 10 m. Bunge Ramallo
ENC UY300060 [NP5--No 96--Wk 41/19] BA Chart 1327 [NP5--No 7--Wk 41/17]
2 -- 28
Index
NP5
Argentina -- Río Parana -- Argentina -- Bahía Blanca --
Puerto San Nicolás — Anchorages Puerto Galván — Berths
336 352
3 Anchorages. An anchorage is situated in Río 2 Muelle de Inflamables, for LPG, chemicals and
Paraná, about 3 miles down--river from Puerto Nuevo. POLs. Berth No 1 has a length of 372 m,
Rada San Nicolás Norte (332007S 601006W), berth No 2 has a length of 368 m and berth
depths from 10 to 21 m. Obstructions lie within the No 3 has a length of 290 m. All three berths
anchorage area at 331988S 601017W and have a depth of 122 m alongside.
332070S 600995W, both positions approximate.
Rada San Nicolás Sur (332197S 600714W), BA Chart 3755 [NP5--No 41--Wk 16/18]
depths from 7 to 21 m. Obstructions lie within the
anchorage area at 332200S 600706W, 332202S Argentina -- Bahía Blanca — Anchorages
600703W and 332196S 600731W, all positions 353
approximate.
Argentine Notice 3/43/01--03/18
[NP5--No 40--Wk 13/18] 1 Five designated anchorages have been established
as follows:
Anchorage ‘A’ (390517S 614767W); situated
Argentina -- Río Paraná --
Punta Alvear — Terminals adjacent to the pilot boarding area (11.61), has
depths from 6 to 17 m. Areas of foul ground lie in
337 this anchorage. This anchorage is reserved for
vessels over 10 m draught waiting to depart from
After Paragraph 10.173 1 Insert:
Bahía Blanca.
2 Anchorage ‘B’ (390385S 615000W), close
Punta Alvear NW of Anchorage ‘A’ has depths from
10.173a 4 to 18 m. An obstruction (390437S
1 Description. Two terminals are located in the 614974W) lies in the SE section of this
vicinity of Punta Alvear (330289S 603446W) on anchorage. This anchorage is reserved for
the W bank of Río Paraná. Both terminals comprise vessels over 10 m draught waiting to depart
T--shaped jetties extending from the shore. from Bahía Blanca.
Berths: 3 Anchorage ‘C’ (385982S 615274W) has
Muelle Punta Alvear (330284S 603440W) depths from 10 to 21 m. The N limits of this
consists of interconnected dolphins with a total anchorage, and the limits of a manoeuvring
length of about 315 m. Dry cargo handled. area extending from its S side, are marked by
2 Muelles Villa Gobernador Gálvez (330227S light buoys (special). A dangerous wreck,
603477W) consists of interconnected marked by No 11.7 Light Buoy (isolated
dolphins with a total length of about 340 m. danger) lies between Anchorages ‘C’ and ‘D’.
Chemicals and vegetable oils handled. An area of foul ground, position approximate,
BA Chart 1329 [NP5--No 65--Wk 47/18] lies in position 385958S 615355W.
4 Anchorage ‘D’ (385905S 615493W); depths
from 11 to 16 m. This anchorage is reserved
Argentina -- Río Paraná -- for loaded oil tankers over 10 m draught
Puerto Rosario — Berths waiting to berth at the Punta Ancla or Punta
337 Cigüeña terminals (11.78) and for departing
vessels over 10 m draught unable to cross
Paragraph 10.174 3 lines 1--13 Replace by: Canal del Toro in bad weather. Areas of foul
3 Berths. The majority of wharves in the port are ground, lie in the anchorage.
state owned; tugs are available. 5 Anchorage ‘E’ (385860S 615650W); depths
Terminal Granelera (325908S 603700W); two from 12 to 19 m. Areas of foul ground, lie in
berths, 250 and 267 m in length. Cereals handled. the anchorage.
Terminal 1 (Muelle Nuevo) (325867S An anchorage (385719S 620165W), depth
18 m, exists midway between the Punta Ancla or
603707W); multipurpose; three berths and
570 m of continuous berthing space. Punta Cigüeña terminals (11.78).
An anchorage exists midway between Puerto
Terminal 2 Sur (325809S 603710W);
Galván and Puerto Cuatreros (384502S
multipurpose; three berths and over 650 m of
622253W), depths from 2 to 6 m.
berthing space.
6 Naval anchorage. Rada de Puerto Belgrano
Terminal 2 Norte (325776S 603717W);
multipurpose; two berths and 350 m of berthing (385640S 620470W) is reserved for use of the
space. Argentine Navy, but vessels proceeding only to Puerto
Sorrento Wharf (325586S 603886W); 216 m in Belgrano or Puerto Rosales, or in cases of
length with dolphins; discharge of fuel for the emergency, may anchor in a position 1½ miles SSE of
power station. Punta Cigüeña (11.63), provided notice is given by
radio and flag signals of vessel’s name, nationality,
BA Chart 1329 [NP5--No 66--Wk 47/18] destination and port of departure.
2 -- 29
Index
NP5
7 Outer anchorage has been established centred on Chile -- Seno Otway -- Canal Fitz Roy —
391796S 613322W bordering the NE side of El General information; traffic regulations
Rincón entrance channel between No 2 and No 4
Light Buoys. The anchorage has depths from 12 to 315
15 m. An area of foul ground lies in position
391749S 313452W. After Paragraph 7.389 1 line 9 Insert:
Argentine Chart 249 [NP5--No 42--Wk 16/18] Traffic regulations

7.389a
1 Vessels navigating Canal Fitz Roy between Punta
Reynard (7.394) and Punta Elías (7.398) should do so
Argentina -- East coast -- Bahía Blanca —
Anchorage; obstruction during daylight hours only, during slack water or
periods of weak current. Maximum allowed wind
speed 25 kn, minimum visibility 1 mile. Maximum
353 length of vessel 80 m, draught 65 m, minimum UKC
1 m.
Paragraph 11.98 2 including Existing Section IV Notice
Week 16/18 Replace by: Paragraph 7.390 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
2 Anchorage ‘B’ (390385S 615000W) has 2 Overfalls occur in Angostura Santa Cruz when the
depths from 4 to 18 m. An obstruction tidal streams are at strength. A short high sea and
(390437S 614974W) lies in the SE part of overfalls, which can be dangerous for very small
the anchorage, and a lost anchor and cable vessels, are experienced in the N entrance when wind
lies in position 390386S 615033W. This and tidal stream are opposed to each other.
anchorage is reserved for vessels over 10 m
draught waiting to depart from Bahía Blanca. Chilean Notice 7/20; SD–3001 C14
[NP6--No 7--Wk 33/20]
Argentine Bulletin No 8 [NP5--No 91--Wk 37/19]
Chile -- Estrecho de Magallanes --
Paso del Mar — Directions; V--AIS
NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition) 335

Falkland Islands -- East Falkland -- ...marked by kelp and V--AIS, the SW danger off
Berkley Sound — Directions; wreck Isla Tamar;...
95
...mid--channel, marked by V--AIS; during periods
Paragraph 2.282 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: of strong W winds...
3 Clear of a wreck (513368S 575428W) with a Chilean Notice 4/39/20 [NP6--No 6--Wk 20/20]
depth of 154 m, thence:
British Government Survey [NP6--No 5--Wk 14/20] Chile -- Canal Mayne — Traffic regulations
357
Chile -- South coast -- Canal Beagle -- Paragraph 8.38 1--2 Replace by:
Punta Waller to Punta Navarro —
Directions; shoal 1 In Paso Summer (8.41), between Punta Ernesto
(521972S 733723W) and Islote Hozven Light,
179 4 miles NNW, no vessel may overtake any other
vessel, nor pass another vessel proceeding in the
After Paragraph 5.62 1 line 4 Insert: opposite direction. North bound vessels have priority.
South bound vessels must wait N of Islote Hozven
SSW of a shoal (545749S 665289W) with a least (521648S 734066W) until the N bound vessel has
depth of about 15 m, reported (2019), thence: passed. Only vessels with a maximum draught of
735 m or a UKC of 075 m are authorised to use the
After Paragraph 5.63 1 line 4 Insert: passage.
2 For further details on reporting and procedures, see
S of a shoal (545749S 665289W) with a least ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
depth of about 15 m, reported (2019), thence:
Chilean Notice 12/19; Derrotero 3003 X--4--38
UKHO [NP6--No 1--Wk 51/19] [NP6--No 2--Wk 03/20]
2 -- 30
Index
NP6
Chile -- Canal Gray — Traffic regulations Chile -- Canal Picton — Traffic regulations
422
359
Traffic regulations
1 In Canal Gray, between Islote Penacho Verde 9.57a
(522404S 734142W) and Islote Hozven Light, 1 In Paso Picton (9.63) between Islote Tang
(521648S 734066W), no vessel may overtake any (492617S 752665W) and Islote Verde (492226S
other vessel, nor pass another vessel proceeding in 752857W) no vessel may overtake any other vessel,
the opposite direction. North bound vessels have nor pass another vessel proceeding in the opposite
priority. South bound vessels must wait for N bound direction. North bound vessels must wait for S bound
vessels to pass before entering Canal Gray. vessels to pass before entering Paso Picton.
2 In good visibility, transit may also be authorised Only vessels with a maximum draught ot 60 m or a
UKC of 10 m are authorised to use the passage.
during twilight. Use of the passage is authorised for
Vessels with a draught close to 6 m should transit at
vessels not exceeding 230 m LOA or 12 m draught.
high tide or rising mid--tide. For further details on
For full details on reporting and procedures see
pilotage, reporting and procedures see ADMIRALTY
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
Chilean Notice 12/19; Derrotero 3003 X--4--38 Chilean Notice 12/19; Derrotero 3003 IX--2--62
[NP6--No 3--Wk 03/20] [NP6--No 4--Wk 03/20]
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition)

Chile -- Estrecho de Nelson --
Canal Smyth — Depths
Chile -- Archipiélago de los Chonos --
Canal Pulluche — Regulations;
396 under keel clearance
97
1 There is a least depth of 31 m (514431S
...Canal Pulluche at any height of tide:
741762W) in the fairway.
Vessel transiting W of Bajo Roepke (3.55); 9 m, plus
UKC 13 m.
Chilean Notice 8/57/20 [NP6--No 8--Wk 39/20] Vessel transiting E of Bajo Roepke; 75 m, plus UKC
13 m.
Chilean Notice 7/20 SD 3002--Chap. VIII--2--44

[NP7--No 106--Wk 33/20]
Chile -- Estrecho Nelson --
Canal Smyth — Pilotage Chile -- Archipiélago de los Chonos --
Canal Pulluche — Directions; shoals
396 97
1 From a position W of Isla Ricardo Light (454943S
742819W) (3.49), the track leads 2½ miles NE,
Pilotage passing:
8.342a SE of Islotes Carvallo (454815S 742773W),
1 When navigation is temporarily authorised thence:
(see 8.243a), pilotage is mandatory. NW of Punta Castillo (454770S 742599W),
thence:
After Paragraph 8.343 1 line 1 Insert: SE of Islote de Lobos (454700S 742616W), from
which a light (white GRP tower with red band and
wings, 3 m in height) is exhibited. A shoal lies
Traffic regulations about 1½ cables S of the light.
2 The track then leads ENE for 4 miles to Punta
8.343a
Morro, passing:
1 Navigation is not normally authorised in the NW
NNW of Isla Prieto (454732S 742321W), thence:
part of the canal. The local authority should be
NNW of Punta Morro (454622S 742004W), from
contacted for further information.
which a light (white GRP tower, red band, 3 m in
height) is exhibited, thence:
Chilean Notice 9/(3003) X--6--16a/20 To a position 4½ cables N of Punta Morro. The
[NP6--No 9--Wk 45/20] track then leads N for about 1 mile, passing:
2 -- 31
Index
NP7
3 W of Bajo Roepke (454520S 741993W), Chile -- Isla Chiloé -- Canal Chacao —
marked by a light buoy, (preferred channel to Directions; V--AIS
port). Deeper water is found by passing W
then NW of the buoy, but this route is more 157
tortuous and more affected by currents. Paragraph 5.59 1 line(s) 4 Replace by:
Thence:
W of Punta del Bajo (454512S 741937W), ...isolated shoal, marked by V--AIS. Punta
thence: Remolinos (414833S...
Clear of a shoal (454495S 741955W) lying NW Chilean Notice 4/35/20 [NP7--No 100--Wk 20/20]
of Punta del Bajo, marked by a light buoy
(preferred channel to port).
4 The track then leads ENE for about 1¾ miles until Chile -- Canal Chacao -- West Approach --
Bahia Guapacho — Anchorage
Punta Urizar Light bears 015.
The line of bearing (015) of this light then leads 175
through the narrow passage, passing:
WNW of a shoal with a depth of 94 m (454373S Paragraph 6.41 2 Replace by:
741720W), thence: 2 Anchorage may be obtained, in about 24 m,
WNW of Punta Pangal (454257S 741651W). 8½ cables N of Punta Barrancas (414738S
Thence the track leads E for about 4 miles, 735819W), which is rocky and about 50 m high.
passing: There are also depths from 15 to 18 m in the SE part
5 S of Punta Urizar (454159S 741652W), from of Bahia Guapacho, with good holding.
which a light (white GRP tower, red band, 4 m Caution. Rocks, obstructions and shoals extend
in height) is exhibited, thence: about 1½ miles E of Punta Huechucuicui, close N of
N of Islotes Los Tres (454242S 741448W), three the anchorage.
skerries in a triangular shape, thence: Useful mark:
N of Isla Barranco (454280S 741139W), to enter House (414753S 735933W).
Canal Utarupa (3.127) or Canal Chacabuco
(3.59) as necessary. UKHO [NP7--No 127--Wk 47/20]
Useful mark:
Isla Rivero Light (metal framework tower, red and Chile -- North--west of Puerto San Vicente —
white bands, 6 m in height) (454515S Directions; buoy
742032W).
193
(Directions continue for Canal Utarupa at 3.129,
and for Canal Chacabuco at 3.62) After Paragraph 6.225 1 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a light buoy (ODAS) (363398S
Chilean ENC CL3AI095; Chilean Notice 8/65/19 732029W), thence:
[NP7--No 48--Wk 37/19]
Chilean Notice 5/34/19 [NP7--No 40--Wk 22/19]
Chile -- Puerto San Vicente — Directions; lights

Chile -- Isla Chiloé -- Canal Chacao — Caution; 194
traffic regulations
156
Approaches
6.236
Paragraph 5.52 1 line 4 For 2018 Read 2020 1 From a position about 5 miles NNW of Punta
Hualpen (364482S 731148W), a low lying point
After Paragraph 5.52 1 line 6 Insert: from which a light (6.224) is exhibited, the track leads
through the SE--bound lane of the TSS to a position
Caution. Vessels may not approach within 1 cable of NE of Punta Hualpen. Rocas Lobos (364459S
the piles. 731150W), an area of dangerous rocks, extends
3 cables N of the point.
Traffic regulations 2 S Mooring Leading Lights:
5.52a Front light (white triangle, orange stripe, on metal
1 Owing to the construction of the bridge (5.52), an post, 6 m in height) (364453S 730772W),
alternative channel has been made navigable SE of Rear light (white triangle, orange stripe on metal
Roca Remolinos (5.58), in the event that the N post, 10 m in height) (76 m from front light).
passage is restricted. Vessels entering the canal from From a position NE of Punta Hualpen, the
the W have priority to decide which route to take; alignment 102 of these lights leads towards the
vessels should contact the local authority for harbour, passing:
regulations. 3 SSW of Roca Villa de Burdeos (364412S
730922W), marked by a light buoy (port
hand).
Chilean Notice 9/3002.VII--1--25/20
[NP7--No 115--Wk 45/20] ENC CL3BB010 (2.005) [NP7--No 64a--Wk 04/20]
2 -- 32
Index
NP7
Chile -- Puerto San Vicente — Directions; lights Chile -- Bahía Concepción --
Puerto Talcahuano — Anchorage
194
197
Paragraph 6.237 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 6.274 1--2 Replace by:
1 Anchor berths, designated A to O, lie in the
Entrance to N part of bay approaches to Puerto Talcahuano.
6.237 An anchorage area is centred 7¾ cables SSE of
1 Marine Terminal Approach Leading Lights: Banco Belen Light (E cardinal, 8 m in height)
Front light (white square, red stripe, on metal post, (364181S 730500W). Quarantine and explosives
10 m in height) (364367S 730758W). anchorages are located within this area on its SW
Rear light (similar structure, 17 m in height) side. A buoy (N cardinal) is moored 1¼ cables S of
(1½ cables from front light). the anchorage area.
From a position S of Punta Liles (364399S
730877W), the alignment (054) of these lights leads Chilean Notice 8/61/20 [NP7--No 110a--Wk 39/20]
into the N part of the bay.
2 Useful mark: Chile -- Puerto Talcahuano — Light beacon
Muelle CAP Light (white metal tower, red band, 3 m
in height) (364438S 730796W). 197
ENC CL3BB010 (2.005) [NP7--No 64b--Wk 04/20] Paragraph 6.275 1 lines 4 Replace by:
...an area 3 cables S of Banco Belen Light, noting Pam
Haugagut Light Beacon (6.280). See...
Chile -- Puerto San Vicente — Terminal
ENC CL3BB010 (2.005) [NP7--No 66--Wk 04/20]
195
Chile -- Bahía Concepción --
Paragraph 6.240 including heading Replace by: Puerto Talcahuano — Anchorage
197
San Vicente Maritime Terminal
6.240 Paragraph 6.276 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Two berths lie at the head of a jetty (364412S
1 Restricted areas:
730800W) which extends 4½ cables SW and W
Vessels, except those of the Chilean Navy and
from the shore. Approach to the berths may be aided
vessels entering the naval dockyard (6.277) are
by two pairs of leading lights.
prohibited from entering an area which extends N
and S from the naval dockyard.
ENC CL3BB010 (2.005) [NP7--No 65--Wk 04/20] 2 Entry is restricted into an area 1 mile SW of
Banco Belen Light, to avoid obstructing the
Chile -- Bahía Concepción -- harbour approach.
Boca Grande — Pilotage Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area
centred 4 cables WNW Banco Belen Light.
196
Chilean Notice 8/61/20 [NP7--No 110b--Wk 39/20]
Chile -- Puerto Talcahuano — Directions
Pilotage 198
6.250a
1 Pilots board in the following positions: Paragraph 6.280 2--4 Replace by:
363400S 730300W; 2 Vessels passing W of Banco Belen should keep
363900S 730200W; clear of a 68 m rock (364075S 730518W) and W
364150S 730300W. of a buoy (preferred channel to port) (364153S
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7). 730494W) moored off the N edge of the shoal and
a buoy (port hand) (364175S 730523W) marking
Chilean Notice 8/61/20 [NP7--No 108--Wk 39/20] the W edge of Banco Belen.
From E, the recommended approach leads well
Chile -- Bahía Concepción -- Boca Grande -- clear of Banco Isla de Los Reyes, passing at least
Puerto Tomé — Pilotage 2 cables N of the buoy (N cardinal) (364286S
730434W), moored off the N edge of the bank.
196 3 Leading lights:
Front light (red square with a white stripe on a metal
Paragraph 6.259 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: post, 23 m in height) (364186S 730645W).
Rear light (similar structure, 29 m in height) (61 m
1 Pilotage. See 6.250a. from front light).
The alignment (298) of these lights leads to Molo
Chilean Notice 8/61/20 [NP7--No 109--Wk 39/20] Marinao (6.277).
2 -- 33
Index
NP7
4 Caution. Approaching vessels should note a Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Berth draught
dangerous wreck, marked by Pam Haugagut Light
Beacon (isolated danger) (364200S 730504W), 204
which lies S of Banco Belen. Paragraph 6.348 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
ENC CL3BB010 (2.005) [NP7--No 67--Wk 04/20] 1 See 6.360.

Chile -- Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages
199
Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Prohibited areas;
Paragraph 6.294 1--2 Replace by: outer anchorage; pilotage
1 Vessels awaiting a berth should anchor in one of 204--205

the following:
A — 364192S 725932W.
B — 364192S 730025W. 1 Vessels awaiting entry anchor in 28 m, sand and
C — 364192S 730113W. mud, in a circular area centred 1¼ miles W of the
2 Outer anchorages: head of Molo Sur (333517S 713744W).
A1 364025S 730095W;
A2 364025S 730220W; Paragraph 6.352 1 Replace by:
A3 364110S 730150W; 1 Pilotage. Compulsory and available 24 hours. The
A4 363850S 730000W. pilot boarding area is about 1¼ miles WNW of Molo
Sur Light (333517S 713744W). Vessels must
approach the Pilot Waiting Area at a speed not
exceeding 4 kn. Vessels more than 300 m in length
Chile -- Bahía Concepcíon -- must wait for the pilot 1½ miles W of the breakwater.
Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages
If the state of the weather prevents the pilot leaving
199 harbour, vessels of less than 100 m in length may
enter harbour for embarkation. See ADMIRALTY List
Paragraph 6.294 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice
of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
Week 40/20 Replace by:
1 General anchorages:
A1 364025S 730095W;
Prohibited areas
A2 364025S 730220W;
6.352a
A3 364110S 730150W;
W 363850S 730000W. 1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area
Quarantine and fumigation anchorages: lying W of the entrance, bounded by the parallels
Y 364192S 730025W; 333450S and 333517S and the meridian
Z 364192S 725932W. 713900W.
2 Vessels awaiting a berth:
C 364192S 730113W.
Bunkering anchorage:
X 364112S 730042W. Chile -- Puerto San Antonio —
Directions; leading lights
205
Chile -- Bahía Concepcíon -- Paragraph 6.357 1--2 including heading and 6.358 1--3
Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages Replace by:
199
Approach and entry
Paragraph 6.294 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice 6.357
Week 50/20 Replace by: 1 The harbour is approached between Punta Santo
1 General anchorages: Domingo (333691S 713788W) (6.343) and Punta
A1 364025S 730095W; Vera (333312S 713767W), the NW extremity of
A2 364025S 730220W; Frontón de San Antonio.
A3 364110S 730150W; Poza Chica Leading Lights:
W 363850S 730000W; Front light (yellow rectangle, red stripe, on metal
Bunkering anchorage: pillar, 13 m in height) (333505S 713679W).
X 364120S 730070W. Rear light (similar structure, 14 m in height) (75 m
Quarantine and fumigation anchorages: from front light).
Y 364192S 730025W; 2 From a position W of the harbour entrance, the
Z 364192S 725932W. alignment (0926) of these lights leads E, passing:
Vessels awaiting a berth: Between the heads of Muelle Policarpo Toro and
C 364192S 730113W. Molo Sur, from where lights are exhibited.
The track then continues as required for berth in
UKHO [NP7--No 131--Wk 52/20] Poza Chica.
2 -- 34
Index
NP7
3 Poza Grande: Outer leading lights: 3 Terminal Espigón (333520S 713705W) has a
Front light (white rectangle red stripe, on metal post, total berthing space of about 560 m with four berths
6 m in height) (333546S 713701W). and facilities for containers, general and liquid cargo.
Rear light (similar structure, 14 m in height) (100 m Depths alongside from 68 to 12 m. One mooring buoy
from front light). is available for berth No 4. Details of berths as
From a position on the leading line for Poza Chica, follows:
the alignment (1417) of these lights leads SE
between the head of Molo Sur and the W extremity of Berth Max Max Notes
No length/beam displacement
Espigón de Atraque, from where a light (green post,
(tonnes)
3 m in height) is exhibited.
4 Inner leading lights: 4--5 237 m 55 600
Front light (white rectangle, red band, on metal pillar, 322 m
10 m in height) (333571S 713710W). 6--7 190 or 225 m 45 000 190 m LOA
Rear light (similar structure, 13 m in height) (58 m 322 m berthing on
from front light). port, 225 m
The alignment (165) of these lights leads SSE LOA on
towards the head of the basin. starboard.
Useful marks: Maximum draught for berth Nos 4 and 5 is 1139 m
Molo Sur Light (6.343). with an UKC of 06 m. Maximum draught for berth
Muelle Policarpo Toro Light (green square on green Nos 6 and 7 is from 52 to 77 m with an UKC of
metal tower, 10 m in height) (333496S 06 m.
713734W). Minimum distance between vessels alongside is
20 m.
Spare
4 Muelle Panul (333494S 713713W) – Berth
6.358
No 8 is a T--shaped pier 77 m in length (186 m with
dolphins) with a depth alongside of 128 m. Two
UKHO [NP7--No 125--Wk 46/20]
mooring buoys are available.
Maximum dimensions: length 230 m, beam 323 m,
Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Moorings; berths displacement 60 000 tonnes (50 000 tonnes if using
the E dolphin).
Maximum draught allowed is 11 m (UKC 18 m) in
205--206 waves up to 1 m high and 103 m (UKC of 25 m) in
waves up to 2 m high.
Paragraph 6.359 Replace by: 5 Muelle Policarpo Toro (333496S 713732W) –
Berth No 9 is 62 m in length with a depth alongside of
Spare 118 m. Hoses, pipelines, and three buoys are
6.359 available.
Paragraph 6.360 1--4 Replace by: draught 10 m, displacement 30 000 tonnes.
1 Molo Sur (333545S 713729W) is 772 m in Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 3--Wk 49/18]
length with a least depth alongside of 155 m. Details
of the berths as follow: Chile -- Punta Lengua de Vaca to Punta Tortuga
Berth Max Max Principal use — Directions; major light
No length/beam displacement
220
(tonnes)
1 363 m 149 000 Containers, After Paragraph 7.63 2 line 6 Insert:
484 m liquids. Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S
2 337 m 106 000 Containers, 712085W) (7.106).
428 m liquids.
3 253 m 46 703 Containers,
322 m liquids.
Chile -- Guayacán — Directions; major light
Maximum draught allowed is 14 m with a UKC of
10% of the minimum sounding for vessels using berth 222
No 1 and 149 m with an UKC of 06 m S of bitt No 18 After Paragraph 7.87 1 line 5 Insert:
and for berths Nos 2 and 3.
2 Muelle Costanera (333545S 713705W) is Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S
700 m in length and has two berths (C1 and C2) with 712085W) (7.106).
depths alongside from 146 to 150 m.
displacement 163 000 tonnes.
Maximum draught: 132 m, with an UKC of 10% of Chile -- Guayacán — Directions; leading lights
the minimum sounding (bitt Nos 1 to 11) and 135 m, 222
with an UKC of 10% of the minimum sounding (bitt
Nos 11 to 35). Paragraph 7.90 1 line(s) 3 For 1125 Read 110
2 -- 35
Index
NP7
Paragraph 7.90 1 line(s) 5--6 For 295849S 712086W Chile -- Puerto Chañaral de las Animas —
Read 295850S 712085W Anchorages; pilotage
235
Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 1 For 1125 Read 114
Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 4 For 295823S Read 1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained at
295824S the following berths, in depths of 30 to 50 m.
No 1 (262065S 703975W);
No 2 (262017S 703977W);
Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 7 For 037 Read 035
No 3 (262090S 704040W);
No 4 (262020S 704040W);
Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 9 For 295795S Read No 5 (261950S 704040W).
295796S Pilotage. Compulsory and available 24 hours. Pilots
board in an area centred on 262044S 703930W.
Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 1 For 029 Read 027 See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).

Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 3 For 295795S Read
295796S Chile -- Bahia Chiquinata --
Punta Gruesa — Prohibited area
Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 7 For 031 Read 029 258
Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 9--10 For 295794S 712155W After Paragraph 8.159 1 line 4 Insert:
Read 295796S 712154W Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing is prohibited
within an area surrounding Punta Gruesa (202179S
701094W).
ENC CL5CO005 [NP7--No 53--Wk 41/19]
Chile -- Coquimbo — Directions; major light
Chile -- Bahia Chiquinata --
Punta Gruesa — Prohibited area
223
260
Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (cross on concrete
tower, 95 m in height) (295713S 712085W). Anchoring is also prohibited within the area
surrounding Punta Gruesa (see 8.162).
Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 51--Wk 37/19] Chilean Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 5--Wk 49/18]
Chile – Punta Lengua de Vaca to Punta Carrizal – Chile -- Iquique — Anchorages

Coquimbo — Directions; berths
260--261
Paragraph 7.107 3 line 3 For ESE Read clear 1 The bay is open to winds from NW and NE, but
these winds seldom occur. It is sheltered from the
prevailing winds from S and SW, by Península
Serrano and the breakwater extending from it.
Caution. A dangerous wreck (295684S Anchorage may be obtained at five designated
711940W) lies close S of anchor berth A. anchor berths as follows:
No 1 201188S 700973W.
No 2 201202S 701007W.
No 3 201230S 701040W.
Chile -- Punta Tortuga to Punta Totoralillo —
Directions; major light No 4 201280S 701030W.
No 5 201335S 701020W.
224
2 Anchorage No 2 also serves as quarantine
After Paragraph 7.118 1 line 9 Insert: anchorage. Anchorage No 3 also serves as explosives
anchorage.
Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S Anchorage for fishing vessels is established to the
712085W) (7.106). S and E of Roca Patilliguaje (8.195).
Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 52--Wk 37/19] Chilean Notice 11/86/19 [NP7--No 57--Wk 50/19]
2 -- 36
Index
NP7
Chile -- Iquique — Directions; terminal Position Designation Remarks
261 173769S Tankers
712231W
After Paragraph 8.196 2 Insert: 173686S General cargo
712232W vessels
Approaches to Copec Terminal 173725S Dangerous
8.196a 712321W cargo vessels
1 Vessels approach Copec Terminal from the N with 2 173633S Quarantine
the assistance of one of the three sets of leading
712321W
lights, located in the vicinity of Muelle Naval (8.198),
dependent on the length of vessel. 173787S Peruvian Navy Reserved area
Useful marks: 712158W
Leading lights (201198S 700826W). 173848S Industrial A wreck (173846S
712105W fishing craft 712102W) is
Chilean Notice 6/45/19 [NP7--No 44--Wk 28/19] situated within this
area. A light buoy
(isolated danger) is
Chile -- Iquique — Berths moored on the S edge
of the area.
261 3 173843S Food stuffs A mooring buoy lies
Paragraph 8.197 1 line(s) 5--8 Replace by: 712083W close N of the area
173608S Cargo Trans--
Copec Terminal, with three mooring buoys, 712233W shipment
maximum length 229 m, maximum draught
1134 m. Remaining charted anchorage areas are for fishing
Petrobas Terminal, with three mooring buoys, craft, small craft and service vessels.
maximum length 183 m, maximum draught
Peruvian Notices 4/65/19; 4/66/19; 4/67/19; 4/68/19
124 m.
[NP7--No 37--Wk 22/19]
Peru -- Matarani — Outer anchorages; directions
Chile -- Arica — Anchorages 275

Paragraph 9.65 1 line(s) 6--7 For 170026S 720719W
266 Read 165880S 720780W
After paragraph 8.233 1 line 11 Add:
Two additional anchorages lie closer inshore, in
…clear of…
positions 182797S 701991W and 182802S
701922W. Peruvian Notices 4/63/19; 4/64/19
[NP7--No 38--Wk 22/19]
ENC CL4TR010 [NP7--No 56--Wk 43/19]
Peru -- San Juan — Anchorage
Chile -- Arica — Pilotage
279
Paragraph 8.234 Replace by: A naval anchorage is centred on 152035S
750985W.
1 Compulsory. Pilots board in the vicinity of
182800S 702080W and 182737S 702002W. Peruvian Notice 1/14/19 [NP7--No 24--Wk 09/19]
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
Peru -- Approaches to Puerto San Nicolás —
Chilean Notice 9/70/19; ENCCL4TR010 Anchorage; wreck
[NP7--No 54--Wk 42/19]
281
Peru -- Puerto Ilo — Outer anchorages Paragraph 9.113 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by:
271 5 151350S Dangerous A wreck lies close

751530W cargo vessels E of the
Paragraph 9.23 1--3 Replace by: anchorage
1 Designated anchorage exists for different classes of Peruvian Notice 11/19; ENC PE503122
vessels. Main areas are as follows: [NP7--No 60--Wk 02/20]
2 -- 37
Index
NP7
Peru -- Melchorita LNG Terminal — Port Peru -- Melchorita LNG Terminal — Port
290
289
Paragraph 9.205 1--2 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.205
Melchorita LNG Terminal GB Chart 3086 Ed.1 (2019) [NP7--No 59--Wk 01/20]
General information Peru -- Callao –

9.190a Ensenada de Chorrillos — Anchorage
1 Position and function. Melchorita LNG Terminal
(131555S 761877W) exports LNG from a 291
production plant. Vessels of up to 170 000 m3 capacity After Paragraph 9.218 4 line 3 Insert:
can be accommodated.
A naval anchorage lies at 120883S 770256W.
Port Authority. Hunt LNG Operating Company.
Website. www.perulng.com Peruvian Notice 9/93/18 [NP7--No 6--Wk 49/18]
Limiting conditions
Peru -- Callao — Anchorages
9.190b
1 Controlling depth. Depths in the approach 291--292
channels exceed 14 m.
Navigable width. The approach channels are Paragraph 9.215 Replace by:
300 m in width. 1 Designated anchorages exist, for different classes
of vessels, centred as follows:
Arrival information
9.190c No Position Designation Remarks
1 Pilotage. Pilots board in an area centred on 1 120153S Merchant
131527S 762043W. 771151W vessels
2 120151S Fishing, Mining, A wreck lies in
Harbour 771009W Factory Vessels S part
9.190d
1 General layout. The T--shaped terminal consists of 2 3 120233S Fishing vessels Three
a long trestle bridge with an LNG loading dock at its 770949W dangerous
seaward end which is sheltered by a 4½ cables long wrecks lie in
the area
detached breakwater.
4 120176S Harbour vessels
Directions 770942W
9.190e 5 120074S Laid up vessels
1 Entry Leading lights: 770998W
Front light (beacon) (131541S 761863W).
Rear light (similar structure) (8 cables from front 3 6A 115949S Fishing vessels A submarine
light). 770867W pipleine is laid
From the pilot boarding station, the alignment on the S
(0953) of the above lights leads through a channel, border
marked by light buoys (lateral), passing N of the NW 6B 120018S Fishing vessels
head of the detached breakwater from where a light is 770912W
exhibited. Thence course is altered as required to the 4 7 115948S Nuclear
berth. 771060W powered
2 Departure Leading Lights: vessels and any
Front light (beacon) (131541S 761863W). vessel carrying
Rear light (similar structure) (9½ cables from front or holding
light). radioactive
From a position E of the SE end of the breakwater, material
on which stands a light, the alignment (3553), astern,
of the leading lights leads S through a channel
5 8 120057S Tankers Oil and A stranded
771132W Gas and wreck,
marked by light buoys (lateral).
hazardous surrounded by
cargoes a restricted
Berth
area radius
9.190f
165 m marked
1 The berth has alongside depths from 13 to 15 m.
by an isolated
The flat side is 130 m in length (385 m including danger buoy,
dolphins). and a
dangerous
GB Chart 3086 Ed.1 (2019); IHS Seaweb; wreck lie in the
www.perulng.com [NP7--No 58--Wk 01/20] E part
2 -- 38
Index
NP7
No Position Designation Remarks No Position Designation Remarks
6 9 120210S Pilot waiting 4 120176S Harbour vessels
771090W area 770942W
10 120100S Vessels 5 120074S Lay--up vessels
770890W awaiting 770998W
disposal 3 6A 115949S Fishing vessels A stranded
11 115948S Security, 770867W wreck lies on
771207W Provisioning the NW limit. A
and Quarantine submarine
pipeline is laid
7 12 120124S Fuel loading/ A dangerous on the S
771292W unloading and wreck lies near border
lightening the centre of
the area 6B 120018S Fishing vessels
770912W
A 120391S Yacht Club
770995W 4 7 115948S Nuclear
771060W powered
B 120375S Recreational vessels and any
770996W Vessels vessel carrying
8 C 120384S La Punta Yacht or holding
770982W Club radioactive
material
A 120373S Marine School
770973W
5 8 120057S Tankers Oil and A stranded
771132W Gas wreck,
B 120365S Hydrographic Three wrecks surrounded by
770950W Vessels and two a restricted
mooring buoys area radius
lie in the area 165 m marked
by an isolated
9 A 120328S Fishing Vessels danger buoy,
770929W and a
B 120340S Harbour dangerous
770922W Vessels wreck lie in the
E part
C 120349S Tour Vessels
770918W 6 9 1202110S Pilot waiting
7710190W area
D 120377S Small Craft
770927W 10 120100S Vessels
770890W awaiting
disposal
Peruvian Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 7--Wk 49/18] 11 115948S Security,
771207W Provisioning
and Quarantine
Peru -- Callao — Outer anchorages; wrecks 7 12 120124S Fuel loading/ A dangerous
771292W unloading wreck lies near
the centre of
291--292 the area
A 120391S Yacht Club
Paragraph 9.215 including existing Section IV Notice 770995W
B 120375S Recreational A wreck,
770996W vessels reported
1 Designated anchorages exist, for different classes
(2019), lies
of vessels, centred as follows: close off the N
No Position Designation Remarks limit
1 120153S Merchant 8 C 120384S La Punta Yacht
771151W vessels 770982W Club
2 120151S Fishing, Mining, A wreck lies in A 120373S Marine School

771009W Factory Vessel S part 770973W
2 3 120233S Fishing vessels Three B 120365S Hydrographic Three wrecks
770949W dangerous 770950W vessels and two
wrecks mooring buoys
lie in the area lie in the area
2 -- 39
Index
NP7
No Position Designation Remarks Peru -- Puerto Huacho — Outer anchorage
9 A 120328S Fishing vessels
770929W
300
B 120340S Harbour vessels
770922W
C 120349S Tour vessels Paragraph 10.35 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
770918W
D 120377S Small craft 1 Outer anchorage may be obtained, in an area
770927W centred on 110651S 773775W, in depths of 16 to
18 m. Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in an area
Peruvian Notice 5/21/20 [NP7--No 102--Wk 27/20] centred on 110691S 773719W.
Peru -- Callao — Directions; wrecks

Peruvian Notice 8/59/18 and 8/60/18
293 [NP7--No 10--Wk 51/18]

...(lateral), 6 cables W. Numerous dangerous wrecks lie in
Bahía del Callao and within the entrance channel. Peru -- Chimbote — Anchorages
Peruvian Notice 3/14/20 [NP7--No 99--Wk 19/20]

305
Peru -- Bahía del Callao --
La Pampilla — Prohibited area
299
After Paragraph 10.17 3 line 3 Insert: 1 Anchorage exists for different classes of vessels in
designated areas as follows:
Prohibited Area. Entry is prohibited into an area
centred on 115772S 770836W. Anchorage Position Designation
No 1 90467S 783616W Small craft
No 2 90500S 783662W Leisure craft
Peru – Puerto Chancay — Anchorages No 3 90502S 783622W Fishing
vessels
299 < 20 gt
After Paragraph 10.28 1 line 4 Insert: No 4 90512S 783597W Fishing
vessels
Outer Anchorages exist for different classes of < 110 gt
vessel in designated anchorages as follows:
Merchant vessels (113437S 771737W) in No 5 90530S 783534W Fishing
depths of about 20 m, vessels
2 Vessels awaiting a Pilot (113445S 771696W) < 800 gt
in depths of about 16 m, No 6 90595S 783475W Fishing
Small craft and fishing vessels over 30 gt vessels
(113430S 771689W) in depths of 12 to 15 m, > 800 gt
Small craft and fishing vessels under 30 gt
(113500S 771642W) in depths of about 5 m. No 8 90630S 783600W Hazardous
3 The merchant vessel and the vessels awaiting a cargo
Pilot anchorages lie close to the prohibited anchorage No 9 90817S 783644W Vessels
area below. under repair
Peruvian Notice 9/77/18 [NP7--No 8--Wk 49/18] No 10 90855S 783640W Quarantine

No 11 90814S 783573W Lightening
Peru – Puerto Chancay — Berths operations
No 14 90851S 783503W Peruvian
300 Navy
The pier is damaged and is no longer in use.
Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18
Peruvian Notice 9/76/18 [NP7--No 9--Wk 49/18] [NP7--No 20a--Wk 05/19]
2 -- 40
Index
NP7
Peru – North--west coast – Chimbote — Moorings. Five mooring buoys are moored in the
Berths; anchorage SE part of the bay.
305 Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18

[NP7--No 21--Wk 05/19]
Paragraph 10.92 1 including existing Section IV Notice
1 Anchorage exists for different classes of vessels in Peru – Salaverry —
designated areas as follows: Arrival information; outer anchorages
Anchorage Position Designation

308
No 1 90467S 783616W Small craft
No 2 90500S 783662W Leisure craft Paragraph 10.119 1 line(s) 6--7 For 81348S 790033W
Read 81345S 790040W
No 3 90502S 783622W Fishing
vessels
< 20 gt Paragraph 10.119 2 line(s) 1--2 For 81399S 790033W
90512S 783597W Fishing Read 81255S 790100W
No 4
vessels
< 110 gt Paragraph 10.119 2 line(s) 5--6 Replace by:
No 5 90530S 783534W Fishing
vessels 81400S Peruvian Navy vessels
< 800 gt 790035W
No 6 90595S 783475W Fishing 81447S Quarantine
vessels 790042W
> 800 gt
90668S 783600W Merchant
Peruvian Notices 3/51; 52/19 [NP7--No 33--Wk 18/19]
vessels
No 8 90630S 783600W Hazardous
cargo Peru – North--west coast –
90817S 783644W Vessels Eten Offshore Terminal —
No 9 Arrival information; anchorage
under repair
No 10 90855S 783640W Quarantine 313
No 11 90814S 783573W Lightening
operations Paragraph 10.170 1 line(s) 3--5 Replace by:
No 14 90851S 783503W Peruvian Outer anchorages. A designated anchorage area,
Navy with depths of around 6 to 9 m, is centred on
65575S 795293W.
Peruvian Notice 2/035/19 [NP7--No 26--Wk 13/19] Anchorage may also be obtained about 9 cables W of
Punta Eten (65688S 795202W) in charted depths
Peru -- Chimbote — Anchorages of around 12 m.
305 Peruvian Notice 2/032(2)/19 [NP7--No 27--Wk 13/19]

Peru – North--west coast – Pimentel —
2 Two anchorage areas for laid up vessels are also Arrival information; anchorage
established NW of Muelle No 1 (10.93).
Offshore oil terminals are situated in the following 313
positions:
Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18
[NP7--No 20b--Wk 05/19] Outer anchorages exist, for different classes of
vessels, in designated areas as follows:
Peru -- Bahía Coishco — Anchorages Position Designation
65125S Vessels transferring hydrocarbons
307 795775W
Paragraph 10.109 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 65007S Vessels of the Peruvian Navy
795853W
1 Anchorages. Two anchorage areas are established
64990S Immobilised vessels
in the bay:
795730W
Fishing vessels less than 1000 gt (90088S
783833W);
Fishing vessels less than 50 gt (90103S Peruvian Notice 2/032(1 and 5)/19
783811W). [NP7--No 28--Wk 13/19]
2 -- 41
Index
NP7
Peru – North--west coast – Peru -- Bahía Talara -- Talara —
Santa Rosa — Anchorage Regulations concerning entry
321
314
Paragraph 10.182 2 line(s) 5 and 6 Replace by:
Maximum length of a vessel that may manoeuvre
Anchorage may be obtained in a designated area, in Puerto Talara roadstead must not exceed 200 m.
centred on 65290S 795610W, in depths of around
7 to 8 m. Peruvian Notice 7/39 SD5001/20
[NP7--No 107--Wk 38/20]
Peruvian Notice 2/032(3)/2019 [NP7--No 29--Wk 13/19]
Peru -- Puerto Zorritos — Anchorage
Peru -- North--west coast -- Pimentel -- 324

San José — Anchorages
314 A naval anchorage is centred on 33821S

803951W.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in a designated area,
centred on 65290S 795610W, in depths of around Ecuador -- Outer approaches to Guayaquil --
5 to 7 m, coarse sand. It is... Golfo de Guayaquil — Directions
324
Peruvian Notice 2/32(4)/19 [NP7--No 30--Wk 13/19]
Peru – Caleta Tierra Colorada — Anchorage Thence the track leads to the pilot boarding position
for Rio Guayas in the vicinity of the Sea Light Buoy
(24465S 802488W), S of Punta Chapoya
317 (23847S 802612W) (11.29), or to the entrance to
the DW approach channel, 17 miles SSW of Punta
Chapoya.
...50415S 810863W, in depths from about 18 to
GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 69--Wk 10/20]
27 m,...
Peruvian Notices 3/40; 41/19 [NP7--No 34--Wk 18/19] Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --
Canal del Morro — Reference
327
Peru – Paita — Arrival information;
outer anchorages Paragraph 11.9 1 line(s) 8 For (11.78) Read (11.76b)
317 GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 70--Wk 10/20]
Paragraph 10.217 2 line(s) 11--12 Replace by: Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --

Canal de Jambelí — Directions; wreck
50400S Fishing vessels
810735W 328
Peruvian Notices 3/40; 41/19 [NP7--No 35--Wk 18/19]
Clear of a dangerous wreck (25295S 795392W),
position approximate, thence:
Peru -- North--west coast --Talara — GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 71--Wk 10/20]
Outer anchorages
Ecuador -- Outer approaches to Guayaquil --
321 DW approach W of Isla Puná — Route
Paragraph 10.250 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: 329
43200S Barges and Paragraph 11.24 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:

811765W tankers ...vicinity of Sea Light Buoy (24465S 802488W) S of
43408S Other vessels Punta Chapoya (11.29) for the West approach, or
811713W continues SSE to the entrance to the DW approach
channel, 17 miles SSW of Punta Chapoya.
Peruvian Notice 2/30(9)/19 [NP7--No 31--Wk 13/19] GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 72--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 42
Index
NP7
Ecuador -- Outer approaches to Guayaquil -- Ecuador -- Golfo de Guayaquil -- Puerto Bolívar
Golfo de Guayaquil — Directions — Directions; entrance
329 331
Paragraph 11.29 3 line(s) 4--9 Replace by: Paragraph 11.45 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by:
...exhibited. ...about 4 miles to the vicinity of Canal de Santa Rosa Light

Thence the track continues SE to a position about Buoy (11.46).
10 miles S of Punta Chapoya (23847S 802612W)
for the W approach, or continues SSE to the vicinity
of the Sea Light Buoy (25511S 802991W), 1 Caution. Fishing vessels may anchor between
17 miles SSW of Punta Chapoya for the DW SW Punta Jambelí and Boca Jambelí.
approach. Track. From the vicinity of Canal de Santa Rosa
Light Buoy (safe water) (31161S 800191W) the
GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 73--Wk 10/20] track leads SE, then SSE through the entrance
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
ENE of Punta Jambelí (31264S 800167W),
Ecuador -- Punta Chapoya to Isla Santa Clara — thence:
Directions; light buoy; wreck 2 Through Boca Jambelí (31252S 800090W).
Thence from a position between Nos 5 and 6 Light
330 Buoys, the track, marked by the white sector
(1695--1705) of Iglesia Light (church tower, 32 m in
Paragraph 11.33 1 line(s) 1--10 Replace by: height) (31610S 800017W), continues generally S
for about 2½ miles, passing:
1 From a position S of Punta Chapoya (23847S E of Estero Jambelí (31404S 800143W), and:
802612W) (11.29), in the vicinity of Sea Light Buoy 3 W of a shoal area whose W--most extent is
(24465S 802488W), the track leads S, passing: marked by Enfilada SR1 and SR2 Beacons
W of Isla Puná (24805S 800741W). Shoal water (both white metal and concrete structure,
extends up to 9 miles W of the island. Thence: orange daymark, 9 m in height) (31393S
2 W of Sea Light Buoy (safe water) (25511S 800033W and 31438S 800015W).
802991W) marking the start of the DW Thence as required for the berths.
channel (11.76b) to Guayaquil, thence:
W of Punta Salinas (30171S 801523W). Paragraph 11.49 1--2 including heading Replace by:
Thence the track continues to lead S to a position
about 6 miles NNW of Isla Santa Clara (31042S Spare
802631W) (11.15). 11.49
GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 74--Wk 10/20] ENC EC510811 (2.000) [NP7--No 104--Wk 28/20]
Ecuador -- Golfo de Guayaquil -- Puerto Bolívar Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --

— Anchorage; pilotage; berthing Canal del Morro — Reference
330 331
Paragraph 11.41 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 11.55 1 line(s) 7 For (11.78) Read (11.76b)
Outer anchorages GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 75--Wk 10/20]

11.41
1 A waiting anchorage area lies NNE of Canal de
Santa Rosa Light Buoy (11.46), centred on 31112S Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --
800169W. Golfo de Guayaquil — Controlling depths
Pilotage 332
11.41a
1 Compulsory and available 24 hours. Pilot boards After Paragraph 11.61 1 line 2 Insert:
within the anchorage (11.41) or in the vicinity of Canal
de Santa Rosa Light Buoy (11.46). In the SW approach (11.76b) to Canal del Morro,
the least depth along the recommended track is about
Paragraph 11.42 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: 120 m (2019) and in the W approach (11.77) it is
about 105 m (2019).
1 The berthing area lies on the E bank of the river, The least charted depth on the recommended track
fronting the town. through Canal de Cascajal (11.79) is 62 m.
ENC EC510811 (2.000) [NP7--No 103--Wk 28/20] GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 76--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 43
Index
NP7
Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Vertical clearance Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Horizontal clearance
332
332
Horizontal clearance
...deeper water of the river. Vertical clearance when the 11.62a
bridge is closed is 14 m. The W part of the bridge has 1 Puente Santay (21307S 795299W) has a
collapsed (2018).
horizontal clearance of 53 m for the bascule section
and 65 m for the fixed section.
Ecuador Chart 1072 [NP7--No 17--Wk 02/19] Puente Rafael Mendoza Aviléz (20950S
795130W) has a horizontal clearance of 75 m.
Ecuadorian Chart 10720 [NP7--No 18--Wk 02/19]

Ecuador -- Golfo de Guayaquil --
Guayaquil — Vertical clearance
Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --
332 Golfo de Guayaquil — Outer anchorages
333
Week 02/19 Replace by: Paragraph 11.66 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by:
1 A cable car (21118S 795205W) spans the river 1 Designated anchorages exist in Golfo de Guayaquil
between the cities of Guayaquil and Durán. It has W of Sea Light Buoy (24465S 802488W):
been reported that least vertical clearances range Large vessels centred on 24344S 802662W.
from 11 to 15 m. Dangerous cargo centred on 24743S 802642W.
Puente Santay (21307S 795299W), a foot and For vessels awaiting transit through DW Channel:
cycle bridge, spans Río Guayas from Guayaquil to Centred on 25615S 802938W.
Isla Santay (11.81). It is a double leaves bascule Designated anchorages in Río Guayas see 11.84.
bridge, the opening span is towards the W over the
deeper water of the river. Vertical clearance when the GB Chart 586/20 [NP7--No 77--Wk 10/20]
bridge is closed is 14 m.
The bridge is opened twice daily, dependent on the
Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Arrival information;
times of HW. reference; traffic regulations
Ecuadorian Notice 49/B/19 [NP7--No 62--Wk 02/20] 333
Paragraph 11.68 1 line(s) 2 For (11.78) Read (11.76b)

Ecuador -- Golfo de Guayaquil --
Guayaquil — Vertical clearance After Paragraph 11.68 1 line 3 Insert:
332 Traffic regulations

11.68a
1 Traffic separation scheme. A traffic separation
Paragraph 11.62 1 including existing Section IV Notice scheme is established in the entrance to Canal del
Week 02/20 Replace by: Morro (11.76b). The traffic separation scheme is not
IMO--adopted but the principles for the use of the
1 A cable car (21118S 795205W), under
routeing system, as defined in Rule 10 of The
construction (2020), spans the river between the cities
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
of Guayaquil and Durán with a least vertical clearance
Sea (1972), apply.
of 85 m. It has been reported that, on completion,
Prohibited areas. Anchorage is prohibited in the
vertical clearances will range from 101 to 13 m. Local vicinity of submarine pipelines.
authorities should be contacted for the latest
information. GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 78--Wk 10/20]
Puente Santay (21307S 795299W), a foot and
cycle bridge, spans Río Guayas from Guayaquil to
Isla Santay (11.81). It is a bascule bridge with the Ecuador -- Golfo de Guayaquil --
opening span towards the W over the deeper water of Posorja — Development
the river. Vertical clearance when the bridge is closed
is 14 m. 334
The bridge is opened twice daily, dependent on the
times of HW. Paragraph 11.73 2 line(s) 1--4 Delete
Ecuadorian Notice 11/A/20 [NP7--No 98--Wk 16/20] GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 79--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 44
Index
NP7
Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil -- Ecuador -- Outer approaches to Guayaquil --
Canal del Morro — Natural conditions; reference Golfo de Guayaquil — Directions
334 334
Paragraph 11.75 1 line(s) 4 For (11.78) Read (11.76b) Paragraph 11.77 1--3 including heading and existing
Section IV Notice Week 03/20 Replace by:
GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 80--Wk 10/20] West approach

11.77
1 From a position about 10 miles SW of Punta
Golfo de Guayaquil — Directions; approaches Chapoya (23847S 802612W) (11.29), the track
leads E to the Sea Light Buoy (safe water) (24465S
802488W), passing N of a dangerous wreck
334
(24535S 802583W).
After Paragraph 11.76 2 line(s) 7 Insert: Data de Posorja Leading Lights:
Front light (Data 1) (white metal structure, orange
daymark, 10 m in height) (24332S 801815W).
Approaches Rear light (Data 2) (similar structure, 23 m in height)
11.76a (6½ cables from front light).
1 Guayaquil may be approached from the SW by a 2 The alignment (0792) of these lights leads through
DW channel (11.76b); from the W passing S of Punta the channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), for about
Chapoya (11.29); or E of Isla Puná through Canal de 5½ miles to a position near Nos 6A and 7 Light Buoys
Jambelí (11.17), where certain restrictions apply. (lateral) (24377S 801933W).
3 Leading Lights A:
South--west approach
Front light (A1) (white concrete and metal structure,
11.76b
orange daymark, 11 m in height) (24756S
1 Deep water channel. From a position about
801457W).
17 miles SSW of Punta Chapoya (23847S Rear light (A2) (white metal structure, orange
802612W) (11.29), in the vicinity of the Sea Light daymark, 15 m in height) (1 mile from front light).
Buoy (safe water) (25511S 802991W), the track 4 The alignment (131) of these lights leads for about
leads about 8½ miles ENE through a channel marked 4¾ miles through the channel, marked by light buoys,
by light buoys (lateral) to a bank lying about 6 miles to a position 2 miles S of Punta del Morro.
W of Punta Brava (25380S 795129W); the bank The track then leads in mid--channel, along the
has depths of less than 4 m on each side of the recommended track, to a position 1½ miles SE of
channel. Punta del Morro (24459S 801532W), at the
2 Thence the white sector (0664--0667) of Subida entrance to Canal del Morro.
Alta Light (white metal truncated structure, 12 m in
height) (24905S 801476W) leads across the bank, GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 82--Wk 10/20]
to a position about 5½ miles from the light.
Thence the track leads about 8 miles NE through
the buoyed channel to a position 1½ miles SE of Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --
Canal del Morro — Directions; rocks
Punta del Morro (24459S 801532W), at the
entrance to Canal del Morro (24520S 801420W)
and TSS precautionary area, passing: 334
3 SE of a drying bank (24950S 801940W) Paragraph 11.78 1--3 including heading Replace by:
upon which the sea breaks.
(Directions continue at 11.78) Passage through precautionary area

11.78
GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 81--Wk 10/20] 1 From a position 1½ miles SE of Punta del Morro
(24459S 801532W), the track leads N through a
precautionary area (24524S 801421W), passing:
Ecuador – Guayaquil — Directions; wreck W of a rock (24593S 801385W), with a depth of
95 m, thence:
334 E of a rock (24553S 801473W) with a depth of
93 m.
Paragraph 11.77 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Thence the track continues N to a position between
Punta del Morro and Punta Trinchera (24434S
1 From a position about 10 miles SW of Punta 801325W).
Chapoya (23847S 802612W), the track leads E to (Directions continue for Canal de Cascajal at 11.79)
the Sea Light Buoy (safe water) (24465S (Directions are given, for
802488W) passing N of a dangerous wreck Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil
(24535S 802583W). Thence it continues E and at 11.109 and for
then SE through a channel marked by leading... Posorja at 11.119e)
ENC EC401070 Ed 4000 [NP7--No 63--Wk 03/20] GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 83--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 45
Index
NP7
Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil -- Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --
Canal del Morro to Punta Mandinga — Directions Canal del Morro — Reference
334 337
Paragraph 11.79 2 line(s) 7--8 Delete Paragraph 11.97 1 line(s) 4 For (11.78) Read (11.76b)
GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 84--Wk 10/20] GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 87--Wk 10/20]
Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil -- Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --

Punta Mandinga to Estero Salado and Estero Mogón — Anchorages
Puerto Buenavista — Directions
337
334--335
Paragraph 11.80 1 line(s) 1--6 including continuation Paragraph 11.101 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by:
legend in brackets Replace by: 1 Designated anchorages exist as follows:
(continued from 11.21) Explosives anchorage centred on 22120S
1 From a position NW of Punta Mandinga Light 795845W;
(24448S 795410W) (11.20), the recommended Explosives anchorage centred on 22020S
track, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads NNW, 795755W;
then generally N, passing: Quarantine anchorage in position 21855S
795640W.
W of Isla Centinela (24035S 795478W), thence:
Paragraph 11.80 2 line(s) 5 Replace by: Anchorage in Estero Mogón
11.101a
...Buenavista (23730S 795308W). 1 Anchorage can be found in an area centred on
21394S 795791W, at the entrance to Estero
GB Chart 511/18 [NP7--No 85--Wk 10/20] Mogón, depth 27 m, sand and silt.
GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 88--Wk 10/20]

Río Guayas -- Isla Matorrillos —
Directions; wreck
Ecuador -- Guayaquil -- Estero del Muerto —
Traffic regulations
335
3 Over a bar (22439S 795059W), 6 cables After Paragraph 11.103 1 line(s) 1 Insert:
WNW of the N point of Isla Matorrillos (11.59),
with depths of about 4 m. A stranded wreck Traffic regulations
(22423S 795020W) lies close NE. Thence: 11.103a
1 A restricted area surrounds the naval base (11.105)
Ecuadorian Chart 1073/18 [NP7--No 86--Wk 10/20] in Estero del Muerto; anchoring and stopping are
prohibited.
Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Berths See also 11.68a.
335--336 GB Chart 510/20 [NP7--No 89--Wk 10/20]

Ecuador -- Isla Trinitaria -- Guayaquil — Harbour
1 QC Terminales Ecuador (21463S 795282W);
90 m in length; maximum LOA 176 m. Handling 337
chemicals and dirty products.
Ecuagran Pier (21456S 795288W); 108 m in Paragraph 11.105 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by:
length; maximum LOA 200 m.
Ecuabulk S.A. Pier (21404S 795309W); 1 The harbour is entered through Estero Santa Ana
maximum LOA 180 m; length of flat side 105 m. or by Estero del Muerto, W and E of Isla Trinitaria
Handling clean products. (21717S 795465W), respectively. The main
2 Industrial Molinera (21310S 795313W); 90 m berthing area lies NE of the island. Further berths,
in length. Handling grains. including Terminal Puerto Guayaquil (21501S
Muelle Municipal (21365S 795315W); 200 m in 795565W) (11.116), are situated in Estero Santa
length. Handling dry cargo. Ana, which may also be accessed through Estero
Timsa (21422S 795304W); 176 m in length; Salado. A naval base (21590S 795470W) and
maximum LOA 200 m. more terminals are situated in Estero del Muerto.
Ecuadorian Chart 10720 [NP7--No 19--Wk 02/19] GB Charts 509/20; 510/20 [NP7--No 90--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 46
Index
NP7
Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil -- Paragraph 11.112 2 line(s) 5 For Light Read light (E2)
Canal del Morro to Roca Seiba —
Directions; TSS
337--338 The track leads to a position 5¾ cables SSW of
Paragraph 11.110 1--3 Replace by: F1 Light Beacon, WNW of Punta Samper (22190S
800029W).
1 Track. From a position between Punta del Morro The track then leads ENE for about 2 miles, and
and Punta Trinchera (24434S 801325W) the track thence NE for another 2 miles, to a position SSW of
leads N, through the appropriate traffic lane of the the S end of Isla Santa Ana (21810S 795725W);
TSS, passing: a bank extends S, marked by a light buoy (preferred
W of Los Farallones (24392S 801340W) (11.79). channel to starboard).
The track then continues to lead N to a position in (Directions continue for Estero Santa Ana to
a precautionary area (24143S 801389W). Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil at 11.113
2 Leading Lights B: and for Estero de Salado to
Front light (B1) (white metal structure, orange Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil at 11.113a)
daymark, 10 m in height) (23815S 801368W).
Rear light (B2) (similar structure, 26 m in height) GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 93--Wk 10/20]
(7 cables from front light).
3 From a position in the precautionary area, the
Ecuador -- Isla Santa Ana to
alignment (0038) of these lights leads through Canal Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil — Directions
del Morro (11.76b), marked by light buoys (lateral) to
a position 7 cables distant from the front light and
338
about 8 cables SW of Roca Seiba (23827S
801317W), from which a light (white metal structure, Paragraph 11.113 1--2 including heading Replace by:
orange band, 3 m in height) is exhibited.
GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 91--Wk 10/20] Isla Santa Ana to Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil
11.113
1 From a position SSW of the S end of Isla Santa
Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil -- Ana, the recommended track leads in mid--channel for
Roca Seiba to Punta Escalante — Directions about 3½ miles through Estero Santa Ana (21870S
795640W), to a position S of Isla Trinitaria
338 (21717S 795465W). Approaching the port, vessels
may pass either side of Isla Trinitaria, depending on
the state of tide.
1 From a position about 8 cables SW of Roca Seiba 2 On an out--going stream pass SE and E of Isla
(11.110), the recommended track, marked by light Trinitaria and berth at the assigned quay starboard
buoys (lateral), leads generally NE for 2½ miles, side to.
passing: On an in--going tide continue N, and pass W of Isla
Trinitaria, and berth at the assigned quay port side to.
Paragraph 11.111 2 line(s) 2 For light Read light (C1) Caution. For vessels continuing farther NNW
toward the berths in Estero Santa Ana (11.116), the
Paragraph 11.111 2 line(s) 5 For light Read light (C2) direction of buoyage changes in the vicinity of
21680S 795503W, NW of the N end of Isla
Paragraph 11.111 3 line(s) 2 For N Read S Trinitaria.
GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 92--Wk 10/20]
Estero Salado to Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil
(continued from 11.112)
Punta Escalante to Isla Santa Ana — Directions 11.113a
1 From a position SSW of the S end of Isla Santa
338 Ana, the track leads generally N about 7 miles along
the W side of Isla Santa Ana, through a channel
Paragraph 11.112 heading Replace by: marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position in the
channel NW of the NW point of the island. Estero
Punta Escalante to Isla Santa Ana Mogón (11.101a) leads WNW and Estero Plano Seco
(11.116b) leads NNW from Estero Salado; a tanker
Paragraph 11.112 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: terminal is situated on the N side of the channel.
2 The track then leads ESE for about 7 cables to a
WNW of Punta Brava (23022S 800178W),
position where Estera Salado meets Estero Santa
thence:
Ana. The track then continues ESE and SSE to the
WNW of a ruined, unlit tower D2 (22932S
berths in Estero Santa Ana.
800351W).
Paragraph 11.112 2 line(s) 2 For light Read light (E1) GB Charts 509/20; 510/20 [NP7--No 94--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 47
Index
NP7
Ecuador -- Isla Trinitaria -- Guayaquil — Berths Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --
Posorja — Port
338
338
Posorja
1 The main berthing area lies NE of Isla Trinitaria. General information
Berths are as follows: 11.119a
Multipurpose terminal (21678S 795465W) 1 Position. Posorja (24261S 801457W) lies on
comprising four berths, maximum depth of about the W shore of Canal del Morro (11.76b).
10 m alongside. Port Authority. DP World, Edif. Trade Building, PB,
Container terminal (21702S 795410W) Guayaquil.
comprising five berths, maximum alongside depth Website. www.dpworldposorja.com.ec
of about 10 m.
Limiting conditions
2 Muelle Granalero (21709S 795386W)
11.119b
provides a bulk terminal pier 152 m in length.
1 Controlling depth. Depths in the approaches
Mooring dolphins are provided at each end. It
is used for handling vegetable oils and generally exceed 145 m.
molasses. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 23 m; mean
neap range about 15 m.
See information in ADMIRALTY Tide Tables.
GB Chart 510/20 [NP7--No 95--Wk 10/20] Arrival information
11.119c
1 Outer anchorage. See 11.99 and 11.100.
Pilotage. See 11.67.
Ecuador -- Puerto Marítimo De Guayaquil -- Traffic separation scheme. See 11.68a.
Estero Santa Ana and
Estero del Muerto — Berths Harbour
11.119d
1 Development. Phase 2 of Posorja Port expansion
338 is set to add a farther 400 m of wharfage when
completed.
Paragraph 11.116 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: Directions for entering harbour
11.119e
1 From a position 1½ miles NNW of Punta Trinchera
1 Berths in Estero Santa Ana comprise a container
(24434S 801325W), the track leads NNW through
terminal at Terminal Portuario de Guayaquil (TPG)
the appropriate traffic lane of the TSS to a
(21483S 795574W) and a Banana Terminal
precautionary area (24145S 801466W) off the
(21519S 795563W).
berths.
After Paragraph 11.116 1 Insert: Basins and berths

11.119f
1 Anchorages and moorings. There are anchorage
areas which lie between the TSS and the shore off
Estero del Muerto Posorja.
11.116a Caution. Mooring buoys lie within some of the
1 Main berths are as follows: anchorages.
Multipurpose Berth (21530S 795457W); 288 m Alongside berths. The container berth is 400 m in
in length (388 m including dolphins). It has been length and can accept vessels with a maximum
reported that vessels up to 209 m LOA and draught of 15 m.
60 900 dwt can be accommodated.
2 Tanker Berth (21516S 795464W) is a GB Chart 509/20 [NP7--No 97--Wk 10/20]
T--shaped jetty with dolphins. It has been
reported that vessels up to 97 m LOA and Ecuador -- Approaches to Guayaquil --
5230 dwt can be accommodated. Posorja — Anchorages; wreck
338
Tres Bocas Terminal
11.116b Paragraph 11.119f 1 existing Section IV Notice No 97 Week
1 A tanker terminal at Tres Bocas comprises a 10/20 Replace by:
T--shaped jetty (21391S 795742W) with two berths
and facilities for mooring mid–channel in Estero Plano Basins and berths
Seco (21381S 795760W). 11.119f
1 Anchorages and moorings. There are anchorage
areas which lie between the TSS and the shore off
GB Chart 510/20 [NP7--No 96--Wk 10/20] Posorja.
2 -- 48
Index
NP7
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in position Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light
24225S 801440W. Mooring buoys also lie within
some of the anchorages. 343
Alongside berths. The container berth is 400 m in
length and can accept vessels with a maximum
draught of 15 m. Punta Jome Light (05745S 804973W) (11.151).
Ecuadorian Notice 45 A 20 [NP7--No 132--Wk 53/20] ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 13--Wk 51/18]
Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light

Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light
343
Punta Jome Light (05745S 804973W) (11.151).
ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 14--Wk 51/18]
Punta Jome Light (white round concrete tower, black
diagonal stripes, 7 m in height) (05745S
804973W). Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — Anchorage; pilotage;
traffic regulations
ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 11--Wk 51/18] 346
Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light 1 Designated anchorages exist:
Quarantine anchorage (10387N 794508W).
342 Pilot waiting area (10334N 794258W).
Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks
A 10183N 794000W Handysize
...Punta Jome Light (11.151) is... tankers
B 10163N 794042W Handysize
ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 12--Wk 51/18] tankers
C 10150N 794123W Handysize
tankers
Ecuador -- Monteverde — D 10200N 794132W Handysize
Pilotage; anchorages; berths tankers
E 10250N 794150W Handysize
342 tankers
Paragraph 11.154 Replace by: F 10250N 794200W Handysize
tankers
1 General information. Monteverde (20328S G 10250N 794271W Tankers
804410W) is situated 15 miles NE of La Libertad.
H 10250N 794300W Aframax
There is a jetty extending W from the town and a
tankers
LPG terminal close S.
Pilotage. Pilot embarks/disembarks in the Q 10250N 794350W Aframax
appropriate TSS lane. and
2 Directions. The port is approached from W through Suezmax
a TSS, which is not IMO--adopted. tankers
Useful marks: R 10250N 794400W Aframax
Church (20341S 804405W). and
Tanks (20409S 804412W). Suezmax
Chimney (20463S 804371W). tankers
Anchorage is prohibited within the turning area in
S 10250N 794475W VLCC and
the vicinity of the head of Muelle GLP. Suezmax
3 Berths. Muelle de Inpeca (20327S 804425W) tankers
extends W from the shore. A dangerous wreck lies
1 cable SW of the head of the jetty. Muelle GLP V 10250N 794550W VLCC and
(20397S 804498W) has two berths. North Berth is Suezmax
tankers
42 m in length (310 m including dolphins), reported
depth alongside 24 m, and can handle LPG vessels Z 10095N 794017W
up to 75 000 dwt. 1 10200N 794600W Tankers
Ecuadorian Chart 10512/18 [NP7--No 15--Wk 02/19] Ecuadorian Chart 1001 [NP7--No 22a--Wk 08/19]
2 -- 49
Index
NP7
Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — Anchorages Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited
within an area S and SE of Balao Terminal; about
8 cables on each side of a submarine pipeline
346 extending NW from Balao (11.195).
Paragraph 11.200 1 including Existing Section IV Notice Ecuadorian Chart 1001 [NP7--No 22b--Wk 08/19]
1 Designated anchorages exist:

Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — Directions; buoy
Quarantine anchorage (10387N 794508W).
Pilot waiting area (10334N 794258W).
347
Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks
A 10183N 794000W Handysize Paragraph 11.209 3 line 7 For WSW Read ENE
tankers
B 10163N 794042W Handysize
tankers Ecuadorian Chart 100100/18 [NP7--No 16--Wk 02/19]
C 10150N 794123W Handysize
tankers
Ecuador -- Approaches to Esmeraldas —
D 10200N 794132W Handysize Directions
tankers
E 10250N 794150W Handysize 347
tankers
F 10250N 794200W Handysize
tankers Week 02/19 Replace by:
G 10250N 794271W Tankers 1 Leading Lights E1 and E2:

H 10250N 794300W Aframax Front light (metal structure with orange daymark, 9 m
tankers in height) (05739N 793793W).
Rear light (concrete structure with orange daymark,
Q 10250N 794350W Aframax 8 m in height) (300 m from front light).
and From a position N of Esmeraldas, the alignment
Suezmax (168) of these lights leads SSE, through the entrance
tankers channel marked by light buoys and a light beacon,
R 10250N 794400W Aframax passing:
and 2 Close WSW of a shoal, marked by No 1 Light Buoy
Suezmax (port hand) (10073N 793843W), and:
tankers ENE of two rocky shoals, barely visible at LW,
S 10250N 794475W VLCC and marked by No 2 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Suezmax (10070N 793931W) moored close E, thence:
tankers Close ENE of the shoal area extending N from the
coast, marked by No 4 Light Buoy (10012N
V 10250N 794550W VLCC and 793880W), thence:
Suezmax 3 WSW of No 3 Light Beacon (green metal post,
tankers 3 m in height) (05983N 793804W), thence:
1 10200N 794600W Tankers ENE of the shoals surrounding the head of the
breakwater, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal).
4 Leading Lights E3 and E4:
GB Chart 2799 [NP7--No 32--Wk 16/19] Front light (white structure, orange daymark, 9 m in
height) (05927N 793956W).
Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables from front
light).
Ecuador -- Esmeraldas —
Anchorage; pilotage; traffic regulations The alignment (250) of these lights leads WSW for
about 5 cables, passing S of the head of the
breakwater from which a light (red concrete tower,
346 white top, 6 m in height) is exhibited. Thence into the
commercial harbour basin.
Paragraph 11.201 1--2 Replace by: 5 Useful mark:
Punta Este (11.222), a small plateau 60 m high, bare
1 Compulsory, and available 24 hours. Pilot boards in of vegetation.
the waiting area (11.200). Caution. The buoyage in the area is unreliable;
strong river currents may drag buoys from their
Paragraph 11.202 1 Replace by: charted positions.
1 Restricted area established around the Balao Ecuadorian Charts 1001; 100100
Terminal Area. It should not be entered without a pilot. [NP7--No 23--Wk 08/19]
2 -- 50
Index
NP7
Colombia -- Cabo Manglares — Colombia -- West coast -- Isla Gorgona —
Marine reserve; prohibited area Directions; light
348
353
Paragraph 12.38 2--4 including two existing Section IV
Prohibited area Notices Week 45/20 and Section IV Notice Week 46/20
11.220a Replace by:
1 The Cabo Manglares National Integrated
2 Major lights:
Management District is a marine reserve established
Isla del Morro Light — as above.
to protect the species and nesting beaches within the
Pasacaballos Light (red tower, white band, 37 m in
vicinity of Cabo Manglares (13890N 785992W).
height) (22693N 783409W).
Within the reserve, industrial or mineral exploration
3 Timbiqui Light (red tower, white band) (24767N
and development is prohibited. 774576W).
Colombian Government Resolution 2299/17 Canal de Juanchaco ‘B’ Light (35491N
[NP7--No 55--Wk 42/19] 772151W) (12.78).
Canal de Juanchaco ‘C’ Light (35551N
772092W) (12.78).
Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura —
Directions; lights Colombian Notices 167/20 and 174/20
[NP7--No 128--Wk 49/20]
353
Colombia -- Punta Guascama to
Bahía Buenaventura -- Isla Gorgonilla —
ENC CO300306 (2.001) [NP7--No 116a--Wk 45/20] Directions; light
Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura — 354

Directions; light
353
NW of Isla Gorgonilla (25630N 781285W),
rocky, and:
ENC CO500730 (7.003) [NP7--No 122--Wk 45/20]
Colombian Notice 167/20; UKHO
[NP7--No 126--Wk 46/20]

Directions; lights Colombia -- West coast -- Isla Gorgona —
353 Directions; light
Paragraph 12.38 3 lines 7--8 Delete 354
ENC CO300306 (2.001) [NP7--No 116b--Wk 45/20] Paragraph 12.40 3 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
3 NW of Isla Gorgona (25841N 781086W)

Colombia -- Tumaco to Bahía Buenaventura -- (12.44), thence:
Isla Gorgonilla — Light
353 Colombian Notice 174/20 [NP7--No 129--Wk 49/20]
Paragraph 12.38 2--4 including two existing Section IV
Notices Wk 45/20 Replace by: Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura —
Directions; lights
2 Major lights:
Isla del Morro Light — as above.
Pasacaballos Light (red tower, white band, 37 m in 354
height) (22693N 783409W).
Punta Coll Light (red tower, white bands, 19 m in Paragraph 12.40 3 lines 6--7 Replace by:
height) (30018N 781002W).
Thence the track leads towards the fairway light buoy
3 Timbiqui Light (red tower, white band) (24767N
(34764N 771986W), W of Punta Soldado. Punta
774576W).
Soldado Light (red framework tower, white bands, 50 m in
Canal de Juanchaco ‘B’ Light (35491N
height) (34852N 771077W) is exhibited about 2 cables
772151W) (12.78).
S of the point.
Canal de Juanchaco ‘C’ Light (35551N
772092W) (12.78). Useful marks:
Isla la Palma Light (35413N 772151W) (12.83).
Colombian Notice 167/20; UKHO
[NP7--No 125--Wk 46/20] ENC CO300306 (2.001) [NP7--No 117--Wk 45/20]
2 -- 51
Index
NP7
Colombia -- West coast -- Bahía de Buenaventura Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura —
— Outer anchorages; wreck Directions; lights
355
355
ENC CO300306 (2.001) [NP7--No 118b--Wk 45/20]
1 Designated outer anchorages are as follows:
No Position Remarks
Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura --
CP01--K 34418N 771935W Explosives; Punta Soldado — Directions; lights
depths from
13 to 19 m 356
CP01--J 34523N 771956W Quarantine; Paragraph 12.61 2 lines 5--9 Replace by:
Depths from
10 to 19 m The track continues generally ENE through the buoyed
2 CP01--I 34610N 771958W Depths from channel, passing NNE of Punta Soldado, from which a light
11 to 20 m (12.40) is exhibited, to a position SE of Punta Bazán
(34991N 771098W). The point is low and wooded with
CP01--H 34935N 771980W Depths from a few houses, E limit of sandstone cliffs.
10 to 16 m
ENC CO300306 (2.001) [NP7--No 119--Wk 45/20]
Caution. A dangerous wreck (34927N
771961W) lies within Anchorage CP01--H.
Directions; light
NAVAREA XII 334/19(22); GB Chart 2318
[NP7--No 46--Wk 36/19] 356
Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura — 1 From a position SE of Punta Bazán the track
Restricted area continues ENE for about 4¼ miles to a position NNW
of Punta Limones (35092N 770636W). Thence the
355 blue sector (0495--0525) of La Pilota Light, Isla
Cascajal (silver water tower, 30 m in height)
After Paragraph 12.54 1 line(s) 8 Insert: (35301N 770419W) leads NE for about 1½ miles
to a position ESE of Punta Arena (35232N
770646W).
Traffic regulations
12.54a ENC CO500730 (7.003) [NP7--No 124--Wk 45/20]
1 Restricted area. A restricted area encloses the
naval base (35401N 770382W) on the N side of Colombia -- West coast -- Bahía de Buenaventura
Estero Aguacate (12.63). — Inner anchorages
356
Colombian Notice 90/19 [NP7--No 36--Wk 21/19]
1 Designated inner anchorages are as follows:
Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura — No Position Remarks
Directions; lights CP01--G 34904N 771140W Depths from
8 to 13 m
355 CP01--F 34962N 770930W Depths from
8 to 12 m
CP01--E 35050N 770834W Depths from
7 to 8 m
ENC CO300306 (2.001) [NP7--No 118a--Wk 45/20] 2 CP01--D 35092N 770732W Depths from
6 to 9 m
CP01--C 35163N 770620W Depths from
Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura — 7 to 12 m
Directions; light
CP01--B 35253N 770545W Depths from
355 5 to 9 m
CP01--A 35328N 770527W Depths from
Paragraph 12.60 2 lines 1--2 Delete 6 to 12 m
NAVAREA XII 334/19(22); GB Chart 2318

ENC CO500730 (7.003) [NP7--No 123--Wk 45/20] [NP7--No 47--Wk 36/19]
2 -- 52
Index
NP7
Colombia -- Buenaventura — Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura --
Anchorages; obstructions Isla la Palma — Directions; lights
356
358
Paragraph 12.65 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 36/19 Replace by: Paragraph 12.83 3 lines 4--9 Replace by:
1 Designated inner anchorages are as follows: NNW of B Light Beacon (white structure, 15 m in
No Position Remarks height) (35491N 772151W) which stands
1 cable N of Isla la Palma. Isla la Palma Light (red
CP01--G 34904N 771140W Depths from framework tower, white bands) (35413N
8 to 13 m 772151W) is exhibited from the S of the island.
CP01--F 34962N 770930W Depths from There are strong currents in the vicinity, see
8 to 12 m 12.82. Thence:
CP01--E 35050N 770834W Depths from
7 to 8 m ENC CO300306 (2.001) [NP7--No 121--Wk 45/20]
2 CP01--D 35092N 770732W Depths from
6 to 9 m
Panama -- Gulf of Panama --
CP01--C 35163N 770620W Depths from Isla Taboga — Anchorage
7 to 12 m
CP01--B 35253N 770545W Depths from 363
5 to 9 m
CP01--A 35328N 770527W Depths from Paragraph 13.18 1--3 Replace by:
6 to 12 m
1 Position and function. Isla Taboga (84750N
3 Caution. A number of obstructions are charted
793334W), wooded except on N face of SE ridge, is
within the anchorage areas.
mainly used as a bunkering anchorage.
Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria Nacional,
ENC CO400153 [NP7--No 68--Wk 06/20]
Apdo 8062, Panamá 7, Panamá.
Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilot boards at Balboa
anchorage.
Colombia -- West coast -- Buenaventura — Directions. For the channel NE of Isla Taboga see
Directions; lights 13.21.
2 Useful marks:
357 Towers (84725N 793372W).
Church (84769N 793333W).
Paragraph 12.78 2 lines 2--4 Delete Anchorages. Designated anchorages are as
follows:
ENC CO300306 (2.001) [NP7--No 120--Wk 45/20] G1--G5 anchor berths (84914N 793503W);
radius from 350 to 555 m; vessels greater than
500 gt and less than 300 m LOA;
Colombia -- Buenaventura -- 3 TM1--TM3 anchor berths (84789N 793495W);
Bahía de Málaga — Light buoy radius 555 m; vessels greater than 500 gt and
less than 300 m LOA.
357 Further anchorages for bunkering have been
reported as follows:
Vicinity of 84740N 793180W, in a depth of about
2 Route. From a position WSW of Bahía de Málaga 31 m;
Light Buoy (35476N 772592W) off Bahía de Vicinity of 84855N 793370W;
Málaga, the route leads E and NE, for about 12 miles Vicinity of 84885N 793130W;
to a position S of a naval base (35847N Vicinity of 84595N 793240W.
771951W), S of Punta Alta. 4 Anchorage may also be obtained about 3½ cables
NE of Taboga village (84765N 793327W) in a
ENC CO300306 [NP7--No 42--Wk 25/19] depth of 18 m.
Other facilities. Medical.
Colombia -- Buenaventura -- Bahía de Málaga — After Paragraph 13.19 1 line 9 Insert:
Directions; light buoy
Anchorage. See 13.18.
357
Paragraph 12.83 1 line(s) 7 For (35398N 772598W)
Read (35476N 772592W) Anchorage. See 13.18.
ENC CO300306 [NP7--No 43--Wk 25/19] Panama Maritime Authority [NP7--No 101--Wk 27/20]
2 -- 53
Index
NP7
Panamá -- Gulf of Panamá -- Harbour
Balboa — Cruise terminal 13.54d
1 General layout. The terminal consists of a pier
365 extended by dolphins, protected by a breakwater to
the E.
After Paragraph 13.38 2 line 6 Insert: Development. The terminal is still undergoing
development (2020).
Development Directions
13.38a 13.54e
1 A cruise terminal (85515N 793110W) is under 1 Landmarks:
construction (2019) on Isla Perico (13.43). When Isla Flamenco (85455N 793123W) (13.40).
completed, it will consist of a pier with two berths Cerro Ancón (85734N 793298W) (13.40).
protected by a breakwater to the E, extending NNE Bridge of the Americas (85659N 793389W)
from an area of reclaimed land on the NE coast of (13.26).
the island. Planned depth alongside will be 113 m. Major lights:
2 The pier will be approached from the SE along a Isla Boná Light (83416N 793534W) (13.13).
channel with a planned depth of 123 m and marked Peñón Limoncille Light (84459N 793462W)
by light buoys (lateral), to a turning circle to the N of (13.13).
the pier. A light buoy (safe water) will mark entry to 2 Isla Taboguilla Light (84828N 793058W)
the channel. (13.13).
Isla Flamenco Light (85444N 793125W) (13.13).
Panama Amador Port Operations Isla Chepillo Light (85709N 790766W) (13.13).
[NP7--No 39--Wk 22/19] Approach and entry. From a position E of Isla
Flamenco (13.40), the track leads NW through the
dredged channel. The chart is sufficient guide.
Panamá -- Gulf of Panamá -- Balboa --
Isla Perico — Cruise terminal Berths
13.54f
365 1 The pier has two berths; least dredged depth
alongside 106 m.
Paragraph 13.38a including heading and existing Section
IV Notice Week 22/19 Delete ENC PA6CP004 (1.000). [NP7--No 113--Wk 40/20]
Panamá -- Gulf of Panamá --

ENC PA6CP004 (1.000). [NP7--No 112--Wk 40/20] Puerto de Panamá — Anchorage
367
Panamá -- Gulf of Panamá -- Balboa --
Isla Perico — Cruise terminal Paragraph 13.57 1 line(s) 5--9 Replace by:
...the year.
367 Anchorage may also be obtained about 1 mile ENE
of SE Bastion (85700N 793192W), in depths of
After Paragraph 13.54 1 line 4 Insert: about 31 m.
Restricted area. See 13.54c.
Panamá Cruise Terminal Paragraph 13.57 2 line(s) 1--3 Delete
General information ENC PA6CP004 (1.000). [NP7--No 114--Wk 40/20]

13.54a
1 Position and function. A cruise terminal
(85515N 793110W) lies on reclaimed land on the NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
NE side of Isla Perico (13.43). (2018 Edition)
Port authority. See 13.24.
Limiting conditions Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Orange —

13.54b Directions; light
1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel and the
59
swinging area are dredged to 118 m. The basin is
dredged to 106 m. The port authority should be Paragraph 2.10 1 including heading Replace by:
contacted for the latest information.
Tidal levels. See 13.27. Spare
2.10
Arrival information
13.54c Paragraph 2.11 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorages. See 13.31. 2 NE of Cabo Orange (42644N 513182W).
Restricted area. An area containing submarine The cape is...
cables exists ENE of Isla Perico, where anchoring,
trawling or dredging are prohibited. Brazilian Notice 15/157(P)/19 [NP7A--No 42--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 54
Index
NP7A
French Guiana -- Fleuve Kourou and approaches Guyana -- George Town and Demerara River —
-- Îles du Salut — Anchorage Under keel clearance
79
64
Paragraph 2.50 5 lines 6 Replace by:
Under–keel clearance
...(51872N 523811W), 3 miles WNW of Île Royale. 2.158a
1 The Maritime Administration recommends minimum
UKHO [NP7A--No 56--Wk 40/20] under--keel allowances of 07 m at spring tides and
06 m at neap tides.
French Guiana -- Fleuve Kourou and approaches Guyanan Notice 72/20 [NP7A--No 64--Wk 52/20]
-- Îles du Salut — Anchorage
Guyana -- George Town and Demerara River —
65 Navigable width

1 Anchorages. There are designated anchorages for
oil tankers (51695N 523588W) and passenger 1 Demerara Harbour Bridge (64633N 581132W),
vessels (51665N 523540W) on the S side of Île a pontoon bridge, situated 2 miles S of Vreed En
Royale. Hoop, has two central retraction sections which
provide an opening 5493 m wide for ocean--going
Paragraph 2.56 4 lines 5--6 Replace by: vessels.
...anchorages the alignment (062) of the following leading Guyanan Notice 70/20 [NP7A--No 63--Wk 52/20]
lights leads towards the pier, keeping clear of numerous
charted obstructions:
Guyana -- Georgetown -- Demerara River —
Pilotage
French Guiana Chart 7481 Ed. 4 (2020)
[NP7A--No 57--Wk 40/20] 79
Suriname -- Approaches to Suriname River — The pilot boards at 65697N 580355W, in the vicinity of
Ship to ship transfer areas the Fairway Light Buoy (2.161).
68 ENC GB400533 [NP7A--No 29--Wk 17/19]
After Paragraph 2.78 1 line 4 Insert: Guyana -- Georgetown -- Approach to

Demerara River — Directions; pilotage; wrecks
Ship to ship transfers 81--82

2.78a Paragraph 2.172 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
1 STS operations may be carried out at designated
locations, as follows; 2 SE of the pilot boarding area (65697N
580355W) at the SW end of the
Name Draught Position centred on quarantine...
C 8 m or less 61152N 551983W Paragraph 2.172 6 line(s) 1--11 Replace by:
D 10 m or less 61188N 551983W 6 For vessels bound for the berths above the pontoon
bridge (2.159), the track continues S until within about
1 mile of the bridge, keeping clear of several
Suriname Notice 23/2019P [NP7A--No 32--Wk 18/19] obstructions and wrecks within the channel. Thence
the track leads SSW under the bridge.
(Directions continue for Linden at 2.181)
Guyana -- Georgetown --
Approach to Demerara River — Depth GB Chart 519; ENC GB400533
[NP7A--No 30--Wk 17/19]
79
Guyana -- Georgetown — Anchorages; caution
82
...to change. A channel, partially dredged to a depth of
about 50 m, leads through the mudflat and bar... Paragraph 2.173 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by:
...anchor berths, designated A to E. They have a least
GB Chart 519 [NP7A--No 28--Wk 17/19] depth of 6 m and good holding ground of soft mud.
2 -- 55
Index
NP7A
Caution. There are a number of wrecks and Venezuela -- Boca Grande --
obstructions within the vicinity of the anchorages. South Channel — Light buoy
GB Chart 519 [NP7A--No 31--Wk 17/19] 94

Guyana -- Essequibo River — Directions; wreck
1 Punta Barima (83566N 602546W) 52 27
84
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 2--Wk 51/18]
SE of a dangerous wreck (70237N 581157W) Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
marked by a buoy (isolated danger), thence: Light buoy; precautionary area
Guyanan Notice 79/19 [NP7A--No 43--Wk 44/19] 94

Guyana -- Essequibo River entrance —
Directions; wreck ...to the vicinity of the precautionary area (85565N
601200W), thence through a dredged channel,...
85
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 3--Wk 51/18]
After Paragraph 2.200 4 line(s) 2 Insert:
NW of a dangerous wreck (65446N 582220W), Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
Controlling depths
and:
Paragraph 2.200 4 line(s) 7 For 65446N 582221W 95
Read 65404N 582222W
1 The South Channel is maintained at a depth of
GB Chart 527/19 [NP7A--No 27--Wk 16/19]
98 m (2018). The daily bulletin of authorised draughts,
published in Spanish and English by Puerto Ordaz
Guyana -- Waini River — Directions; wreck Port Authority, should be consulted for navigation in
Río Orinoco. This maximum draught is subject to the
90 draught assigned to a vessel on its maximum fresh
water loadline. Low river season is December to May.
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 4--Wk 51/18]
...(red and yellow stripes).
A dangerous wreck (82690N 594842W)
reported (2018). Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Boca Grande --
South Channel — Aids to navigation; light buoy
UKHO [NP7A--No 18--Wk 01/19]
95
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- Paragraph 3.17 1 lines 6--8 Replace by:

South Channel — Light buoy
...from the seaward end of the dredged channel in the
vicinity of 85575N 601140W.
93
Paragraph 3.3 1 line 4 Replace by: GB Chart 3320 Ed.2 (2019) [NP7A--No 52--Wk 11/20]
...New Barima Channel, starting within the precautionary

Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
area (85565N 601200W); the pilot boards by Directions; wreck; light buoy
helicopter.
Paragraph 3.3 2 line 9 Replace by: 95
...least 1 mile seaward of the precautionary area or ‘EO’ Paragraph 3.19 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:
Light...
1 From the vicinity of 90600N 600000W, the track
Paragraph 3.3 3 lines 4--5 Replace by: leads SW, passing:
NW of a dangerous wreck (85689N 600791W),
...(3.19), on VHF Channel 16 of the time of entering the position approximate, thence:
precautionary area and of the ETA off the pilot station, NW of Delta del Orinoco Light Buoy (safe water)
giving... (85677N 600946W), thence:
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 1--Wk 51/18] ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 5a--Wk 51/18]
2 -- 56
Index
NP7A
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Boca Grande -- Venezuela -- Río Orinoco --
South Channel — Directions; light buoy Punta de Piedra — Anchorage
95 98
Paragraph 3.19 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 51/18
Replace by: 1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area
(83578N 621494W) near the NW bank of the river,
1 From the vicinity of 90600N 600000W, the track 1 mile NNE of Punta Cabrian (83480N 621548W),
leads SW, passing: in depths of 10 to 30 m.
NW of a dangerous wreck (85689N 600791W),
position approximate. ENC VE400719/18 [NP7A--No 8--Wk 51/18]
ENC VE300700 (1.000) [NP7A--No 53--Wk 11/20] Venezuela -- Río Orinoco --

Los Castillos — Anchorage
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Boca Grande -- 98

South Channel — Directions; light buoy
95 1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area
(83160N 622305W) near the SE bank of the river
Paragraph 3.19 2 line 1 Replace by: 1½ miles NE of Los Castillos (3.29) in depths of 12 to
26 m.
2 The track then leads to the precautionary area and
through the dredged channel,... ENC VE400720/18 [NP7A--No 9--Wk 51/18]
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 5b--Wk 51/18] Venezuela -- Río Orinoco --

San Félix — Anchorages
Venezuela -- Río Grande -- 98
San Felix — Directions; leading lights
98 1 Anchorage can be obtained within two areas
centred on 82435N 623860W and 82343N
Paragraph 3.31 1 lines 3--8 Replace by: 623935W, about 5 miles SW of Punta Aramaya
...Puerto de Palúa (3.39) and Puerto Ordaz (3.45). (3.29). Vessels anchor here if waiting to berth
alongside at San Félix (3.38), Puerto de Palúa (3.39)
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 6--Wk 51/18] or Puerto Ordaz (3.45).
ENC VE400723/18 [NP7A--No 10--Wk 51/18]

Venezuela -- Río Orinoco — Anchorages
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco --
San Félix — Directions; leading light
98
98
Punta Ibacuajarina 2 Directions for entering harbour. The terminal is
3.33 accessed via the channel described at 3.31. An
1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area centred approach channel then leads S off the main channel
on 83635N 604557W, 2¼ miles W of Punta to the berth; a light (green post) (82190N
Ibacuajarina (3.27). 624160W) is exhibited from the loading wharf.
Isla Pagayos ENC VE400723/18 [NP7A--No 11--Wk 51/18]

3.33a
1 Anchorage may be obtained within a designated Venezuela -- Río Orinoco --
area centred on 82982N 610496W, 4½ miles Puerto Matanzas — Anchorage
WSW of Isla Pagayos (3.27). Depths from 17 to 21 m.
99
Isla Portuguesa
3.33b Paragraph 3.51 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained within a designated 1 Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth may anchor
area centred on 83626N 614460W, 3 miles E of in a designated area (81995N 624842W) N of
Isla Portuguesa (3.28). Depths from 21 to 27 m. Punta Cuchillo (3.30), or in a designated area
(81695N 625166W) W of the berth.
ENC VE400707;VE400710;VE400715;VE400718/18
[NP7A--No 7--Wk 51/18] ENC VE400724/18 [NP7A--No 12--Wk 51/18]
2 -- 57
Index
NP7A
Trinidad and Tobago -- Gulf of Paria -- Venezuela -- Bahía de Pozuelos — Directions
Chaguaramas bay — Pilotage
160
116
Paragraph 5.134 2 line 9 Delete
2 Pilotage. For commercial vessels pilotage is
compulsory. Pilots board at 103900N 613850W, 3 The track then continues to lead SSE to a position
SW of Cronstadt Island. Pilots are provided by Port of about 1¾ miles NNE of the N extremity of Morro de
Spain. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Barcelona (101270N 644256W), rocky and
Signals Volume 6(7). covered with dense cactus. A tank stands on the
summit and a light buoy (N cardinal) (101387N
Trinidad and Tobago Notice 33/19 644232W) marks the extremity of the bank which
[NP7A--No 26--Wk 11/19] extends N from Morro de Barcelona.
(Directions are given for Los Cocos at 5.138a)
Venezuela -- Gulf of Paria -- Thence the track leads E to a position S of Punta
Puerto de Guiria — Anchorages Baregán (101534N 643847W), passing N of a light
buoy (isolated danger) (101494N 643895W).
129 4 Useful marks:
Paragraph 4.218 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Islas Los Borrachitos Light (orange six--sided GRP
tower, white band, 6 m in height) (101514N
1 Outer anchorage. Vessels may obtain anchorage 644566W).
in two designated areas: Several silos (101476N 643334W) at the cement
Anchorage Alpha (103000N 621500W) with terminal on the E side of Bahía de Pertigalete.
depths of about 15 m, in mud;
(Directions are given for Bahía de Guanta
Anchorage Bravo (103500N 621150W), with
at 5.136, and for Bahía de Pertigalete
depths from 11 to 15 m, good holding in mud.
at 5.138)
Venezuelan ENC VE300600 [NP7A--No 22--Wk 09/19]
BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 23--Wk 09/19]
Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light Venezuela -- Puerto La Cruz --

Bahía de Bergantín — Directions
154
160
Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W)
(5.106). 4 SW of Punta Bergantín (101503N 643767W),
and:
Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 44--Wk 47/19] NE of Isla Burro (101475N 643796W), avoiding
shoals which extend NE and E from the island,
and, thence:
Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light SW of a shoal area (101490N 643768W),
thence:
155
SW of a light buoy (port hand) (101476N
Paragraph 5.100 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: 643745W) which marks an area of obstructions.
The track then leads directly to the berths.
Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W) Departure. It is reported that all vessels leaving
(5.106). Bahía de Bergantín exit via the channel NE of Isla
Burro.
Cumaná Landfall Light (orange GRP tower on white Venezuelan ENC VE500406 [NP7A--No 41--Wk 37/19]
building, 20 m in height) (102808N
641151W). Venezuela -- Bahía de Pozuelos --
Los Cocos — Directions
Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 45--Wk 47/19]
161
Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light After Paragraph 5.138 2 line 5 Insert:
156 Los Cocos

5.138a
Paragraph 5.113 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: 1 From a position about 1¾ miles NNE of the N
Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W) extremity of Morro de Barcelona (101270N
(5.106). 644256W), the track leads SSE, passing:
ENE of the spit extending N from Morro de
Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 46--Wk 47/19] Barcelona, thence:
2 -- 58
Index
NP7A
Clear of a stranded wreck (101330N 644000W), Colombia -- Puerto Bolivar to Ríohacha —
thence: Directions; caution
2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (101311N 243
643946W), marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger), thence: Paragraph 9.31 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by:
WSW of an obstruction (101325N 643885W), 1 Caution should be used when navigating near the
marked by a light buoy (N cardinal). coast S of Cabo de La Vela due to the existence of
Thence the course can be altered as required to rocky shoals.
approach the berth.
From a position about 8 miles NW of Punta Coco
(9.9) the track leads WSW, passing:
BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 24--Wk 09/19]
Colombian Chart 604/20 [NP7A--No 58--Wk 48/20]
Venezuela -- Bahía de Barcelona --
Puerto Jose — Pilotage Colombia -- Puerto Bolivar to Ríohacha —
Directions; wrecks; obstruction
162 244
Paragraph 5.150 4 lines 4--9 Replace by: Paragraph 9.31 3 -- 4 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
...daylight and in wind speeds of less than force 7. Pilots 3 NNW of Cayo El Morro (121244N 721117W),
board in the following positions: a round islet lying off the W side of Cabo de
100935N 645005W; La Vela; the islet is steep--to on its W side. A
100880N 645150W; dangerous wreck (121180N 721100W) lies
100760N 645045W. 6 cables SSE. Thence:
NNW of an obstruction (121274N 721164W),
BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 25--Wk 09/19] with a depth of around 91 m, thence:
4 Clear of a 145 m patch (121630N
722676W), reported (1960) position
Venezuela – Bahía de Amuay — Anchorage
approximate, thence:
221 Clear of a dangerous wreck (121150N
722000W), thence:
Paragraph 8.32 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: The track then leads to a position about 15 miles
NNW of Ríohacha Light (113256N 725579W)
2 Stores anchorage. Anchorage D (114320N (9.30).
701535W), SW of Punta Adaro, is available for
vessels taking on provisions, lubricating oils and fresh Colombian Chart 604/20 [NP7A--No 59--Wk 48/20]
water.
Caution. Submarine cables lie within Anchorage D Colombia -- Cabo de La Vela —
Wrecks; obstructions
and the adjacent area.
244
Venezuelan Notice 49/18 [NP7A--No 13--Wk 51/18]
Colombia -- North coast -- Puerto Bolivar — 1 Anchorage, sheltered to some extent from NE
Pilotage; buoyage winds, may be obtained in depths of 13 m, over a
bottom of sand, S of Cabo de La Vela, with Cayo El
242 Morro (121244N 721117W) (9.31) bearing 002,
distant about 2 miles. Obstructions, wrecks and rocky
Paragraph 9.16 1 Replace by: shoals lie in the vicinity of Cayo El Morro; see 9.31.
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot usually boards Colombian Chart 604/20 [NP7A--No 60--Wk 48/20]
from a tug in position 121850N 715970W. For
further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(7). Colombia -- East of Puerto Barranquilla —
Marine nature reserve
Colombian Notice 117/19 [NP7A--No 34--Wk 27/19] 248
Colombia -- North coast -- Puerto Bolivar —
Directions; light buoy Marine nature reserve
9.65a
242
1 Parque Nacional Natural Isla de Salamanca
Paragraph 9.22 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: (110167N 743075W) lies along the S side of an
unnamed bay, E of La Barra (110720N 745110W)
1 From a position about 8 miles NW of Punta Coco (9.90). Entry into this area is affected by numerous
(9.9) the track leads SE to a position 2½ miles NW of restrictions and prohibitions. For further details, consult
Punta Coco. the local authorities.
Leading lights:
GB Chart 2261 Ed.11 (2020) Panel A
Colombian Notice 117/19 [NP7A--No 35--Wk 27/19] [NP7A--No 61--Wk 51/20]
2 -- 59
Index
NP7A
Colombia -- Approaches to Puerto Barranquilla SSW of Anchorage CP03–D (110288N
— Anchorages 744949W) (9.92), thence:
SSW of Isla 1972 (110190N 744750W).
250 3 The track then leads SE, SSE and S, for a farther
Paragraph 9.83 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: 3 miles, through a channel, marked by light buoys
(lateral), to Terminal Maritimo on the W bank of the
1 Outer anchorages are as follows: river.
Anchorage CP03--A (110370N 745832W),
quarantine anchorage, depths of around 10 to Paragraph 9.92 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by:
40 m.
1 Anchorage CP03–D (110288N 744949W); depth
Anchorage CP03--C (110600N 745550W),
about 8 m.
depths of around 13 to 125 m.
ENC CO400612 [NP7A--No 48--Wk 02/20] Colombian Chart 253 (2017); ENC CO500253 (5.007)
[NP7A--No 49--Wk 04/20]
Colombia -- North coast -- Puerto Barranquilla --

Terminal Maritimo — Directions; leading lights
Colombia -- Rio Magdalena -- Puerto Barranquilla
252 — Directions; anchorage
Paragraph 9.91 1--3 Replace by: 252
1 From the position 2¾ cables NNW of E6 front light
(9.90), the track leads SE for 1¼ miles, on the line of
bearing (3222), astern, of E4 Directional Light
(orange framework tower with white bands) GB2261 Ed.11 (2020) Panel C
(110422N 745081W), and in the white sector [NP7A--No 62--Wk 51/20]
(1415--1425), ahead, of E18 Light (white framework
tower with red bands) (110259N 744953W).
Colombia -- Cartagena — Depths
2 Thence the channel continues in the white sector
(3020--3025), astern, of E14 Light (white rectangle, 256
red stripe, on white framework tower) (110337N
745044W) and in the white sector (1215--1225), Paragraph 9.114 1 Replace by:
ahead, of E7 Light (metal framework tower)
(110061N 744601W), to a position 1 Bocachica. Depths in the centre of the buoyed
about 4¼ cables WNW of E7 Light, passing: channel are in excess of 20 m, but shoaler depths
SSW of anchorages 1, 2 and 3 (9.92), and: exist near its margins.
SSW of Isla 1972 (110190N 744750W). Channels west and east of Banco Santa Cruz.
The track then leads SE, SSE and S, for a farther The channels are relatively deep with the exception of
3 miles, through a channel, marked by light buoys an 116 m isolated shoal which lies in the fairway
(lateral), to Terminal Maritimo on the W bank of the about 4 cables W of Banco Santa Cruz and a 144 m
river. shoal 1 cable farther W.
2 Entrance channels to inner harbour. Depths are
Colombian Notice 225/18; ENC CO500253 generally in excess of 15 m.
[NP7A--No 14--Wk 51/18] For the latest depth information contact the local
authorities.
Colombia -- Puerto Barranquilla —
Directions; anchorages Colombian Chart 261 (2017) [NP7A--No 50--Wk 04/20]
252 Colombia -- North coast -- Bahía de Cartagena —

Paragraph 9.91 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice Restricted areas
256
1 From the position 2¾ cables NNW of E6 front light
(9.90), the track leads SE for 1¼ miles, on the line of Paragraph 9.119 1 line(s) 5--9 Replace by:
bearing (3222), astern, of E4 Directional Light Restricted areas. A restricted area encloses Punta
(orange framework tower with white bands) Icacos (9.129) and Ensenada Salada (9.129).
(110422N 745081W), and in the white sector 2 A restricted area encloses most of Isla de
(1415--1425), ahead, of E18 Light (white framework Manzanillo (9.129), a Naval College, except for the
tower with red bands) (110259N 744953W). extreme NE side.
2 Thence the channel continues in the white sector An area off the naval base N of Punta
(3020--3025), astern, of E14 Light (white rectangle, Castillogrande (102344N 753267W) is reserved for
red stripe, on white framework tower) (110337N vessels of the Colombian Navy. Permission to anchor
745044W) and in the white sector (1215--1225), must be obtained from the Senior Naval Officer
ahead, of E7 Light (metal framework tower) present.
(110061N 744601W), to a position
about 4¼ cables WNW of E7 Light, passing: Colombian Notice 89/90 [NP7A--No 33--Wk 21/19]
2 -- 60
Index
NP7A
Colombia -- Cartagena — Anchorage; wreck Colombia -- North coast -- Cabo Tiburón —
Directions; ODAS buoy
260
272
...charted depths from 18 to 26 m. A wreck lies
near the NE corner of the anchorage. NE of an ODAS light buoy (84393N 771996W),
thence:
Colombian Chart 261 (2017) [NP7A--No 51--Wk 04/20]
Colombian Notice 52/20 [NP7A--No 55--Wk 19/20]
Colombia -- Bahía de Cartagena to Panama – Bahía de San Cristobal to

Golfo de Morrosquillo — Traffic regulations Bahía de Portobelo — Marine reserve
262 277
After Paragraph 9.144 1 line 6 Insert: After Paragraph 10.49 3 line 5 Insert:
2 Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area. Fishing and Marine nature reserve
discharging waste are prohibited in an area between 10.49a
Bahía de Cartagena and Golfo de Morrosquillo 1 A marine nature reserve is established (2018)
extending approximately 25 miles off the shoreline and between the W side of Bahía de San Cristobal
encompassing Islas del Rosario (9.146), Islas San (93683N 792980W) and 1½ miles SSW of Bahía
Bernardo (9.154) and Isla Fuerte (9.170). For more de Portobelo (10.52), extending 2½ miles seaward
information, consult the local authorities. from the shoreline. Large vessels are forbidden from
anchoring anywhere within the charted marine nature
Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 37--Wk 33/19]
reserve. The following activities are also prohibited:
2 Fishing, including by trawls, trammel nets or
Colombia -- North coast -- Golfo de Morrosquillo spear fishing;
— Directions; track Anchoring of small vessels and pleasure craft in the
263 vicinity of coral reefs;
Discharge of waste in any form.
After Paragraph 9.154 1 line 2 Insert: The removal of any natural material from the
marine nature reserve is strictly forbidden.
NNE of an ODAS light buoy (special) (93840N
760978W), thence: Panamanian Maritime Authority
[NP7A--No 15--Wk 51/18]
Colombian Notice 285/18 [NP7A--No 21--Wk 03/19]
Panama – Bahía de Portobelo — Marine reserve
Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá -- Outer part —
Directions; light 278

...is a minor harbour. Anchoring in the bay is prohibited for
Paragraph 9.181 1 line(s) 8 Delete larger vessels due to the marine nature reserve restrictions
(see 10.49a), however it will afford sheltered anchorage for
Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 38--Wk 33/19] vessels of any draught in an emergency. The port is of little
commercial importance.
Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá -- Panamanian Maritime Authority
Inner part — Directions; light
[NP7A--No 16--Wk 51/18]
267
Panama -- Colón -- Bahía Manzanillo —
Paragraph 9.192 1 line(s) 10 Delete Directions; leading lights
284
Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 39--Wk 33/19]
Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá -- 1 Leading lights:
Inner part — Directions; light Front Light Beacon A (black and white stripes,
diamond daymark) (92193N 795382W).
267 Rear Light Beacon B (similar structure) (65 m from
After Paragraph 9.193 2 line 9 Insert: front light).
From a position about 5 miles NNW of Punta
3 ENE of Isla Los Muertos (80810N Galeta (92432N 795213W) (10.51) the alignment
764935W), a drying bank which may extend (180) of the leading lights leads through the
more than 6 cables E of Isla Los Muertos Precautionary Area, passing:
Light (9.192) due to continual silting, thence:
Panama Chart CP--01/20; POLAR J6133.6; J6133.61
Colombian ENC CO400625 [NP7A--No 40--Wk 33/19] [NP7A--No 54--Wk 17/20]
2 -- 61
Index
NP7A
Panama -- Puerto de Cristóbal — Anchorage Panama -- Panama Canal -- Gamboa Reach —
Tie--up stations
291
297
Paragraph 11.64 5 lines 1--5 Delete Paragraph 11.94 1--2 Replace by:
1 Tie--up stations are used to hold vessels, while
BA Chart CP1 [NP7A--No 19--Wk 02/19] other vessels pass or while the locks are being
prepared. Tie--up Stations are used under the
Panama -- Puerto de Cristóbal — Berths instruction of the Canal Authority. The tie up areas are
located as follows:
293 Gamboa Tie--up Station (90665N 794215W)
(anchorage area).
After Paragraph 11.72 1 line 8 Insert: 2 Cucaracha Tie -- up Station (90201N
793814W), located close to Puente
Other terminals Centenario (11.83), is a berth with a length of
11.72a about 330 m and a depth of about 140 m.
1 Pier 17. Situated SW of Pier 16, the pier extends Cocoli Tie--up Station (90085N 793703W),
about 450 m from shore with berths on both sides. located on Cartagena Reach (11.91), is an
anchorage area with four mooring buoys.
LNG terminal. An LNG pier (92044N 795466W)
3 South Cocoli Tie -- up Station (90000N
is situated SSE of a turning basin in the S part of the
793630W), located on Cocoli Reach (11.91),
port; depths about 14 m.
is an anchorage area with six mooring buoys.
BA Chart CP1 [NP7A--No 20--Wk 02/19] Miraflores Ship Holding Area (90032N
793613W), located in Lago de Miraflores
(11.90), is an anchorage area with eight mooring
Panama -- Panama Canal -- buoys.
Gatún Lake — Anchorage
ENC PA5CP004 (5.000) [NP7A--No 47--Wk 52/19]
297
Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 12--17 Replace by: NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2019 Edition)
Peña Blanca Anchorage (91258N 795598W),
the limits of which are marked by light buoys (special),
France -- Pacific Ocean -- Île Clipperton —
lies to the W of Gatun Reach (11.86) and SSW of Marine nature reserve
Peña Blanca Reach (11.88). Depths are from 18 to
24 m. An obstruction (91422N 795588W) lies in 70
the NW of the anchorage.
Panama Chart CP--02 [NP7A--No 17--Wk 52/18]
2.16a
Panama -- Gatún Lake -- 1 Île Clipperton lies within a Marine Protected Area.
Gatún Anchorage West Side — Depths Anchoring, fishing, diving and landing are prohibited.
297 French Chart 7750/20 [NP8--No 7--Wk 50/20]
Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 1--17 including Existing Section IV France -- Pacific Ocean --
Notice Week 52/18 Replace by: Île Clipperton — Anchorage
1 Gatún Anchorage West Side (91530N 70--71
795508W) lies between Gatun Reach (11.86),
Banana Reach (11.87) and Balsa Reach (11.87). Paragraph 2.19 including heading Replace by:
Depths are from 10 to 23 m.
Gatún Anchorage East Side (91529N Spare
795431W), the limits of which are marked by light 2.19
buoys (special), lies to the E of Banana Reach (11.87) French Chart 7750/20 [NP8--No 8--Wk 50/20]
and Balsa Reach (11.87). Depths are from around 15
to 23 m.
2 Peña Blanca Anchorage (91258N 795598W), Mexico -- Salina Cruz — Development
the limits of which are marked by light buoys (special), 139
lies to the W of Gatun Reach (11.86) and SSW of
Peña Blanca Reach (11.88). Depths are from 18 to Paragraph 5.47 5 Replace by:
24 m. An obstruction (91422N 795588W) lies in 5 Development. Works are in progress (2020) on the
the NW of the anchorage. extension of the Tanker Harbour W breakwater
(160915N 951279W).
GB Chart CP2; ENC PA5CP002
[NP7A--No 36--Wk 32/19] Mexican Notice 2/11/20 [NP8--No 3--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 62
Index
NP8
Mexico -- Golfo de California -- La Paz — NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2019 Edition)
189 Antarctic -- Regulations —

Marine Protected Areas
Paragraph 6.106 2 line 5 For 90 m Read 120 m 26
Paragraph 6.106 2 line 6 For 148 Read 1466 Paragraph 1.82 1 Replace by:
1 In addition to the areas described in the preceding
Mexican Notice 15/163/19 [NP8--No 1--Wk 43/19] paragraphs, the following other protected areas exist.
For details see Appendix V:
Antarctic Specially Managed Area (ASMA);
United States of America -- California -- CCAMLR Ecosystem Monitoring Sites (CEMPS);
San Diego Bay — Controlling depth
CCAS Seal Reserves (CSRs);
241 Marine Protected Areas (MPAs).
2 MPAs are areas which provide protection for all or
Paragraph 8.16 1 line(s) 6 For 149 m (49 ft) Read 106 m part of the natural resources they contain. Two MPAs
(35ft) have been declared by CCAMLR within the Southern
Ocean:
South Orkney Islands Southern Shelf;
US Notice 6/18773/20 [NP8--No 4--Wk 11/20]
Ross Sea region.
Within these areas there are protection and
United States of America -- California -- San research zones where conservation measures exist
Diego Bay — Anchorage and fishing activities are prohibited. See
https://www.ccamlr.org/en/science/marine--protected--are
241 as--mpas for further details of the areas and their
restrictions.
1 Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in convenient CCAMLR [NP9--No 9--Wk 10/20]
depths SE of the entrance channel, but clear of the
restricted area. Anchorage in the restricted area, and Antarctic Peninsula -- Bransfield Strait –
Deception Island — Directions; depth
at certain designated naval anchorage berths, is only
allowed with the specific permission of the local naval 230
authorities.
2 Caution. A mooring buoy and charted underwater After Paragraph 4.80 4 line 6 Insert:
obstructions exist in the outer anchorage areas. See SSE of a pinnacle (625815S 602638W), position
also the chart warning about uncharted submarine approximate, with a depth of 155 m, thence:
cables and pipelines.
US Notices 30/18022/19; 30/18740/19
[NP8--No 2--Wk 43/19] South Shetland Islands -- Desolation Island --
Blythe Harbour — Directions; rock
United States of America -- California -- 249
San Francisco — Directions; wreck
313 ...track leads S, passing:
Clear of a rock awash (622740S 601680W),
position approximate, reported (2019), thence:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (374602N Paragraph 4.138 7 line(s) 3 Replace by:
1222263W), position approximate, thence:
...passing:
US Notice 41/18649/20 [NP8--No 6--Wk 49/20] E of a rock awash (622740S 601680W), position
approximate, reported (2019), thence:
Correspondence Hydrolant 3989/19
United States of America -- California -- [NP9--No 6--Wk 05/20]
Capo Mendocino to Humboldt Bay —
Directions; submerged buoys
South Shetland Islands -- Desolation Island --
344 Blythe Bay — Directions; rock
249
Paragraph 4.138 7 line(s) 1--9 including existing Section IV
Clear of two partially submerged buoys (404046N Notice Week 05/20 Replace by:
1242800W), position approximate, reported
(2020), thence: 7 Directions from east. From a position W of Eliza
Rocks (622610S 601330W) the track leads S,
US Notice 35/501/20 [NP8--No 5--Wk 42/20] passing:
2 -- 63
Index
NP9
E of a rock awash (622740S 601680W, position Antarctica -- Graham Land -- Adelaide Island --
approximate, reported (2020)), thence: Avian Island — Anchorage
E of Craggy Island, thence:
376
E of a rock awash (622792S 601607W),
existence doubtful. After Paragraph 6.163 1 Insert:
Thence the track leads SW towards the best
anchorage, sounding continuously and keeping a 2 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 42 m
lookout from aloft, passing: (23 fm) over a rocky bottom, E of Avian Island, in
NW of a rock awash (622813S 601521W), position 674660S 685180W. The anchorage is
position approximate, thence: suitable in winds up to 15 kn from the W and NW.
NW of Indian Rocks (622925S 601660W).
Argentine Notice 3/42/20 [NP9--No 10--Wk 15/20] Australian Antarctic Territory --

Mac. Robertson Land -- Mawson — Approach
455
Antarctica -- Graham Land -- Trinity Peninsula --
Hope Bay — Directions Paragraph 10.84 1 line(s) 12--17 Delete
289 UKHO [NP9--No 4--Wk 48/19]
Paragraph 5.44 1--4 Replace by: Australian Antarctic Territory --

Mac. Robertson Land -- Mawson — Directions
1 Rocas Denticuladas Leading Lights: 456
Front light (black triangle apex up, on green column,
yellow top, 3 m in height) (632379S Paragraph 10.88 3 line(s) 1--14 Replace by:
565952W), standing upon Jagged Rocks. 3 Track. From the vicinity of 664700S 631700E, a
Rear light (black triangle apex down, on green natural deep water channel, known as Mawson
column, yellow top, 3 m in height) (1½ cables Corridor, leads SSW, passing:
from front light). The rear mark is difficult to
Between banks with less than 100 m over them,
distinguish but the left edge of a hut to the rear of it
thence:
may be used.
Clear of an obstruction (671875S 625309E) with
2 From a position NE of Sheppard Point (632250S
a depth of 80 m, thence:
565898W) (5.35), on the passage through Antarctic Close ESE of an obstruction (672222S
Sound, the alignment (214) of the above lights, leads 625013E), position approximate, with a depth of
SW, passing: 58 m, thence:
SE of a shoal (632272S 565836W), which lies ESE of an obstruction (672264S 624923E),
3½ cables SE of Sheppard Point, thence: position approximate, marked by breakers,
NW of a shoal (632359S 565857W), which lies thence:
1 cable N of Grunden Rock (632370S ESE of Nelson Rock (672337S 624537E), on
565850W). A light (red round tower, black which stands a beacon (red cylindrical metal
bands, 6 m in height) is exhibited from the W part structure, 7 m high). A 9 m obstruction
of Grunden Rock. Thence: (670307S 624722E) lies about 8 cables ENE
3 NW of dangerous rocks (632360S of Nelson Rock.
565865W).
Thence the track continues to lead SW towards the Paragraph 10.88 8 line(s) 6 For 673525S 675200E
anchorage. Read 673525S 625200E
Useful marks:
Beacon (632359S 570001W), standing on a UKHO [NP9--No 5--Wk 48/19]
small islet lying close N of Seal Point, the
extremity of a small peninsula. Australian Antarctic Territory --
Mac. Robertson Land -- Mawson — Directions
ENC AR507570 [NP9--No 3--Wk 36/19] 456
Graham Land -- Bransfield Strait --
North of Cape Leguillou — Directions; position 3 Track. From the vicinity of 664700S 631700E, a
natural deep water channel, known as Mawson
Corridor, leads SSW, passing:
291
Between banks with less than 100 m over them,
thence:
Paragraph 5.54 3 line(s) 1 For (631450S 605450W) Clear of an obstruction (671875S 625309E) with
Read (630700S 595732W) a depth of 80 m, thence:
Close ESE of an obstruction (672222S
625013E), position approximate, with a depth of
UKHO [NP9--No 8--Wk 07/20] 58 m, thence:
2 -- 64
Index
NP9
ESE of an obstruction (672264S 624923E), Russia -- Barents Sea --
position approximate, marked by breakers, Zemlya Frantsa--Iosifa — Nature reserve
thence:
ESE of Nelson Rock (672337S 624537E), on 101
which stands a beacon (red cylindrical metal
structure, 7 m high). A 9 m obstruction Paragraph 3.9 1 line(s) 3--7 Replace by:
(672307S 624722E) lies about 8 cables ENE
...and adjacent waters.
of Nelson Rock.
UKHO [NP9--No 7--Wk 05/20] Russian Notice 30/2480--11168/20

[NP10--No 22--Wk 35/20]
NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2016 Edition)

Russia -- Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanoy —
Navigation and Regulations -- Russian pilotage National park
— Icebreaker pilotage
274
8
1 Icebreaker pilotage is available, on request, for the National park
whole of the NSR and is obtained through the 10.16a
Northern Sea Route Administration (NSRA). For 1 Gydanskiy National Park has been established. See
further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 11.66a for further information.
Volume 6(2) and www.nsra.ru.
Russian Notice 36/3200/20 [NP10--No 23--Wk 42/20]
Kara Sea -- Ostrov Belyy — Obskaya Guba – Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanov —
Directions; recommended routes Directions; anchorages and harbours
86 275
Paragraph 2.28 1 lines 4--10 Replace by: Paragraph 10.20 1--7 Replace by:
...the recommended track 032.1, as shown on the
1 From a position about 24 miles NNE of Mys Belyy
Russian charts, leads NNE, for about 260 miles, to the
(732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended
vicinity of 733012N 674633E, WNW of Mys Rogozina
track leads SSE, passing:
(732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW extremity of
Ostrov Belyy. ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black
framework tower with platform, 21 m in height)
(Directions continue for (732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies
the recommended track at 2.32) 2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence:
WSW of an extensive shoal bank (733053N
735347E) with a least depth of 40 m.
...Karskiye Vorota TSS, the recommended track 0448, as 2 ENE of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E)
shown on the Russian charts, leads NE, for about (9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy.
233 miles, to the vicinity of 732423N 665933E, W of Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated
Mys Rogozina (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands
extremity of Ostrov Belyy. close N of this point. Thence:
ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E)
(Directions continue for (9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina
the recommended track at 2.32) (9.94), thence:
Paragraph 2.32 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: 3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N
742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light
1 From the vicinity of 732423N 665933E, W of (black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted
Mys Rogozina (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral
extremity of Ostrov Belyy, the recommended deep truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N
water route with a least depth of 165 m as shown on 740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least
the Russian charts, leads to position 733637N charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW
723565E ENE of Mys Belyy (732867N from the W extremity of the island. Thence:
705043E), from 1½ miles ESE of which Belyy 4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo
Severnyy Light (10.20) is exhibited. Light (tetrahedral truncated framework
Here the recommended track heads S into Obskaya pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height)
Guba or N for about 14 miles to position 735000N (724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW
723318E then E towards Dikson. of the headland and a remarkable hummock
lies on the low sandspit which extends E from
Russian Notice 45/5782/2018 [NP10--No 13--Wk 48/18] it.
2 -- 65
Index
NP10
5 Thence the track continues SSE following a Obskaya Guba – Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanov —
recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of Directions; anchorages and harbours
Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the E
extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov 275
Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each
side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks Paragraph 10.22 including heading Replace by:
up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and
moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated Spare
framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in 10.22
height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW
of the point. Russian Charts 12312, 13329; POLAR L8048
[NP10--No 2b--Wk 52/16]
Russian Charts 12312, 13329; POLAR L8048
[NP10--No 2a--Wk 52/16] Mys Drovyanov to Mys Shtormovoy —
General information; directions
Kara Sea -- Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanoy — 275

Directions; recommended route
275 1 From a position E of Mys Drovyanoy (723969N

725750E), the route leads along the recommended
Paragraph 10.20 1--7 including existing Section IV Notice tracks and DW route for about 52 miles, to a position
Week 52/16. Replace by: WSW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E).
1 From a position about 31 miles ENE of Mys Belyy Russian Charts 13329, 13330 [NP10--No 3a--Wk 52/16]
(732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended
track leads S, passing:
ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black Russia -- Mys Drovyanoy to Mys Shtormovoy —
framework tower with platform, 21 m in height) National park
(732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies
2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence: 275
W of an extensive shoal bank (733053N
735347E) with a least depth of 40 m. After Paragraph 10.26 1 line 4 Insert:
2 E of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E)
(9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy. National park
Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated 10.26a
pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands 1 Gydanskiy National Park has been established. See
close N of this point. Thence: 11.66a for further information.
ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E)
(9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina Russian Notice 36/3200/20 [NP10--No 24--Wk 42/20]
(9.94), thence:
3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N
742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light Mys Drovyanov to Mys Shtormovoy —
(black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted General information; directions
on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral
truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N 276
740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least Paragraph 10.29 1--10 Replace by:
charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW
from the W extremity of the island. Thence: 1 From a position 7 miles NE of Mys Drovyanoy
4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo (723969N 725750E) (10.20), the DW route leads
Light (tetrahedral truncated framework initially SE to a position about 20 miles E of Mys
pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height) Yuzhnyy (723298N 725907E), passing:
(724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW NE of South No 1 Light (black tetrahedral truncated
of the headland and a remarkable hummock
framework pyramid, 18 m in height) (723471N
lies on the low sandspit which extends E from
it. 725694E), thence:
5 Thence the track continues SSE following a 2 NE of Mys Yuzhnyy the S extremity (723298N
recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of 725907E) of an island, in the form of a
Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the E narrow sandspit which dries in places and
extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov which extends 7 miles S from Mys Drovyanoy.
Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each Thence, from a position about 20 miles E of Mys
side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks Yuzhnyy, the DW route leads about 30 miles SW to a
up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and position 8¾ miles SW of Peschanka Light (721529N
moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated 725006E), passing:
framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in 3 SE of Mys Yuzhnyy, thence:
height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW SE of Mys Tye--sale (722923N 725003E), the
of the point. NE entrance point of Reka Khabey--yaga, thence:
SE of the NE extremity of a bank (722800N
Russian Notice 45/5782/2018; Russian Charts 12312, 734350E), with charted depths of less than
13329, POLAR L8048 [NP10--No 14--Wk 48/18] 10 m.
2 -- 66
Index
NP10
4 Between shoal patches with depths less than WNW of the shoal ground, with a least charted depth
10 m, which are part of a bar which extends of 28 m, extending 3 miles WNW of Mys Taran
across the gulf from Mys Drovyanoy to Mys (10.32), marked by buoys (W cardinal), thence:
Shtormovoy. 3 ESE of Tambey, the administrative centre for the
SE of Drovyanoy trading post and meteorological N part of Poluostrov Yamal, from where a
station (722479N 724591E), reported as light (black vertical rectangle on tetrahedral
standing on the cliff top; the main building is visible metal framework tower with platform, 15 m in
from 10 miles seaward. Thence: height) (712886N 714887E) is exhibited.
5 SE of Reka Yarra--yaga, the mouth of which is The village has a trading post, the buildings of
marked by Peschanka (Yarra--yaga) Light which are visible from the centre of the gulf.
(black tetrahedral framework tower, 15 m in 4 Thence the recommended track continues to lead
height) (721529N 725006E); a sandbank SSW, to a position W of Mys Khonarasalya (10.32),
obstructs the mouth of the river, extending which lies S of the mouth of the broad valley of Reka
1½ miles E then 3½ miles N. Ngarkakhorteyakha; Mys Khonara--sale Light (trihedral
Thence the DW route and recommended track lead truncated metal pyramid, 14 m in height) (712270N
SSW for about 7 miles, to position 14 miles S of 730243E) is exhibited from a position SSE of the
Peschanka Light. The track then leads S, passing: point.
6 WNW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N
732726E), which rises to three steep and (Directions continue at 10.40)
conspicuous sandy hills; from N it appears as
a steep bluff with a low spit extending S from
Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Chart 13330
it. Shtormovoy Light (black trihedral truncated
[NP10--No 4--Wk 52/16]
metal pyramid, 8 m in height) (714798N
733081E) is exhibited from a position NNE
of the point. Thence:
7 WNW of a light buoy (W cardinal) (714987N Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba --
Port Sabetta — Development
731065E), moored 2 miles W of the
shoalest part of a coastal bank, with a least
charted depth of 64 m, extending N from Mys 278
Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E), which
continues to extend N forming the bar across Paragraph 10.43 including heading Replace by:
the gulf.
Thence the recommended track continues S, to a Russian Chart 18331 (datum Pulkovo 1942) (see 1.25)
position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy. Port Sabetta
10.43
(Directions continue at 10.32) 1 General information. Port Sabetta (711674N
720454E), is situated in the mouth of the
Sabettayakha River, on the W side of Obskaya Guba
Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Charts 13329, 13330 and is the port facility for the Yamal LNG terminals.
[NP10--No 3b--Wk 52/16] Limiting conditions. The least charted depths
(2017) in the approach channel is 121 m and in the
harbour basin is 98 m.
Arrival information. The port is operational all
Mys Shtormovoy to Mys Khonarasalya —
Directions year. A tug is available.
2 Harbour. The port consists of a harbour basin
(711676N 720520E) with a concrete quayside in
277 the NW part and a concrete pier lying to the SE.
Development. Work is in progress (2017) to dredge
Paragraph 10.33 1--6 Replace by: the approach channel to a reported depth of 151 m.
Reclamation work and the construction of the main
1 From a position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy LNG terminal berths in the vicinity of 711654N
(714545N 732726E), the DW route leads SSW, 720555E are ongoing, with the first LNG shipment
passing: scheduled for the end of 2017 and full operational
capacity achieved by 2021.
ESE of the E extremity of a spit (714488N
3 Directions for entering harbour. From a position
723032E), with an obstruction, with a depth of
20 m, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), thence: W of Mys Khonarasalya (712395N 730034E)
ESE of Mys Poludennyy (714203N 721877E) (10.32), the track leads SW following a two--way DW
which is low and conspicuous from S, though from route (2266) to the harbour basin.
N or E it merges with the coast, thence: Basins and berths. Berths 1--4, with charted
2 ESE of a shallow flat which fronts the mouth of depths ranging from 77 to 106 m, are located on the
Reka Tambey delta (713305N 715847E) NW quayside.
and extends 2 miles offshore. Reka Tambey, Berths 5--6 are located on the concrete pier
one of the largest rivers in Poluostrov Yamal, (711660N 720491E), with charted depths ranging
has an extensive delta with four branches from 84 to 116 m. All of the berths are being utilised
extending from 3½ to 14 miles SW of Mys for the construction of the LNG Terminal.
Poludennyy, between which are low islands
composed of swampy tundra. Thence: Russian Chart 18331 [NP10--No 5--Wk 12/17]
2 -- 67
Index
NP10
Russia -- Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba -- W of an obstruction area (9¾ miles NNW), with a
Port Sabetta — Port development radius of 1 mile, centred on 701607N
733112E.
278 2 Thence a vessel may either continue S to a
position W of Mys Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E),
Paragraph 10.43 including heading and existing Section IV passing over a shoal bank with a least depth of about
Notice Week 12/17 Replace by: 10 m, or, for vessels with a deeper draught the track
leads SSE, passing:
Port Sabetta WSW of a shallow bank extending 7 miles N of Mys
10.43 Kharse, marked on its W side by a buoy (W
1 General information. Port Sabetta (711674N cardinal) (5 miles NNW), thence:
720454E), is situated in the mouth of the 3 WSW of the W extremity of a spit extending
Sabettayakha River, on the W side of Obskaya Guba from Mys Kharse, marked by a buoy (W
and is the port facility for the Yamal LNG terminals. cardinal) (2½ miles WNW). A beacon (black
Limiting conditions. The least charted depth in the tetrahedral truncated pyramid, white bands
approach channel is about 14 m. Local authorities and gallery, 16 m in height) stands on the
should be contacted from the latest information. point. Thence:
Arrival information. The port is operational all WSW of Ngabkeyyakha (7½ miles S).
year. A tug is available. Thence the track leads S to a position in the
2 Harbour. The port consists of a harbour basin vicinity of 695100N 733358E. The DW track then
(711676N 720520E) with a concrete quayside in leads SW to a position W of Mys Nalivnoy
the NW part and a concrete pier lying to the SE. The (694440N 733193E) the W extremity of a low
harbour basin is protected from the N by a detached marshy plain. A shoal spit, marked by a buoy (W
breakwater lying E/W. A second breakwater extends cardinal) extends 3¼ miles W of the point.
NNE from the shore and the LNG berths lie on its W
Russian Charts 13332, 13333 [NP10--No 11--Wk 29/17]
side.
Development. Works are in progress (2020) for the
construction of Area No 2, SE of Sabetta, in the Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba — Directions; DW
vicinity of 705854N 733978E. route; wreck; landmarks
3 Directions for entering harbour. From a position 279--280
W of Mys Khonarasalya (712395N 730034E)
(10.32), the track leads SW in the DW route passing Paragraph 10.52 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
clear of a light buoy (safe water) (71 2128N
1 From a position W of a shoal spit, marked by a
722007E). The track then continues SW into the
buoy (W cardinal), extending 3¼ miles W of Mys
entrance channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E) (10.45), the DW
between the heads of the breakwaters, from where
route leads S, passing (positions relative to Mys
lights are exhibited, and into the basin.
Tryokhbugornyy (690526N 735248E)):
4 Basins and berths. Berth Nos 1--4, with charted
depths from about 70 to 100 m, are located on the Paragraph 10.52 3 lines 4--7 Replace by:
NW quayside.
E of a wreck (692549N 732275E), with a least
Berth Nos 5--6 are located on the concrete pier
depth of 74 m, marked by a buoy (isolated
(711662N 720470E), with charted depths from
danger), thence:
about 80 to 115 m.
The LNG Terminal, located on the inner side of the Paragraph 10.52 4 lines 1--2 Delete
E breakwater, has two berths with charted depths of
about 150 m. Paragraph 10.52 6--7 Replace by:
Russian Notice 6/618 to 620/20 6 The DW route then leads SSE, passing:
[NP10--No 20--Wk 10/20] WSW of a shoal patch (7¼ miles WSW), with a depth
of 84 m, thence:
WSW of the SW extremity of a shoal spit, with depths
Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba — less than 8 m, extending 7 miles SW from Mys
Directions; DW route; landmarks; depths Tryokhbugornyy, marked a buoy (W cardinal)
(5½ miles SW), moored close to its extremity.
278--279 7 Thence the recommended track continues to lead
SSW, to a position 16¾ miles E of Nurma Light
Paragraph 10.45 1--7 line Replace by: (tetrahedral framework pyramid, black upper, 6 m in
1 From a position W of Khaltsyney Light (705020N height) (684312N 730516E), exhibited from the N
735623E) (10.40), the DW route leads S, passing entrance to Reka Nurma--yaga.
(positions relative to Mys Kharse (7007N 7341E)): Paragraph 10.53 Replace by:
E of a shoal patch (43 miles NNW), with a depth of
12 m, thence: Spare
E of a shoal patch (22 miles NW), with a depth of 10.53
44 m, lying on a coastal bank extending 4 miles E
of Mys Belyy (702290N 724236E), which can Russian Notice 25/3083/17; Russian Charts 13334, 13335
be identified by the bright colour of its steep sides. [NP10--No 12--Wk 29/17]
2 -- 68
Index
NP10
Kara Sea – South Part — Russia -- Kara Sea -- Ostrov Vil’kitskogo --
Aids to navigation; lights Vil’kitskiy — Directions; light
297
289
(11.7) and:
Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area
have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local Russian Notice 49/5679/19 [NP10--No 18--Wk 02/20]
authorities should be consulted for the latest
information. Russia -- Yeniseyskiy Zaliv — National park
UKHO [NP10--No 6--Wk 04/17] 300
Russia -- Kara Sea -- Ostrov Vil’kitskogo -- Gydanskiy National Park has been established. See
Vil’kitskiy — Directions; light
11.66a for further information.
289 Russian Notice 36/3200/20 [NP10--No 26--Wk 42/20]
After Paragraph 11.7 1 line 3 Insert: Russia -- Kara Sea -- Ostrov Vil’kitskogo --
Vil’kitskiy — Directions; light
Vil’kitskiy Light (white round tower, black bands,
32 m in height) (733094N 754639E). 300
...754639E) the route...
Russia -- Kara Sea -- Ostrov Vil’kitskogo -- Paragraph 11.102 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
Vil’kitskiy — Directions; light Vil’kitskiy Light (733094N 754639E) (11.7).

...754639E) (11.7), the...
...sandy, 6 m high, from where Vil’kitskiy Light
(11.7) is exhibited. Reka Yenisey – Mouth of river to Igarka —
General information; navigation; lights
311
...754639E), the...
Russian Notice 49/5679/19 [NP10--No 17--Wk 02/20] Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area
have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local
authorities should be consulted for the latest
information.
Russia -- Yeniseyskiy Zaliv and
Gydanskiy Guba — National park UKHO [NP10--No 7--Wk 04/17]
296 Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Mys Krestovskiy to

Dudinka — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages
319
National park After Paragraph 12.41 1 line 7 Insert:
11.66a
1 Gydanskiy National Park has been established. Pilotage
Zones include Ostrov Shokal’skogo (10.11), Poluostrov 12.41a
Yavay (11.72) N of latitude 715681N, Poluostrov 1 Pilot boarding positions for S--bound vessels to
Mamonta (11.84) N of latitude 714100N and E of Dudinka are as follows:
longitude 762293E, Proliv Gydanskiy (11.74), 1) Approximately 9 cables WNW of
Poluostrov Oleniy (11.84), Ostrova Oleniy (11.81), Verkhe--Novoselenskiy Front Leading Light
(692839N 860512E).
Ostrov Pestsovyy (11.80), Ostrov Rovny, Ostrova
2) Approximately 7 cables E of the N point of Ostrov
Proklyate (11.86), Proliv Oleniy (11.112) and
Kabatskiy (692560N 860563E).
Yuratskaya Guba (11.84). Restrictions apply and the
2 The pilot boarding position for northbound vessels
local authorities should be consulted for further
to Dudinka is approximately 16 miles NNE of
information.
Kabatskiy Front Leading Light (691969N
860381E).
Russian Notice 36/3200/20 [NP10--No 25--Wk 42/20] Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10--No 8a--Wk 16/16]
2 -- 69
Index
NP10
Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Mys Krestovskiy to Thence the track leads NNW over the bar, for about
Dudinka — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages 1½ miles, passing:
4 WSW of a shoal bank (735610N 855700E)
322 with depths of less than 2 m, noting several
obstructions lying on its NW side.
Paragraph 12.51 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Thence the line of bearing (052) of Ostrov Farvaternyy
Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, (740506N 864080E), which differs from the other
abreast Verkhne--Novoselenskiy Leading Lights islands in the gulf by its hilly, 15 m high, surface, identified
(12.45). by its dark cliffs making it an important landmark when
navigating in the gulf, leads NE, then NNE, passing:
After Paragraph 12.51 1 line 4 Insert: 5 SE, then ESE of a shoal bank (735860N
860100E), with depths of less than 2 m.
Quarantine area, abreast Nizhne--Dudinskiy Thence the track leads E, then SE off the N extremity
Leading Lights (12.45). (740000N 861100E) of Ostrova Begichevskaya Kosa,
for about 5 miles, thence:
Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10--No 8b--Wk 16/16]
Between Ostrova Begichevskaya Kosa and Ostrov
Rogozinskiy (735650N 864200E) for about 6¼ miles,
Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Dudinka to Igarka — passing:
Pilot boarding position 6 SW of a shoal bank (735700N 862700E),
with depths of less than 2 m, and:
322 NE of Malaya Chayka fishing and trading station
(735527N 862664E).
After Paragraph 12.54 3 line 5 Insert: Thence the track continues to lead SE, then generally E
to the river entrance, passing:
Pilotage NNE of two conspicuous buildings (735377N
12.55a 863720E), which comprise Bol’shaya Chayka
1 For pilotage of N--bound vessels to Dudinka see winter--quarters, standing on Ostrov Chayek,
12.41a. thence:
7 SSW of the S extremity of Ostrov Nizhniy
Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10--No 9--Wk 16/16] (735476N 864039E).
N of Mys Vkhodnoy (735366N 864666E),
precipitous, the S entrance point to Reka Pyasina
and on which stands the village of Noril’skiy
Russia -- Kara Sea -- Pyasinskiy Zaliv — Rybokombinat.
Directions
Russian Notice 40/3614, 3615/20
341--342 [NP10--No 27--Wk 48/20]

1 From a position N of Mys Morzhovo (734527N Russia -- Laptev Sea -- Reka Lena -- Protoka
845256E) (13.21), the track leads E, passing: Bykovskaya — Directions; leading lights
N of a pebble bank (734349N 850550E), with a
depth of 44 m, lying 1¼ miles NW Mys Grusha, a 441
point in the centre of the head of Bukhta Makarova
(13.50), thence: Paragraph 16.138 1--7 Replace by:
N of Mys Karga (734526N 852893E), a feature 1 Peschanyy--Belyy Leading Lights:
on the W side of a promontory W of Reka Lovkikh;
Front beacon (white, 10 m in height) (715996N
a rocky bank lies 1¾ miles farther W, with a depth
1291271E).
of 42 m. Thence:
2 N of Mys Zveroboy (734787N 853383E), Rear beacon (black rectangular board on tetrahedral
which is rugged, stony and precipitous, 10 m metal prism, 15 m in height) (1 cable from front
high. A bank, with a depth of 36 m extends light).
8 cables W of the point and Mys Zveroboy 2 From a position E of Mys Mamonta (715100N
Beacon (black and white vertical striped 1292100E), on which stands Mamonta Light Beacon
truncated pyramid, slatted black in the upper (black and white vertical striped rectangular board,
part with white stripe, 11 m in height) 8 m in height) (715043N 1292103E), the alignment
(734783N 853385E), an important (3239) of these lights leads NW through Protoka
landmark, stands close S of the point. Srednyaya, marked by light buoys (lateral), the
Thence: principal channel leading into Protoka Bykovskaya.
3 N of Mys Lagunnyy (734941N 854500E), Middle Leading Lights:
which is precipitous. 3 Front beacon (black trapezium on truncated
Thence the track leads NE, in the approach to the pyramid, 19 m in height) (720086N
fairway which leads over Reka Pyasina bar, passing: 1291996E), reported destroyed (2020).
SE of a bank (735419N 854849E), with depths of Rear beacon (similar structure) (3 cables from front
less than 2 m. light).
2 -- 70
Index
NP10
The alignment (3457) of these lights leads NNW, Reka Kolyma – Protoka Kamennaya —
passing: Depths; directions
4 ENE of Otmel’ Bogatyreva (715625N
1292357E), with depths of less than 18 m 474
in places, which extends about 8 miles SSE
from Ostrov Yuyes--Kumakh (720000N
1291800E) and is marked by No 10 Light 3 From the vicinity of 6954N 16223E, on the
Buoy (port hand). alignment (1815) of the above light beacons, in the
Peschanyy--Krasnyy Leading Lights: approaches to Protoka Kamennaya, the alignment
Front beacon (orange rectangular board on black (1815) of the above light beacons, leads S through
metal post, 10 m in height) (715997N the outer anchorage and pilot station to a position E
1291292E). of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (694113N
5 Rear beacon (black rectangular board on 1622182E).
tetrahedral metal prism, 15 m in height) 4 Thence the track alters to starboard and from
(1½ cables from front light). position 694108N 1622175E, close SSW of No 3
Light Buoy, follows a recommended course of 2155
The alignment (301) of these lights, standing on Ostrov
to position 693921N 1621792E, NE of No 4 Light
Yuyes--Kumakh, leads WNW through Protoka
Buoy (port hand) (693917N 1621806E). There are
Orto--Yuyese.
minimum depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and
Ulakhan Leading Lights: starboard of the course line of 41 and 34 m
Front beacon (black and white horizontal striped respectively.
rectangular board on tetrahedral metal prism, 5 The track then alters slightly to starboard and, from
15 m in height) (720328N 1290954E). the position NE of No 4 Light Buoy, follows a
6 Rear beacon (similar structure, 18 m in height) recommended course of 2249 to position 693878N
(1½ cables from front light). 1621670E, SE of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
The alignment (3276) of these lights, standing on the (693887N 1621640E). There are minimum depths
NE coast of Ostrov Ulakhan--Tikyan--Aryta (720330N at a distance of 06 cables to port and starboard of
1290925E), leads NNW passing: the course line of 47 and 36 m respectively.
Between Ostrov Yuyes--Kumakh and Ostrov 6 Thence the track leads WSW from the position SE
Orto--Yuyes--Aryta (16.137) to a position about of No 5 Light Buoy on a recommended course of
1¾ miles from the front light. 2609 to position 693870N 1621520E, 2 cables
7 Chyornyy Leading Lights: ESE of No 1 Buoy (starboard hand) (693880N
1621468E). There are minimum depths at a distance
Front beacon (black rectangular board on
tetrahedral truncated pyramid, 6 m in height) of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of
(715993N 1290030E). 46 and 37 m respectively.
Rear beacon (similar structure, 10 m in height) 7 The track then leads WNW from the position ESE
(1 cable from front light). of No 1 Light Buoy on a recommended course of
8 The alignment (2427) of these lights, standing on 2875 across the Protoka Kamennaya Bar, proceeding
the E coast of Ostrov Khara--Ary, leads WSW, to a at slow speed, to position 693910N 1621163E,
position NNW of Mys Bykov (720046N 1290599E), NNE of No 6A Light Buoy (port hand) (693903N
a high and conspicuous headland on which stands a 1621157E). There are minimum depths at a distance
monument, from where the track leads either through of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of
Protoka Ispolatova into Protoka Bykovskaya, or to the 40 and 36 m respectively.
anchorage in Zaliv Neyelova (16.139). 8 Thence the track alters to port and follows a
recommended course of 2569 to position 693899N
1621033E, SW of No 5B Light Buoy (starboard
Russian Notice 21/2110/20 [NP10--No 21--Wk 24/20] hand) (693907N 1621060E), and at the beginning
of the Sukharnyy leading line. There are minimum
depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and 08 cables
to starboard of the course line of 23 and 45 m
Reka Kolyma – Protoka Kamennaya — respectively. For further information on depths and
Depths; directions levels over the bar see 17.104 and 17.105.
473 10 Thence from a position SW of No 5 B Light Buoy
(693907N 1621060E) (starboard hand) the
Paragraph 17.104 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: alignment (2385) of the above light beacons leads
WSW, to a position...
2 Protoka Kamennaya Bar. There is a least depth of After Paragraph 17.112 11 line 6 Insert:
39 m over the bar, but the fairway across it is subject
to periodic changes due to alluviation. 12 Useful marks:
Stolbovoy Leading Light Beacons (black rectangular
boards with white triangles, point up, mounted on
Russian Notice 02/28/16 and Russian Sailing Directions tetrahedral truncated pyramids, 11 m in height,
Volume 1119 [NP10--No 10a--Wk 07/16] radar reflector) (693771N 1621448E).
2 -- 71
Index
NP10
13 Ambarchik Leading Light Beacons (black and Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light
white vertical striped rectangular board
mounted on tetrahedral truncated pyramid, 118
10 m in height, radar reflector) (693832N Paragraph 3.88 6 lines 1--5 Delete
1622207E).
Russian Notice 02/28/16 and Russian Sailing Directions Icelandic Notice 2/6/19 [NP11--No 5--Wk 28/19]
Volume 1119 [NP10--No 10b--Wk 07/16]
Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light
East Siberian Sea -- Chaunskaya Guba — 119
Directions; aids to navigation
479
...about 1¼ miles, within a white sector (151--156) of
After Paragraph 17.146 2 line 6 Insert: Sæbraut Light (yellow house, 4 m in height) (640885N
215433W), through Engeyjarsund, passing:
Caution. Numerous light beacons and leading lights
have been reported extinguished (2019). Paragraph 3.89 4 line 7 For Navigation School Read
Sæbraut
6 Thence the track continues to lead SSE to a
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition) position 2¾ cables NNE of EyjargarÉur (640958N
215589W), a mole, from which a light (pole on
column, 5 m in height) is exhibited, from where the
Iceland -- South--west coast -- Heimaey -- track leads S, for about 6¾ cables, within a white
Vestmannaeyjar -- Klettsvík — Prohibited area sector...
91 Icelandic Notices 2/5/19; 2/6/19
[NP11--No 6--Wk 28/19]
Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to the inner Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light
part of Klettsvík (632700N 201520W).
120
Icelandic Notice 3/27/20 [NP11--No 13--Wk 46/20] Paragraph 3.90 2 line 3 For the above lights Read these
lights
Iceland -- South coast -- Þorlákshöfn —
Directions; leading lights After Paragraph 3.90 2 line 5 Insert:
NE of the NW point of Engey (3.89), from where
94
Engey Light (641050N 215547W) (3.89) is
After Paragraph 2.82 2 line 6 Insert: exhibited, thence:
Thence the track leads WSW, in the white sector
(2418--2438) of Þorlákshöfn Light (mast, 13 m in ...of 100 m and less, thence:
height) (635148N 212234W), between the
breakwaters and into the harbour. Icelandic Notices 2/5/19; 2/6/19
[NP11--No 7--Wk 28/19]
Icelandic Notice 1/7/20 [NP11--No 11--Wk 17/20]
Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light
Iceland – Reykjavík — 125
Limiting conditions; controlling depths
115
Icelandic Notice 2/6/19 [NP11--No 8--Wk 28/19]
2 ViÉeyjarsund. The least charted depth, as far as Iceland -- Akranes — Directions; lights
Sundabakki (640900N 215150W), is 10 m off the
entrance to the basin. The channel to Vogabakki 126--127
(640840N 215026W) has a least charted depth of
75 m on the leading line.
Caution. There are shallower depths close SW of 2 Krossvik Leading Beacons:
the leading line in the vicinity of the works in progress Front beacon (triangle, point up, on yellow tower, 7 m
between Sundabakki and Vogabakki. in height) (641894N 220324W).
Rear beacon (triangle, point down, on framework
ENC IS500362 [NP11--No 4--Wk 25/19] tower) (146 m NE from front beacon).
2 -- 72
Index
NP11
From the pilot position close to No 11 Light Buoy Svalbard -- Spitsbergen --
(641758N 220749W), the alignment (0495) of the Adventfjorden — Anchorage
above beacons leads NE, for about 1¾ miles, passing:
3 SE of BræÉrapartsboÉi (641812N 220642W), 247
a shoal, thence: After Paragraph 9.74 4 line 5 Insert:
NW of Þjótur (641766N 220504W), a rocky shoal
with two rocks awash, thence: Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in an area
SE of SuÉurflös (641827N 220614W). bounded by the following points:
At night the track leads along the line of bearing 781475N 153332E.
0495 of a directional light exhibited from the front 781551N 153832E.
beacon. 781714N 153070E.
4 Thence the track leads NNW, and at night along 781497N 153096E.
the line of bearing 345 of a second directional light
Norwegian Notice 11/58939/18 [NP11--No 1--Wk 34/18]
(mast, 28 m in height) (641921N 220472W), to a
position E of the harbour entrance.
Caution. The bearing (345) of the second Greenland -- Kong Christian IX Land --
directional light passes close to the E extension of the Kap Gustav Holm — Directions; shoal
jetty from where a light (post, 4 m in height) 322
(641878N 220456W) is exhibited.
5 Useful mark: Paragraph 12.176 4 line 5 Replace by:
Light (post, 4 m in height) (641885N 220473W)
...Karra, thence:
exhibited from the pierhead of a jetty extending SE
Clear of a shoal (663508N 335866W), reported
from a cement factory.
(2018), with a depth of 10 m.
Icelandic Notices 5/22; 23/18 [NP11--No 2--Wk 45/18] Danish Notice 45/871/18 [NP11--No 3--Wk 49/18]
Iceland -- BreiÉafjörÉur -- Stykkishólmur — NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition)

Directions; light sectors
Canada — Regulations
138--139
9--10
Paragraph 4.35 1 line 4 For (157--160) Read
(1584--1604) Paragraph 1.62 including heading Replace by:
Protection of the environment

Paragraph 4.35 7 line 4 For (107--110) Read 1.62
(1062--1095) 1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic
species. The Canadian Federal Department of
Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for
Icelandic Chart 424/20 [NP11--No 10--Wk 14/20]
ensuring the protection and conservation of listed
aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea
turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat
Iceland -- BreiÉafjörÉur -- Stykkishólmur —
Directions; depth of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act
(SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of
disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them
139
under the authority of those regulations.
Paragraph 4.35 8 line(s) 7 For 63 m Read 51 m 2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue,
disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act
of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal
Icelandic Notice 5/27a/19 [NP11--No 9--Wk 51/19] behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away
from their habitat at critical times in their annual
reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them
Iceland -- North--west coast -- SkutulsfjörÉur -- injury.
ÍsafjörÉur — Directions; lights Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of
entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be
151 reported to the appropriate marine animal response
organisation, including DFO.
Paragraph 4.110 7 lines 2--6 Replace by: 3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations
as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies
Front light (mast) (660419N 230890W). to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The
Rear light (mast) (68 m from front light). purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the
The alignment (325) of these lights leads NW into introduction to local ecosystems of potentially
the inner harbour, and thence as required for berthing. damaging pathogens or organisms. See also
https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011
Icelandic Notice 3/25/20 [NP11--No 12--Wk 46/20] --237/.
2 -- 73
Index
NP12
4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and Greenland -- Kap Desolation –
managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations Kitsissut — Regulations
under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of
NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife 137
and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are
not allowed to enter these protected areas without a
permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of 1 The islands of Kitsissut (Ydre Kitsissut) (604500N
these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent 482555W) (2.217) are situated within a designated
passage, is strongly advised to communicate with marine reserve area. Landing or approaching within
Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada 500 m from the coast is prohibited between 1st May
Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance. and 31st August.
5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been 2 Maximum speed must not exceed 10 kn between
designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation 1st July and 30th September.
and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or
threatened species, and their habitats. Danish Notice 4/38/20 [NP12--No 5--Wk 10/20]
6 National Parks have been established under the
Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and
exclusion zones apply. See also Greenland -- West coast -- Sarfartoq --
Kangerlussuaq — Berth
www.parkscanada.gc.ca.
For further details on protected areas, restrictions
181
and contact information consult Annual Edition of
Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. After Paragraph 3.53 1 line 10 Insert:
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 Berth. A quay (663353N 520380W) consisting

[NP12--No 2--Wk 17/19] of a permanently moored barge has been established
on the W side of Kangerlussuaq, 1 mile N of
Sarfartoq. The berth is 90 m in length and has a
Canada — Regulations depth alongside of 25 m.
10 Danish Notice 38/749/18 [NP12--No 1--Wk 42/18]

Canada -- Northwest Territories --
Tuktoyaktuk — Directions; lights
Spare
1.63 438
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 Paragraph 13.65 1 line(s) 1--8 Delete

[NP12--No 3--Wk 17/19]
Greenland -- Narluneq -- Avartmuit -- Ikerasatsiaq 2 From a position in the vicinity of TC Light Buoy
— Directions; wreck (safe water) (693138N 1330832W), the line of
bearing (1446) of Tuktoyaktuk Island Light (tripod
136 framework tower, red trapezoidal daymark with white
stripe, 12 m in height) (692735N 1325998W)
Paragraph 2.206 15 line(s) 13 Replace by: leads, for...
...(604335N 464269W). A second stranded wreck Canadian Eastern Notice 7/6431/19

(604326N 464250W) lies between the rocks. Vessels [NP12--No 4--Wk 36/19]
using Ikerasatsiaq...
Danish Notice 5/58(T)/20 [NP12--No 6--Wk 10/20] Canada -- North coast -- Amundsen Gulf —
448
Greenland -- Narluneq -- Avatarmiut --
Ikerasatsiaq — Directions; wreck After Paragraph 4.7 Insert:
136 Marine Protected Area

4.7a
Paragraph 2.206 15 line 13 including existing Section IV 1 The Anguniaqvia niqiqyuam Marine Protected Areas
Notice Week 10/20 Replace by: consists of two areas, located in Darley Bay (14.33)
and Amundsen Gulf. For further details see 1.62.
...(604326N 464250W). Vessels using Ikerasatsiaq...
Canadian Notice 6/606/20; Canadian ANM/20
Danish Geodata Agency [NP12--No 7--Wk 18/20] [NP12--No 9--Wk 32/20]
2 -- 74
Index
NP12
Canada -- North coast -- Amundsen Gulf — NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2020 Edition)
448
Western Australia -- Buccaneer Archipelago --
Replace existing Section IV Notice Week 32/20 with the Rosella Shoal to King Island —
following: Directions; ODAS Buoy
After Paragraph 14.7 Insert: 188
Marine Protected Area Paragraph 5.32 1--2 Replace by:

14.7a 1 From the vicinity of 153800S 1235400E,
1 The Anguniaqvia niqiqyuam Marine Protected Areas between Rosella and Lorikeet Shoals, the track leads
consists of two areas, located in Darley Bay (14.33)
generally SW, passing:
and Amundsen Gulf. For further details see 1.62.
NW of Denman Shoal (154300S 1235554E),
Canadian Notice 6/606/20; Canadian ANM/20 thence:
[NP12--No 10--Wk 39/20] Clear of an ODAS buoy (154073S 1234922E),
thence:
Canada -- North coast -- Coronation Gulf -- SE of Mavis Reef (153080S 1233600E) on
Edinburgh Channel — Depths which there is a sand cay which dries 66 m,
thence:
463
2 NW of Conway Island (155095S 1234037E)
Paragraph 14.147 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: the N--most Macleay Island, thence:
NW of King Island (155230S 1233818E), on the
1 Edinburgh Channel which separates Murray Island SW extremity of an extensive drying reef, to a
from Edinburgh Island, 1¼ miles NNE, is deep and position 2½ miles WNW of the same island.
easily navigable, but vessels should remain more than
5 cables from the SW end of Edinburgh Island to ENC AU416123 (4.007) [NP13--No 10--Wk 53/20]
avoid isolated depths of less than 6 m. The cliffs on
both sides of the channel are radar conspicuous.
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/7778/20 Western Australia -- Broome — Pilotage
[NP12--No 8--Wk 19/20]
212
Canada -- Rasmusen Basin -- King William Island Paragraph 5.209 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:
-- Gjoa Haven -- Lund Islet — Shoal
489 Boarding positions:
Northern pilot boarding station (175140S
Paragraph 15.91 2 lines 7--9 Replace by: 1221000E), for vessels with a draught greater
Lund Islet (683582N 954984W) lies close off than 75 m.
Betzold Point, in shoal water which may extend up to Outer (western) pilot boarding station (175802S
1 mile W, where breakers have been reported. A 1220540E), for vessels with a draught less than
shoal with depth of 18 m lies close S of the islet and 75 m.
a 72 m shoal sounding lies about 1 mile S.
Australian Notice 16/587/20 [NP13--No 5--Wk 39/20]
Canadian Western Notice 09/002.19/20
[NP12--No 11--Wk 50/20]
Canada -- Rasmusen Basin -- Shepherd Bay -- Western Australia -- Dampier Archipelago -- Stag
Minna Island — Depths Marine Terminal — Terminal
491
227
2 Shoal water, with depths of 58 m (19 ft) or less,
extends about 3 miles N from Minna Island with other 1 Position and function. Stag Marine Terminal
shoal depths of 88 m (29 ft) or less extending up to (201631S 1161657E) consists of a mooring
6 miles N. The shoals appear to border the E shore of superbuoy and a lighted production platform, 1 mile S.
the bay as far as Wilkins Point, situated 11 miles Vessels between 25 000 and 150 000 dwt can be
within Acland Point. A low, rocky islet lies in a shoal accommodated at the facility. A cautionary area
area, 7½ miles N of Acland Point, with a 73 m (24 ft) surrounds the facility.
shoal patch about 1½ miles NNE of the islet. 2 Terminal operator. Jadestone Energy (Australia)
Shoal water with depths of about 15 m (49 ft) or Pty Ltd, 1 William Street, Perth, Western Australia,
less extends up to 6 miles SW, 4 miles SE and 6000.
6½ miles E from Dryden Point. A shoal patch with a Website. www.jadestone--energy.com
depth of 98 m (32 ft) lies 4 miles S of Dryden Point.
Canadian Western Notice 09/002.17/20 Australian Notice 21/857/20; UKHO
[NP12--No 12--Wk 50/20] [NP13--No 9--Wk 51/20]
2 -- 75
Index
NP13
Western Australia -- Houtman Abrolhos -- South Australia -- Port Adelaide —
Middle Channel — Directions; depths Anchorage; pilotage
277 394
There is also an anchorage in about 18 m of water, centred
Depths. Middle Channel has general depths from on 344824S 1381960E.
30 to 60 m in the fairway. Broken ground, on which a
sounding of 193 m was obtained, lies 4 miles ESE of Paragraph 12.115 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Evening Reef. 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 35 m LOA
unless exempt. Pilots board in position 344900S
Australian Chart AU332 Ed.3 (2020) 1382000E. For details see ADMIRALTY List of
[NP13--No 6--Wk 41/20] Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
ENC AU5137X8 [NP13--No 3--Wk 35/20]

Western Australia -- South--west coast --
Approaches to Bunbury — Pilotage
South Australia -- Port Adelaide —
308 Directions; pilotage
395
Pilot boards in the following positions:
Plt A 331585S 1153741E. 1 From the pilot boarding position (12.115), the track
Plt B 331500S 1153650E. leads NNE to the start of the entrance channel close
SSW of Entrance Light Beacon (344682S
Australian Notice 20/801/20 [NP13--No 8--Wk 49/20] 1382253E).
ENC AU5137X8 [NP13--No 4--Wk 35/20]

South Australia -- Port Adelaide —
Directions; pilotage
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition)
391
Paragraph 12.92 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: Australia -- Victoria -- Cape Otway to Point Grey --
Apollo Bay — Directions
3 The track continues to lead NE for about 26 miles
to a position in the vicinity of the pilot boarding station 101--102
(12.115) for Port Adelaide. Paragraph 3.73 3--8 Replace by:
ENC AU5137X8 [NP13--No 1--Wk 35/20] 3 SE of Henty Reef (384720S 1434191E), a

steep--to reef over which the sea breaks
heavily in moderate conditions. The reef is
South Australia -- Port Adelaide — covered by the red sector (354–015) of
Directions; pilotage Apollo Bay front light (3.78). Thence:
SE of Cape Patton (384147S 1435039E) which
392 has a bold and dark appearance. It is wooded
except on its grass covered W side.
Paragraph 12.97 4 lines 5--7 Replace by: 4 The track then continues NE, passing:
SE of Addis Bay (384098S 1435105E). Mount
The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of Meuron (384050S 1435076E), rises close
the pilot boarding station (12.115) for Port Adelaide. within the head of Addis Bay. Thence:
SE of Point Hawdon (384033S 1435199E),
ENC AU5137X8 [NP13--No 2--Wk 35/20] thence:
SE of Point Sturt (383851S 1435363E), thence:
5 To a position SE of Point Grey (383289S
South Australia -- Gulf of Saint Vincent -- 1435930E). Point Grey is low and grassy; a
Port Stanvac -- Curlew Point — Prohibited area drying reef extends 1½ cables E from the
point. Fishers Creek (383332S 1435868E)
393 enters the sea where there is a break in the
coastal reef.
After Paragraph 12.103 2 line 5 Insert: 6 Useful marks:
Mount Saint George (383368S 1435807E), a
A 500 m prohibited area, centred on 350579S conical grassy hill.
1382635E, lies at the end of a submarine pipeline. (Directions continue for the coastal route at 3.84)
Australian Notice 19/749/20 [NP13--No 7--Wk 46/20] Australian Notice 16/829/19 [NP14--No 3--Wk 38/19]
2 -- 76
Index
NP14
Australia -- Victoria -- Cape Otway to Point Grey -- Paragraph 7.87 2 Replace by:
Apollo Bay — Directions
2 No 3 East (411099S 1462200E): containers,
102--103 general and dry bulk; length 118 m; dredged
depth alongside 82 m (2019); RoRo ramp at
Paragraph 3.78 1--2 Replace by: S end with dredged depth alongside 63 m
(2019); maximum size of vessel, 200 m LOA,
1 Approach from east. An approach clear of any beam 317 m.
danger is best made from the E to the anchorage
(3.76). Australian Notice 8/387/19 [NP14--No 2a--Wk 31/19]
Approach from south. An approach to Apollo Bay
can also be made from the S passing W of Henty
Reef. Tasmania – Devonport — Berths; depths
2 Apollo Bay Leading lights:
Front light (white framework beacon, 4 m in height) 200
(384356S 1434238E).
Rear light (white triangle, point down, on tower, 5 m Paragraph 7.88 1--2 Replace by:
in height) (5½ cables from front light).
From a position 2½ miles S of Point Bunbury the 1 Berths:
approach leads NNE on the alignment (0175) of No 1 West (411096S 1462179E): bulk cement;
these lights and in the white sector (016–019) of the length 87 m; dredged depth alongside 85 m
front leading light, passing: (2019); maximum size of vessel, 190 m LOA,
beam 31 m.
No 3 West (411112S 1462177E): general cargo
5 Entry leading lights: and bulk tallow; length 167 m; depth alongside
Front light (orange rectangle on beacon) (384563S from 68 to 74 m; maximum size of vessel, 180 m
1434063E). LOA, beam 37 m.
Rear light (similar structure) (33 m from front light). 2 No 4 West (411120S 1462181E): oil
From a position N of the E breakwater head (3.77), products, bulk wheat, refrigerated, container,
the alignment (1875) of these lights leads into the general cargo, livestock, bulk tallow and
harbour. RoRo, length 198 m; dredged depth alongside
77 m (2019); maximum size of vessel, 205 m
LOA, beam 31 m.
No 5 West (411130S 1462189E): LPG; a
T--shaped jetty supported on steel piles and
Victoria -- South coast -- Lakes Entrance -- connected by catwalks; length 40 m across the
Bullock Island — Prohibited anchorage head; depth alongside 55 m; maximum size of
vessel, 110 m LOA, beam 20 m.
176
Australian Notice 8/387/19 [NP14--No 2b--Wk 31/19]
Anchoring is also prohibited in an area best seen Tasmania -- North coast -- River Tamar --
on the chart covering the harbour entrance and the S Long Reach — Directions; marine farm
and W sides of Bullock Island.
205
Australian Chart 182 [NP14--No 1--Wk 25/19]
Tasmania – Devonport — Berths; depths ...1465496E), thence:
Close NE of a marine farm (410987S
199--200 1465486E).
Paragraph 7.87 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Australian Notice 1/28/20 [NP14--No 5--Wk 07/20]
1 Berths:
No 1 East (411080S 1462195E): passenger and Tasmania -- South coast -- Storm Bay —
RoRo freight ferry; length 115 m; dredged depth Directions; marine farm
alongside 69 m (2019); RoRo ramp at N end;
maximum size of vessel; 195 m LOA, beam 37 m.
264
No 2 East (411091S 1462199E): RoRo freight
vessels, container and general cargo; length Clear of an extensive marine farm (430643S
180 m; dredged depth alongside 93 m (2019); 1473295E), thence:
RoRo ramp at N end; maximum size of vessel,
195 m LOA, beam 317 m. Australian Notice 1/29/20 [NP14--No 6--Wk 07/20]
2 -- 77
Index
NP14
Tasmania -- East coast -- Maria Island — Australia -- East coast -- Approach to Newcastle
Directions; ODAS — Restricted area
112
275
Paragraph 10.25 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: Unexploded ordnance. An area containing
unexploded ordnance, with a radius of about 5 cables,
Clear of a submerged ODAS (423579S
is centred on 325910S 1514884E. The area is not
1481401E), depth 20 m, marked by a light buoy
safe for anchoring or seabed activities.
(special) 3¾ cables SE, thence:
Australian Notice 5/200/20 [NP14--No 7--Wk 16/20] 2 Restricted area lies within a sector of the port
limit, encompassing the port approaches and TSS.
This restricted area represents a fairway for...
Australian Chart 207/19 [NP15--No 26--Wk 27/19]

New South Wales -- Sydney Harbour --
Goat Island — Directions; light sector
Australia -- New South Wales -- Newcastle --
Stockton Bight — Pilotage
337
112
The bridge red lights indicate its centre and point of ...(ALPHA), 325887S 1515269E (BRAVO) and
greatest clearance. At night, the white sector 325600S 1515265E (CHARLIE) by...
(2803--2817) of Goat Island Directional Light
(335106S 1511193E), exhibited from the NE end of the Australian Notice 18/765/18 [NP15--No 8--Wk 40/18]
island, leads under the bridge in deeper water.
Australia -- New South Wales --
Paragraph 12.148 5 line(s) 1--3 Delete Perpendicular Point — Directions; ESSA
124
Australian Notice 21/846/20 [NP14--No 8--Wk 51/20] Paragraph 3.145 5 line 6 Replace by:
...And:
Clear of light buoy (314082S 1525462E)
(special) marking the centre of an ESSA.
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition) Restrictions on access and activities apply (see
1.80). Thence:
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Australian Notice 19/807/18 [NP15--No 11--Wk 42/18]

Récifs et Iles Chesterfield — Anchorage
Australia -- East coast -- Coffs Harbour to Evans
Head — Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area
97
129
6 Ile Longue (195218S 1581868E). Anchorage
may be obtained about 6 cables NE of the island, Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area
centred on 195152S 1581915E, 350 m swinging 3.178a
radius, in 32 m. Mariners should note a dangerous 1 The inshore routes described in this section pass
wreck (195173S 1581908E) lying close S of the through an ESSA which has restrictions on access
anchorage. and the shoals 1½ cables off the reef on and activities. For details see Seafarers Handbook for
that side of the island. The holding ground is good but Australian Waters.
the berth is exposed to sea and swell from SE.
Australian Chart AUS 812/18 [NP15--No 9--Wk 41/18]
Landing from boats can be effected, with caution and
in good visibility, from the vicinity of the anchorage
using a channel, less than 1 cable in width, leading Australia -- East coast -- New South Wales --
through the reef. Ballina — Major light
130
7 The approach track from W, through Passe de l’Ile
Longue, is made along the recommended routes. Ballina Head Light (285204S 1533552E)
(3.202).
French Chart 5978/19 [NP15--No 16--Wk 18/19] Australian Notice 8/374/19 [NP15--No 17--Wk 21/19]
2 -- 78
Index
NP15
Australia -- East coast -- New South Wales -- Tankers are subject to additional passing
Ballina — Directions; major light restrictions. Non gas freed tankers are not
permitted to pass another non gas freed tanker.
135
1 A vessel’s trim must not exceed 2% of the vessel’s
LOA, with propellers fully immersed. A vessel must
Principal marks not be trimmed by the bow and must be upright with
3.202 no list for any passage within the Brisbane Pilotage
1 Major lights: Area.
Ballina Head Light (white masonry tower and lantern,
7 m in height) (285204S 1533552E). Brisbane Port Handbook (2019)
Cape Byron Light (white concrete tower and lantern, [NP15--No 46--Wk 45/19]
22 m in height) (283831S 1533818E).
Fingal Head Light (white stone tower and lantern,
7 m in height) (281201S 1533429E); the light Australia -- Queensland -- Brisbane —
is obscured when near to Cook Island (281176S Restricted area
1533473E) between bearings 229 and 242.
Coolangatta Aero Light (280988S 1533045E). 152
Australian Notice 8/374/19 [NP15--No 18--Wk 21/19] After Paragraph 4.55 3 Insert:
4 Restricted area. Vessels with an overall height
Australia -- Queensland -- Brisbane -- greater than 9 m are prohibited from entering an area
North Stadbroke Island — Directions; ODAS centred on 272098S 1530755E, NNE of Brisbane
Airport. All vessels are requested to avoid the flight
139 path zone and are advised not to stop if transiting.
After Paragraph 3.230 1 line 1 Insert: Australian Notice 15/534/20 [NP15--No 55--Wk 36/20]
E of a submerged ODAS (272061S 1533372E),
depth 20 m, thence: Australia -- Queensland -- Moreton Bay --
St Helena Island — Directions; wreck
156
Australia -- Queensland -- Mooloolaba -- After Paragraph 4.73 2 line 7 Insert:
Mooloolah River — Directions; sector light
148--149 1531678E), thence:
Paragraph 4.41 4--5 Replace by: Australian Notice 3/345/18 [NP15--No 6--Wk 24/18]
4 Directions. From a position NW of Point Cartwright
Light (264079S 1530831E) (4.12) the track leads Australia -- East coast -- Queensland --
SE within the white sector (1306–1317) of a Wide Bay Harbour — Directions; light
direction light (red and white beacon) (264093S
1530813E) across the bar, lying outside the 167
entrance, to the N end of the harbour basin, passing:
5 Between the heads of the two breakwaters Paragraph 5.52 1--2 Replace by:
(264078S 1530794E). A light beacon 1 From a position in the vicinity of a light buoy
(round structure) stands on each head. (special) (254790S 1531000E) moored E of Hook
Thence:
Point (254760S 1530458E), the track leads
Between two pairs of light beacons (lateral) marking
generally WNW across The Bar which, when not
a channel 46 m in width and dredged to 25 m.
marked by breakers, may be seen by the
Australian Notice 13/476/20 [NP15--No 54--Wk 31/20] discolouration of the water; the bar is steep--to on its
seaward side.
2 Inskip Point Leading Light Beacons:
Australia -- Queensland -- Brisbane — Front light beacon (white triangle, point up on
Port regulations structure) (254862S 1530389E).
Paragraph 4.55 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: Useful marks:

Hook Point Light (white tower, trapezium daymark)
3 When passing vessels other than tankers, (254703S 1530473E).
vessels with combined lengths totalling less
than 370 m may pass each other in the inner Australian Notice 16/818/19; ENC AU426153
and outer bar channels. [NP15--No 27--Wk 38/19]
2 -- 79
Index
NP15
Australia -- Queensland – 3 The alignment (1266), astern, of the above light
Port Bundaberg — Directions; lights beacons (lights also displayed by day), leads NW for
about 4½ cables into Clinton Channel, passing:
178 SW of A7 Light Beacon (special) (234951S
Paragraph 5.126 4 lines 1--9 Replace by: 1511534E), marking a bank with a least depth of
78 m, thence:
4 Sea Reach Leading Lights: NE of the SE end of Clinton Coal Loader Wharf
Front light (beacon) (244526S 1522387E). (234952S 1511483E).
Rear light (3½ cables from front light). 4 Clinton Channel Departure Leading Light
The alignment (270) of these lights leads into the Beacons:
entrance channel and through Sea Reach, passing: Front light. A8 Light Beacon (port hand) (234974S
Paragraph 5.127 2 lines 5--7, and 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1511530E).
Rear light (on grain loader gallery) (2½ cables from
Middle Reach Approach Leading Lights: front light).
Front light (beacon) (244550S 1522316E). 5 The alignment (1385), astern, of the above light
Rear light (beacon) (1½ cables from front light). beacons, leads NW about 1 mile through Clinton
Middle Reach Departure Leading Lights: Channel, passing:
Front light (beacon) (244524S 1522403E). SW of a shoal (234914S 1511486E) marked by
Rear light (beacon) (110 m from front light). CB2 and CB4 Light Beacons (port hand).
3 The alignment (252), ahead, of the approach lights SW of CB6 Light Beacon (W cardinal) (234901S
and (072), astern, of the departure lights, leads 1511470E).
through Middle Reach, passing... Thence the track continues to the vicinity of Clinton
Swing Basin, E of W2 Light Beacon (port hand)
Paragraph 5.127 3 lines 7--9, and 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
(234856S 1511390E).
Inner Reach Approach Leading Lights: The track then leads WNW to WICET Departure
Front light (beacon) (244585S 1522281E). Channel, or joins Jacobs Channel (5.173) or Targinie
Rear light (beacon) (150 m from front light). Channel (5.175).
Inner Reach Departure Leading Lights: 6 Useful marks:
Front light (beacon) (244539S 1522339E). Power station chimneys (235103S 1511319E).
Rear light (beacon) (1 cable from front light). Former Clinton Channel departure light (on silo)
4 The alignment (229), ahead, of the approach lights (234997S 1511544E).
and (049), astern, of the departure lights, leads
through Inner Reach, passing between... ENC AU5245X6 Ed 6.00 [NP15--No 61--Wk 52/20]
Australia -- Queensland --
Australia -- Queensland -- Gladstone — Gladstone — Directions
Restricted area
181 186
After Paragraph 5.150 1 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 5.172 1 Replace by:

Numerous restrictions apply within Great Barrier 1 Clinton Bypass Channel is the alternative to Clinton
Reef Marine Park (GBRMP) Zones. For further Channel for lighter--draught vessels and leads from
information see 1.83. abreast Barney Point (235026S 1511628E) to
ENC AU5245X6 Ed 6.00 [NP15--No 60--Wk 52/20] Clinton Swing Basin (234863S 1511440E).
Directions. Clinton Bypass Channel is marked by
light beacons (lateral and special). The channel is
Australia -- Queensland -- entered between the shallow bank on the NE side of
Gladstone — Directions Clinton Channel, E of A7 Light Beacon (5.170), and
the W end of Middle Bank (5.170).
185--186
2 Clinton Bypass Arrival Leading Light Beacons:
Paragraph 5.171 1--4 Replace by: Front light. CBAF Light Beacon (black and green
beacon with orange triangle, apex up)
1 Clinton Channel (234923S 1511480E) leads NW (234825S 1511380E).
from its junction with Auckland Channel NNW of Rear light. CBAR Light Beacon (black beacon,
Auckland Point (234991S 1511523E), passing NE two sphere topmark and orange triangle, apex
of Clinton Wharf, to the vicinity of WICET Departure down) (4 cables from front light).
Channel and Clinton Swing Basin (234863S 3 Clinton Bypass Departure Leading Light
1511440E). Beacons:
2 Clinton Channel Outward Leading Light Front light. CBDF Light Beacon (black beacon,
Beacons: two sphere topmark and orange triangle, apex up)
Front light beacon (triangle apex up on black pile) (235023S 1511653E).
(235016S 1511613E). Rear light. CBDR Light Beacon (black beacon,
Rear light beacon (yellow framework tower) topmark with two cones, point up and orange
(235026S 1511628E). triangle, apex down) (4¼ cables from front light).
2 -- 80
Index
NP15
The alignment (308) of the arrival light beacons, Australia -- Queensland -- Approaches to Mackay
and (128), astern, of the departure light beacons, — Directions; leading lights; depth; shoal
leads NW through Clinton Bypass Channel, to a
position WSW of Permean Point (234879S 227--228
1511474E) in the vicinity of the Swing Basin.
4 Clinton Bypass Outward Leading Light Beacons: Paragraph 6.188 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by:
Front light (black beacon with white triangle, apex up) 1 Outer Harbour Leading Light Beacons:
(234941S 1511569E). Front beacon (210612S 1491375E).
Rear light (black beacon with white triangle, apex Rear beacon (2¾ cables from front beacon).
down) (1½ cables from front light).
The alignment (120), astern, of the above light Paragraph 6.188 2 line(s) 1--10 Replace by:
beacons leads generally WNW into WICET Departure
Channel, or continues WNW to join Jacobs Channel 2 From a position about 7 miles ENE of Flat Top
(5.173) or Targinie Channel (5.175). Island Lighthouse (210969S 1491479E) (6.187) the
alignment (276) of the above light beacons leads W
ENC AU5245X6 Ed 6.00 [NP15--No 62--Wk 52/20] to a position off the harbour entrance, passing:
Paragraph 6.188 3 line(s) 1 For NNE Read N
Gladstone — Directions Paragraph 6.188 3 line(s) 6 For NNE Read N
186--187 Paragraph 6.188 4 line(s) 1 For SSW Read S

Spare
5.174
Australia -- Queensland -- Approaches to Mackay
— Directions; shoal; position
ENC AU5245X6 Ed 6.00 [NP15--No 63--Wk 52/20]
228
Paragraph 6.189 1 line(s) 9 Delete

Rockhampton — Directions; wreck
196 2 Thence Outer Harbour Leading Light Beacons
(210612S 1491375E) may be brought into line and
Paragraph 5.222 6 line(s) 7--8 Delete the directions at 6.188 followed.

Australia -- East coast -- Whitsunday Passage —

Australia -- Queensland -- Approaches to Mackay Tidal streams
— Directions; alignment; position
241
208
Paragraph 7.80 2 line 6 For S--going Read N--going
For vessels bound for Mackay the track leads Correspondence Australian Hydrographic Office
WSW to join the alignment of Outer Harbour Leading [NP15--No 7--Wk 27/18]
Light Beacons (6.188) in the vicinity of 210693S
1492162E. Australia -- Queensland -- Whitsunday Passage --
Grassy Island — Anchorage
251
Australia -- Queensland -- Approaches to Mackay Paragraph 7.122 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
— Pilotage; position
2 Anchorage may be obtained in sand 1 mile S of
226 Grassy Island. This anchorage is the only one on this
stretch of coast with shelter from N winds.
Paragraph 6.182 1 line(s) 3 For 210703S 1491714E Caution. Depths greater than charted have been
Read 210660S 1491850E reported (2018) in the anchorage.
Correspondence Australian Hydrographic Office

Australian Notice 2/52/20 [NP15--No 50--Wk 09/20] [NP15--No 10--Wk 42/18]
2 -- 81
Index
NP15
Australia -- Queensland -- Australia -- Queensland -- Lucinda —
Abbot Point Terminal — Anchorages Directions; lights
255 266--267
Paragraph 7.145 1 Replace by: Paragraph 8.53 1, 2 and 3 Replace by:

1 Outer Anchorages. Anchor berths, designated
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
1 – 18, lie about 8 miles NNW of Abbot Point in
(182991S 1462398E), the track leads WSW in the
depths of 30 to 40 m.
white sector (2449--2479) of the directional light
Abbot Point. Vessels awaiting a pilot should
located 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S
anchor within 1 mile of the pilot boarding place
1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least
(7.146).
charted depth of 10 m, passing:
2 Abbot Bay. Anchorage for small vessels may be
NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183062S
obtained in a depth of 5 m at a distance of 4 to
1462322E), marking the outer end of the
5 cables offshore in Abbot Bay W of Mount Luce
fairway, thence:
(195392S 1480205E). Swell at the anchorage
NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S
frequently causes heavy rolling.
1462317E).
Local knowledge is required. 2 Leading mark. When the directional light is distant
1 cable, the track leads W with the head of the
Australian Notice 16/590/20 [NP15--No 58--Wk 39/20] inshore berth (183130S 1461990E) bearing 270;
a light is exhibited from each end of the berth. The
track leads direct to the berth.
Australia -- East coast -- Queensland --
Abbot Point — Pilotage Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch
(183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth,
has extended S over a long period into the channel;
255
its S edge is marked by No 24 Light Buoy (183130S
1462000E) (port hand).
...(194750S 1480350E) is 5½ miles NNW of Abbot Australian Notice 10/389/18 [NP15--No 1--Wk 24/18]
Point.
Australian Notice 11/518/19 [NP15--No 20--Wk 27/19] Australia -- East coast -- Lucinda —
Directions; shoal

Lucinda — Pilotage 266--267

266
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
...Townsville VTS. Pilot boards in position 182900S (182991S 1462398E), the track leads WSW in the
1462500E. white sector (2449--2479) of the directional light
located 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S
Australian Notice 11/527/19 [NP15--No 21--Wk 27/19] 1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least
NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183062S
Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- 1462322E), marking the outer end of the
Lucinda — Directions; pilotage; lights fairway, thence:
266 1462317E).
2 When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the
Paragraph 8.51 2 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier
(8.61), to a position 1½ cables ESE of a dolphin
2 Offshore berth. From a position ENE of Lucinda (183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light
Point (183161S 1462039E), in the vicinity of the beacon (starboard hand). Course is then altered to the
pilot boarding position (8.49), the track leads as berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard
required for berthing. hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S
1462000E).
3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch
3 The alignment (204) of a pair of approach leading (183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth,
lights positioned on the jetty assist vessels has extended S and E over a long period into the
approaching from NNE. channel.
Australian Notice 11/527/19 [NP15--No 22--Wk 27/19] Australian Notice 2/55/19 [NP15--No 14--Wk 08/19]
2 -- 82
Index
NP15
Australia -- East coast -- Lucinda — Australia -- East coast -- Queensland --
Directions; pilotage; light Hinchinbrook Channel —
266--267 268
Paragraph 8.53 1--3 including Existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 8.58 4 lines 5--7 Delete
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position 1 The track then leads S for 1¼ miles, passing:
(8.49), the track leads WSW in the white sector
(2449--2479) of the directional light located Paragraph 8.59 4 lines 6--8 Delete
3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S
1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least Paragraph 8.59 5 lines 1--6 Replace by:
charted depth of 10 m, passing: 5 Thence the track leads E from the vicinity of No 9
2 NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183045S Light Buoy, passing:
1462320E), marking the outer end of the
fairway, thence: Paragraph 8.60 1 lines 2--4 Delete
1462317E). Australian Notice 24/1066/18 [NP15--No 13--Wk 52/18]
When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the
track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier Australia -- Queensland --
(8.61), to a position 1½ cables ESE of a dolphin Mourilyan — Anchorages
(183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light 279
beacon (starboard hand). Track is then altered to the
berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard Paragraph 8.144 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S
3 Outer anchorages. Two anchorage berths
1462000E).
(173672S 1461141E and 173782S 1461169E)
3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch
lie ESE of the harbour entrance, in depths of about
(183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth,
20 m, mud and sand.
has extended S and E over a long period into the
channel. Australian Notice 17/864/19 [NP15--No 28--Wk 40/19]
Australian Notice 11/527/19 [NP15--No 23--Wk 27/19] Australia -- Queensland -- Cairns — Pilotage
291
Australia -- Queensland – Lucinda — Paragraph 9.57 1 line 9 For 164860S 1455060E Read
Directions; lights 164810S 1455010E
266--267 Paragraph 9.57 1 lines 12--13 Replace by:

...LOA in adverse weather. Pilot boarding ground Delta
(164600S 1455000E). For details see ADMIRALTY
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position Australian Notice 4/146/19 [NP15--No 15--Wk 12/19]
(8.49), the track leads WSW in the white sector
(2449--2479) of the directional light located
3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S Approaches to Cairns — Pilotage
1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least
291
NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S Paragraph 9.57 1 line(s) 1--13 including Existing Section IV
1462317E). Notice Week 12/19 Replace by:
2 When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the
track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels more than
50 m LOA, except vessels exempted, and is available
(8.61), to a position 1½ cables ESE of a dolphin
24 hours a day. Foreign vessels between 35 m and
(183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light 50 m LOA, and Australian vessels of 50 m and over,
beacon (starboard hand). The track then leads to the except those with pilotage exemption, must embark a
berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard pilot for the transit of Smiths Creek. The Cairns Pilot
hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S boarding ground Alpha (164750S 1455350E) is for
1462000E). vessels over 180 m LOA. Pilot boarding ground Bravo
3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch (164860S 1455060E) is for vessels less than
(183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth, 180 m LOA. Pilot Boarding Ground Charlie
has extended S and E over a long period into the (165026S 1454904E) is for vessels 100m or less
channel. LOA in adverse weather. Pilot boarding ground Delta
(164600S 1455000E). For details see ADMIRALTY
Australian Notice 20/1040/19; AUS 259
[NP15--No 47--Wk 45/19] Australian Notice 11/521/19 [NP15--No 24--Wk 27/19]
2 -- 83
Index
NP15
Australia -- Queensland -- Cairns — 4 NNE of Channel Rocks (140841S
Directions; lights 1442898E), marked by light buoy (starboard
hand), the immediate outer danger on the N
292
side of Cape Melville and covered by a red
Paragraph 9.65 1--3 Replace by: sector (059–082) of Pipon Islets Light.
Boulder Rock (140905S 1442900E) and
1 Caution. It is not advisable to enter the channel if Cape Rock (140985S 1442924E), which
another vessel is already navigating within. resemble each other, lie 6 cables and
Outer Cutting Leading Lights: 1½ miles S of Channel Rocks. A foul area
Front light T1 Light Beacon (165486S which extends 2½ cables NE from Boulder
1454701E). Rock is marked at its outer end by a rock,
Rear direction light (3½ cables from front light) 2 m in height, and by a detached rock which
standing on shore. dries 12 m and nearly always breaks. Details
2 The alignment (209) of these lights leads SSW of the flow to be expected in the vicinity of
through Entrance Channel, marked by light buoys and Channel Rocks are given at 9.138. And:
beacons (lateral and cardinal), until WNW of C20 Light 5 SSW of Oswald Shoal (140651S 1442974E),
Beacon (special) (165464S 1454721E). See 9.62
difficult to see, even from aloft, thence:
for remarks on tidal streams in this vicinity.
SSW of Aylen Patch (140604S 1442873E), the
Paragraph 9.66 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: outer danger immediately WNW of Pipon Islets.
The route then leads NW, passing:
1 Inner Cutting Leading Light Beacons: Either side of a shoal patch with a depth of 131 m
Front light beacon (165416S 1454728E). (140493S 1442561E), marked by a light buoy
Rear light beacon (2 cables from front light). (isolated danger), thence:
From a position in the channel WNW of C20 Light 6 To a position about 5 miles NNE of King Island
Beacon, the alignment (013), astern, of these...
(140570S 1442000E) (10.70).
(Directions continue at 10.66 for the passage through
Fairway Channel and at 10.68 for
Australia -- Queensland -- Cape Melville -- King Island to Eden Reef)
Pipon Islets — Directions; two--way route
Cape Melville to King Island passing NE of Pipon Islets
306--307 9.146b
Paragraph 9.146 4 line 11 Replace by: 1 From a position SSW of Singleton Patch
(140963S 1443558E) (9.146), a two--way route
...always visible. Thence: leads NNW passing:
Paragraph 9.146 5--9 Replace by: ENE of Pipon Islets (9.146a), thence:
ENE of Pipon Shoals (140590S 1443170E),
5 The track continues NNW to a position SSW of marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), and:
Singleton Patch (140963S 1443558E), steep--to 2 WSW of Melanie Rock (140596S 1443442E),
and covered by a red sector (287–301) of Pipon which has a depth of 09 m and is marked by
Islets Light, 5 miles WNW (9.146a). V--AIS (W cardinal). The rock lies on the
NW--most point of Melanie Patches.
(Directions continue for the passage SW of
Thence the track leads WNW, passing:
Pipon Islets at 9.146a and for the passage
SSW of Tydeman Reef (135900S 1443100E),
NE of Pipon Islets at 9.146b)
thence:
Cape Melville to King Island passing SSW of Pipon 3 SSW of Davie Reef (135900S 1442700E).
Islets The track then continues to a position about 5 miles
9.146a NNE of King Island (140570S 1442000E) (10.70).
1 From a position SSW of Singleton Patch
(140963S 1443558E) (9.146), a two--way route Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 29--Wk 40/19]
leads WNW passing:
NNE of Hales Island (141100S 1443225E), with
above--water rocks close E and SE; a rocky point
on the mainland (61 m in height), lies 3 cables S. Australia -- Queensland --
Thence: Cape Melville — Directions
2 NNE of Cape Melville (141078S 1443048E),
rising to over 200 m a short distance inland. 307
Wedge Rocks (141010S 1443140E), lie
within the coastal 5 m depth contour. Thence:
3 SSW of Pipon Islets (140735S 1443125E)
consisting of a number of islets lying near the
edges of a drying reef, steep--to on its E and (Directions continue at 10.66 for the passage through
S sides. The largest islet, on the NE side of
Fairway Channel and at 10.68 for
the reef, is covered with mangroves. Pipon
King Island to Eden Reef)
Islets Light (white GRP hut on stainless steel
framework tower, 25 m in height) (140771S
1443087E) stands on the SW islet, which is Australian Notice 17/865/19
12 m in height and tree--covered. Thence: [NP15--No 30--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 84
Index
NP15
Australia -- Queensland -- Cape Melville -- 3 NW of Atkinson Reef (140740S 1441715E),
Fairway Channel — Routes a small and dangerous below--water coral
reef, lying at the outer end of a spit which
317 extends 3 miles WSW from King Island. The
Paragraph 10.60 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: reef is not marked by any tide--rips.
1 From the vicinity of King Island (140570S Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 33--Wk 40/19]
1442000E) (10.70), the recommended two--way
route leads NW for 25 miles, thence generally NNW Papua New Guinea -- Batumata Point to
for 44 miles... Buruma Point — Directions
359--360
Australia -- Queensland -- King Island to 1 From the position close S of Batumata Point
First Three Mile Opening — Directions (101722S 1485791E) the track leads W, passing:
N of shoal depths (101860S 1485610E)
318 extending ENE from Grange Reef (101821S
1485190E), which dries. Grange Islet
Paragraph 10.67 1--4 Replace by: (101895S 1485323E), low and wooded, lies
1 From a position within the two--way route about on the reef. Grange Reef also extends about
5 miles NNE of King Island (140570S 1442000E) 1½ miles WNW from the islet before turning SW
(10.70), the track leads NW passing: for about 4½ miles to Mindora Passage (12.38).
SW of Wilson, Joan and Rodda Reef (135535S And:
1442135E), thence: 2 Clear of a 38 m patch (101710S 1485252E),
NE of the N tip of Corbett Reef Light Beacon thence:
(135405S 1441431E) marking the W side of S of the drying reefs (101567S 1485156E and
Fairway Channel (10.22), thence: 101593S 1485046E) and below--water rocks
2 SW of an isolated shoal patch, (134604S close W, situated in the SW part of Baxter Bay,
1440950E), marked by a light buoy (isolated thence:
danger), thence: S of a reef lying 2 cables S of Buruma Point
To a position SSW of Creech Reef (133800S (101487S 1484775E).
1440600E) where the track continues NNW, passing: The track then leads WNW, passing:
WSW of South Creech Light (133970S
3 Clear of a broad shoal area (101620S
1440600E), thence:
1484678E), least depth 26 m, thence:
ENE of the NE tip of Magpie Reef (134585S
1435110E), thence: NNE of an isolated drying coral patch (101690S
WSW of First Three Mile Opening (10.35), thence: 1484603E), thence:
3 Useful marks: Clear of an isolated drying coral patch (101597S
South Creech Light (133970S 1440600E) 1484566E).
(10.34). Thence the track leads to the vicinity of 101582S
Light beacon (132621S 1435815E) (10.35), 1484520E, about 2½ miles WSW of Buruma Point.
marking the NW side of First Three Mile Opening Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
(10.35).
[NP15--No 35--Wk 44/19]
(Directions continue at 10.106)
Papua New Guinea -- Buruma Point to
Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 32--Wk 40/19] Dedele Point — Directions
360
Australia -- Queensland -- King Island to
Eden Reef — Directions
1 Caution. Local knowledge is essential for the
318--319 passage from Buruma Point (101487S 1484775E)
to Dedele Point (101415S 1484473E).
Track. From the position about 2½ miles WSW of
Buruma Point the track leads initially W across the
King Island to Eden Reef entrance to Henderson Bay, passing:
10.70
2 S of a drying reef (101513S 1484500E),
1 From a position within the two--way route about
close SW of Varoe Reef, thence:
5 miles NNE of King Island, the track leads SW
passing: N of the N extent of Elevala Reefs (101619S
NW of King Island (140575S 1442000E), low, 1484468E), an area of shoals and drying reefs;
wooded and reef--fringed, thence: thence:
2 SE of Clack Island (140460S 1441530E), its Clear of a 51 m patch (101553S 1484458E),
E end steep and bare, the W end covered thence:
with bushes and mangroves. A similar but 3 S of Fan Reef (101459S 1484432E),
lower islet lies close N. Clack Island marks extending 5 cables SW from Dedele Point. A
the SE extremity of Clack Reef (140400S light beacon (starboard hand) marks the SW
1441450E), which is steep--to. The NE end edge of the reef. Dedele Point, behind the
of the reef is marked by a mangrove island. reef, is a low, narrow and sandy point of land
And: fringed with coconut palms. Thence:
2 -- 85
Index
NP15
4 S of Cole Reefs (101522S 1484374E) which Papua New Guinea --
dry in patches. A light beacon (starboard Dedele Anchorage — Directions
hand) stands on the W edge of the W--most 362--363
of the reefs. Thence:
N of an isolated shoal patch and underwater rock Paragraph 12.57 1--3 Replace by:
(101590S 1484310E), thence: 1 Directions for east anchorage. From a position on
S of Nell Rock (101438S 1484304E). the inshore route about 2½ miles WSW of Buruma
5 The track then leads to a position about 2¼ miles Point, the track leads NNE, passing:
WSW of Dedele Point (101415S 1484473E) and ESE of a drying reef (101513S 1484500E)
close N of Rot Reef, a drying reef marked on its W ESE of Varoe Reef (101480S 1484530E),
side by a light beacon (starboard hand) (101575S thence:
1484233E). Clear of a dangerous rock (101484S 1484596E)
located near the centre of the bay entrance,
(Directions continue at 12.62) thence:
2 WNW of a below -- water reef (101496S
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 1484696E) and rock about 7¾ cables W of
[NP15--No 36--Wk 44/19] Buruma Point.
The track then leads NW to the anchorage located
Papua New Guinea -- NE of the E end of Kerwin Reef (101434S
Rothery Passage — Directions 1484528E) on the W side of Henderson Bay.
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
360
[NP15--No 39--Wk 44/19]
Papua New Guinea -- Dedele Point to
1 Directions. From a position in open water SW of Cape Rodney — Directions
the entrance, the track leads NE through the entrance 364
in mid--channel, passing:
NW of a dangerous rock (102194S 1484188E),
lying near the extremity of a foul area extending 1 From a position about 2¼ miles WSW Dedele Point
5 cables SSW from the W extremity of East Reef, (101415S 1484473E) and close N of Rot Reef
thence: (12.34), the track leads initially W, passing:
NW of another dangerous rock (102161S S of a light beacon (101422S 1484181E)
1484187E), and: standing on the S extremity of Neutral Reef,
2 SE of the edge of West Reef, marked by thence:
Rothery Passage Light (102106S Close S of a drying reef (101489S 1484114E).
1484146E) (12.27). Flint Rock (101453S 1484114E) lies N of this
The track then leads N, passing: reef.
E of Hodson Rock (101809S 1484109E). The The track then leads generally NW, through a
rock is steep--to. Thence: narrow opening in the S part of Cloudy Bay Reefs in
W of the W extremity of Chapman Reefs (101756S which the water in the vicinity is often discoloured,
1484195E), marked by a light beacon passing:
(starboard hand), thence: 2 SW of a light beacon (port hand) (101431S
3 E of Silivo Reefs (101704S 1484145E), 1484026E) marking the S side of a reef
thence: forming part of the chain of Cloudy Bay
W of a light beacon (starboard hand) (101572S Reefs, which extend about 5 miles SSW from
1484233E) which marks the W side of Rot Reef. the middle of Cloudy Bay, and:
The track then joins the inshore route (12.34 and NE of a light beacon (port hand) (101439S
12.64), or course may be adjusted to proceed to an 1483986E) marking the NE side of a drying reef.
anchorage (12.55) off Dedele Point (101404S The track then follows the N edge of the reef on
1484486E). the SW side of the opening and the S edge of a
shoal on the N side of the opening. The shoal
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 extends along the opening about 1¼ miles W from
[NP15--No 37--Wk 44/19] Cloudy Bay Reefs.
The line of bearing 098, astern, of the Cloudy Bay
Reefs light beacon (port hand) (101431S
Papua New Guinea -- Dedele Point — Anchorage
1484026E), then leads W to a position about
362 3 cables S of a light beacon (port hand) marking
Weriseri Shoal (101360S 1483756E).
Paragraph 12.55 2 Replace by: Paragraph 12.64 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
2 Approaches to the anchorages may be made from 3 The track then leads W, passing:
the inshore route (12.33 and 12.34). Approach may After Paragraph 12.64 5 line 12 Insert:
also be made from seaward through Rothery Passage
6 The track then leads to a position about 8 cables S
(12.40), entered 8½ miles SSW of Dedele Point.
of Cape Rodney (101244S 1482402E).
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
[NP15--No 38--Wk 44/19] [NP15--No 40--Wk 44/19]
2 -- 86
Index
NP15
Papua New Guinea -- Cape Rodney to Papua New Guinea -- Toveli Entrance —
Whitish Reef — Directions; lights Directions; light
366
364
Paragraph 12.65 1 lines 7 Replace by: ...bearing 068 of a light beacon (starboard hand)
(100844S 1481105E),...
...a light beacon (port hand) marks the W side of
the... Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
[NP15--No 43--Wk 44/19]
...5 cables NW, thence Papua New Guinea -- McFarlane Harbour —

S of Whitish Reef (101184S 1481730E), which Directions; lights
dries. A light beacon (starboard hand) (101117S
367
1481772E) marks the NW edge of Aukapule
Reef (101119S 1481817E). Paragraph 12.89 3 lines 1--7 Replace by:
Thence when a position is reached about 6 cables
SW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (101178S 3 W of a light beacon (starboard hand)
1481689E), marking the NW edge of Whitish Reef, (100844S 1481105E) (12.76) marking an
the track leads NW for 7 cables, passing: isolated drying reef; a patch with a depth of
77 m lies 3 cables farther SSE. Thence:
Paragraph 12.65 3 lines 1--8 Replace by: E of Vurumou Reef (100821S 1480893E), which
dries, marked on its NW side by a light beacon
3 SW of a patch (101177S 1481643E) with a (port hand). An isolated patch, with a least depth
depth of 22 m, and: of 18 m, lies 1¾ cables farther S. Thence:
Clear of a coral patch (101218S 1481573E) with
a depth of 65 m. Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
[NP15--No 44--Wk 44/19]

[NP15--No 41--Wk 44/19] Papua New Guinea -- McFarlane Harbour —
Directions; light
368
Papua New Guinea -- Whitish Reef to
Aroma Passage — Directions; lights Paragraph 12.90 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
...same line of bearing (068) of the light beacon
364 (starboard hand) (100844S 1481105E) (12.76),
passing:
[NP15--No 45--Wk 44/19]
The line of bearing 100, astern, of Whitish Reef
Light Beacon leads W to a position about 2½ cables
N of Twelve Mile Sandbank, passing: Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Directions; lights
369
2 S of Middle Reef (101110S 1481480E), Paragraph 12.101 2 lines 4--6 Delete
marked on its E side by a light beacon (port
hand). The reef is divided by deep water into
three parts. A 74 m patch lies 5 cables farther
E. Thence:
Australian Hydrographic Office
Paragraph 12.66 2 line 7 Replace by: [NP15--No 2--Wk 24/18]
N of Twelve Mile Sandbank (101119S Papua New Guinea -- South coast --

1481180E) which consists of two drying reefs, Port Morseby -- Basilisk Passage —
the E of which is marked on its N side by a light Controlling depths
beacon (starboard hand), and:
372
...Reef (101100S 1480860E), marked on its W side by 1 Controlling depths. Charted depths through
a light beacon (starboard hand), passing: Basilisk Passage are generally in excess of 10 m. A
94 m shoal (93161S 1470864E) lies close NW of
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 the leading line, at the SE end of Lark Patch (see
[NP15--No 42--Wk 44/19] caution at 12.137).
2 -- 87
Index
NP15
For the latest depth information contact the local Papua New Guinea -- Gulf of Papua --
authorities. Liljeblad Passage to Yule Island — Directions
ENC AU5621P0 (5.000) [NP15--No 48--Wk 05/20] 379

Papua New Guinea -- South coast -- 2 SW of a dangerous rock (91109S
Port Moresby — Submarine cable 1464883E), position doubtful, reported
(1893), thence:
373 The track then leads WNW to join the offshore
Paragraph 12.124 6 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: passage SW of Cape Suckling (90144S
1463792E) (12.159), passing:
Caution. Submarine cables are laid across Walter SSW of a shoal with a depth of 72 m (91031S
Bay. 1464079E); 82 m and 89 m shoals lie 2 miles
NNE and 4 miles NW, respectively. Thence:
UKHO [NP15--No 19--Wk 21/19] 3 NNE of a 74 m shoal (91317S 1463874E)
(12.159), lying on a bank, thence:
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — Clear of an isolated 104 m patch (90956S
Directions; lights 1463553E) (12.159), thence:
SSW of Pike Shoal (90407S 1463769E)
374 (12.159).
Directions at 12.159 for the offshore passage
Paragraph 12.135 4 lines 1--8 Delete continuing NW to the vicinity of Yule Island (84900S
1463200E) may then be followed.
Australian Chart PNG 379 [NP15--No 56--Wk 38/20]
2 Vabukori Leading Lights:
Front light (two white rectangles with a centre black Papua New Guinea -- Gulf of Papua --
rectangle) (92994S 1471112E). Caution Bay LNG Terminal — Pilotage
Middle beacon (two right--angled triangles, apex
379
down, with a centre black rectangle) (not charted).
Rear light (white concrete tower, 7 m in height) After Paragraph 12.166 1 Insert:
(2½ cables from front light).
When Basilisk Light Beacon is identified, course Arrival information
should be adjusted to gain the recommended track on 12.166a
the alignment (0543) of Vabukori leading line. 1 Pilotage. Pilots board in position 91735S
The track then leads NE through Basilisk Passage, 1465133E.
passing:
[NP15--No 3--Wk 24/18] Australia -- North coast -- Torres Strait --
Hockings Patches to Dalrymple Islet — Pilotage
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — 396
Directions; lights
Paragraph 13.6 3 line(s) 2 For 103630S 1414980E
375 Read 103500S 1414914E
After Paragraph 12.137 7 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 13.6 3 line(s) 8--9 Replace by:
On a morning approach Vabukori leading line may be Stephens Island (92191S 1433907E).
more difficult to identify than Basilisk Light Dalrymple Islet (93391S 1432407E) for
Beacon, owing to the sun. It has also been W--bound vessels.
reported (2018) that Vabukori front light is not
readily visible and may have a lesser range than Australian Notice 11/530/19 [NP15--No 25--Wk 27/19]
charted.
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2020 Edition)
[NP15--No 4--Wk 24/18]
Denmark -- Kattegat — Routes
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — 71

Directions; lights
378 6 Route T, which is well marked throughout by buoys,
light buoys, and centreline light buoys, is the
Paragraph 12.158 2 lines 1--3 Delete recommended route for vessels on voyages between
Skagen and the Great Belt and vessels with a draught
Australian Hydrographic Office of 10 m or more on voyages to or from the entrance
[NP15--No 5--Wk 24/18] to The Sound.
2 -- 88
Index
NP18
The route leads from a position approximately The following notice is to be implemented at
10 miles ENE of Skagen Light (574413N 103781E) 0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020
at the termination of Skagen E TSS (1.70), through
Storebælt, to position 544600N 124400E,
approximately 25 miles W of Kap Arkona; Danish Denmark -- Kattegat -- Skagen — Directions; TSS
pilotage assistance is available if required. Sections of
113
the route include designated DW Routes; see 2.4.
On all other routes, dangers are marked Paragraph 3.237 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
adequately.
1 From a position approximately 5 miles NNW of
GB Chart 2107/20 [NP18--No 17--Wk 31/20] Skagen W Light (3.236) the track leads E for 7½ miles
through Skagen W TSS and into the Off Skagen
Denmark -- Kattegat — Routes precautionary area. The track then leads S for
2½ miles to the boundary of the precautionary area to
77 a position about 5½ miles NE of Skagen Lighthouse
(3.236). Thence the track leads S on Route C,
After Paragraph 3.7 1 line 5 Insert: passing:
Ships on voyages between Skagen and the Great
IMO Colreg.2/Circ.71, IMO SN.1/Circ.336
Belt and vessels with a draught of 10 m or more on
[NP18--No 2--Wk 27/20]
voyages to or from the entrance to The Sound are
recommended to use Route T.
Denmark -- Kattegat -- Frederikshavn — Depths
Vessels with a draught of 10 m or less are 116
recommended to use Route S on voyages between
Skagen and the entrance to The Sound. Paragraph 3.260 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Coastal Route. There is also an offshore coastal 1 The entrance channel and the outer harbour are
route to seaward... dredged to 14 m. Dredged depths in the other basins
range from 4 to 8 m.
GB Chart 2107/20 [NP18--No 18--Wk 31/20]
Caution. Depths are changeable because of
The following notice is to be implemented at shifting sands and the port authority should be
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020 contacted for the latest information.
Danish Notice 32/501/20 [NP18--No 22--Wk 40/20]

Denmark -- Kattegat -- Skagen — Directions; TSS
79 Denmark -- Kattegat --
Frederikshavn — Prohibited area
116
1 Track. From a position approximately 5 miles NNW
of Skagen W Light (3.236), the track leads E for After Paragraph 3.266 4 line 3 Insert:
9 miles through Skagen W TSS and into the
Off Skagen precautionary area. The track then leads Entry is prohibited into an area, marked by buoys
SE for 4 miles out of the precautionary area and (special), surrounding the N mole (572615N
through Skagen E TSS, to a position 10 miles ENE of 103323E).
Skagen Light (574413N 103781E) in the vicinity of
No 1A Light Buoy (safe water) (574676N
105570E). Thence the track leads SE for about
25 miles, passing:
Sweden -- West coast -- Kattegat -- Falkenberg —
IMO Colreg.2/Circ.71, IMO SN.1/Circ.336 Controlling depths
[NP18--No 1--Wk 27/20]
133
Denmark -- Kattegat -- Skagen — Pilotage Paragraph 4.83 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
112 1 Controlling depth. Maximum authorised draughts

(2020) are as follows:
Paragraph 3.228 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: Approach channel -- 58 m;
Pilot boarding positions are as follows: Turning basin -- 52 m for vessels less than 100 m
Skagen 1 (574750N 104600E); LOA, and 50 m for vessels between 100 and
Skagen 2 (574400N 104600E); 125 m LOA.
Skagen 3 (574900N 104600E); The local authorities should be contacted for the latest
Skagen 4 (574400N 105200E). depth information.
Danish Notice 26/410/20 [NP18--No 20--Wk 32/20] Swedish Notice 822/15227/20 [NP18--No 25--Wk 42/20]
2 -- 89
Index
NP18
Sweden -- Kattegat southern part -- Denmark -- Kattegat —
North--north--west of Kullen — Prohibited area Directions; controlling depth; shoal
135 157--158
After Paragraph 4.94 1 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 5.12 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Deep--water route. Route T incorporates a 19 m
Prohibited area deep--water sector (2.4) for vessels with a draught of
4.94a 10 m or more. Vessels with a draught less than 10 m
1 Skånska Kattegatt marine reserve has been proceeding S are to pass W of the deep--water sector,
established and anchoring is prohibited within an area
and such vessels proceeding N are to pass to the E.
centred on 562426N 122025E. For details of
further restrictions contact the local authorities. After Paragraph 5.12 1 line 10 Insert:
Swedish Notice 821/15127/20 [NP18--No 23--Wk 41/20] Clear of an 183 m shoal (562062N 112626E),
thence:
Sweden -- Kattegat southern part --
North--north--west of Kullen — Prohibited area
137 Sweden -- The Sound -- Landskrona — Pilotage
Prohibited area After Paragraph 6.68 2 line 8 Insert:

4.111a Pilots board in position 555400N 124540E.
1 See 4.94a.
Swedish Notice 807/14924/20 [NP18--No 4--Wk 27/20]
Denmark -- Storebælt -- Storebælt Link —
Denmark -- Kattegat -- Roskilde Fjord -- Vertical clearance
Kulhus Rende — Directions; leading beacons
261
151
3 The track then continues E for about 2¼ miles Danish Notice 19/299/20 [NP18--No 5--Wk 27/20]
through a channel, marked by buoys (lateral) passing:
Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Fredericia to Brandsø --
Danish Notice 21/361/20 [NP18--No 3--Wk 27/20] Snævringen — Restricted areas
Denmark -- Hesselø Bugt -- Frederiksværk — 282

Directions; leading beacons Paragraph 9.15 4 line(s) 6 Replace by:
153--154 ...within this area.
Unauthorized navigation, diving, anchoring, fishing
Paragraph 4.242 1--5 Replace by: and seabed operations are prohibited within 1 cable of
1 From a position at the seaward end of the dredged a submarine pipeline, under construction (2020), laid
channel to Frederiksværk, the track leads S for about between the following positions:
1¼ miles, passing between Store Tørvegrund (4.223), 552812N 94059E;
marked by a buoy (E cardinal) at its NE extremity, 552836N 94249E;
and Lille Tørvegrund, a tongue of the shore bank 552902N 94403E.
which extends 1½ miles S, marked by a buoy (port
hand) at its SW extremity. Danish Notice 25/402/20; 25/403/20
The track then leads SE, passing: [NP18--No 19--Wk 31/20]
2 NE of Ølsted Grund (555547N 120125E), the
E extremity of a large shoal extending E from Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Snævringen and
the rocky bank on the N side of Horns Bredningen — Prohibited areas
Herred, marked by a buoy (E cardinal).
Thence the track leads S towards the narrow 282
channel, 1 cable in width and marked by buoys
(lateral), between Dyrnæs Hage (555430N Paragraph 9.15 4--6 including existing Section IV Notice
120180E), the bank lying E of Dyrnæs, and Ølsted Week 31/20 Replace by:
Hage, the bank on the E coast of the fjord. 4 Prohibited areas. A prohibited area, marked by
3 Useful mark:
buoys (special), is situated about 6 cables N of
Beacon (555411N 120192E), yellow,
surmounted by rectangular board, 2 m in height, Brandsø (9.12). A wave buoy and measuring
standing on the E extremity of Dyrnæs Mole. equipment are moored within the area. Unauthorised
navigation, anchoring, diving and fishing are prohibited
Danish Notice 39/678/20 [NP18--No 29--Wk 46/20] within this area.
2 -- 90
Index
NP18
5 Unauthorized navigation, diving, anchoring, fishing Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Grønsund --
and seabed operations are prohibited within 1 cable of Bogø — Directions; leading lights
a submarine pipeline, under construction (2020), laid
349
between the following positions:
552812N 94059E; Paragraph 11.145 3--5 Replace by:
552836N 94249E;
3 Directions. The harbour is approached from S
552902N 94403E.
through a marked channel across Bredemads Hage
6 Anchoring and trawling is prohibited:
(11.136).
Within the cable area, 3 cables SE of Lillebælt West
Alongside berths. The W side of the mole has a
Bridge.
dredged depth alongside of 31 m.
Within 200 m either side of the cables laid between
Oily waste. There are limited reception facilities
Damgård (553165N 94022E) and
available for oily bilge water.
Kristianslund (552909N 94401E).
Supplies: water; provisions.
7 Anchoring, dredging and trawling are prohibited
within an area (552719N 94264E) extending Danish Notice 22/384/20 [NP18--No 7--Wk 27/20]
between the S extremity of Fænø (9.12) and Flækøjet
(9.23), a bank in Bredningen (9.71), owing to the Denmark -- Femern Bælt -- Rødbyhavn —
presence of submarine cables. Prohibited area
8 In the event of a vessel having to anchor in
emergency, the anchor may not be weighed without 359
permission from the Fisheries Inspectorate at Esbjerg After Paragraph 12.29 3 line 10 Insert:
(North Sea (East) Pilot).
A prohibited area, marked by light buoys (special), is
UKHO [NP18--No 26--Wk 43/20] centred on 543772N 112119E.
Danish Notice 21/347/20(P) [NP18--No 8--Wk 27/20]
Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Bredningen —
Prohibited areas Denmark -- Fehmarn Belt -- Rødbyhavn —
Development
294 359
Prohibited areas. See 9.15. Development. A new harbour is under development
1½ miles SE of Rødbyhavn. Unauthorised navigation,
UKHO [NP18--No 27--Wk 43/20] diving, anchoring, fishing and seabed operations are
prohibited within an area, marked by light buoys (special),
encompassing the development area.
Denmark -- Langeland -- Lohals — The new harbour will support the construction of a new
Controlling depths tunnel under Fehmarn Belt which is due to be completed in
2028.
317
Danish Notice 25/421/20; 25/428(P)/20
Paragraph 10.54 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: [NP18--No 16--Wk 30/20]
1 Controlling depths are as follows: Germany -- Kieler Bucht -- Kiel--Flensburg Route

Approach from N -- 118 m. — Directions; ODAS Buoys
Smørstakke Løb -- 42 m.
Stønse Løb -- 34 m. 371
Lohals -- 35 m, subject to silting. After Paragraph 12.124 2 line 5 Insert:
Local authorities should be contacted for the latest
information. Clear of ODAS Buoys (543383N 101427E and
543474N 101337E), thence:
UKHO [NP18--No 21--Wk 34/20] German Notice 23/30/20 [NP18--No 13--Wk 28/20]
Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Storstrøm --

Orehoved — Directions; light Germany -- Lubecker Bucht --
Hafen von Neustadt -- Neustadt —
Directions; depth
346
394
1 From a position in the vicinity of 550052N
114910E the track leads SSE for about 1¾ miles, 2 W of Berg, the coastal bank on the E side of the
passing: entrance, which has a least depth of 15 m
(540537N 104886E) at the W extremity,
Danish Notice 10/159/20 [NP18--No 6--Wk 27/20] thence:
2 -- 91
Index
NP18
E of Steinberg, the coastal bank on the W side of the Anchoring is prohibited within two areas (541159N
entrance, which has a least depth of 36 m 120329E and 541115N 120339E) lying W of the
(540538N 104870E), at the E extremity. entrance to Warnemünde.
German Chart 37 (2020) [NP18--No 30--Wk 48/20] German Notice 41/36;163;167/20

[NP18--No 31--Wk 50/20]
Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Lübeck —
Horizontal clearances Germany -- Rostock --
Warnemünde Reede — Anchorage
397
400
Paragraph 13.83 1 line 4 For 375 m Read 37 m
Paragraph 13.84 3 line 3 For 125 m Read 12 m 2 Care is needed when anchoring to avoid a patch of
foul ground (541349N 120114E) lying in the E part
German Chart DE52 (2020) [NP18--No 9--Wk 27/20] of anchorage area No 1.
German Notice 18/36/20 [NP18--No 11--Wk 27/20]

Germany -- Warnemünde approaches —
Anchorage
Germany -- Rostock — Prohibited areas
399
401
Anchoring is prohibited within two areas (541159N
120329E and 541115N 120339E) lying W of the
Prohibited area
entrance to Warnemünde.
13.133a
German Chart 1672 Ed.8 (2020) 1 A prohibited area (541096N 120532E), which
[NP18--No 14--Wk 30/20] surrounds works in progress (2020), lies E of the
entrance to Alter Strom (13.145).
Entry is also prohibited within 100 m of 540968N
Germany -- North--east of Warnemünde — 120674E.
Restricted area; explosives dumping ground
German Notices 11/1672/20 & 13/1672/20
399 [NP18--No 12--Wk 27/20]
Germany -- Gedser to Plantagenetgrund —
Prohibited area
406
Germany -- Warnemünde approaches —
Prohibited areas After Paragraph 13.169 5 line 9 Insert:
6 Prohibited areas exist close S of the W end of the
399 TSS in the approaches to Warnemünde. See 13.117.
Paragraph 13.117 1--3 including heading and existing
Section IV Notice Weeks 27/20 and 30/20 Replace by: German Notice 41/36;163;167/20
[NP18--No 32--Wk 50/20]
Traffic regulations
13.117
1 Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited in the
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition)
following areas:
Explosive dumping ground (542292N Poland -- Baltic Sea -- North of Rozewie —
120549E), 4 cables radius; Submarine pipeline
Explosive dumping ground (542281N
120767E), 4 cables radius. 86
2 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area
centred on 541070N 115680E, lying near the Paragraph 2.9 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
coast W of Warnemünde, off Nienhagen (13.115). The 2 A submarine pipeline is laid between Baltic Beta
area is marked at each corner by buoys (special), Platform and WÞadysÞawowo (544783N 182522E).
deployed annually from the 1st May to the 30th A second submarine pipeline is laid between Lotos
November. A light buoy (special) is moored in the SW Petrobaltic Platform (552400N 184330E) and
part of the area. WÞadysÞawowo. A safety zone 150 m wide is
3 A cable area with a radius of 2½ cables, within established along the pipelines.
which anchoring is prohibited, lies in position
541685N 120858E. Polish Notice 46/607/17 [NP19--No 30--Wk 36/18]
2 -- 92
Index
NP19
Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne —
Limiting conditions; dredged depth Directions; buoy
92 92
...pilot boarding position (550500N 143850E), keeping
...depth of 90 m. The S basin is dredged to a depth of 2½ miles off the coast until clear...
100 m.
ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 74--Wk 35/19] ...pilot boarding position, keeping W of the shoals which...
Danish Chart Correction Notice 82/6/18

Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — [NP19--No 8b--Wk 15/18]
Directions; buoy
92 Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne —

Directions; south basin
...arrival at the pilot station. Pilots board in position After Paragraph 2.47 5 line 4 Insert:
550500N 143850E, 1½ miles SW of the harbour
entrance. Multi--purpose Terminal. From the vicinity of
Rønne pilot boarding position, the track follows the
Danish Chart Correction Notice 82/6/18 alignment (0645) of Rønne Leading Lights to a
[NP19--No 8a--Wk 15/18] position about 4¼ cables from the outer breakwaters
of the main harbour. Thence the track leads E within
the white sector (0926--0946) of Rønne Havn Light
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area (post, 35 m in height) (550542N 144152E) into the
basin, passing N of the head of the breakwater
92 (550534N 144106E) from where a light (green
tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited.
Danish Notice 29/475/19; ENC DK5RONNE
Prohibited area. Entry to a semi--circular area [NP19--No 76--Wk 35/19]
centred around 550533N 144143E, extending
about 3¼ cables NW to Rønne Havn South Jetty
Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne —
Head (550561N 144089E), and thence to a shore Basins and berths; south basin
position (550523N 144216E) about 4¼ cables
ESE, is prohibited. 93
Danish Notice 05/81/18 [NP19--No 2--Wk 10/18] After Paragraph 2.48 5 line 9 Insert:
Multi--purpose Terminal (550538N 144136E)
lies close S of Rønne harbour. The basin contains a
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area
300 m long quay with a depth of 10 m.
92 ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 77--Wk 35/19]
After Paragraph 2.44 2 line 5 Delete Existing Section IV
Notice Week 10/18 (Prohibited area) Denmark -- Bornholm -- Gudhjem — Pilotage
96
Danish Notice 22/367(P)/19 [NP19--No 65--Wk 27/19] Paragraph 2.83 2 line 3 Replace by:
Pilots are available. The pilot boards at 551600N
Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — 145500E.
Harbour; general layout
92 Pilots are available. The pilot boards at 551600N
145500E.
A basin (550538N 144136E) containing the
Multi--purpose Terminal is located close S of the main
harbour. It is protected by a breakwater which extends Denmark -- Bornholm -- Gudhjem —
Directions; leading light
SW then NW from the shore.
2 Development is ongoing (2019) in the vicinity of 96
the Multi--purpose Terminal to create a Heavy Duty
Quay. Paragraph 2.84 3 line 1 For (195) Read (196)
ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 75--Wk 35/19] Danish Notice 9/139/20 [NP19--No 92--Wk 14/20]
2 -- 93
Index
NP19
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area WSW of a 91 m shoal patch (545932N
144153E), thence:
97 3 WSW of Bakkegrund (545881N 144456E), a
reef with dangerous underwater rocks, marked
After Paragraph 2.90 1 line 2 Insert: by a buoy (S cardinal). Bakkebrædt
An area within which anchoring, fishing and seabed (545876N 144371E), 3 cables W of
operations are prohibited, is centred on 550286N Bakkegrund, is a rock with a depth of 68 m.
143982E. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (545457N
Danish Chart 189/18 [NP19--No 13--Wk 23/18] 143878E).
4 The track then leads E for about 12 miles, passing:
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne —
Directions; wreck, shoal, pilotage 145016E).
Thence the track leads to a position S of Dueodde
97 (545951N 150446E) (2.93).
Paragraph 2.92 1--3 Replace by: Danish Notice 46/514/18 [NP19--No 44--Wk 50/18]
1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position
(550500N 143850E) the track leads SSE for about Sweden -- Gotland -- Visby — Pilotage
8 miles, passing:
WSW of Møllebakke (550369N 144057E), a 105
shoal, with a least depth of 72 m, thence:
2 WSW of Klintegrund (550288N 144160E),
marked by a buoy (W cardinal). Lying SE of Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position
Klintegrund are a number of detached shoals 573832N 181232E. For details see ADMIRALTY
which extend approximately 4 miles SE. List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
Thence:
WSW of a 91 m shoal patch (545932N Swedish Notice 776/14399/19 [NP19--No 82--Wk 45/19]
144153E).
3 The track then continues to lead SSE to a position
Sweden -- Gotland -- Visby — Development; pier
SW of Bakkegrund (545881N 144456E), a reef
with dangerous underwater rocks, marked by a buoy 105
(S cardinal). Bakkebrædt (545876N 144371E),
3 cables W of Bakkegrund, is a rock with a depth of Paragraph 2.141 2 lines 1--3 Delete
68 m. The track then leads E for 12 miles, passing:
Clear of a wreck (545632N 145016E) with a Paragraph 2.143 1 line 3 Replace by:
depth of 106 m.
Thence the track leads to a position S of Dueodde ...alongside of 80 m. A jetty with dolphins, intended for
(545951N 150446E) (2.93). cruise ships of up to 340 m, extends from the root of the S
breakwater and has an alongside depth of 111 m. Three
(Directions continue at 2.98) RoRo berths, situated on...
Swedish Notice 698/12877/2018
1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position [NP19--No 9--Wk 19/18]
(550500N 143850E) the track leads generally SE
for about 8 miles, passing:
Sweden -- Hanöbukten -- Simrishamn —
Directions; leading line
Danish Chart 189/18 [NP19--No 14--Wk 23/18]
124
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Bakkegrund —
Directions; dangerous wreck Paragraph 3.41 1--5 including heading Replace by:
97 Directions for entering harbour

3.41
Paragraph 2.92 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice 1 Approach and entry. From a position to seaward
about 2½ miles ENE of the entrance the approach is
1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position made between the outer breakwater heads on the line
(550500N 143850E) the track leads SSE for about of bearing (252) of a windmill in the town.
8 miles, passing: Simrishamn Leading Lights:
WSW of Møllebakke (550369N 144057E), a Front light (red triangle on metal framework tower)
shoal, with a least depth of 72 m, thence: (553345N 142128E).
2 WSW of Klintegrund (550288N 144160E), Rear light (similar structure) (105 m from front light).
marked by a buoy (W cardinal). Lying SE of 2 Alternatively, and at night, the alignment (2511)
Klintegrund are a number of detached shoals visible on the leading line only of these lights,
which extend approximately 4 miles SE. exhibited from the W inner pier, leads WSW, passing:
Thence: NNW of a wreck (553384N 142510E), thence:
2 -- 94
Index
NP19
3 SSE of Nedjan (553432N 142327E), a shoal Sweden -- Approaches to Ronneby —
patch marked by buoys and light buoys Directions; lights; beacons; alignment
(cardinal) which lies within the green sector
(2221--2377) of Simrishamn Light (white 140
tower, 15 m in height) (553345N Paragraph 3.172 1--4 Replace by:
142154E). It has been reported that the light
may be difficult to identify from seaward due 1 Eastern channel. A channel, suitable for vessels
to strong background lighting from the fishing with a draught up to 3 m, runs through Danziger Gatt,
quays. Thence: about 3 miles S of Ronnebyhamn.
Between the buoys (lateral) marking the channel off Gökalv Leading Beacons:
the entrance. Front beacon (560829N 151687E) standing on
4 Once inside the outer harbour, in depths of up to Norra Kråken, an islet.
53 m, the inner harbour is entered through a 30 m Rear beacon (1½ cables from front light) at
wide gap between the heads of the inner moles. This Mulaholmen.
manoeuvre requires a very sharp and difficult turn. 2 From a position close E of the buoy (W cardinal),
The small boat harbour is entered to the NW of the moored 1½ miles SW of Göudde (560762N
outer harbour; the entrance is marked by buoys 151851E), the S point of the Gö peninsula, the track
(lateral). initially leads N on the alignment (3571) of these
beacons, thence NNW on the alignment (3298) of
ENC SE6FHYPL & SE4CHWHK Högaskär Beacons (560875N 151611E) and then
[NP19--No 59--Wk 25/19] NNE to join the main channel 7 cables W of Aspan
front light (3.171), passing:
3 W of Rafflorna (560722N 151710E), thence:
Sweden -- Åhus — Photograph Through the channel, marked by buoys (lateral), in
Danziger Gatt (560778N 151700E), thence:
W of Gökalv (560857N 151678E), the W point of
126
the peninsula, and:
4 SE of Högaskär (560875N 151611E), an
Photograph of Åhus from W (3.51) at top of page including islet.
caption, date and attribution Delete The track then leads NNE for 1 mile to join the
main channel as described above.
Correspondence 08/03/2018 [NP19--No 6--Wk 13/18] Swedish Notice 679/12547/17

[NP19--No 28--Wk 31/18]
Sweden -- South coast -- Hanöbukten -- Sweden -- Approaches to Karlskrona -- Hasslö --

Karlshamn — Prohibited areas Hasslöbron — Horizontal clearance; lights
135 144
1 Description. Hasslöbron is a swing bridge which
Unauthorised entry is prohibited into the areas spans the channel between the S end of Almö
surrounding the DG ranges N and E of Kastellet (560915N 152640E) and Västra Hästholmen
(3.140). (560744N 152730E), an islet 3 cables S. It has a
horizontal clearance of 16 m and a vertical clearance
of 40 m under the span when closed. The bridge is
See Traffic regulations (3.138). floodlit.

[NP19--No 116--Wk 52/20]
Sweden -- Kalmarsund -- Degerhamn —
Harbour; depths
Sweden -- Approaches to Ronneby — Anchorage
153
139
Paragraph 3.167 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: 1 The harbour is approached and entered on the
alignment of leading lights, through a buoyed channel,
1 Anchorage. Small vessels may obtain anchorage, 40 m wide with a minimum swept depth of 63 m
in areas each side of the fairway, 2 cables S of (2018). The harbour is formed by a long W
Ronnebyhamn, in depths between 38 m and 50 m. breakwater and a short E mole to give a 55 m wide
SW facing entrance.
Swedish Notice 810/14927/20 Areas of the harbour have depths of 60 m (2018).
[NP19--No 106--Wk 28/20] Depths may be less than stated due to silting.
2 -- 95
Index
NP19
2 The main berths are on the E side and a small Sweden -- Öland -- East coast — Restricted Area
boat harbour, with lesser depths, lies in the N part of
the harbour. A short quay for the use of fishing boats 174
lies in the S of the harbour on the inside of the E After Paragraph 4.166 1 Insert:
mole.
2 Anchoring, fishing and underwater operations are
prohibited in a restricted area (564220N 170970E),
12½ miles ESE of Kapelludden Light (4.168).

Sweden -- Kalmarsund -- Kristianopel —
Directions; alignment [NP19--No 85--Wk 47/19]
155 Sweden -- East coast -- Oxelösund — Pilotage

181
Paragraph 4.36 2 line 4 For 312 Read 311
Swedish Notice 698/12943/2018 Norrköping, Oxelösund and Nyköping:

[NP19--No 10--Wk 19/18] A – 583650N 172950E; vessels over 200 m
LOA.
B – 583700N 172720E.
Sweden -- North Kalmarsund -- Jättersön — C – 583758N 171003E.
Directions; buoys
167
Sweden -- Landsort — Pilotage
181
Caution. The direction of buoyage is from SE of Paragraph 5.6 3 line(s) 3 Replace by:
Jättersön, through the port area, continuing generally
N and NNE into Norra Kalmarsund SE of (ii) 584659N 180630E.
Runnö--Rödskär where these directions begin. The
buoyage on entry from the NE will therefore appear Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 60--Wk 25/19]
reversed.
Sweden -- Approaches to Norrköping —
Paragraph 4.109 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: Directions; leading lights
3 SE of Lillgrund (3½ miles NNE), marked by a 205

buoy (E cardinal), thence:
SE of Inre Runnögrund (3 miles NNE), noting a rock
2 cables S, marked by a light buoy (port hand). 1 Falken North Channel. From the position S of
Once clear of the rock, the recommended track is Vinterklasen (583843N...
adjusted about 1 cable NW of the leading light
alignment for about 1¼ miles, passing:
NW of Sandögrundet Västra Light Buoy (starboard 1 Falken South Channel. An alternative channel,
hand) (2¼ miles NNE), thence: marked by leading lights, light buoys and buoys,
NW of Örskärsgrund Västra Light Buoy (starboard suitable for a draught of 70 m and then 84 m, runs
hand) (1¾ miles NNE). almost parallel to, and S of Falken North Channel,
When clear of Örskärsgrund Västra Light Buoy, the from S of Vinterklasen, rejoining the main channel
recommended route then rejoins the alignment (212) close S of Gullängsberget.
of the leading lights. Leading lights:
Ytterskär Light Beacon (front) (583816N
Swedish Notice 706/13155/18 [NP19--No 17--Wk 27/18] 171044E).
2 Hästkubben Light Beacon (rear) (5 cables from
front light).
The alignment (0759), astern, of these lights leads
Sweden -- East coast -- Oskarshamn — through the channel, passing:
Limiting conditions; controlling depth NNW of Klasgrunden (583749N 170712E), an
extensive shoal awash in many places; the N
170 extent is marked by a light buoy (port hand).
Thence:
Paragraph 4.125 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: 3 SSE of Klasgrunden NV (583770N 170603E)
(5.169) marked on its SE side by a light buoy
...of 110 m, and the inner harbour which is swept to a (starboard hand), thence:
general depth of about 68 m. NNW of Sjömätaregrund (583725N 170545E),
marked by a light buoy (port hand), thence:
Swedish Notice 829/15365/20 SSE of Engelskagrundet (583735N 170241E),
[NP19--No 115--Wk 51/20] marked by a light buoy (starboard hand).
2 -- 96
Index
NP19
4 Leading lights: 2 Berth No 11 is the oil pier with a length of 105 m
Rödgrunden Light Beacon (front) (583638N and depth alongside of 133 m. No 3 is a RoRo Berth
165829E). with a depth alongside of 78 m. Berth Nos 4--7 are
Måsklabbarna Light Beacon (rear) (1½ miles from for multipurpose use with depths alongside from 83 m
front light). to 92 m. Berth No 8, depth 80 m, handles cement
The alignment (2508) of these lights leads WSW, and chemicals.
passing:
5 NNW of Kungshamnsgrundet Light Beacon (grey Swedish Chart 6211 [NP19--No 64--Wk 26/19]
tower with white and red top, 5 m in height)
(583695N 170208E), standing on a rock Sweden -- Landsort -- Svärdsfjärden —
on the S side of the channel. Directions; light sectors
From a position about 7 cables ENE of Rödgrunden
Light Beacon, the track leads W, passing: 230
6 S of a 59 m shoal (583670N 165859E), Paragraph 6.35 2 line 4 For (054–060) Read (054–059)
marked by Munken S Light Buoy (starboard
hand). The white sector (2724--2793) of Paragraph 6.35 2 line 5 For (232–291) Read
Gullängsberget Light (white tower, yellow (2325–291)
band) (583669N 165591E) leads through
this section of the fairway. Thence: Swedish Notice SE773/14325/19
N of Rödgrunden (583634N 165825E); a light [NP19--No 79--Wk 43/19]
buoy (port hand) is moored NW of the islet.
Thence the track leads to a position close S of
Gullängsberget. Sweden -- South--east coast --
Södertälje Kanal — Regulation
Swedish Notice 735/13628/18 232
[NP19--No 48--Wk 03/19]
Paragraph 6.50 1 line 2 For 400 Read 600
Sweden -- Bråviken -- Norrköping --
Pumpushamnen — Directions; leading lights
[NP19--No 110--Wk 42/20]
213
Sweden -- Södertälje Kanal — Traffic regulations
...indicated by the alignment (2989) of Trollskär Leading After Paragraph 6.57 3 line 2 Insert:
Lights:
Front light (red beacon) (583776N 161351E). Overtaking. Vessels over 4 m in width may not
Rear light (similar structure) (130 m from front light). meet or overtake other vessels in Linasundet (6.42)
between latitudes 591275N and 591340N.
Sweden -- Oxelösund -- Ljungskär — Sweden -- East coast -- Södertälje —

Directions; light sector Prohibited anchorage
215 236
Paragraph 5.236 2 line 6 For (0175--0225) Read
(0181--0236) Traffic regulations
6.78a
Swedish Notice 737/13667/19 1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
[NP19--No 49--Wk 05/19] within 50 m of the submarine pipeline in position
591013N 174009E.
Sweden -- East coast -- Oxelösund — Swedish Notice 750/13894/18
Berths; depths
[NP19--No 57--Wk 18/19]
216
Sweden -- Mälaren -- Stockholm -- Hässelby —
Paragraph 5.241 Replace by: Prohibited anchorage
1 The principal berth is No 10, which lies on the N 241

side of the harbour, with a length of 250 m and a After Paragraph 6.113 1 line 11 Insert:
depth alongside of 130 m. However, the official depth
limit for this jetty is 165 m and the port provides Traffic Regulations
pontoon fenders to enable vessels with a maximum 6.113a
draught of 155 m to berth alongside safely. There is a 1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
further 138 m of berthing space with a declared depth within 50m of pipelines crossing the channel between
of 165 m and a depth alongside of 12 m at Berth 592093N 174971E and 592141N 175020E.
No 9½. Pontoon fenders are also used as necessary
to enable the berthing of vessels with a draught of Swedish Notice SE773/14164/19
155 m. Bulk cargoes are handled at the above berths. [NP19--No 80--Wk 43/19]
2 -- 97
Index
NP19
Sweden -- Lake Mälaren east side -- Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
Hässelbyverket — Wrecks Landsort entrance — Traffic regulations
242 262
After Paragraph 6.122 1 line 2 Insert: After Paragraph 7.27 1 Insert:
Caution. Numerous wrecks are situated in the Traffic regulations

vicinity of this anchorage. 7.27a
1 Size limitations. The Landsort fairway is
Swedish Notice 828/12831/20 authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught
[NP19--No 114--Wk 50/20] of 100 m, beam of 3231 m and LOA of 200 m. For
further information, and for the maximum dimensions
in darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers,
Sweden -- Mälaren -- Hjulstafjärden --
Hästskär — Light sectors contact the local authority.
246 Swedish Maritime Administration

[NP19--No 20--Wk 30/18]
Paragraph 6.147 1 line(s) 8 For (2736--2824) Read
(2738--2836) Sweden -- Mysingen -- Mysingeholm —
Directions; light sector
Swedish Notice 762/14125/19 [NP19--No 70--Wk 31/19] 263
Paragraph 7.38 1 line 3 For 005--0385 Read

Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- 0036--038
Söderarm — Draught
257 ENC SE5EIEA0 [NP19--No 95--Wk 19/20]
Paragraph 7.2 3 line 2 For 80 m Read 90 m

Sweden -- North of Landsort -- Grisskär —
Swedish Maritime Administration
[NP19--No 19--Wk 30/18] 264
Paragraph 7.42 3 line 4 For 359 Read 3575

Sweden -- Nynäshamn -- Norviks Hamn —
General information; port ENC SE5FID5Z [NP19--No 96--Wk 19/20]
258
265
...approaches and the port of Norviks Hamn. It is arranged
as follows: Paragraph 7.60 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by:
After Paragraph 7.12 2 line 3 Insert: ...board either at 584216N 175214E, 2 miles S of
Landsort Light (584438N 175194E), or at 584659N
Norviks Hamn (7.282a). 180630E, for deep--draught vessels, about 7¾ miles
ENE of the light.

Sweden -- Nynäshamn -- Furholmen —
Restricted area
262
1 See 7.4. The pilot boarding position (584216N After Paragraph 7.61 1 line 5 Insert:
175214E) is about 2 miles S of Landsort Light A restricted area also exists in the channel W of
(584438N 175194E). The boarding position Furholmen (585571N 175852E) and Sundsholmen
(584659N 180630E) for vessels bound for (7.71), N of Brunnsviksholmen. Entry is prohibited for
Nynäshamn is about 7¾ miles ENE of the light. Pilots non--authorised vessels.
should be...
Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 61--Wk 25/19] [NP19--No 12--Wk 22/18]
2 -- 98
Index
NP19
Sweden -- Nynäshamn — Development Sweden -- Nynäshamn -- Norviks Hamn —
General information; limiting conditions;
arrival information; directions; berths;
266 port services
268
Paragraph 7.63 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace by:
Spare
NORVIKS HAMN
7.63
General information
Swedish Notice 800/14581/20 [NP19--No 99--Wk 19/20] Position and function
7.82a
1 Norviks Hamn (585628N 175903E) is a new
Sweden -- Approach to Nynäshamn — deep -- sea port situated at the entrance of
Directions; channel; pilotage Norvikfjärden (585662N 175839E). The container
and the Ro--Ro terminals handle import and export of
goods from anywhere in Sweden.
266
Port Authority
Paragraph 7.66 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 8.82b
1 Stockholms Hamn AB, Magasin 2, PO Box 27 314,
1 From a position in the vicinity of the pilot boarding S–102 54, Stockholm.
Website. www.portsofstockholm.com
area (584659N 180630E), about 7¾ miles ENE of
The container terminal is operated by Hutchison
Landsort Light (584438N 175194E), the
Ports.
recommended track leads NW for about 4½ miles to
Website. www.hutchisonportsstockholm.se
Västergrund Light Buoy...
Limiting conditions
Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 63--Wk 25/19] Controlling depth
7.82c
1 Depths along the recommended routes are in
Sweden -- Nynäshamn -- Norviks Hamn — excess of 25 m. The container terminal has a least
Directions; route dredged depth of 165 m. The Ro--Ro terminal has a
least dredged depth of 10 m. Local authorities should
be contacted for the latest information.
267
Arrival information
Vessel traffic service
7.82d
1 Track. From a position about 5 cables E of Norra
1 A mandatory Vessel Traffic Reporting and
Stegholmen (585461N 175894E) the track leads Information System is in operation for the control of
generally NNW, passing:
shipping.
WSW of Faran (585509N 180017E) (7.66), For details see 7.5 and ADMIRALTY List of Radio
thence:
Signals Volume 6(2).
ENE of Finnhällorna (585481N 175897E) (7.66),
and: Outer anchorages
WSW of a 16 m shoal patch (585508N 175998E) 7.82e
lying 1 cable W of Faran (7.66) and marked by a 1 See 7.29.
light buoy (starboard hand) which lies 1 cable W of
Faran, thence: Pilotage
2 ENE of Brunnsviksholmen Light (585509N 7.82f
175867E) (7.66), thence: 1 Pilotage is compulsory and is obtained through East
WSW of the S extremity (585549N 175970E) of Coast Pilot Ordering Centre at Södertälje. See 7.4.
a shoal spit marked by a buoy (starboard hand), Pilots board either at 584216N 175214E, 2 miles S
thence: of Landsort Light (584438N 175194E), or at
ENE of a 13 m shoal (585547N 175895E) 584659N 180630E, for deep--draught vessels,
marked by buoys and light buoys (cardinal and about 7¾ miles ENE of the light.
lateral). 2 For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
(Directions for Norviks Hamn are given at 7.82j) Signals Volume 6(2).
The recommended track then continues W and SW
Traffic regulations
passing N and NW of the above shoal to the berth.
7.82g
1 Restricted areas. See 7.61.
Swedish Notice 800/14581/20 Minefield. See 7.14.
[NP19--No 100--Wk 19/20] Prohibited anchorage. See 7.61.
2 -- 99
Index
NP19
Harbour Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Approaches to
Sandhamn — Traffic regulations
General layout
7.82h 274
1 The port, situated on the W shore at the entrance
of Norvikfjärden, is being developed over an area of Paragraph 7.123 1 line 3 Replace by:
about 44 hectares and, on completion, will have
1325 m of berthing space. ...channel, authorised for a draught of 110 m (see 7.126),
leads...
Development
7.82i Swedish Maritime Administration
1 The port is undergoing (2020) further expansion. [NP19--No 21--Wk 30/18]
The area of works is marked by light buoys (special).
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Approaches to

Directions for entering harbour Sandhamn — Traffic regulations
Track
7.82j 275
1 From a position on the recommended route (7.71)
about 3½ cables NE of the LNG Terminal (7.77) at
Brunnsviksholmen (585519N 175849E) the track 1 Size limitations. The Sandhamn fairway is
continues generally NNW passing: authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught
ENE of Sundsholmen (585548N 175859E) of 110 m, beam of 3231 m and LOA of 245 m. For
(7.71), thence: further information, and for maximum dimensions in
2 WSW of an 88 m shoal patch (585575N darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, contact
175941E) marked by a buoy (starboard the local authority.
hand), thence: Vessels over 300 gt are prohibited from using
WSW of the extremity (585582N 175919E) of a Sandhamnssundet, the channel between Sandön and
coastal bank lying SW of Låsudden. A small islet, Telegrafholmen (591747N 185499E).
marked by a beacon (floodlit), stands on the bank. Vessels exceeding 800 gt are not allowed to meet
Thence: in the following channel sections:
ENE of Furholmen (585571N 175852E). Skötkobben — Tviskäret on the W side of Sandön,
3 The track then continues into Norvikfjärden as between latitudes 591700N and 591760N.
required to the allocated berth.
Useful marks: Swedish Maritime Administration
Tower (585514N 175847E) (7.66). [NP19--No 22--Wk 30/18]
Basins and berths

Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
Container Terminal Oxdjupet — Directions; wreck
7.82k
1 The container terminal (585613N 175879E) has 281
two berths for a total berthing space of about 450 m;
depth alongside is 165 m. After Paragraph 7.155 6 line 11 Insert:
Ro--Ro Terminal A wreck (592390N 182658E), lies on the 10 m

7.82l depth contour on the N side of the channel.
1 The Ro--Ro Terminal (585642N 175861E) has
three berths for a total of about 525 m of berthing Swedish Notice 709/13221/18
space; maximum depth alongside 105 m. [NP19--No 26--Wk 30/18]
Port services Sweden -- Stockholm -- Lidingöbron —

Vertical clearance
Repairs
7.82m
1 Minor facilities only. 285
Other facilities Paragraph 7.186 2 line(s) 1 For two Read three

7.82n
1 Facilities for the reception of grey and black water; After Paragraph 7.186 2 line 4 Insert:
SSCC and SSCEC issued.
Lilla Lidingöbron (592161N 180641E), a bridge
Supplies under construction (2019), is situated close NW of
7.82o Gamla Lidingöbron. A restricted area, marked by
1 Fuel oil; fresh water at the quays; provisions. buoys (special), surrounds the area under
construction.
[NP19--No 101--Wk 19/20] Swedish Notice 783/14541/19 [NP19--No 89--Wk 02/20]
2 -- 100
Index
NP19
Sweden -- Stockholm -- Lidingöbron — Sweden -- Stockholm -- Södrahamnen —
Speed limit Development
288
285--286 After Paragraph 7.195 6 line 6 Insert:
Paragraph 7.186 2 including existing Section IV Notice Development

Week 02/19 Replace by: 7.195a
1 Works are in progress (2017) on the quay at
2 Lidingöbron (592164N 180663E). There are Södrahamnen (7.208). Entry is prohibited from the
three main bridges in the harbour, lying close together, knuckle about ¼ cable N of Berth 524, to Berth 611.
which span the NW end of Lilla Värtan, the channel
between Stockholm and the island of Lidingö (7.173): BA Chart 811 [NP19--No 5--Wk 12/18]
Lilla Lidingöbron (592161N 180641E), a bridge
Sweden -- Stockholm -- Ulvsundasjön —
under construction (2019), is situated close NW of Directions; vertical clearance
Gamla Lidingöbron. A restricted area, marked by
buoys (special), surrounds the area under 289
construction. Speed should not exceed 5 kn. Paragraph 7.205 3 line 2 For 252 m Read 258 m
Gamla Lidingöbron (592164N 180660E), the
original bridge, has a fixed main arch span of Paragraph 7.205 3 line 3 For 45 m Read 383 m
135 m with a vertical clearance of 52 m. A
bascule bridge at its SW end has a vertical Swedish Chart 6141 [NP19--No 1--Wk 06/18]
clearance, when closed, of 43 m and a navigable
width of 187 m. Sweden -- Stockholm -- Frihamnen — Depth
289
[NP19--No 103--Wk 25/20]
...space with depths from about 8 to 10 m. Two fixed RoRo
berths lie at the head of the basin.
Sweden -- Stockholm -- Karl Johansslussen — Swedish Notice 762/11518/19 [NP19--No 71--Wk 31/19]
Restricted area
Sweden -- Port of Stockholm — Basins and
berths; alongside depth
287
290
After Paragraph 7.187 4 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 7.208 1 line 8 For 80 m Read 70 m
Restricted area. Due to construction works in Swedish Notice 698/12974/2018

progress (2017), entry is prohibited to an area centred [NP19--No 11--Wk 19/18]
on the lock.
Söderarm entrance — Traffic regulations
296
Sweden -- Stockholm — Regulations ...of 90 m (see 7.252a). It is entered E of Tjärven
Lighthouse...
287 Swedish Maritime Administration
[NP19--No 23--Wk 30/18]
Tjärven fairway — Traffic regulations
Traffic regulations
296
7.194
1 Speed restrictions are in force in various sections After Paragraph 7.252 2 Insert:
of Stockholm harbour. Details are shown on boards in
the applicable areas. Traffic Regulations
Restricted areas exist in the areas around 7.252a
Loudden (7.206), Frihamnen (7.207) and Värtahamnen 1 Size limitations. The Tjärven fairway (Furusund
(7.208). Entry is prohibited for recreational craft and route) is authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for
permission from Port of Stockholm should be obtained a draught of 90 m and up to 160 000 gt. For further
prior to entry. information, and for the maximum dimensions in
Prohibited area is located on the berths at darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, contact
Södrahamnen (7.208). See 7.195a. the local authority.
Swedish Maritime Administration
BA Chart 811 [NP19--No 4--Wk 12/18] [NP19--No 24--Wk 30/18]
2 -- 101
Index
NP19
Sweden -- East coast -- Kapellskär — Berths Sweden -- East coast -- Norrtäljeviken —
Directions; lights
299 306--307
Berth 5, depth alongside 85 m, with a 14 m wide 1 Track. From a position in Tjocköfjärden about
RoRo ramp. 3 cables SSW of Tjockö Light (594533N
Berth 4, depth alongside 83 m. 190618E), the recommended track leads NNW, then
generally WNW, through a fairway marked by buoys
Paragraph 7.270 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: (lateral).
Kobussören leading beacons:
2 The central section of the harbour consists of two Front beacon (pile) (594665N 185779E),
piers close together. The N pier has one berth standing on Kobussen.
(Berth 3) on its N side, where works are in progress Rear beacon (similar structure) (2½ cables from
with completion expected by May 2019. The S pier front beacon), standing on Eknöskäret.
extends ENE from the shore and consists of two 2 The alignment (0905), astern, of these beacons
berths; Berth 1 with an alongside depth of 87 m and leads about 2½ miles W through the fairway S of
Berth 2 with an alongside depth of 83 m. Vätö, to the entrance to Vätösundet, the narrow
passage leading NNE from Norrtäljeviken, which
Swedish Notice 716/13337(P)/18 separates Vätö from the mainland.
[NP19--No 38--Wk 37/18] Thence the track leads generally WSW to a
position 5 cables WSW of Harkö Beacon (tower)
(594564N 184560E), standing on Tjuvholmen on
Sweden -- East coast -- Kapellskär — Depths the S side of the fairway about 1¼ miles E of
Norrtälje harbour.
299 3 Useful marks:
Gräddö Beacon (tower) (594607N 190193E),
Paragraph 7.270 1--2 including Existing Section IV Notice standing on the NE side of a small bay on the
Week 37/18 Replace by: mainland, close SSW of the island of
Gräddö--Asken.
1 Harbour and berths. The harbour consists of four Järnberget Beacon (tower) (594633N
main piers which extend from the shore. The N pier 190051E), standing on a headland on the S side
extends 200 m ESE from the shore and has two of the fairway.
berths: 4 Eknöudde Beacon (tower) (594651N
Berth 5, depth alongside 88 m, with a 14 m wide 185889E), standing on the S point of Eknö,
RoRo ramp. an islet on the N side of the fairway.
Berth 4, depth alongside 88 m. Tistelö Beacon (tower) (594662N 185098E),
2 The central section of the harbour consists of two standing on the S point of Tistelören about
piers close together. The N pier has one berth 7 cables W of the entrance to Vätösundet.
(Berth 3) on its N side, depth alongside of 67 m. The (Directions continue for Norrtälje harbour at 7.322)
S pier extends ENE from the shore and consists of
two berths; Berth 1 with an alongside depth of 88 m Swedish Notice 825/15247/20
and Berth 2 with an alongside depth of 87 m. [NP19--No 111--Wk 46/20]
Swedish Notice 758/13370/19 [NP19--No 66--Wk 27/19] Sweden -- East coast -- Norrtälje — Bridge
307
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- After Paragraph 7.321 1 line 4 Insert:
Simpnäs fairway — Traffic regulations
Development. Works are in progress (2020) to
construct a bridge (594545N 184280E) across the
304
harbour basin.
After Paragraph 7.297 1 Insert: Swedish Notice 797/14740(P)/20
[NP19--No 93--Wk 16/20]
Traffic Regulations
7.297a Poland -- Arkona to Rozewei --
1 Size limitations. The Simpnäs fairway is South of Ławica SÞupska — Directions; rock
authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught
312
of 70 m, beam of 19 m and LOA of 145 m. For
further information, and for the maximum dimensions After Paragraph 8.15 3 line 5 Insert:
in darkness, restricted visibility, and for tankers,
Clear of a rock (544810N 164236E), with a depth
contact the local authority.
of 110 m, thence:
Swedish Maritime Administration Polish ENC PL3F3030; GB Chart 2014

[NP19--No 25--Wk 30/18] [NP19--No 78--Wk 38/19]
2 -- 102
Index
NP19
Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Adlergrund — Germany -- Approaches to Wolgast —
Prohibited area Speed limit
312 323
2 Speed limit. From Light Buoy PN1 (lateral)
Prohibited area (541105N 134580E) to Wolgast Road Bridge
8.18a (8.118) the maximum speed is 10 kn.
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area
centred on 544760N 134880E, due to unexploded German Notice 37/20031 -- S. 154/18
ordnance. [NP19--No 41--Wk 42/18]
German Notice 47/40/18 [NP19--No 47--Wk 02/19] Germany -- Wolgast Hafen — Speed limit
Germany -- Kap Arcona -- West of Adlergrund — 325

Prohibited area
Paragraph 8.126 3 line 2 For 43 kn Read 65 kn
312
German Notice 37/20031 -- S. 154/18
Paragraph 8.18a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 02/19 [NP19--No 42--Wk 42/18]
including heading Delete
Germany -- Baltic South Shore --
German Notice 43/40/19 [NP19--No 86--Wk 47/19] Zatoka Pomorska — Prohibited area
328
Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Sassnitz —
Prohibited areas After Paragraph 8.162 1 Insert:
313 Prohibited area

After Paragraph 8.26 2 line 10 Insert: 8.162a
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity centred on 540393N 140622E, due to unexploded
of foul areas located at 543030N 134180E and ordnance.
543110N 134020E.
Poland -- Szczecin -- Parnica — Berths; depths
Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Prorer Wiek --
Sassnitz — Prohibited areas 340

5 Parnica (1¾ miles S), which includes KanaÞ
WrocÞawski, Dumczyca and Basin Cichy,
contains 12 berths. The deepest is Naftowe
2 Vessels using the roadstead should remain in (532465N 143624E) with a depth of about
depths of more than 10 m. 79 m, and the longest being Nabrzeÿe
Caution. A foul area (542820N 133846E) lies Parnickie with a length of 320 m and depths
to the SW of the anchorage. An obstruction of 60 to 67 m.
(542873N 133860E) lies close to the SW corner of
the anchorage and a wreck (542904N 134029E) Polish Notice 47/620/17 [NP19--No 31--Wk 36/18]
lies close S of the anchorage.
Prohibited areas. Anchoring and fishing are Poland -- Zatoka Pomorska to Gulf of Gdamsk --
prohibited in the entrance to the harbour and in the W Ławica SÞupska — VTS
part of Sassnitz Hafen.
340
German Notice 46/1516/19 [NP19--No 88--Wk 51/19] After Paragraph 8.255 1 line 6 Insert:
Germany -- Strelasund -- Vessel traffic services

Stralsund east — Draughts 8.255a
1 Ławica SÞupska VTS covers the territorial sea and
321 EEZ of Poland between the lines of longitude
Paragraph 8.92 1 line 4 Replace by: 152340E and 174050E.
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
...permitted draught of 63 m by day and 58 m by night. Volume 6(2).
German Notice 39/20031--S.152/19 Polish Notice 23--24/20 Update to radio stations (530)
[NP19--No 81--Wk 44/19] [NP19--No 107--Wk 28/20]
2 -- 103
Index
NP19
Poland -- West and north--north--west of Poland -- Rowy to Łeba — Nature reserve
Mrzeÿyno — Directions; wrecks
345
After Paragraph 8.263 1 line 6 Insert: Traffic regulations

8.285a
Clear of a dangerous wreck (541045N 1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within a nature
150195E), thence: reserve that extends 1¾ miles from the coast between
Rowy (8.302) and Łeba (8.298).
ENC PL3G0030 [NP19--No 15--Wk 24/18]
NNW of a dangerous wreck (541206N
151434E), thence: Poland -- Port Ustka — Pilotage
ENC PL3C0000/2018 [NP19--No 3--Wk 10/18] 346

1 Port operations. The port is radar equipped and
Poland -- Dziwna to Port DarÞowo — can assist vessels in the event of poor visibility.
Directions; wrecks
Anchorage. There is a designated anchorage area
(543714N 165295E) in the roadstead off Ustka,
341 2 miles NNE of Ustka Lighthouse (543528N
165127E), with depths from 13 to 18 m.
Paragraph 8.263 1--2 Including existing Section IV Notice The Harbour Master’s Office must be informed on
Week 10/18 Replace by: anchoring and the vessel must be ready to sail from the
anchorage during strong onshore winds.
1 From a position in the approaches to ©winoujñcie, 2 Pilotage is compulsory for passenger vessels
7½ miles N of Kikut Lighthouse (535889N involved in international shipping, vessels over 40 m
143482E) (8.182), the track leads ENE, passing: LOA and for oversized vessels.
NNW of DZI Light Buoy (safe water) (540332N Pilotage for vessels less than 60 m LOA may proceed in
144117E), thence: conditions which do not exceed force 5 and sea state 3.
Clear of a dangerous wreck (541045N 3 Pilotage may proceed for vessels greater than 60 m
150195E), thence: LOA in conditions which do not exceed force 4 and
2 Clear of several dangerous wrecks in the vicinity sea state 2.
of 541200N 150550E, noting an isolated In conditions greater than those stated, the Harbour
depth of 88 m lying 3½ miles N of the Master shall decide on vessel manoeuvres.
wrecks, thence: See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for
NNW of a dangerous wreck (541206N details.
151434E), thence: 4 Local knowledge is required and no attempt
NNW of the coastal bank (541237N 151727E), should be made to enter without a pilot.
which extends up to 5 miles from shore between
Mrzeÿyno (540863N 151721E) and Prohibited area. A prohibited area lies along the
Dÿwirzyno, 4 miles E, with depths of less than coastline E of the breakwater, in the vicinity of 543542N
165220E.
10 m, thence:
Polish Hydrographic Office [NP19--No 112--Wk 48/20]
Polish Notice 22--23/285/19 [NP19--No 68--Wk 28/19]
Poland -- Gdynia — Pilotage
355
Poland -- KoÞobrzeg and approaches — Pilotage
342 1 Requests for pilots should be made as early as

possible but not later than 6 hours prior to arrival at
Paragraph 8.271 3 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: the pilot boarding position, with confirmation 2 hours
before arrival. Pilotage is compulsory for the following:
3 Pilotage is compulsory for passenger vessels Vessels over 90 m LOA or, regardless of length,
involved in international shipping and for all other requiring the assistance of tugs.
vessels over 50 m in length. Pilots are available Vessels over 300 m LOA other than passenger
24 hours and board in position 541200N 153200E. vessels must use two pilots.
Vessels over 60 m LOA entering or leaving the
For more details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
docks.
Vessels entering or leaving docks over 200 m LOA
must use two pilots.
Polish Hydrographic Office 09/10/20 Barge trains or similar, with the assistance of at least
[NP19--No 113--Wk 50/20] two tugs.
2 -- 104
Index
NP19
2 Pilot boards as follows: Poland -- Gdynia — Obstructions
Vessels with a draught greater than 9 m or with
hazardous cargoes close to GD Light Buoy 357
(9.18), about 3½ miles E of the harbour entrance. Paragraph 9.61 2 line 6 Replace by:
Vessels with a draught less than 9 m, before G1--G2
Light Buoys about 1 mile E of the harbour ...draught 79 m. Two obstructions, 83 and 87 m, lie in
entrance. Basen No VI and VII respectively.
Volume 6(2). Polish Notice 49/663/17 [NP19--No 32--Wk 36/18]
Polish Notice 31/9024/18 [NP19--No 34--Wk 36/18] Poland -- Gdynia — Berths; obstructions
357
Poland -- Gdynia — Tugs
Paragraph 9.61 2 line 6 including existing Section IV Notice
355 Week 36/18. Replace by:
Paragraph 9.51 Replace by: ...draught 79 m. Two obstructions, with depths 83 and
87 m, lie in Basen No VI and VII, respectively. A further two
1 Use of tugs is compulsory as follows: obstructions, with depths 82 and 92 m, lie at the E end of
One tug: the quay between the basins.
Vessels 90 to 130 m in length.
Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes 70 to 110 m in ENC PL5GDYNA [NP19--No 40--Wk 40/18]
length.
Two tugs: Poland -- Gdamsk -- Martwa WisÞa —
Vessels 130 to 170 m in length. Vertical clearance
Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes 110 to 150 m in
length. 358
2 Three tugs: Paragraph 9.70 3 lines 4 For 57 m Read 52 m
Vessels over 170 m in length.
Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes over 150 m in Polish Notice 41--42/456/19 [NP19--No 84--Wk 45/19]
length.
SeaWeb PO2422 [NP19--No 35--Wk 36/18] Poland -- Gdamsk — Anchorage; wreck
358
Poland -- Gdynia — Restricted area
355 ...lies in its N part and a 108 m wreck lies on it’s S
border surrounded by a prohibited zone.
Polish Notice 24/328(T)/18 [NP19--No 18--Wk 29/18]
Restricted area
9.51a
1 A restricted area surrounding a minefield is centred Poland -- Gdamsk — Anchorage; foul ground
at 543120N 183383E.
358
ENC PL5GDYNA [NP19--No 39--Wk 40/18] Paragraph 9.75 3 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Poland -- Gulf of Gdansk -- Gdynia — Directions 3 Anchorage No 4, for bulk carriers, lies on the N side
of the approach to Port PóÞnocny. It has a
356 minimum depth of 165 m. Areas of foul ground lie
in the S part of the anchorage.
1 From the vicinity of GD Light Buoy (safe water) Polish Notice 12/179/20 [NP19--No 94--Wk 18/20]
(543205N 183984E) the track follows the line of
bearing (2715) of a light (concrete tower) Poland -- Gdamsk — Pilotage
(543217N 183190E) through a channel, marked by
light buoys (lateral and cardinal), to the main entrance. 359
Lights are displayed, one each side of the main Paragraph 9.76 1 lines 1--9 Replace by:
entrance as follows:
2 N side (concrete tower with gallery and dome, 1 Pilotage, which should be ordered 2 hours in
13 m in height) at the S end of the N advance and is available 24 hours, is compulsory for
detached breakwater. the following:
S side (similar structure) at the N end of the S Vessels of 80 m LOA and over in Nowy Port, except
detached breakwater. in the waters of SmiaÞa WisÞa and Martwa WisÞa
where it is mandatory for all vessels of 50 m LOA
Polish Notice 22/325/20 [NP19--No 104--Wk 27/20] and over.
2 -- 105
Index
NP19
Vessels of 40 m LOA and over in the waters of Russia – Southern Baltic -- Kaliningrad –
MotÞawa. Pionerskiy — Terminal information
Tankers with 200 m LOA and over or draught greater
374
than 13 m transporting dangerous cargoes are
required to use the services of two pilots. After Paragraph 10.13 6 line(s) 10 Insert:
Volume 6(2). Pionerskiy LNG Terminal
10.13a
Polish Notice 31/9020/18 [NP19--No 36--Wk 36/18] 1 Description. Pionerskiy LNG Terminal (545894N
202166E) lies NE of Mys Gvardeyskiy. The terminal
is protected by a C--shaped breakwater and marked
Poland -- PóÞnocny — Pilotage by light buoys (special). A turning basin, 296 m in
diameter, is located about 2½ cables SE of the
361 terminal. The terminal consists of FRSU Marshal
Vasilevskiy.
Paragraph 9.98 Replace by: 2 Directions. Vessels approaching the terminal are to
follow Route 38 and then alter course to SSW on
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 m LOA Route 38a.
except in the waters of Basen WewnÎtrzny where it is Useful marks:
mandatory for all vessels over 50 m LOA. LNG Terminal N Light Beacon (red tower, white
Tankers with 200 m LOA and over or draught band) (545910N 202210E).
greater than 13 m transporting dangerous cargoes are LNG Terminal S Light Beacon (black tower, two white
required to use the services of two pilots. bands) (545880N 202170E).
Pilot service is available 24 hours. Vessels awaiting 3 Pilotage. Pilot boards within the waiting area
pilots should use anchorages No 4 or No 5. Pilots centred on 550000N 202380E.
board 4 cables W of PP Light Buoy (safe water) Berth. Reported to be 125 m in length with depths
(542582N 185388E) or at the anchorage. of 19 m.
Volume 6(2).
2 Tugs. Vessels are required to use tugs. The
number required is laid down in the Port Regulations. Lithuania -- KlaipÌda — Directions
376
Polish Notice 31/9020/18 [NP19--No 37--Wk 36/18]
5 N of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Poland -- Port PóÞnocny -- (554368N 210348E), thence:
Basen Paliw PÞynnych — Draughts
Lithuanian navigation warning 030/19
361--362 [NP19--No 58--Wk 21/19]
Paragraph 9.107 1 lines 6--10 Replace by: Latvia -- Liepºja — Controlling depths
...the S side. Both berths can accommodate vessels up to 381

300 m in length with a maximum draught of 150 m. On the Paragraph 10.82 including heading Replace by:
N side of the spur PIRS T is 550 m in length and can
accommodate vessels up to 350 m LOA with a maximum Controlling depths
draught of 150 m. 10.82
1 The controlling depths within the approach channels
ENC PL5GDANS 2017; Gdansk Port Authority are as follows:
[NP19--No 7--Wk 13/18] Middle entrance channel (563224N 205793E);
least dredged depth of 140 m (2019).
South entrance channel (563172N 205807E);
Poland -- Gdamsk -- Rzeka WisÞa ©miaÞa — least depth about 11 m.
Bridge clearances North entrance channel (563319N 205816E);
least depth about 5 m.
362 2 Depths may be shoaler than charted due to silting.
Contact local authorities for information about latest
Paragraph 9.116 5 lines 1--2 Replace by: depths.
Water level
5 A draw bridge, with a vertical clearance of 45 m,
10.82a
crosses the Martwa ©miaÞa at Sobieszewo (9.116).
1 With winds from E, water level may fall up to
Horizontal clearance. The bridge at Sobieszewo
06 m, and with W winds it may rise up to 09 m, with
has a horizontal clearance of 50 m when open.
regard to mean water level.
Polish Notice 3/34 [NP19--No 50--Wk 07/19] Latvian Chart 3700/20 [NP19--No 108--Wk 32/20]
2 -- 106
Index
NP19
Latvia -- Liepºja — Prohibited areas Latvia -- South--south--west of Ventspils --
Banka Somnitelnaja sÏklis — Directions; buoy
382
384
Prohibited areas WNW of Banka Somnitelnaja sÏklis (571818N
10.88a 212179E) with a depth of 10 m. An isolated...
1 Explosives dumping grounds, in which anchoring
and underwater operations are prohibited, are centred Latvian Notice 7/185/19 [NP19--No 72--Wk 32/19]
on:
562635N 204052E;
563320N 204112E; Latvia -- Ventspils — Prohibited anchorage
563400N 205900E;
562670N 205510E. 385
Latvian Chart LV2259/20 [NP19--No 105--Wk 27/20] After Paragraph 10.127 2 line 8 Insert:
3 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
Latvia -- Liepºja — Directions; depths; light an area surrounding a sewer pipeline, which extends
about 1 mile NW from the shore at 572489N
382--383 213426E.
Paragraph 10.93 2 lines 8--9 Replace by: Latvian ENC LV532100 [NP19--No 73--Wk 32/19]
...ESE, along a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), into
the harbour. Latvia -- SalacgrØva — Controlling depths
398
North entrance (Ziemequ vºrti). Entry through the Paragraph 11.76 2 lines 6--7 Replace by:
N entrance is possible with special permission from ...depth of 58 m and alongside the piers there are depths
Liepºja Naval Base. of 24 to 57 m.
4 From a position 1½ miles NW of the N entrance, a
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads SE, in Latvian Chart 3505/2017 [NP19--No 33--Wk 36/18]
the white sector (142--146) of a light (white round
column with platform, 6 m in height) (563209N
205961E), to the entrance. Thence the track Estonia -- Saaremaa -- Suur Katel —
continues S, in the white sector (1702--1712) of a Directions; wrecks
light (white round column with platform, 5 m in height)
404
(563137N 205869E) standing on the S mole,
4½ cables from its head. A shoal with a depth of Paragraph 11.115 2--3 Replace by:
49 m (563292N 205819E) lies close W of the
leading line. 2 ESE of a shoal patch (580029N 221648E),
with a depth of 30 m, marked by a light buoy
Latvian Chart 3700/20 [NP19--No 109--Wk 32/20] (E cardinal), thence:
WNW of Veiserahu (575931N 222624E), a rocky
ridge with a least depth of 18 m, marked by a light
Latvia -- West coast -- Approaches to Liepºja — buoy (S cardinal), thence:
Directions; buoyed channel
WNW of a dangerous wreck (580268N
223038E), and:
383
ESE of Leeltserahu (580389N 221972E), a
Paragraph 10.93 4 lines 1--8 Replace by: group of rocks, marked by a buoy (E cardinal),
noting a shallow patch, 2 miles E, with a depth of
4 North entrance (Ziemequ vºrti). Entry through the 9 m, thence:
N entrance is possible with special permission from 3 WNW of Kirjurahu madal (580460N
Liepºja Naval Base. 223019E), a shoal with a least depth of
From a position 1½ miles NNW of the N entrance, 29 m, thence:
a channel with a least depth of 6 m, marked by light Clear of a dangerous wreck (580580N
buoys (lateral), leads to the entrance. Thence entry is 222472E), thence:
made in the white sector (1702--1712) of a light ESE of Merise madal (580601N 221782E), a
(white round column with platform, 5 m in height) shoal with a least depth of 15 m, and:
(563137N 205869E) standing on the S mole, WNW of the shoal ground extending about 1½ miles
4½ cables from its head. A shoal with a depth of SSW of Vahase saar (580853N 222825E),
49 m (563292N 205819E) lies close W of the marked at its extremity by a buoy (W cardinal)
leading line. (580664N 222482E), and:
Latvian Notice 4/133--6/20 [NP19--No 102--Wk 21/20] Estonian Notice 7/79;80/18 [NP19--No 27--Wk 31/18]
2 -- 107
Index
NP19
Estonia -- Roomassaare — Estonia -- Väinameri -- Vormsi -- Sviby — Pilotage
423
405
Paragraph 11.120 1 line 4 For 024--030 Read Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in
0295--0325 Sviby.
Estonian Notice 12/147/18 [NP19--No 46--Wk 01/19] Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 51--Wk 11/19]
Estonia -- Saaremaa -- Veere — Pilotage Estonia -- Muhu Väin -- Rohuküla — Pilotage
414 424
Pilotage. Pilots board in position 583200N Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in
220200E. Rohuküla.
ENC EE3D1312 (3.000) Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 52--Wk 11/19]

[NP19--No 91--Wk 09/20]
Estonia -- Muhu Väin -- Hiiumaa --
Heltermaa — Pilotage
Estonia -- Outer approaches to Väinameri --
Osmussaar — Directions; wreck 425
Paragraph 12.77 2 line(s) 2--8 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in Heltermaa.
...Osmussaar (Baltic Pilot Volume 3) and clear of a Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 53--Wk 11/19]
dangerous wreck (591448N 232716E), the alignment
(1924), of these lights leads SSW along the
recommended track, avoiding the charted shoals and NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition)
obstructions, passing:
WNW of Dirhami neem (591257N 232950E)
(12.69), thence: Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Norra Kvarken —
Directions; shoal
Paragraph 12.77 3 line(s) 6--8 Delete
86
Paragraph 12.77 5 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: Paragraph 2.23 4 line 2 Replace by:
WNW of shoals extending from Telise neem ...marked by a light buoy (starboard...
(590460N 232620E) (12.69).
Estonian Notice 12/189/19 [NP19--No 90--Wk 02/20]
NW of a shoal with a least depth of 15 m (632703N
203833E), marked by a buoy (starboard hand),
Estonia -- Noarootsi -- Voosi kurk — thence:
Directions; underwater rock
Finnish Notice 16/125/19 [NP20--No 1--Wk 29/19]
420
Paragraph 12.77 10 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Ostrov Sommers to
Ostrov Seskar — Directions; regulated areas
The alignment (185) of these lights leads S for
about 1 mile, through a channel, marked by light 89
buoys (lateral), passing:
Clear of an underwater rock (590122N Paragraph 2.39 3 line 4 For 356 Read 354
232384E) with a depth of 35 m.
Russian Notices 39/4497/19; 39/4496/19
Estonia -- East of Muhu -- Suur väin — [NP20--No 34--Wk 43/19]
Directions; wreck
Estonia -- Osmussaar — Directions; wreck
423
96
And:
ENE of a wreck (583624N 232462E) with a SE of a dangerous wreck (591448N 232716E),
depth of 114 m, thence: thence:
Estonian Notice 4/036/19 [NP19--No 56--Wk 17/19] Estonian Notice 12/189/19 [NP20--No 51--Wk 02/20]
2 -- 108
Index
NP20
Estonia -- Paldiski — Prohibited area 3 Anchorage is available for small vessels off the SE
point of Väike--Pakri in a depth of 5 m, sand and mud,
97 noting a shoal patch (591865N 240309E) with an
Paragraph 3.21 1 line(s) 6--10 Delete underwater rock with a depth of 25 m located
1½ miles SW of Paldiski Pier.
Estonian Notice 5/72/20 [NP20--No 62--Wk 23/20] Estonian Notice 5/72/20 [NP20--No 63--Wk 23/20]
Estonia -- Paldiski — Directions; lights; buoys Estonia -- Gulf of Finland -- Tallinn —

Arrival information; prohibited anchorage
98
100
Light buoys (W cardinal) (2 cables SE of the pier)
mark the W extent of shoaling in the SE corner of the 6 Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited in
bay. The white sector (335–000) of Paldiski an area centred on 593100N 243205E.
Lõunasadam South Harbour Light clears the E side of Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area
a bank extending S from the shore W of the pier. By centred on 593438N 243465E.
day, the alignment (0000) of the light with an unlit See also 3.3.
beacon, 175 m N, clears the E edge of the bank.
Estonian Chart 827 [NP20--No 38--Wk 43/19]
Estonia -- North coast -- Eru Laht --
Estonia -- Paldiski — Anchorages Muuga Sadam to Letipea Neem —
Directions; wreck
98 108
Paragraph 3.24 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 3.97 3 line(s) 3 Replace by:
1 Anchorage areas are established as follows: ...which there is a large rock. An historic wreck
Area A, 1¼ miles W of Paldiski Pier (3.25), with (594150N 254212E) (see 1.88) lies 1 mile N
depths of 130 m to 225 m, mud. An obstruction of Purekkari neem. A rocky patch,...
(592017N 240240E) with a depth of 167 m
lies on the NE edge of the anchorage with sunken GB Chart 2248/17 [NP20--No 61--Wk 19/20]
mines lying close S. A sunken mine (591989N
240231E) also lies near the centre of the
Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Ostrov Seskar --
anchorage. See Prohibited areas (3.21). Winter Channel — Depth
2 Area C lies about 5 cables NW of Paldiski N
harbour breakwater (592124N 240222E), 111
with depths of 32 to 37 m, sand and clay.
Area D (592215N 235480E) lies 5 cables N of Paragraph 3.109 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Suur--Pakri and Väike--Pakri, in depths of 27 to 1 There is a least depth of 12 m (595671N
45 m, mud. 282397E) along Recommended Track No 3, between
3 Anchorage is available for small vessels off the SE Banka Garkalamatala (3.144) and Banka Velimatala
point of Väike--Pakri in a depth of 5 m, sand and mud, (3.149).
noting a shoal patch with an underwater rock with a
depth of 25 m (591865N 240309E) located Russian Chart 25054/19 [NP20--No 33--Wk 42/19]
1½ miles SW of Paldiski Pier.
Estonian Chart 827 [NP20--No 39--Wk 43/19] Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to
Luzhskaya Guba — Directions; regulated area
Estonia -- Paldiski — Anchorage 117
98 Paragraph 3.148 1 line 3 For 356 Read 354
Paragraph 3.24 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice Russian Notice 39/4497/19 [NP20--No 35--Wk 43/19]
1 Anchorage areas are established as follows: Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Ust’--Luga —
Area A, 1¼ miles W of Paldiski Pier (3.25), with Directions
depths of 130 m to 225 m, mud. Several
obstructions exist within the anchorage. 118
2 Area C lies about 5 cables NW of Paldiski N Paragraph 3.155 Replace by:
harbour breakwater (592124N 240222E),
with depths of 32 to 37 m, sand and clay. 1 Caution. The leading lines are visible only on the
Area D (592215N 235480E) lies 5 cables N of alignment. It is reported that the leading lines may not
Suur--Pakri and Väike--Pakri, in depths of 27 to be reliable due to silting of the channel. Floating aids
45 m, mud. to navigation may be removed in winter.
2 -- 109
Index
NP20
Ust’--Luzhskiy Morskoy Leading Lights: Russia -- Kronshtadt — Anchorage; obstruction
Front light (red panel with white vertical stripe on
white post, 8 m in height) (594031N 126
281907E), standing on the shore close E of the Paragraph 3.220 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
river entrance.
2 Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height) Area 2 (595809N 294777E), a small anchorage
(2½ cables from front light). situated 2½ cables SSE of the S point of the
From a position in the vicinity of the fairway light island. An obstruction is situated in the E part of
buoy (safe water) (594172N 281851E), Reka Luga the anchorage.
is entered on the alignment (1686) of these leading
lights, in a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Russian Notice 37/3313/20 [NP20--No 68--Wk 43/20]
a position about 5 cables from the front light.
Ust’--Luzhskiy Rechnoy Leading Lights: Russia -- Sankt Peterburg -- Kronshtadtskiy
3 Front light (red panel with white vertical stripe on Korabel’nyy Farvater —
white post, 10 m in height) (594001N Directions; regulated area
281782E), standing near the timber export
127
pier.
Rear light (red rectangle with white vertical stripe on Paragraph 3.226 1 line 5 For 357 Read 350
red circular tower with black vertical stripe, black
base, 19 m in height) (3¼ cables from front light). Russian Notice 39/4494/19 [NP20--No 36--Wk 43/19]
The alignment (2128) of these lights then leads
about 7½ cables to the berths.
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Tärngrundet --
Träskö — Directions; lights
Russian Notices 44/5086/19; 44/5147/19; 44/5087(T)/19
[NP20--No 41--Wk 47/19] 151
…marking Österharu (4.98) and Tärngrundet, to a position
Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to in the white sector of Tärngrund Light.
Ust’--Luga — Anchorages
119 4 Tärngrund Light. The white sector (196--2045) of

Tärngrund Light (595215N 233743E) leads...
Paragraph 3.161 1 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: Finnish Notice 10/69/19 [NP20--No 2--Wk 29/19]
Area 10A. NE of Mys Kolganpya (595087N

283266E). An obstruction (595452N Finland -- Gulf of Finland --
283650E) is situated in the SW part of the Approaches to Helsinki — Directions
anchorage.
167
Russian Notice 42/4874/19 [NP20--No 40--Wk 45/19] After Paragraph 4.185 1 line 9 Insert:
Approach from northwest of Helsinki Lighthouse

4.185a
Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Ust’--Luga — 1 From a position about 1¾ miles NW of Helsinki
Anchorage
Lighthouse (595694N 245558E), the route,
authorised for a draught of 80 m, leads N, crossing
119 the 96 m route (4.185) and passing E of Ulkomatala
(4.172). Thence the track continues N to a position
Paragraph 3.161 2 Replace by: about 5 cables ENE of Gråskärsbådan Lighthouse
(4.173) where it joins the 110 m route.
2 Area 11A. Centred on 594908N 282441E, (Directions are given for the 110 m channel
situated W of Fairway No 19 and E of the at 4.173)
shoal area between Banka Temnaya Loda
(3.150) and Banka Repina (595010N
282230E); bottom of mud, clay and fine
sand. Finland -- Helsinki -- Tiirakari Tirgrund —
Area 12. In the NW part of Luzhskaya Guba, Directions; leading lights
between E and SE of Mys Pikhlisaar Light (3.149).
167
This anchorage is for Russian naval and support
vessels only. Paragraph 4.186 4 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
4 Rear beacon (black round concrete column,
Russian Notices 44/5085/19; 44/5156/19 white stripe) (5½ cables ENE of front light) on
[NP20--No 42--Wk 47/19] Lokkiluoto (4.187).
2 -- 110
Index
NP20
The alignment (0726) of these lights, or at night Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to
the white sector (0705--0735) of Tiirakari Light, Vuosaari — Directions; 110 m channel
leads...
174
Finnish Notice 32/271.1/19 [NP20--No 48--Wk 01/20] After Paragraph 4.220 1 Insert:
110 m channel from south--east

Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to 4.220a
Helsinki — Directions; regulations 1 From a position 7 miles W of Kalbådagrund
Lighthouse (595914N 253593E) (4.256) the track
168 leads 8¾ miles NW in the white sector (3129--319)
of Länsitoukki light (600550N 250782E), passing:
Paragraph 4.187 1--3 Replace by: SW of Etelä Voronina (600033N 252539E)
(4.257), thence:
1 From a position NNW of Kuivasaari (600610N SW of Ulkomatala (600183N 251689E) (4.240).
250095E) the route, authorised for a draught of 2 The track then joins the 110 m main channel
initially 90 m, thence 96 m, and then 89 m and partly (4.221) in a position 1 mile NE of Vuosaari 1 Light
marked by light buoys and buoys, leads 3½ miles, in Beacon (port hand) (600380N 250824E).
a generally NW direction, from the South Finland
Paragraph 4.221 heading For 110 channel Read 110 m
Winter Channel towards Lauttasaarenselkä and the
main channel
western harbours.
Passing and overtaking are prohibited within the
route between the lines of latitude 600810N Finnish Notice 7/38/20 [NP20--No 57--Wk 16/20]
600860N.
2 The fairway, which initially leads 1¼ miles NW from Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to
the Räntan leading line (4.182) is covered by the Vuosaari — Directions; regulations
white sector (146–149), astern, of Kuivasaari Light 174
(4.175). It crosses the 95 m channel SW of the
entrance to the eastern harbours, at Remmarholm Paragraph 4.221 7 line 9 Replace by:
(600787N 245964E), and passes NE of Itäkari ...(4.222). From this position, passing and
(600750N 245930E) and Länsikari, 5 cables NW. overtaking are prohibited. Thence:
3 Thence the track continues to lead NW to a
position W of Länsi Mustasaari Light (600878N UKHO [NP20--No 12--Wk 30/19]
245844E) where it joins the Kruunuvuorenselkä west
entrance (4.201). Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to
Alternatively, from a position W of the SW point of Vuosaari — Directions; 110 m channel
Susisaari (600850N 245920E) the recommended
177
track leads WNW for 8 cables, passing NNE of
Husunkivi Light (4.186), to the following: Paragraph 4.240 1 line 2 Replace by:
...leads from the 110 m channel from South--east (4.220a)
UKHO [NP20--No 10--Wk 30/19] NE, then N, to join the South Finland Winter...
Paragraph 4.240 4 line 2 For W Read S
Finland -- Helsinki -- Lokkiluoto —
Directions; leading lights Finnish Notice 7/38/20 [NP20--No 58--Wk 16/20]
168 Finland -- Loviisa, Valko and approaches —

Paragraph 4.187 6 line 1 For 1404 Read 1431
192
ENC FI59S191 (10.029) [NP20--No 49--Wk 01/20]
...track leads 2¼ miles...
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Helsinki —
Directions; regulations
Finland -- Gulf of Finland --
Approaches to Kokta — Pilotage
169
193
Passing and overtaking is prohibited within the 1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following:
channel between the lines of latitude 600880N and Vessels with a maximum LOA of 70 m or more:
600910N. Vessels with a maximum breadth of 14 m or more:
Vessels whose greatest summer load draught in salt
UKHO [NP20--No 11--Wk 30/19] water is more than 45 m:
2 -- 111
Index
NP20
Vessels carrying bulk cargo of hazardous Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to
substances or substances that can pollute the Hamina — Directions; regulations
sea:
Vessels belonging to a foreign government which is 204
not used in commercial operations. Paragraph 5.125 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Boarding positions are as follows:
1 From the position 1¾ miles SW of Vatinki Front
Leading Light (602437N 271818E) the route,
UKHO [NP20--No 13--Wk 30/19]
within which overtaking and passing are prohibited
between the line of latitude 602620N and
602740N, then leads 5 miles N along a two--way
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Kotka — route marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
Directions; light
UKHO [NP20--No 15--Wk 30/19]
194
Finland – Hamina — Basins and berths;
draught; navigation marks
207
...sector (013–022) of Mussalo Light (grey beacon, 11 m
in height) (602496N 265404E), crossing the South Paragraph 5.156 1 and 2 Replace by:
Finland...
1 Situated 1¾ miles WSW of Hillo Quay, Summa
Quay, used by a paper works factory, consists of a
Finnish Notice 2/9/2020 [NP20--No 55--Wk 08/20] small pier, the berthing head of which faces SW.

Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Kokta
— Directions; regulations Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Vysotsk —
LNG terminal
198 215
Vysotsk LNG Terminal
...Kotka Harbour. Passing and overtaking are prohibited
5.199a
within the channel.
1 Position and function. The Vysotsk LNG Terminal
(603624N 283298E) is located 8 cables N of
UKHO [NP20--No 14--Wk 30/19] Lukoil II Oil Terminal (5.199) and consists of a jetty
extending NNE from a wharf.
Directions. From a position in the fairway, about
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Kotka — 7 cables WSW of the front light of Vysotskiy Vkhodnoy
Directions; depths Leading Lights (5.192), the track leads SSE, through a
channel marked by light buoys (lateral), to the berth.
2 Berth. The LNG transhipment berth (603631N
201
283298E) is situated on the W face of the jetty, with
dolphins extending NNE and SSW, the extremities of
Paragraph 5.96 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: which are lit. It has an overall length, including
dolphins, of about 235 m; maximum charted depth
...265826E), the route, with a least swept depth of 91 m
alongside about 95 m.
and marked by buoys, leads 6 cables W on the...
The LNG loading berth (603622N 283289E) has
an overall length of about 165 m; maximum charted
ENC FI59S138 (4.013) [NP20--No 65--Wk 28/20] depth alongside about 85 m.
Russian Chart 28008 (2019) [NP20--No 50--Wk 01/20]

Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Kotka —
Berths; swept depths Russia -- Approaches to Primorsk --
East of Ostrov Seskar —
Outer anchorages; obstruction
201
220
Paragraph 5.97 2 Replace by: Paragraph 5.256 1 line(s) 9 Replace by:
2 The liquid bulk terminal is a pier with two berths, ...36 m, sand and pebbles. An obstruction
N1 and N2, swept to 150 m and 115 m, respectively. (600180N 282896E) is situated in the NE part
of the anchorage area.
Finnish Notice 16/116/20 [NP20--No 66--Wk 28/20] ENC RU4NTK08 [NP20--No 59--Wk 19/20]
2 -- 112
Index
NP20
Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Ahvenanmaa --
Primorsk — Directions; regulated areas Hässlö channel — Directions; regulations
251
221
Paragraph 5.257 1 line 2 For 350 Read 353 Passing and overtaking are prohibited between the
lines of longitude 202220E and 202320E.
Paragraph 5.258 1 line 6 For 350 Read 353 Paragraph 6.178 1 line(s) 8 Replace by:
...and light buoys (cardinal), within which passing
Russian Notice 39/4496/19 [NP20--No 37--Wk 43/19] and overtaking is prohibited, leads 3 miles E to a...
UKHO [NP20--No 18--Wk 30/19]
Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Utö -- Svartgrund —
Prohibited anchorage Finland -- South--west coast -- Isokari to
Laupunen — Directions; leading light
239 256
...by buoys (cardinal), passing...
Prohibited anchorage Paragraph 6.209 3 line(s) 1--6 Replace by:
6.106a 3 Thence the fairway leads 1½ miles SE, in the white
1 Anchorage is prohibited in an area (594920N sector (123–135) of Korra Light (white tower, red
212270E) N of Stor Gråharun (6.113). band) (603459N 210858E), between shoals
marked by buoys and light buoys (cardinal).
Finland -- Utö to Lövskär -- Svartgrund — Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Laupunen to Rajakari —

Prohibited anchorage Directions; regulations
258
242
Paragraph 6.123 1 line 6 Replace by: ...214717E), mark the N and S parts, of this fairway.
Within this fairway, passing and overtaking is prohibited
...(6.113) and Fregattgrund Light Beacon. Anchorage is between the lines of latitude 601730N and 601630N.
prohibited in an area (6.106a) about 2 cables SW of the
anchorage. UKHO [NP20--No 19--Wk 30/19]
Finnish Notice 16/120/19 [NP20--No 5--Wk 29/19] Finland -- South west coast -- Turku and
approaches — Regulations
261
Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Lövskär to Orhisaari —
Directions; regulations After Paragraph 6.238 1 line 8 Insert:
243 Regulations concerning entry

6.238a
Paragraph 6.127 1 line 9 Replace by: 1 Passing and overtaking are prohibited between the
lines of latitude 602440N and 602530N within the
...(601348N 214509E). Passing and overtaking are approaches to Pansio Oil and Chemical Harbour and
prohibited between the lines of longitude 214330E and Naantali (6.244).
214520E.
UKHO [NP20--No 20--Wk 30/19]
UKHO [NP20--No 16--Wk 30/19]
Finland -- Åland Islands --
Maarianhamina — Directions
Finland -- South west coast -- Rödhamnsfjärden 266
— Directions; regulations
Paragraph 6.285 1 line(s) 1 For Möckelö Leading Lights
248 Read Västerhamn

2 W of Korrviksten Light Buoy (W cardinal), about
...a buoy (S cardinal) (595790N 201056E). Within this 3½ cables SSW of Lotsberget Front Light,
area passing and overtaking are prohibited. thence:
E of Gregersö södra Light Buoy (E cardinal)
UKHO [NP20--No 17--Wk 30/19] (600476N 195549E).
2 -- 113
Index
NP20
3 Thence the track continues N, through a channel Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Raahe — Regulations
marked by buoys (E cardinal), as required for
berthing. 328
Regulations concerning entry
8.70a
Finland -- Ålands Hav -- Ahvenanmaa — 1 Within the main channel, passing and overtaking
Directions; light are prohibited between the lines of longitude
241690E and 242230E.
268
UKHO [NP20--No 23--Wk 30/19]
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Approaches to Oulu
…stands a beacon. — Directions; regulations

4 Thence the track leads E through a channel
marked by buoys (cardinal), passing between Emskä ...0616, ahead. Between Oulu 5 Light Beacon (starboard
and Långö, and on to the following leading line: hand) (650805N 245073E) and Hammasmatala
(650840N 245312E), marked by a light beacon
(starboard hand), passing and overtaking is prohibited.
...251981E) (8.112). Passing and overtaking is
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Approaches to prohibited between the lines of longitude 252350E and
Pietarsaari — Directions; marine farm
252080E.
321 UKHO [NP20--No 24--Wk 30/19]
Paragraph 8.11 2 line 9 Replace by: Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia --

Oulu--Toppila — Draught
A marine farm, centred on 634621N 222850E, lies
1¾ miles NW of Kallan Lighthouse. Thence: 334
Finnish Chart 57 [NP20--No 29--Wk 33/19]
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia --

Pietarsaari — Regulations Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Oulu--Toppila —
Directions; draught
321 335
1 From a position 4 cables NNE of Kyrönkari Front
Passing and overtaking are prohibited in the main Light (650072N 252022E) a branch channel,
channel between the lines of longitude 223790E and authorised for a draught of 50 m for 1½ miles, thence
224100E. reducing to 24 m for 3 miles, leads to Kuivasmeri
(8.114).
UKHO [NP20--No 21--Wk 30/19]
Finnish Chart 57 [NP20--No 30--Wk 33/19]
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kokkola — Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Approaches to Oulu

Traffic regulations — Directions; regulations
336
323
After Paragraph 8.31 1 line 5 Insert: Thence the recommended track leads off the main
100 m route, within which passing and overtaking are
Vessels over 200 m in length are prohibited from
prohibited, through a narrow channel marked by
passing or overtaking in the main channel between
buoys, light beacons, and in turn by the following
the lines of latitude 635350N and 635920N.
leading lights:
UKHO [NP20--No 22--Wk 30/19] UKHO [NP20--No 25--Wk 30/19]
2 -- 114
Index
NP20
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kemi — Regulations Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia --
Ålands Hav -- Svartklubben — Pilotage
340
347
Paragraph 8.157 Including heading Replace by:
Regulations concerning entry 3 The pilot boards in position 600876N 185254E,
8.157 2¼ miles SE of Svartklubben Light (9.13) or at
1 A speed limit of 7 kn for deep draught vessels is in 601170N 185500E, 3 miles NE of Svartklubben
force for the channel between Hebe Light Beacon Light. The pilot also boards 3½ miles NNW of
(8.160) and Ajos. Öregrund (602040N 182760E).
Passing and overtaking is prohibited in the following
locations: Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 44--Wk 50/19]
Within the Ajos Harbour fairway (8.160), from Inakari
Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (653892N
243033E) to the line of latitude 653950N. Sweden -- East coast -- Gulf of Bothnia --
Within the Veitsiluoto Harbour fairway (8.163), from Galtfjärden — Directions; light buoys
W of Ajoskrunni Itä between the lines of latitude
653780N and 654090N. 354
UKHO [NP20--No 26--Wk 30/19] Paragraph 9.61 6 line(s) 6--7 Replace by:
S of Själgrynnorna (600988N 183325E), an area
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kemi and of islets and foul ground, marked on its SE side by
approaches — Directions; draught light buoys (starboard hand).
341 Swedish Notice 829/15357/20
[NP20--No 70--Wk 51/20]
Paragraph 8.163 3 line(s) 8 For 70 m Read 68 m
Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia --
Finnish Notice 9/54/20 [NP20--No 60--Wk 19/20] Ålands Hav -- Hargshamn — Pilotage
354
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kemi to Röyttä —
Traffic regulations Paragraph 9.65 1 line(s) 4--8 Replace by:
342 Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Svartklubben
pilots. See 9.27 for further details.
Traffic regulations
8.173a Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Hargshamn — Depth
1 Within the main channel, passing and overtaking is
prohibited in the following locations: 354
In the narrow passage at Keila between T5 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (653813N 242087E) Paragraph 9.68 1 line(s) 5 For 120 m Read 108 m
and T7 Light Buoy (port hand) (653846N
241891E): Swedish Notice 763/14107/19 [NP20--No 28--Wk 32/19]
In the narrow passage at Europa Bend between the
line of latitude 653980N and T18 Light Buoy Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia --
(starboard hand) (654043N 241197E). Ålands Hav -- Hallstavik — Pilotage
N of T27 and T28 Light Buoy (lateral) (654317N
241016E). 355
UKHO [NP20--No 27--Wk 30/19] Paragraph 9.80 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
1 Pilots can be obtained from Svartklubben pilots.
Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- See 9.27 for further details.
Ålands Hav -- Grisslehamn — Pilotage
346
Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia --
Paragraph 9.17 2 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: Ålands Hav -- Väddö Kanal — Pilotage
2 Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Simpnäsklubb
(595357N 190479E) (see Baltic Pilot Volume 2) or 357
from the Svartklubben pilots (9.27), 2¼ miles SE of Paragraph 9.96 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
Svartklubben Light (9.13), by incoming vessels, and
from Svartklubben when leaving harbour. For full 1 Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Simpnäsklubb
details, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals (595357N 190479E) or from Svartklubben Pilots.
Volume 6(2). See 9.27 for further details.
Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 43--Wk 50/19] Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 47--Wk 50/19]
2 -- 115
Index
NP20
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Järnäshamn — Sweden – Skelleftehamn – Gåsören to
Directions; beacons Sörfjärden — Directions; lights
429 452
…shoals NNE of Nörd--Olsgrundet.
1 Description. Järnäshamn (632650N 194000E)
lies in a small inlet, entered E of Järnäsudden Swedish Notice 751/13791/19 [NP20--No 8--Wk 29/19]
(632600N 193900E). It affords anchorage, in
depths of 4 to 7 m, clay and mud, and is suitable for Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Luleå —
vessels drawing up to 45 m. Directions; leading beacon; speed limit
Pilotage. See 10.262 for information. 461
2 Directions. From a position 2½ miles ENE of
Storbåden (632460N 193539E) (10.284), the track Paragraph 11.117 1 and 2 Replace by:
leads N, passing: 1 When about 8 cables NW of Skagsören the track
E of Ateliusgrund (632551N 194038E), thence: alters NE to enter Tjuvholmsundet. A speed limit of
W of a shoal (632568N 194074E) with a depth of 9 kn applies when navigating through Tjuvholmsundet.
25 m, thence: The line of bearing (0345) of Sandögrundet Light
E of Storklubben, on which stands a beacon (white (white hut on stone pedestal) (653299N 221180E)
cairn, red band, 4 m in height) (632610N leads about 1 mile NE through Tjuvholmsundet.
194046E). 2 When 3 cables from Sandögrundet Light the track
3 From a position close E of Storklubben the track then alters NW to pass into Gråsjälfjärden, on the E
alters NW to pass close SW of a buoy (starboard side of which lie the berths for the port of Luleå.
hand) (632625N 194047E) into the anchorage.
Useful mark: Swedish Notice 760/14077/19 [NP20--No 9--Wk 29/19]
Beacon (lattice mast) on Storhällan (632567N
193984E), a small islet on the W side of the Sweden -- Luleå -- Sandöleden — Regulations
approach to Järnäshamn.
Caution. The anchorage is restricted and a vessel 463
should lie at fairly short stay.
Swedish Notice 759/14081/19 [NP20--No 7--Wk 29/19] Vessels greater than 300 gt or 45 m in length are not
permitted to pass each other in Sandöleden.
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Sikeå — Swedish Notice 785/14546/19

Directions; beacon [NP20--No 53--Wk 03/20]
446
NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2019 Edition)
India -- East coast -- Point Calimere to
...WNW, on a line of bearing of a beacon, which stands on... Coleroon Point — Directions; major light
4 When 4 cables from Kungsöhällan, the track leads After Paragraph 2.10 3 line 6 Insert:
NNW.
Pømpukºr Light (tower, 30 m in height) (110857N
Paragraph 11.15 6 lines 1--3 Delete 795132E).
Indian Chart IN32/2002; POLAR F0918
Swedish Notice 808/14929/20 [NP20--No 64--Wk 25/20] [NP21--No 19--Wk 35/20]
India -- East coast -- Cuddalore —

Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Piteå — Pilotage Anchorage; terminal
448 71
1 Anchorage. An anchorage area (113810N
2 For vessels bound for Piteå there are two pilot 794884E), raduis 200 m, depth 14 m, gravel and
boarding stations as follows: shell, for Cuddalore Marine Terminal, is situated
2 miles ENE of the main boarding station at 2¼ miles E of the terminal (113839N 794637E).
Skelleftehamn, in position 643990N Berth. The terminal consists of a platform and
212980E; mooring dolphins on a SE/NW axis. A prohibited area
2 miles SSE of Leskär Light (11.88), in position containing buoys and pipelines extends W to the
650640N 213960E. shore. A small service jetty extends from the shore.
Swedish Notice 788/14588/20 [NP20--No 54--Wk 06/20] Indian Notice 3/50/19 [NP21--No 1--Wk 20/19]
2 -- 116
Index
NP21
India -- East coast -- Chennai — India -- East coast -- Gangavaram Port —
Arrival information; restricted area Anchorages
74 85
Restricted area. Owing to submarine cables
anchoring is prohibited within an area centred on 1 Designated anchorages are as follows:
(130249N 802177E), S of the port. Examination Anchorage (173658N 831600E);
Anchorage A (173546N 831741E);
UKHO [NP21--No 21--Wk 49/20] Anchorage B (173548N 831592E);
Anchorage C (173427N 831668E);
Anchorage D (173445N 831850E);
India -- East coast -- Kamarajar Port — 2 Anchorage E (173305N 831516E);
Outer anchorages; pilotage Anchorage F (173037N 831643E);
Anchorage G (173064N 831258E);
77 Anchorage H (173071N 830895E);
Anchorage I (172836N 831082E);
Paragraph 2.96 1 line(s) 7--9 Replace by: Anchorage J (172740N 831310E).
...(2.98) in depths of 25 m, mud and sand. A waiting area is
centred on 131500N 802326E. Indian Chart IN3002 [NP21--No 2--Wk 20/19]
2 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours a India -- East coast -- Visºkhapatnam — Depths
day. Pilots for Major Port board in position 131220N
802310E, and for Minor Port in the anchorage area. 87
Indian Notice 07/112/20 [NP21--No 15--Wk 19/20]
India -- East coast -- Approaches to Chennai -- 1 The following depths are maintained by dredging
Port of Kattupalli — STS area (see 2.197):
Outer channel, 220 m;
78 Approach to the outer turning circle, 210 m;
Outer turning circle, 190 m;
Paragraph 2.103 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: Approach to General Cargo Berth, 200 m;
Inner Channel and inner turning basin, 150 m;
...anchorage (131928N 802322E) is for dangerous Inner Harbour, from 107 to 140 m.
cargo, the S anchorage (131888N 802322E) is Caution. Maintained depths are subject to silting.
unrestricted. A STS area (131970N 802317E) lies The port authority should be contacted for the latest
farther N. information.

Indian Chart IN3012 [NP21--No 3--Wk 20/19]
India -- East coast -- Kattupalli Port —

Directions; lights India -- East coast -- Visºkhapatnam — Depths
78--79
87
1 Landmark: Week 20/19 Replace by:
Radio tower (50 m in height) (131861N
802024E). 1 The following depths are maintained by dredging
2 Approach. From a position E of the port, in deep (see 2.197):
water and seaward of the 200 m depth contour, the Outer channel, 220 m;
track leads to a position in the vicinity of 131794N Approach to the outer turning circle, 210 m;
802287E, at the beginning of the entrance channel Outer turning circle, 210 m;
to the port. Approach to General Cargo Berth, 200 m;
Inner Channel and inner turning basin, 161 m;
Paragraph 2.105 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: Inner Harbour, from 107 to 161 m.
3 Entrance channel. From the above position, the 2 Caution. Maintained depths are subject to silting.
track leads WNW through a dredged channel marked The port authority should be contacted for the latest
by light buoys (lateral), passing: information.
Indian Notice 19/222/19 [NP21--No 11--Wk 45/19] Indian Notice 23/247/19 [NP21--No 13--Wk 03/20]
2 -- 117
Index
NP21
India -- East coast -- India -- North--east coast -- The Sandheads to
Visºkhapatnam — Anchorages Matla River -- Matla River — Directions; wreck
87 118
Paragraph 2.177 2 line(s) 1--10 Replace by: Paragraph 4.13 2 line 5 Replace by:
…approach. A wreck (212600N 884600E), position
2 Anchorages exist as follows:
approximate, lies close W of Dalhousie Sand. With a height
Naval tanker anchorage (174420N 832380E);
of eye of 7 m Dalhousie Point…
depths 25 to 32 m.
Lighterage area (174210N 832290E); depths 28 Indian Notice 4/056/19 [NP21--No 5--Wk 20/19]
to 40 m.
3 Deep Water Naval Anchorage (174332N
Bangladesh -- Pussur River to Sandwip Channel
832145E); depths from 14 to 26 m. — Directions
Shallow Water Naval Anchorage (174271N
832046E); depths from 13 to 19 m, 121--122
Examination Anchorage (174204N 832024E);
depths from 14 to 24 m. Paragraph 4.47 4--5 Replace by:
SPM Tanker Anchorage (173706N 831929E); 4 Thence the track continues N, passing:
depths around 45 m. Clear of a dangerous wreck (220881N
4 Petroleum Anchorage I (173610N 832348E); 913800E), thence:
depths around 54 m. W of the Chattogram outer anchorages, and:
Petroleum Anchorage II (173527N 832508E); W of Authority Light Buoy (starboard hand)
depths around 55 m. (221226N 913862E).
Gas and Explosives Anchorage (173508N 5 The track then continues N to a position SE of
832388E); depths around 54 m. Sandwip Island (4.56).
See 2.159 for further anchorages at Gangavaram.
Other vessels should obtain anchorage, within the BNHOC Notice 15/19 [NP21--No 6--Wk 20/19]
roadstead, clear of the areas described.
Burma -- Gulf of Martaban -- Yangon River —
Indian Chart IN3012 [NP21--No 4--Wk 20/19] Directions; platform
153
India -- Approaches to Hugli River --
Palmyras Shoals to Bºleshwar Roads — Paragraph 6.37 1 Replace by:
Directions; light
1 This offshore route leads from S of Baragua Point
101 (154370N 951900E), through the W part of the
Gulf of Martaban, to the outer fairway of Yangon River
After Paragraph 3.74 1 line 3 Insert: in the vicinity of the Offshore Pilot Platform (6.41).
Major lights: Paragraph 6.41 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:
Tajpur Light (white round tower with red bands)
(213910N 873790E). Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N 961672E)
(white tower with red stripes on platform).
Indian Notice 14/160/20 [NP21--No 16--Wk 35/20] Paragraph 6.42 Replace by:
1 From a position S of Baragua Point (154370N
India -- Approaches to Hugli River -- 951900E) the track leads E to the vicinity of
Palmyras Shoals to The Sandheads — longitude 953700E. The track then leads NE
Directions; light
passing:
102 SE of Sanda Light Buoy (153208N 953780E)
(6.41). A wreck (153666N 954925E), position
After Paragraph 3.87 1 line 11 Insert: approximate, with a least depth of 101 m, lies
12 miles ENE of the light buoy. Thence:
Tajpur Light (213910N 873790E) (3.74). 2 SE of Krishna Shoal (154100N 953650E).
Navigation should be conducted in a depth of
Indian Notice 14/160/20 [NP21--No 17--Wk 35/20] 18 m or greater until the shoal has been
passed. Thence:
India -- Approaches to Hugli River -- SE of a mud volcano (155103N 960073E),
The Sandheads to Sºgar Roads — thence:
Directions; light NW of a shoal (154250N 961430E) reported
(1949) with a depth of 91 m, thence:
107 3 NW of a dangerous wreck (155205N
962076E), position approximate; another
After Paragraph 3.102 1 line 10 Insert: dangerous wreck lies 3½ miles SE. Thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (155978N 961451E).
Tajpur Light (213910N 873790E) (3.74).
(Directions continue for the
Indian Notice 14/160/20 [NP21--No 18--Wk 35/20] Gulf of Martaban at 6.85)
2 -- 118
Index
NP21
4 The track then leads N, passing: Burma -- Gulf of Martaban --
E of an obstruction (160236N 961570E), Yangon River approaches —
position approximate, reported (1945), thence: Directions; platform
961839E), marked with a buoy (can) moored 155
close N, thence:
W of a dangerous wreck (160949N 962387E), lines 2--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.53 2
marked with a buoy (conical) moored close W,
thence: Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N 961672E)
5 Clear of a dangerous wreck (161109N (6.41).
961987E); a spar light buoy is moored
1 mile E and another dangerous wreck lies
2 miles farther ENE. Thence: Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 9--Wk 30/19]
961957E), thence:
To a position E of the Offshore Pilot Platform Myanmar (Burma) -- Gulf of Martaban --
(161272N 961672E) (6.41). Yangon River — Directions
Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 7--Wk 30/19] 155

Myanmar (Burma) -- Gulf of Martaban --
Yangon River — Description
1 Caution. Sounding does not provide a reliable
indication of position in the approaches to Yangon
154 River. Mariners should not attempt to enter the
Western Channel unless they are confident of their
Paragraph 6.44 1 Replace by: position.
Due to silting, buoys and channels are subject to
1 Yangon River is approached from S through regular movement, particularly Western Channel. The
Western Channel, which is situated E of Dedaye Flats chart may not depict the latest location of the deepest
(161866N 961110E), an extensive drying bank channel. The port authority should be contacted for
which fronts the W bank of the river for up to 4 miles the latest information.
from the shore, and Thaungatone (Thante) Flats 2 Western Channel. From the vicinity of the pilot
(162715N 962610E), a shallow bank which dries boarding position (161267N 961821E), the
in extensive areas S and SE of Thante Point recommended track leads generally N, then NNE, to
(163006N 962316E). the vicinity of Lower Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
2 The Yangon River is then entered between Sin Min (161714N 961780E). The recommended route then
Point (Elephant Point) (162731N 961942E) and continues generally NNE to the bar.
Thante Point, 4 miles ENE. The lower reaches of the 3 From a position SSE of Mye Saon Sand (6.52) to
river lead 19 miles NNW to Yangon. the vicinity E of Sin Min Point (6.44), Western
Channel is encumbered by wrecks, obstructions and
Myanmar Notice 33/20 [NP21--No 22--Wk 49/20] drying, shifting banks. The channel is highly
changeable; no detailed directions can be given. Local
knowledge is essential.
Burma -- Gulf of Martaban --
Yangon River approaches — Pilotage Myanmar Notice 33/20 [NP21--No 23--Wk 49/20]
154
Burma -- Gulf of Martaban --
Paragraph 6.51 Replace by: Yangon River approaches — Pilotage
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 200 gt or
greater; the pilot boarding position is at 161267N 156
961821E. Pilots are transferred by motor launch.
In poor visibility the pilot vessel will sound Morse Paragraph 6.65 Replace by:
Code letter Z to assist location. A vessel approaching
the pilot vessel must not pass ahead of the pilot 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 200gt;
vessel and must make a lee for the pilot boat. Further pilot boards in position 161267N 961821E.
details of procedure are contained in ADMIRALTY List Unauthorised vessels are advised to keep 1 mile
of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). clear of the Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N
2 Unauthorised vessels are advised to keep 1 mile 961672E) (6.41).
clear of the Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N For further information see ADMIRALTY List of
961672E) (6.41). Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 8--Wk 30/19] Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 10--Wk 30/19]
2 -- 119
Index
NP21
Burma -- Port of Yangon — Development; bridge France – Anse de Bénodet -- Loctudy --
L’Odet River — Pilotage
156 66
Vessels under 6000 tonnes: in position 474987N
Development 40801W for Loctudy and in position 475058N
6.66a 40605W for Odet.
1 A bridge (164616N 960863E), under
construction (2019), spans Thanlyetsoon Point French Notice 16/50/19 [NP22--No 1--Wk 28/19]
Channel between Sule Wharves (6.74) and MIP
Wharves (6.74). The development area is marked by France -- Bay of Biscay --
Port Autonome de Bordeaux — Pilotage
light buoys. The vertical clearance is unknown.
190--191
Myanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 49/2019
[NP21--No 12--Wk 50/19]
2 Boarding. Pilots normally board about 1½ miles
NNE of BXA Light Buoy (8.34) or, for vessels less
than 200 m in length, in the vicinity of No 13a Light
Myanmar (Burma) -- Buoy...
Port of Yangon — Anchorage
157 3 This service is also available to vessels less than
160 m in length carrying dangerous substances or
hydrocarbons only if the Master has visited the port at
least three times in the preceding 12 months.
Kanaung Creek Liffey Reach
164300N 961230E Exceptionally, due to sea or weather conditions,
vessels less than 120 m in length not carrying
Paragraph 6.73 1 lines 18--19 Replace by: dangerous substances or...
French Notice 16/C24 (2019) 4.3.1.3/20
CCA SW of Thanlyetsoon Point [NP22--No 13--Wk 21/20]
164520N 961190E
France -- West coast -- Bay of Biscay --
GB Chart 833/20 [NP21--No 20--Wk 45/20] La Garonne — Vertical clearance
197
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2019 Edition)
Power cable (km 10) (445507N 03287W): 52 m.
Pont d’Aquitaine suspension bridge (km 58)
France -- West coast -- Bay of Biscay -- (445279N 03217W): 52 m.
Pointe de Penmarc’h — Directions; wrecks
58 ...(445150N 03312W): 53 m when raised,
66 m when lowered.
...5 miles, then ESE for 9½ miles, keeping clear of charted
wrecks and obstructions, passing: France -- Bay of Biscay --
Bassin d’Arcachon — Pilotage
French Chart 7250 (2020) [NP22--No 15--Wk 33/20]
206
France -- Bay of Biscay -- Western approaches to
Concarneau — Regulations; 1 Pilotage is regulated for vessels over 50 m in
prohibited anchorage length; see 8.12 for details. Pilot boards in the vicinity
of BXA Light Buoy (8.34) for vessels arriving from N
61 or ATT--ARC Light Buoy (8.168) for the others.
Request should be made 18 hours before the arrival
Paragraph 3.33 1 line(s) 2 For 1600gt Read 3000 gt at the boarding station, except for vessels leaving
ports between Lorient and Santander.
Paragraph 3.33 1 line(s) 8 Replace by: Exempted vessels are recommended to use the
assistance of a local mariner; see 1.40 for further
There is no designated waiting anchorage and details. The unofficial pilot can be contacted through
anchoring is prohibited within the approach channel. Affaires Maritimes giving 12 hours notice.
French Chart 7250 (2020); FGSD C23 2.5.2.6 French Notice 16/C24 (2019) 5.2.1.4/20
[NP22--No 16--Wk 33/20] [NP22--No 14--Wk 21/20]
2 -- 120
Index
NP22
Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Bilbao — Spain -- Santander -- Ensenada de El Sardinero
Vertical clearance — Traffic regulations; prohibited areas;
prohibited anchorages
237
250
Paragraph 10.31 including heading and existing Section IV
Puente de Róntegui (431772N 25845W), a fixed Notice Week 50/19 Replace by:
motorway bridge with a vertical clearance of 42 m,
spans the river 1 mile upstream from Dársena de Traffic regulations
Axpe. 10.31
1 Prohibited areas. The area off Muelle de Albareda
ENC ES539412 [NP22--No 11--Wk 10/20] is prohibited to unauthorised vessels. Its outer limit is
marked by two light buoys (S cardinal).
Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Bilbao — Entry is prohibited into an area (432878N
Directions; vertical clearance 34649W), marked by light buoys (special), centred
on a wind turbine.
240 Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited in
the navigation channels of the port. Elsewhere
Paragraph 9.150 6 lines 1--10 Delete anchoring is allowed only by permission of the port
authority.
ENC ES539412 [NP22--No 12--Wk 10/20] Anchorage is prohibited in an area centred on
432886N 34635W.
2 Air obstruction area. Vessels with air draught of
Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- 10 m or greater operating near the E end of the
Santander — Anchorage; caution
runway at Parayas Airport (10.19) must communicate
250 with Santander Port Control (10.26) not less than
20 minutes before passing the runway alignment.
Spanish Notice 38/287/20 [NP22--No 17--Wk 46/20]
2 Cautions. Holding in the anchorage is good in
sand, except for a narrow, stone tongue, 160 m wide,
Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Santander --
extending about 6½ cables ENE from Cabo Menor Ría de Astillero — Regulations
(10.15).
A heavy sea may enter the anchorage during 252
periods of strong N winds. The port advises masters
to use their discretion when considering the use of the
anchorage. The channel passes close ESE of the E end of a
runway at Parayas Airport (10.19); see 10.31 for
Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1 communication requirements.
[NP22--No 6--Wk 50/19]
Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Spare

Santander — Traffic regulations 10.46
250 Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1
[NP22--No 8--Wk 50/19]
Spain -- North coast -- Ría de Suances — Wreck

Traffic regulations
10.31 254
1 Prohibited area. The area off Muelle de Albareda
is prohibited to unauthorised vessels. Its outer limit is Paragraph 10.66 1 line(s) 2--7 Replace by:
marked by two light buoys (S cardinal). ...the pilot anchor approximately 3½ cables NE of Punta
Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in del Torco de Fuera Light (10.60), bottom sand, good
the navigation channels of the port. Elsewhere holding.
anchoring is allowed only by permission of the port Caution. A dangerous wreck (432655N
authority. 40221W), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger),
2 Air obstruction area. Vessels with air draught of lies 2¾ cables E of the light.
10 m or greater operating near the E end of the 2 Vessels awaiting suitable conditions to cross the
runway at Parayas Airport (10.19) must communicate bar anchor in Punta Ballota anchorage (10.73), about
with Santander Port Control (10.26) not less than 1½ miles W of the light.
20 minutes before passing the runway alignment.
3 SW of a dangerous wreck (432655N 40221W),
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1
[NP22--No 7--Wk 50/19] Spanish Notice 32/267/19 [NP22--No 4--Wk 38/19]
2 -- 121
Index
NP22
Spain -- Ría de Avilés -- Dársena de San Agustín NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2019 Edition)
— Directions; wreck
United States of America -- Alaska -- Alaska
270 Peninsula -- Cape Kumlik -- Sutwik Island --
Foggy Cape — Wreck
137
5 Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in position
433403N 55529W. Paragraph 5.41 3 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
3 An isolated shoal patch (563062N 1565837W)
Spanish Notice 2/7/2020 [NP22--No 9--Wk 07/20] with a depth of 104 m (34 ft) is situated 1½ miles S of
Foggy Cape and a dangerous wreck (562947N
1570109W) is situated 3 miles SSW of Foggy Cape.
Spain -- North coast -- Ría de Ribadeo — Pilotage
US Notice 11/16568/20 [NP23--No 4--Wk 17/20]
276
United States of America -- Aleutian Islands --
Paragraph 11.86 Replace by: Atka Island — Wreck
1 Port operations. In bad weather the port is closed 219

for commercial ships. Paragraph 7.29 1 line(s) 10 Replace by:
Outer anchorage. In fair weather, vessels awaiting
the tide to enter harbour, anchor in Ensenada de ...this rock. A stranded wreck, reported (2019), lies
Arnao, 3¼ cables NNW of the front light of Punta approximately ½ mile ENE of the rock.
Arroxo Leading Lights (11.90), depth 10 m sand.
US Notice 21/16480/19 [NP23--No 1--Wk 40/19]
Russia -- Bering Sea -- Anadyrskiy Gulf --
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than Port Provideniya — Pilotage
500 tonnes. Pilots board about 2½ cables NE of Isla
Pancha Light. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals 380
Volume 6(1) for further details. Paragraph 12.87 1 line 4 Replace by:
...favourable weather. Pilots board in position 642280N
Ribadeo Pilots [NP22--No 2--Wk 28/19]
1732190W. Request for pilotage and tug...
Spain -- North coast -- Ensenada de San Cibrao --
San Cibrao — Pilotage
Russia -- Siberia -- Kolyuchinskaya —
Nature reserve
279--280
396
...and receive instructions. Nature Reserve. Kolyuchinskaya Guba lies within
Pilot boards in the following positions: the Beringiya National Park. The N limit of the park
434353N 72691W for vessels less than lies at the entrance to Kolyuchinskaya Guba between
10 000 gt; 670637N 1744297W and 670421N 1743470W.
434450N 72632W for vessels more than
10 000 gt or carrying dangerous goods. Russian Notice 49/5681/19 [NP23--No 3--Wk 02/20]
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1)
for details.
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
Spanish Notice 3/SDO No 2 Page 59/20 (2019 Edition)
[NP22--No 10--Wk 08/20]
Turkey -- Çanakkale BoÔazÝ --
™ntepe Liman — Anchorage
Spain -- North coast --
Ría de Viveiro — Anchorage 72
282
2 Anchorage. Emergency anchorage (400142N
Paragraph 11.133 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 261752E) may be obtained for all types of vessels
in an emergency, and for military vessels at any time,
1 A bad weather anchorage (434421N 73585W), in depths of 25 to 68 m. Dangerous underwater rocks
for vessels under 10 000 gt, depths from 18 to 50 m, (400076N 261646E) and two mooring buoys lie in
lies NE of Punta Socastro (11.131). the SW area of the anchorage. A submarine power
cable passes close to the N boundary of the area.
Spanish Notices 30/253 & 254/19
[NP22--No 3--Wk 35/19] Turkish Notice 46/218/19 [NP24--No 10--Wk 51/19]
2 -- 122
Index
NP24
Turkey -- Çanakkale BoÔazÝ -- Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- BandÝrma Körfezi --
™nce Burnu — Anchorages Mola BankÝ — Directions; buoy
87
79
Paragraph 2.78 1 lines 1--13 Replace by: Notice Week 40/19 Replace by:
1 Caution. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an 2 SSE of Mola BankÝ (402640N 280600E),
area (402953N 270100E) surrounding a natural marked by a light buoy (S cardinal). This rock, which
gas pipeline and submarine cable extending SE from is awash but difficult to see, is separated from Halî
a position WSW of Zerdali Deresi (403320N AdasÝ by a channel about 3 cables wide with depths
265870E). of between 22 and 31 m. A bank, with a least depth
of 38 m, extends 6 cables W and 3 cables SW from
Paragraph 2.78 2 line 8 Replace by: the rock. Thence:
The area lies within Gelibolu port limits. Turkish Notice 12/42/20 [NP24--No 25--Wk 17/20]
Turkish Notice 50/235/19 [NP24--No 11--Wk 04/20]

Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- AmbarlÝ LimanÝ —
Outer anchorages
Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- 94--95
Ince Burnu — Anchorages
79 1 Designated anchorages are situated as follows:
No 1 Anchorage (405950N 283450E), for
Paragraph 2.78 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice vessels less than 1600 gt. Anchoring is prohibited
Week 04/20 Replace by: within 4 cables of the coast.
No 2 Anchorage (405740N 283330E), for naval
1 Anchorage area No 4 centred on 403120N vessels. An outfall pipeline lies close NW of the
265453E with a maximum depth of 31 m in the E anchorage area.
part, sand and stones between DoÔanarslan BankÝ No 3 Anchorage (405670N 283650E).
(2.56) and Ince Burnu. Explosives and quarantine anchorage.
Caution. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an
2 No 4 Anchorage (405640N 283870E), for
area (402953N 270100E) surrounding a natural
gas pipeline and submarine cable that extend SE from vessels carrying non--dangerous cargo over
a position WSW of the mouth of Zerdali Deresi 1600 gt.
(403320N 265870E). Anchoring is prohibited within 500 m of the gas pipeline
Anchorage area No 5 centred on 402877N which lands to the W of the oil berths.
264767E lies close W of DoÔanarslan BankÝ. A Diving is prohibited from a position on the shore,
wreck lies in the W part of the anchorage. 1½ miles WNW of Baba Burnu (2.183), to a position
Caution. A submarine power cable lies close S of 3 miles S, then E to a position 7 cables S of DeÔirmen
the anchorage. Burnu, thence to the shore.
2 Anchorage area No 6 centred on 403506N
270513E, an explosives and quarantine anchorage, ENC TR402926 (5.001) [NP24--No 24--Wk 15/20]
with depths of 10 to 47 m, mud between Ince Burnu
and Eriklice Burnu (2.56) 9½ miles ENE. Turkey -- Marmara Denizi --
An outfall, marked by a light buoy (special), extends ™zmit Körfezi — Anchorages
SSE for 7 cables from the coast inshore of the
anchorage in position 403561N 270472E. 97
All three anchorage areas lie within Gelibolu port Paragraph 2.226 6 line(s) 3--5 Replace by:
limits.
Vessels carrying non--dangerous cargo and naval
Turkish Notice 50/235/19 [NP24--No 13--Wk 05/20] vessels: centred on 404124N 291931E,
3 miles WSW.
Explosives and quarantine anchorage: centred on
404180N 292096E, 1½ miles W.
Turkey -- Marmara Denizi --
BandÝrma Körfezi — Directions; buoy Turkish Notice 44/208/19 [NP24--No 9--Wk 50/19]
87 Turkey -- ™zmit Körfezi -- Hereke — Anchorages
2 SSE of Mola BankÝ (402640N 280600E). Paragraph 2.233 2 Replace by:

This rock,… 2 Further anchorage areas, soft mud with fair holding
ground, lie WNW of YarÝmca--Tütünçiftlik Industrial
Turkish Notice 30/145/19 [NP24--No 2--Wk 40/19] complex (404463N 294568E), centred on:
2 -- 123
Index
NP24
404582N 293828E (for vessels carrying 3 To a position NNE of Boztepe Burnu Light (white
non--dangerous goods); stone tower and dwelling, 4 m in height) (420117N
404576N 294048E (explosives and quarantine); 351245E), standing on the E extremity of Boztepe
404640N 293850E (explosives). YarÝmadasÝ. This peninsula can be identified by its flat
summit and, except towards the isthmus, its steep
Turkish Notice 31/143/19 [NP24--No 5--Wk 46/19] sides. From N, the isthmus, on which stands the town
of Sinop (3.124), is scarcely visible and the peninsula
Turkey -- ™stanbul BoÔazÝ -- appears as an island.
Kadiköy— Outfall pipe
103
Turkey -- Usta Burnu to ™nce Burun --
Paragraph 2.292 3 line 3 Replace by: AyancÝk — Anchorage
...290130E). An outfall pipe is situated in the NE part of
the anchorage area. 131

2 Anchorage. Designated areas are as follows:
Anchorage No 1 (415841N 343174E), for
Turkey -- Black Sea -- ¬ile —
Anchorages; pipeline vessels carrying non--dangerous cargoes and
naval vessels.
121 Anchorage No 2 (415808N 343403E), for
vessels carrying non–dangerous cargoes wishing
Paragraph 3.21 3 line 4 Replace by: to anchor long term.
Anchorage No 3 (415767N 343693E),
...anchorage. A submarine pipeline extends into the SW quarantine anchorage and for vessels with
corner of the W anchorage. dangerous cargoes, nuclear vessels and vessels
waiting to gas--free.
Turkish Notice 36/170/19 [NP24--No 3--Wk 42/19] Caution. A submarine pipeline, extending 1 mile
NNW from AyancÝk ÇayÝ, and a stranded wreck
(415803N 343519E), marked by a light buoy
Turkey -- Black Sea -- BartÝn LimanÝ to
Kurucaîile Burnu — Directions; ODAS buoy (isolated danger), lie between anchorage Nos 2 and 3.
Pilotage. The pilot boarding position (415896N
343033E), lies 7½ cables ENE of Usta Burnu Light.
127
Paragraph 3.86 3 Replace by: Turkish Notice 06/20/20; ENC TR300122

[NP24--No 20--Wk 12/20]
3 Clear of an ODAS buoy (415156N
323457E), thence:
To a position NNW of Kurucaîile Burnu Light (white Turkey -- Samsun Körfezi to Yasun Burnu --
Fatsa Körfezi — Anchorage
concrete tower, 8 m in height) (415080N
324300E), which stands on Kurucaîile Burnu, a
135
narrow promontory extending 5 cables from the
general line of the coast. Kurucaîile harbour lies close Paragraph 3.168 1--2 Replace by:
E of the point.
1 Position and function. The town of Fatsa
Turkish Notice 41/134/20 [NP24--No 36--Wk 50/20] (410242N 372898E), stands on the SW side of
Fatsa Körfezi, 2 miles SSE of Kireçci Burnu.
The port handles bulk and general cargoes.
Turkey -- Black Sea -- Usta Burnu to 2 Anchorage. Area No 1 (410507N 372835E), an
Boztepe Burnu — Directions; ODAS buoy
unrestricted anchorage, is situated NNW of Kireçci
Burnu. A buoy (special) (410482N 372758E) is
130
moored in the SW part of the anchorage. A second
Paragraph 3.115 1--3 Replace by: buoy (special) is moored 1½ cables farther SSW.
Area No 2 (410294N 373461E), a quarantine
1 From a position N of Usta Burnu (415850N anchorage and for vessels carrying dangerous
342950E), the coastal passage to Boztepe Burnu cargoes, nuclear powered vessels and for vessels
leads ENE, passing: wanting to gas–free, lies 4½ miles ESE of Kireçci
2 NNW of Bahçeli KayalarÝ (415730N Burnu. A submarine pipeline, extending about 8 cables
344200E) (3.112), thence: N from the shore, lies close W of the anchorage.
To a position N of ™nceburun Light (420579N Pilotage is compulsory for foreign--flagged vessels
345668E), standing on a point which is sharp, rocky over 500 gt; the pilot boards in position 410400N
and reddish in colour. Thence the track leads ESE, 373150E, 7½ cables ENE of Fatsa Feneri Light.
passing:
Clear of an ODAS buoy (420562N 351111E), Turkish Notice 06/19/20; ENC TR401322
thence: [NP24--No 21--Wk 12/20]
2 -- 124
Index
NP24
Turkey -- Black Sea -- Görele — Anchorages Turkey -- Black Sea --
Istanbul Airport Fuel Supply Terminal —
139 Prohibited area; development
2 Anchorages. Designated anchorage areas are as After Paragraph 4.14 Insert:

follows:
No 1 Anchorage (410290N 390180E) for naval Arrival Information
vessels and vessels not carrying dangerous 4.14a
cargo below 5000 gt. A submarine pipeline 1 Prohibited area. The terminal lies within an area
extends 8 cables NE from the main breakwater, (411995N 284720E) extending up to 2 miles from
terminating near the W limit of No 1 Anchorage. the coast into which entry is prohibited.
No 2 Anchorage (410260N 385852E) for
Harbour
vessels not carrying dangerous cargo over
4.14b
5000 gt.
1 Development. Extensive construction works are in
progress (2020) in the vicinity of the port.
Turkish Notice 51/239/19; ENC TR401333
Unauthorised entry to the area under development is
[NP24--No 12--Wk 05/20]
prohibited.
Georgia -- Black Sea -- Bat’umi — Pilotage Turkish Notice 32/095/20 [NP24--No 34--Wk 39/20]
146 Bulgaria -- Burgaski Zaliv --

Approaches to Burgas — Directions; rock
157
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels entering or
leaving harbour. Pilots are available 24 hours and Paragraph 4.39 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
should be ordered 24 hours, and confirmed 2 hours,
1 From a position in the Traffic roundabout
before arrival. Pilots board as follows:
(422900N 280500E), the E approach route to
In good weather, in position 414008N 413814E.
Burgas leads W for about 16 miles by way of a TSS
In bad weather, in the inner roads.
(4.36), through waters clear of charted dangers, to the
For Berth No 1 (3.282) only, in position 414080N
traffic roundabout (422900N 274200E) at the
413900E.
entrance of the inner part of Burgaski Zaliv. Within the
roundabout there are multiple rocks and a dangerous
Georgian Notice Circular 04/3/20
wreck. The shoalest of these dangers is a rock
[NP24--No 32--Wk 38/20]
(422939N 274083E), depth 13 m. The roundabout
is generally deep, but shoals of 11 m exist in the NW
of the roundabout and near Ostrov Sveti Ivan (4.38).
Georgia -- Black Sea -- P’ot’i — Anchorages (Directions continue for the Port of Burgas at 4.62)
149
1 From a position in the Traffic roundabout centred
Paragraph 3.303 1 lines 2--5 Replace by: 3 miles SE of Nos Emine (424207N 275400E)
(4.38), the NE approach route to Burgas leads SW for
Anchorage Area No 200 (421130N 413671E), 15 miles through the TSS, passing:
tankers;
Anchorage Area No 300 (420950N 413650E), Bulgarian Notice 2/7/20 [NP24--No 30--Wk 32/20]
bulk carriers. A wreck (420973N 413629E)
lies in the anchorage area. A second wreck Bulgaria -- Burgaski Zaliv -- Burgas — Pilotage
(420987N 413578E) lies close to the W
boundary of the anchorage. 160
ENC GE410325 (5.001) [NP24--No 23--Wk 15/20] Paragraph 4.57 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 100 gt.
Turkey -- Black Sea -- Karaburun -- Dalyan Burnu Pilots are embarked in the following positions:
to Koru Burnu — Prohibited area Burgas Inner (422850N 273200E); for draught
less than 135 m;
154 Burgas Outer (422900N 273900E), for draught
more than 135 m;
After Paragraph 4.12 2 line 5 Insert: No 2 (423977N 275680E).
They are available 24 hours and should be ordered
NE of a prohibited area (4.14a), thence: at least 2 hours in advance through the agent.
Turkish Notice 32/095/20 [NP24--No 33--Wk 39/20] Bulgarian Notice 2/6/20 [NP24--No 29--Wk 32/20]
2 -- 125
Index
NP24
Bulgaria -- Burgas -- Burgaski Zaliv — Ukraine -- Black Sea --
Directions; rock Port Yuzhnyy (Port Pivdennyi) — Name
160 204
1 Port Yuzhnyy (Port Pivdennyi) (463691N
1 From a position in the Traffic roundabout 310121E) is situated on...
(422900N 274200E), the route through the outer
harbour leads W for about 7 miles by way of a TSS, GB Chart 2202 [NP24--No 14a--Wk 05/20]
passing:
Clear of a rock (422939N 274083E) with a depth Ukraine -- Black Sea --
Port Yuzhnyy (Port Pivdennyi) — Depth
of 13 m, thence:
204
Bulgarian Notice 2/7/20 [NP24--No 31--Wk 32/20]
...dredged to 190 m (2019).
Bulgaria -- Black Sea -- Varna —
Anchorage; obstruction The basins have dredged depths from 13 to 19 m
(2019). Contact the Port Authority for the latest depth
162 information.
GB Chart 2202 [NP24--No 14b--Wk 05/20]
...April, lies S of Evksinograd Zaliv (4.85). A lost anchor and Ukraine -- Black Sea --
chain (431204N 275861E) lies towards the S of the Port Yuzhnyy (Port Pivdennyi) — Obstructions
area. An area... 205
Bulgarian Notice 1/1/20 [NP24--No 27--Wk 29/20] Paragraph 6.86 1 line(s) 2 For 463100N 305800E
Read 463100N 305805E
Bulgaria -- Black Sea -- Varna — Pilotage GB Charts 2202 & 2212 [NP24--No 15a--Wk 05/20]
163 Ukraine -- Black Sea --
Port Yuzhnyy (Port Pivdennyi) — Obstructions
205
...vessels over 100 gt. Pilots embark in position 431134N
275741E. Paragraph 6.86 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
2 Area No 357 (463480N 310340E) has seven
Bulgarian Notice 3/9/19 [NP24--No 1--Wk 37/19]
berths for dry cargo vessels up to 170 m
LOA. Depths from 12 to 22 m, mud, sand and
Bulgaria -- Approaches to Varna — shell. Obstructions lie close NW and SW of
Prohibited anchorage anchorage position No 16.
164 GB Charts 2202 & 2212 [NP24--No 15b--Wk 05/20]
After Paragraph 4.94 4 line 6 Insert: Ukraine -- Black Sea --

Port Yuzhnyy — Anchorage
Area No 339 (431387N 281688E), 2¾ cables
either side of the cable extending 20 miles SE 205
from Balchik (4.118). After Paragraph 6.86 3 line 7 Insert:
UKHO [NP24--No 28--Wk 30/20] Area No 359 (463361N 311502E). Depths from
12 to 15 m. Obstructions lie within the anchorage,
in positions 463382N 311319E and
Ukraine -- Chornomorsk — 463399N 311568E.
ENC UA5ECF65 & UA5ECF66
199 [NP24--No 6--Wk 47/19]
Paragraph 6.42 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: Ukraine -- Black Sea --
Port Yuzhnyy (Port Pivdennyi) — Obstructions
2 Leading lights:
Front light (white rectangle, black stripe on black 205
4--sided metal framework tower, 34 m in height)
(461944N 303923E).
Middle light (similar structure, 28 m in height)
(1 cable from front light). 3 Area No 358 (463400N 310700E). Eight
Rear light (similar structure, 29 m in height) (5 cables berths for dry cargo vessels; Nos 21 and 25
from front light). are quarantine anchorages. Depths from 16 to
18 m, mud and shell. Obstructions lie within
Ukrainian Notice 35/603/20 [NP24--No 35--Wk 47/20] the area.
2 -- 126
Index
NP24
Area No 359 (463361N 311502E). Depths from Ukraine -- Black Sea -- Kerch Strait --
12 to 15 m. Obstructions lie within the anchorage, Kerch--Yenikal Channel — Vertical clearance
in positions 463382N 311319E and
463399N 311568E. 272
GB Charts 2202 & 2212 [NP24--No 15c--Wk 05/20] Paragraph 8.15 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
1 Kerch Strait Bridge crosses the Kerch--Yenikal
Ukraine -- Black Sea -- Channel (451852N 363050E) from Kosa Tuzla
Port Yuzhnyy (Port Pivdennyi) — Harbour (8.67) to the vicinity of Mys Ak--Burun (8.64). The
bridge has a vertical clearance of 35 m and a
205 navigable width of 185 m.
Ukrainian Notice 19/348/20 [NP24--No 26--Wk 25/20]
1 The harbour comprises a S and N area connected
by a dredged channel.
Russia -- Black Sea -- Kerch Strait --
Port Taman’ — Directions
GB Chart 2202 [NP24--No 16--Wk 05/20]
274
Ukraine -- Black Sea --
Port Yuzhnyy — Anchorages Paragraph 8.43 including heading Replace by:
207 Entrance Channel

8.43
Paragraph 6.100 including heading Replace by: 1 Port Taman’ Leading Lights:
Front light (white tower, black stripe, 8 m in height)
Spare (450710N 363644E).
6.100 Rear light (similar structure, 20 m in height) (7 cables
from front light).
ENC UA5ECF66 [NP24--No 7--Wk 47/19] From the pilot boarding position for Terminals 2
and 3 the track leads N on the alignment (000) of
these lights, to the vicinity of two light buoys marking
Black Sea -- Crimean Peninsula --
Ozero Donuzlav — Submarine cable the starting points of the two recommended routes to
the berths.
231 2 TPC Leading Lights:
Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, 10 m in
Paragraph 6.327 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: height), (450746N 364048E).
Rear light (similar structure, 15 m in height)
3 Caution. An obstruction with a depth of 118 m and (5½ cables from front light).
a submarine cable are located in the NW part of area From the vicinity of the S light buoy (safe water)
No 381. (450601N 363658E) the alignment (0624) of
these lights leads ENE through a channel marked
HYDROLANT 3315/19(55) [NP24--No 8--Wk 47/19] by light buoys (lateral) to the berths.
3 From the vicinity of the N--most light buoy (safe
water) (450644N 363658E), Recommended Route
Russia -- Black Sea -- Bukhta Tuapse to
Mys Uch--Dere — Directions; marine farm No 69 leads ENE to the berths, through a channel
marked by a single pair of light buoys (lateral) and
261 within the white sector (057--067) of a light
(450793N 364055E).
After Paragraph 7.169 2 line 4 Insert: 4 Cautions. The tracks pass close to banks,
obstructions, a disused spoil ground and wrecks.
SW of a marine farm (434005N 393185E),
Temporary aids to navigation are positioned as work
thence:
continues, mariners should contact the harbour
Russian Notice 44/4084/20 [NP24--No 38--Wk 52/20] authorities for the latest information.

Russia -- Black Sea -- Sochi to Mys Pitsunda —
Directions; marine farm
Black Sea -- Kerch--Yenikal Channel —
264 Anchorage

NE of a marine farm (432820N 394465E), Paragraph 8.68 5 lines 4--5 Delete
thence:
Russian Notice 44/4085/20 [NP24--No 39--Wk 52/20] UKHO [NP24--No 18--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 127
Index
NP24
Black Sea -- Kerch--Yenikal Channel — Degaussing range
Anchorage 2.96a
1 A degaussing range is located in an area centred
280 on 482460N 1232695W. Fishing is prohibited.
Paragraph 8.77 1 lines 1--7 Delete Marine nature reserves
2.96b
UKHO [NP24--No 19--Wk 10/20] 1 Victoria Harbour Bird Sanctuary (Victoria Harbour
Refuge D’oiseaux) comprises Victoria Harbour and
adjacent coastline from Macaulay Point (2.99) to
Russia -- Sea of Azov -- Port Temryuk — Cadboro Point (5.60). See 1.93.
Anchorages
292 UKHO [NP25--No 9--Wk 50/20]

Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Esquimalt Harbour
...of Temryukskiy Light Buoy (safe water) (452129N -- Inskip Island — Directions; leading lights
372039E). A seventh berth lies 8 cables N of the buoy,
and outside the harbour limits. Anchor berths 8 and 9 are 72
situated about 2 miles N of the buoy.
1 Inskip Island Leading Lights:
Front light (white trapezium, red vertical stripe, on
square framework tower) (482652N
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 1232634W), standing on a reef extending S
(2019 Edition) from the SW extremity of Inskip Island.
Rear light (white trapezium inverted, red vertical
Canada -- Regulations — stripe, on square framework tower) (½ cable from
Protection of environment; front light).
bird sanctuaries; reserves From a position SW of Scroggs Rocks Light
(2.100), the alignment (014) of these lights, visible on
12 the leading line only, leads NNE through the entrance
into the harbour, passing:
Bird Sanctuaries. Under the Migratory Birds Canadian Western Notice 8/3313/19; 8/Light list correction
Convention Act, 1994, the Canadian Wildlife Service page 29/19 [NP25--No 2--Wk 41/19]
of Environment Canada is the agency responsible for
Migratory Bird Sanctuaries (MBS), which prescribe Canada -- Victoria Harbour —
rules and prohibitions regarding migratory birds and Arrival information; prohibited areas;
their habitat. See www.canada.ca for further details. anchorages
74
Ecological reserves are established by the
Province of British Columbia to protect unique After Paragraph 2.127 2 line 2 Insert:
features, or rare, endangered or sensitive species or
Prohibited areas. Navigation under sail is
habitats.
prohibited in all waters of Victoria Harbour N of a line
drawn between Shoal Point Light (2.134) and Berens
UKHO [NP25--No 8--Wk 50/20]
Island Light (2.134), to the Selkirk Trestle Bridge
(2.123).
Canada -- Esquimalt and Victoria Harbours — For prohibited anchorages and further regulations
Restricted areas; prohibited anchorages; See 2.96.
degaussing range; nature reserve
UKHO [NP25--No 10--Wk 50/20]
69
Paragraph 2.96 2 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: Canada -- Victoria Harbour —

2 Restricted areas. A Controlled Access Zone is Basins and berths; anchorages
located within Esquimalt Harbour and its approaches,
including the anchorages in Royal Roads. Buoys and 75
booms may be deployed within these zones subject to Paragraph 2.139 1--3 Replace by:
security requirements. See Notice No 43 Canadian
Notices to Mariners (Annual Edition) and 1.95 1 Anchorage is only available in the designated outer
3 Prohibited anchorages. Unless authorised by the anchorages in Royal Roads with permission of a
harbour master, anchoring is prohibited in most areas harbour official. See 2.110.
of the harbours and their approaches, except in the
designated anchorages; see 2.110. UKHO [NP25--No 11--Wk 50/20]
2 -- 128
Index
NP25
Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Canada -- Barkley Sound -- Trevor Channel —
Saanich Inlet — Platform Directions; light sector
165 330
1 From a position in the vicinity of (484711N
Hazards 1251770W), about 3 miles W of Cape Beale (2.21),
5.148a the track leads ENE, at night in the white sector
1 Floating platform. A floating science platform (lit) (0685–0725) of Trevor Channel Entrance Light
(483733N 1232993W), position approximate, is (white round tower) (484873N 1251091W),
moored in the centre of Saanich Inlet. Moorings exhibited from an islet NE of Cape Beale, passing:
extend 300 m outwards from the platform, mariners Canadian Western Notice 11/3671/19
should pass well clear in order avoid interactions with [NP25--No 4--Wk 02/20]
the mooring lines.
Canadian Western Notice 03/PAC 201 Ch 6 2.55.1/20 NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2
[NP25--No 5--Wk 19/20] (2017 Edition)
Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Canada — Regulations

Saanich Inlet — Directions; platform 10
165 Paragraph 1.85 including heading Replace by:
After Paragraph 5.152 3 line 8 Insert: Protection of the environment

1.85
Clear of a floating platform (483733N
1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic
1232993W) (5.148a), thence:
Canadian Western Notice 03/PAC 201 Ch 6 2.55.1/20 Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for
[NP25--No 6--Wk 19/20] ensuring the protection and conservation of listed
aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea
turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat
Canada -- Strait of Georgia -- Nanaimo -- of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act
Dodd Narrows — Vertical clearance (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of
173
under the authority of those regulations.
Paragraph 5.222 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: 2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue,
disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act
1 Overhead power cables, with a vertical clearance of of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal
45 m, span the narrows at mid--length. behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away
from their habitat at critical times in their annual
Canadian Western Notice 03/3475/20
reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them
[NP25--No 7--Wk 19/20]
injury.
Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of
Canada -- Vancouver Island -- entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be
Nanaimo — Pilotage reported to the appropriate marine animal response
organisation, including DFO.
211 3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations
as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies
to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The
1 Pilotage is compulsory, see 1.44. purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the
introduction to local ecosystems of potentially
Canadian Western Notice 8/3447/19 damaging pathogens or organisms. See also
[NP25--No 3--Wk 41/19] https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011
--237/.
Canada – Desolation Sound east side -- 4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and
Lancelot Inlet — Anchorages; wreck managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations
under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of
251 NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife
and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are
Paragraph 7.210 1 line(s) 3 Replace by: not allowed to enter these protected areas without a
...in a depth of about 20 m, keeping clear of a wreck permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of
(500493N 1244318W). these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent
passage, is strongly advised to communicate with
Canadian Western Notice 7/3312/19 Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada
[NP25--No 1--Wk 38/19] Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance.
2 -- 129
Index
NP26
5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been For further information see Port Information Guide
designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation Prince Rupert (4.70).
threatened species, and their habitats. Port Information Guide Prince Rupert
6 National Parks have been established under the [NP26--No 12--Wk 33/19
exclusion zones apply. See also Prince Rupert Harbour — Pilotage
www.parkscanada.gc.ca. 138
and contact information consult Annual Edition of Paragraph 4.79 1 line 1 Replace by:
Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 350 gt.
Paragraph 1.86 including heading Replace by: Pilots board in the following areas:
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert
Spare [NP26--No 13--Wk 33/19]
1.86
Prince Rupert Harbour — Regulations
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 Section A2
[NP26--No 10--Wk 17/19] 138
Douglas Channel -- Gertrude Point —
Directions; light Traffic regulations
4.79a
112 1 Fairview Channel. Within the main channel to the
inner harbour, normally only one deep sea vessel will
Paragraph 3.153 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: transit at any one time. Outbound vessels have
E of Gertrude Point (533792N 1291393W), priority for the channel.
thence: Porpoise Channel. The following restrictions apply
for deep sea vessels entering Porpoise Channel:
Canadian Western Notice 2/3977/17 Transits are to be conducted in daylight and only
[NP26--No 1--Wk 22/17] when visibility exceeds 2 miles;
2 Transits are not to be conducted in sustained (or
British Columbia -- Approaches to Prince Rupert forecast sustained) winds exceeding 25 kn;
-- Chatham Sound — Directions; ODAS Arrival transits are to be conducted 60 mins either
side of HW or LW;
136 Departure transits are to be conducted 60 mins
either side of HW only;
After Paragraph 4.65 4 line 7 Insert: Transits shall only be conducted when tidal
Clear of a submerged ODAS (541580N conditions are such that the minimum UKC
1304675W), depth 13 m, thence: requirements (4.72a) are extant for the entire
period of transit;
Canadian Notice 03/3957/20 [NP26--No 17--Wk 19/20] 3 Only one deep sea vessel shall be underway
between the Pulp Mill Wharf at Watson Island
Prince Rupert — Port information (4.100) and D24 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(541143N 1302045W) at any one time.
137 Safety Zones. The following safety zones exist
within Prince Rupert Harbour:
After Paragraph 4.70 1 line 3 Insert: All vessels, except for assigned tugs, must remain
outside of 50 m from any ship alongside any berth
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert is available at
the following website: or anchored in Prince Rupert;
www.rupertport.com/operations/port--information--guide 4 All vessels must remain outside of 140 m from
any LPG carrier loading cargo at Ridley
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert Terminal;
[NP26--No 11--Wk 33/19] All vessels except for those engaged in bunkering,
either alongside or at anchor, shall remain outside
of 100 m from any bunkering operation.
Prince Rupert — Port information;
Security Zones. The following security zones exist
under--keel clearance
within Prince Rupert Harbour:
137 5 No vessel, including any pleasure craft, shall
come within 50 m of any military vessel while
After Paragraph 4.72 2 line 3 Insert: moving, anchored or docked at Northland
terminal, without prior authorisation of the
Under--keel clearance warship, and:
4.72a No diving is to be conducted within 500 m of a
1 Within the port of Prince Rupert, a vessel’s UKC warship without prior permission.
should not be less than 10% of its maximum draught No Wake Zones. The following areas have been
unless prior permission has been obtained from the designated by Prince Rupert Port Authority as No
port authority. Wake Zones:
2 -- 130
Index
NP26
6 At Digby Island Floats (541881N 1302407W) Hecate Sound – Price Island —
and S of Mission Point (542015N 1302654W) in General information; traffic regulations
the NE corner of Metlakatla Bay (4.36);
176
Within Porpoise Harbour (4.91);
Vessels are to minimise their wake when passing After Paragraph 6.13 1 line 6 Insert:
docks, floats and seaplanes within these areas.
7 In addition, vessels passing within 3 cables of the Traffic regulations
NW coast of Kaien Island between Fairview Container 6.13a
Terminal (4.94) and Ritchie Point (4.114) must also 1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
minimise their wake. prohibited within an ESSA centred on 521326N
For further information see Port Information Guide 1293421W, located about 29 miles SW of Price
Prince Rupert (4.70) Island (522400N 1284100W).

Port Information Guide Prince Rupert [NP26--No 3--Wk 22/17]
[NP26--No 14--Wk 33/19]
Hecate Strait – Bonilla Island —
General information; traffic regulations
Prince Rupert Harbour — Depths
180
Traffic regulations
6.38a
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
...and a controlling depth of 202 m. The berth can...
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 531274N
1303908W, located 16 miles S of Bonilla Island
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert (6.43).
[NP26--No 15--Wk 33/19]
[NP26--No 4--Wk 22/17]
Prince Rupert Harbour — Depths
British Columbia -- Pitt Island --
Otter Channel — Light
141
188
Paragraph 4.96 1 Replace by: Paragraph 6.95 2 lines 1--12 Replace by:
1 Westview Terminal, (formerly Prince Rupert Grain 2 WSW of Fleishman Point (531271N
Terminal No 1) lies about 5 cables NE of Pillsbury 1293519W), which forms the E entrance
Point (541796N 1302117W). The berth face has point to Principe Channel (532200N
1295000W) and is lower and less
an overall length of 309 m and a controlling depth of
conspicuous than Ring Point (531331N
118 m.
1293618W), the SW extremity of Pitt Island,
which is high, bold and conspicuous, thence:
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert WSW of Ring Point. Nepean Rock (531289N
[NP26--No 16--Wk 33/19] 1293681W), covered by the green sector
(113--129) of Paige Point Light (white square
framework tower) (531109N 1293212W), is a
Queen Charlotte Sound – Calvert Island — drying, steep--to rock, lying 5 cables SW of Ring
General information; traffic regulations Point; further shoal rocks lie up to 5 cables SSE
and EM Light Buoy (S cardinal) is moored
6¾ cables SSE of Nepean Rock. Thence:
158
BA Chart 4929 [NP26--No 6--Wk 44/17]
British Columbia -- Pitt Island --
Otter Channel — Lights
Traffic regulations
190
5.16a
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are Paragraph 6.105 2 lines 4--9 Replace by:
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 511900N
...SSE), a white rock covered by the red sector (050--072)
1285064W, located about 35 miles WSW of Calvert
of Paige Point Light (531109N 1293212W) (6.95). The
Island.
white sector (083--085) of Blackrock Point Light
(531251N 1292066W) (6.77) leads through the centre
Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17 of Otter Channel, which has a least width of 1 mile and has
[NP26--No 2--Wk 22/17] depths that are generally in excess of 145 m (80 fm).
2 -- 131
Index
NP26
From the E the channel is entered S of McCreight Canada -- North coast of Graham Island --
Point Light (white square framework tower, green top) Masset Harbour — Directions; depth
(531252N 1293005W) and N of Fanny Point
(531142N 1292918W) (6.77), 1¼ miles SE. The 256
white sector (263--265) of Banks Island SE Light Paragraph 8.198 5 line(s) 3 For 46 m Read 39 m
(white square framework tower) (531102N
1294577W) leads through the centre of the channel.
Canada -- Hecate Strait -- Browning Entrance to NP27 Channel Pilot (2018 Edition)
Dundas Island — Directions; shoal; buoyage
197 Preface page

Paragraph 6.150 2 line 4 Replace by: iii
...other shoals. EF2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) Line 33 For Seventeenth Edition (2015) Read Eleventh
(540254N 1305436W) is moored 5½ cables NNW Edition (2017)
of Grenville Rock. Warrior Rocks lie 2½ miles NE...
After Paragraph 6.150 3 line 4 Insert: UKHO [NP27--No 1--Wk 45/18]
E of a shoal with least depth of 71 m, marked by a
light buoy (port hand) (541600N 1310540W),
Jersey -- Bay of Granville — Fishery limits
thence:
4
Canadian Notice 4/3002/17 [NP26--No 5--Wk 23/17]
British Columbia -- Moresby Island -- Juan Perez ...1.20a and www.jerseylaw.je
Sound -- Matheson Inlet — Depth
213 After Paragraph 1.20 Insert:

Bay of Granville Agreement
1.20a
Canadian Notice 6/3808/18 [NP26--No 8--Wk 30/18] 1 An Agreement between the Government of the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
British Columbia -- West coast of Graham Island and the Government of the French Republic
— Caution; depths concerning Fishing in the Bay of Granville, dated
4 July 2000, entered into force on 1 January 2004.
242 2 The Agreement, which aims to conserve and
After Paragraph 8.106 1 line 11 Insert: manage fishery resources in the seas situated in the
region of the Island of Jersey and the neighbouring
2 Caution. Recent surveys have determined the coast of France, provides for shared fishing rights and
presence of depths shoaler than charted and indicate management of the Granville Bay area and divides the
that position discrepancies in the order of 200 m may area into management zones.
exist. The following agreed zones have been established:
3 Zone A. Right of access for French fishing boats
Canadian Western Notice 6/3868/18 included in the appropriate list, which possess
[NP26--No 9--Wk 30/18] a permit enabling them to enter Zone A to
practice any type of fishing. Unrestricted
Canada -- North Coast of Graham Island -- access for British fishing boats.
Masset Harbour — Directions; rock Zone B. Right of access for French fishing boats
included in the appropriate list, which possess a
256 permit enabling them to enter Zone B to practice
any type of fishing. Unrestricted access for British
Paragraph 8.198 4 line(s) 4--8 Replace by: fishing boats.
ENE of Davey Ledge, a drying ledge lying 3 cables 4 Zone C. Right of access for French fishing boats
ENE of Westacott Point (540460N included in the appropriate list, which possess
1321464W). Thence: a permit enabling them to enter Zone C to
ENE of a rock awash (540414N 1321365W), practice any type of fishing. Unrestricted
situated on a wide shoal. Shoal water extends well access for British fishing boats.
off the W shore of the entrance to Masset Harbour. Zone D. Right of access for French fishing boats
Thence: included in the appropriate list, which possess a
permit enabling them to enter Zone D to practice
Canadian Western Notice 9/3895/20 static netting only from 15 October to 31 May.
[NP26--No 18--Wk 49/20] Unrestricted access for British fishing boats.
2 -- 132
Index
NP27
5 Zone E. Right of access for British fishing boats France -- North coast —
included in the appropriate list, which possess Navigation in Internal Waters; Prefectural Order
a permit enabling them to enter Zone E to
practice any type of fishing. Unrestricted 13
access for French fishing boats.
Zone F. Right of access for British fishing boats
included in the appropriate list, which possess a 3 Prefectural Order 2020/09 English Channel and
permit enabling them to enter Zone F to practice North Sea. Approach within 500 m of a surfaced
any type of fishing. Unrestricted access for French submarine or an aircraft carrier is prohibited at any
fishing boats. time within the internal and territorial waters of the
6 The geographical limits of Fishing Zones A to F are English Channel and Rades de Chebourg. The
shown on chart GB2669. restrictions do not apply to state vessels in service,
The following Areas are also described: ships in distress or providing assistance.
Area G. Right of access for French fishing boats Mariners should note that the full text of the law is
which possess a permit for whelk fishing only. the only authoritative statement and should contact the
Unrestricted access for British vessels. French authorities for further details.
Area H. Exclusive access for British fishing boats.
French Notice 19/20 [NP27--No 41--Wk 23/20]
Area I. No right of access to fishing for British
vessels. Unrestricted access for French fishing
boats. England -- South coast --
7 Area J. Right of access for fishing boats with a Saint Austell Bay — Directions; shoal
permit.
107
Area K. Exclusive access for British fishing boats.
Fishing Zones A to F and Areas G to K are shown on the After Paragraph 4.72 2 line 7 Insert:
graphic below.
ESE of an isolated shoal (501738N 44116W),
After Paragraph 1.20a Insert: the Bay of Granville fishing with a depth of 115 m.
agreements chartlet that accompanies this Notice.
Clinton Marine Survey [NP27--No 28--Wk 03/20]

England -- Cornwall -- Fowey —
1 For details of national limits see Notice No 12 of Controlling depth
Annual Summary of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
110
UKHO [NP27--No 39--Wk 18/20] Paragraph 4.96 1 Replace by:
1 The fairway from the entrance to Wiseman’s Point
United Kingdom -- Channel Islands — (4.103), 1½ miles up the river, has a least charted
Fishery limits depth of 50 m. Contact the port authority for the latest
controlling depths.
4
GB Chart 31/20 [NP27--No 53--Wk 45/20]
England -- Cornwall -- Fowey — Pilotage
1 See The Mariner’s Handbook, Notice No 12 of
Annual Summary of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners
Part 1 and Chart Q2669 Channel Islands and 110
Adjacent Coast of France Fisheries.
UKHO [NP27--No 8--Wk 11/19]
Pilot boarding place. In normal weather conditions
pilots will board vessels in the vicinity of 501868N
United Kingdom -- Navigation and Regulations -- 43858W, about one mile S of the harbour entrance.
Fishing — Fishery limits During poor weather conditions the boarding position may
be varied, and include inside the harbour entrance.
4 ENC GB40202A (13.002) [NP27--No 54--Wk 45/20]
Week 11/19 Replace by: England -- Cornwall -- Fowey — Shoal
1 See The Mariner’s Handbook and Notice No 12 of 112

Annual Summary of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners
Part 1. Paragraph 4.107 3 line 1 For 46 Read 38
UKHO [NP27--No 47--Wk 41/20] GB Chart 31/20 [NP27--No 55--Wk 45/20]
2 -- 133
Index
NP27
England -- Cornwall -- Fowey — Berths England -- Approaches to the Solent --
Selsey Bill — Directions; wreck
112--113 184
Paragraph 4.112 1 line 6 For 60 Read 50 After Paragraph 6.157 1 line 2 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (503849N 05227W),
Paragraph 4.112 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: position approximate, thence:
2 No 8 Quay (502077N 43819W) has a depth of Maritime & Coastguard Agency
about 8 m and can accept vessels up to 171 m length. [NP27--No 45--Wk 28/20]
The port authority should be contacted for the latest
berth information. United Kingdom -- South coast --
Southampton — Regulations; towage
GB Chart 31/20 [NP27--No 56--Wk 45/20]
192
England -- Cornwall -- Lantic Bay — Landmark
Special regulations concerning container vessels
114 7.14a
1 Container vessel escort towage requirements.
Paragraph 4.125 1 lines 2--5 Delete Ultra large container vessels of more than
180 000 dwt, with a draught of 15 m or more, are to
GB Chart 31/20 [NP27--No 57--Wk 45/20] be accompanied by an escort tug between South
Ryde Middle (7.154) and Hook Light Buoy. The tug is
to be made fast to the stern of the vessel to assist
England -- South coast -- Portland — the turns at W Bramble and Calshot Spit (7.207).
Prohibited area Container vessels of more than 140 000 dwt with a
draught of 14 m or more may also be subject to this
165 requirement on their initial port visit, based on the
manoeuvring characteristics of the vessel, or at the
pilot’s discretion.
3 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into an area Further details of the regulations may be found in
(503580N 22720W) situated close SSW of the root the Notice to Mariners on the Southampton VTS
of Northern Arm (6.39). The prohibition applies website (7.190).
between 1st November to 31st March inclusive except ABP SO Notice 20/20 [NP27--No 42--Wk 25/20]
and in accordance with prior written permission of the
Harbour Master. England -- The Solent --
Beaulieu River — Anchorage
Portland Harbour Authority Limited General Direction
03/07 [NP27--No 37--Wk 08/20] 199
England -- South coast -- Portland — Anchorages
Beaulieu River Harbour Master [NP27--No 25--Wk 43/19]
167
England -- Portsmouth — Regulations
1 There are numerous designated anchor berths After Paragraph 7.116 2 line 8 Insert:
inside the harbour sheltered from swell, with a good
holding ground of blue slimy mud. Ships usually ride Vessels within 2 miles of an aircraft carrier which is
underway must keep their speed below 15 kn.
at single anchor with a good scope of cable.
Correspondence Portland Harbour Authority Within 150 m of an aircraft carrier at anchor within the
[NP27--No 46--Wk 33/20] port.
QHM Portsmouth Notice 71/19
England -- South coast -- Poole — Speed limit [NP27--No 26--Wk 44/19]
176 England -- Portsmouth — Traffic signals

There is a speed limit of 5 kn within 200 m of Poole Paragraph 7.124 (Portsmouth Harbour traffic signals)
and Studland Beaches. Replace the existing table with the new table
accompanying chart blocks at the end of Section II.
Poole Harbour Commissioners Notice 27/20
[NP27--No 44--Wk 28/20] QHM Portsmouth [NP27--No 18--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 134
Index
NP27
England – Portsmouth -- Haslar Lake — Depths Paragraph 7.180 2 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:
217 ...Point, the E entrance point to the river. Here, the Eastern
Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passes...
...at the E end of a small peninsula. The lake has a
maintained depth of 40 m. A... ...buoyed Eastern Channel extends NNE from the fairway
to ENE of Cowes Breakwater.
QHM Portsmouth [NP27--No 16--Wk 24/19] Paragraph 7.181 1 line(s) 3 For Small Craft Read Eastern
England – Portsmouth -- Haslar Lake — Depths GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 22--Wk 38/19]
218
England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight --
Paragraph 7.137 1 line 4 For 60 m Read 40 m Cowes — Channel name; directions
Paragraph 7.137 1 line 6 For 50 m Read 40 m 227

QHM Portsmouth [NP27--No 17--Wk 24/19]
...Sailing Club (504587N 11790W) and the Eastern
Channel, this W setting stream splits into two...
Cowes — Controlling depth Paragraph 7.182 3 line(s) 18 For Small Craft Read Eastern
225 Paragraph 7.182 3 line(s) 20 For Small Craft Read Eastern

...generally between 17 and 40 m. The dredged depth in
the Eastern Channel, E of the Cowes Breakwater, is 5 Alternatively, small craft 20 m in length or less
225 m (2019). The tidal gauge boards at both ends of the... arriving from N or E may use the Eastern Channel,
subject to the height of tide being sufficient (7.175).
GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 21--Wk 38/19] From the vicinity of 504604N 11743W the channel,
marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), leads
generally SSW for about 3 cables to a point where it
England -- Isle of Wight -- Cowes — Regulations
joins the Inner Fairway. Vessels using the channel
should note the watersports area, small craft
225
moorings, and prohibited anchorage areas, which may
Paragraph 7.179 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: present a hazard.
1 Regulations concerning entry. The use of a GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 23--Wk 38/19]
whistle or siren in the harbour or roads, except for the
legitimate purposes of navigation, is prohibited.
Vessels with a LOA of 48 m and above should not England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight --
navigate in the Inner Fairway or River Medina when Cowes — Watersports area
the visibility is 2 cables or less.
Passenger and commercial vessels less than 48 m 228
LOA should not navigate in the Inner Fairway or River
Medina when the visibility is less than 100 m. Paragraph 7.186 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by:
...Fairway. A watersports area has been provided E of the
Cowes Harbour Commission Notice 12/20 Eastern Channel on the Shrape Mud (tidal).
[NP27--No 40--Wk 22/20]
GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 24--Wk 38/19]
Cowes — Regulation; channel name
United Kingdom -- South coast --
Southampton — Regulations; towage
226
Small craft, 20 m in length or less, arriving from or After Paragraph 7.198 2 line 7 Insert:
departing to the N or E may use the Eastern
Channel, subject to the height of tide being Container vessel escort towage requirements.
sufficient. For details of escort towage requirements, see 7.14a.
Paragraph 7.180 1 line(s) 3 For Small Craft Read Eastern ABP SO Notice 20/20 [NP27--No 43--Wk 25/20]
2 -- 135
Index
NP27
France -- West coast -- Île d’Ouessant -- France -- West coast -- Douarnenez — Pilotage
Chenal du Four — Directions; depth
265
247
2 Pilotage is provided by the Brest station and is
2 Between Grande Vinotière (482194N compulsory for vessels more than 50 m in length or
44842W), marked by a light beacon (red 6000 gt. The pilot boards in position 480719N
octagonal tower, 19 m in height), and Roche 42034W.
du Lieu (482212N 44912W), marked by
Rouget Light Buoy (starboard hand). A 54 m French Notice 40/54/18 [NP27--No 3--Wk 45/18]
shoal (482189N 44857W) lies close SW of
Grande Vinotière. Thence:
France -- North--west coast -- Roscoff — Pilotage
French Chart 7122 [NP27--No 19--Wk 35/19]
282
France -- West coast -- Île d’Ouessant -- Paragraph 9.57 2 line(s) 7--8 Replace by:
Chenal du Four — Directions; depths
...vessels over 50 m LOA, except those exempt by law.
248
French Notice 51/C22 para 5.3.8.3_25/19
Paragraph 8.38 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: [NP27--No 35--Wk 05/20]
3 Between a 71 m rocky patch (482170N
44852W) and Roche du Rouget (482179N France -- North--west coast --
44920W). Baie de Morlaix — Pilotage
4 Between a 58 m rocky patch (482129N
Paragraph 9.86 4 line(s) 1 For 45 m Read 50 m
44843W) and a 53 m shoal (482140N
44920W).
French Notice 51/C22 para 5.3.8.3_25/19
French Chart 7122 [NP27--No 20--Wk 35/19] [NP27--No 36--Wk 05/20]
France -- Avant--Goulet de Brest -- France -- North coast -- Île Grande to

Waiting area to Brest — Buoyage Les Héaux--de--Bréhat — Pilotage
255 290
Paragraph 8.77 3 lines 1--2 Delete After Paragraph 9.108 1 line 5 Insert:
Paragraph 8.78 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: Pilotage

1 Passe Sud. From a position in Avant--Goulet de 9.108a
Brest, about 7¼ cables NNW of Pointe du Toulinguet 1 Pilotage is compulsory for passenger vessels,
(481681N 43772W), the line of bearing 045 of unless transiting only, in the coastal waters and
Saint Martin Church (pointed spire) (482370N harbours between Baie de Lannion (9.101) and
42880W) at Brest just open W of Pointe du Portzic Plateau des Roches Douvres (11.10a), extending
Light (8.72), or at night in the centre of the intensified about 10 to 13 miles from shore.
white sector (045–050) of Pointe du Portzic Direction
Light, leads through Passe Sud, passing: French SD C22 4.5.5.3, 4.5.8.2 (2020)
[NP27--No 51--Wk 44/20]
France -- North coast --
France -- West coast -- Brest — Baie de Saint--Brieuc — Pilotage
Outer anchorages; submarine cables
297
258
After Paragraph 8.97 3 line 9 Insert: 1 General information. Pilotage is compulsory for all
Submarine cables lie along the W side of Grande passenger vessels in the area extending from Baie de
Rade. Saint--Brieuc to the vicinity of Plateau des Roches
Douvres, unless only transiting.
After Paragraph 8.97 5 line 6 Insert: There are no commissioned pilots for Le Trieux and
Submarine cables lie within Baie de Roscanvel, W Paimpol, but local assistance can be arranged through
of the anchorage areas. the Paimpol maritime authority.
Pontrieux pilotage can be arranged through
French Notice 44/50/19 [NP27--No 27--Wk 48/19] Saint--Brieuc Le Légué pilot station (10.43).
2 -- 136
Index
NP27
2 Boarding places. In good weather, vessels may Channel Islands -- Guernsey — Anchorages
await arranged assistance for Le Trieux and Paimpol
in Anse de Bréhec anchorage (484363N 25591W) 342
(10.49), or on the line joining L’Ost Pic (484677N
25642W) to Grand Léjon, 11 miles E, equidistant Paragraph 11.66 3--4 Replace by:
from the two lights. 3 Anchorage. There are three designated
For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio anchorages in the vicinity of Great Road as follows:
Signals Volume 6(1). Anchorage A (492758N 23106W).
Anchorage B (492760N 23090W).
French SD C22 4.6.2.2 (2020) Anchorage C (492762N 23035W).
[NP27--No 48--Wk 44/20] Use of these anchorages is subject to prior
approval by Guernsey Port Control.
4 Restricted anchorage. Mariners should not anchor
France -- North coast -- Baie de Saint--Brieuc -- within the circular area off the entrance to Saint Peter
Anse de Paimpol — Pilotage
Port without the prior permission of Guernsey Port
Control. This area should be kept clear for vessels
302 entering or leaving the port.
Useful mark:
Paragraph 10.29 4 lines 1--2 Replace by: Sardrette Beacon (yellow, orange letter “S” topmark)
1 Pilotage. See 10.9. (492756N 23150W).
Paragraph 11.67 1 line 1 For Anchorage Read
French SD C22 4.6.2.2 (2020) Anchorage D (492761N 22962W)
[NP27--No 49--Wk 44/20]
France -- North coast -- Saint--Malo — Tugs
The Great Bank
11.67a
312
1 Anchorage E (492676N 22970W) and
After Paragraph 10.99 4 line 9 Insert: Anchorage F (492600N 22990W) lie to the E of
the Great Bank (11.58).
Tugs Correspondence Guernsey Harbours

10.99a [NP27--No 6--Wk 03/19]
1 Tug use is compulsory for some commercial
vessels. One tug is required for vessels of LOA more
than 100 m, two tugs for vessels of more than 120 m. Channel Islands -- Guernsey --
Saint Peter Port — Anchorages
All vessels carrying dangerous and polluting
substances, and cruise vessels, must use at least one
342
tug, two tugs if more than 120 m LOA.
Exemptions for some of these requirements exist Paragraph 11.66 3 including existing Section IV Notice
for certain vessels equipped with bow thruster(s) or week 3/19 Replace by:
more than one propeller. Contact the maritime
authority for more information. 3 Anchorage. There are three designated
anchorages in the vicinity of Little Russel as follows:
French SD C22 4.6.2.2 (2020) Anchorage A (492763N 23104W).
[NP27--No 50--Wk 44/20] Anchorage B (492764N 23087W).
Anchorage C (492755N 23016W).
Use of these anchorages is subject to prior
France -- Baie de Saint--Brieuc to approval by Guernsey Port Control/VTS.
Plateau des Roches Douvres — Pilotage
Guernsey Harbours [NP27--No 12--Wk 14/19]
331
Channel Islands -- Guernsey --
After Paragraph 11.10 2 line 8 Insert: Saint Peter Port — Anchorages
Pilotage 342
11.10a
Paragraph 11.67a existing Section IV Notice week 3/19
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all passenger vessels in
Replace by:
the area extending from Baie de Saint--Brieuc to the
vicinity of Plateau des Roches Douvres, unless only 1 Anchorage E (492671N 22946W) and
transiting the area. Anchorage F (492600N 22990W) lie to the E of
the Great Bank (11.58).
French SD C22 4.5.5.3, 4.5.8.2 (2020)
[NP27--No 52--Wk 44/20] Guernsey Harbours [NP27--No 13--Wk 14/19]
2 -- 137
Index
NP27
Channel Islands -- Jersey -- France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Pilotage
Saint Catherine’s Bay — Anchorage
390
375
5 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained close
inside Saint Catherine Breakwater, clear of the
France -- North coast -- Cherbourg —
prohibited area and avoiding a 19 m patch lying Prohibited areas
2 cables SW of the light, in a depth of 8 m, sand and
mud. The anchorage area is marked by small buoys 390
(special).
Caution. Anchoring is prohibited, as charted, within a Paragraph 12.26 2 line(s) 2--3 Delete
large area of Saint Catherine’s Bay. A submarine
cable (disused) extends 6 cables SE from the root of Paragraph 12.26 3 line(s) 4--6 Delete
the breakwater.
BA Chart 1138 [NP27--No 5--Wk 51/18]
France -- North coast -- Cherbourg —
Development; prohibited area
France -- Cherbourg --
Cap de Flamanville — Obstructions 390
383 Paragraph 12.28 1 line(s) 1--5 including heading Replace

by:
Spare
...between 18 and 25 m. A number of obstructions are 12.28
situated within the anchorage area.
France -- North coast -- Cherbourg — Pilotage
France -- North coast -- Cherbourg — Pilotage 391

1 From the pilot boarding position (494330N
Paragraph 12.8 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 14200W) the route leads generally SE to the waiting
1 From a position N of Cap de la Hague Light areas (12.23).
(494331N 15726W), the route leads generally E French Chart 7092 (2019) [NP27--No 34--Wk 05/20]
for about 10 miles, to the pilot boarding position
(494330N 14200W).
France -- Cherbourg — Directions; obstructions
French Chart 7092 (2019) [NP27--No 29--Wk 05/20] 391
...Digue de l’Est.
The track then leads generally SW into Grande
388
Rade (12.40), noting the numerous obstructions and
Paragraph 12.12 4 line(s) 7--8 For (494360N 14250W) shoal area S and SSE of the entrance.
Read (494330N 14200W)
French Chart 7092 (2019) [NP27--No 30--Wk 05/20] France – Cherbourg — Anchorages; depths
392
390 No 1 (494025N 13720W), depth about 6 to 9 m.
No 2 (494020N 13677W), depth about 6 to 7 m.
Paragraph 12.24 2 line 1 For (494360N 14250W) Read No 3 (494015N 13633W), depth about 5 to 6 m.
(494330N 14200W) No 4 (494004N 13746W), depth about 9 to 13 m.
No 5 (493993N 13662W), depth about 4 to 11 m.
French Chart 7092 (2019) [NP27--No 31--Wk 05/20] French Chart 7086/19 [NP27--No 15--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 138
Index
NP27
France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Terminal Netherlands -- West of Hoek van Holland --
Goeree — Directions; principal marks
393
200--201
Spare 1 Landmarks:
12.44 Tower (514119N 34176E), visible above the
dunes.
French Notice 8/40/19 [NP27--No 10--Wk 11/19] Offshore marks:
Goeree Helicopter Platform (red and white
France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Terminal chequered frame and tower, 23 m in height)
(515550N 34010E).
394
The leading line passes close W of a buoy Netherlands Notice 28--29/210/20
(special) moored 3¾ cables NNE of the entrance. [NP28--No 2--Wk 36/20]
French Notice 8/40/19 [NP27--No 11--Wk 11/19] Netherlands -- West of Hoek van Holland --
Goeree — Directions; principal marks;
France -- North coast -- Baie de Seine -- photograph
Pointe du Hoc — Traffic regulations 201
398 Paragraph 8.14 Photograph caption For Light Read
Helicopter Platform
Paragraph 8.15 3 line 2 For Light Read Helicopter Platform
Traffic regulations
13.12a
1 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area Netherlands Notice 28--29/210/20
bounded by the following coordinates: [NP28--No 3--Wk 36/20]
492386N 05937W.
492407N 05937W. Netherlands -- West of Hoek van Holland --
492397N 05803W. Goeree — Directions; principal mark
492381N 05803W.
213
French Notice 6/C21 6.2.1.4./19
[NP27--No 7--Wk 10/19] Paragraph 8.105 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Offshore marks:
Last page Goeree Helicopter Platform (515550N 34010E)
(8.14).
Last page Major lights:
Westhoofd Light (514879N 35184E) (8.14)
After Channel Pilot
Netherlands Notice 28--29/210/20
Tenth Edition.....................................................2014
[NP28--No 4--Wk 36/20]
Insert:
Eleventh Edition................................................2017 Netherlands -- West of Hoek van Holland --
Goeree — Directions; principal marks
UKHO [NP27--No 4--Wk 45/18]
220
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2020 Edition)
France -- North coast -- English Channel --
Le Tréport — Controlling depth Netherlands Notice 28--29/210/20
[NP28--No 5--Wk 36/20]
117
Paragraph 5.79 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Netherlands -- West of Hoek van Holland --
Goeree — Directions; offshore mark
1 The channel leading to the harbour entrance and
within the harbour, and the channels leading to Port 221
de commerce and to Port de Pêche et de Plaisance,
dry 15 m. Less water may exist; the Port Authority
should be consulted for the latest information.
Netherlands Notice 28--29/210/20
French Chart FR7207 [NP28--No 1--Wk 36/20] [NP28--No 6--Wk 36/20]
2 -- 139
Index
NP28
Netherlands -- West of Hoek van Holland -- China — National regulations
Goeree — Directions; offshore mark
6
222
Paragraph 9.29 5 line 4 For Light Read Helicopter Platform Paragraph 1.45 Replace by:
1 A reproduction of Regulations Governing

Netherlands Notice 28--29/210/20 Supervision and Control of Foreign Vessels by the
[NP28--No 7--Wk 36/20] People’s Republic of China, extracts from quarantine
regulations, and a reproduction of the Maritime Traffic
Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China will be
Netherlands -- Port of Rotterdam -- found in Appendix II.
Europoort -- Beneluxhaven — Depths Emission Control Areas. The Chinese Ministry of
Transport has announced the introduction of measures
226 to reduce harmful emissions from shipping on the
Chinese coast.
Paragraph 9.52 3 line 3 For 46 m Read 36 m 2 Emission control areas have been established in
the following locations:
Coastal Control Area: broadly includes all sea areas
GB Chart 207/20 [NP28--No 9--Wk 52/20] and ports within 12 miles of the straight baseline
extension of the Chinese mainland (excluding
England -- River Thames -- Bugsby’s Reach — waters under the jurisdiction of Hong Kong and of
Prohibited anchorage Macao).
Inland Control Area: navigable waters of the Yangtze
River and the Xijiang River main lines.
314
Hainan Control Area: broadly includes the coastal
After Paragraph 14.87 3 line 3 Insert: area of Hainan Dao.
3 Implementation of the new requirements will take
A prohibited anchorage area has been established place as follows:
across Bugsby’s Reach in the vicinity of the cable car From 1 January 2019, all vessels are to use fuel oil
(513015N 00070E) close E of North Greenwich with a sulphur content of no more than 05 m/m
Pier. (mass by mass).
From 1January 2020, all vessels entering the Inland
Port of London Authority [NP28--No 8--Wk 36/20] Control Areas must use fuel oil with a sulphur
content of no more than 010% m/m.
From 1 March 2020, all vessels without an Exhaust
Gas Cleaning System entering Emission Control
NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Areas, must carry and use only fuel oil that is
compliant with China’s requirements.
The following notice is to be implemented at 4 From 1 January 2022, all vessels entering
0000 UTC on 1 st December 2018 Hainan Control Area must use fuel oil with a
sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m.
From 1 January 2025 Chinese regulators will decide
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — whether all vessels entering China Emission
Traffic Separation Scheme
Control Areas should use Ultra Low Sulphur Fuel
(sulphur content of the fuel no more than
6 010 m/m).
For further information, see the People’s Republic of
After Paragraph 1.43 1 line 4 Insert: China Ministry of Transport website at
http://www.mot.gov.cn.
Traffic Separation Schemes
1.43a UKHO [NP30--No 41--Wk 05/19]
1 IMO adopted TSSs in the area covered by this
volume include:
In Dangan Channel (220760N 1141350E);
Malaysia — Regulations;
In the East Lamma and Tathong Channels National Heritage Zones
(220940N 1141260E and 221315N
1142015W, respectively).
2 See IMO publication Ships’ Routeing for general 7
provisions on ships’ routeing measures. Regulations
for IMO adopted schemes are contained in Rule 10 of After Paragraph 1.46 1 line 10 Insert:
the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions
at Sea (1972). 2 National Heritage Zones are protected from
unauthorised interference.
IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18
[NP30--No 24--Wk 44/18] BA Chart 3446/18 [NP30--No 1--Wk 29/18]
2 -- 140
Index
NP30
Vietnam -- South China Sea -- Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan Port —
Sao Vang Dai Nguyet — Oilfield Anchorages; pilotage
79 96
...mud, is good. Deep water, special activity, and ISPS
holding anchorages lie to the N of the outer fairway light
Sao Vang Dai Nguyet Oilfield
buoy. However, the anchorages are exposed...
2.70a
1 General information. Sao Vang Terminal Paragraph 3.62 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:
(82212N 1084211E), comprising a CPP and FSO ...of the outer Fairway Light Buoy (35573N 1033305E)
Golden Star, lies about 7 miles S of Dai Hung Oilfield and in the approach channel in position 35630N
(2.70). Dai Nguyet WHP (82226N 1084744E) lies 1032865E. In bad weather, pilots may board small
5 miles E, connected to Sao Vang by a submarine vessels inside the harbour.
pipeline.
The facilities lie within a restricted area. Anchoring Malaysian Notice 10/230/18 [NP30--No 33--Wk 49/18]
and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the
associated pipelines. Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan —
2 Operator. Idemitsu Gas Production (Vietnam) Co. Prohibited anchoring
Ltd. 28th Floor, Vietcombank Tower, Ho Chi Minh City,
Vietnam. 96
Website. www.idemitsu.com Paragraph 3.61 2 lines 6--8 Delete
Anchorage. Waiting anchorage (82500N
1083900E) lies 3 miles NW of the FSO. After Paragraph 3.62 1 line 5 Insert:
Pilotage. Compulsory and conducted by a Mooring
Master. Pilots board at the waiting anchorage. Traffic regulations
3 Berths. The FSO Golden Star is secured with a 3.62a
turret mooring system. A FSV mooring buoy is 1 Anchoring is prohibited in the entrance channel
available seasonally. between the approaches to the inner pilot station and
the breakwaters.
Correspondence Idemitsu Gas Production (Vietnam) Co.
Ltd. [NP30--No 152--Wk 33/20] Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 43--Wk 06/19]
Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — Breakwaters

Malaysia -- East coast --
Pulau Tioman — Marine nature reserves 96
88 Paragraph 3.63 1 Replace by:

1 The harbour comprises an outer deepwater terminal
(3.64), two inner basins and a small Naval Basin. The
Pulau Labas (25331N 1040396E). North Breakwater extends 3 miles E, SE and S
Pulau Sepoi (25386N 1040307E). enclosing the deepwater terminal. The Middle
Pulau Tulai (25471N 1040644E) (3.35). Breakwater separates the S part of the deep water
terminal from the entrance to the inner basins. The
BA Chart 3445 [NP30--No 48--Wk 07/19] entrance to the inner basins is protected by the
Middle Breakwater to the N and NE, and Inner and
South breakwaters to the S.
Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan —
Controlling depths Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 44--Wk 06/19]
96 Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan —

Directions; breakwaters
97
1 Controlling depths are as follows:
The channel to the new deepwater terminal has a Paragraph 3.67 3 Replace by:
maintained depth of 17 m; 3 Useful marks:
The approach to the inner basin is dredged to a depth South Breakwater head light (red beacon, 6 m in
of 127 m (2006); height) (35807N 1032632E).
The deepwater terminal has a maintained depth of Middle Breakwater light (yellow concreted structure,
16 m; 9 m in height) (35816N 1032653E).
The inner basins are dredged to 121 m (2004). Additionally the middle breakwater is marked by
2 The approach channels and the berths are subject five fixed blue lights at 250 m intervals.
to silting and the Port Authority should be contacted North Breakwater head light (35849N
for the latest information. 1032676E).
Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 42--Wk 06/19] Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 45--Wk 06/19]
2 -- 141
Index
NP30
Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — Malaysia -- Kuala Terengganu —
Directions; deepwater terminal Vertical clearance
97
105
Vertical clearance. Terengganu Drawbridge

Deepwater terminal (52039N 1030870E), with a vertical clearance of 12 m,
3.67a spans the inner entrance.
1 From a position in the approach channel in the
vicinity of KP6 Light Beacon (starboard hand) Malaysian Notice 8/125/20
(35695N 1032747E), the track leads NW in the [NP30--No 161--Wk 45/20]
white sector (3221--3244) of NDWT Light (white
lattice structure, white daymark with red stripes) Malaysia -- Pulau Redang — Marine park
(40001N 1032542E), passing:
2 SW of a dangerous wreck (35775N 105
1032728E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger), thence: After Paragraph 3.150 4 line 6 Insert:
Between the breakwaters and into the basin.
Marine park. Pulau Redang and surrounding
islands are part of a marine park. See 1.46 for
Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 46--Wk 06/19] restrictions.
BA Chart 3446/18; ENC MY3C0654

Malaysia -- East coast -- Pulau Bidung Laut — [NP30--No 3--Wk 29/18]
Directions; National Heritage Zone
Thailand -- West coast -- Laem Na Tham to
103 Ko Phangan — Directions; lights; depth
114
...1030386E), steep--to. A National Heritage
Zone is situated up to 1¾ miles W of the island; 1 Landmark:
see 1.46. Thence: Laem Na Tham (4.38).
BA Chart 3446/18 [NP30--No 2--Wk 29/18]
…(white metal framework tower, 9 m in height)
(91875N 995348E) is exhibited from the
island. Thence:
Malaysia -- North--east coast -- Palau Redang to
Tumpat — Directions; obstruction Paragraph 4.43 5 line(s) 2 Replace by:
…which Laem Thian Light (white metal framework
103 tower, 22 m in height) (94011N 1000433E) is
exhibited.
Paragraph 4.45 2 line(s) 2 For 119 m Read about 10 m
Clear of an obstruction (55295N 1023634E),
and: Paragraph 4.46 1 line(s) 1--3 Delete
Malaysian Notice 6/85/20 [NP30--No 153--Wk 33/20] Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 55--Wk 22/19]
Thailand -- West coast -- Laem Na Tham to

Malaysia -- North--east coast -- Palau Redang to Ko Phangan — Directions; lights
Tumpat — Directions; obstructions
115
104
After Paragraph 3.136 6 line 7 Insert: 1 Landmark:
Laem Na Tham (4.38).
Clear of a number of obstructions, centred on
61750N 1021400E, thence: Paragraph 4.52 2 line(s) 7 For (4.42) Read (4.43)
Malaysian Notice 6/85/20 [NP30--No 154--Wk 33/20] Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 56--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 142
Index
NP30
Thailand -- West coast -- Ko Samui — Vietnam -- Approaches to Mekong River --
Berths; light Long Khanh Point to Mui Vung Tau —
Directions; wreck
116
4 Amphoe Ko Samui jetty complex (93224N Paragraph 5.28 5 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
995600E) comprises two jetties. The N…
5 ESE of a dangerous wreck (95050N
Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 57--Wk 22/19] 1065070E), thence:
Thailand -- West coast -- Hydropac 1102/20(93) [NP30--No 144--Wk 19/20]

Chong Ko Tao — Directions; light
116 Vietnam -- South coast -- Can Tho — Depths

159
Paragraph 4.67 1 line(s) 4 For (4.42) Read (4.43)
Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 58--Wk 22/19] Between Nos 0 and 8 Light Buoys 21 m (2018)
Between Nos 8 and 10 Light Buoys 12 m (2018)
Thailand -- Laem Phak Bia to
Bangkok Bar Light — Wreck Between Nos 10 and 16 Light Buoys 24 m (2018)
122
Vietnamese Notice 222/2018 [NP30--No 34--Wk 49/18]
Vietnam – Mekong River – Can Tho —

Thai Chart 112/2018 [NP30--No 59--Wk 22/19] Directions; channel
Vietnam – Dao Phu Quoc – Directions; wreck 159

A new channel, reported (2019) to be suitable for
...100637N 1041037E. A second dangerous wreck vessels greater than 100 m in length and 5 m in
(100640N 1041380E), position approximate, lies draught, has been dredged from Duyen Hai Sea Port.
about 3¼ miles farther E. The channel leads initially NW for about 4¾ miles and
then generally W for about 11 miles before
Hydropac 3999/19 [NP30--No 113--Wk 03/20] reconnecting to the river about 7 miles NW of Long
Khanh Point. The channel is marked by buoys (lateral
Vietnam -- West coast -- Quan--Dao Hai Tac — and special).
Vertical clearance
H102 MV Sichem Rio [NP30--No 52--Wk 14/19]
144
Vietnam -- South coast -- Mekong River --
Vertical clearance. An overhead power cable Can Tho — Anchorages
(102069N 1042372E), supported by pylons, spans
the channel between Mui Nai (4.235) and Hon Doc; 159
vertical clearance unknown.
Several overhead power cables span the channels After Paragraph 5.47 6 line 12 Insert:
between the islands; vertical clearances unknown.
Anchorage. Designated anchorage areas exist in
Vietnamese Notice 288/19 [NP30--No 105--Wk 03/20] Cua Dinh An as follows:
In the vicinity of 93602N 1061557E, depth about
Vietnam -- West coast -- Quan--Dao Hai Tac — 6 m;
Vertical clearance In the vicinity of 94467N 1060696E, depth about
6 m;
145 In the vicinity of 94574N 1060560E, depth about
8 m;
After Paragraph 4.275 3 line 5 Insert: In the vicinity of 95577N 1055463E, depth about
Vertical clearance. See 4.266. 8 m.
Vietnamese Notice 288/19 [NP30--No 106--Wk 03/20] Vietnamese Notice 13/20 [NP30--No 130--Wk 12/20]
2 -- 143
Index
NP30
Vietnam – Song Sai Gon -- Cua Soirap — Depths 3 The bearing (1747), astern, of this light leads N
for 5 miles through Nha Be River in the buoyed
161 channel to the vicinity of No 44 Light Buoy
(103410N 1064441E) (lateral). Thence NNE and
Paragraph 5.56 2 lines 4--12 Replace by: NE for about 1 mile to the vicinity of No 48 Light Buoy
(103475N 1064482E), where the river bends
Section of channel Reported depth
sharply to ESE. A ferry crosses the river at this bend.
From No 0 Light Buoy (101712N 75 m
1065868E) to No 15 Light Buoy Vietnamese Notice 261/18 [NP30--No 121--Wk 08/20]
(102178N 1065082E)
3 From No 15 Light Buoy to Hiep 71 m Vietnam -- Approaches to Ho Chi Minh City --
Phuoc Terminal (103887N Nha Be River — Directions; light;
vertical clearance
1064467E)
From Hiep Phuoc Terminal to No 74 78 m 165
Light Buoy (103991N 1064602E)
Vietnamese Notice 95/18 [NP30--No 4--Wk 29/18] 4 The recommended track then leads NNW for
2 miles through Nha Be River in the buoyed channel
to a position abeam No 64 Light Beacon (103710N
Vietnam -- Approaches to Ho Chi Minh City -- 1064607E), where the river bends N, and is
Nha Be River — Vertical clearances spanned by an overhead power cable (5.65) with a
safe vertical clearance of 45 m.
162
GB Chart 1036/20 [NP30--No 133--Wk 14/20]
Vietnam -- Song Cai Mep — Berth; depth
GB Chart 1036/20 [NP30--No 131--Wk 14/20]
166
Vietnam -- Approaches to Ho Chi Minh City -- Paragraph 5.82 1 lines 12--13 Replace by:
Song Sai Gon — Directions; wreck Berth. A continuous quay of 600 m in length with a
minimum depth of 11 m.
164
The track then leads N through the fairway, Vietnam -- Vung Tau — Anchorages; wrecks
passing:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (103280N 167
1065095E). After Paragraph 5.90 2 line 12 Insert:
Thence to a position 6½ cables NNW of Pointe An
Thanh. Caution. Numerous dangerous wrecks lie within
some anchorages and pilot waiting areas.
GB Chart 1039/20; ENC VN4SG102
Vietnamese Chart VN3GR001/16
[NP30--No 132--Wk 14/20]
[NP30--No 112--Wk 03/20]
Vietnam -- South coast -- Song Sai Gon -- Vietnam -- South coast -- Vung Tau —
Cua Soirap — Directions; light Berths; depths
165 167
Paragraph 5.77 2 line(s) 5--9 and 3 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.93 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
2 Cat Lo. Numerous wharfs lie on the S side of the
...(101748N 1065541E) to a position between No 7
river at Cat Lo. The largest (102478N 1070761E)
(101799N 1065427E) and No 8 Light Buoys (lateral).
Direction light. No 32A Beacon (red and white is 250 m long with a depth alongside of approximately
pillar, 23 m in height) (102985N 1064346E). 6 m. Vessels up to 6000 dwt, 135 m LOA, and breadth
The bearing (3182) of this light leads NW for 20 m can be accommodated.
about 12 miles, through a channel marked by light
buoys (lateral) to a position between No 25
(102724N 1064589E) and No 26 Light Buoys
(lateral). Vietnam -- South--east coast --
Ho Chi Minh City — Depths
The recommended track then continues NNW for
about 2½ miles, in the channel marked by light buoys 170
(lateral), to a position in the vicinity of No 32 Light
Buoy (102932N 1064485E). Paragraph 5.127 1 line(s) 7 For 112 Read from 75 to 100
Direction light. No 26A Beacon (red and white
pillar, 23 m in height) (102677N 1064515E). Vietnamese Notice 126/19 [NP30--No 68--Wk 30/19]
2 -- 144
Index
NP30
Vietnam – South--east coast – Mui Vung Tau — 3 ENE of Bai Tun Rock (115001N 1091132E),
Directions; wreck fronting Mui Bai Hom, thence:
ENE of Hon Lo Ong Gia (Hon Lo--Hongia)
172 (115113N 1091107E), the rocky bank
3 cables NE of Mui Bai Nan, thence:
After Paragraph 5.146 1 line(s) 5 Insert: WSW of a naval base (115260N 1091357E),
Clear of a dangerous wreck (101655N thence:
1070810E), thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (115235N
1091178E).
Hydropac 727/19(93) [NP30--No 51--Wk 13/19] 4 The track then leads to a position WSW of Mui
Hon Lan (115290N 1091220E), which is steep--to.
The recommended track (270) then leads W in a
fairway, marked by light buoys (lateral), for about
Vietnam -- South--east coast -- Vinh Dinh -- 1½ miles.
Vinh Tan — Depths; anchorages
The recommended track then divides W or NW
towards the berths located within Cam Ranh.
174
5 Useful marks:
Paragraph 5.161 1--2 Replace by: Building (white, square) (115020N 1091388E).
Harbour Entrance Control Post (white) (115294N
1 General Information. A harbour (111797N 1091230E), close to Vinh Cam Ranh Ba Ngoi
1084847E) enclosed by two breakwaters, from which Light (5.184).
lights are exhibited, serves a power station 6 Banc de Da Bac tower (black and white bands)
predominantly with coal, located in the NW part of (115311N 1090882E).
Vinh Dinh (5.160). Pointe Bai--Sau Light (white conical tower, black
Controlling depth. The channels and depths are band, 8 m in height) (115465N 1091234E).
subject to frequent change, Local authorities should be
consulted for the latest information. Vietnamese Notice 116/20 [NP30--No 158--Wk 36/20]
Pilotage. Pilots board in the vicinity of 111765N
1085400E. Vietnam -- East coast -- Approaches to Quy Nhon
2 Development. Works are in progress (2017) NE of — Directions; wreck
the harbour.
Directions. The harbour is approached between Mui 185
Sung Trau (5.160) and Banc de Breda (5.160), noting the After Paragraph 5.262 1 line 2 Insert:
dangerous wrecks 1¼ miles S, 2¼ miles SE and 3 miles
ESE of Mui Sung Trau. The track then leads W, passing N ENE of a dangerous wreck (134537N
of Banc de Breda, through a buoyed channel to the harbour 1092168E), thence:
entrance, from where the berths can be approached
directly. Hydropac 4011/19 [NP30--No 107--Wk 03/20]
Anchorages V 7 to V 10, centred on 111776N
1085203E, are situated S of the buoyed channel. Vietnam – Quy--Nhon — Depths
Berths. The harbour consists of three berths and a
small jetty. 186
Vietnamese Notice V1/171/20 Paragraph 5.265 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:

[NP30--No 165--Wk 51/20] 1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel and main
channel within the harbour are dredged to a depth of
Vietnam -- Cam Ranh — 110 m, however, less water has been reported (2018).
Directions; buoyage; wreck The local authority should be contacted for the
latest depth information.
179
1 From the pilot boarding position (5.197) about Vietnam – Quy--Nhon — Depths
1½ miles N of Hon Chut, the recommended track
(345) leads NNW through a fairway marked by light 186
buoys (lateral), passing:
2 ENE of the rocky bank fronting Hon Trung Paragraph 5.265 1 line(s) 1--5 including Existing Section IV
(114900N 1091209E). The summit of the dark
rocky island is covered with vegetation. The channel 1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel and main
between Hon Trung and Mui Ca Tien is encumbered channel within the harbour are dredged to a least
by the rocky banks extending respectively 1½ cables depth of 101 m (2019). Shoaler depths exist within
SW and ½ cable NE from each and an isolated rock the channel and the local authority should be
awash 2½ cables W of Hon Trung. Thence: contacted for the latest depth information.
WSW of the bank fronting the SW side of Dao Tagne
(5.191), thence: Vietnamese Notice 81/2019 [NP30--No 63--Wk 24/19]
2 -- 145
Index
NP30
Vietnam -- South central coast -- Quy--Nhon — Vietnam -- East coast -- Approaches to Œa Nang
Directions; anchorages — Directions; light
190
186
Cu Lao Cham Light (yellow four--sided tower on
Outer anchorages. Two areas are established, yellow building, 12 m in height) (155738N
centred on 134427N 1091590E and 134319N 1083220E) (124–357).
1091575E, with depths reported (2019) to be less Paragraph 5.294 3 line(s) 5--8 Replace by:
than charted, good holding. A dangerous wreck and
cables lie in the S part of the S anchorage. During NE of the bank (155733N 1083241E) fronting Cu
the NE monsoon an uncomfortable swell sets into the Lao Cham (5.312). The NE part of the island gives
anchorages. excellent radar response at 40 miles and a light
(5.293) is exhibited from the NE point. Thence:
UKHO; GB Chart 3988 [NP30--No 139--Wk 17/20]
Approach and entry. From a position S of Hon
Kho (134284N 1091814E) the track leads W, Vietnam -- South China Sea -- Dung Quat —
passing: Depths; anchorage; pilotage
Paragraph 5.268 2 lines 1--4 including existing Section IV 190

S of Hon Kho, thence:
S of Mui Yen (134522N 1091728E) (5.264), Limiting conditions
thence: 5.295a
S of a dangerous wreck (134297N 1091601E). 1 Controlling depths. The least depth in the main
The track then leads N to the vicinity of Light entrance channel is 138 m close SW of the N
Buoy O (safe water), 2 miles S of Pointe Sud, breakwater. The depths in the channels to the
passing: terminals are as follows:
E of a dangerous wreck (134274N 1091487E), The branch channel leading S to the shipyard was
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger). dredged to 85 m (2014).
2 The branch channel leading SE to Terminal 1
Vietnamese Notice 253/19 [NP30--No 102--Wk 48/19] was dredged to 88 m (2017). The channel
leading S from this channel was dredged to
80m (2019).
Vietnam -- East coast -- Quy--Nhon — The branch channel leading E to the Petroleum Port
Directions; wreck was dredged to 119 m (2018).
186
1 Outer anchorage A rectangular anchorage area is
centered on 152930N 1084510E with depths of 24
to 31 m, mud. Shoaler depths are found in the SE
S of Mui Yen (134522N 1091728E) (5.264), part of the anchorage. An explosives dumping ground
thence: lies close SE of the anchorage.
N of a dangerous wreck (134297N 1091601E). Pilotage for the oil jetty is compulsory. The pilot
boards in the vicinity of 152651N 1084573E.
Vietnamese Notice V1 177/19; GB Chart 3874/16
[NP30--No 92--Wk 38/19]
Local knowledge is required.
Vietnamese Notice 66/19; ENC VN4DQ001

[NP30--No 53--Wk 21/19]
Vietnam -- Vung Xuan Dai — Anchorage
Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Dung Quat —
Restricted area
187
190
Paragraph 5.296 1 including Existing Section IV Notice
6 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 10 to Week 21/19 Replace by:
17 m in Vung Xuan Dai, within the designated
anchorage areas which lie N of Hon Yen. 1 Outer anchorage. A rectangular anchorage area is
centered on 152930N 1084510E with depths of 24
to 31 m, mud. Shoaler depths are found in the SE
part of the anchorage. An explosives dumping ground
Vietnamese Notice 51/20 [NP30--No 141--Wk 18/20] lies close SE of the anchorage.
2 -- 146
Index
NP30
Pilotage for the oil jetty is compulsory. The pilot Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin --
boards in the vicinity of 152651N 1084573E. Mui Lay — Directions; light
Signals Volume 6(6). 196
2 Local knowledge is required. After Paragraph 6.15 1 line 9 Insert:
Restricted area. Entry is restricted in the area
surrounding Dung Quat Petroleum Port (5.299). Mui Lay Light (grey 4--sided tower on building, 12 m
in height) (170500N 1070662E).
Vietnamese Chart 1000--01 [NP30--No 65--Wk 24/19]
Vietnam -- South central coast --

Dung Quat — Directions Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Cua Viet — Pilotage
197
190
Pilotage. The pilot boards in an area centred on
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position 165580N 1071330E.
(5.296) and DQ0 Light Buoy (152623N 1084538E),
where there is a least depth of 132 m, the track leads
SE, passing:
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin --
Mui Lay — Directions; light
Vietnam Notice 262/18 [NP30--No 38--Wk 03/19]
198
Vietnam -- East coast -- After Paragraph 6.31 1 line 1 Insert:

Ky Ha--Quang Nam Port — Pilotage
Mui Lay Light (170500N 1070662E) (6.15).
193 Vietnamese Chart 1000--01 [NP30--No 66--Wk 24/19]
Paragraph 5.311 3 lines 3--5 Replace by: Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Mui Lay to
Mui Ron Ma — Directions; wreck
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in position
152975N 1084283E. 198
Vietnam Notice 08/20 [NP30--No 129--Wk 10/20] Paragraph 6.32 1 line 2 For NNW Read NW
Paragraph 6.32 1 line 5 For WSW Read SW

Vietnam -- East coast -- Approaches to Œa Nang --
Cu Lao Cham — Anchorages; rocks After Paragraph 6.32 2 line 3 Insert:
NE of a dangerous wreck (174600N 1064400E),
193 position approximate, thence:
After Paragraph 5.312 2 line 8 Insert: Vietnamese Notice 46/20 [NP30--No 138--Wk 17/20]
Caution. A dangerous underwater rock lies

Vietnam – Gulf of Tonkin – Nghi Son —
2½ miles SSE of Hon Giai and Ran Manh, an Anchorages; pilotage;
underwater rock, lies 8 cables WSW of Hon Tai in the restricted and prohibited areas
S approaches to these anchorages. See also 5.290.
202
UKHO [NP30--No 140--Wk 17/20]
Paragraph 6.60 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorages. Designated anchorages are
Vietnam -- North--west of Œa Nang -- centred on:
Vung Chan May — Directions; major light 192261N 1055291E.
191784N 1055653E.
196 Pilotage. A pilot boarding area, swept to a depth of
105 m (2018), has been established centred on
After Paragraph 6.15 1 line 7 Insert: 191914N 1055233E, radius 1 mile.
Pilots for the SPM berth board within an area,
Chan May Light (red and white tower on yellow radius 1 mile, centred on 191875N 1060715E.
building, 14 m in height) (162030N 2 Restricted area. A marine reserve (192080N
1080104E). 1055455E) encompasses the waters of Hon Mé
(6.69) and the islets nearby. For details on restrictions
Vietnamese Notice 160/19 [NP30--No 88--Wk 36/19] contact the local authorities.
2 -- 147
Index
NP30
Prohibited areas. Anchoring and fishing are WNW of a dangerous wreck (201342N
prohibited within an area encompassing the SPM 1065013E), thence:
berth and its pipelines. WNW of a dangerous wreck (201590N
Unauthorised vessels are not allowed to enter an 1065450E), position approximate, thence:
area, 5 cables in radius, centred on the SPM berth.
GB Chart 3990 [NP30--No 101--Wk 44/19]
Vietnamese Chart 40013/2017
[NP30--No 114--Wk 03/20]
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Approaches to
Song Ca — Anchorage
Vietnam – Gulf of Tonkin – Nghi Son —
Directions; wreck
205
202
Anchorage. A designated anchorage area
...(191663N 1055065E), passing NE of a dangerous (195781N 1061444E) is situated SE of Cua Lac
wreck (191630N 1055075E) marked by TD Light Buoy Giang; mud, depths from 11 to 13 m.
(isolated danger). Thence the track continues...
Vietnamese Chart 40013/2017
[NP30--No 115--Wk 03/20]
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Approaches to
Song Ca — Anchorage
Vietnam – Gulf of Tonkin – Nghi Son — Berths
202 205
After Paragraph 6.63 1 line 8 Insert: After Paragraph 6.88 3 line 6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 03/20 Insert:
2 Refinery and Petrochemical Terminal. Four berths
in total. The outer berths, 230 m in length, are the Anchorage. Two designated anchorage areas lie
longest. SE of Cua Lac Giang, centred on 195781N
SPM Berth. It has been reported that vessels up to 1061444E and 195714N 106 1620E; mud,
300 000 dwt can be accommodated. depths from 11 to 16 m.
Vietnamese Chart 40013/2017 Vietnamese Notice 85/20 [NP30--No 147--Wk 26/20]

[NP30--No 116--Wk 03/20]
Vietnam – Haiphong — Depth

Vietnam – Gulf of Tonkin –
Hon Mé — Anchorages
207
203
Paragraph 6.98 1 line 2 For 70 Read 63
3 Marine reserve. See 6.60. Vietnamese Notice 75/18 [NP30--No 7--Wk 29/18]
Anchorages. See 6.60.
Vietnamese Chart 40013/2017 Vietnam -- North--east coast --

[NP30--No 117--Wk 03/20] Haiphong — Depths
207
Vietman -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Lach Truong to
Hon Dau — Directions; wrecks Paragraph 6.98 1 including Existing Section IV Week 29/18
Replace by:
205
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding station
(203952N 1070019E) (6.105) to the beginning of
The track then leads NE, passing: the Luong Hai Phong channel: 105 m.
NW of a dangerous wreck (195100N Within Luong Hai Phong channel to Ben Pha Got
1062700E), thence: (6.117): controlling dredged depth 136 m.
NW of a dangerous wreck (200102N The controlling depth from Ben Pha Got to Bach
1063301E), thence: Dang is 67 m.
To a position SE of the banks and shoals fronting 2 Caution. Shoaler depths have been reported (2019)
the mouth of Song Ca. The track then leads NNE, within Luong Hai Phong. Contact local authorities for
passing: information on the latest depths.
Vietnamese ENC VN4HP002
...pipeline to the shore NNW, and: [NP30--No 79--Wk 33/19]
2 -- 148
Index
NP30
Vietnam -- Haiphong -- Luong Hai Phong — A bridge (204837N 1065041E) spans Cua Nam
Vertical clearance Trieu (6.90) with a vertical clearance of 12 m.
Bach Dang Bridge (205089N 1064595E) spans
207 Bach Dang with a vertical clearance of 45 m.
Paragraph 6.102 1 line 4 For 58 m Read 50 m 2 Bridges spanning Song Cam have vertical
clearances as follows:
BINH Bridge (205253N 1064005E) — 22 m.
Vietnamese Notice 152/18 [NP30--No 18--Wk 37/18] KIEN Bridge (205480N 1063741E) — 25 m.
Overhead cables spanning Song Cam have vertical
Vietnam -- Haiphong — Vertical clearance clearances as follows:
At 205284N 1063857E — 22 m;
207 At 205467N 1063742E — 25 m.
After Paragraph 6.102 1 line 8 Insert: Vietnamese Chart 50008/19 [NP30--No 109--Wk 03/20]
A bridge (204837N 1065041E) spans Cua Nam
Trieu (6.90) with a vertical clearance of 12 m. Vietnam -- North--east coast --
Haiphong — Anchorage
207
Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Approaches to After Paragraph 6.104 1 line 7 Insert:
Hai Phong — Vertical clearances
A designated anchorage area lies SSE of the pilot
207 boarding position, centred on 203637N 1065321E.
Paragraph 6.102 1 including Existing Section IV Notices Vietnam Maritime Safety -- North Notice 07/2019
Week 37/18 and 31/18 Replace by: [NP30--No 47--Wk 07/19]
1 The following overhead cables span the main
approach channel: Vietnam -- North--east coast --
Hai Phong — Anchorages
Across Luong Hai Phong (204831N 1065445E),
with a vertical clearance of 50 m at the centreline 207
and 42 m E of the channel.
Across the canal bisecting Dao Ha Nam (204840N Paragraph 6.104 1 including existing Section IV Notice
1065240E), with a vertical clearance of 45 m. Week 07/19 Replace by:
A bridge (204837N 1065041E) spans Cua Nam
1 Caution. When at anchor beware of thieves.
Trieu (6.90) with a vertical clearance of 12 m.
Anchorages. Vessels waiting to enter Hai Phong
Bach Dang Bridge (205089N 1064595E) spans
should anchor as near to Hon Dau (204003N
Bach Dang with a vertical clearance of 45 m.
1064894E) as their draught will permit. If there is a
Paragraph 6.102 2 line 3 For 28 m Read 24 m heavy swell it is recommended that vessels drawing
up to 58 m anchor in the entrance to Baie d’Apowan
GB Chart 3882 [NP30--No 61--Wk 22/19] (204300N 1070260E) (6.134).
2 A designated anchorage lies SSE of the pilot
boarding position, centred on 203637N 1065321E.
Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Approaches to Lach Huyen No 1 anchorage areas lie E of the
Hai Phong — Vertical clearance main channel (6.117) as follows:
Zone 1 (204170N 1070010E) for vessels
207
between 30 000 and 50 000 dwt.
Paragraph 6.102 2 line(s) 3 Existing Section IV Week 22/19 Zone 2 (204257N 1065940E) for vessels
For 28 m Read 23 m between 10 000 and 20 000 dwt.
Zone 3 (204374N 1065857E) for vessels of
5000 dwt.
ENC VN4HP007 [NP30--No 64--Wk 24/19] Vessels to be lightened may use the anchorage in
Vinh Ha Long (205400N 1070500E) (6.157).
Vietnam -- Approaches to Haiphong —
Vertical clearances Vietnamese Notice 295/19 [NP30--No 118--Wk 04/20]
207
Vietnam -- North--east coast --
Paragraph 6.102 1--2 including existing Section IV Notices Haiphong — Pilotage
Weeks 22/19 and 24/19 Replace by: 207
1 The following overhead cables span the main
approach channel:
Across Luong Hai Phong (204831N 1065445E), ...stationed on Hon Dau (204003N 1064894E).
with a vertical clearance of 50 m at the centreline There are two pilot boarding areas:
and 42 m E of the channel. A pilot boarding area within the S half of a circle,
Across the canal bisecting Dao Ha Nam (204840N radius 2 miles, centred on 203997N
1065240E), with a vertical clearance of 55 m. 1065129E;
2 -- 149
Index
NP30
A pilot boarding area centred on 203952N Paragraph 6.118 1--4 Replace by:
1070019E.
1 From the vicinity of HP0 Light Buoy (safe water)
Vietnamese ENC VN4HP002 (203914N 1070140E) the track leads WNW,
[NP30--No 80--Wk 33/19] passing:
Clear of NT0 Light Buoy (safe water) (204335N
1065512E), thence:
Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Hai Phong —
Prohibited area; submarine pipeline Between NT1 and NT2 Light Buoys (lateral)
(204385N 1065430E), marking the entrance
of the channel.
208
2 The channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), then
After Paragraph 6.106 3 Insert: continues WNW and NNW, passing beneath a bridge
(6.102) to a position off the W entrance to Luong Hai
4 Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited within an Phong Canal (6.117).
area (205207N 1064072E) surrounding a 3 Useful marks:
submarine pipeline. Den Aval Light Beacon (white column, black bands,
12 m in height) (204579N 1065118E).
Vietnamese Notice 76/19 [NP30--No 60--Wk 22/19] Den Bai Cat Beacon (green, lattice) (204662N
1064987E).
Vietnam -- North--east coast --

Approaches to Hai Phong — Development (Directions continue at 6.119)
208 Vietnamese Chart 50007/19 [NP30--No 110--Wk 03/20]

Spare Vietnam -- Haiphong --

6.109 Luong Hai Phong — Anchorages
GB Chart 3882 [NP30--No 62--Wk 22/19]

210
Vietnam -- Approaches to Haiphong — Paragraph 6.120 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:

Directions; pilotage; buoyage
...1¾ miles NW. A further anchorage area lies on the W
209 side of the fairway, centered on 204800N 1065450E.
Two additional anchorage berths lie up to 5 cables
N of BG2 Light Buoy.
1 From the vicinity of 203900N 1065150E in the
pilot boarding area (6.105), 2½ miles ESE of Hon
Vietnam Notice 141/18 [NP30--No 14--Wk 34/18]
Dau, the track leads E passing:
S of a stranded wreck (203978N 1065225E); a
dangerous submerged wreck lies close NW. They
are marked by a light buoy (isolated danger); Vietnam -- Approaches to Haiphong —
Thence: Anchorages and moorings
N of a dangerous wreck (203800N 1065570E). A
second dangerous wreck (203763N
1065687E), position approximate, reported 209--210
(1999) lies 1 mile ESE.
The track then continues to the vicinity of HP0 Light
Buoy (safe water) (203914N 1070140E), SE of the
entrances to both Luong Hai Phong and Luong Nam
Trieu.
1 Luong Hai Phong. There are seven anchorages in
Paragraph 6.117 1--2 Replace by: Luong Hai Phong, numbered BG3 to BG9, in a line on
the E side of the fairway.
1 Main channel. From the above position, the track Two additional anchor berths lie up to 5 cables N of
then leads NW through a channel marked by light BG3 Anchorage.
buoys (lateral), passing: 2 Luong Pha Rung. Designated anchorages are
NE of a dangerous wreck (204650N 1065560E), situated on both sides of the fairway.
position approximate. Mooring buoys for deeper--draught vessels up to
2 Leading Lights A and B: 15 000 gt discharging to lighters are available
Dao Cong Front Light A (white beacon) (204992N upstream of BINH Bridge (205253N 1064005E).
1065345E).
Dao Cong Rear Light B (similar structure)
(5½ cables from front light). Vietnamese Chart 50008/19 [NP30--No 111--Wk 03/20]
2 -- 150
Index
NP30
Vietnam -- Outer Approaches to Haiphong -- Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin --
Cat Hai — Directions; development Archipel des Fai Tsi Long --
Passe du Casque — Anchorage
210 216
Passe du Casque
Haiphong International Gateway Port 6.174a
6.120a 1 An anchorage area (205291N 1071652E) is
1 Haiphong International Gateway Port, also known situated in Passe du Casque, NW of Le Casque
as Haiphong International Container Terminal or Lach (205265N 1071691E) (6.165), in depths of 7 to
Huyen Gateway Port, is built on reclaimed land to the 14 m. Shoaler depths exist in the SE corner of the
S of Ben Pha Got (6.117). The approach channel is anchorage.
dredged to 14 m with an alongside depth of 16 m.
Current berth length is 750 m with plans to extend in Vietnamese Notice 12/20 [NP30--No 134--Wk 14/20]
the future. A turning circle lies off the berths, also
dredged to 14 m, marked by buoys (cardinal). Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin --
Archipel des Fai Tsi Long — Directions; light
2 Port Authority. Haiphong International Container
Terminal 216
Website. www.lachhuyen.com
Vietnamese Notice 152/18 [NP30--No 19--Wk 37/18] Den Co To Light (205996N 1074545E) (yellow
4--sided concrete tower on a building, 16 m in
height).
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Approaches to Vietnamese Notice 224/2018 [NP30--No 35--Wk 49/18]
Quang Ninh — Directions; wreck
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Archipel des Fai Tsi
212 Long — Directions; light

Clear of a wreck (203825N 1071751E), depth
14 m, thence: Den Co To Light (205996N 1074545E) (6.180)
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Fangcheng Gang —
Anchorages; wreck
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Quang Ninh — Depth
219
Paragraph 6.151 4 line 6 For 84 m Read 69 m ...tonnages; depths from 18 to 20 m. A wreck
(212267N 1082584E) lies on the W edge of
the anchorage.
Vietnam Notice 111/18 [NP30--No 15--Wk 34/18] Chinese Notice 13/506/18 [NP30--No 8--Wk 29/18]
China -- Gulf of Tonkin --

Vietnam – Quang Ninh Port — Berths Fangcheng Gang — Pilotage
219
213
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours,
5 Ha Long Cruise Terminal (205688N 1070380E), subject to tidal variation. Pilots board in the following
located on the W side of the entrance channel, positions:
serving the Ha Long Sun World resort. The jetty No 1 — 212000N 1082267E;
extends ESE, then SSE, from the coast. There are No 2 — 212200N 1082267E;
two berths with a total berthing length of 1200 m. No 3 — 212700N 1082340E;
No 4 — 212550N 1081910E.
Vessels with LOA up to 330 m can be accommodated,
2 Pilots may also board in the quarantine anchorage
depth alongside about 14 m.
areas (6.208).
Caution. An isolated depth of 8 m (205686N
See also ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
1070385E) (2018) lies in the approach to the E
Volume 6(6).
berth.
Chinese Notice C1 28/1052/20
Vietnamese Notice 208/18 [NP30--No 32--Wk 47/18] [NP30--No 156--Wk 35/20]
2 -- 151
Index
NP30
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Qinzhou Wan — China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Tieshan Gang —
Anchorage; wreck Controlling depths; pilot boarding; harbour
224 229
Paragraph 7.18 1 line 7 Replace by: After Paragraph 7.64 2 line 4 Insert:
...50 000 dwt. A dangerous wreck, reported Pilotage. Pilot boards at 212041N 1093431E,
(2019), lies in the NW corner of the anchorage. NNW of No 2 Light Buoy (special).
[NP30--No 149--Wk 30/20] 1 General layout. The port consists of four main
areas, each constructed on reclaimed land extending
SE and E from the W side of Tieshan Gang as
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Qinzhou — Pilotage
follows:
224 Guangxi LNG Terminal (7.67);
Sinopec Beihai Refining and Chemical Area (7.67);
Paragraph 7.18 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: Tieshan Terminal (7.67);
Shitou Bu Area (7.67).
3 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The
2 With the exception of berths at Sinopec Beihai
pilot boarding places are:
Refining and Chemical Area, all berthing areas are
No 1 (outer) — 210680N 1083450E;
approached directly from the main channel.
No 2 (outer) — 211800N 1083760E;
Development. Significant development of the port
No 1 (inner) — 212522N 1083877E;
is underway (2019) in the following areas:
No 2 (inner) — 212950N 1083950E;
At Shenhua Guohua Guangtou Behai Power Station
No 3 (inner) — 212950N 1083720E.
Area (213188N 1093586E). Further
Chinese Notice C1 28/1053/20 reclamation is underway WSW of the berthing
[NP30--No 157--Wk 35/20] area;
3 At Shitou Bu Area, S of the coal wharf (7.69)
and in an area on the E side of the river in
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Beihai Gang — Depth the same vicinity;
In the vicinity of 213680N 1093410E, NNW of
227 Shitou Bu.
Paragraph 7.34 1 line(s) 1 Replace by: The port serves a developing industrial area close
to it which belongs to Beihai (7.32).
1 The approach channel has a least charted depth of
about 8 m. Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 89b--Wk 36/19]
Paragraph 7.34 1 line 1 For 93 m Read 8 m

Tieshan Gang — Anchorage
Chinese Chart 16752 [NP30--No 78--Wk 33/19]
229
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Tieshan Gang — Paragraph 7.64 2 line 5 including existing Section IV Notice
Controlling depths; pilot boarding; harbour Week 36/19 Replace by:
229 Anchorage (211639N 1092868E) in about

18 m. The W section is L--shaped and reserved for
Paragraph 7.63 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: vessels from 10 000 to 50 000 gt. Vessels greater than
50 000 gt anchor in the NE part of the anchorage. The
1 Controlling depths. The following least charted E corners of the area are marked by light buoys
depths exist within the main channel at Tieshan Gang: (special).
From the pilot boarding position (7.64) to No 12 Light 2 Pilotage. Pilot boards at 212041N 1093431E,
Buoy (7.66) -- 146 m; NNW of No 2 Light Buoy (special).
From No 12 to No 16 Light Buoy (7.66) -- 119 m; Local knowledge is required.
From No 16 to No 22 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(213080N 1093631E) -- 69 m; Chinese Notice C1 23/829/20
From No 22 Light Buoy to the berths at Shitou Bu [NP30--No 150--Wk 30/20]
(7.67) -- 94 m.
Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 89a--Wk 36/19] Tieshan Gang — Directions
China – Gulf of Tonkin – 229--230

Tieshan Gang — Anchorage Paragraph 7.66 1--3 Replace by:
229 1 Approaches. From a position about 11 miles NE of
Weizhou Dao (210260N 1090670E) the track
Paragraph 7.64 1 lines 1--9 Delete leads ENE, passing:
SSE of a shoal bank (211596N 1091900E) with a
Chinese Notice 30/1252/18 [NP30--No 16--Wk 35/18] depth of 54 m, thence:
2 -- 152
Index
NP30
Clear of a dangerous rock (211488N China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Tieshan Gang —
1092593E), thence: Directions; buoyage; depths
2 SSE of a coastal bank (212047N 1093257E)
with a depth of 16 m. 230
Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the pilot
boarding position (7.64). Paragraph 7.66a existing Section IV Notice Week 36/19
Entrance channel. From the pilot boarding position, Replace by:
the channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads
NNW for approximately 6½ miles, passing: Side channel
3 WSW of Xi Sha (212600N 1093570E), a 7.66a
large shoal bank whose SW--most extremity is 1 Directions for Sinopec Beihai Refining and
marked by E1 Light Buoy (starboard hand), Chemical Area. From a position E of Daniu Shi Light
thence: (7.66) a narrow channel, with a least depth of 55 m,
WSW of a drying patch (212562N 1093344E), marked by light buoys (lateral), leads WNW to the
thence: terminal, passing:
WSW of a shoal (212655N 1093306E), fringing SSW of an isolated shoal (212835N 1093305E)
the E side of the main channel. with a depth of 46 m, thence:
4 The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of 2 NNE of a dangerous rock (212827N
No 12 Light Buoy (port hand) (212711N 1093297E); a light beacon (special) lies
1093262E). Vessels proceeding to the LNG berth close WNW. Thence:
(7.67) may approach the terminal directly, passing S SSW of a dangerous rock (212874N 1093211E)
of L2 Light Buoy (S cardinal) (212705N 1093251E) on the N edge of the channel.
and clear of a light buoy (special).
Main channel to Tieshan Terminal. The track then Chinese Chart 16722/19 [NP30--No 135--Wk 16/20]
continues NNE within the buoyed channel, passing:
WNW of Zhongjian Sha (212795N 1093447E), a
large drying bank, and: Tieshan Gang — Directions
5 ESE of Daniu Shi Light (white round concrete
tower, 14 m in height) (212830N 229--230
1093290E), marking the S side of the
channel to Sinopec Beihai Refining and Paragraph 7.66 1--5 including existing Section IV Notices
Chemical Area (7.67). Weeks 36/19 and 16/20 Replace by:
The track then continues to the vicinity of No 16
Light Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) 1 Approaches. From a position about 11 miles NE of
(212917N 1093375E), from where Tieshan Weizhou Dao (210260N 1090670E) the track
Terminal (7.67) may be approached directly. leads ENE, passing:
6 Tieshan Terminal to Shitou Bu. The track then SSE of a shoal bank (211596N 1091900E) with a
passes SSE of No 16 Light Buoy and continues NE, depth of 54 m, thence:
then NNE, through the main channel, passing: Clear of a dangerous rock (211488N
ESE of the development at Shenhua Guohua 1092593E), thence:
Guangtou Behai Power Station Area (7.65). Clear of an anchorage area (211639N
The track then continues NNE to the vicinity of 1092868E) (7.64), thence:
No 24 Light Buoy (213236N 1093655E), thence 2 SSE of a coastal bank (212047N 1093257E)
NNW to a position off Shitou Bu Area (7.67). with a depth of 16 m.
Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the pilot
boarding position (7.64).
Chinese Chart 16721/19
Entrance channel. From the pilot boarding position,
[NP30--No 90--Wk 36/19]
the channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads
NNW for approximately 6½ miles, passing:
3 WSW of Xi Sha (212600N 1093570E), a
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- large shoal bank whose SW--most extremity is
Tieshan Gang — Side channel
marked by E1 Light Buoy (starboard hand),
thence:
230 WSW of a drying patch (212562N 1093344E),
thence:
After Paragraph 7.66 5 line 8 Insert: WSW of a shoal (212655N 1093306E), fringing
the E side of the main channel.
4 The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of
Side channel No 12 Light Buoy (port hand) (212711N
7.66a 1093262E). Vessels proceeding to the LNG berth
1 Directions for Sinopec Beihai Refining and (7.67) may approach the terminal directly, passing S
Chemical Area. From a position E of Daniu Shi Light of L2 Light Buoy (S cardinal) (212705N 1093251E)
(7.66) a narrow channel, 60 m in width, leads WNW to and clear of a light buoy (special).
the terminal. Depths in the channel are from 55 to Main channel to Tieshan Terminal. The track then
60 m. continues NNE within the buoyed channel, passing:
WNW of Zhongjian Sha (212795N 1093447E), a
Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 91a--Wk 36/19] large drying bank, and:
2 -- 153
Index
NP30
5 ESE of Daniu Shi Light (white round concrete 2 Sinopec Beihai Refining and Chemical Area
tower, 14 m in height) (212830N (212908N 1093118E) consists of two LPG
1093290E), marking the S side of the berths for medium sized vessels. Total length
channel to Sinopec Beihai Refining and 300 m, depth alongside about 5 m.
Chemical Area (7.67). Tieshan Terminal (212927N 1093309E)
The track then continues to the vicinity of No 16 consists of numerous berths for bulk and
Light Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) container cargoes. Total length 1700 m, depths 12
(212917N 1093375E), from where Tieshan to 15 m.
Terminal (7.67) may be approached directly. Shitou Bu Area consists of Coal Wharf, length
6 Tieshan Terminal to Shitou Bu. The track then 320 m, depths 6 to 8 m.
passes SSE of No 16 Light Buoy and continues NE,
then NNE, through the main channel, passing: Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 91b--Wk 36/19]
ESE of the development at Shenhua Guohua
Guangtou Behai Power Station Area (7.65).
China -- Hainan Dao -- Qiongzhou Haixia —
The track then continues NNE to the vicinity of Traffic regulations
No 24 Light Buoy (213236N 1093655E), thence
NNW to a position off Shitou Bu Area (7.67). 232
7 Useful marks:
Yingpan Light (white 4--sided framework beacon, After Paragraph 7.81 1 line 10 Insert:
24 m in height) (212764N 1092654E). 2 Regulations. Foreign vessels must make the
Yingpan Southward Light (beacon, square topmark, passage through Qiongzhou Haixia between sunrise
6 m in height) (212695N 1092643E). and sunset, and their speed must not exceed 10 kn.
Rugen Conservation Boundary Mark No 1 (yellow It is prohibited for foreign vessels to use radar, drop or
beacon with yellow cross topmark) (213000N drag anchor, take photographs or conduct surveys in
1093820E). Qiongzhou Haixia. If, due to restricted visibility, a vessel is
Shatian Gang South--eastward Light (metal required to use radar, it should report this to VTS and obtain
framework beacon) (213074N 1093990E). permission.
Duida Tou Light (white 4--sided metal pipe framework
tower, 34 m in height) (213112N 1093927E). MV Clipper Triumph [NP30--No 142--Wk 18/20]
Side channel China -- Hainan Dao -- Macun Gang — Pilotage

7.66a
1 Directions for Sinopec Beihai Refining and 235
Chemical Area. From a position E of Daniu Shi Light Paragraph 7.95 1 lines 21--22 Replace by:
(7.66) a narrow channel, with a least depth of 55 m,
marked by light buoys (lateral), leads WNW to the Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding places
terminal, passing: are No 1 (200227N 1100173E), located within the
SSW of an isolated shoal (212835N 1093305E) No 1 and Quarantine Anchorage, and No 2
with a depth of 46 m, thence: (195940N 1100260E).
2 NNE of a dangerous rock (212827N Chinese Chart 15852 [NP30--No 31--Wk 45/18]
1093297E); a light beacon (special) lies
close WNW. Thence:
SSW of a dangerous rock (212874N 1093211E) China -- Qiongzhou Haixia -- Chengmai Wan --
Macun Gangqu — Directions
on the N edge of the channel.
235
Chinese Notice C1 23/829/20 [NP30--No 151--Wk 30/20] Paragraph 7.97 1--3 Replace by:
1 Major light:
Yubao Jiao Light (195950N 1095649E) (7.85).
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Tieshan Gang — Entrance channel. From the vicinity of Macun No 1
Basin and berths Light Buoy (200610N 1100283E) the track leads S
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
230 passing:
E of Nos 1 to 3 Anchorages (7.95), thence:
E of a shoal spit marked by No 10A Light Buoy (port
Paragraph 7.67 1--2 including heading Replace by: hand) (195941N 1100313E).
2 The track then leads SW to a position between
Nos 12A and 13 Light Buoys (lateral).
Basins and berths Channels marked by light buoys (lateral) then lead
7.67 SSW to Hua’neng Hainan Electricity Company Coal
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 6 to Wharf (195776N 1100191E) and SW, thence SSW
9 m, mud and sand, ENE of Coal Wharf (213500N to Macun basin (195750N 1100125E).
1093510E) at Shitou Bu. A channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
Alongside berths. Main berths are as follows: continues WSW, then S, to the W quay (195734N
Guangxi LNG Terminal (212693N 1093191E) 1100067E).
consists of a single berth, length 400 m, depth
alongside approximately 14 m. Chinese Notice 3/69/19 [NP30--No 49--Wk 09/19]
2 -- 154
Index
NP30
China -- Hainan Dao -- North coast -- 4 From a position in the vicinity of Huadian No 0
Puqian Wan — Anchorage Light Buoy (190306N 1083350E) (starboard hand),
the alignment (090) of these lights leads E through a
238 channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), to the S
Harbour berths.
Paragraph 7.108 2 line(s) 2--9 Replace by: N Harbour Leading Lights:
Front light (beacon with triangular topmark, point up,
Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 4 to
26 m in height) (190340N 1083781E).
8 m, stiff mud, in the W part of the bay, S of Baisha
5 Rear light (beacon with triangular topmark, point
Qiantan. Anchorage may also be obtained, in depths
down, 37 m in height, ) (2¾ cables from front
from about 5 to 10 m, mud, in the anchorage area
light).
(200450N 1103142E) SW of the E headland of the
From a position about 7 cables N of Huadian No 0
bay. An underwater rock lies in the S part of the
Light Buoy (starboard hand), the alignment (096) of
designated anchorage.
these lights leads E through a channel, marked by
light buoys (lateral), to a position S of the W end of N
Chinese Chart 15799 [NP30--No 77--Wk 33/19] Breakwater (190357N 1083716E), from where a
light is exhibited. From this position, the petrochemical
terminal berths may be approached directly.
China -- Yulin Jiao -- Basuo Gang and
approaches — Directions; wreck 6 Berths. The deep water berth in S harbour lies on
the inside of S Breakwater. It has a length of 280 m
and a depth alongside of about 13 m. The
241
petrochemical terminal lies on S side of N breakwater.
Paragraph 7.132 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: It has two berths. W berth is 279 m in length; E berth
is 121 m. W berth can accommodate vessels up to
3 WNW of two wrecks in positions 190599N 50 000 gt, 229 m LOA, with a loading draught of
1083364E and 190700N 1083200E, 128 m. E berth is designed for smaller size chemical
fronting Yulin Jiao (190600N 1083677E), carriers, also with a loading draught of 128 m.
thence:
Chinese Chart 16522/20 [NP30--No 155--Wk 34/20]
Chinese Notice 13/507/18 [NP30--No 9--Wk 29/18]
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Hainan Dao -- China – Hainan Dao -- Basuo — Outer
Basuo Xingangqu — Directions; depths anchorages; wreck
241 242
Basuo Xingangqu No 1 190718N Waiting. A wreck

7.135 1083623E (190676N 1083616E)
1 Description. Basuo Xingangqu (190340N lies in the S part of the
1083731E) is a man--made harbour on W coast of anchorage.
Hainan Dao, lying 3 miles S of Basuo Gang (7.136).
The harbour consists of N and S parts divided by a
central breakwater. N harbour has a petrochemical Chinese Notice 25/819/19 [NP30--No 72--Wk 31/19]
terminal on N side. S harbour has a deep--water berth
on S side. Each part of the harbour has its own
approach channel and there is a turning area off each China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Hainan Dao -- Basuo
of the berths. Gang — Pilotage
2 Controlling depths. Least charted depths in the
approach channels to Basuo Xingangqu are as
242
follows:
S Harbour Channel (190314N 1083570E);
119 m; Paragraph 7.141 1 Replace by:
N Harbour Channel (190360N 1083586E);
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding places
98 m.
Shoaler depths may exist near the extremities of are:
the channels. Contact local authority for the latest Within Anchorage No 1 (190718N 1083623E)
information. (7.140);
3 S Harbour Leading Lights: No 2 (190625N 1083400E);
Front light (grey 4--sided framework tower with No 4 (190450N 1083278E).
triangular topmark, point up, 30 m in height) For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
(190316N 1083788E). Volume 6(6).
Rear light (similar structure, triangular topmark, point
down, 48 m in height) (4¼ cables from front light). Chinese Chart 16510/19 [NP30--No 136--Wk 16/20]
2 -- 155
Index
NP30
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Hainan Dao -- China -- Hainan Dao -- Sanya — Anchorage
Basuo Gang — Pilotage
248
242
Week 16/20 Replace by: 8 181552N 1092550E
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding places
are: UKHO [NP30--No 162--Wk 45/20]
Within Anchorage No 1 (190718N 1083623E)
(7.140); China – Hainan Dao – Sanya — Directions; lights
No 2 (190625N 1083400E);
No 3 (190350N 1083250E); 248--249
No 4 (190450N 1083280E).
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Paragraph 7.208 3 to 5 Replace by:
Volume 6(6).
3 To a position NW of Xiaoqing Zhou (181367N
Chinese Notice 16/548/20 [NP30--No 145--Wk 23/20] 1092910E).
The line of bearing 0715 of Sanya Gang Direction
China -- South coast -- Yangpu — Pilotage Light (red triangle, point up, on 8--sided concrete
tower, black stripe, 18 m in height) (181429N
244 1092991E), leads through the entrance channel,
marked with light buoys (lateral), to a position about
Paragraph 7.167 1--2 Replace by: 6½ cables from the light, where a branch of the
1 Pilotage is compulsory, pilots are provided from fairway leads ESE towards Sanya Salvage Pier
Haikou. The pilot boarding places are: (181399N 1092955E).
Within Anchorages Nos 1, 2 and 3 (7.166). 4 The main fairway continues ENE, to a position
No 1 (194880N 1090420E). about 3½ cables from the light, where a branch of the
No 3 (194500N 1090730E); within Anchorage fairway leads ESE to Turning Basin No 2 (181408N
No 8. 1092985E).
No 4 (194320N 1090550E). The main fairway then continues ENE to Turning
No 5 (194440N 1090260E); close S of
Basin No 3 (181426N 1092979E).
Anchorage No 7.
2 No 6 (194080N 1090880E); within Anchorage Chinese Notice 19/818/18 [NP30--No 10--Wk 29/18]
No 13.
No 7 (195050N 1090800E).
No 8 (194680N 1090200E); within Anchorage China -- Hainan Dao -- Lingshui Jiao —
No 5. Directions; platform
No 9 (194360N 1090820E); within Anchorage
No 10. 249
Volume 6(6).
SE of a platform (181982N 1100103E) from
Chinese Chart 16561/19 [NP30--No 103--Wk 49/19] which a light is exhibited, and:
NW of an extensive area of explosives obstructions
China -- South coast -- Yangpu to Lingao Jiò — (181520N 1100463E), thence:
Directions; wreck
246
Paragraph 7.185 1 line 4 Delete China -- South China Sea -- Zhanjiang Gang —
Prohibited area
Chinese Notice 24/1026/18 [NP30--No 12--Wk 29/18] 255
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Hainan Dao --
Sanya Wan — Anchorage Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into an area E
of the fairway, including several berths, centred on
248
211330N 1102620E.
Chinese Chart 15731 (2019) [NP30--No 137--Wk 17/20]
1 A jetty, belonging to the Hongtang Ridge Pacific
Petroleum Company, in position 181794N
1091589E, lies on the W side of Sanya Wan. The China -- South coast -- Zhanjiang --
Directions; lights; buoyage
T--shaped jetty is 275 m in length with a depth
alongside of 91 m. The berth accepts tankers up to
257
20 000 tonnes. An anchorage is centred about
1½ miles S of the jetty, depth 12 to 20 m, mud and Paragraph 7.275 4--6 Replace by:
sand.
4 SW of a rock (210722N 1102591E), with a
Chinese Chart 16310/18 [NP30--No 21--Wk 41/18] depth of 44 m, thence:
2 -- 156
Index
NP30
SW of a shoal (210774N 1102536E) with a depth China – Zhanjiang to Shui Dong —
of 04 m, thence: Directions; pilotage
To a position about 2¾ cables N of No 42 Light
Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) (210784N 259
1102472E) at the S end of Dongtoushan Hangdao. Paragraph 7.291 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by:
5 Dongtoushan Dao Leading Lights:
Front light (red triangle, point up, on red post, white To the vicinity of the pilot boarding place (7.299)
concrete column, 37 m in height) (210675N and anchorages for Shui Dong, situated W of Dafangji
1102476E). Dao (212300N 1111100E) (7.321).
Rear light (red triangle, point down, on similar
structure, 42 m in height) (1¼ cables from front
light).
6 The alignment (1777), astern, of these leading China -- South China Sea --
lights leads though the fairway, marked with light Shui Dong — Anchorage
buoys, within Dongtoushan Hangdao (210860N
260
1102470E), to a position WNW of Sha Wei Beacon
(210945N 1102495E) at the S end of Maxie Paragraph 7.298 2 lines 2--4 Replace by:
Hangdao, passing:
7 W of a rock (210900N 1102481E), depth Anchorage Position Remarks
39 m, marked by No 44 Light Buoy, thence: No 1 212262N Quarantine Anchorage.
W of a drying rocky patch (210939N 1102484W) 1110843E A V--AIS buoy (isolated
1¼ cables SW of Sha Wei Beacon. danger) lies in the SW of
the anchorage.
Chinese Chart 15732/19 [NP30--No 97--Wk 40/19] Chinese Notice C1 31/1161/20

[NP30--No 159--Wk 39/20]
China – Shui Dong — Pilotage

China -- South coast -- Zhanjiang -- 260
Directions; lights; buoyage
257 212336N All vessels; boarding radius 1 mile.

1110715E
211697N Tankers with draughts less than or
Paragraph 7.275 4--6 including existing Section IV Notice 1112359E equal to 198 m, boarding radius
Week 40/19 Replace by: 2 miles.
SW of a rock (210722N 1102591E), with a depth of Chinese Notice 25/817/19 [NP30--No 74--Wk 31/19]
44 m, thence:
SW of a shoal (210774N 1102536E) with a depth China -- South coast -- Shuidong —
of 04 m, thence: Bridge construction
To a position about 2¾ cables N of No 42 Light
Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) (210784N 260
1102472E) at the S end of Dongtoushan Hangdao. After Paragraph 7.301 1 line 3 Insert:
5 Dongtoushan Dao Leading Lights:
Front light (red triangle, point up, on red post, white Development
concrete column, 37 m in height) (210675N 7.301a
1102476E). 1 A bridge is under construction (2019) in the vicinity
Rear light (red triangle, point down, on similar of 212945N 1110352E.
structure, 42 m in height) (1¼ cables from front
light). Chinese Chart 15713/19 [NP30--No 94--Wk 39/19]
6 The alignment (1777), astern, of these leading
lights leads though the fairway, marked with light
China – Shui Dong to Yangjiang — Directions;
buoys, within Dongtoushan Hangdao (210860N pilotage
1102470E), to a position WNW of Sha Wei Beacon
(210945N 1102495E) at the S end of Maxie 261
Hangdao, passing:
7 W of a rock (210900N 1102481E), depth
39 m, marked by No 44 Light Buoy, thence: 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding place and
W of a drying rocky patch (210939N 1102484E) anchorages for Shui Dong, situated W of Dafangji Dao
1¼ cables SW of Sha Wei Beacon. (212300N 1111100E) (7.321), the track leads ESE,
passing:
Clear of a shoal (212207N 1110949E), with a
Chinese Notice 37/1234/19 [NP30--No 99--Wk 44/19] depth of 99 m, thence:
2 -- 157
Index
NP30
SSW of Dafangji Dao, on which stands Dafangji Dao China -- South coast -- Yangjiang to Gaolan —
Light (7.289). Numerous light buoys (special) are Pilotage; bouyage
moored in the vicinity of the island. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (212089N 263
1111043E), position approximate, thence: Paragraph 7.344 1 Replace by:
SSW of Xin Pai (212218N 1111449E), a rock,
thence: 1 From the pilot boarding place (213300N
1114757E) (7.334) for Yangjiang the route leads SE
Paragraph 7.319 2 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: for 4 miles to a position S of Dajiao Zui (213390N
1115125E), then E for 55 miles to a position SE of
2 To a position S of Shui Dong SBM (212090N Weijia Dao (213450N 1124800E), then NE for
1112462E). The track then leads NE, passing: 29 miles to the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N
NW of Cefeng No 3 Light Beacon (special) 1131416E) at the start of the entrance channel for
(211544N 1112970E), position approximate, Gaolan.
thence:
NW of Cefeng No 1 Light Beacon (special) Chinese Chart 15511; GB Chart 1568
(212198N 1113650E). Numerous light buoys [NP30--No 83--Wk 35/19]
(special) are moored in the vicinity. Thence:
China -- South coast -- Yangjiang to Gaolan —
Paragraph 7.319 3 line(s) 5 For 1114750E Read Directions; pilotage; buoyage
1114757E
264
Chinese Notices 25/817/19; 25/818/19; ENCs C1515711; Paragraph 7.350 1 lines 1--2 For 213300N 1114750E
C1415570 [NP30--No 75--Wk 31/19] Read 213300N 1114757E

China -- Shui Dong to Yangjiang -- South--east of The track then leads to the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy
Bohe Xingangqu — Directions; wind farm
(214713N 1131416E) at the start of the entrance
channel for Gaolan.
261
Chinese Chart 15511; GB Chart 1568
Paragraph 7.319 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice [NP30--No 84--Wk 35/19]
China -- South coast -- Taidian — Depth
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding place and
anchorages for Shui Dong, situated W of Dafangji Dao 265
(212300N 1111100E) (7.321), the track leads ESE,
passing: Paragraph 7.359 1 line 6 For 133 m Read 121 m
Clear of a shoal (212207N 1110949E), with a
depth of 99 m, thence: Paragraph 7.359 1 line 8 For 38 m Read 37 m
SSW of Dafangji Dao, on which stands Dafangji Dao
Light (7.289). Numerous light buoys (special) are Chinese Chart 15522 [NP30--No 39--Wk 03/19]
moored in the vicinity of the island. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (212089N China -- Huangmao Hai -- T’an Chiang --
1111043E), position approximate, thence: Yamen Daqiao Bridge —
SSW of Xin Pai (212218N 1111449E), a rock, Vertical clearance; anchorages
thence:
266
2 To a position S of Shui Dong SBM (212090N
1112462E). The track then leads generally NE, After Paragraph 7.360 2 line 5 Insert:
passing:
Vertical clearance. Yamen Daqiao Bridge
NW of a wind farm (211497N 1112934E), under
(221315N 1130520E), charted clearance 48 m
construction (2020), thence:
above MSL, and two sets of overhead cables, the first
NW of Cefeng No 1 Light Beacon (special)
of unknown clearance and the second of 59 m
(212198N 1113650E). Numerous light buoys
clearance, span the river near its south end. Other
(special) are moored in the vicinity. Thence:
bridges and overhead cables span the river farther
upstream.
1113643E), position approximate, thence:
SE of a rock (212993N 1113944E), with a depth Paragraph 7.360 3 lines 2--3 Replace by:
of 128 m, thence: Anchorages:
3 SE of a rock (213069N 1114073E), with a Waiting and Typhoon Anchorage lies E of Dajin
depth of 118 m, thence: (215223N 1130128E).
SE of a dangerous wreck (213250N 1114618E), Anchorage 1 (221420N 1130475E), about
thence: 1 mile NNW of Yamen Daqiao Bridge.
To the pilot boarding place (213300N 1114757E) Anchorage 2 (221624N 1130447E), about
for Yangjiang. 3 miles NNW of Yamen Daqiao Bridge.
Chinese Notice 3/89(T)/20 [NP30--No 128--Wk 09/20] Chinese Chart 15492/18 [NP30--No 22--Wk 41/18]
2 -- 158
Index
NP30
China -- South coast -- Gaolan — Pilotage After Paragraph 7.376 3 line 9 Insert:
267 Thence the track continues NNW to the vicinity of

No 27 Light Buoy (215619N 1131195E) where the
Paragraph 7.369 1 lines 4--6 Delete channel divides. Branches lead NW through
Sanjiaoshan Men, NNW to the power station turning
Paragraph 7.369 1 lines 7--9 For No 2 215350N basin (215760N 1131095E), or N then NE into an
1131250E Read 215350N 1131250E area of wharves.

China -- South China Sea -- Gaolan — Pilotage China -- South coast -- Gaolan to Dahengqin Dao
— Directions; buoyage
267
268
Week 35/19 Replace by: Paragraph 7.379 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours a 1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N
day. The pilot boarding places are: 1131416E), at the entrance channel for Gaolan, the
No 1 (214770N 1131540E) for vessels greater route leads ENE for 20 miles to a position S of
than 13 m in draught or 250 m LOA. Dahengqin Dao (220490N 1133300E).
No 2 (215350N 1131250E) for vessels less than
7 m in draught other than chemical and oil Paragraph 7.384 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
tankers. 1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N
2 No 3 (215350N 1131350E) for chemical and 1131416E), at the entrance channel for Gaolan, the
oil tankers. track leads ENE, passing:
Waiting and Typhoon Anchorage (215231N
1130406E). Chinese Chart 15511 [NP30--No 87--Wk 35/19]
For further information see ADMIRALTY List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
China -- South China Sea -- Zhujiang Kou --
ENC CN484301 [NP30--No 143--Wk 19/20] Guishan Dao — Pilotage
China -- South China Sea -- Gaolan — Pilotage 272
Paragraph 7.369 including existing Section IV Notice 1 There are several pilot boarding positions, situated
Week 19/20 Replace by: W, SW and SSE of Guishan Dao (220792N
1134942E):
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours a For Tonggu Channel at 220500N 1135100E,
day. The pilot boarding places are: 220598N 1135003E and 220450N
No 1 (214770N 1131540E) for vessels greater 1135100E.
than 13 m in draught or 250 m LOA;
No 2 (215020N 1131400E) for vessels less than Chinese Chart 15300/18 [NP30--No 40--Wk 05/19]
7 m in draught other than chemical and oil
tankers;
2 No 3 (215350N 1131150E) for chemical and China – Jiuzhou Gang — Controlling depths;
vertical clearance; horizontal clearance
oil tankers;
No 4 (215350N 1131280E);
275
Waiting and Typhoon Anchorage (215231N
1130406E). Paragraph 8.39 1 line 2 Replace by:
Radio Signals Volume 6(6). ...has depths from 15 to 32 m below the main span of the
Hong Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge and a least depth of
Chinese Notice 16/537/20 [NP30--No 146--Wk 23/20] 21 m NW of the bridge.
China -- South coast -- Gaolan —
Directions; buoyage 1 Jiuzhougang Hangdao (8.39) has a vertical
clearance of 40 m below the main span of the Hong
267 Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge (HZMB) (8.72).
Paragraph 7.375 1 line 1 For No 1 Read A1 Jianghai Hangdao (221490N 1133890E) has a
vertical clearance of 245 m below the Hong Kong to
Paragraph 7.376 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Zhuhai--Macao Bridge.
Qingzhou Hangdao (221700N 1134390E) has a
1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N vertical clearance of 42 m below the Hong Kong to
1131416E) the track leads NNW. Zhuhai--Macao Bridge.
2 -- 159
Index
NP30
After Paragraph 8.41 1 line 3 Insert: The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1 st December 2018
8.41a
1 The Hong Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge (HZMB) China -- Approaches to Hong Kong —
(8.72), has a horizontal clearance of 170 m (designed Traffic Separation Scheme
210 m) below the main span in Jiuzhougang Hangdao.
Jianghai Hangdao and Qingzhou Hangdao have a 285
horizontal clearance of 173 and 318 m, respectively.
Chinese Notice 30/18 Section 1 Marine information
pages 5--6 [NP30--No 17--Wk 35/18] 1 From the vicinity of Precautionary Area No 1
(220710N 1142160E), the route leads W through
The following notice is to be implemented at Dangan Channel TSS (8.112) for 14½ miles to its W
0000 UTC on 1 st December 2018 end, SSE of a light beacon (220920N 1140596E).
The track then continues WSW, through Dangan
Shuidao for 13 miles, to a position within the
China -- Hong Kong to Zuhai--Macau Bridge —
Regulations Guangzhou and Huangpu Large Vessels Anchorage
and Typhoon Shelter No 13ZH, in the vicinity of the
275 pilot boarding place (220485N 1135350E), about
4 miles ESE of Dayapai Dao (220479N
After Paragraph 8.48 1 line 2 Insert: 1134819E).
2 From the vicinity of Precautionary Area No 1
When passing under the Hong Kong to (220710N 1142160E), the route leads W through
Zhuhai--Macao Bridge, the designated channels must Dangan Channel TSS Zone 1 for 7 miles, into No 2
be used. Overtaking and crossing is prohibited within Precautionary Area (220790N 1141350E), where a
these channels. light buoy (safe water) (220761N 1141354E) has
been established. From No 2 Precautionary Area, a
Chinese Chart 15471 Ed. 6 2019 route leads NW into the East Lamma Channel TSS
[NP30--No 104--Wk 51/19]
(8.203).
3 From No 2 Precautionary Area, the track continues
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — in the Dangan Channel TSS Zone 2 in a W direction
Traffic Separation Scheme for 5 miles. On leaving the TSS, S of a light beacon
(220920N 1140597E), the track leads through
281 Dangan Shuidao in a WSW direction for a further
12 miles, passing WNW of Wailingding Dao, before
Paragraph 8.112 1 Replace by: entering No 13ZH pilotage, quarantine and typhoon
anchorage for large vessels (220485N 1135350E).
1 Dangan Channel and Lantau Channel Traffic
Dangan Channel TSS leads through Dangan
Separation Schemes. Dangan Channel TSS is
Shuidao and is IMO--adopted.
IMO--adopted (1.43a); Rule 10 of the International
applies. IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18
Lantau Channel is not IMO -- adopted. The [NP30--No 27--Wk 44/18]
Government of Hong Kong SAR, China, advise that
the principles for the use of the routeing system The following notice is to be implemented at
defined in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for 0000 UTC on 1 st December 2018
Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.
IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 China -- Approaches to Hong Kong —

[NP30--No 25--Wk 44/18] Directions; Traffic Separation Scheme
The following notice is to be implemented at 285--286

0000 UTC on 1 st December 2018
Paragraph 8.161 1 line 3 For Dangan Shuidao TSS Read
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Dangan Channel TSS
Directions; Traffic Separation Scheme
284
The track continues, passing S of a light beacon
Paragraph 8.139 3 line 3 For Dangan Shuidao TSS Read (220920N 1140597E) (special) near the W end of
Dangan Channel TSS
Dangan Channel TSS.
IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18

[NP30--No 26--Wk 44/18] [NP30--No 28--Wk 44/18]
2 -- 160
Index
NP30
China – South approaches to Hong Kong -- Hong Kong -- Passages south of
Dangan Shuidao — Directions; buoyage Lantau Island — Depths
286 295
Paragraph 8.161 1 line(s) 9--10 Replace by: Paragraph 8.229 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
...Dangandingxianzhi Light Vessel (220761N 1 North--west Siu A Chau TSS -- 65 m.
1141353E), thence: North Cheung Chau TSS -- 38 m, on the outer limit
of the SW bound lane.
Chinese Notice 25/816/19 [NP30--No 76--Wk 31/19] South Cheung Chau TSS -- 65 m.
West Lamma Channel -- 56 m.
Hong Kong – Tathong Channel through Hong Kong Chart 7501/19 [NP30--No 124--Wk 08/20]
Lei Yue Mun to Kau Yi Chau — Restricted area
287 Hong Kong -- Black Point to

Kau Yi Chau — Pilotage
297
5 Entry is restricted to an area surrounding the
Central Military Dock (221703N Paragraph 8.254 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1140988E). The restricted area is composed
1 See 8.167.
of two zones; the Central Military Dock Inner
Area and the Central Military Dock Outer Hong Kong Chart 7501/19 [NP30--No 125--Wk 08/20]
Area. Entry into the Inner Area, marked by
light buoys (special) and extending about
½ cable NNE from 221703N 1140988E, is China -- Hong Kong -- Lantau Island —
Marine park
prohibited to all unauthorised vessels. Entry
into the Outer Area, extending about 1 cable 298
NNE from 221703N 1140988E, is
prohibited to all unauthorised vessels over After Paragraph 8.255 4 Insert:
60 m in length. Vessels of 60 m in length or
Sha Chau and Lung Kwu Chau Marine Park
less may pass through the Outer Area but not
(222176N 1135300E), marked by light buoys
anchor or berth.
(special), surrounds the islands of Lung Kwu
Hong Kong Notice 109/19 [NP30--No 71--Wk 31/19] Chau (8.343), Pak Chau (8.343) and Sha Chau
(8.268). No power driven vessel shall exceed
speeds of 10 kn without the permission of the
China – Hong Kong – East Lamma Channel — Country and Marine Parks Authority. Anchoring
Traffic regulations and mooring are prohibited within the marine park.
292 Chinese Chart 15431/19 [NP30--No 93--Wk 39/19]
Hong Kong -- Lantau Island -- North--west coast
— Regulations; prohibited areas
Hong Kong Notice 10/35/18 [NP30--No 11--Wk 29/18]
309
Hong Kong -- East Lamma Channel and Paragraph 8.322 1 line 7 Replace by:
Western Fairway — Directions; shoal
Prohibited areas. Numerous areas that are
292 prohibited to entry exist in the vicinity of the Hong
Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge (8.40). See also 8.255
Paragraph 8.213 1 line 9 Replace by: for details of prohibited areas surrounding Hong Kong
...through East Lamma Channel TSS, passing NE of Airport.
Lamma Patch (221483N 1140735E), least depth 8 m
and marked by light buoys (cardinal), thence through... Hong Kong Chart 7501/19 [NP30--No 126--Wk 08/20]
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000
Hong Kong Chart 7501/19 [NP30--No 122--Wk 08/20] UTC on 1 st December 2018
Hong Kong -- Lamma Island -- China -- Hong Kong – Lantau Island —

North Lamma Anchorage — Obstruction Anchorage; wreck
294 309
An obstruction (221481N 1140688E) lies in the SE part 2 Caution. A wreck (221189N 1134843E),
of the anchorage. reported (2011), lies on the S limit of area 21DY.
Hong Kong Chart 7501/19 [NP30--No 123--Wk 08/20] Chinese Notice 7/186/19 [NP30--No 50--Wk 12/19]
2 -- 161
Index
NP30
China -- Hong Kong – Paragraph 8.389 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
Lantau Island — Anchorage
2 Thence the track continues to lead NW to a
309 position between No 1 Light Buoy (safe water)
(223297N 1134816E) and F2 Light Buoy (port
Paragraph 8.328 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice hand) (223263N 1134760E) marking the entrance
Week 12/19 Replace by: to Fanshi Shuidao Channel. The track then leads
1 Anchorage areas are as follows: NNW, passing:
Y1 No 21DY (221226N 1134840E); general Between pairs of light buoys (lateral, numbered F3 to
anchorage; F18), marking the fairway, thence:
Y2 No 22DY (221305N 1134830E); general
anchorage; Chinese Chart 15447 [NP30--No 98--Wk 43/19]
No 1 Waiting Anchorage (221572N 1134982E);
quarantine. China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou --
2 Caution. A wreck (221189N 1134843E), Zhouzi Wei — Bridge; vertical clearance
reported (2011), lies on the S limit of area Y1
No 21DY. 315
Chinese Notice 11/28/20 [NP30--No 148--Wk 27/20] After Paragraph 8.405 1 line 3 Insert:
Nansha Bridge (Humen Second Bridge) (225310N
China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou -- 1133388E), spans the river in the vicinity of Zhouzi
Fanshi Shuidao — Bridge development Wei (8.420), and has a reported vertical clearance of
60 m.
312
Chinese Chart 15462/19 [NP30--No 95--Wk 40/19]
China -- Zhujiang -- Shanban Zhou to Nizhou Tou
Development -- Chuanbi Shuidao — Directions; shoal; wreck
8.373a
1 The Shenzhen Zhongshan bridge is under 315
construction (2019). An artificial island has been
constructed in position 223436N 1134586E. The Paragraph 8.411 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by:
bridge will span the channel from the artificial island 1 From a position E of Shanban Zhou (224303N
W to the shore. The bridge is expected to be 1133946E), the track leads generally NNW, through
completed in 2024. a channel marked by light buoys, passing:
ENE of Shanban Zhou (8.374), from where a light
Chinese Notice 24/780 & 781/19 (8.374) is exhibited, thence:
[NP30--No 69--Wk 30/19] ENE of a shoal patch (224406N 1133918E),
marked by No 3 Light Buoy (isolated danger),
China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou -- thence:
Fanshi Shuidao — Bridge development WSW of a 59 m rock (224478N 1133956E),
marked by Chuanbijiao Light Buoy (S cardinal),
313 thence:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (224580N
After Paragraph 8.383 1 line 5 Insert: 1133823E), position approximate, thence:
Under Humen Bridge (8.405), thence:
Development Clear of a ferry crossing (8.406), thence:
8.383a ENE of shoals fronting Dahu Shan (8.409), thence
1 See 8.373a. through Dahu Shuidao.
Chinese Notice 24/780 & 781/19 GB Chart 344/19; ENC CN584232 (14.001)
[NP30--No 70--Wk 30/19] [NP30--No 120--Wk 06/20]
China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou — China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou -- Zhouzi
Directions; shoal; buoys Wei — Directions; wreck, bridge
314 315
Between Ma Zhou and Dachan Dao (223067N E of a dangerous wreck (225300N 1133400E),
1135079E), thence: reported (2015), thence:
SW of a shoal (223168N 1134951E), marked by Under Nansha Bridge (8.405).
light buoys (cardinal), thence: Thence the track continues N to a position SW of
SW of Xiya Dao (223284N 1134913E), from Nizhou Tou (225396N 1133448E).
where Xiya Light (white concrete post, 3 m in
height) is exhibited. Chinese Chart 15462/19 [NP30--No 96--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 162
Index
NP30
China -- Zhujiang – Dahao Zhou to Guangzhou — Paragraph 9.43 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Vertical clearances
2 For Yantian Port Area in Pilotage Anchorage
318 Area No 5 at 223472N 1141919E;
Paragraph 8.446 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: UKHO [NP30--No 100--Wk 44/19]
...the river with a vertical clearance of 60 m in the main China -- South coast -- Mirs Bay — Pilotage
channel and 53 m in Boluomiao Shuidao (8.457).
328
Paragraph 8.446 1 line(s) 6 For Xinxao Read Xinzao
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels. The
...1132482E. A bridge, vertical clearance 41 m, spans pilot boards in the following positions, dependent on
the channel at 230340N 1132490E. destination and direction of approach:
Chinese Chart 15457/19 [NP30--No 54--Wk 21/19] For Guangdong Dapeng LNG Terminal at
222808N 1142767E. If the local wind is
greater than Force 6, or the wave height exceeds
China -- Dahao Zhou to Guangzhou -- 25 m, the pilot may board or disembark LNG
Dong Hedao — Vertical clearance vessels in the LNG Vessels Special Anchorage
(223026N 1142783E);
318 In position 223280N 1142360E;
Paragraph 8.446 2 lines 5--7 Replace by: In position 222970N 1142654E;
2 For Yantian Port Area at 223350N 1142020E
Dong Hedao. There is a least vertical clearance of or in Pilotage Anchorage Area No 5
8 m on this passage under the bridge that spans the (223472N 1141919E);
river at 230660N 1131862E. For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
UKHO [NP30--No 119--Wk 04/20]
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — China -- South coast -- Mirs Bay --
Traffic Separation Scheme Shayuyong Gang — Directions; lights
323 331
Paragraph 9.9 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel Paragraph 9.66 2--4 Replace by:
2 Shayuyong Harbour. From a position W of Ping
Paragraph 9.13 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel Chau (223258N 1142587E) the track leads N,
passing close E of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 (223393N 1142379E), to the beginning of the
[NP30--No 29--Wk 44/18] entrance channel (223565N 1142377E). The track
then continues N through the channel marked by light
The following notice is to be implemented at buoys (lateral) to the berths.
0000 UTC on 1 st December 2018 3 Useful mark:
Light (7 m in height) exhibited from the head of
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Shayuchong Pier.
Traffic Separation Scheme
GB Chart 4128 [NP30--No 127--Wk 08/20]
324
Hong Kong -- Yantian Harbour --
Paragraph 9.14 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel West of Crooked Island — Directions
334
Paragraph 9.19 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel
IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 Track. From a position about 1 mile NE of Kai Kung Tau
[NP30--No 30--Wk 44/18] (223300N 1141900E) the track leads generally W
into Yantian Harbour, passing:
China -- South coast -- Mirs Bay — Pilotage Close S of Yantian Approach No 1 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (223391N 1141870E),
328 thence:
N of Crooked Island (223270N 1141746E),
Paragraph 9.43 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: thence:
N of a bank extending N into the harbour, the N--most
For Guangdong LNG Terminal at 222808N extent of which is marked by No 8 Light Buoy (port
1142767E. It has been reported (2018) that the hand) (223366N 1141579E).
pilots prefer to board at 223100N 1142550E
via a tug; Chinese Notice 48/2091/18 [NP30--No 37--Wk 02/19]
2 -- 163
Index
NP30
China -- South China Sea -- Daya Wan — Pilotage Malaysia -- Sabah -- North--west coast —
Directions; platform
337 67
Paragraph 9.108 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.14 6 line 5 Insert:
1 Pilotage is compulsory within Daya Wan for all Clear of Petronas Floating LNG 2 (PFLNG2)
platform (72295N 1155108E), and:
foreign vessels, LPG vessels, petrol tankers and all oil
tankers. The pilot boards in the following positions: Malaysian Notice 5/73/20 [NP31--No 26--Wk 28/20]
Within No 1 Anchorage (222453N 1143478E);
Quarantine Anchorage;
2 Within No 9 Anchorage, in position 222979N Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Pulau Bunguran --
1144580E; Selat Lampa — Directions; shoal depth
No 2 (222900N 1144450E);
84
Within No 7 Anchorage, in position 223348N
1144080E; Paragraph 3.41 5 line 5 Replace by:
In position 223434N 1143608E for Daya Wan
Nuclear Power Plant; ...33 m (33585N 1081110E), thence:
In Anchor Berth No 4 (223606N 1143745E), for GB Chart 1348/20 [NP31--No 19--Wk 15/20]
tankers and LPG vessels of less than
20 000 tons;
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Alur Pelayaran Api —
3 In Anchor Berth No 3 (223650N 1143568E), Directions; shoals
for cargo vessels of less than 10 000 tons;
No 2 (223550N 1144000E); 88
No 1 (223800N 1143670E);
In position 224050N 1144070E, for Donglian
Harbour. NNW of shoal patches lying 14 miles and 12 miles W
of Tanjung Datu (20476N 1093852E), thence:
Signals Volume 6(6). Indonesian Notice 9/107/20 [NP31--No 18--Wk 14/20]

Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuching —
Vertical clearance
China -- South coast -- Honghai Wan — Shoal
95
Paragraph 9.157 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: A road bridge (13350N 1102375E), vertical
clearance unknown, spans Turnabout Reach in the vicinity
2 ESE of Yuanzi Jiao (223067N 1150249E), a of Biawak Oil Terminal (4.52), about 3 cables NW of
shoal with a least depth of 101 m. Yadan Pai Pending Point (4.21).
(223083N 1150108E), a rock over which the sea
UKHO; Photoplot 10225 [NP31--No 28--Wk 48/20]
sometimes breaks, lies 1¼ miles W. The rock is in
two parts and steep--to. Thence:
Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Sungai Sarawak —
Anchorage; light buoy
97
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition) 5 Dangerous cargo anchorage (13479N
1102604E) is centred 4 cables W of Tanjung Sedap.
Caution. A lit, stranded wreck, further marked by a
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Tanjung Datu — light beacon (special), reported ruined (2019), lies in
Directions; wreck the SW corner of the anchorage.
Malaysian Notice 8/200/19 [NP31--No 1--Wk 01/20]

66
After Paragraph 2.11 2 line 2 Insert: Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Muara Lassa —

Directions; obstruction
NNW of a stranded wreck (21406N 1095100E),
position approximate, reported (2019), thence: 108
Paragraph 4.127 1 line(s) 7 For 25180N 1102515E
UKHO [NP31--No 17--Wk 14/20] Read 25180N 1112515E
2 -- 164
Index
NP31
Paragraph 4.127 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Brunei -- Approaches to Brunei Bay —
Directions; major light
2 E of Pasir Jungau (24750N 1112400E), a
drying bank. A stranded wreck (24781N 125
1112478E) is situated near the E extent of
Pasir Jungau. Thence: Paragraph 5.49 1 line(s) 8 For 52351N 1151503E
E of Pulau Patok (24500N 1112375E). Read 52472N 1151483E
ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 7--Wk 01/20]
Brunei -- Tanjung Baram to Tanjung Batu —
Brunei -- Approaches to Brunei Bay —
121
Tanjung Kubong Light (52472N 1151483E) Paragraph 5.52 2 line(s) 9--10 Replace by:
(5.39).
...(5.41) is exhibited; Tanjung Kubong Light (5.39)
ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 5--Wk 01/20] is situated about 1¼ miles N and a drying rock
(52463N 1151564E) lies 1¼ miles NNE. And:
Brunei -- Sungai Belait — Anchorage
ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 8--Wk 01/20]
122
Paragraph 5.24 1 line 3 Replace by: Malaysia -- Sabah -- Pulau Labuan —
Directions; wreck
...Belait. Mooring buoys...
128
UKHO [NP31--No 2--Wk 01/20]
Brunei -- Seria Oil Terminal — Anchorage SE of a dangerous wreck (51367N 1151223E),
position approximate, reported (2019), thence:
122
Paragraph 5.29 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: Malaysian Notice 09/222/19 [NP31--No 9--Wk 01/20]
...tankers using the SBMs. Tankers should not anchor

outside this... Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara —
Vertical clearance
UKHO [NP31--No 3--Wk 01/20]
129
Brunei -- Lumut Terminal — Anchorage Paragraph 5.83 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
123 1 A bridge (50031N 1150435E) links Pulau Muara
Paragraph 5.33 1 lines 7 Replace by: Besar (5.80) to the mainland S of Muara (5.79). The
vertical clearance is reported (2019) to be 28 m.
...the LNG terminal.
UKHO [NP31--No 10--Wk 01/20]
UKHO [NP31--No 4--Wk 01/20]
Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — Directions

Brunei -- Tanjung Batu to Tanjung Toulak —
131
124
Tanjung Kubong Light (white beacon, red stripes) Spare
(52472N 1151483E). 5.96
Paragraph 5.41 2 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 5.97 1--4 including paragraph number Replace
by:
...Labuan, from which a light (white metal
framework tower, red bands, 24 m in height) is
exhibited. Tanjung Kubong Light (5.39) is situated Spare
about 1¼ miles N of the head. Foul ground with 5.97
rocks, awash, on which the...
GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019)
ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 6--Wk 01/20] [NP31--No 11--Wk 01/20]
2 -- 165
Index
NP31
Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — Directions Under the Pulau Muara Besar Bridge (5.83).
Thence a course may be shaped for the allocated
131--132 berth or anchorage.
3 Useful marks:
Paragraph 5.98 1--3 Replace by: Bukit Tempayang Pisang (146 m high) (50060N
1150295E), with a small beacon on its summit,
1 From the vicinity of 50750N 1150723E, SSE of which is prominent when seen from Outer Bar.
Barat Banks (51000N 1150620E), the track leads (Directions for Brunei Channel and
SE, passing: Simpson Channel are given at 5.110)
NE of Muara SPM (50515N 1150805E) (5.94).
Thence to the vicinity of 50470N 1151054E at GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) [NP31--No 13--Wk 01/20]
the entrance to Eastern Channel.
2 Eastern Channel Inbound Leading Lights:
Front light: X9 Light Beacon (50270N Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Sungai Brunei — Route
1151082E).
132
Rear light: X10 Light Beacon (3¾ cables from front
light). Paragraph 5.102 1 line 4 For Outer Bar (5.96) Read
The alignment (172) of these lights leads through Eastern Channel (5.98)
Eastern Channel, marked by beacons (lateral),
passing:
W of a 48 m shoal (50323N 1151133E) marked GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019)
by a light beacon (E cardinal). [NP31--No 14--Wk 01/20]
3 Eastern Channel Outbound Leading Lights:
Front light: X11 Light Beacon (50327N Brunei -- Sungai Brunei — Bridge
1151089E).
Rear light: X12 Light Beacon (2¼ cables from front 133
light).
The alignment (0318), astern, of these lights Paragraph 5.106 including heading Replace by:
continues through Eastern Channel to a position
between X8 and X9 Light Beacons (lateral) (50029N Spare
1150903E). 5.106
4 Thence the track leads SW to a position N of
Y10 Light Beacon (port hand) (45913N 1150800E).
Useful marks:
Sunda Spit Light (white triangle, point up, on a white Temburong Bridge
framework tower) (45855N 1151072E). 5.108a
(Directions continue for Batang Limbang and 1 The 8 mile long Temburong road bridge spans
approaches, including Tanjung Lumba--Lumba Sungai Brunei Estuary between a position about
anchorage, at 5.124) 1½ miles NNE of Tanjung Samasta (45434N
1150025E) and a position about 6 cables ESE of
GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019) Tanjung Kerasik (45101N 1150621E). Passage
[NP31--No 12--Wk 01/20] under the bridge is via two two--way designated
channels marked by light beacons (lateral). See
Bandar Seri Begawan (5.114) or Batang Limbang and
Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — Directions; light approaches (5.120) for vertical clearances and
navigable widths.
132
Brunei Notices 09/20; 11/20 [NP31--No 20--Wk 19/20]
Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara —
Muara Bar Directions; light; leading line
5.98a
1 From a position N of Y10 Light Beacon (port hand) 133
(45913N 1150800E) the track leads W, passing:
N of No 26 Light Beacon (yellow square, black top, Paragraph 5.111 1 lines 1--11 Replace by:
on platform on concrete pile structure) (45926N 1 Outer leading lights:
1150578E), which marks the N corner of Front light (white triangle, point up, on beacon)
Rambler Banks an extensive area of shoals which (45966N 1150590E).
dry in places and extend 7 miles NE from Tanjung Rear light (white triangle, point down, on beacon)
Kindana (45514N 1150114E). (1½ cables from front light).
2 Thence, when a position is reached 2 cables SE of From a position 2 cables SE of No 20 Light Beacon
No 20 Light Beacon (E cardinal) (45957N (E cardinal) (45957N 1150547E), the alignment
1150547E), the track leads generally NW across (0525), astern, of these lights leads through the NE
Muara Bar, soft mud, lying close SW of Tanjung part of Brunei Channel for 2¼ miles, and onto the
Bowong (45964N 1150535E), passing: alignment of:
SW of No 18 Light Beacon (port hand) (45989N
1150514E), thence: GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) [NP31--No 15--Wk 01/20]
2 -- 166
Index
NP31
Brunei -- Sungai Brunei -- Brunei Channel and Malaysia -- North of Kota Kinabalu --
Simpson Channel — Directions; bridge Teluk Sapangar Terminal —
Prohibited anchorage
133
143
Sungai Brunei then continues generally SSW, After Paragraph 6.48 2 line 7 Insert:
passing beneath Temburong Bridge (5.108a) and
3 Prohibited anchorage. An area in which
thence generally SW to Bandar Seri Begawan. The
anchorage is prohibited is centred on 60477N
channel is marked by light beacons (lateral)...
1160577E, between Pulau Udar Besar and Tanjung
Brunei Notices 09/20; 11/20; GB Chart 2134 Melanim (6.28).
[NP31--No 21--Wk 19/20]
Brunei -- Sungai Brunei -- Bandar Seri Begawan
— Limiting conditions; vertical clearance Philippines -- Luzon -- San Fernando — Seaoil
Bangar Bulk Terminal
133
202
Vertical clearance under the navigable span of After Paragraph 10.51 Insert:
Temburong Bridge (5.108a) is 219 m.
Navigable width. The navigable passage under the Seaoil Bangar Bulk Terminal
bridge is marked by light beacons (lateral) and is 10.51a
85 m wide. 1 General information. Bangar Bulk Terminal
(165313N 1202422E), a sub--port of San Fernando
Brunei Notice 09/20 & 11/20 [NP31--No 22--Wk 19/20] (10.25), handles petroleum products. It comprises a
T--head jetty fronting a storage facility consisting of
Brunei -- Sungai Brunei -- Bandar Seri Begawan several tanks. The terminal is operated by Seaoil
— Arrival information; prohibited area Philippines Incorporated.
Pilotage is available during daylight hours and pilots
134 board at anchor or in the vicinity of 165307N
1202245E. Tugs are compulsory and remain
Paragraph 5.115 1 line(s) 1 Replace by: secured for the duration of the vessel’s stay.
1 Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing are 2 It is reported (2019) that due to the steep gradient
prohibited in the vicinity of the navigable passages of of the seabed, vessels are subjected to moderate to
Temburong Bridge (5.108a). violent rolling whilst alongside.
Quarantine anchorage. Anchorage for vessels... Directions. The berth is approached directly from
seaward; with the use of the port anchor and tug
Brunei Notice 09/20 & 11/20 [NP31--No 23--Wk 19/20] assistance, vessels are berthed starboard side to.
Anchorage can be obtained in the vicinity of
Brunei -- Sungai Brunei -- Batang Limbang and 165250N 1202280E in depths of more than 30 m,
approaches — Vertical clearance; sand, mud and clay.
prohibited area 3 Berth. The T -- head jetty is designed to
accommodate 50 000 dwt vessels with a maximum
134 LOA of 230 m and maximum arrival draught of
1360 m at MLLW.
Paragraph 5.120 1 line(s) 1--10 Replace by: Other facilities. Medical
1 Description. Sungai Temburong leads generally Supplies. Provisions.
SSW from the vicinity of Tanjung Lumba–Lumba
(45335N 1150603E), thence under the Temburong Bangar Bulk Terminal Handbook
Bridge (5.108a), to several tributaries. [NP31--No 16--Wk 03/20]
2 Batang Limbang is entered from Sungai Temburong,
immediately E of Tanjung Tobu--Tobu (45117N
1150131E), where there is a small anchorage port NP32A China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2020 Edition)
(5.121). The river is 122 miles long, marked by stakes,
and is navigable by vessels of 25 m draught only as
far as Bandar Limbang, 8 miles above its entrance. Taiwan -- Kaohsiung to Mai--liao --
Local knowledge is essential beyond the East--north--east of Tung--chi Yü — Depth
anchorage off Tanjung Lumba--Lumba (5.103).
3 Vertical clearance under Temburong Bridge 68
(5.108a), spanning the Eastern Channel, is 319 m.
Navigable width. The navigable passage under the Paragraph 2.75 3 line(s) 9--10 Replace by:
bridge is marked by light beacons (lateral) and is
175 m wide. E of a rocky bank (231686N 1194470E), least
Prohibited Area. See 5.115. depth 223 m, thence:
Brunei Notice 09/20 & 11/20 [NP31--No 24--Wk 19/20] UKHO [NP32A--No 33--Wk 50/20]
2 -- 167
Index
NP32A
China -- Taiwan Strait -- Xiamen Gang — Overtaking. Vessels intending to overtake in the
Depths; wreck; cables main fairways must seek the prior consent of the
vessel to be overtaken.
134
Chinese Notice 40/Xiamen VTS Guide/20
Paragraph 4.111 1 line(s) 6--12 Replace by: [NP32A--No 34--Wk 50/20]
No 3 Anchorage (242340N 1180582E), depths 1
to 10 m, mud, for vessels of less than 10 000 dwt. China -- Taiwan Strait --
Its S and E limits are marked by light buoys Xinghua Wan — Anchorage
(special). Numerous charted dangers exist within
the anchorage including submarine power cables. 157
Chinese Chart C1 14293 (2020)
[NP32A--No 1--Wk 47/20] Bai Yu East Anchorage (251892N 1193467E),
11 to 40 m.
Chinese Chart C1 14129 Ed. 8 (2020)

China -- Taiwan Strait -- Xiamen Gang — [NP32A--No 2--Wk 47/20]
Arrival information; anchorages; pilotage
134 China -- East China Sea --

Songxia Gang — Anchorage
162
...(4.116) lies close SE. A rock (242321N
1180751E) lies in the S of the anchorage. After Paragraph 4.262 1 line 6 Insert:
Paragraph 4.111 3 lines 1--8 Replace by: No 2 anchorage at 254690N 1195050E, depth
24 m.
3 No 7 Anchorage (242565N 1180190E), depths 1
to 9 m, dangerous goods anchorage, for vessels [NP32A--No 3--Wk 47/20]
less than 1000 dwt. A rock (242542N
1180192E) lies in the S of the anchorage. China -- East coast -- Taiwan Strait --
Songxia Gang — Directions
After Paragraph 4.112 1 line 5 Insert: 162--163
Pilots may also board in the channel at 242295N Paragraph 4.265 1--5 Replace by:
1180733E.
1 Entry. From a position about 1 mile N of Li Yu, and
Chinese Chart C1 14291 Ed.10 (2020) in the vicinity of the Large Vessel Waiting Anchorage
[NP32A--No 31--Wk 48/20] (4.262), the track leads SW through a channel marked
by light buoys (lateral), passing:
NW of Li Yu (4.264), thence:
China -- Taiwan Strait -- Xiamen — VTS SE of a dangerous wreck (254694N 1194559E),
thence:
134 2 NW of Baitou Dao (254293N 1194585E)
from where a light (white concrete column,
red bands, 8 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
Vessels greater than 500 gt not carrying NW of Zhupai Yu (254286N 1194337E), from
passengers must not use Lujiang Hangdao. where a light (white concrete column, red bands,
Vessels greater than 50 000 gt or 125 m in 8 m in height) is exhibited,
draught must use deep--water channels. Smaller The channel then leads generally W for 2½ miles,
vessel may opt to use the deep--water channels but passing:
must follow the VTS guidance. S of Dongluo Maodi anchorage (4.262).
Speed limits are in force as follows: 3 Thence, from a position about 2¾ miles S of
Xiamengang Main Channel -- 15 kn between Nos 11 Dongluo Dao (254575N 1194025E), the channel
and 29 Light Buoys; branches NW for Songxia Pier Operating Area and
Haicang Hangdao -- 12 kn between Nos 602 and WSW for Songxia, passing:
610 Light Buoys and then 10 kn; NNW of Wuzhu Dao (254172N 1194002E), from
Dongdu Hangdao -- 12 kn between Nos 29 and 41 where a light (black metal pipe, 2 m in height) is
Light Buoys; exhibited, thence:
Maluan Channel -- 10 kn; 4 SSE of Sanli Jiao (254309N 1193820E), a
Liuwudian Hangdao -- 12 kn; rock which dries 2 m, in the middle of a chain
Lujiang Hangdao and Tongyi Hangdao — 10 kn. of shoals and drying reefs extending 2½ miles
Xiajin Hangdao -- 25 kn. NE from Ren Yu (4.261), thence:
Further restrictions apply and local authorities Clear of a shoal (254228N 1193866E) with a
should be contacted prior to arrival. least depth of 91 m.
2 -- 168
Index
NP32A
The track then leads to a position between No 10A China -- Wenzhou Gang —
and No 11 (254218N 1193823E) light buoys Limiting conditions; vertical clearances
(lateral).
190
(Directions are given for Songxia Pier
Operating Area at 4.267) Paragraph 5.104 Replace by:
1 Wenzhou Great Bridge (280093N 1204695E),
GB Chart 2413 Ed.6 (2020) [NP32A--No 36--Wk 52/20]
least vertical clearance 28 m, spans the main fairway
of Ou Jiang from the NE side of Qidutu (280023N
1204587E); three power cables, least vertical
China -- East coast -- Taiwan Strait -- clearance 35 m, span the fairway up to 1½ miles
below the bridge.
2 The branch of the river between Qidutu and
163 Zhuangyuanqiao port district (5.110) to the S is
spanned by two bridges (275898N 1204564E and
Paragraph 4.266 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: 280074N 1204415E), vertical clearances 13 and
15 m respectively, and several power cables, least
Track. From a position between No 10A and No 11
vertical clearance 35 m.
light buoys (lateral), the recommended track leads
3 Ouyue Daqiao Bridge (280192N 1204090E),
WSW for about 1½ miles, passing:
vertical clearance unknown, spans Ou Jiang about
7 cables E of Wenzhou Gang.
GB Chart 2413 Ed.6 (2020) [NP32A--No 37--Wk 52/20] Further bridges (5.110a) are under construction
(2020) spanning Ou Jiang.
The port authorities should be contacted for the
China -- East coast -- Taiwan Strait -- latest information.
Chinese Chart C113741 Ed.8 (2020); UKHO
163 [NP32A--No 26--Wk 47/20]

China -- Wenzhou Gang —
1 Songxia Pier Operating Area. From a position Harbour; development
about 2¾ miles S of Dongluo Dao, a channel, marked
by light buoys (lateral) leads NW for 2¼ miles, 191
passing:
Clear of a shoal patch (254365N 1193904E) with After Paragraph 5.110 1 line 8 Insert:
a least depth of 73 m, thence:
SW of a shoal (254424N 1193920E), marked by Development
a light buoy (isolated danger), thence: 5.110a
2 SW of Zhutou Jiao (254515N 1193950E), the 1 A bridge (275882N 1205576E) is under
NW of two adjoining banks which dry 68 m construction (2020), spanning Ou Jiang between
and 48 m respectively. A light beacon (W Huanghua and Lingkun Dao. Construction areas are
cardinal) stands on the NW bank. Thence: marked by light buoys (special).
SW of Xiluo Dao, from where Xiluo Dao SE Light A bridge (280150N 1204521E) is under
(white 6--sided metal tower, red bands, 11 m in construction (2020), spanning Ou Jiang between
height) (254528N 1193913E) is exhibited. Kaiyangtu and Qidutu. Construction areas are marked
by light buoys (special).
Chinese Chart C113741 Ed.8 (2020)
[NP32A--No 27--Wk 47/20]
China -- East coast -- Approaches to
Luoyuan Wan -- North--east of
Beijiao Bandao — Anchorage China -- Wenzhou Gang — Directions; bridge
175 193

4 The channel then leads WNW, marked by light
Kemenkou Outer 262468N 4¼ cables in radius buoys (lateral), passing:
Anchorage No 1 1195689E SSW of Jiangbei Training Wall marked by lights
Quarantine 262414N 530 m in radius (special, 9 m in height) (not named on the chart),
Anchorage 1195597E and:
Beneath Ouyue Daqiao Bridge (5.104).
Chinese Notice 40/1476/20 [NP32A--No 35--Wk 50/20] UKHO [NP32A--No 28--Wk 47/20]
2 -- 169
Index
NP32A
China -- Dongtou Yang -- Huangmen Shan — China -- North--west of Zhoushan Dao --
Directions; overhead cable Xihou Men — Directions; dangerous wreck
195 225
WSW of a dangerous wreck (300880N
SE of Huangmen Shan (280296N 1211512E) 1215230E), thence:
(5.137), and Nanpai Shan 1¼ miles ENE, lying
close off the S side of Yuhuan Dao. The passage Chinese Notice C1 31/1154/20; C1 32/1188/20
NW of Huangmen Shan is about 1 cable wide and [NP32A--No 5--Wk 47/20]
has a least depth of 124 m and is spanned by an
overhead cable with 27 m vertical clearance; that
N of Nanpai Shan is 1½ cables wide with a least China -- Ningbo Gang -- Approaches to
Yongjiang Kou — Directions; shoal
depth of 76 m. Thence:
229
[NP32A--No 24--Wk 47/20] Paragraph 6.115 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
E of a shoal area (295935N 1214555E) with a
China -- Dongtou Yang -- least depth of 14 m, marked by a light buoy (E
Xuanmen Wan — Anchorage cardinal), thence:

197
Paragraph 5.138 4 lines 4--6 Replace by: China -- East coast -- Passages between
Zhoushan Dao and Daishan Dao —
Anchorage can be obtained close W of the S end Vertical clearances
of Dalu Shan (5.133) in 5 to 7 m, mud.
235
[NP32A--No 25--Wk 47/20]
A bridge, surrounded by a prohibited area marked
by light buoys (special), is under construction (2019)
China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Qundao -- between Shuanghe Shan (301788N 1220370E)
South--east of Xiangluhuaping Jiao —
Anchorages; pilotage and a position (301049N 1215826E) in the NW
part of Zhoushan Dao. The vertical clearance is
projected to be 545 m.
214
A second bridge, marked by light buoys (special), is
under construction (2019) between Shuanghe Shan
and Dayu Shan (301900N 1215775E). The vertical
Anchorage may be obtained SE of Xiangluhuaping clearance is not known.
Jiao as follows: A bridge (301267N 1221110E), vertical
Pilot and dangerous goods anchorage (300143N clearance unknown, spans Guishan Hangmen between
1223250E). Guan Shan (6.157) and Xiushan Dao.
Pilot and waiting anchorage (300225N
1223016E). UKHO [NP32A--No 7--Wk 47/20]
Chinese Notice C1 33/1223/20 China -- Passages between Zhoushan Dao and

[NP32A--No 4--Wk 47/20] Daishan Dao — Pilotage
235
China -- East coast -- Tiazhou Men --
Liangtan Dao — Vertical clearances For westbound vessels and vessels heading N
through Daishan Shuidao in position 300754N
222 1221768E or within the Waiting Area
(300908N 1221540E). See also Putuo Shan
After Paragraph 6.75 1 line 3 Insert: Anchorages 6.38.
Vertical clearances. Two overhead cables (294314N After Paragraph 6.152 2 line 3 Insert:
1221258E), least vertical clearance 25 m, span the Additional pilot boarding positions:
channel ESE of the Transhipment Berth. 300547N 1222438E.
Numerous overhead cables, least vertical clearance 300050N 1222850E.
20 m, span Geteng Shuidao (294193N 1221243E). 295900N 1223900E.
See also 6.130.
GB Chart 1199 Ed7 2020; Chinese Notice C1 33/1223/20
UKHO [NP32A--No 30--Wk 48/20] [NP32A--No 8--Wk 47/20]
2 -- 170
Index
NP32A
China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Dao China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Dao —
north--east side — Directions; LNG Terminal LNG Terminal
238
235
ENN Zhoushan LNG Terminal
4 S of No 1 Light Buoy (300757N 1221956E), 6.163a
thence: 1 Description. ENN Zhoushan LNG Terminal
N of Shulanghu Jiao (Huse Jiao) (300661N (300635N 1221697E) lies on the NE side of
1221769E), steep to, with a depth of 151 m. Zhoushan Dao and consists of two LNG berths on the
When the tidal streams are setting strongly the N side of Liangheng Shan (6.155) and a RoRo berth
rock is marked by overfalls. Nita Jiao, marked by a on the NE side.
light beacon, (white metal column, red bands, Development. The terminal is undergoing further
10 m in height), lies 6 cables farther SE. Thence: expansion (2020).
5 N of Liangheng Shan (300520N 1221732E), Pilotage. See 6.152.
which lies on the shallow coastal bank 2 Directions. No formal directions are given and the
extending from the N side of Zhoushan Dao chart is sufficient guide, but mariners should note
(300400N 1220800E). ENN Zhoushan Shulanghu Jiao (6.155) and Nita Jiao (6.155) lying,
LNG Terminal (6.163a) lies on the N and NE respectively, N and E of the terminal.
side of Liangheng Shan. There are two Anchorage. See 6.167.
prominent hills, each about 180 m high, Alongside berths. The LNG terminal consists of
towards the E end which is very steep and two T--shaped jetties with dolphins and a RoRo berth.
grass covered and forms a headland. Thence:
UKHO [NP32A--No 12--Wk 47/20]
UKHO [NP32A--No 9--Wk 47/20]
China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Qundao --
South--east of Xiangluhuaping Jiao —
Anchorages
China -- East coast -- Alternative route passing
north of Xiushan Dao — Directions; obstructions 238
236
Putuo Shan
Paragraph 6.157 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 6.168a
1 See 6.38 for anchorages SE of Xiangluhuaping
1 From a position NE of Lihuo Yu (300603N Jiao.
1222158E), the track leads initially NW and then
WNW, passing:
[NP32A--No 13--Wk 47/20]
China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao --
Clear of an 113 m obstruction (300940N North of Huoshan Liedao — Directions; wreck
1222174E), thence: 239
Chinese Notice 345/1302/20 [NP32A--No 10--Wk 47/20] Paragraph 6.176 3 line(s) 9--10 Replace by:
S of a dangerous wreck (302445N 1215938E),
thence:
China -- East coast -- Alternative route passing Chinese Notice C1 41/1492/20
north of Xiushan Dao — Directions; obstructions
[NP32A--No 32--Wk 50/20]
236 China -- Zhoushan Qundao --

Yangshan Gang — Restricted area
240
Beneath a bridge and a power cable (6.150) close W, Paragraph 6.189 Including heading Replace by:
thence:
N of Wangcang Jiao (301251N 1221072E), a Restricted areas
rock awash marked by a light beacon. An 6.189
obstruction (301268N 1221060E) lies 1 Entry is prohibited into the Yangshan Gang Main
2 cables NW of Wangcang Jiao. Thence:
Channel, between Huangze Yang Light Vessel
(303021N 1223285E (6.192) and a precautionary
UKHO [NP32A--No 11--Wk 47/20] area (6.234), when visibility is less than 500 m.
2 -- 171
Index
NP32A
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area China -- Baoshan Hangdao — Pilotage
centred on 303130N 1224227E.
276
China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao — 2 Pilots board in position 312633N 1212942E.
Directions; wreck Harbour pilots will replace river pilots at certain ports.
For further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
241 Signals Volume 6(6).
UKHO [NP32A--No 20--Wk 47/20]
SW of a wreck (302410N 1225670E), reported
(2020), thence:
China -- Baoshan Hangdao — Pilotage
Chinese Notice 34/1262/20 [NP32A--No 15--Wk 47/20]
281
China -- East China Sea -- South of Xiluhua Dao Paragraph 7.102 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
— Anchorage; rock
1 Port operations. Berthing and departure in daylight
244 only.
Pilotage. See 7.81.
5 Caution. An obstruction (304736N 1223650E), UKHO [NP32A--No 21--Wk 47/20]
position approximate, reported (2018), lies in the NW
part of the anchorage and a rock (304770N China -- Zhangjia Gang — Anchorage; caution
1223734E) lies in the N part of the anchorage.
282
Chinese Chart C1 13170 Ed.16 (2020)
[NP32A--No 29--Wk 47/20] Paragraph 7.115 2 line(s) 1--3 Delete
China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Qundao to Paragraph 7.116 1 line(s) 1--9 Replace by:
Qiqu Liedao -- Donghai Bridge — Regulations
1 Port operations. Berthing in daylight only.
246 Vessel traffic service. Zhangjia Gang VTS is in
operation. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
Paragraph 6.223 5 line 1 For 1000 m Read 500 m Signals Volume 6(6).
Outer anchorage. The anchorage is marked by
Chinese Notice 34/1262/20 [NP32A--No 16--Wk 47/20] buoys centred on 315817N 1202039E.
Caution. There are numerous dangerous wrecks in
the vicinity.
China -- Hangzhou Wan --
Jinshan Hangdao — Depths Pilotage. See 7.81.
Traffic regulations. Speed limits, which vary by
249 direction and time of year, apply within the VTS area.
All vessels are prohibited from overtaking between
Paragraph 6.247 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: FB5 Light Buoy (port hand) (320284N 1203333E)
...has a least charted depth of 75 m; a wreck (303096N and FB11 Light Buoys (lateral) (320430N
1215208E) lies on the N side of channel. 1202907E).
GB Chart 1303 Ed.4 (2020) [NP32A--No 17--Wk 47/20] GB Chart 1605 Ed.7 (2020)
[NP32A--No 22--Wk 47/20]
China -- Hangzhou Wan -- Jinshan Hangdao —
Directions; wreck China -- Chiang Jiang --
Gaogang (Taizhou) — Anchorage
250
285
SSE of a wreck (303096N 1215208E), which lies
on the N side of the traffic lane, thence: Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained off
Loucheng Zhou:
Anchorage Position Remarks
(Centred on)
China -- Shanghai -- Beicao Hangdao —
Directions; anchorage Taizhou Gang 320750N Depths about
Seacraft anchorage 1195442E 10 to 19 m.
265 Dangerous cargo 321875N Depths about 9
Paragraph 7.33 3 lines 3--4 Delete anchorage 1194430E to 13 m.
Zhenjiang Gang 321640N Depths from 13
Chinese Chart 13177 [NP32A--No 19--Wk 47/20] Seacraft anchorage 1194230E to 18 m.
2 -- 172
Index
NP32A
Paragraph 7.139 2 line 1 Replace by: NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2017 Edition)
2 Pilotage. See 7.81.
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Regulations
2
Anchoring is prohibited within an area centred on Paragraph 1.8 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
321160N 1195340E.
3 Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). The
Republic of the Philippines, Federation of Malaysia
GB Chart 1620 Ed4 2020 & UKHO
and Indonesia have taken certain measures to
[NP32A--No 23--Wk 47/20]
mitigate the threat to shipping, including the
establishment of Transit Corridors for Basilan Strait
(7.11 and 10.10), Moro Gulf (7.36), Alice Strait and
NP32B China Sea Pilot Volume 4 (2020 Edition) Sibutu Passage (6.14).
Philippines — Regulations
China -- Bohai Haixia -- Miaodao Haixia -- Penglai
— Arrival information; pilotage 61
98
Regulations
Paragraph 3.143 4 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: 2.2a
1 Some routes within this chapter fall within the
Additional pilot stations are as follows: Maritime Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels
No 2 pilot boarding position (375090N transiting the area are required to pass through the
1204940E). Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC).
For Luanjiakou, in position 374810N 1203570E.
BA Chart 1868/18 [NP33--No 24--Wk 19/18]
Chinese Chart C1 11941 Ed.6 (2020)
Philippines -- Sulu Sea -- Pangutaran Group Bank
[NP32B--No 1--Wk 48/20] — Directions; route
63
China -- Bo Hai -- Caofeidian —
Limiting conditions; controlling depth Paragraph 2.13 2 and 3 Replace by:
2 ESE of Tubbataha Reefs (85083N
134 1195551E) (2.22), thence:
WNW of Doc Can Island (055269N 1195618E),
After Paragraph 4.157 2 line 5 Insert: and:
ENE of Pearl Bank Light (54975N 1194428E)
Basin No 3 has a least charted depth of about 12 m in (6.25).
the main channel. From this position the track leads SSE, following
the Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC), to a
Chinese Chart C111764 Ed.2 (2020) position about 8 miles WNW of Sanga Sanga Island
[NP32B--No 2--Wk 48/20] (50472N 1194667E) (6.15).
(Directions continue for Sibutu Passage at 6.14.
For routes through Celebes Sea see
Indonesia Pilot Volume 2)
South Korea -- West coast -- Incheon Hang — BA Chart 1868/18 [NP33--No 25--Wk 19/18]
Obstructions
Philippines -- Mindanao -- Teinga Island —

208 Directions; RTC
63
Numerous obstructions and fish havens are located within ...position W of Balatacan Point (73583N 1220637E)
the anchorage. (10.10).
The track then continues S within the
Pratique is not granted by radio. Quarantine inspection
Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC) to a position
is available between sunrise and sunset.
ENE of Teinga Island (65383N 1213543E) (6.132),
whence the track leads ESE into Basilan Strait.
Korean Chart 3469 Ed.2 (2020)
[NP32B--No 3--Wk 51/20] BA Chart 3811/18 [NP33--No 26--Wk 19/18]
2 -- 173
Index
NP33
Philippines -- Sulu Sea -- Paragraph 6.27 1 line 2 For ENE Read NE
Tubbataha Reef — Regulations
Paragraph 6.27 1 line 3 For NNW Read NW
64
Paragraph 2.19 heading For Marine Reserve Read Traffic Paragraph 6.27 1 line 5 For NNW Read NW
regulations
...Office. An area extending about 10 miles from the limits Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions
of the Natural Park is a designated PSSA and ATBA.
Vessels exceeding 150 gt or vessels carrying dangerous 144
or toxic cargoes should avoid the area.
BA Chart 3809 [NP33--No 22--Wk 04/18]
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Teluk Sibuko -- Paragraph 6.27 3 lines 6--8 Replace by:
Pulau Sebatik — Directions; light The track then continues NE for 18 miles to a
position N of Favorite Bank (64000N 1210400E).
135
4 The RTC continues for a farther 55 miles NE and
After Paragraph 5.127 3 line 11 Insert: splits S for W Mindanao or continues NE as detailed
below.
Pulau Sebatik East Light (white tower, 40 m in
height) (40990N 1175392E). Paragraph 6.27 3 line 11 Replace by:
GB Chart 2099/20 [NP33--No 42--Wk 24/20] Pilas Group W side at 6.124

W Mindanao (in reverse following RTC) at 10.10
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Teluk Sibuko -- and continuation NE of RTC at 10.10)
Pulau Sebatik — Directions; light
137
After Paragraph 5.136 3 line 8 Insert: Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions
Pulau Sebatik East Light (40990N 1175392E) 152

(5.127).
GB Chart 2099/20 [NP33--No 43--Wk 24/20] ...the track leads NE following the Recommended Transit
Corridor (RTC) (1.8), passing:
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Teluk Sibuko -- Paragraph 6.76 1 line 4 For SSE Read SE
Cowie Bay — Directions; depths
137 Paragraph 6.76 1 line 6 For SSE Read SE
Paragraph 5.138 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 6.76 2 line 1 For SSE Read SE
4 NNE of two 01 m isolated patches (40970N
Paragraph 6.76 2 line 6 For SSE Read SE
1175605E), thence:
GB Chart 2099/20 [NP33--No 44--Wk 24/20]
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Regulations
Paragraph 6.76 4 line 2 For ENE Read NE
141
Paragraph 6.4 1 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 6.76 4 line 2 For SSE Read SE
...Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). Paragraph 6.77 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Correspondence [NP33--No 6--Wk 02/18] 1 From a position SE of Mantabuan Island (50172N
1201280E) the track and RTC continues NE,
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions passing:
143 Paragraph 6.77 1 line 4 For SSE Read SE
Paragraph 6.26 1 line 2 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.77 2 line 1 For SSE Read SE
Paragraph 6.26 4 line 1 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.77 2 line 8 For SSE Read SE
2 -- 174
Index
NP33
Paragraph 6.77 3 line 1 For SSE Read SE Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions
157
Paragraph 6.77 5 line 1 For SSE Read SE 1 From a position N and NNE of Favorite Bank
(64000N 1210400E), the track leads S, leaving the
Correspondence [NP33--No 9--Wk 02/18] RTC (1.8), passing:

Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions
153 Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions

158
Paragraph 6.77 5 line 9 For ENE Read NE
1 From a position N of Favorite Bank (64000N
1210400E), the route leads E for 43 miles to a
Correspondence [NP33--No 10--Wk 02/18] position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N
1213543E).
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions Paragraph 6.132 1 line 1 For NNE Read N
153 Paragraph 6.132 1 line 2 For ENE Read E, leaving the RTC
Paragraph 6.80 1 line 1 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.132 1 line 3 For NNW Read N
Paragraph 6.80 1 line 2 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.132 1 line 5 For NNW Read N
Paragraph 6.80 1 line 3 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.132 1 line 7 For NNW Read N
Correspondence [NP33--No 11--Wk 02/18] Correspondence [NP33--No 14--Wk 02/18]

159
153
Paragraph 6.132 2 line 1 For NNW Read N
Paragraph 6.132 3 line 1 For NNW Read N
1 From a position SE of Kinapusan Island (51378N
1203838E) the track and RTC lead NE, passing: Paragraph 6.132 4 line 1 For NNW Read N
Paragraph 6.83 2 line 1 For SSE Read SE The track then continues E for 11 miles to a
position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N 1213543E)
Paragraph 6.83 3 line 1 For SSE Read SE at the W entrance to Basilan Strait, within the RTC.
Paragraph 6.133 1 line 1 For NE Read ENE
164
Paragraph 6.83 6 line 3 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.170 heading Replace by:

Directions
The track then continues NE for 3 miles to a (continued from 6.129 and 6.83)
position 18 miles SSE of Kamawi Island (54863N Paragraph 6.170 1 line 1 For 20 Read 18
1211348E).
Paragraph 6.83 6 line 9 Replace by: Paragraph 6.170 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:
The track then continues NE for 10 miles to a
Jolo NE and E sides at 6.129 and following the position 9 miles E of Eguet Point (60323N
RTC NE at 6.170) 1215680E). The RTC continues a farther 20 miles
NE and terminates 16 miles SE from Kauluan Island
Correspondence [NP33--No 12--Wk 02/18] (62768N 1221286E).
2 -- 175
Index
NP33
Paragraph 6.175 2 line 3 For NNE for 7 miles Read N for Philippines – Mindoro -- Verde Island Passage —
6 miles Directions; lights
Paragraph 6.175 2 line 4 For SE Read S 220

Wawa (Abra de Ilog) Light (132800N 1204630E)
Basilan Island North side (inshore route) a 6.208 (8.58).
and in reverse for Teinga Island
(following the RTC) at 7.11) Paragraph 8.99 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
N of Ilog Anchorage (8.107), thence:
Philippine Notice 5/27/19 [NP33--No 33--Wk 28/19]
Philippines -- Mindanao — Regulations
169 Philippines – Mindoro – North coast —

Anchorages and harbours
222
Regulations
7.3a
1 The routes within this chapter fall within the
Maritime Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels Abra de Ilog
transiting the area are required to pass through the 8.107
Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). 1 Description. The town of Abra de Ilog (132661N
1204368E) is situated 2¾ miles SW of Wawa (Abra
Correspondence [NP33--No 17--Wk 02/18] de Ilog) Light (132800N 1204630E) (8.58). Abra
de Ilog River flows out of a gap between two
Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions mountain ranges and through the mouths of Cervantes
Matabang Rivers.
170 2 Anchorage. Ilog Anchorage (132802N
1204500E) is situated at the mouths of the rivers. It
Paragraph 7.10 centre heading Replace by:
is restricted by a steep bank that extends 1¼ cables
from the river mouths.
Directions Berths. The port of Abra de Ilog (132813N
(continued from 6.132 and 6.175) 1204629E) consists of a single L--shaped pier which
projects about 150 m NNW from the shore. Two RoRo
ramps lie on each side of the pier for vessels with a
maximum draught of 50 m.
Paragraph 7.11 1 line 1 For NE Read ENE 3 Other facilities. Hospitals and clinics, garbage
collection facilities.
Correspondence [NP33--No 18--Wk 02/18] Supplies. Fresh water is provided from an elevated
tank.
Philippines -- Mindanao --
Pakiputan Strait — Directions; shoal UKHO [NP33--No 34--Wk 28/19]
199 Philippines -- Panay -- Estancia —

Paragraph 7.258 4 line 6 Replace by: Pilotage; directions; buoyed channel
...danger), and: 249

W of a shoal with a charted depth of 82 m (70898N
1254078E), marked by a light buoy (isolated Paragraph 8.289 1--4 Replace by:
danger), thence:
1 Position and function. Estancia (112700N
Philippine Notice 3/007/2018 1230910E) stands at the head of a small bay and is
[NP33--No 23--Wk 18/18] prominent from seaward. The port is served by
inter--island vessels trading from Manila, Capiz and
Philippines – Mindoro -- Verde Island Passage — Iloilo. Fishing is the primary industry with much being
Directions; lights shipped out during the season. A light (white GRP
tower, 10 m in height) is exhibited from a position
215 2 cables S of the town. The light is partly obscured by
islets.
After Paragraph 8.58 2 line 3 Insert: 2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding position 112506N
Wawa (Abra de Ilog) Light (concrete tower, 21 m in 1230946E; part of the Iloilo Pilots Association.
height) (132800N 1204630E). Directions for anchorage. From a position in the
SW approaches to Sicogon Channel the track leads
Philippine Notice 5/27/19 [NP33--No 32--Wk 28/19] W, passing:
2 -- 176
Index
NP33
3 N of a group of four islands lying on an E/W line The approach channel to the berth is 1 cable wide.
extending from the Panay shore. Bayas Island It is restricted on the N side by a spit, depth 12 m,
(112615N 1231110E), the E--most, is the extending 1½ cables SSE from Tubigan Point Light.
largest and is separated from Manipulon The S side is restricted by a dangerous rocky shoal,
Island by a narrow channel. The other islands on the W side of which stands a beacon.
are surrounded by sandbanks and rocks. 2 Entry. From a position SSW of Tubigan Point Light,
Thence: the track leads NNE through a channel, marked by
S of a rock (112704N 1231081E) with a depth of light buoys (lateral), to the wharf or pier as required.
12 m, marked close S by a buoy (starboard Shoals fill the entire cove to the E of the stone
hand), thence: causeway.
4 S of Luguingut Island (112776N 1231029E),
Useful marks:
fringed by coral reefs and shoal ground
Radio tower (obstruction light) (104440N
extending to a small peninsula on the Panay
coast, thence: 1215616E).
S of Bolubadiang Island (112730N 1230962E) Philippine Notice 2/008/20; Philippine Coast Pilot 7th
lying close E of the N entrance point to Estancia Edition Vol 1 [NP33--No 41--Wk 16/20]
Bay. Midway between this islet and the S end of
Luguingut Island there is a large rock.
Philippines -- Panay south--east side --
5 Anchorage. Good anchorage may be obtained Iloilo Strait — Light
between Estancia and Bayas Island, in a depth of
9 m, mud. This is the only anchorage in the vicinity 254
protected in all seasons.
8.289a After Paragraph 8.333 1 line 9 Insert:
1 Directions for berth. From a position WSW of Sinapsapan Point Light (white metal and GRP tower)
Sicogon Island (112697N 1231557E) (8.295), the (103492N 1223067E).
track leads NW for about 2½ miles through a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: Paragraph 8.334 5 line(s) 4--6 Replace by:
SW of Bayas Island (8.289), thence: ...(103530N 1223087E). Sinapsapan Point Light
SW of Manipulon Island (8.289), thence: (8.333) is exhibited close S of the point.
NE of a dangerous rock (112563N 1230956E),
marked by a light buoy (port hand) moored close Philippine Notice 10/65/19 [NP33--No 37--Wk 50/19]
E, thence:
2 SW of Magosipal Island (112626N Philippines -- Iloilo Strait --
1231005E), thence: North--east approach — Directions
SW of Pangalan Island (112628N 1230951E).
The track then alters N and the berth can be 257
approached directly. Paragraph 8.352 1--5 Replace by:
3 Berths. A concrete pier 137 m long, with reported
depths of 7 m at its outer end, shoaling gradually to 1 From a position WNW of Tomonton Shoal
24 m at its inner end, stands 5 cables S of Estancia (105552N 1225472E) (8.381) the track leads
at the N end of the channel W of Pangalan Islet. generally S to the vicinity of Iguana Bank (104460N
A rock causeway 50 m long and 4 m wide with a 1224350E), a sandy shoal, that divides the NE
7 m stair landing. The berth at its outer end dries. approach into two channels. The bank is marked on
its NNE side by light buoys (cardinal and lateral). The
Philippine Notice 2/006/20; ENC GB360480; GB 4485 N channel leads to a terminal (8.357a) about 1 mile
(2018) [NP33--No 39--Wk 16/20]
WSW of Dumangas Point and may also be used to
continue to Iloilo. The S channel is sometimes used
Philippines -- Panay -- San Jose de Buenavista by vessels coming from S through Guimaras Strait
— Anchorage and by inter--island ferries.
2 North channel. From a position on the route
253 through Guimaras Strait (103143N 1224587E),
Paragraph 8.323 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: 6 miles E of Navalas Point (104294N 1224282E),
from where a light (GRP) is exhibited, the track leads
1 Anchorage. The port authorities should be W for about 4 miles to the pilot boarding position
contacted for advice regarding anchoring. (8.343) E of Navalas Point. It then leads NE for about
2½ miles to a position NE of a light buoy (N cardinal)
Philippine Notice 2/008/20 [NP33--No 40--Wk 16/20] (104459N 1224625E).
3 The track then leads WNW across the bar and
Philippines -- Panay -- San Jose de Buenavista through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
— Directions; buoyed channel passing:
NNE of the second light buoy (N cardinal)
253--254 (104475N 1224577E), marking the NE extent
of Iguana Bank, thence:
Paragraph 8.325 1--2 Replace by: SSE of Dumangas Point (104722N 1224382E),
1 Approach. San Jose de Buenavista is approached the shore 7 miles W of which is bordered with
from SSW through a channel marked by light buoys mangroves and is fringed by a bank extending up
(lateral). Tubigan Point is low and fringed by a coral to 9 cables S and 2½ miles E of the point. A rock,
reef. awash, lies on the S point of this bank. Thence:
2 -- 177
Index
NP33
4 SSW of the pier at Port of Dumangas (8.357a), World Grannary Castañas Jetty
from which a light (white metal tower) 9.14b
(104655N 1224246E) is exhibited, thence: 1 World Grannary Castañas Jetty (135245N
NNE of Siete Pecados (104606N 1224055E), a 1213450E), consists of an L--shaped jetty 980 m
group of rocky islets covered with small trees. A long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty can
light (white tower, 10 m in height) is exhibited from accept cape size vessels up to 120 000 dwt and is
the largest islet of the group. A shoal extends
used for the import of grain.
2 cables N of the light.
The track then leads WSW and SW through a Terminal operator. World Grannary Incorporated.
channel marked by light buoys (lateral and special), Website. http://nationgranary.com/home
passing:
H102; BA Chart 4489/04 [NP33--No 29--Wk 33/18]
5 NNW of Cabugao Point (104499N
1223892E), the NW end of Guimaras Island.
The point is a rocky bluff with no dangers Philippines -- Luzon -- Tayabas Bay --
lying more than 2½ cables offshore. Thence: Sariaya — Jetties
NW of Dapdap Point (104271N 1223678E), and:
SE of Jaro Point (104334N 1223592E). 268
From this position the track leads into the
Paragraph 9.14a -- 9.14b including headings and existing
anchorage or to a position E of Iloilo River mouth.
Section IV Notice Week 33/18 Replace by:
1 South channel. From the pilot boarding position Liquigaz Sariaya Jetty
(8.343) E of Navalas Point (8.352), the track leads W 9.14a
passing S of Iguana Bank to a position about 6 cables 1 Position and function. Liquigaz Sariaya Jetty
NE of Navalas Point. The track then leads NW for (135221N 1213382E), consists of a T--shaped jetty
about 7 miles, passing: 820 m long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty
SW of Iguana Bank (8.352), thence: has a least depth of 15 m, and can berth vessels of
245 m to seaward and 145 m on the W inshore leg.
Philippines Notice 9/057/19; GB Chart 2391 The onshore tankage has a capacity of 5 600 metric
[NP33--No 35--Wk 46/19] tonnes of LPG. Pilots reportedly board a mile off the
berth.
Philippines -- Iloilo Strait -- 2 Anchorage is centred on 135100N 1213400E.
Port of Dumangas — Berths Terminal operator. Liquigaz Philippines
Corporation.
257 Website. www.liquigaz.com
After Paragraph 8.357 1 line 11 Insert: World Grannary Castañas Jetty
9.14b
Berths at Port of Dumangas 1 Berth. World Grannary Castañas Jetty (135245N
8.357a 1213450E), consists of an L--shaped jetty 980 m
1 RoRo terminal and pier (104650N 1224247E) long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty can
situated near the N channel entrance to Iloilo Strait. accept cape size vessels up to 120 000 dwt and is
Two RoRo berths are separated by a pier extending used for the import of grain.
SSE from a reclaimed area and causeway; least
Terminal operator. World Grannary Incorporated.
charted depth 45 m at the main berths. Additional
RoRo berths for small vessels are situated on the SW Website. http://nationgranary.com/home
side of the terminal.
ENC PH5DUMNG [NP33--No 36--Wk 46/19]
Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait --
Santa Magdalena — Directions; light
Philippines -- Luzon -- Tayabas Bay -- Castañas
— Anchorages and harbours; berths 284
Paragraph 9.14 3 lines 1--3 Delete Santa Magdalena Light (white GRP tower, 10 m in
height) (123892N 1240639E).
Liquigaz Castañas Jetty
9.14a Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait --
1 Liquigaz Castañas Jetty (135221N 1213381E), Santa Magdalena — Directions; light
consists of a T--shaped jetty 820 m long extending
SSE from the coast. The jetty has a least depth of 290
15 m, and can berth vessels of 200 m to seaward and Paragraph 9.175 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
145 m on the W inshore leg. The onshore tankage
has a capacity of 5 600 metric tonnes of LPG. Pilots Santa Magdalena Light (123892N 1240639E)
reportedly board a mile off the berth. (9.125).
Terminal operator. Liquigaz Phillipines Corporation.
Website. www.liquigaz.com Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 2--Wk 52/17]
2 -- 178
Index
NP33
Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait -- Paragraph 10.10 7 line 1 For WNW Read NW
San Bernardino Island — Directions; light
Paragraph 10.10 8 line 1 For WNW Read NW
290
Paragraph 10.10 8 line 5 For WNW Read NW
...1241707E). Paragraph 10.10 8 line 8 For WNW Read NW
Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 3--Wk 52/17] Paragraph 10.10 9 line 1 For NNE Read NE

Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait --
Santa Magdalena — Directions; light
Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions
300
323
Paragraph 9.244 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 10.21 1 line 3 Replace by:
Santa Magdalena Light (123892N 1240639E) ...following the RTC (1.8), passing:
(9.125).
Correspondence [NP33--No 21a--Wk 02/18]
Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions
Philippines -- Mindanao — Regulations
324
After Paragraph 10.2 1 line 7 Insert: ...a sail from NE or SW. The RTC terminates 16 miles NNW
of Diwait Point. Thence:
Regulations Correspondence [NP33--No 21b--Wk 02/18]
10.2a
1 Routes within this chapter fall within the Maritime
Philippines -- Negros -- Tañon Strait west side --
Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels transiting San Carlos City — Pipeline
the area are required to pass through the
Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). 332
Correspondence [NP33--No 19--Wk 02/18] After Paragraph 10.92 1 line 4 Insert:

A submarine pipeline is reported (2018) to exist
Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions between the following positions:
102865N 1232512E;
322 102778N 1232597E.
Paragraph 10.10 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Philippine Notice 7/040(P)/18 [NP33--No 30--Wk 36/18]
1 From a position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N Philippines -- Mindanao -- Butuan Bay --
1213543E) (6.132) the track leads N, following the Nasipit Harbour — Pilotage
Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC) (1.8), passing:
375
Paragraph 10.10 1 line 3 For WNW Read W
Paragraph 10.10 2 line 1 For WNW Read W ...boarding positions are as follows:
For Nasipit at 85965N 1252031E.
Philippines Notice 5/19/18 [NP33--No 28--Wk 27/18]
Luzon -- Luzon Plateau -- Benham Bank —
Marine Protected Area
379
Paragraph 10.10 4 line 1 For WNW Read W After Paragraph 11.3 1 line 4 Insert:
Paragraph 10.10 5 line 1 For WNW Read W Marine Protected Area

11.3a
Paragraph 10.10 5 line 3 For WNW Read W 1 The Philippine Rise Marine Resource Reserve
(PRMRR) surrounding Benham Bank has been
Paragraph 10.10 6 line 1 For WNW Read W established by the Philippine Government, centred on
154750N 1241600E. A smaller strict protection
After Paragraph 10.10 6 line 8 Insert: zone exists within this PRMRR.
The track then continues NE, passing: Philippine Notice 058/489/18 [NP33--No 27--Wk 26/18]
2 -- 179
Index
NP33
Philippines -- Luzon -- Lagonoy Gulf -- Tabaco — Hazards
Directions; lights 4.56
1 Former mined areas. See 1.10 and Appendix I.
409--410 Floating hazards. Kali Solo (65537S
1123488E), which enters the Java Sea on the W
Paragraph 11.207 1--2 Replace by: side of Ujung Pangkah (4.71), discharges a
1 From a position on the coastal route N of San considerable amount of debris into the sea; the coast
Miguel Point (132439N 1234586E) the track leads and banks of it may extend to seaward. The cape
SE for 2½ miles to the pilot boarding position. should therefore, be rounded at a prudent distance,
Malinao Leading Lights: keeping in depths of more than 20 m.
Front light (white concrete pillar, 7 m in height)
(132424N 1234292E). Prohibited areas
Rear light (concrete tower) (5½ cables from front 4.57
light). 1 Anchoring, diving, fishing and other forms of
2 From the pilot boarding position the alignment interference are prohibited in the vicinity of historic
(2392) of the leading lights at Malinao leads towards wrecks in the following positions:
the harbour entrance, passing: 62861S 1120331E;
63558S 1120912E;
Philippine Notice 1/001/20 [NP33--No 38--Wk 11/20] 64723S 1120303E.
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition) UKHO [NP34--No 33--Wk 42/19]
The following notice is to be implemented at

0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020 Indonesia – Jawa -- North coast —
Directions; wrecks; buoyage
Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok — TSS
90
4
Paragraph 4.60 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 From a position NNE of Tanjung Bendoh (63741S
1 See IMO publication Ships’ Routeing for general
provisions on ships’ routeing. The following TSS in the 1112944E), the route leads ESE, passing:
waters covered by this volume are IMO--adopted and Clear of a dangerous wreck (61814S 1114112E)
regulations for navigating in these schemes are (position approximate), thence:
contained in Rule 10 of International Regulations for NNE of a light buoy (safe water) (63846S
Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972): 1115569E) and Tanjung Awarawar (64624S
In the Lombok Strait (83791S 1154598E). 1115712E), from which a light (4.59) is
exhibited, thence:
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337 2 Clear of two dangerous historic wrecks (4.57a),
[NP34--No 59--Wk 28/20] thence:
NNE of the lighted storage tanker Cilacap (64385S
Indonesia – Jawa -- North coast — Wrecks 1120933E), thence:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (63937S 1121752E),
90 a light buoy (special) lies 1¼ miles NNE, thence:
3 NNE of two wrecks which lie close N and NE of
After Paragraph 4.57 1 line 7 Insert: Ujung Pangkah (4.71).
Thence the track continues to the vicinity of a light
Traffic regulations buoy (safe water) (63697S 1123949E) at the
4.57a entrance to Selat Surabaya. A dangerous wreck lies
1 Restricted areas. Anchoring, fishing and diving are 2¼ miles NNE of the buoy.
prohibited in the vicinity of historic wrecks in the
following positions: ENC ID30081A; Indonesian Chart 81A/18
62861S 1120331E; [NP34--No 21--Wk 34/19]
63558S 1120912E.
ENC ID30081A [NP34--No 20--Wk 34/19]

Indonesia -- Madura -- Selat Surabaya —
Anchorages; wrecks
Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast --
Tanjung Awarawar — Prohibited areas; wrecks
93
90
Paragraph 4.55--4.57a including headings and existing
Section IV Notice Week 34/19 Replace by: …designated anchorage area (65038S 1124674E),
avoiding charted wrecks, in depths from 15 to 36 m.
Spare
4.55 Indonesian Chart 82 [NP34--No 19--Wk 33/19]
2 -- 180
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Jawa -- Approaches to Surabaya -- Indonesia – Jawa – Kalianget —
Gresik — Directions; shoal; light buoy Directions; buoyage
95 106
Paragraph 4.88 2 line 6 Replace by: Paragraph 4.178 2 line(s) 8 For clear Read NE
...(70761S 1123962E), thence:
Clear of a shoal patch (70825S 1123970E) Paragraph 4.178 2 line(s) 9 Replace by:
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger).
...1135640E), a coral reef marked by discoloration and
Indonesian Notice 06/083/19 [NP34--No 1--Wk 10/19] clear of a light buoy (safe water) (70814S 1135634E).
Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast -- Indonesian Notices 14/183/19 [NP34--No 5--Wk 17/19]
Tanjungperak — Anchorages
98 Indonesia -- Bali Sea -- Pulau Sapudi —

Directions; offshore marks
107
1 Anchorage A (71125S 1124322E), situated N of
the Commercial Basin (4.112), has depths of about 4 Paragraph 4.188 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
to 21 m; however numerous wrecks and shoals are
charted within this area. A mooring buoy (71096S 1 Offshore marks:
1124338E) lies in the NE part of this anchorage. MBH Platform (lit) (71876S 1141836E).
A naval anchorage (71130S 1124475E) lies N MDA Platform (lit) (71950S 1143292E).
of the Naval Harbour; permission to anchor in this Major lights:
area must be obtained from the Harbour Master. A Tribung Light (white octagonal framework tower,
dangerous wreck (71115S 1124480E), marked by 59 m in height) (70553S 1141637E);
a light buoy (S cardinal), lies within the anchorage. obscured by Pulau Sapudi 230–322.
Shoals, with depths of less than 1 m, lie N of this
anchorage (4.110). Indonesian Notice 28/377 & 378/19
2 The roadstead normally affords safe anchorage in [NP34--No 16--Wk 33/19]
both monsoons in depths to 20 m, mud and sand.
When a strong wind and tidal stream combine, a Indonesia -- Bali Sea -- Pulau Sapudi —
vessel may occasionally drag. Directions; MBH platform
Vessels at anchor in the vicinity can be affected by
the stream setting out of Kali Mas (4.113), and usually 107
lie heading S.
Indonesian Chart 84 [NP34--No 18--Wk 33/19]
...1141507E) and MBH platform (4.188), thence ENE of
Gosong Karangmas...
Indonesia – Jawa – Selat Madura -- Probolinggo
— Directions; navigation marks
Indonesian Notice 28/377/19 [NP34--No 17--Wk 33/19]
102
Paragraph 4.149 1 line(s) 10--11 Replace by: Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Bali -- Tanjung Wangi —
Directions; depths
Approaching from the E, vessels should pass clear
of a light buoy (safe water) (74123S 1131654E) 114
and N of a light buoy (port, lateral) (74204S
1131473E). Paragraph 5.28 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.149 2 line(s) 5 For 74385S 1131321E 1 Approach from N. From N, vessels approaching
Read 74405S 1131307E the pilot boarding area off the berths should give
Tanjung Selogiri (80666S 1142442E) a wide berth,
Indonesian Notices 14/180; 181; 187/19 on account of the fringing reef fronting the coast.
[NP34--No 3--Wk 17/19] Approach from S. From the S, the track passes E
of a dangerous wreck (80902S 1142428E), thence
E of the Aspal (Asphalt) Jetty (5.29) and Oil Terminal
Indonesia – Jawa – Kalianget — (5.29), both fringed by coral patches with a depth of
Directions; buoyage
63 m.
Paragraph 4.178 2 line(s) 5 Replace by: ...tankers up to 80 m LOA. An 8 m patch (80780S
...side of a reef and clear of a light buoy (safe water) 1142434E) lies ESE of the main wharf. A light (5.28) is
(70814S 1135634E). exhibited from the centre of the wharf.
Indonesian Notices 14/183/19 [NP34--No 4--Wk 17/19] ENC ID500195 [NP34--No 46--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 181
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Bali -- North coast -- The following notice is to be implemented at
Celukanbawang — Leading lights 0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020
117
Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok — Route; TSS
118
The alignment (196) of these lights leads SSW into the
bay, passing: Paragraph 5.55 1 line 4 Replace by:
...through Selat Lombok leads NNE through the TSS
ENC ID5261R8 (1.000) [NP34--No 70--Wk 48/20] (5.52a) for 36 miles.
The following notice is to be implemented at IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020 [NP34--No 61--Wk 28/20]
Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok — Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok --

Regulations; TSS Pulau Gilitepekong — Directions; light
118 119
After Paragraph 5.52 2 Insert: Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 4--5 Delete
Regulations Indonesian Notice 21/292/19 [NP34--No 11--Wk 25/19]

5.52a
1 Traffic separation scheme. A traffic separation The following notice is to be implemented at
scheme is established in Selat Lombok, consisting of 0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020
two precautionary areas joined by traffic lanes, and a
single inshore traffic zone to the E. The scheme is Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok —
IMO--adopted, and Rule 10 of The International Directions; TSS
applies. 119
Vessels should be aware of crossing traffic in the Paragraph 5.58 1 line 4 Replace by:
vicinity of the precautionary areas.
...NNE through the TSS (5.52a), to a position WNW of
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/3370 Pulau Trewangan...
[NP34--No 60--Wk 28/20]
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337
[NP34--No 62--Wk 28/20]
Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok — The following notice is to be implemented at

Regulations; TSS, VTS 0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020
118
Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok —
Directions; TSS
After Paragraph 5.52 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 28/20 Insert: 119
Regulations Paragraph 5.59 1 line 2 Replace by:

5.52a ...(82100S 1160200E) (5.56) at the termination of Selat
1 Traffic separation scheme. A traffic separation Lombok TSS (5.52a), to a position WNW of Gosong...
scheme is established in Selat Lombok, consisting of
two precautionary areas joined by traffic lanes, and a IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337
single inshore traffic zone to the E. The scheme is [NP34--No 63--Wk 28/20]
IMO--adopted, and Rule 10 of The International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok --
applies. For further details, see ADMIRALTY List of Pulau Gilitepekong — Directions; light
Vessels should be aware of crossing traffic in the vicinity 121
of the precautionary areas.
2 Vessel Traffic Service. LOMBOKREP is in
operation for the control of shipping and is mandatory
for all Indonesian vessels and strongly recommended Paragraph 5.67 3 lines 4--5 Replace by:
for all foreign vessels. For further details, see ...rocks lie off its NE end. A light (white metal framework
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6. tower) (83192S 1153513E) stands on the islet.
Thence:
Indonesian Notice 38/479/20
[NP34--No 66--Wk 45/20] Indonesian Notice 21/292/19 [NP34--No 12--Wk 25/19]
2 -- 182
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok -- Indonesia -- Lombok -- Lembar —
Pulau Lembongan — Anchorage Anchorage; pilotage
122 125
Paragraph 5.76 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 5.95 1 lines 3--8 Replace by:
Outer anchorages. Lembar has several designated
anchorages:
Spare
Anchorage Position Depth
5.76
Ferries 84489S 14 to 18 m
GB Chart 3706/20 [NP34--No 55--Wk 24/20] 1160297E
Passenger vessels 84456S 17 to 20 m
1160295E
Indonesia -- Bali -- Pelabuhan Benoa —
Anchorage; traffic regulations Cargo vessels 84426S 18 to 22 m
1160290E
123 Tanker vessels 84398S 20 to 25 m
1160291E
Emergency anchorage 84380S 20 to 25 m
1 Benoa has the following designated anchorages: 1160298E
Anchorage Position Depths Reserve anchorage 84285S 10 to 20 m
Passenger vessels 84576S 9 to 28 m 1160328E
1151439E Trial anchorage 84228S 7 to 20 m
Cruise vessels 84576S 9 to 23 m 1160330E
1151486E Paragraph 5.95 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
Quarantine anchorage 84576S 17 to 30 m
1151524E 2 Pilotage. Pilots board at 84307S 1160288E;
requests for a pilot should be made to the Port
2 Cargo vessels 84623S 19 to 34 m Authority 24 hours in advance of arrival.
1151463E
Laid--up vessels 84613S 5 to 20 m Indonesian Notice 23/324/19; 23/325/19
1151398E [NP34--No 13--Wk 27/19]
Government vessels 84635S 3 to 20 m
1151398E Indonesia -- Lombok -- Lembar — Anchorages
Sea trial anchorage 84584S 38 to 46 m 125
1151585E
3 Emergency anchorage 84545S 7 to 21 m Week 27/19 Insert:
1151443E
Caution. In the NW monsoon a high swell sets Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
over the banks lying NNE and NE of Nusadua the vicinity of 84398S 1160424E.
(84815S 1151442E) (5.67); in this case anchorage Paragraph 5.99 1 lines 1--2 Delete
may be obtained off Pelabuhan Sanur (5.77), in
similar depths, 7 miles farther N.
ENC ID5292R4; GB Chart 946/19
After Paragraph 5.84 1 line 3 Insert: [NP34--No 42--Wk 46/19]
Traffic regulations
5.84a Indonesia -- Flores -- Labuan Bajo —
Directions; names; alignments; positions
1 The entrance channel is one way only for vessels
over 70 m in length at the turn in the vicinity of No 5 159
Light Buoy (starboard hand) (84528S 1151376E).
Indonesia Notice 33/447/19 [NP34--No 32--Wk 38/19]
…light (6.68) is exhibited, and W of Pulau Bidadari (6.149).
Indonesia -- Bali -- Approaches to Benoa — Paragraph 6.148 3 line(s) 4 Replace by:

Directions; shoal patch …160 of Batuputih (83221S 1195081E), a
prominent…
123
Pulau Bidadari (Pulau Tabolong) (82891S
Caution. A 99 m shoal patch (84509S 1195021E), reed--covered and with a plantation
1151453E) lies close WNW of the buoy. on the S side.
Indonesian Notice 17/204/20 [NP34--No 53--Wk 21/20] ENC ID50296A [NP34--No 39--Wk 45/19]
2 -- 183
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Flores -- Labuan Bajo — Indonesia -- South coast of Flores Island --
Directions; alignments; light buoys; depths Teluk Ipi — Directions; light
177
160
Paragraph 6.149 5 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Ipi Ende Light (white lighthouse, 20 m in height)
(85124S 1213973E).
5 The alignment (102) of the summit of Pulau Indonesian Notice 5/44/20 [NP34--No 45--Wk 09/20]
Bidadari with the SE summit of Pulau Tenga leads
ESE on the recommended track, passing:
Indonesia -- Kalimantan --
Pulau Keramian — Shoals
216
1 From either the N or W track described above, the
line of bearing 160 of Batuputih (83221S Paragraph 9.11 1 line(s) 8--10 Replace by:
1195081E) (6.148), then leads SSE on the ...seen at some distance from the island. Numerous shoal
recommended track, passing: patches lie up to about 33 miles E and SE of the island.
ENE of the shoal patches described at 6.143, and:
WSW of Pulau Bidadari (6.149). Indonesian Chart 515/18 [NP34--No 27--Wk 36/19]
2 When in position 82949S 1194980E the track
leads ESE, passing: Indonesia -- Java Sea — Directions; wreck
NNE of a reef (82968S 1194965E), marked by a
light buoy (isolated danger), thence: 217
3 NNE of two reefs (83032S 1194991E and Paragraph 9.22 1 lines 6--10 Replace by:
83047S 1195039E), and:
SSW of Pulau Mukamma Besar (82931S NNE of Gosong Gia (9.16) and Karang Mian (9.16),
1195076E); a rock, about 1 cable S of the steep and:
S extremity of the island, is the outer danger. Clear of a dangerous wreck (46000S
4 The recommended track then leads E on the line of 1132902E), reported (1979), thence:
bearing 091 of the N part of a steep wooded point
(82997S 1195276E), passing: GB Chart 2796/19 [NP34--No 43--Wk 46/19]
N of a shoal (83011S 1195201E), with a depth of
71 m, thence: Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Tanjung Puting
S of Pulau Monyet (82975S 1195210E), steep towards Pulau--pulau Lima —
Directions; wrecks; shoal
except at the N extremity, where it is covered by
mangroves. 217
Caution. There is no navigable passage between
Pulau Bidadari and Pulau Mukamma Besar. After Paragraph 9.24 1 line 4 Insert:
5 From a position SSE of Pulau Monyet, the track
leads NNE to the roadstead and berths, passing:
1133556E), reported (2019), thence:
NNW of a shoal (83010S 1195232E), depth of Clear of a dangerous wreck (43303S
36 m, thence: 1134605E), position approximate, thence:
Between Pulau Monyet and a light buoy (starboard Clear of a production platform (44276S
hand) marking a rock (82991S 1195241E),
1140622E), thence:
with depth of 16 m, coral, seldom marked by
Clear of a shoal patch (43892S 1141500E) with a
discolouration.
least depth of 16 m, thence:
Indonesian Notices 39/521; 522/19; ENC ID50296A
[NP34--No 40--Wk 45/19] ...particularly prominent from E or W. And:
Clear of dangerous wreck (45100S 1144001E),
position approximate, thence:
Indonesia -- Flores -- Selat Molo — Indonesian Chart 515/18 [NP34--No 28--Wk 36/19]
Directions; names
Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Kalimantan —
Directions; shoal
163
217
Paragraph 6.171 4 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: After Paragraph 9.24 1 line 4 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 36/19 Replace:
…lying between Pulau Bidadari and Pulau
Mukamma Besar. Clear of a dangerous wreck (43772S
ENC ID50296A [NP34--No 41--Wk 45/19] 1134605E), position approximate, thence:
2 -- 184
Index
NP34
Clear of shoal patch (44353S 1135637E), 3 Caution. Dangerous wrecks lie within the
reported (2003), with a least depth of 13 m, Terminal 1, Cargo vessels and Tugboat anchorages.
thence: Pilotage is compulsory for Sungai Barito and
Clear of a production platform (44276S Sungai Martapura for all vessels over 150 gt. The pilot
1140622E), thence: boards at 34000S 1142842E. A pilot look--out
Clear of shoal patch (43892S 1141500E) with a station stands close NE of Tanjung Pedadatua, at the
least depth of 16 m, thence:
W entrance point to Sungai Barito.
GB Chart 2796/19 [NP34--No 44--Wk 46/19] 4 Quarantine. Vessels which arrive in quarantine
must anchor at the entrance to Sungai Martapura and
await instructions.
Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Kalimantan -- South
coast -- Sungai Kahayan — Pilotage Indonesian Notice 37/498;499/19
[NP34--No 35--Wk 42/19]
221
Paragraph 9.43 1 line(s) 5 Replace by: Indonesia -- Kalimantan --
Banjarmasin — Anchorage
...1142842E) in the...
224
Indonesian Chart 289/20 [NP34--No 52--Wk 20/20]
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Banjarmasin — 1 Taboneo anchorage. The Taboneo anchorage area
Directions; pilotage contains two working anchorages; Terminal 1 and
Terminal 2 (9.58).
222
Paragraph 9.54 2 line 9 For (34000S 1142402E) Read
(34000S 1142842E)
Indonesia -- Selat Makassar west part --
Kalimantan east coast — Directions; major light
Paragraph 9.54 4 line 7 For (34000S 1142402E) Read
(34000S 1142842E) 242
Ambarawang Light (white metal framework tower,
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Banjarmasin — 30 m in height) (10616S 1170427E).
Anchorage; pilotage Indonesian Notice 15/184/20; LL4741.1/20
[NP34--No 47--Wk 19/20]
223
Paragraph 9.58 1--2 Replace by: Indonesia -- Kalimantan east coast -- Tanjung Aru
to Teluk Balikpapan — Directions; major light
1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day.
Tankers enter during daylight hours only. 242
Outer anchorage. Designated anchorages lie in the
vicinity of the fairway light buoy (safe water) After Paragraph 10.108 1 line 8 Insert:
(34055S 1142854E). The holding ground is not Ambarawang Light (10616S 1170427E)
good. Mariners should note that the buoyed channel
(10.104).
passes between the anchorage areas. The Cargo
vessel and Tugboat anchorages lie opposite the berths Indonesian Notice 15/184/20; LL4741.1/20
at Trisakti (31967S 1143347E). The details are as [NP34--No 48--Wk 19/20]
follows:
Anchorage Position Depths Indonesia -- Kalimantan east coast --
2 Terminal 1 34312S 14 to 22 m Teluk Balikpapan — Directions; major light
1142585E
245
Terminal 2 34312S 8 to 23 m
1142932E After Paragraph 10.132 3 line 3 Insert:
Anchorage 1 33929S 2 to 13 m Ambarawang Light (10616S 1170427E)
1142647E (10.104).
Anchorage 2 33929S 2 to 8 m
1142990E Indonesian Notice 15/184/20; LL4741.1/20
[NP34--No 49--Wk 19/20]
Quarantine 34003S 2 to 8 m
1143250E
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Balikpapan
Laid up vessels 34000S 7 to 15 m Inner anchorages
1142400E
Cargo vessels 31966S 1 to 10 m 247
1143315E Paragraph 10.141 3 line(s) 3--5 Delete
Tugboat 32031S 1 to 10 m
1143270E GB Chart 2639/19 [NP34--No 14--Wk 28/19]
2 -- 185
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Kalimantan east coast -- Indonesia -- Kalimantan --
Teluk Balikpapan to Tanjung Bayur — Muara Pantai — Pilotage
295
248
1 See 12.62b.
Ambarawang Light (10616S 1170427E)
(10.104). H102 MV Achilleas [NP34--No 67--Wk 46/20]
Indonesian Notice 15/184/20; LL4741.1/20 Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Tanjung Mangkalihat

[NP34--No 50--Wk 19/20] to Tanjung Sepikat -- Muara Pantai —
Directions; wreck
Indonesia – Kalimantan – Samarinda — 296
Vertical clearances
251
Clear of a stranded wreck (015958N 1175382E),
Paragraph 10.174 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: reported 2019, which lies in mid channel.
1 See 10.165. Paragraph 12.54 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
Vertical clearances. A bridge (03199S
3 Thence, from a position N of Tanjung Buassin, the
1170950E), vertical clearance unknown, spans the
track continues WNW and thence W, passing:
river S of the town. Mahakam bridge (03119S
1170715E) with a vertical clearance of 150 m spans Indonesian Notice 27/370/19 [NP34--No 15--Wk 31/19]
the river at a position about 2½ miles upriver from the
main wharf. Only small craft are able to operate on
the river beyond this point. Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Muara Pantai — Berths
296
ENC ID400159 [NP34--No 22--Wk 35/19]
Paragraph 12.55 1 line(s) 1--12 including heading Replace
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Selat Makassar — by:
Directions; platform
Spare
257 12.55
After Paragraph 10.220 2 line 6 Insert: H102 MV Achilleas [NP34--No 68--Wk 46/20]
Clear of Salamander production platform (03620N
1175500E), thence: Indonesia -- Kalimantan --
Muara Pantai — Transhipment area
ENC ID300037 [NP34--No 54--Wk 23/20]
297
Indonesia -- Teluk Sangkulirang — After Paragraph 12.62 2 line 4 Insert:
259 Muara Pantai

General information
12.62a
1 Major light: 1 Muara Pantai (20000N 1175400E), the principal
Maloy Light Beacon (white metal framework tower, entrance to the Sungai Berau delta, comprises a
30 m in height) (05512N 1175916E). facility for multiple offshore loading and discharge of
Track. From a position SE of a light (red metal bulk cargo vessels.
framework...
Arrival information
Indonesian Notice 15/179/20; LL4798.1/20 12.62b
[NP34--No 51--Wk 19/20] 1 Outer anchorage berths:
A (15910N 1180850E);
B (15920N 1180900E);
C (15860N 1180900E);
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Celebes Sea -- D (15835N 1180855E);
Teluk Sibuko — Directions; anchorage
E (15870N 1180820E);
291 F (15920N 1180810E);
2 G (15980N 1180910E);
Paragraph 12.13 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: H (15950N 1180930E);
I (15890N 1180930E).
3 ENE of Unarang (40070N 1180492E) a... Panamax and Handymax vessels may anchor in all
of the above positions. Capesize vessels may anchor
GB Chart 1852/20 [NP34--No 56--Wk 24/20] in anchorages A, B and G.
2 -- 186
Index
NP34
3 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are available Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast --
24 hours and board in the vicinity of 15600N Kendari — Limiting conditions; bridge
1181400E. 352
Directions Paragraph 14.32 1 lines 1--10 including existing Section IV
12.62c Notice Week 22/19 Replace by:
1 See 12.54. 1 Controlling depth. The least depth in the approach
channel is 90 m.
Basins and berths Vertical clearance. A bridge (35859S
12.62d 1223520E) spans the channel S of Kendari; vertical
1 Kertas Nusantara bleached craft pulp mill clearance 19 m.
(20141N 1174532E) is one of the largest pulp Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 14 m;
mills in South East Asia. There is one 150 m long mean minimum range about 08 m. For further details
jetty used to export the mill’s products. see ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Volume 5.
Berau Coal operates a port (20280N 2 Local weather. The port experiences a great deal
1174195E) where coal is loaded into barges, and of rain in both monsoon periods, the wettest month
then transhipped to vessels anchored in the being June. Visibility in the rain may be restricted;
approaches to Sungai Berau. mariners should not attempt to enter the narrow
channel leading to Teluk Kendari unless the passage
Port services
is clear. Mariners should seek the guidance of the
12.62e
1 Fresh water. pilot.
H102 MV Achilleas [NP34--No 69--Wk 46/20]
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast --
Kendari — Anchorage
352
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Celebes Sea -- Paragraph 14.33 1 lines 2--5 Replace by:
Teluk Sibuko — Directions; anchorage
Outer anchorage. There are designated anchorage
areas either side of the approach channel in depths of
307
20 to 50 m, soft mud. Vessels are liable to drag their
anchor in bad weather.
Paragraph 12.148 1 lines 11--13 Delete An anchorage for ship repair and refuelling lies
within Teluk Kendari centered on 35860S
1223405E with depths of 8 to 12m, mud.
GB Chart 1852/20 [NP34--No 57--Wk 24/20]
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Celebes Sea -- Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast --

Sibuko Oil Terminal — Anchorage Kendari — Pilotage; traffic regulations
352
308
Paragraph 12.156 1 Replace by: 2 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards at
35798S 1224068E.
1 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards in the After Paragraph 14.33 3 line 6 Insert:
vicinity of 35524N 1180576E. Mariners must not
enter the restricted area centred on the storage tanker 4 Traffic regulations. Traffic in the approach channel
without a pilot onboard. is two way. From the beacon (starboard hand)
(35822S 1223679E) close E of the Oil Jetty, traffic
through the narrow channel is allowed in one direction
GB Chart 1852/20 [NP34--No 58--Wk 24/20]
only. A vessel may have to wait for the channel to be
clear before proceeding.
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast -- Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 8--Wk 22/19]
Kendari — Depths
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast --
352 Kendari — Directions
352
1 Controlling depth. The least depth in the approach 1 Approach. The port is approached through either
channel is 90 m. Alur Pelayaran Selatan or Alur Pelayaran Utara,
Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 14 m;… thence entered through the swept channel leading into
Teluk Kendari, guided in part by a series of leading
Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 6--Wk 22/19] lines.
2 -- 187
Index
NP34
2 From the pilot station the track to the entrance to Basins and berths
Teluk Kendari leads generally W for about 4 miles 14.60e
following the recommended route through Alur 1 The main jetty has three berths with a total length
Pelayaran Utara, passing: of 500 m; maximum draught 160 m. Berth 4 lies close
S of the drying reef on which Pulau Bakori (35650S S of the main jetty and can accept vessels with a
1224000E) (14.30) stands, thence: maximum LOA of 200 m and a maximum draught of
98 m.
Paragraph 14.35 4 lines 1--7 Replace by: Berth 5 lies close SE of Berth 4 and is mainly used
by barges. The berth can accept vessels with a
4 Entry to Teluk Kendari is by a series of leading…
maximum LOA of 80 m and draught of 80 m.
Cargo is also worked at anchor by barges in an
Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 9--Wk 22/19] area in the vicinity of 24717S 1220960E.
Port services
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast -- 14.60f
Kendari — Berths; anchorages 1 Supplies: fresh water.
353
H 102 MV Achilleas, GB Chart 2953, ENC ID300313
Paragraph 14.37 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: [NP34--No 37--Wk 44/19]
1 Anchorages See 14.33.

Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- East coast --
Indonesian Notice 18/248/19 [NP34--No 10--Wk 22/19] Bahodopi — Port
356
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- East coast –
Teluk Talowa — Bintang Delapan Terminal After Paragraph 14.60 5 line 10 including the replacement
of existing Section IV Notice Week 44/19 Insert:
356

Bahodopi
General information
Bintang Delapan Terminal 14.60a
General information 1 Position and function. Bahodopi port (24856S
14.60a 1220947E) services the adjacent Morowali Industrial
1 Position and function. Bintang Delapan Terminal Park. Exports include nickel and steel products.
(24856S 1220947E) services the adjacent Imports consist mainly of coal and various types of
Morowali Industrial Park. Exports include nickel and ore.
steel products. Imports consist mainly of coal and iron
Arrival information
ore.
14.60b
Arrival information 1 Pilotage is available 24 hours. Pilots board in the
14.60b vicinity of 24629S 1221050E.
1 Pilotage. Pilotage is available 24 hours. Pilots
board in the vicinity of 24757S 1220969E. Harbour
14.60c
Harbour 1 General layout. The harbour lies in a small bay SE
14.60c of Tanjung Laroga (24774S 1220892E). The
1 The harbour lies in a small bay SE of Tanjung harbour consists of a T -- shaped jetty aligned
Laroga (24774S 1220892E). The bay is NNW/SSE extending about 50 m from the W shore of
encumbered by an island which lies close E of the the bay. To the S of the jetty several berths line the
harbour. The harbour consists of a T--shaped jetty W shore and head of the bay. Further berths lie on
aligned NNW/SSE extending about 50 m from the W the E side of the bay.
shore of the bay. To the S of the jetty several berths 2 Development. Reclamation works are in progress
line the W shore of the bay. (2019) centred on 24868S 1221015E.
Directions for entering harbour Directions for entering harbour

14.60d 14.60d
1 Bintang Delapan Terminal is approached from a 1 Bahodopi port is approached from a position in the
position in the vicinity of 24523S 1221202E. The vicinity of 24523S 1221202E. The track then leads
track then leads 3¼ miles SW to the pilot station about 1¾ miles SW to the pilot station, passing:
passing: NW of a series of shoals, with a least depth of 1 m,
NW of a series of shoals, with a least depth of 1 m, extending NE from the bay, marked by a light
extending NE from the bay, thence: beacon.
The track then leads 1 mile SSW to the berths. The track then leads SSW as required for berth.
2 -- 188
Index
NP34
Basins and berths Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Walea to
14.60e Tanjung Api — Directions; channel
1 The IMIP Terminal has a total length of 720 m
including dolphins; depths alongside from about 13 to 376
20 m, maximum draught 160 m. Nickle Main Wharf Paragraph 15.29 3 line(s) 2 For WSW Read SW
lies close S and has a total length of 160 m; depths
of about 85 to 10 m alongside. After Paragraph 15.29 3 line 13 Insert:
Berth 1 lies close SE of Nickle Main Wharf and has
a length of 100 m; depths of about 5 to 85 m The track then leads WSW through the
alongside and is mainly used by barges. There are recommended channel, passing:
three other berths situated S of Berth 1 suitable for
small vessels.
2 Cargo is also worked at anchor by barges in an
area in the vicinity of 24717S 1220960E. Indonesia -- Bitung -- Selat Lembah --
Pulau Serena Besar — Vertical clearance
Port services
391
14.60f
1 Supplies: fresh water. After Paragraph 15.150 2 line 4 Insert:
Indonesian Chart ID 524/20 [NP34--No 64--Wk 33/20] Vertical clearance

15.150a
1 An overhead cable, with a maximum vertical
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau--Pulau Togian -- clearance of 45 m, spans Selat Lembeh WNW and E
Pulau Waleabahi to Pasir Tengah — Directions
of Pulau Serena Besar (12764N 1251397E)
(15.156).
373
N of a drying shoal (01106S 1221100E), Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Anggrek --
1½ miles N of the N extremity of Pulau Waleakodi Teluk Kwandang — Directions; wreck
(15.19), an island close W of Pulau Waleabahi
405
(15.19).
The track then leads WSW through the After Paragraph 16.69 4 line 4 Insert:
recommended channel, passing:
E of a dangerous wreck (05528N 1224843E),
Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 23--Wk 36/19] reported (2018), thence:

Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau--Pulau Togian --
Batudaka — Anchorage Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi --
Tanjung Pasir Putih to Tanjung Pisok —
374 Directions; recommended route
411
An anchorage area (02286S 1214959E), with
depths from about 10 to 30 m, sand, lies SW of the 3 The track then continues through the two--way
recommended approach track. recommended route leading between Tanjung Pisok
and Pulau Bunaken (13750N 1244580E) a
Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 24--Wk 36/19] generally low island with a hill near its W end.

Indonesia -- Sulawesi --
Pulau--Pulau Togian — Anchorages Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi --
Manado — Directions; berths
374
411
Anchorage may also be obtained in an area 1 Teluk Manado is deep and clear of known dangers
(01430S 1220637E) ENE of Pulau Malingi. until close to the shore and can be approached
Paragraph 15.22 4 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: without difficulty by day or night through the two--way
recommended routes.
...are usually marked by discoloration. The anchorages are
therefore best approached from either NE or...
A designated anchorage (13025N 1245028E)
Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 25--Wk 36/19] lies about 3½ cables N of the entrance.
2 -- 189
Index
NP34
A lay--up anchorage (13059N 1245044E) and a Indonesia -- Timor -- Teluk Kupang --
cruise vessel anchorage (13051N 1245040E) lie Pulau Kera — Directions; light
about 6 cables N of the entrance.
93
...of 84 m, fronting Pulau Kera (3.77). Pulau Kera Light
Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi -- (3.57) is exhibited from the W side of the...
Tanjung Pisok to Tanjung Torowitan —
Directions; recommended route Indonesian Notice 50/665/19 [NP35--No 9--Wk 03/20]
412
Indonesia -- Timor -- Teluk Kupang --
Paragraph 16.122 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Pulau Kera — Directions; light
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Pisok (13436N 94

1244801E) the track leads generally NE in the
two--way recommended route, passing: After Paragraph 3.94 1 line 8 Insert:
Pulau Kera Light (100529S 1233320E) (3.57).
3 The track then leads to a position NW of Tanjung Indonesian Notice 50/665/19 [NP35--No 10--Wk 03/20]
Torowitan (16.121), at the end of the two--way
recommended route. Indonesia -- Timor -- Teluk Kupang --
Pulau Kera — Directions; light
95

NP35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 (2017 Edition) Pulau Kera Light (100529S 1233320E) (3.57).

Indonesia -- Sawu Sea -- Selat Sunda to
Selat Rote -- Pulau Rote — Directions; light
Indonesia -- Timor -- Teluk Kupang --
86 Pulau Kera — Directions; light
Oelaba Light (white lighthouse, 20 m in height), After Paragraph 3.110 3 line 5 Insert:
(104518S 1225477E). Pulau Kera Light (100529S 1233320E) (3.57).
Indonesian Notice 5/43/20 [NP35--No 13--Wk 09/20] Indonesian Notice 50/665/19 [NP35--No 12--Wk 03/20]
Indonesia -- Timor -- Teluk Kupang -- Indonesia -- Selat Wetar -- Selat Liran —

Pulau Kera — Directions; light Directions; light
108
90
...rocks, thence:
Pulau Kera Light (white GRP tower, 20 m in height) E of Selat Liran Light (white lighthouse, 22 m in
(100529S 1233320E), if approaching from W height) (80029S 1254568E).
or N.
Indonesia -- Banda Sea -- Pulau--Pulau Tanimbar
Indonesia -- Timor -- Teluk Kupang -- -- Selat Egron — Directions; wreck
Pulau Kera — Directions; light
127
After Paragraph 3.79 1 line 9 Insert: ...Saumlaki (4.137) stands, thence:
Pulau Kera Light (100529S 1233320E) (3.57). 1311275E), thence:
2 -- 190
Index
NP35
Indonesia -- Banda Sea -- Pulau--Pulau Tanimbar Major lights:
-- Saumlaki approaches — Directions; wreck Tanjung Suadja Light (23201S 1404468E)
(9.10).
128 Caution. Nembawewe (23350S 1404570E) and
the line of reefs should not be passed closer than
2 cables.
Track. From a position about 3 miles ESE of 2 Jayapura. From a position ESE of Tanjung Suadja
Tanjung Adaut Tubun (80719S 1310990E) the (23220S 1404485E) in the entrance to the bay,
track leads NNE, passing: the track leads WNW, passing:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (80600S NNE of Nembawewe (23340S 1404562E), a
1311275E), thence: dangerous rock marked by a light buoy (port
hand), with a shoal extending SE from it, thence:
Indonesian Notice 29/314/18 [NP35--No 3--Wk 33/18] NNE of Metoekoe (23348S 1404514E), a shoal,
thence:
Indonesia -- Banda Sea -- Ambon — 3 NNE of Seroibi (23347S 1404497E), a
Directions; wreck dangerous rock, lying at the W end of the
above line of reefs.
181 Thence the track continues WNW, then W through
the approach channel, passing:
Paragraph 6.115 6 line 6 For NE Read ENE S of Tanjung Kayubatu (23211S 1404349E).
Noebai Nan Leading lights:
After Paragraph 6.115 7 line 5 Insert: 4 Front light (white triangle, point up, on white
metal framework tower, red bands, 15 m in
NNW of a dangerous wreck (33942S height) (23254S 1404243E).
1281252E). Rear light (white triangle, point down, on white
wooden post, 25 m in height).
The alignment (2549) of these lights leads WSW
[NP35--No 15--Wk 39/20]
into the harbour, passing:
NNW of the light beacon (port hand) marking the
Indonesia -- Papua -- Jayapura and Teluk Imbi — shoals extending N from Tanjung Yogur
Arrival information; anchorages (23286S 1404309E), thence:
5 SSE of the light beacon (starboard hand)
249 (23237S 1404269E).
The track then continues as required for berthing.
1 Outer anchorages. Designated anchorages lie on
both sides of the entrance channel: 9.23
STS area (23203S 1404408E), depths from 40 1 Teluk Imbi. Leading beacons:
to 75 m. Front beacon (white triangle, point up, on post)
Sea trial area (23240S 1404445E), depths from (23153S 1404371E).
65 to 95 m. Rear beacon (similar structure white triangle, point
Vessels over 150 gt (23276S 1404429E), down) (2½ cables from front beacon).
depths from 40 to 90 m. 2 From a position in the approach channel SE of
2 Vessels less than 150 gt (23257S Tanjung Kayubatu (23211S 1404349E), the
1404371E), depths from 50 to 70 m. alignment (000) of these beacons leads N towards
Yacht anchorage (23251S 1404330E), depths the oil terminal, noting a coral reef (23177S
from 15 to 60 m. 1404382E), with a least swept depth of 120 m.
Emergency anchorage (23305S 1404400E), Thence the alignment (2761) of the beacons close
depths from 30 to 65 m. within the terminal leads towards the jetty.
Dead ship anchorage (23300S 1404367E), 3 Useful marks:
depths from 10 to 47 m. Madarau Island Light Beacon (red single pipe with
red cylinder topmark, 10 m in height) (23247S
Indonesian Notice 35/428/20 [NP35--No 16--Wk 41/20] 1404335E).
Jayapura Harbour Light Beacon (galvanised steel
Indonesia -- Papua -- Jayapura and beacon, 30 m in height) (23270S 1404263E).
Teluk Imbi — Directions Indonesian Notice 35/428/20 [NP35--No 17--Wk 41/20]
250
Indonesia -- Pulau Sorenarwa --
Paragraph 9.22 1--5 including heading Replace by: Serui — Prohibited anchorage
266
Directions for entering the port
9.22 Paragraph 9.144 1 Replace by:
1 Landmarks: 1 Pilotage. There is no pilotage service.
Radio mast (23119S 1404413E) (9.10). Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
Radio mast (222 m) (23503S 1404126E), an area around submarine cables between Teluk Serui
situated on Leimok, a prominent hill. (9.142) and Pulau Saweru (9.148).
2 -- 191
Index
NP35
After Paragraph 9.148 2 line 4 Insert: 2 Directions -- west approach. The route to Waisai
Port diverges from the E bound route through Selat
Prohibited anchorage. See 9.144.
Dampier (10.103) in the vicinity of 03500S
Indonesian Chart 222/20 [NP35--No 18--Wk 44/20] 1304250E. The track leads NE for about 8¼ miles
to a position about 8¾ cables SE of Pulau Saonek
Besar (10.97).
Indonesia -- North--west Papua -- The track then leads N, passing E of Pulau Saonek
Selat Dampier — Directions
Besar and W of Pulau Saonek Monde (02710S
1304810E). Thence, once clear of Pulau Saonek
293
Monde the track leads NNE for about 8½ cables into
Paragraph 10.103 4--7 Replace by: the Waisai Port inlet.
3 Directions -- east approach. From a position in
4 The track then leads NNE to a position W of Pulau the vicinity of 03493S 1305366E the track leads
Augusta (03868S 1303466E) from where a light NW for about 7 miles, thence NNW, passing W of a
(10.102) is exhibited from its S side. shoal patch marked by a light buoy (S cardinal)
(Directions continue for a passage NW at 10.143)
(02851S 1304974E) and E of Pulau Saonek
Thence, from the position W of Pulau Augusta, the
main channel through Selat Dampier leads ENE, Monde.
passing: Once clear of Pulau Saonek Monde the track leads
5 Between a shoal patch (03750S 1303207E), NNE for about 8½ cables into the Waisai Port inlet.
with a depth of 100 m, lying 1½ miles WSW 4 Anchorages. There is an anchorage for cargo and
of the W end of Pulau Mansuar, and a shoal passenger vessels about 7 cables SE of the Waisai
patch (03880S 1303252E), with a least Port inlet centred on position 02662S 1304890E,
depth of 90 m, extending NW from the W end with depths between 27 and 47 m.
of Pulau Augusta, thence: Separate anchorages are available for yachts
6 Between Pulau Mansuar (03511S centred on positions 02667S 1304797E and
1303636E), a long, narrow, hilly island rising 02750S 1304785E.
steeply from the sea, together with Pulau Kri
and Pulau Koh, on the N side, and Pulau Indonesian Notices 14/190; 191/19
Augusta (03868S 1303466E) and Pulau [NP35--No 5--Wk 18/19]
Merpati (03925S 1303573E) 1 mile ESE,
both low flat islets with high trees, on the S
side. Indonesia – Selat Dampier – Pulau Saonek Besar
Thence the track continues to lead ENE to a position to Pulau Wayam — Directions
about 2 miles S of Pulau Koh (03312S
1304178E) a small islet. 294
7 The track then leads E for about 11 miles to a
position in the vicinity of 03493N 1305366N. Paragraph 10.115 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
Useful marks:
1 From a position SSE of Pulau Saonek Besar
Pulau Saonek Monde light beacon (port hand)
(10.97) in the vicinity of 03493S 1305366E the
(02702S 1304814E)
Sansapor Port light beacon (white light) (03051S track leads E,...
1320497E)
(Directions continue for the passage ENE at 10.113) Indonesian Notice 14/190/19 [NP35--No 6--Wk 18/19]
Paragraph 10.106 2 line(s) 1 Replace by: Indonesia -- Halmahera -- Tobelo —

Directions for entering harbour; light beacon
2 Directions. The route to Pelabuhan Saonek
diverges from the E bound route through Selat
Dampier (10.103) in the vicinity of 03500S 316
1304250E. The track leads NE for about 8¼ miles Paragraph 11.103 7 line 3 For (conical topmark) Read (S
to a position about 8¾ cables SE of Pulau Saonek
cardinal, 10 m in height)
Besar (02810S 1304704E). The track then leads
N, passing:
Notice 50/796/2017 [NP35--No 1--Wk 02/18]
Indonesia -- Molucca Sea -- Pulau Ternate --

Indonesia – Selat Dampier — Waisai Port Ternate — Arrival information; pilotage;
traffic regulations
293
329
Waisai Port
10.106a Pilotage is compulsory for vessels berthing at the
1 Position and function. Waisai Port (02600S main wharf at Ternate and at the oil depot at Jambula
1304820E), situated in a small inlet on the S coast (11.209) on the S coast of Pulau Ternate, 8 km
of Pulau Waigeo (10.110), is a tourist waypoint distant. The pilot boards in an area centred on
frequented by small craft. 04630N 1272327E.
2 -- 192
Index
NP35
Traffic regulations. A two--way route system is Paragraph 11.232 1--6 Replace by:
established through Selat Gamelamo (11.231). It is
about 3¼ miles long with depths from 12 to 164 m 1 Major lights:
and therefore recommended for vessels with a Tanjung Kayumerah Light (04561N 1272209E)
maximum draught of 9 m at LW. (11.201).
Route. From a position W of Pulau Maitara
Indonesian Notice 39/480/20 (04400N 1272220E), a reef--fringed island,
[NP35--No 19--Wk 47/20] conically--shaped and covered with coconut trees,
lying close W of the N end of Pulau Tidore (11.160),
the track leads ENE to the entrance of the port entry
Indonesia -- Molucca Sea -- Pulau Ternate -- channel (11.206), passing:
Ternate — Directions 2 SSE of the Jambula Oil Depot (04536N
1271887E), thence:
330 NNW of the coastal bank (04430N 1272160E),
with depths of 10 to 17 m, extending from the NW
Paragraph 11.208 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: coast of Pulau Maitara.
The track then enters the port entry channel,
2 Approach from the east (continued from 11.203). leading ENE, thence NE, passing:
From a position E of Tanjung Dehesila (04450N 3 SSE of the coastal bank (04540N 1272195E)
1272695E), the track leads generally WNW, fronting the drying reef surrounding Tanjung
crossing the port entry channel (11.206), to the Kayumerah, from where Tanjung Kayumerah
vicinity of the pilot boarding area. Light (11.201) is exhibited, thence:
Approach from the west. SSE of the coastal bank (04558N 1272262E)
See 11.232. extending from the S coast of Pulau Ternate, and:
4 NW of the drying reef (04520N 1272328E).
Indonesian Notice 39/480/20 fronting the NW extremity of Pulau Tidore,
[NP35--No 20--Wk 47/20] thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (04647N 1272312E),
lying close off the edge of the coastal bank.
Indonesia -- Molucca Sea -- Pulau Ternate -- Thence the track continues to lead NE to the
Ternate — Anchorages vicinity of the Ternate pilot boarding area (11.206).
5 Useful mark:
330 Government Pier Light (04687N 1272331E)
(11.203).
Paragraph 11.209 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: (Directions continue for entering
1 Anchorage may be obtained in areas centred as Ternate at 11.208)
follows:
Transhipment (04710N 1272359E); Indonesian Notice 39/480/20
Freighters (04751N 1272372E); [NP35--No 22--Wk 47/20]
Dead ship (04823N 1272367E);
Quarantine (04868N 1272366E);
State Ship mooring (04631N 1272312E);
Pilot boarding (04630N 1272327E) (11.206); NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2019 Edition)
Emergency anchorage 1 (04530N 1272132E);
Emergency anchorage 2 (04795N 1272364E);
Sea trial 1 (04445N 1271963E);
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020
Sea trial 2 (04831N 1272392E).

[NP35--No 21--Wk 47/20] Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda —
Regulations; TSS
Indonesia -- Molucca Sea -- Pulau Ternate -- 7

Selat Gamelamo — Directions
332--333
1 See IMO publication Ships’ Routeing for general
Paragraph 11.231 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: provisions on ships’ routeing. The following TSS in the
1 Selat Gamelamo (04510N 1272220E) separates waters covered by this volume are IMO--adopted and
Pulau Ternate, to the N, from Pulau Maitara and regulations for navigating in these schemes are
Pulau Tidore, to the S. It extends over 6 miles and contained in Rule 10 of International Regulations for
provides the W approach to Ternate (11.204). The Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972):
fairway through the strait is deep and clear and takes In the Sunda Strait (55234S 1054939E).
a central track to the pilot boarding area (11.206). A
two--way route system has been established through IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337
the channel (11.206). [NP36--No 24--Wk 28/20]
2 -- 193
Index
NP36
The following notice is to be implemented at 2 SE of Pulau Kandang Balak (55340S
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020 1054550E), the SW island of Pulau--pulau
Sumur, with two separate hills, the SW being
Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda -- the highest. Elsewhere the island is flat and
Directions; TSS the E coast is mostly rocky. Pulau
51 Kandanglunik (55281S 1054622E) which
After Paragraph 3.12 1 line 6 Insert: lies close NE of Pulau Kandang Balak has a
narrow flat strip on its N and W sides. Pulau
Regulations Panjukut, a bare rock lies 1 cable S of Pulau
3.12a Kandanglunik. And:
1 Traffic separation scheme. A traffic separation 3 NW of Terumbu Koliot (55540S 1054895E),
scheme, consisting of two sets of traffic lanes a rock, marked by a light beacon (W
separated by a precautionary area, exists between the cardinal). There is deep water on all sides of
SE part of Sumatera at Tanjung Tua (55447S the rock at a distance of 3¼ cables.
1054302E) (3.141) and Pulau Sangiang (3.16). A Sometimes strong eddies (see caution below)
single inshore traffic zone lies to the W of the traffic
and discoloured water in the vicinity of this
lanes. The scheme is IMO--adopted, and Rule 10 of
The International Regulations for Preventing Collisions rock make it appear as though it were joined
at Sea (1972) applies. to Pulau Sangiang, 2 miles SE, by a ridge,
although this is not the case. Thence:
Paragraph 3.15 1--4 Replace by: 4 SE of Pulau Panjurit (55305S 1054721E),
1 From a position SSW of Tanjung Cukubalimbing the triangular shaped E island of the Sumur
Balimbingpamancasa (55551S 1043350E), from group, from where a light (3.14) is exhibited.
where a light (3.14) is exhibited, the route through The island has a ridge of hills along its S side
Selat Sunda leads ESE for a distance of terminating at Tanjung Karangbatang (3.140).
approximately 60 miles, passing: The N and E sides are flat; the S coastline is
Clear of a shoal patch (60912S 1043304E)
rocky. Thence:
(existence doubtful), with depth less than 5 m,
Through the precautionary area (55234S
thence:
2 SSW of Ujung Cukusaleman (55655S 1054939E). Caution. Ferries and other
1043523E), the most S point of Sumatera, crossing traffic are common in this area. Thence:
with a dangerous reef (3.81), 2½ miles ESE, 5 SE of Pulau Rimau Balak (55145S
thence: 1054703E), the largest and highest of
SSW of Ujung Cukuredak (55595S 1044390E), Pulau--pulau Sumur. The island has three
a low point fringed by a reef, which is well outlined summits. The SW has the greatest elevation
when seen from seaward, lying at the E end of an and is very noticeable. Pulau Rimaulunik
unnamed promontory of which Tanjung (55074S 1054764E), an island with a
Cukubalimbing Balimbingpamancasa lies at its W sharp summit at its NE end, lies 1¼ cables
end, thence: NE. Thence:
3 SSW of the SW extremity of Pulau Sertung 6 NW of Terumbu Gosal (55343S 1055452E);
(60551S 1052281E) (3.8), an active it is marked by discoloration and tide--rips and
volcano, thence: is steep--to within a distance of ¼ cable.
SSW and SE of Pulau Rakata (3.8), on which stands The track then continues through the traffic lane,
a light (white beacon). An underwater obstruction
clear of dangers, to a position at the termination of
(61075S 1052759E), reported (1970), lies
less than 1 mile SE of the island. the TSS.
4 The track then leads NE for approximately 26 miles 7 Caution. Approaching Tanjung Cukubalimbing
to the start of the TSS (3.12a), passing: Balimbingpamancasa in foul weather, when the land is
NW of a shoal patch (61809S 1053853E), with hidden, the soundings are a good guide, but it is
depth less than 20 m, thence: advisable to keep in a depth of not less than 40 m.
SE of a dangerous wreck (60105S 1054255E), In certain weather conditions Tanjung
thence: Cukubalimbing Balimbingpamancasa Light (3.14) is
NW of an underwater volcano (60284S reported to be difficult to distinguish on account of its
1054800E), position approximate, reported colour and slim profile.
(1979). 8 Vessels coming from places on the W coast of
5 The track then continues to a position at the start Sumatera and taking the N passage through Selat
of the TSS.
Sunda must exercise the utmost caution when passing
Paragraph 3.16 including heading Replace by: Terumbu Koliot and Pulau--pulau Sumur (3.137). The
Passage through Sunda TSS tidal streams here are very strong with many eddies,
3.16 attaining a rate of 6 kn at times near the rock. The
1 The track then continues NE through the TSS for passage in this area should never be used without
approximately 10 miles, passing: suitable aids to navigation.
NW of Pulau Sangiang (55760S 1055110E), an
island fringed by reefs. The island, on the S part of
which stands a light (3.14), is easily identified, but
from a distance it appears to consist of several IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337; GB Chart
islets. Thence: 909/20 [NP36--No 25--Wk 28/20]
2 -- 194
Index
NP36
Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda -- The following notice is to be implemented at
Vessel Traffic Service 0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020
Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda --

51
Tanjung Alangalang to
Tanjung Pujut — Directions
Week 28/20 Insert: 53--54
Regulations 1 From the inner end of Selat Panaitan and in the
vicinity of Tanjung Alangalang (63882S 1052232E)
3.12a (3.26), to Tanjung Pujut (55256S 1060247E), the
1 Traffic separation scheme. A traffic separation route leads NE, passing:
scheme, consisting of two sets of traffic lanes NW of Tanjung Lesung (62841S 1054002E), a
separated by a precautionary area, exists between the low wooded point with a sandy beach, from where
SE part of Sumatera at Tanjung Tua (55447S a light (white beacon) is exhibited; it has a hillock
1054302E) (3.141) and Pulau Sangiang (3.16). A 14 m high on it. Batucawar (3.32) stands 3 miles
single inshore traffic zone lies to the W of the traffic SSW of the point. Thence:
lanes. The scheme is IMO--adopted, and Rule 10 of 2 Clear of a shoal patch (61809S 1053853E),
The International Regulations for Preventing Collisions with depth less than 20 m, thence:
at Sea (1972) applies. NW of Pasangtenang (60832S 1055111E), two
2 Vessel traffic service. SUNDAREP is in operation rocks, surrounded by a reef, which lie up to
for the control of shipping and is mandatory for all 7 cables offshore. They are visible from a distance
Indonesian vessels and strongly recommended for all of about 3 miles. Thence:
3 Clear of an underwater volcano (60284S
foreign vessels. For further details, see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). NW of Tanjung Pantobinuangen (60548S
1055290E), S of which stands a light (3.14),
Indonesian Notice 38/479/20 thence:
[NP36--No 42--Wk 45/20] NW of a dangerous wreck (60420S 1055116E),
thence:
The following notice is to be implemented at 4 NW of Tanjung Cikoneng (60435S
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020 1055285E), low and overgrown with
brushwood, which can be identified by its light
(3.14). A dangerous wreck (60368S
1055276E) lies NNW of the light. Thence:
Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda -- SE of Pulau Sangiang (3.16), thence:
South--west approach — Directions 5 NW of Pulau Ular (60045S 1055568E), a
rock which rises steeply from depths of 30 m
covered with vegetation and from where a
52 light (white metal framework tower, 12 m in
height) (60047S 1055568E) is exhibited,
Paragraph 3.17 2 line 7 For 3.15 Read 3.16 thence:
NW of Gosong Serdang (55807S 1055822E)
(3.55), thence:
Paragraph 3.18 3 line 4 For 3.16 Read 3.33 6 SE of Pulau Tempurung (55408S 1055587E),
a steep rock covered with vegetation, on
which stands a light (white metal framework
tower, 22 m in height), thence:
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337; GB Chart NW of Karang Jawa (55478S 1055932E) (3.63),
909/20 [NP36--No 26--Wk 28/20] a detached shoal, marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger) on its SW side, lying ESE of the island.
The following notice is to be implemented at There is deep water at a distance of 3 cables all
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020 round the rock.
7 Thence the track leads to a position NW of Tanjung
Pujut (55256S 1060247E), a narrow tongue of
land 13 m high, which lies at the NW extremity of
Tanjung Guhakolak to Tanjung Pujut — Jawa. When clear of the high land behind, the point
Directions can be discerned from a considerable distance.
Useful marks:
Tanjung Soraga (60994S 1055115E), prominent
52 on account of a rock on it and a hillock on the coast
close N of it. Gunung Karang (3.20) lies 13 miles
Paragraph 3.19 1 line 3 For 3.16 Read 3.33 ESE.
8 Pinang (60369S 1060600E), a distant hill
which, in clear weather, shows prominently
over the low undulating land.
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337; GB Chart Jetty lights S of Merak (55600S 1055970E)
909/20 [NP36--No 27--Wk 28/20] (3.54).
2 -- 195
Index
NP36
Chimneys standing at Suralaya (55350S The following notice is to be implemented at
1060182E) (3.64). 0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020
9 Pelabuhan Lestari Banten Energi Light
(55256S 1060265E) (3.18).
(Directions continue for a coastal route Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda --
Tanjung Kelapa to Tanjung Sumurbatu —
E to Tanjungpriok at 4.75) Directions
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337; GB Chart
909/20 [NP36--No 28--Wk 28/20] 68--69
Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda -- Merak — Paragraph 3.141 1--7 Replace by:
Directions; depth; light buoy 1 From the vicinity of Tanjung Kelapa (54979S
1053625E) (3.102), the coastal route initially leads
59
SE, passing:
Paragraph 3.63 3 lines 3--4 Replace by: SW of Terumbu Serdang (55341S 1054173E), a
small reef, 2 m high, which can be seen from a
...1055932E), a small coral patch with a least charted
distance of about 3 miles. There is deep water all
depth of 89 m, lies 7 cables W of Tanjung Sekong. The
round. Thence:
patch is marked by a light buoy (isolated danger).
2 SW of Tanjung Tua (55447S 1054302E), a
GB Chart 909 [NP36--No 23--Wk 25/20] high, rocky, and wooded point from where a
light (white metal framework tower, 15 m in
height) (55436S 1054295E) is exhibited. It
Indonesia -- Sunda Strait -- is joined to the higher land behind by a low
Pulau Sangiang — Anchorage; TSS
bare ridge and is more readily identifiable
from E than from W. A rock lies close W of
60
the point and there is deep water close
After Paragraph 3.73 1 line 8 Insert: inshore.
3 The track then continues to a position at the start
TSS Sunda Strait South Emergency Anchorage of Sunda TSS (3.12a).
3.73a
1 A designated emergency anchorage area exists SW (Directions for passage through
of Pulau Sangiang (3.16), centred on 55930S Sunda TSS continue at 3.16)
1054860E, depths from 25 to 55 m.
Indonesian Notice 25/292/20 [NP36--No 33--Wk 29/20] 909/20 [NP36--No 31--Wk 28/20]
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020 The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020
Tanjung Kelapa to Tanjung Sumurbatu — TSS Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda --
Tanjung Kelapa to Tanjung Sumurbatu —
67 Directions
69
...1054302E), at the SE extremity of Sumatera, to a
position at the start of the TSS (3.12a). Thence the route Paragraph 3.142 1--2 Replace by:
leads through the TSS as appropriate.
1 Description. A navigable channel, which lies
between the Pulau--pulau Sumur group of islands
909/20 [NP36--No 29--Wk 28/20]
(3.137) and the Sumateran mainland, exists for small
The following notice is to be implemented at vessels. However, a current of up to 3 kn passes
0000 UTC on 1 st July 2020 through this channel causing strong eddies, and there
are numerous unmarked reefs.
Indonesia -- Jawa -- Selat Sunda — Regulations. The channel lies within an inshore
Regulations; TSS traffic zone. See 3.12a.
2 Directions. Vessels should pass E of Gosong
68 Usumbra (55162S 1054612E), marked by a light
beacon (isolated danger), a mid--channel reef which
shows at HW, lying between Pulau Rimau Balak and
the mainland.
Regulations
Local knowledge is essential.
3.137a
Anchorage. See 3.145.
1 Traffic separation scheme. See 3.12a.
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337 IMO COLREG.2/Circ.74, IMO Circ. SN.1/337; GB Chart
[NP36--No 30--Wk 28/20] 909/20 [NP36--No 32--Wk 28/20]
2 -- 196
Index
NP36
Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Pulau--pulau Seribu — Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast --
Directions; anchorages Semarang — Wreck
76 103
After Paragraph 4.24 4 Insert: Paragraph 5.75 1 line 10 Replace by:
5 Directions. There are two cruise ship anchorages ...1102340E. A wreck, reported (2017), lies in
E of Pulau--pulau Seribu, which are approached from the NE part of the anchorage.
the S. From a position in the vicinity of 54700S
1063828E, about 4 miles N of Karang Jong (4.40), Indonesian Chart 91/19 [NP36--No 7--Wk 33/19]
the track leads N, passing:
E of Pulau Pramuka (54468S 1063685E),
thence: Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast --
W of Pulau Peniki (54167S 1064272E) (4.69), Semarang — Harbour
thence:
The track then continues N to the anchorages. 103
6 Anchorages. Two designated cruise ship
anchorages exist E of Pulau--pulau Seribu: Paragraph 5.76 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
Anchorage Area 1 (54033S 1063738E), 36 to
42 m, sand. 3 There is an offshore oil terminal (5.78) with three
Anchorage Area 2 (53668S 1063791E), 38 to berths, between 3 and 6 miles offshore, NNE of the...
42 m, sand.
Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast --

Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Sunda Strait -- Semarang — Berths
Palau Sangiang — Anchorage; TSS
104
80
A SPM (64992S 1102589E) lies about 6 miles
TSS Sunda Strait North Emergency Anchorage N of the harbour entrance in depths of about 20 m;
4.55a tankers of up to 50 000 dwt can be accommodated.
1 A designated emergency anchorage area exists E
of Pulau Kupiah (4.53), centred on 54680S Indonesian Notice 17/198/20 [NP36--No 17--Wk 21/20]
1054960E, depths from 20 to 40 m.
Indonesian Notice 25/292/20 [NP36--No 34--Wk 29/20] Indonesia -- Selat Bangka and
northern approaches — Regulations
Indonesia -- Java Sea --
Pulau--pulau Karimunjawa — 110
Anchorage; harbour
96
Regulations
Paragraph 5.26 1 including heading Replace by: 6.7a
1 Maximum authorized draught restrictions apply for
Anchorages and harbours portions of Selat Bangka. See 6.29a.
5.26
1 Legon Bajak. Legon Bajak (54728S 1102865E) Indonesian Notice 37/456.5/20
is a small harbour located in a bay on the E side of [NP36--No 39--Wk 44/20]
Kemujan (5.18). It contains a single L--shaped jetty,
about 150 m in length, suitable for small craft only.
From the vicinity of 54523S 1102989E the Indonesia -- Selat Bangka and
approach to Legon Bajak leads S, passing E of Batu northern approaches — Traffic regulations
Lawang (5.18). Once W of Pulau Sintok (5.18), the
track leads generallly WSW to the jetty, between light 113
buoys (lateral).
An anchorage (54601S 1103068E), with depths After Paragraph 6.29 1 line 1 Insert:
of about 30 m, lies about 6 cables N of Pulau Sintok.
South-- east monsoon. Anchorage (55205S
1102458E) may be obtained in the vicinity of Traffic regulations
55205S 1102458E, depths of 25 to 30 m; mud and 6.29a
sand. 1 Maximum authorised draught for the transit on the
Caution. The anchorage is fringed by reefs, shoals, recommended route is 9 m.
and rocks awash.
Indonesian Notice 37/456.5/20
Indonesian Notice 19/260/19 [NP36--No 4--Wk 22/19] [NP36--No 40--Wk 44/20]
2 -- 197
Index
NP36
Indonesia -- Selat Bangka -- Tanjung Selokan to W of a 102 m patch (15941S 1050182E), which
Tanjung Ular — Directions; wrecks; light lies in the fairway, thence:
114 Indonesian Notice 37/456/20 [NP36--No 41--Wk 44/20]
Paragraph 6.31 1--5 Replace by: Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Pulau Bangka —

Bangka Marine Terminal
1 Track. From a position N of Tanjung Selokan, the
recommended route to a position W of Tanjung Ular 121
(15754S 1050748E), which lies on the Bangka
side at the N entrance to the strait, initially leads W, Paragraph 6.88 2 lines 1--2 Delete
passing:
N of a dangerous wreck (22176S 1053592E) Indonesian Notice 3/024/20 [NP36--No 13--Wk 07/20]
and an obstruction (22106S 1053536E),
thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (21785S Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Pulau Bangka --
1052759E), whose mast is visible, thence: Teluk Klabat — Directions; shoal; rock
2 S of a 10 m obstruction (21560S 1051987E), 122
and:
S of Karang Brombrom (21220S 1051999E), a After Paragraph 6.91 2 line 2 Insert:
steep--to shoal consisting of sand and black rocks
which dry in places, from which a light (red metal S of a dangerous rock (13204S 1054011E),
tower, 10 m in height) is exhibited. Dangerous thence:
wrecks lie 3 cables N and 1 mile SW of the shoal. N of a 1 m shoal (13237S 1054031E), thence:
Thence:
3 Clear of a dangerous wreck (21561S
1051596E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger), thence: Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Pulau Bangka —
S of Gosong Amelia (21238S 1051430E), Bangka Marine Terminal
consisting of hard sand, with depths of less than
5 m. 123
Caution. The tidal streams set strongly across the Paragraph 6.94 1--2 including heading Replace by:
channel between Tanjung Katimabongko and Ujung
Batakarang (20275S 1044726E)
4 From a position N of Tanjung Katimabongko (6.27), Spare
6.94
from which a light (white metal framework tower, 10 m
in height) (21967S 1051283E) is exhibited, the Indonesian Notice 3/024/20 [NP36--No 14--Wk 07/20]
recommended route leads NW, passing:
SW of Gosong Muntok (20931S 1051133E),
consisting of hard sand, with depths of less than Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Pulau Bangka —
Directions; wreck
5 m, thence:
5 SW of two dangerous wrecks (20839S 137
1050652E and 20824S 1050512E); the
position of the W wreck is approximate. A Paragraph 7.79 2 line 11 Replace by:
detached shallow patch (20668S
1050761E), with a depth of 45 m lies Clear of a dangerous wreck (12311S
1½ miles S of Tanjung Kelian. And: 1055988E), reported (2020).
NE of a dangerous wreck (21003S 1050107E). The track then leads to a position N of Tanjung
Caution is necessary when navigating this part of Grasak.
the strait, and mariners should guard against the set,
either in or out, from the river deltas on the Sumatera
side.
Indonesia -- Java Sea —
Paragraph 6.32 1--2 Replace by: Prohibited areas; wrecks
1 The recommended track then leads N, passing: 140
W of Karang Haji (20533S 1050578E), a drying
reef which has some large black rocks on it and After Paragraph 8.8 1 line 6 Insert:
which is marked off its NE side by a buoy
(starboard hand). A detached drying rocky shoal Prohibited areas
lies 2 to 9 cables ESE and is marked at its SE end 8.8a
by a light beacon (white, 10 m in height). Thence: 1 Anchoring, diving, fishing or any other interference
2 W of the Corridor Storage Tanker (6.38), thence: is prohibited in the vicinity of the following historic
W of a detached rock (15887S 1050559E), lying wrecks:
close W of the outer extremity of a reef which lies HMS Exeter (45413S 1113465E);
offshore between Tanjung Besayap (20142S HMS Encounter (45351S 1113658E).
1050645E), which is conspicuous on radar, and
Tanjung Ular, thence: UKHO [NP36--No 8--Wk 42/19]
2 -- 198
Index
NP36
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Indonesia -- Selat Riau --
Selat Karimata — Directions; wreck Pulau Tanjungsauh — Anchorages
141 175
Paragraph 10.85 1 lines 1--7 including heading Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23518S Outer anchorage
1091455E), reported (2019), thence: 10.85
1 A designated anchorage area (10630N
Indonesian Notice 9/127(P)/19 1041080E), depths from about 5 to 60 m, is located
[NP36--No 1--Wk 11/19] N of Pulau Tanjungsauh (10280N 1041030E). A
light buoy (safe water) lies in the centre of the
anchorage.
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- West coast -- On occasions vessels may be required to wait N
Pulau Datu — Directions; wreck and outside of the strait in deep water until a berth is
available.
153
Pilotage
After Paragraph 9.15 4 line 5 Insert: 10.85a
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 70 gt or more.
E of a dangerous wreck (00888N 1083885E), Requests for pilotage should be sent 4 hours before
reported (2019), thence: arrival and 2 hours before departure. The pilot boards
W of a dangerous wreck (00944N 1084958E), in position 10283N 1041211E for ships from S, or
reported (2018).
in position 11517N 1041211E for ships from N.
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- West coast -- Indonesian Notice 35/429/20 [NP36--No 35--Wk 41/20]
Pulau Datu — Directions; wreck
Indonesia -- Selat Riau --
155 Tanjunguban — Anchorages
...(9.35), from where a light is exhibited, thence: Paragraph 10.90 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (00888N 1083885E), 1 For large vessels, which are not permitted to
reported (2019). anchor within 1 mile of the jetties, anchorage is
available in an area on the W side of the strait, N of
Indonesian Notice 20/281/19 [NP36--No 6--Wk 24/19] Pulau Tanjungsau (10280N 1041030E), with good
holding ground.
Indonesia -- Pulau--pulau Lingga -- Pulau Buaya UKHO [NP36--No 9--Wk 42/19]
— Directions; dangerous wreck
166 Indonesia -- Selat Riau -- North part --

Tanjunguban — Anchorages
2 NE of Pulau Buaya (00034N 1045268E), a Paragraph 10.90 1--2 including headings and existing
prominent rock. A dangerous wreck (00101S Section IV week 42/19 Replace by:
1045365E) lies about 1¾ miles SE of the
rock. Thence:
Basins and berths
Indonesian Notice 8/87/20 [NP36--No 15--Wk 13/20] Spare
10.90
Paragraph 10.98 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Selat Durian --
Pulau Petong — Anchorage Outer anchorage
10.98
172 1 See 10.85.
Paragraph 10.65 including heading Replace by: Pilotage

10.98a
1 Pilotage is available 24 hours. Pilots board in
Spare positions 10463N 1040909E and 10700N
10.65 1041008E.
Indonesian Notice 20/228/20 [NP36--No 19--Wk 24/20] UKHO [NP36--No 36--Wk 41/20]
2 -- 199
Index
NP36
Indonesia -- Pulau Batam -- Kabil — Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Selat Riau --
Directions; light Kabil Port — Anchorage
177 178
1 Kabil Leading Lights: Spare
Front light (triangle, point up, on white beacon) 10.117
(10486N 1040837E) situated on the head of
the jetty extending E from the town. Indonesian Notice 20/228/20 [NP36--No 20--Wk 24/20]
Rear light (triangle, point down, on similar structure)
(6½ cables SW of the front light). Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Selat Riau --
2 On approaching Selat Riau from N, the alignment Tanjungpinang — Anchorages
(2169) of the lights leads SW through a channel, 179
marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
SE of Karang Galang (10951N 1041109E), on
which there is a light (see Malacca Strait and West Paragraph 10.131 1--2 Replace by:
Coast of Sumatera Pilot).
3 Thence the track continues to lead SW through the 1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage exists for vessels
buoyed channel to a position SW of Citranusa Kabil exceeding 37 m in draught in the roadstead S and SW of
Port (10.109). Pulau Penyengat (10.132); the bottom is thick mud. Two
Thence the buoyed channel leads SSW to the port shallow patches close together lie 1¼ miles SW of the SW
of Kabil. extremity of the island.
Caution. A small detached reef lies in position
10360N 1040863E. It is marked by a light buoy Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The
(isolated danger). pilot boards in position 05397N 1042369E. For further
4 Useful marks: details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Light beacon (triangle, apex down, on white beacon)
(10304N 1040841E).
GB Chart 3937 (2019) [NP36--No 11--Wk 02/20] Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Selat Riau and
Selat Durian -- Pulau Petong — Anchorage
191
Indonesia -- Selat Riau -- North part --
Kabil — Anchorages Paragraph 11.48 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
177 1 Deep--water anchorage area exists in the S approaches to
Selat Durian, centred on 02100N 1040500E.
Paragraph 10.104 including headings Replace by:
Basins and berths
Indonesia -- Pulau Karimun Besar --
Spare Selat Gelam — Directions; shoal
10.104
195
UKHO; Indonesian Notice 35/429/20 Paragraph 11.70 2 lines 8--10 Replace by:
[NP36--No 37--Wk 41/20]
Caution. A rock awash (05914N 1032612E) lies
close SE of the light buoy (port hand) within the
Indonesia -- Selat Riau -- Citranusa Kabil Port channel.
North part — Anchorages Port Authority. Dit Jen Perhubungan Laut, Cabang
Tanjung Balai Karimun, Tanjung Balai Karimun, Riau,
178 Indonesia.
Paragraph 10.112 lines 1--2 including heading Replace by: GB Chart 3833 (2019) [NP36--No 12--Wk 02/20]
Outer anchorage Indonesia -- Selat Bulan -- Approaches to

10.112 Sekupang — Pilotage; directions
1 See 10.85
199
Pilotage
10.112a
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. 1 Pilotage for Sekupang available 0800 to 1800 local
Pilots board in position 10700N 1041008E. time. Pilot boards at two positions depending on
direction of approach:
UKHO; Indonesian Notice 35/429/20 Approach from W at 11071N 1035437E.
[NP36--No 38--Wk 41/20] Approach from E at 11043N 1035909E.
2 -- 200
Index
NP36
Paragraph 11.99 1 Replace by: Wales -- Swansea — Depth
1 Approach. From the pilot boarding position at 94
11071N 1035437E the track initially leads SE, Paragraph 3.102 1 line 1 Replace by:
passing:
NE of the coastal bank fronting the NE side of Pulau 1 The entrance channel has a maintained depth of
Sambu (10948N 1035407E), and: 05 m. For...
NE of a light buoy (10988N 1035467E) (special). BA Chart 1161/19 [NP37--No 28--Wk 08/19]
The track then leads SSW, passing:
Clear of a light buoy (10958N 1035491E) (safe The following notice is to be implemented at
water), thence: 0000 UTC on 1 st April 2019
ESE of the SE end of Pulau Sambu, thence:
ESE of Pulau Meriam (10901N 1035439E) on Wales -- Port of Swansea — Pilotage
which stands a light beacon (starboard hand), 95
and:
WNW of a drying reef, marked on its N side by a light
beacon (port hand) (10886N 1035471E). 1 Pilotage district. The Swansea pilotage district
Entry. Thence, from a position in the N end of corresponds to the port limits.
Selat Bulan, about 2 cables SE of the light beacon Associated British Ports (ABP), provides pilotage for
(10901N 1035439E) standing on Pulau Meriam, Swansea. Pilotage is compulsory as follows:
the track leads SE, passing: All vessels or tows over 85 m LOA.
SW of the drying reef (10882N 1035472E), All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying
marked on its N side by a light beacon, thence: dangerous or noxious liquids, 12 or more
SW of a small unmarked drying reef (10874N passengers, or explosives.
1035477E), thence: 2 All vessels engaging the assistance of tugs.
Clear of a shoal patch (10852N 1035464E), with All vessels or tows of more than 60 m but less than
a least depth of 62 m. A dangerous wreck 85 m LOA where a bona fide deck officer has not
(10840N 1035470E), lies close S of the shoal navigated the port on that vessel or a vessel of a
patch. Thence: similar class in the past 12 months.
SW of another unmarked drying reef (10865N Vessels not subject to compulsory pilotage are
1035488E), thence: advised not to enter the harbour without a pilot or
SW of a shoal, marked on its NW side by a light local knowledge.
beacon (isolated danger) (10851N 3 Pilot boarding position is about 1 mile SE of
1035496E), thence: Mumbles Lighthouse (513401N 35827W).
Pilot vessel is Beaufort; dark blue hull with orange
Indonesian Notice 10/136/19 [NP36--No 2--Wk 13/19] superstructure.
For further pilotage details see ADMIRALTY List of
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
ABP South Wales Notice 16/19
(2017 Edition) [NP37--No 31--Wk 14/19]
United Kingdom — Distress and rescue; Wales -- Swansea Bay --

coastguard stations Mumbles Head — Approaches
96
8
Paragraph 1.66 2 lines 1--10 Replace by: 1 From the pilot boarding position (3.106), the track
2 The United Kingdom maritime radio infrastructure is to the seaward limits of the entrance channel leads
a single network of operations centres, all data and 1 mile N through Outer Roadstead (3.97) and between
communications being available to every officer on Mumbles Head (513401N 35827W) and Outer
duty. The National Maritime Operations Centre Green Grounds, an area containing a large number of
(NMOC) and the 10 Coastguard Operations Centres shoal patches 2 miles E.
(CGOCs) carry out a range of coast guard duties. All 2 A current buoy, SW Inner Green Grounds Light
centres carry out the function of an MRCC. For further Buoy (E cardinal) (513421N 35712W), is moored
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5. close W of the entrance.
Maritime and Coastguard Agency[NP37--No 5--Wk 29/17]
1 From the vicinity of 513415N 35695W, the
entrance channel, dredged over a width of 122 m,
Wales – Swansea Bay — Directions; buoy leads NNE for a distance of 2½ miles across Green
Grounds, foul ground which encumbers the greater
94
part of the W side of Swansea Bay with detached
Paragraph 3.95 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: patches of rock and stones over which there are
frequently changing depths. Light buoys (lateral) mark
...(512875N 34790W). There is a... the edges of the channel.
Trinity House Notice 13/17 [NP37--No 1--Wk 27/17] Trinity House Notice 24/18 [NP37--No 27--Wk 05/19]
2 -- 201
Index
NP37
Wales -- Port of Neath — Depths Wales -- Port of Barry — Pilotage
97 110
1 Associated British Ports (ABP) provides the pilotage
1 The entrance channel is dredged to 20 m above service for Barry, Cardiff and Newport, including the
chart datum (1998). Depths shoaler than charted have River Usk. Pilotage is compulsory as follows:
been found at the entrance to the channel during a All vessels or tows over 85 m LOA.
survey (2018). Berthing is determined... All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying
dangerous or noxious liquids, 12 or more
H102 MV Titan Discovery [NP37--No 17--Wk 24/18] passengers, or explosives.
All vessels engaging the assistance of tugs.
Wales -- Port of Neath — Vertical clearances All vessels or tows of more than 60 m but less than
85 m LOA where a bona fide deck officer has not
navigated the port on that vessel or a vessel of a
97
similar class in the past 12 months.
[NP37--No 32--Wk 14/19]
0000 UTC on 1 st April 2019
Paragraph 3.126 2 line 5 For 42 m and 28 m Read 41 m
and 27 m
Wales -- Port of Cardiff — Pilotage
BA Chart 1161/19 [NP37--No 29--Wk 08/19] 115

Wales -- Port of Neath — Training wall 1 Associated British Ports (ABP) pilotage service is
based at Pierhead, Barry Docks. For details of
98 pilotage, pilot boarding position and pilot vessel, see
4.28. See also ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Paragraph 3.136 1 line 5 Replace by: Volume 6(1).
...NE and lies between two rock training walls 76 m apart,
that dry from 2 to 5 m.
[NP37--No 33--Wk 14/19]
UKHO [NP37--No 25--Wk 51/18]
Wales -- Cardiff -- Lavernock Point —
Directions; obstructions
Wales -- Porthcawl -- Tusker Rock —
Directions; obstruction 116
103
2 Caution. An outfall, marked by a light buoy
After Paragraph 3.173 2 line 8 Insert: (special), extends 6 cables SE from Lavernock Point
(4.41). An obstruction lies close E of the buoy and a
Clear of an obstruction (512651N 34025W)
second obstruction lies E of Ranny Point at
(512465N 30933W). Strong currents can be
H102, Gardline Surveys [NP37--No 18--Wk 24/18]
experienced in this area, particularly on spring tides.
0000 UTC on 1 st April 2019 H102 [NP37--No 19--Wk 24/18]
0000 UTC on 1 st April 2019
Wales -- South coast -- Approaches to Porthcawl
— Directions; caution
Wales -- Port of Newport — Pilotage
104
120
4 Caution. A dangerous wreck (512326N 1 Pilotage. Associated British Ports (ABP) based at
33245W) lies about 1 mile SE of Nash Passage. A Cardiff, provides pilotage for Newport. For details of
second dangerous wreck (512376N 33451W) lies pilotage, pilot boarding position and pilot vessel see
about 4 cables SW of East Nash Light Buoy (E 4.28.
cardinal).
ABP South Wales 1Notice 6/19
GB Chart 1152/19 [NP37--No 35--Wk 24/19] [NP37--No 34--Wk 14/19]
2 -- 202
Index
NP37
Wales -- Bristol Channel -- Newport — England -- River Severn -- Chepstow —
Directions; light sector Vessels handled
120
140
Correspondence Associated British Ports
[NP37--No 30--Wk 10/19]
Gloucester Harbour Trustees [NP37--No 2--Wk 28/17]
England -- Bristol Channel -- Bridgwater Bay --
Hinkley Point — Pilotage England -- River Severn --
Sharpness Dock — Pilotage
124
3 Hinkley Point Development. A jetty (511275N Paragraph 4.247 2 lines 1--10 Replace by:
30945W), with an alongside depth of 25 m, has
been established as part of the development of 2 All vessels of 30 m LOA and over.
Hinkley Point C nuclear power station.
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels greater than Paragraph 4.247 4 lines 1--5 Replace by:
85 m LOA and is provided by Bristol Port Company. Dock pilots, if required, board in the lock for
An UKC of 10 m must be maintained within the berthing in Sharpness.
harbour limits and approaches.
Hinkley Point Notice 6/19 [NP37--No 38--Wk 35/19] Gloucester Harbour Trustees [NP37--No 3--Wk 28/17]
England -- Bristol Channel -- United Kingdom -- River Severn above

Bridgwater Bay — Light buoy Sharpness — Restricted area; vertical clearance
126
144
...from the vicinity of 511400N 30980W to...
Paragraph 4.141 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: Restricted area. On the River Severn above
Sharpness Point, the use of Personal Water Craft is
3 Regulations concerning entry. Vessels bound for prohibited at all times; for other vessels a speed limit
berths within the River Parrett should pass the vicinity of 12 kn applies.
of 511400N 30980W no earlier than 2¼ hours and
no later than 2 hours before HW. Paragraph 4.258 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
Trinity House Notice 11/2018 [NP37--No 23--Wk 29/18] 2 Vertical clearance. Overhead power cables span
the river approximately 5 and 11 miles above
England -- Bristol Channel -- Bridgwater Bay — Sharpness with a minimum vertical clearance of 19 m.
Directions; light buoy; shoal A further cable crossing at Minsterworth (uncharted)
has a minimum vertical clearance of about 7 m.
126
GB Chart 1166 Ed.10 (2020) [NP37--No 45--Wk 53/20]
...(511102N 31972W), the...
Wales -- Milford Haven — Depths
N of a shoal area (511376N 30996W), least 154
depth 19 m, lying on Cobbler Patch.
Trinity House Notice 11/2018 [NP37--No 24--Wk 29/18]
1 Channel Depth
England -- Bridgwater Bay -- West Channel 157 m (2017)
Burnham--on--Sea — Leading lights East Channel 99 m (2017)
126 Main Channel 161 m (2017)
Paragraph 4.143 4 lines 10--13 Replace by: South Channel 96 m (2017)
Milford Shelf swinging 93 m (2018)
Burnham Seafront Leading Lights: ground (Vessels > 275 m
Front light (red light on pole, 6 m in height) LOA)
(511439N 25995W). Daymark (red stripe on
white square daymark on sea wall). 2 Milford Shelf swinging 110 m (2018)
Rear light (red light on church tower) (75 m from front ground
light). (Vessels < 275 m LOA)
Alignment 117.
Port of Bridgwater Notice 10/17 Milford Haven Port Authority
[NP37--No 10--Wk 48/17] [NP37--No 22--Wk 28/18]
2 -- 203
Index
NP37
Wales -- Milford Haven -- Milford Docks — Depth England -- Liverpool Bay — Wind farm
164 231
Paragraph 5.94 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 8.3 1 line 5 Replace by:
2 The sea lock has a length of 1676 m and a least Wind Farm. The Burbo Bank Wind Farm and the
depth over the sill of 32 m. The maximum allowable Burbo Bank Wind Farm Extension lie S of...
beam is 189 m.
Dong Energy [NP37--No 6--Wk 30/17]
Correspondence Milford Haven Port Authority
[NP37--No 14--Wk 22/18]
England -- River Dee -- Hilbre Island —
Directions; wreck
Wales -- West coast -- Cardigan Bay --
Tremadog Bay — Depths 236
After Paragraph 6.84 2 line 7 Insert: W of a stranded wreck (532326N 31347W),
thence:
Depths
6.84a BA Chart 1953 [NP37--No 15--Wk 23/18]
1 Depths less than charted have been reported
(2020) in the approaches to Tremadog Bay,
Wales -- River Dee -- Mostyn Deep — Anchorages
particularly E of The Devil’s Tail (6.115).
237
Corr NAVTEX WZ 655/20 [NP37--No 42--Wk 30/20]
Wales -- West coast -- Cardigan Bay -- 532135N 31700W
Tremadog Bay — Depths
197 Dee Conservancy Harbour Master

[NP37--No 40--Wk 04/20]
River Dee -- Mostyn Channel —
Depths Directions; light; channels
6.111a
1 See 6.84a. 237
Corr NAVTEX WZ 655/20 [NP37--No 43--Wk 30/20] Paragraph 8.43 2 lines 9--11 Replace by:
The track then leads S through Mostyn Channel or
Wales – Menai Strait to South Stack — continues to lead SE to Mostyn Fairway Light Buoy
General information; traffic regulations (safe water) (532098N 31564W), from where
Salisbury Channel can be followed into the harbour.
206 Mostyn Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral)
leads S, then SE into the turning basin.
Traffic regulations
7.49a ...Salisbury Channels and alongside berths. The buoys are
1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within an area, moved and Inner...
radius 500 m, around a Micro Grid System (MGS)
Port of Mostyn Notice 10/18 [NP37--No 13--Wk 19/18]
light buoy (special) (531780N 44776W), marking a
seabed structure.
Wales -- Mostyn Docks —
AWJ Marine correspondence [NP37--No 20--Wk 25/18] Directions; directional light
237
Wales – Menai Strait to South Stack —
Directions
207 3 Inner Directional Light (yellow framework tower)
(531955N 31569W), located on the breakwater
head,...
Clear of a restricted area (7.49a), thence:
Correspondence Port of Mostyn 04/18
AWJ Marine correspondence [NP37--No 21--Wk 25/18] [NP37--No 12--Wk 19/18]
2 -- 204
Index
NP37
Wales -- Mostyn Docks — 2 Small craft can find temporary anchorage in the
Directions; buoys; light sector channel off Lime Wharf in about 6 to 8 m
(532185N 31370W).
237 Local knowledge. Because of the changing nature
of the sandbanks and channels, local knowledge is
Paragraph 8.43 including existing Section IV Notice Week essential as the channel marker buoys frequently
19/18. Replace by: ground during LW periods.
1 Approaches. From Dee Light Buoy (532190N Dee Conservancy Harbour Master
31820W) to the entrance to Mostyn Docks, the track [NP37--No 41--Wk 04/20]
leads SE through Wild Road (8.48) and Mostyn Deep,
passing:
England -- Liverpool Bay — Wind farm extension
NE of North East Mostyn Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (532150N 31780W), moored at the NE 239
edge of Mostyn Bank, thence:
NE of an obstruction (532121N 31712W), with a Paragraph 8.54 4 line 1 Replace by:
2 SW of Salisbury Middle Light Buoy (port hand) 4 Burbo Wind Farm Extension (32 turbines) stands on
(532137N 31653W), moored at the WSW Three and Four Fathom Tongue, between South outer
extremity of Salisbury Middle, a bank which anchorage (8.68) and Burbo Wind Farm. Burbo Wind
dries 55 m, thence: Farm (25 turbines) stands on...
NE of M1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (532093N
31655W). Dong Energy [NP37--No 7--Wk 30/17]
The track then leads S through Mostyn Channel or
continues to lead SE to Mostyn Fairway Light Buoy England -- West coast -- Liverpool Bay —
(safe water) (532098N 31564W), from where Anchorages; historic wreck
Salisbury Channel can be followed into the harbour.
3 Mostyn Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), 240
leads S, then SE, into the turning basin.
Salisbury Channel leads S from Mostyn Fairway After Paragraph 8.68 1 line 9 Insert:
Light Buoy (safe water) (532098N 31564W) and is Caution. An historic wreck (532925N 32304W)
marked by light buoys (lateral). lies in the NE part of the south anchorage area. For
Inner Directional Light (yellow framework tower) information on historic wrecks see 1.57.
(531955N 31569W), located on the breakwater
head, indicates the centre line of the initial S leg of UKHO [NP37--No 44--Wk 40/20]
Salisbury Channel and leads close E of S1 Light Buoy.
4 Caution. The Harbour Master should be consulted
United Kingdom -- England -- Liverpool --
for the latest depth information in Mostyn and Birkenhead — Directions; light buoy
Salisbury Channels and alongside berths. The buoys
are moved and Inner Directional Light sectors adjusted 244
to best mark the channel.
(Directions continue at 8.50)
NE of Rock Ferry Jetty (disused) (532248N
Port of Mostyn Notice 11/18 [NP37--No 16--Wk 23/18] 25969W) (8.92), marked by a light buoy (E
cardinal), thence:
Wales -- River Dee -- Mostyn — Anchorages Port of Liverpool Notice 33/19 [NP37--No 36--Wk 30/19]
238 England -- Liverpool — Berths
Paragraph 8.48 1--2 including heading Replace by: 244

Arrival information
8.48
1 Outer anchorages are available as follows: Port of Liverpool Notice 28/17 [NP37--No 4--Wk 28/17]
Short--term anchorage can be obtained in Wild Road
(532180N 31870W), in about 17 m. There is United Kingdom -- Liverpool --
little protection from weather and tidal stream. Birkenhead — Light buoy
Vessels should use this anchorage only in slight to
moderate weather conditions and be prepared to 247
move at very short notice.
Anchorage can be obtained in Mostyn Deep
(532135N 31700W), which has depths of ...for 305 m thence ESE for 200 m. The jetty is marked by a
about 12 m. Whilst more sheltered in SW winds light buoy (E cardinal).
than Wild Road, similar precautions should be
observed. Port of Liverpool Notice 33/19 [NP37--No 37--Wk 30/19]
2 -- 205
Index
NP37
England -- Liverpool Bay — NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2019 Edition)
Directions; wind farm extension
248
Maldives -- Male’ Atoll -- Male’ — Anchorages
3 S of Burbo Wind Farm Extension (32 turbines) 93
(532918N 31651W) and S of a dangerous
wreck (532747N 31158W), thence: Paragraph 2.176 1 line(s) 5--10 Replace by:
N of a light buoy (special) (532700N...
Outer harbour. Except for coasters and most RoRo
Dong Energy [NP37--No 8--Wk 30/17] vessels, cargo is worked at the anchorages situated
NW of Male’ as follows:
England -- River Mersey -- Runcorn Sands — 2 Ship to Ship Anchorage (41288N 732639E),
Vertical clearance depths from 45 to 68 m.
Quarantine Anchorage (41275N 732765E),
251 depths about 46 m, except for a shoal patch in the
N part.
After Paragraph 8.109 1 line 7 Insert: Thilafushi Working Anchorage (41174N
2 The Mersey Gateway Bridge (532121N 732587E), depths from 43 to 56 m.
24287W) spans the river at Runcorn Sands, with a 3 Laid -- up Vessel Anchorage (41325N
vertical clearance above HAT of 1202 m through the 732840E), depths from about 50 to 60 m.
N span and 1809 m through the S span. General Purpose Anchorage (41276N
732840E), depths from about 50 to 60 m.
Photoplot PG3412 11/18 [NP37--No 26--Wk 02/19] Local Tanker Anchorage (41229N 732841E),
depths about 43 m.
England – Port of Lancaster – Tanker Anchorage (41230N 732927E), depths
Glasson Dock — Times from 42 to 54 m.
4 Waiting Anchorage (41170N 732924E),
272--273 depths from 38 to 48 m.
Paragraph 9.58 2 lines 3--9 Replace by: Local Navy Anchorage (41316N 732970E),
depths from 44 to 50 m.
The dock gate is manned on one tide per day Naval Anchorage (41191N 733005E), depths
throughout the year, this being the tide with HW from 42 to 45 m.
nearest to noon using local time. A vessel wishing to 5 Lighterage Anchorage (41138N 733007E),
enter or leave the dock on another tide must give at depths from 43 to 52 m.
least 48 hours notice to the Harbour Master
Small Craft Anchorage (41255N 733103E),
LPC Notice 6/18 [NP37--No 11--Wk 16/18] depth 49 m.
Anchorage (41154N 733084E), depths from 23
to 46 m.
Scotland -- Kirkcudbright Bay —
Outer anchorages
Indian Chart 227/20; ENC GB403323 (6.002)
300 [NP38--No 18--Wk 17/20]
Paragraph 10.87 1 and 2 Replace by:

1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage with good holding
ground can be found between the 5 and 10 m depth India -- West coast -- Lakshadweep Sea --
contours in the entrance to Kirkcudbright Bay (10.82), Nine Degree Channel — TSS
inward of the firing range limit (10.3). South winds
cause an uneasy swell during which time it would be
unwise to anchor. 108
2 A gas pipeline passes close N and E of Little Ross
(10.80). An outfall extends 1½ cables SSW from the Paragraph 2.263 1 Replace by:
shore from a position 1 cable SE of Torrs Point
(10.78). 1 Nine Degree Channel (90000N 730000E)
separates Minicoy Island (81655N 730310E) and
H.102 Kirkcudbright Harbour for Dumfries and Galloway Cannanore Islands (2.252); the channel is 100 miles
Council 28/08/2017 [NP37--No 9--Wk 40/17] wide, very deep and navigated by a TSS (not
IMO--adopted). It is free from known dangers.
Isle of Man -- West coast -- West--north--west of For passage through this channel the chart is sufficient
Bradda Head — Directions; wreck guide. The Indian Government advise that the principles
for the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of the
319 International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
After Paragraph 10.178 2 line 3 Insert: (1972) apply.
Investigator Bank (83200N 731600E), with a depth
Clear of a dangerous wreck (540726N 45161W),
of 157 m, lies 17 miles NE of Minicoy Island.
thence:
Isle of Man Notice 16/19 [NP37--No 39--Wk 02/20] Indian Chart 22/19 [NP38--No 32--Wk 45/20]
2 -- 206
Index
NP38
India -- South--east coast -- Palk Bay -- Thence keep to the deep--water channel, passing:
Pºmban Pass — Directions; buoyage 2 N of Kursadi TØvu (91492N 791288E), a long
narrow island with a fishery research station
134 situated at its E end, and:
Close S of Kundugºl Point (91514N 791306E), a
Paragraph 3.144 2 Replace by: low and sandy point, and N of Pulli Reef.
2 The N part of Pºmban Pass, lies between Kanthe 3 The track then leads generally WNW across
Thuki Reef (close off the NW shore of Pºmban Island) Horseshoe Bank (91555N 791194E).
and a shoal ground to the W. A dangerous wreck lies Once clear of a drying bank extending SW from
in position 91783N 791212E. Mundel Point (91638N 791235E), the route leads
NE through The Basin, a narrow unmarked channel,
ENC IN53016M [NP38--No 10--Wk 10/20] towards the S entrance of Pºmban Pass.
ENC IN53016M [NP38--No 11--Wk 10/20]

Sri Lanka -- Galle Harbour —
Traffic regulations; prohibited area
India -- South--east coast -- Palk Bay --
138 Pºmban Pass — Directions; depths

Traffic regulations
4.22a 4 When NE of Cano Paru Reef (91421N
1 Prohibited area. Mariners should keep at least 790940E), which covers and uncovers, alter course
500 m from an area, centred on 60122N 801267E, NE to pass through Puma East Channel which lies
into which entry is prohibited. NW of Pulli Reef and is unmarked.
When clear of Puma East Channel, steer to pass
Sri Lankan Notice 2/20 [NP38--No 19--Wk 22/20] along the N edge of Pulli Reef into the channel lying
between this reef and Horseshoe Bank (4.118), which
leads to Sand Bank Channel (91555N 791250E),
Sri Lanka -- Galle to Hikkaduwa Point —
Directions; prohibited area or NE through The Basin, a narrow unmarked
channel, towards the S entrance of Pºmban Pass.
141
ENC IN53016M [NP38--No 12--Wk 10/20]
SW of a prohibited area (60122N 801267E) India -- West coast -- Kollam to Kochi — TSS
(4.22a), thence:
165
Sri Lankan Notice 2/20 [NP38--No 20--Wk 22/20]
India -- South--east coast -- Palk Bay -- Traffic regulations

Pºmban Pass — Directions; depths 5.57a
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established
151
W of Kollam (85261N 763464E) (5.36).
Paragraph 4.114 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: This TSS is not IMO adopted. The Indian
Government advise that the principles for the use of
1 Controlling depths. Depths are changeable; local the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of the
authorities should be consulted for the latest International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
information. Sea (1972) apply.
Vertical clearance. Pºmban Viaduct (4.113) has a
least vertical clearance of 16 m. Indian Notice 15/168/20 [NP38--No 26--Wk 37/20]

India -- West coast --
Kollam to Kochi — Directions
1 Kundugºl Channel (91500N 791500E) is the 166
better and more direct approach to Pºmban Pass
from S. Having passed the outlying dangers (4.111),
steer to pass E of Kallaru Reef for a position ESE of 1 From a position SW of Tangasseri Point (85280N
Kundugºl Point, from where the channel leads W into 763395E) the route leads about 60 miles NNW,
Kundugºl Gut, passing: passing through a TSS (5.57a), then about 35 miles N
N of Kallaru Reef (91473N 791407E), upon to a position W of Kochi (95818N 761415E)
which the sea breaks heavily along its S edge. (5.75).
Shingle TØvu, a low island covered with scrub is
situated on the reef. Indian Notice 15/168/20 [NP38--No 27--Wk 37/20]
2 -- 207
Index
NP38
India -- West coast -- Badagara — Wrecks India -- Mormugao —
Outer anchorages; depth; wreck
176
198
Indian Notice 15/185/19 [NP38--No 1--Wk 49/19] 1 Caution. A spoil ground, with a least depth of
88 m, lies about 2½ miles WNW of Mormugao Point
India -- West coast -- Badagara — Anchorage (152471N 734699E).
Paragraph 5.138 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: 2 Deep draught vessel Anchorage C lies about
5 miles WNW of Mormugao Point. A wreck
3 Anchorage may be obtained abreast the town (152533N 734160E) lies in the S part of the
about 2¼ miles WSW of the above flagstaff in a depth anchorage.
of about 9 m, mud.
Indian Charts 2078/20; 2022/19 [NP38--No 9--Wk 09/20]
India -- West coast -- Badagara to Mount Dilli — India -- Mirya Head to Port Dºbhol --
Directions; wrecks JSW Jaigarh Port — Pilotage
177 213
Paragraph 5.144 1 line 4 Delete Paragraph 7.99 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:
Draught more than 145 m: 172004N 730497E;
Draught less than 145 m: 171900N 730800E.
752456E), thence: Indian Chart IN2011/20; ENC IN3212AA
[NP38--No 25--Wk 36/20]
Indian Notices 15/185/19 & 2/44/20
[NP38--No 7--Wk 08/20]
India -- West coast -- South of Tolkeshwar Point --
KLPL Terminal — Controlling depth
India -- West coast -- New Mangalore — Wreck
214
184
Paragraph 7.110 1 line(s) 2 For 143 m (2015) Read 126 m
Paragraph 6.38 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: (2019)
...between 16 and 18 m. A dangerous wreck (125635N
744620E), position approximate, lies E of the anchorage Indian Notice 10/133/20 [NP38--No 22--Wk 25/20]
area.
Indian Notice 19/221/19 [NP38--No 6--Wk 49/19] India -- Port Dºbhol to Kumbaru Point —
Directions; wreck
India -- West coast -- North--north--east of
New Mangalore -- Mølki Rocks — 216
Directions; caution
186
Paragraph 6.57 1 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: 725101E), position approximate, and:
Due to underlying dangers, vessels should not UKHO [NP38--No 23--Wk 33/20]
navigate in depths of less than 25 m in the vicinity of
Mølki Rocks (6.58).
India -- West coast -- Mumbai — Anchorage
ENC IN2272CD [NP38--No 21--Wk 23/20]
225
India -- West coast -- New Mangalore to Malpe — Paragraph 7.224 1 lines 1--2 including heading Replace by:
Directions; wreck
186 Tanker anchorage

7.224
Paragraph 6.58 1 line 6 For (130881N 744194E) Read 1 An anchorage for tankers is located about 1¼ miles
(130951N 744225E) WSW of Butcher Light Beacon (7.217).
2 -- 208
Index
NP38
India -- Mumbai -- India -- Port Pipavav -- West Channel — Pilotage
Jawaharlal Nehru Port — Regulations
245
227
Paragraph 8.103 3 line(s) 2--3 For 205260N 713011E
Paragraph 7.244 Replace by: Read 205184N 713037E
1 Vessels with a draught of 15 m or less will be

permitted in the channel and at the GTI, JNPCT,
NSICT--DP World and NSIGT Berths (7.249), subject
to the height of tide being 22 m or greater in all India -- West coast -- Gulf of Katchh -- Mundra —
weather conditions. Directions; major light
Vessels with a draught of 14 m or less will be
permitted to use BMCL Berth (7.249), subject to the 263
height of tide being 27 m or greater in all weather Paragraph 9.15 4 line(s) 2--3 Replace by:
conditions.
2 Berthing may be restricted when wind speeds Navinal VTS Tower Light (224608N 694036E)
exceed 20 kn, and suspended when it exceeds 25 kn. (9.67).
It is mandatory for vessels over 270 m LOA to have
two sets of working laser range finders onboard for Indian Notice 4/67/20 [NP38--No 13--Wk 13/20]
safe turning during day and night.
During the monsoon season, which is considered to
be from 1st June to 30th September, extra mooring India -- West coast -- Gulf of Kachchh --
lines shall be used for mooring. North of Kºlubhºr Tºpu — Directions; wreck
3 Vessel/berth specific regulations are promulgated by
the port from time to time and the latest copy should 264
be obtained from the authorities.
MV Oriental Lotus [NP38--No 17--Wk 14/20] Clear of a dangerous wreck (223392N
India -- West coast -- Approaches to Indian Notice 20/199/20 [NP38--No 36--Wk 51/20]
Gulf of Khambhºt --
Southerland Channel — Light
India -- West Coast -- Gulf of Katchh --
234 Mundra — Directions; major light
Valsºd Khadi Light (white tower, red bands, 48 m in Paragraph 9.54 4 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
height) (203779N 812822E)
4 Navinal VTS Tower Light (224608N
694036E) (9.67).
India -- West coast -- Approaches to
Gulf of Khambhºt -- India -- West Coast -- Gulf of Katchh --
Southerland Channel — Light Mundra — Directions; major light
236 272
Paragraph 8.42 3 line(s) 3--5 Delete Paragraph 9.67 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by:
Navinal VTS Tower Light (white structure, black
bands, 60 m in height) (224608N 694036E).
India -- West coast -- Approaches to
Gulf of Khambhºt -- Valsºd Bay — Light India -- West Coast -- Gulf of Katchh -- Mundra —
239
273
...patches lie 4½ miles SW and 3½ miles W Valsºd Khadi 4 Navinal VTS Tower Light (224608N
Light (8.38) 694036E) (9.67).
2 -- 209
Index
NP38
India -- Gulf of Kachchh -- Approaches to Sikka -- Pakistan -- Gwºdar -- East Bay —
Reliance Jºmnagar Marine Terminal — Pilotage Directions; shoal
277 303
2 Prohibited area and anchorage. Anchoring and
An isolated 82 m shoal (250542N 623265E) lies
fishing are prohibited in an area enclosing the SPMs
about 9 miles E of Rºs Nøh (10.139). Other
and the associated oil and gas pipelines laid either
shoals, least depth about 11 m, lie farther E.
side of Goos Reef.
Pilotage is compulsory, and reportedly available
Pakistani Notice 30/108/20 [NP38--No 30--Wk 40/20]
only during daylight. Pilots board in the following
positions:
SPMs: 223600N 694700E; Pakistan -- Gwºdar — Directions; shoal depth
Indian Notice 15/Radio Correction P 64 Sika Ports/20
303
[NP38--No 29--Wk 37/20]
After Paragraph 10.149 1 line(s) 6 existing Section IV
India -- Kandla approaches and harbour — Notice Week 40/20 Replace by:
Outer anchorage; pilotage
An isolated 82 m shoal (250580N 623201E) lies
279 about 9 miles E of Rºs Nøh (10.139). Other
shoals, least depth about 11 m, lie farther E.
1 Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor WSW of the Pakistani Notice 36/126/20 [NP38--No 33--Wk 46/20]
outer pilot boarding station (9.130) in depths of 10 to
20 m, mud and sand; the holding ground is reported
to be good but a large swell can be experienced NP39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2020 Edition)
during the SW monsoon.
A Waiting Area (225230N 700787E) lies NE of
Outer Tuna Light Buoy (OTB) (225135N 700691E) France -- Indian Ocean -- Mayotte --
(9.138). Banc de la Prudente — Anchorage
Indian Chart 2080 Ed.1(2019) 84

[NP38--No 31--Wk 41/20]
Pakistan -- Rºs Kachari to Astola Island --
Ormºra — Directions; dangerous wreck Spare
3.92
299
After Paragraph 10.122 3 line 5 Insert: UKHO [NP39--No 1--Wk 40/20]
SSE of a dangerous wreck (250731N 644171E),

thence: France -- Indian Ocean -- Île de La Réunion --
Port Réunion — Anchorages; traffic regulations
Pakistani Notice 40/141/20 [NP38--No 34--Wk 47/20]
250
Pakistan -- Ormºra -- East Bay —
Directions; dangerous wreck Paragraph 11.33 3 line(s) 1--3 Delete
300 After Paragraph 11.35 1 Insert:

Traffic regulations
2 Tidal streams in the bay are weak, they set NE
11.35a
and SW following the curve of the land.
1 Prohibited anchorage. For the protection of
Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 17 m; submarine cables anchoring is prohibited within two
mean minimum range about 09 m. For further
areas centred on 205551S 551792E and
information, see ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Volume 3.
205512S 552008E, lying E and W of Port Est
Directions. Chandra Køp (252205N 643998E)
respectively. Anchoring is also prohibited within an
(10.123) bearing 345 leads between East Point
(251126N 644174E) and Rodrigues Shoal (10.125) area (11.57) lying in Baie de la Possession, E of Port
to a position close E of the anchorage described Est.
below. 2 See also 11.25 (Baie de Saint--Paul) and 11.16
Caution. A dangerous wreck (250731N (Cap la Houssaye (11.21) S--wards). For regulations,
644171E) (10.122) lies 4 miles S of East Point. see 11.10.
Pakistani Notice 40/141/20 [NP38--No 35--Wk 47/20] French Notice 33/P10/20 [NP39--No 2--Wk 40/20]
2 -- 210
Index
NP39
France -- Indian Ocean -- Île de La Réunion -- Ireland -- South--east coast -- Waterford Harbour
North coast — Prohibited anchorages -- River Barrow — Directions; depths
129
253
1 There is a bar across the entire width of the River
2 Prohibited anchorages. For the protection of Barrow which extends nearly 7½ cables upstream from
submarine cables anchoring is prohibited, as follows: Barrow Bridge between the bridge and Garraunbaun
Baie de la Possession (11.26), centred on Rock (521740N 70095W), a point on the W shore.
205512S 552008E. A channel marked by light buoys (lateral) leads NNW
Port Sainte--Marie (11.62) centred on 205303S across the bar. The depths across the bar are subject to
553277E. change. See 4.89.
For further information, local authorities should be
consulted. New Ross Port Information Updates
[NP40--No 11--Wk 48/20]
French Notice 33/P10/20 [NP39--No 3--Wk 40/20]
Ireland -- East coast -- Dublin Bay —
Restricted area
France -- Indian Ocean -- Île de La Réunion --
Port Sainte--Marie — Anchorage 153
254
2 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within 150 m of
light buoys (special) in the following positions:
531760N 60420W;
Prohibited anchorage see 11.57 531913N 60248W;
531963N 60246W;
532010N 60240W.
French Notice 33/P10/20 [NP39--No 4--Wk 40/20]
Dublin Port Company Notice 45/19
[NP40--No 1--Wk 41/19]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2019 Edition)
Ireland -- East coast -- Port of Dublin — Pilotage
157
Ireland -- South--east coast -- Waterford Harbour
-- River Barrow — Depths 1 Pilot station. The pilot station (532077N
61219W) is situated on Eastern Breakwater.
128 Pilot boarding. For vessels using the NE
approach, pilots board in the following positions:
Paragraph 4.89 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 532140N 60040W.
532040N 60300W for vessels less than 160 m
1 The minimum charted depth over the bar (4.97) is LOA or as directed by VTS;
about 20 m. For vessels using the SE approach, pilots board in
Depths over the bar and within the River Barrow are the following positions:
subject to change and in some cases can be shoaler than 531730N 60070W.
charted. Contact local authorities for the latest information. 531870N 60300W for vessels less than 160 m
LOA or as directed by VTS;
New Ross Port Information Updates
Dublin Port Company [NP40--No 6--Wk 30/20]
[NP40--No 9--Wk 48/20]
Ireland -- East coast --

Ireland -- South--east coast -- Waterford Harbour Port of Dublin — Regulations
-- River Barrow — Bridge; vertical clearance
158
After Paragraph 4.93 1 line 7 Insert: Traffic regulations

5.195
2 Rose Fitzgerald Kennedy Bridge (522139N 1 North and South Burford TSS, with lanes N and
65963W), spans the river from Pink Point (4.99) and S of Burford Bank (5.164), give access to Dublin Bay.
has a vertical clearance of 36 m. A traffic separation roundabout has been established
centred on Dublin Bay Light Buoy (5.204). All vessels
New Ross Port Information Updates entering or leaving are required to do so by way of
[NP40--No 10--Wk 48/20] this buoy.
2 -- 211
Index
NP40
2 Vessels arriving and departing will be directed by Northern Ireland -- Larne — Pilotage
VTS to follow either North Burford or South Burford
TSS, regardless of origin or destination. All vessels 212
should have appropriate passage plans for either Paragraph 7.136 1 line 7 Replace by:
route.
...545267N 54768W, 1 mile N of Larne No 1 Light
Regulations concerning entry Buoy.
5.195a
1 Speed limits. A 9 kn speed limit applies between Port of Larne Harbour Master [NP40--No 5--Wk 03/20]
Poolbeg Lighthouse (5.202) and Port Operations
Centre, Eastern Breakwater (532069N 61219W). A Ireland -- South--west coast -- Dingle Bay --
4 kn speed limit applies in all basins throughout the Dingle Harbour — Directions
port and in the river W of Port Operations Centre,
235
Eastern Breakwater.
East Link Toll Bridge. For regulations governing Paragraph 8.120 5--6 Replace by:
this bridge see 5.199.
2 Small craft regulations. Dublin Port Company’s 5 SW of Black Point (520744N 101573W) on
Small Craft (Leisure) Regulations require that between which stands Lough Tower, and clear of a
Dublin Bay fairway buoy and Poolbeg Lighthouse, drying reef, marked by a light buoy (starboard
hand), extending ¾ cable from the point,
small craft shall not navigate inside the fairway and
thence:
should remain outside the line of the buoys.
NE of Flaherty Point (520741N 101603W),
W of Poolbeg Light House small craft should keep
thence:
to the S of the fairway.
To a position 1¼ cables N of Flaherty Point. The
3 If it is necessary to cross the fairway, they shall do
track then leads 3¼ cables WNW through a dredged
so at right angles.
channel marked by light buoys (lateral), passing NNE
Small craft are prohibited from entering the berths of Foheragh Point (520743N 101633W).
and basins within the port. 6 Thence, from a position 5½ cables S of the harbour
Dublin Port Company [NP40--No 7--Wk 30/20] entrance, the white sector (181--183), astern, of
Dingle Fishery Harbour Centre Sector Light (pole)
(520743N 101659W) and the white sector
Ireland – Howth Harbour to Lambay Island and (001--003) of Dingle Harbour Directional Light (mast)
Rogerstown Inlet — Anchorages;
submarine cables (520834N 101653W) lead N into the harbour.
169 GB Chart 2790 Ed.5 (2020) [NP40--No 8--Wk 37/20]

NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition)
1 Anchorages. In fine weather, a vessel may anchor
temporarily, anywhere clear of submarine cables and a
wreck (532670N 60104W), between Howth Japan -- North--west coast -- Hamada Ko —
Vertical clearance
(532359N 60407W) and Lambay Island, 6 miles N.
91
...depth 3 m, clear of a submarine cable. After Paragraph 3.48 1 line 5 Insert:
A bridge (345262N 1320352E), with a vertical
IMA Notice 20/2019 [NP40--No 2--Wk 41/19] clearance of 85 m, spans the E side of the S basin in
Shoko Ku.
Northern Ireland -- Strangford Narrows —
Underwater turbine Japanese Notice 23/393/18 [NP41--No 5--Wk 27/18]
186 Japan -- Honshu -- Tako Hana — Directions; light

Paragraph 6.161 1--2 including heading Replace by: 94
Spare Paragraph 3.70 2 lines 8--9 Delete

6.161
Japanese Notice 21/353/18 [NP41--No 4--Wk 25/18]
SIMEC Atlantis Energy [NP40--No 3--Wk 45/19]
Honshu -- North--west coast -- Kawashimo Ko —
Northern Ireland -- Strangford Narrows — Directions; development
Underwater turbine
95
188
Paragraph 6.168 3 lines 9--11 Delete Development. An additional detached breakwater is
under construction (2020), 3 cables NW of the existing
SIMEC Atlantis Energy [NP40--No 4--Wk 45/19] outer breakwaters.
2 -- 212
Index
NP41
Paragraph 3.75 1 line(s) 10--11 Replace by: Japan -- Honshu north--west coast --
Kannon Saki to Fushiki--Toyama --
The track then leads ESE into the port, passing Fushiki — Restricted area
clear of the detached outer breakwaters and...
134
Japan -- Honshu -- Oki Shoto -- Saigo Ko —
Vertical clearance 3 Restricted area. Entry into an area 30 m from any
tanker carrying a flammable, dangerous cargo berthed
100 alongside or at anchor is restricted to vessels
authorised by the Harbour Master. Tankers carrying
Paragraph 3.116 3 line 2 For 18 m Read 16 m such cargo exhibit a banner marked LOADED
FLAMMABLE DANGEROUS SUBSTANCE, visible by
Japanese Notice 50/1022/19 [NP41--No 16--Wk 04/20] day and night.
Japanese SD 302 Supplement Edition 2 2019

[NP41--No 20--Wk 15/20]
Japan -- Honshu north--west coast -- Anto Misaki
to Saruyama Misaki -- Kanazawa Ko —
Restricted area
124 Japan -- Honshu north--west coast -- Naoetsu to

Niigata -- Kashiwazaki Ko — Restricted area
3 Restricted area. Entry into an area 30 m from any
tanker carrying a flammable, dangerous cargo berthed 140
alongside or at anchor is restricted to vessels
authorised by the Harbour Master. Tankers carrying After Paragraph 5.96 1 line 9 Insert:
such cargo exhibit a banner marked LOADED
FLAMMABLE DANGEROUS SUBSTANCE, visible by 2 Restricted area. Entry into an area 30 m from any
day and night. tanker carrying a flammable, dangerous cargo berthed
alongside or at anchor is restricted to vessels
Japanese SD 302 Supplement Edition 2 2019 authorised by the Harbour Master. Tankers carrying
[NP41--No 18--Wk 15/20] such cargo exhibit a banner marked LOADED
day and night.
Japan -- Honshu -- North--west coast --
Hegura Shima -- Depths
126 [NP41--No 21--Wk 15/20]

Japan -- Niigata — Arrival information;
Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been outer anchorages and pilotage
reported (2019) up to 1¾ miles S and SW of the
island.
144
Japanese Notice 50/5593(T)/19
[NP41--No 17--Wk 04/20] Paragraph 5.135 1 lines 2--7 Replace by:
...is situated WSW of Nishi Ku harbour entrance. Vessels

waiting for a berth should anchor in an area W of the
Japan -- Honshu north--west coast -- Rokko Saki breakwaters, in 20 m or more, sand.
to Kannon Saki -- Nanao Ko — Restricted area Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck in position
375852N 1390394E, NE of the quarantine
131 anchorage.
After Paragraph 5.18 5 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 5.135 3 and 4 Delete
Restricted area. Entry into an area 30 m from any

tanker carrying a flammable, dangerous cargo berthed Paragraph 5.136 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
alongside or at anchor is restricted to vessels authorised by
the Harbour Master. Tankers carrying such cargo exhibit a For Nishi Ku:
banner marked LOADED FLAMMABLE DANGEROUS 375796N 1390192E;
SUBSTANCE, visible by day and night. 375835N 1390253E.
For Higashi Ku:
[NP41--No 19--Wk 15/20] ENC JP44RL0C/JP44S8HC [NP41--No 1--Wk 08/18]
2 -- 213
Index
NP41
Japan -- Honshu -- Akita Funakawa Ko — Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Kinkasan To --
Depth caution Shishi Watari — Vertical clearance; caution
153 198
Caution. Less water than charted has been ...mainland. Shishi Watari (381781N 1413234E) is the
reported in various locations throughout Akita Ku; see narrowest part, and an overhead power cable with a safe
chart for details. vertical clearance of 26 m spans the channel at this point.
Japanese Chart 148 [NP41--No 6--Wk 52/18]
Caution. Submarine power cables are laid across
Shishi Watari, extending W from Kinkasan Ko.
Japan -- Honshu -- Akita Ku — Depth caution
155
Japan -- Honshu -- East coast --
After Paragraph 5.205 3 line 4 Insert: Izu Shima — Vertical clearance
Caution. Less water than charted has been
reported in various locations throughout Akita Ku; see 198
chart for details. Paragraph 7.192 2 line(s) 3--5 Replace by:
Japanese Chart 148 [NP41--No 7--Wk 52/18] ...its widest part, and has depths in it of over 29 m. Two
power cables with a least safe vertical clearance of about
19 m span the channel.
Japan -- Honshu -- Kashima Ko —
Vertical clearance Japanese Notice 16/5186(P)/19
[NP41--No 10--Wk 21/19]
180
Paragraph 7.24 1 line 7 For 56 m Read 45 m Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Kesennuma Ko
— Bridge
Japanese Notice 19/319/18 [NP41--No 3--Wk 22/18] 199

Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Ishinomaki Wan
-- Sendai -- Shiogama Ko — Directions A bridge (385357N 1413554E), under
construction (2020), with a vertical clearance of about
193 32 m, spans Kesennuma Ko.
Paragraph 7.149 1 line(s) 6 For S cardinal Read starboard Japanese Notice 23/423/20 [NP41--No 22--Wk 28/20]
hand
Japan -- Honshu -- Kuji Ko —
Paragraph 7.149 5 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: Breakwater construction
The track then continues W following the fairway, 209

marked by light buoys and light beacons (lateral), into
Shiogama Ko. After Paragraph 7.253 1 line 16 Insert:
Development. Works are in progress (2019) to
Japanese Notice 17/348/19 [NP41--No 11--Wk 21/19] construct a breakwater in an area extending about
1½ miles SSE from Ushi Shima (401309N
1415004E).
Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Ogatsu Wan --
Ogatsu Ko — Directions; leading lights
[NP41--No 15--Wk 47/19]
197
Paragraph 7.187 2 line(s) 10--11 Replace by: Japan -- Hokkaido -- Ishikariwan Ko —

Directions; depths
...1413135E), a rock.
The track then leads NW into Ogatsu Wan, passing 226
NE of Aka Saki Light (white round concrete tower,
10 m in height) (383000N 1412976E). After Paragraph 8.94 1 line 12 Insert:
Paragraph 7.187 3 line(s) 1--10 Delete Caution. Depths in the harbour are reported (2018)
as less than charted.
Japanese Notice 17/344/19 [NP41--No 12--Wk 21/19] Japanese Notice 18/5217(T)/18 [NP41--No 2--Wk 21/18]
2 -- 214
Index
NP41
Japan -- Hokkaido -- South coast -- 4 Caution. Local knowledge is required and no
Kushiro Ko — Depths shelter is provided from W and NW winds. During
strong N winds, heavy seas will enter the bay, and
257 vessels are advised to leave the anchorage and put to
sea.
A submarine cable lies SW of the anchor berths.
1 The approach to Kushiro Ko is free of dangers.
Charted depths are as follows:
Nishi Ku (W harbour), generally in excess of 10 m;
Higashi Ku (E harbour), generally in excess of 7 m. NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2020 Edition)
Lesser depths may exist and local authorities
should be contacted for details and authorised Honshu -- South coast -- Suruga Wan --
draughts. Oigawa Ko — Depths
134
ENC JP55223H; UKHO [NP41--No 23--Wk 31/20]
Russia -- Ostrov Shikotan — Marine reserve Depths shoaler than charted have been reported
(2019). Contact the local authorities for the latest
280 information.
[NP42A--No 1--Wk 13/20]
Ostrov Shikotan is a designated nature reserve
within which fishing, landing, dredging and the Honshu -- O Shima -- Habu Ko — Leading lights
discharge of garbage and oily waste are prohibited 141
within 1 mile of the coast.
Russian ENC RU3M8WE0 [NP41--No 14--Wk 33/19] 3 Local knowledge is required.
Directions. The chart is sufficient guide.
Russia -- Ostrov Shikotan -- Japanese Notice 48/979/19 [NP42A--No 2--Wk 13/20]
Bukhta Malokuril’skaya — Submarine cable
Honshu -- Tokyo Wan -- Yokohama —
280 Prohibited area
Paragraph 11.26 2 Replace by: 165
2 Russian Regulated Area No 253 lies across the After Paragraph 8.76 5 line 13 Insert:
inlet. Anchorage Area No 284 lies close E of the 6 Prohibited area is centred on 352574N
entrance to the inlet. Anchorage Area No 285 lies 1394176E, SW of Yokohama Passage, marked by
close W of the entrance to the inlet. Attention is light buoys (special).
drawn to a submarine cable laid between the W limit
of the anchorage and the waiting area farther W Japanese Notice 27/499/20 [NP42A--No 4--Wk 34/20]
(11.10). Russian Regulated Area No 226 lies on the E
inner side of the inlet. For further information, see Honshu -- Tokyo Wan -- Yokohama —
Prohibited area
Appendix 1.
170
...Honmoku Fairway, passing S of a prohibited area (8.76)
Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Ostrov Iturup -- marked by light buoys (special).
Kuril’skiy Zaliv — Anchorage
288 ...Leading Lights lead through Honmoku Fairway, to the
berths.
Japanese Notice 27/499/20 [NP42A--No 5--Wk 34/20]
3 Anchorage berths are established as follows:
No 1 451481N 1475179E Tokyo Wan -- Tokyo--Ku —
Traffic regulations; prohibited area
No 2 451441N 1475179E
No 3 451531N 1475229E 177
No 4 451531N 1475199E Paragraph 8.145 3 line(s) 6--8 Replace by:

No 5 451511N 1475159E Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited to an area,
marked by light buoys (special), centred on
No 6 451481N 1475159E 353510N 1395005E.
No 7 451441N 1475109E
Japanese Notices 48/5563(P)/19; 3/44/20
No 9 451551N 1475119E [NP42A--No 3--Wk 13/20]
2 -- 215
Index
NP42B
NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition) Ohama Signal Station. The signals are displayed
from an electronic display board located on the VTS
tower (340542N 1325927E). The display board
Seto Naikai -- Kurushima Kaikyo — has a N--facing panel and an E--facing panel.
Navigation; tidal streams
6 For the S--going tidal stream, the N panel shows
191 information for Naka Shido; the E panel
shows information for Nishi Shido.
Paragraph 8.5 1 line(s) 4 For out--going (N) Read N--going For the N--going tidal stream, the N panel shows
information for Nishi Suido; the E panel shows
Paragraph 8.5 1 line(s) 6 For in--going (S) Read S--going information for Naka Suido.
For the tide turning period, information for Naka
Paragraph 8.5 3 line(s) 2 For in--going (S) Read S--going Suido is shown.
7 Nagase--no--Hana Signal Station. The signals are
Paragraph 8.5 6 line(s) 3 For in--going (S) Read S--going displayed from an electronic display board on a signal
station (340658N 1330201E).
For the S--going tidal stream, information for Nishi
JP LL Vol 1 Supp 46 [NP42B--No 7--Wk 09/20] Suido is shown.
For the N--going tidal stream, information for Naka
Seto Naikai -- Kurushima Kaikyo — Suido is shown.
Tidal stream signals For the tide turning period, information for Naka
Suido is shown.
192
JP LL Vol 1 Supp 46 [NP42B--No 8--Wk 09/20]
1 Tidal stream signals are displayed at tidal signal Seto Naikai -- Hakata Seto -- Hakata Shima —
stations throughout Kurushima Kaikyo; signals refer to Vertical clearance
the stream in Naka Suido (central channel) (8.17) and
218
Nishi Suido (W channel) (8.18). The signals displayed
consist of letters, numbers and arrows flashed in Paragraph 8.81 1 line 6 For 42 m Read about 46 m
succession, for a period of two seconds, continuously,
as follows: Japanese Notice 50/1032/19 [NP42B--No 5--Wk 04/20]
The letter N or S to indicate the direction of the tidal
stream. Shikoku -- Seto Naikai -- Saijo Ko —
2 A number between 0 and 13 to indicate the rate Vertical clearances
of the tidal stream in knots; if the rate cannot
be measured the number is omitted. 234
An arrow, point up, indicating that the tidal stream is
expected to increase, point down, to decrease. Paragraph 9.25 3 line 2 Replace by:
An underlined arrow, point down, indicating that ...clearances about 45 and 34 m, span the basin about...
there is about one hour before the start of the turn
of the tide in Naka Suido. Japanese Notice 23/428/20 [NP42B--No 11--Wk 28/20]
3 An X, indicating the tide turning period; a period
about 20 minutes before and after the turn of Seto Naikai -- Harima Nada -- West side --
the tide in Naka Suido. Okado Hana to Inge Shima —
Osumi Hana Signal Station. The signals are Directions; obstruction
displayed from an electronic display board on a signal
294
station (340842N 1325646E) 1 cable SSW of
Osumi Hana (8.16). Paragraph 11.28 2 line 27 Replace by:
For the S--going tidal stream, information for Naka
Suido is shown. ...1342199E). An obstruction (343910N
For the N--going tidal stream, information for Nishi 1342200E), position approximate, lies
Suido is shown. 2¾ cables N of the wreck.
4 For the tide turning period, information for Naka Japanese Notice 43/871/19 [NP42B--No 1--Wk 49/19]
Suido is shown.
Tsu Shima Signal Station. The signals are
displayed from an electronic display board on a signal Seto Naikai -- Harima Nada -- North side --
Ishima Suido to Himeji Ko —
station (340911N 1325951E) at the W end of Tsu Directions; obstruction
Shima. The display board has a W--facing panel and
a S--facing panel. 298
For the S--going tidal stream, the W panel shows
information for Naka Shido; the S panel shows Paragraph 11.58 4 line 2 Replace by:
information for Nishi Suido. ...1342199E), lying close to track. An
5 For the N--going tidal stream, the W panel obstruction (343910N 1342200E), position
shows tidal information for Nishi Suido; the S approximate, lies 2¾ cables N of the wreck.
panel shows information for Naka Suido. Thence:
For the tide turning period, information for Naka
Suido is shown. Japanese Notice 43/871/19 [NP42B--No 2--Wk 49/19]
2 -- 216
Index
NP42B
Japan -- Seto Naikai -- Himeji Ko — Seto Naikai -- Osaka Wan -- Kobe Ku —
Traffic regulations; signal station Outer anchorages
304 347--348
Paragraph 11.110 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 13.23 1--3 Replace by:
1 Restricted area. Vessels are prohibited from 1 Anchor berths lie throughout the outer port area;
approaching within 30 m of any tanker within the port berths are allocated by the Harbour Master and
limits carrying inflammable cargo; no vessel, without should only be used with his permission; the letter
the permission of the Harbour Master, shall enter the designation of the berth indicates the suitable size, or
area. type, of vessel that may use the berth:
M -- (medium) vessels under 200 m in length;
Japanese Notice 18/351/20 [NP42B--No 10--Wk 23/20] L -- (large )vessels under 300 m in length;
F -- (ferry) car ferries.
Shikoku -- Tokushima -- Komatsushima Ko — 2 Dangerous cargo anchorages are available in
Limiting conditions; vertical clearance Section 4 and Section 6; contact harbour authorities
for instructions.
320 Kobe Ku Quarantine Anchorage (343853N
1351052E) lies in Section 4 of the port, depths from
about 130 to 156 m, mud.
1 Tokushima Ku: Caution. Numerous fouls, obstructions and wrecks
A bridge, under construction (2020) with vertical lie within the anchorage areas.
clearance unknown, spans Shinmachi Kawa in
the vicinity of 340322N 1343523E. Japanese Notice 46/938/19 [NP42B--No 3--Wk 52/19]
An overhead cable (340350N 1343448E), with a
safe vertical clearance of 50 m, spans Shinmachi Japan -- Osaka Wan -- Kobe -- Kobe--Chuo
Kawa; Suehiro Bridge, with a vertical clearance of Passage — Directional light
about 21 m, spans the river close WNW.
Komatsushima Ku: 350
A bridge (340053N 1343528E), vertical
clearance unknown, spans Kandase Kawa. Paragraph 13.35 2--3 Replace by:
Japanese Notice 37/5465(T)/20 2 The track then leads NNW, through the passage,
[NP42B--No 12--Wk 47/20] into the outer part of Section 2; for aircraft approach
areas see 13.20.
3 The track then leads N, within the white sector
(356--000) of Nadahama--Higashi Directional Light
Seto Naikai -- Kii Suido --
Tokushima — Restricted area (white post, 16 m in height) (344202N 1351463E),
through a passage, marked by light buoys (lateral), to
320 the head of Section 2. This passage is sometimes
referred to as Nadahama Fairway (344120N
After Paragraph 12.35 2 line 5 Insert: 1351466E).
Restricted area Japanese Notice 47/5556(P)/19

12.35a [NP42B--No 4--Wk 02/20]
1 Entry into an area within 30 m from any tanker
carrying a flammable, dangerous cargo berthed
alongside or at anchor is restricted to vessels NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2020 Edition)
authorised by the Harbour Master. Tankers carrying
such cargo exhibit a banner marked LOADED
Miyako Shima -- Hirara Ko —
day and night. Directions; landmarks
Japanese SD 303 1/2019 [NP42B--No 9--Wk 15/20] 72
Kii Suido -- Wakayama--Shimotsu Ko -- Paragraph 2.68 3 lines 1--9 Replace by:

Kainan Ku — Vertical clearance 3 Approach via Miyako Hakuchi from the west.
Vessels should pass about 1 mile N and NE from
339 Irabu Shima. The track then leads ESE and then
Paragraph 12.125 2 lines 4--8 Replace by: gradually alters course for the entrance to the fairway
between Hirara Ko Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys.
A structure with a vertical clearance of 14 m spans a
Caution. A dangerous wreck (245175N 1251492E)
lock (340937N 1351120E) in the N part of the
and Iibashinotsushigama (245155N 1251486E), a
harbour. Overhead cables (340938N
95 m rock, lie in the fairway entrance.
1351123E), with vertical clearances of 24 and
17 m, span the channel close E of the lock. Paragraph 2.68 5 line(s) 4--8 Replace by:
Japanese Notice 50/1028/19 [NP42B--No 6--Wk 04/20] Three wind turbines (245438N 1251564E).
2 -- 217
Index
NP42C
Nakano Banare (245121N 1251703E) is the 2 Directions. The bay has open access from S
largest islet of Oura Wan. through Ojika Seto. From N it is entered through
Terashima Seto, a narrow S--shaped channel between
Japanese Notice 35/663/20 Tera Shima and Uku Shima. The narrowest part of the
[NP42C--No 5--Wk 45/20] channel is about 200 m wide. Ikazuchi Se, two drying
rocks, lie in the N entrance to the channel 1½ cables
Japan -- Sakishima Gunto -- Miyako Retto -- N of the N extremity of Tera Shima. A light buoy (port
Hirara Ko — Basins and berths; cruise berth hand) marks the rocks.
3 Useful marks:
72 Konoura Ko S Breakwater Light (red tower, 8 m in
After Paragraph 2.70 3 line 3 Insert: height) (331514N 1290552E).
Tidal streams. See 11.50.
Cruise Berth (244885N 1251632E) is situated on Anchorage. There is good anchorage sheltered
the N face of the N breakwater. The berth has a from all winds except from S, in a position S of the
total length of around 280 m (including dolphins) narrow bank (331532N 1290498E), in about 22 m.
and a charted depth alongside of about 10 m. 4 Caution. A submarine cable and a pipeline are laid
across the narrow channel between Yakugami Hana
Japanese Notice 34/637/20 [NP42C--No 2--Wk 44/20] and Tera Shima. Another cable is laid across the bay
close NW of the narrow bank.
Kyushu South--east coast -- Shibushi Ko —
Limiting conditions; depths Japanese Notice 34/5425(P)/20
[NP42C--No 4--Wk 44/20]
138
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea,
1 Controlling depths. The entrance channel is East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
dredged to 14 m. The port is subject to silting. Depths (2020 Edition)
shoaler than charted have been reported (2020) and
the local authorities should be contacted for the latest
information.
South Korea -- Jejudo -- South--west coast --
Japanese Notice 32/5408(T)/20 Marado to Chagwido — Directions; major light
[NP42C--No 1--Wk 41/20]
84
Japan -- Kyushu -- South--east coast -- Paragraph 2.12 1 line(s) 8--10 Delete

Shibushi Ko — Outer anchorages;
submarine cables Paragraph 2.13 1 Replace by:
138 1 From a position SSW of Marado (330709N
1261606E) the track leads NNW, passing:
WSW of Marado from where a light (white metal
Caution. Submarine cables and wave meters lie in column, 11 m in height) (330705N 1261616E)
the vicinity of the anchorages. is exhibited. The island has a vertical rocky face
33 m high on its E side; there are dwellings on the
Japanese Notice 34/5426(P)/20 W side of the island. Marado is steep--to except for
[NP42C--No 3--Wk 44/20] reefs extending a short distance from its N and S
extremities. An ODAS light float (special) lies
Japan -- Goto Retto -- Uku Shima -- 12 miles W of Marado, in position 330500N
Ko--no--Ura — Anchorages; cable 1260200E. Thence:
251--252 Korean Notice 35/640/20; LL2661/20

[NP43--No 33--Wk 42/20]
South Korea -- Jejudo -- North--west coast --
Ko--no--Ura Aewol Hang — Directions; light
11.62
1 General information. Ko--no--Ura (331500N 86
1290501E) lies between Tera Shima (331500N
1290403E) and the SW shore of Uku Shima After Paragraph 2.25 1 line 5 Insert:
(331603N 1290654E). A long narrow bank lies Directions. Aewol Hang is approached within the
near the middle of the bay. Konoura Ko (331519N white sector (2305--2355) of Aewol Hang E
1290557E), a small fishing port, is located in the SE Breakwater Light (white round concrete tower, 15 m in
part of the bay. Furusato Gyoko (331575N height) (332818N 1261967E), passing between the
1290508E) a small fishing harbour is located in the breakwaters, and thence to the required berth.
N part of the bay.
Local knowledge is recommended. Korean Notice 47/1108/19 [NP43--No 1a--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 218
Index
NP43
South Korea -- Jejudo -- North--west coast -- South Korea -- South coast -- Geogeum Sudo —
Aewol Hang — Directions; wreck Directions; marine farm
86 112
After Paragraph 2.25 1 line(s) 5 including existing Section Paragraph 2.203 5 Replace by:
IV Notice Week 10/20 Insert:
Directions. Aewol Hang is approached within the 5 S of an isolated 84 m shoal (343045N
white sector (2305--2355) of Aewol Hang E 1270485E).
Breakwater Light (white round concrete tower, 15 m in The track then leads NW for a short distance to a
height) (332818N 1261967E), passing between the position about 1½ miles W of the W point (343060N
breakwaters, and thence to the required berth. 1270589E) of Sorokdo.
1262125E), position approximate, lies within the UKHO [NP43--No 36--Wk 49/20]
white sector (2305--2355) of Aewol Hang E
Breakwater Light.
South Korea -- South coast -- Deungnyang Man
Korean Notice 12/172/20 [NP43--No 24--Wk 17/20] — Directions; marine farm
South Korea -- Jejudo -- North--west coast -- 113

Aewol Hang — Directions; light
86
1 From a position about 1½ miles W of the W point
Paragraph 2.25 2 lines 5--7 Delete of Sorokdo (343060N 1270589E) the track leads
NNE, passing:
Korean Notice 47/1108/19 [NP43--No 1b--Wk 10/20] WNW of the marine farm (343095N 1270515E),
lying W of Sorokdo (2.203), thence:
South Korea – Jejudo -- East coast –
Udo Sudo — Directions; wreck UKHO [NP43--No 37--Wk 49/20]
90
South Korea -- South coast -- Jimaseom to
After Paragraph 2.59 4 line 4 Insert: Yeondo — Directions; offshore platform
1265570E), position approximate, thence: 114
Korean Notice 51/1189/19 [NP43--No 2--Wk 10/20] Paragraph 2.217 2 lines 7--8 Replace by:
N of an offshore platform (lit) (341915N
1273643E) and across the S approaches to
South Korea -- Jejudo -- South coast -- Yeoja Man and Gamang Man.
Gaeminpogot to Marado —
Korean Notice 3/75/20 [NP43--No 3--Wk 10/20]
91
Paragraph 2.67 2 line(s) 5 Delete South Korea -- South coast -- Geumodo --
Geumo Sudo — Prohibited area
116
The track then leads to a position SSW of Marado
(330709N 1261606E) from where a light (2.13) is Paragraph 2.229 1--2 Replace by:
exhibited. The islets and rocks N of Marado are described
at 2.15. 1 Description. Geumo Sudo (343350N
1274469E), the channel separating Guemodo from
Korean Notice 35/640/20; LL2661/20 the islands at the S entrance to Gamang Man (2.242),
[NP43--No 34--Wk 42/20] is deep and free from dangers in the fairway. It has a
least width of 3 cables and depths from 12 to 15 m in
South Korea -- South coast -- its E and W approaches.
Geogeum Sudo — Vertical clearance 2 Prohibited area. During the period of heavy fog,
from 1st April to 31st July every year, navigation by
111 tankers of 50 gt or more and vessels carrying
Paragraph 2.199 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: chemical products or sand is prohibited within an area
covering the approaches to Geumo Sudo. The limits
1 Geogeum Bridge (343003N 1270770E), are as follows:
spanning the W entrance to Geogeum Sudo between
Sorokdo and Geogeumdo, 1 mile S, has a vertical 343393N 1274513E; 343313N 1274543E;
clearance of 21 m. 343298N 1274346E; 343363N 1274346E.
ENC KR647A93 [NP43--No 26--Wk 22/20] Korean Chart 2412/19 [NP43--No 4--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 219
Index
NP43
South Korea -- South coast -- Ando Hang — South Korea -- South coast -- Geojedo --
Vertical clearance; bridge Okpo Hang — Directions; lights
116 151
Vertical clearance. A bridge, with a vertical clearance Korean Notice 2/47/20 [NP43--No 9--Wk 10/20]
of 19 m, spans the S entrance to the harbour. A power
cable, with a safe vertical clearance of 36 m, also spans the South Korea -- South coast -- Geojedo --
entrance close NE of the bridge. Okpo Hang — Directions; lights
Korean Notice 35/636/20 [NP43--No 35--Wk 42/20] 152

South Korea -- Yeosu Haeman — 1 Landmarks:
General information; VTS Ongnyeobong (345115N 1284160E).
Gangmangsan (345532N 1284242E).
125 Major lights:
Paragraph 3.16 1--3 Replace by: Yangjiamchwi Light (345370N 1284509E)
(3.195).
1 A VTS is in operation for Yeosu Haeman and its 2 Track. There are no specific directions for entering
approaches. The service also covers Yeosu Hang and Okpo Hang, the chart being sufficient guide.
Gwangyang Hang. Useful marks:
For full details and a list of reporting points see Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round concrete
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). tower, 11 m in height) (345382N 1284305E).
Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round
UKHO [NP43--No 5--Wk 10/20] concrete tower, 11 m in height) (345369N
1284317E).
South Korea -- South coast -- Yeosu Haeman — Korean Notice 2/47/20 [NP43--No 10--Wk 10/20]
Anchorages
128 South Korea -- Busan New Port — Directions
D--1, designated for VLCCs, centred on 343771N After Paragraph 3.223 4 line 7 Insert:
1275866E. No 2 quarantine anchorage lies
(Directions for Busan New Port
within the N part of D1 anchorage area in position
are given at 3.228)
343913N 1275787E.
D--2, with a radius of 4 cables centred on 344018N Paragraph 3.223 5--6 Replace by:
1275385E, and depths from 19 to 21 m. 5 Vessels bound for Masan Hang and other ports W
Unrestricted. and NW round Busan New Port No C Light Buoy
ENC KR4F4H20 [NP43--No 6--Wk 10/20] (safe water) (350144N 1284731E) and continue
NW to No 1 pilot boarding position. The vicinity of this
buoy is a Precautionary Area.
South Korea -- Yeosu Hang — Tugs (Directions continue at 3.238)
129 UKHO [NP43--No 28--Wk 28/20]
After Paragraph 3.51 1 line 7 Insert: South Korea -- Busan New Port —
Tugs. Vessels over 1500 gt and vessels over Prohibited area
1000 gt carrying dangerous cargo require the use of a 156
tug. For further details, including exclusions, contact
the port authority. Paragraph 3.226 2 lines 5--7 Delete
UKHO [NP43--No 7--Wk 10/20] GB Chart 1163 (2020) [NP43--No 31--Wk 38/20]
South Korea -- Yeosu Hang — Tugs South Korea -- South coast -- Busan New Port —
Directions; directional light
131 156
Useful mark:
Tugs Busan New Port Directional Light (white round metal
3.72a tower, 36 m in height) (350446N 1284610E)
1 For details see 3.51. marking the fairway on the N side of the harbour.
UKHO [NP43--No 8--Wk 10/20] Korean Notice 45/1052/19 [NP43--No 11--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 220
Index
NP43
South Korea -- Busan New Port — Directions 3 From a position in No 5 Fairway E of Yeondo, the
alignment (0611) of these lights leads ENE into
Busan New Port, passing between the islet of
156 Horando (3.224) and a prohibited area (3.226).
Paragraph 3.228 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice 1284786E), position approximate, marked by V--AIS,
Week 10/20 Replace by: lies in the approach to Hanjin Newport Container
Terminal (3.229), within the white sector (269--271)
1 From a position WSW of Cheonsudaemal of Busan New Port Directional Light.
(350144N 1284834E), vessels bound for Busan 4 Useful marks:
New Port continue NNW, thence N, to enter No 5 Busan New Port Directional Light (white round metal
Fairway, marked by light beacons (lateral), passing: tower, 36 m in height) (350446N 1284610E)
W of a detached breakwater (350288N marking the fairway on the N side of the harbour.
1284744E), from each end of which a light is Detached breakwater W end light (red 4--sided
exhibited, thence: concrete tower, 27 m in height) (350288N
2 E of the head of the breakwater extending 1284725E).
4 cables SE from Yeondo (350352N 6 Detached breakwater E end light (yellow 8--sided
1284669E) (3.238), from where a light is concrete tower, 21 m in height) (350288N
1284763E).
exhibited.
Busan New Port (Sinhang) Inner Leading Lights: UKHO; South Korean Notices 21/312/20; 26/435/20; ENC
Front light (square metal tower, 101 m in height) KR65886D; [NP43--No 30--Wk 31/20]
(350497N 1284968E).
(3 cables from front light). South Korea -- Busan New Port —
3 From a position in No 5 Fairway E of Yeondo, the Directions; prohibited area; light
alignment (0611) of these lights leads ENE into
Busan New Port, passing between the islet of 156
Horando (3.224) and a prohibited area (3.226). Paragraph 3.228 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice
Useful marks: Week 31/20 Replace by:
Busan New Port Directional Light (white round metal
tower, 36 m in height) (350446N 1284610E) 1 From a position WSW of Cheonsudaemal
marking the fairway on the N side of the harbour. (350144N 1284834E), vessels bound for Busan
4 Detached breakwater W end light (red 4--sided New Port continue NNW, thence N, within the white
concrete tower, 27 m in height) (350288N sector (0009--0029) of a light (white 8--sided tower,
1284725E). 27 m in height) (350466N 1284711E), through
Detached breakwater E end light (yellow 8--sided No 5 Fairway, marked by light beacons (lateral),
concrete tower, 21 m in height) (350288N passing:
1284763E). W of a detached breakwater (350288N
1284744E), from each end of which a light is
exhibited, thence:
UKHO [NP43--No 29--Wk 28/20] 2 E of the head of the breakwater extending
4 cables SE from Yeondo (350352N
1284669E) (3.238), from where a light is
South Korea -- South coast -- Busan New Port — exhibited.
Directions; wreck; useful marks Busan New Port (Sinhang) Inner Leading Lights:
Front light (square metal tower, 101 m in height)
(350497N 1284968E).
156 Rear light (similar structure, 101 m in height)
(3 cables from front light).
Paragraph 3.228 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice 3 From a position in No 5 Fairway E of Yeondo, the
Week 28/20 Replace by: alignment (0611) of these lights leads ENE into
Busan New Port, passing NNW of Horando (3.224).
1 From a position WSW of Cheonsudaemal 4 Caution. A dangerous wreck (350447N
(350144N 1284834E), vessels bound for Busan 1284786E), position approximate, marked by V--AIS,
New Port continue NNW, thence N, to enter No 5 lies in the approach to Hanjin Newport Container
Fairway, marked by light beacons (lateral), passing: Terminal (3.229), within the white sector (269--271)
of Busan New Port Directional Light.
W of a detached breakwater (350288N
5 Useful marks:
1284744E), from each end of which a light is Busan New Port Directional Light (white round metal
exhibited, thence: tower, 36 m in height) (350446N 1284610E)
2 E of the head of the breakwater extending marking the fairway on the N side of the harbour.
4 cables SE from Yeondo (350352N Detached breakwater W end light (red 4--sided
1284669E) (3.238), from where a light is concrete tower, 27 m in height) (350288N
exhibited. 1284725E).
Busan New Port (Sinhang) Inner Leading Lights: 6 Detached breakwater E end light (yellow 8--sided
Front light (square metal tower, 101 m in height) concrete tower, 21 m in height) (350288N
(350497N 1284968E). 1284763E).
(3 cables from front light). GB Chart 1163 (2020) [NP43--No 32--Wk 38/20]
2 -- 221
Index
NP43
South Korea -- Approaches to Busan New Port South Korea -- South--east coast --
and Masan -- Jinhae Hang — Pilotage Uslan Hang — Wreck
158 180
...No 1 pilot boarding area (350275N 1284457E) in E2 (352633N 1292570E) for vessels between
Gadeok Sudo, or at No 3 pilot boarding area (350418N 10 000 and 30 000 tonnes. A wreck (352629N
1284212E) in the quarantine and waiting... 1292646E) lies in the centre of the anchorage.
UKHO [NP43--No 23--Wk 13/20] GB Chart 898/20 [NP43--No 16--Wk 10/20]
South Korea -- Ulsan Hang — Restricted Area

South Korea -- South coast -- Jinhae Man —
Goheyon Fairway 180
Paragraph 3.271 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: ...are restricted within 400 m of the four SBMs...
2 Goheyon Fairway to Gajodo Sudo. From a Korean Chart 1756 [NP43--No 17--Wk 10/20]
position about 8½ cables N of Hwangdeokdo the route
leads SW for 6¾ miles through Goheyon Fairway to... South Korea -- East coast --
Donghae Hang — Anchorages
Korean Chart 2165 (2019) [NP43--No 12--Wk 10/20]
199
South Korea -- South coast -- Jinhae Man — Paragraph 4.157 1 lines 7--9 Replace by:
Goheyon Fairway
Outer anchorages. Seven designated anchorages
162 lie N of the detached breakwater
Paragraph 3.279 5 line 5 For Tongyeong Fairway Read Paragraph 4.157 2 lines 1--9 Replace by:
Goheyon Fairway 2 Pilotage is compulsory but available only during
daylight hours. The pilot boards approximately 2 miles
Paragraph 3.281 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by: E of the N breakwater in the vicinity of 372970N
Goheyon Fairway to Gajodo Sudo 1291150E. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
(continued from 3.279 and 3.280) Volume 6(6).
3.284 Paragraph 4.158 1 lines 7--11 Replace by:
1 From a position about 8½ cables N of
Hwangdeokdo (350055N 1283728E) the track Development. A new detached breakwater is under
leads SW through Goheyon Fairway, marked by light construction (2019), extending E from a position
buoys (safe water), passing: 2 cables NE of the centre of the N breakwater.
Korean Notice 4/82/20 [NP43--No 18--Wk 10/20]
Korean Chart 2165 (2019) [NP43--No 13--Wk 10/20]
Russia -- Zaliv Petra Velikogo -- Zaliv Amurskiy
South Korea -- South coast -- Jinhae Man — — Directions; marine farms
Goheyon Fairway
243
163
Paragraph 3.285 1 line 8 For Tongyeong Fairway Read
Caution. Extensive marine farms lie at the head of
Goheyon Fairway
the bay.
Korean Chart 2165 (2019) [NP43--No 14--Wk 10/20] Russian Notices 50/5860 & 5861/19
[NP43--No 19--Wk 10/20]
South Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang —
Directions; directional light Russia -- Vladivostok -- Zaliv Ussuriyskiy —
Regulations; prohibited area
171
248
Paragraph 3.330 2 line 6--8 Replace by:
The alignment (3048) of these lights and the white
sector (3038--3058) of No 1 Fairway Directional Traffic regulations
Light (white 4--sided metal tower, 23 m in height) 6.94a
(350678N 1290311E) leads through No 1 Fairway 1 A prohibited area (430446N 1321690E) has
in North Outer Harbour, marked by light beacons been established about 8 cables SW of Mys
(lateral), passing: Sedlovidnyy (6.97).
Korean Notice 45/1049/19 [NP43--No 15--Wk 10/20] ENC RU4M9V50 [NP43--No 20--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 222
Index
NP43
Russia -- Vladivostok -- Zaliv Ussuriyskiy -- Preobrazheniye Bay Entrance Leading lights:
Bukhta Bol’shogo Kamnya — Prohibited area Front light (8--sided tower, 7 m in height) (425378N
1335436E).
249 4 Rear light (similar structure) (165 m from front
light).
The alignment (087) of these lights leads E
Prohibited area. Entry into Bukhta Bol’shogo towards the quay.
Kamnya is prohibited to unauthorised vessels. Contact Useful mark:
local authorities for further information. Ostrov Orekhova Light (425359N 1335295E)
(7.116).
ENC RU4M9V50 [NP43--No 21--Wk 10/20] Anchorage may be obtained in the vicinity of
425369N 1335397E; depth 9 m, mud.
Russia -- Vladivostok -- Zaliv Ussuriyskiy --
Bukhta Bol’shogo Kamnya — Directions ENC RU5M8VB0 (1.003) [NP43--No 38--Wk 50/20]
249 Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Sakhalinskiy Zaliv --

Proliv Tatarskiy — Pilotage
Paragraph 6.99 7 line 1 For NE Read NW
321
Paragraph 6.99 7 line 7 For NE Read NW ...(10.39). Pilots board in position 532139N 1414146E.
UKHO [NP43--No 22--Wk 10/20] Russian Chart RU62177 Ed 2 (2019)

[NP43--No 27--Wk 27/20]
Russia -- Vladivostok -- Zaliv Strelok —

Marine farms NP44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
258 Pilot (2019 Edition)

Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North coast -- Benggala
— Directions; light
Marine farms
7.11a 67
1 Numerous marine farms exist within Zaliv Strelok
(See 1.24). After Paragraph 2.29 1 line 5 Insert:
Pulau Benggala Light (54759N 945847E) (3.15).
Indonesian Chart IN471 [NP44--No 27--Wk 36/20]
Russia -- Sea of Japan --
Bukhta Preobrazheniye — Directions Indonesia -- Malacca Strait -- North--north--east of
Palau Jemur — Directions; wreck
274
68
1 Description. Bukhta Preobrazheniye (425365N After Paragraph 2.39 1 line 4 Insert:
1335430E) is a narrow inlet affording protection from NE of a dangerous wreck (30005N 1003643E),
winds from all directions and is entered N of Ostrov reported (2020), thence:
Orekhova (7.116). About half way within the entrance
are narrows which divide the inlet into two basins. The Indonesian Notice 29/341/20 [NP44--No 25--Wk 34/20]
navigable width of the entrance, between the 10 m
contours, is about ¼ cable. A quay and two floating Malaysia -- Selangor -- Malacca Strait --
docks lie on the N side of the outer basin. One Fathom Bank — Directions; wreck
2 Sokolovka, a settlement at which there is a large
fishing station, stands on the shore of a cove NE of 70
Mys Matveyeva, the N entrance point of the inlet.
Directions. Vessels entering Bukhta Preobrazheniye
should pass W of Ostrov Orekhova. 1 Caution. A dangerous wreck (30000N
Preobrazheniye Bay Approach Leading lights: 1004600E) lies in the approaches to the TSS.
Front light (8--sided tower, 6 m in height) (425364N Outer Deep--Draught route. From the vicinity of
1335362E). 30200N 1004000E, the track initially leads SSE,
3 Rear light (similar structure) (1 cable from front for about 6½ miles. It then leads ESE for 14 miles
light). through the deepest water found along the outer SW
From a position NW of Ostrov Orekhova, the edge of the traffic lane, passing:
alignment (1197) of these lights leads ESE into the
harbour. Malaysian Notice 7/99/20 [NP44--No 30--Wk 39/20]
2 -- 223
Index
NP44
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North coast -- Indonesia -- Sumatera -- East coast -- Belawan —
Benggala — Directions; light Directions; buoyage
80 99
After Paragraph 3.15 2 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 4.69 1--2 including heading Replace by:
Pulau Benggala Light (white beacon, 15 m in height)
(54759N 945847E). Approaches to Belawan Channel
4.69
Indonesian Chart IN471 [NP44--No 28--Wk 36/20] 1 From a position NNE of Nipahlarangan Light
(35417N 984077E) (4.55), the track leads S to the
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North coast -- vicinity of a light buoy (safe water) (35853N
Benggala — Directions; light 984763E). Thence the approaches lead SW on a
recommended track to a position close W of No 2
82 Light Buoy (port hand) (35411N 984493E) and the
pilot boarding station (4.62).
Pulau Benggala Light (54759N 945847E) (3.15.) GB Chart 3584; 3921 [NP44--No 11--Wk 43/19]
Indonesian Chart IN471 [NP44--No 29--Wk 36/20]

Indonesia -- Sumatera -- East coast --
Belawan — Directions
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North--east coast --
Belawan — Pilotage
99--100
99
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 gt Spare
and available 24 hours. Pilots board in position 4.70
35422N 984500E. Paragraph 4.71 1--2 Replace by:
Indonesian Notice 29/392/19 [NP44--No 3--Wk 40/19] 1 From a position in the vicinity of the light buoy
(safe water) (35853N 984763E), the track leads S,
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North--east coast -- passing E of the outer anchorages (4.65), to the
Belawan — Anchorages terminal.
Paragraph 4.65 1 Replace by: 1 From a position close W of No 2 Light Buoy (port
hand)...
1 There are 15 designated anchorage areas in the
approaches to Belawan as follows: Paragraph 4.72 2 lines 6--9 Replace by:
Zone 1. Cargo vessels (35457N 984711E);
Zone 2. Container vessels (35597N 984736E); W of four dangerous wrecks, marked by light buoys
(emergency wreck), which lie ESE of No 2 Light
Zone 3. Chemical carriers (35540N 984479E);
Buoy, thence:
Zone 4. Oil and gas vessels (35612N 984479E);
Zone 5. Dry bulk carriers (35457N 984637E); Paragraph 4.72 4 lines 1--6 Replace by:
2 Zone 6. Liquid bulk carriers (35575N
984478E); 4 W of a dangerous wreck (35126N 984489E),
Zone 7. Car carriers (35520N 984661E); reported (2002).
Zone 8. Passenger ships (35558N 984699E); Thence the track leads to a position close W of
Zone 9. Vessels bound for Pertamina SBM (4.75) No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (35055N 984446E).
(35138N 985067E);
Zone 10. Quarantine anchorage (35409N GB Chart 3584; 3921 [NP44--No 12--Wk 43/19]
984815E);
Zone 11. Trial vessel anchorage (35454N
984838E); Indonesia -- Malacca Strait --
3 Zone 12. Transfer anchorage (35415N Selat Bengkalis — Pilotage
984703E);
Zone 13. Emergency anchorage (35409N 107
984905E);
Zone 14. Dead ship anchorage (35407N Paragraph 4.137 1 lines 5--6 For 15644N 1015046E
984856E); Read 15420N 1015110E
Zone 15. Naval anchorage (35489N 984673E).
2 -- 224
Index
NP44
Indonesia -- Malacca Strait -- Selat Rupat -- Malaysia -- South Channel -- Inner Part —
Dumai — Controlling depths Directions; alignment
108 136
Paragraph 4.146 1 lines 6 Replace by: Paragraph 5.172 2 line(s) 7 For (0446) Read (044)
...and 140 m in the approaches to the berths at Dumai. ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 9--Wk 41/19]
Maximum draught for Dumai Port Channel is
124 m.
Malaysia -- Pinang Harbour —
Indonesian Notice 26/302/20 [NP44--No 21--Wk 30/20] Limiting conditions; bridge
137
Paragraph 5.182 1 line(s) 2 For Pinang Second Bridge
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Selat Rupat --
Dumai — Anchorages Read Sultan Abdul Halim Muadzam Shah Bridge
109 ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 10--Wk 41/19]

Malaysia – Malacca Strait -- Approaches to
Lumut — Depths
...the holding ground is clay.
On the S side of the channel, adjacent to the alongside 147
berths, there are two cargo transhipment areas (the E one
for tankers), a working anchorage, a sea trial area and a Paragraph 6.36 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
turning basin. An additional working anchorage lies about
There is a minimum depth of 116 m (40838N
10 miles ESE, S of the channel.
1003476E) in the approaches to Lekir Bulk Terminal.

GB Chart 3933/20 [NP44--No 32--Wk 45/20]
Malaysia – Malacca Strait -- Approaches to
Indonesia -- Malacca Strait -- Lekir Bulk Terminal — Directions; depths
Lalang Marine Terminal — Pilotage
150
110
Paragraph 4.167 1 lines 6--8 Delete 2 Clear of a patch (40838N 1003476E) with a
Indonesian Notice 26/304/20 [NP44--No 22--Wk 30/20] Paragraph 6.43 2 line 8 Replace by:
Thence the terminal can be approached directly,
Malaysia -- North channel leading to keeping clear of an isolated shoal patch (40824N
Pinang Harbour — Directions 1003691E) with a depth of 133 m.
134 Malaysian Notice 6/147/19 [NP44--No 2--Wk 40/19]

Malaysia -- Selangor -- S Sungai Besar —
Directions; wreck
Spare
5.161 154
ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 7--Wk 41/19]
1 From a position E of Pulau Agas (40443N
1003502E) (6.72), the coastal route leads SSE
Malaysia -- South Channel leading to
Pinang Harbour — Vertical clearance outside the 20 m depth contour, passing:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (33823N 1003400E),
135 reported (1986), thence:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (33308N 1004322E),
Paragraph 5.169 3 line(s) 3--6 Replace by: thence:
WSW of a dangerous wreck (33269N
Sultan Abdul Halim Muadzam Shah Bridge 1005667E), position approximate, thence:
(51714N 1001829E) is 24 km in length, with the To a position NW of Angsa Bank Light Beacon
longest span over the South Channel being 250 m. It (32000N 1005996E), at the N extremity of
is a cable stayed box girder bridge with a vertical Permatang Angsa. An obstruction lies 1 mile W of the
clearance of 33 m. light beacon.
ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 8--Wk 41/19] Malaysian Notice 1/28/20 [NP44--No 16--Wk 12/20]
2 -- 225
Index
NP44
Malaysia -- Malacca Strait -- Malaysia -- Singapore Strait --
Pelabuhan Klang — Depths Tanjung Pelapas — Pilotage
155 183
Paragraph 6.91 1 line(s) 6 For 135 m (2011) Read 125 m Paragraph 7.32 1 line 5 For 11469N 1033211E Read
11393N 1033187E
GB Chart 3833 (2019) [NP44--No 14--Wk 02/20]
2 At Pelabuhan Selatan (South Port), 75 m in the
channel immediately W of the port, over a
width of 210 m. Indonesia -- Singapore Strait --
The S approach channel (25283N 1011561E) Selat Durian — Anchorage
has a maintained depth of 180 m.
The depths for the dredged channels are 184
maintained by the port operators and are closely Paragraph 7.35 3 lines 1--4 Delete
monitored by Port Klang Authority. For latest
information, consult Port Klang Authority. Indonesian Notice 20/228/20 [NP44--No 18--Wk 24/20]
ENC MY5C5307 (4.000) [NP44--No 23--Wk 31/20]
Indonesia -- Singapore Strait -- Pulau Batam --
Batuampar — Wreck
Malaysia -- Malacca Strait -- Pelabuhan Klang —
Anchorage; prohibited anchorage 187

Dangerous wreck (11096N 1035697E),
reported (2020).
Vessels awaiting berthing instructions may anchor E
and SE of South Fairway Light Buoy (6.112). Indonesian Notice 27/311/20 [NP44--No 24--Wk 31/20]
Vessels are prohibited from anchoring within
1 mile radius of the buoy. Indonesia -- Pulau Batam -- Sekupang —
Directions; buoyage
Port Klang Malaysia Marine Information Handbook/19
188
[NP44--No 26--Wk 34/20]
Malaysia -- Port Dickson — 8 Between a light beacon (port hand, 8 m in
Arrival information; anchorage; shoal height) (10810N 1035520E) standing on
the coastal reef and a shoal patch (10800N
163 1035500E), with depths less than 3 m. A
After Paragraph 6.138 1 line 6 Insert: light buoy (starboard hand) marks the NW
extremity of of the shoal. Thence:
Caution. A 15 m shoal (23146N 1014553E)
lies in the SE part of the LPG and Tanker anchorage. GB Chart 3937 (2019) [NP44--No 13--Wk 02/20]
ENC MY4C5239 (4.000) [NP44--No 15--Wk 11/20] Singapore -- Cruise Bay — Vertical clearance
204
Malaysia -- Port Dickson --
Kuala Sepang Besar — Berths Paragraph 8.9 1 Replace by:
165 1 A height restriction area exists in Cruise Bay
(11570N 1034860E). The safe vertical clearance
Paragraph 6.150 3 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: of the aerial cableway (11570N 1034910E) is
...consists of two L--shaped jetties (23470N 1014292E 50 m. The bay is prohibited to vessels having a height
and 23461N 1014345E), extending SSW from the of over 50 m. Vessels in excess of 48 m but not
shore. Both jetties are about 310 m in length, extended by higher than 50 m must obtain permission from the Port
dolphins. Master to enter, remain in, or move from the area.
Malaysian Notice 1/29/20 [NP44--No 17--Wk 12/20] Singapore Notice 29/20 [NP44--No 19--Wk 30/20]
Malaysia -- Malacca Strait --

Malaysia -- Malacca Strait -- Pulau Pisang — Tanjung Pelepas — Depth
Directions; light buoy
245
173
1 The entrance channel is dredged to 18 m (2018).
3 SW of an obstruction (12622N 1031642E).
Malaysian Chart MAL5123 Ed.3 (2019)
Malaysian Notice 107/19 [NP44--No 5--Wk 40/19] [NP44--No 31--Wk 40/20]
2 -- 226
Index
NP44
Malaysia -- Johor -- Pelabuhan Calder — 3 Regulations concerning entry. A two way route
Directions; wreck has been established for the approach to Labuhan
Angin (11.189a). It has a width of 150 m and depths
264 from 6 to 20 m and is therefore recommended for
vessels with a maximum draft of 5 m at the lowest
tide.
...(12400N 1040300E), passing W of a dangerous
wreck (12382N 1040565E), until a position SW of Indonesian Notice 38/467/20; ENC ID5179R6 (1.002)
Karang... [NP44--No 34--Wk 45/20]
Malaysian Notice 7/174/19 [NP44--No 6--Wk 40/19] Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Teluk Tapanuli --
Sibolga — Directions
316
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Teluk Tapanuli --
Sibolga — Directions
315
Paragraph 11.181 including heading Replace by: Directions

(continued from 11.181)
Approach from west 11.187
1 From a position in the fairway, 6 cables SW of
11.181
Pulau Poncan Ketek Light, the track leads E, exiting
1 From the vicinity of 14000N 983800E, the track
the fairway and passing:
into Teluk Tapanuli leads initially E and thence, when
S of Ujung Karang Light (11.165), NNE, passing: S of Pulau Poncan Ketek (14382N 984521E), a
wooded islet. A light (E cardinal) (14371N
WNW of Karang Sibangon (14066N 984632E), a 984528E) stands on the SE side of the islet.
rock surrounded by shoal ground, lying 3¾ cables Thence:
SE of the light, with Karang Sibongsu, another 2 N of Pulau Bangke Light (green, beacon)
rock, close ESE, thence: (14315N 984576E), exhibited from the N
2 ESE of Ujung Karang Light, thence: extremity of the reef extending from Pulau
WNW of Pulau Poncan Gadang (14266N Poncan Gadang (11.181), thence:
984573E), a wooded islet, lying 2¼ miles E of Between the channel light beacons (lateral) standing
the light; the sea breaks at times on detached at the entrance to the small bay (14349N
reefs on the E side of the island. 984735E) in which the main berth lies.
Thence to a position in the fairway 6 cables SW of Pulau For vessels bound for the oil berth, marked by a red
Poncan Ketek Light (11.187). beacon, the track leads NE, between Pulau Bangke and
(Directions continue for Sibolga at 11.187 Pulau Poncan Ketek Lights.
and for Labuhan Angin Port at 11.189a)
[NP44--No 33--Wk 45/20]
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Teluk Tapanuli --
Labuhan Angin Port — Harbour
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Sibolga —
Arrival information; anchorages; 316
restricted areas; regulations
316
Paragraph 11.186 1 Replace by: Labuhan Angin Port

11.189a
1 Outer anchorages. There are two designated 1 General information. Labuhan Angin Port
anchorage areas lying about 4 cables W of Poncan (14389N 984413E) is a terminal under
Gadang: development (2020) on the W side of Teluk Tapanuli
Zone G, centred on 14265N 984502E, for (11.176).
vessels engaged in sea trials. Traffic regulations. See 11.186.
Zone F, centred on 14288N 984512E, for Directions (continued from 11.181). From a position in
quarantine vessels. the fairway 6 cables SW of Pulau Poncan Ketek Light
Pilotage is not available. (11.187), the track leads NNW, then W, in the fairway,
2 Restricted areas. Anchoring is prohibited in the passing WSW of Pulau Poncan Ketek Light.
vicinity of 14090N 984198E, about 2 miles SW of Anchorage. See 11.186.
Ujung Karang, due to dumped ammunition. Berth. A single, solid quay about 140 m in length.
Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of 14333N
984640E, outside the entrance to the small bay (11.187) Indonesian Notice 38/467/20
in which the main berth lies. [NP44--No 36--Wk 45/20]
2 -- 227
Index
NP45
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena —
Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Regulations; buoyage
112
Malta — National regulations; Paragraph 2.178 1 including existing Section IV Week
conservation areas 31/18 Replace by:
10 1 All vessels over 500 gt must head for the Landfall
Point (Punta de Recalada) in position 373200N
After Paragraph 1.50 2 line 6 Insert: 10000W.
For further details on reporting see ADMIRALTY
3 Conservation areas around wrecks:
The Veterinary and Fisheries Affairs Division (VAFD)
2 Tankers with a draught of more than 18 m can
has set a number of conservation areas around
berth during daylight hours only.
wrecks. These areas are considered as no
Entry into Dársena de Cartagena is generally
stopping areas. Anchoring is allowed to divers’
limited to vessels of 300 m or less and maximum
vessels only after pre--notification to the Valletta
draught of 1125 m. Larger vessels wishing to enter
VTS. Masters of diving support vessels are to
should contact the port authority before arrival.
ensure that the appropriate signals in accordance
with the International Regulations for Preventing Spanish Notice 9/73/19 [NP45--No 42--Wk 13/19]
Collisions at Sea (1972) and the International
Code of Signals are shown at all times. Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena —
4 Furthermore, spear fishing and the use of fishing Directions; buoyage
gear such as set bottom lines, trammel nets,
gill nets and entangling nets, encircling nets, 113
demersal pots and traps are prohibited in
these areas. Only surface fishing is allowed
including trolling lines and angling for pelagic 1 Track. From a position SE of Cabo Tiñoso
fish. (373213N 10651W) (2.129), the track leads NE for
The locations of conservation areas around wrecks about 5½ miles, passing:
are detailed within the geographic chapters. 2 SE of a shoal spit, with a depth of 65 m,
extending 1½ cables SW of Isla de Las
Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 57--Wk 33/19] Palomas (373424N 10250W), a rocky islet
with a wreck lying 1 cable off its WNW side; a
Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena — patch, with a depth of 44 m, lies a similar
Approach and entry distance off the SE side of the islet. Thence:
NW of SADA Light Buoy (373200N 10000W)
112 (ODAS), thence:
3 SE of La Terrosa (373439N 10108E), a rock
Spare connected to the shore N by a spit of sand, thence:
2.173 Spanish Notice 26/231/18 [NP45--No 11--Wk 31/18]
Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena —
Directions; buoyage
Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena —
Regulations; buoyage 113
Paragraph 2.184 1--2 including existing Section IV Week
112--113 31/18 Replace by:
Paragraph 2.178 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: 1 Track. From a position SE of Cabo Tiñoso
(373213N 10651W) (2.129), the track leads NE for
1 All vessels over 500 gt must head for the Landfall
about 5½ miles, passing:
Point (Punta de Recalada) in position 373200N
2 SE of a shoal spit, with a depth of 65 m,
10000W. This position, marked by SADA Light Buoy
extending 1½ cable SW of Isla de Las
(ODAS), is considered as the End of Passage for Palomas (373424N 10250W), a rocky islet
reporting purposes. with a wreck lying 1 cable off its WNW side; a
For further details on reporting see ADMIRALTY patch, with a depth of 44 m, lies a similar
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). distance off the SE side of the islet. Thence:
Tankers with a draught of more than 18 m can
berth during daylight hours only. Paragraph 2.184 3 line(s) 1--2 including existing Section IV
Entry into Dársena de Cartagena is generally Week 31/18 Replace by:
limited to vessels of 300 m or less and maximum 3 SE of La Terrosa (373439N 10108E), a rock
draught of 1125 m. Larger vessels wishing to enter connected to the shore N by a spit of sand,
should contact the port authority before arrival. thence:
Spanish Notice 26/231/18 [NP45--No 10--Wk 31/18] Spanish Notice 9/73/19 [NP45--No 43--Wk 13/19]
2 -- 228
Index
NP45
Spain -- East coast -- Valencia — Spain -- Cabo de Oropesa to Cabo Tortosa --
Outer anchorage; pilotage; directions Sant Carles de la Ràpita — Pilotage
133 144
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot vessel is white
Outer anchorages with a black P on its side and the pilot boards
3.37 3 cables S of the fairway buoy (403438N 03435E).
1 North Anchorage Area. Designated anchorages See also 1.28.
centred on 392671N 01375W are situated NE of
the approach fairways. Port of Sant Carles de la Ràpita
South Anchorage Area. Designated anchorages [NP45--No 50--Wk 25/19]
centred on 392365N 01487W are situated S of the
approach fairways. Spain -- Barcelona — Traffic regulations
2 Prohibited area. A prohibited anchorage area and
trawling area lies N of the harbour; it protects 159
submarine cables and a sewage outfall.
Beaching area. An emergency beaching area is After Paragraph 3.206 2 line 3 Insert:
available S of the port area, about 2½ miles WSW of
the pilot boarding position (3.40) in the vicinity of Traffic regulations
Playa de Pinedo. 3.206a
Paragraph 3.40 1 line(s) 5 For 392487N 01698W Read 1 Waiting vessels. Vessels waiting to enter
392519N 01590W Barcelona should keep at least 2 miles clear of the N
and S landfall buoys (3.205) and report to Barcelona
Traffic.
1 Main harbour. From the pilot boarding position Barcelona Harbour Office [NP45--No 71--Wk 04/20]
(392519N 01590W) (3.40), ESE of Nuevo Dique
del Este Light (3.47), the track leads W, then NW, for Spain -- East coast -- Puerto de Blanes —
about 2¼ miles through South Channel fairway to the Directions; buoy
entrance to the harbour, passing:
2 Between the head of Nuevo Dique del Este, and 165
the N elbow of the S breakwater (3½ cables
SW). A light stands at the elbow. A light buoy Paragraph 3.243 2 line 1 Replace by:
(special) is moored on the SW side of the
2 SE of Puerto de Blanes (6¾ cables WSW).
channel ¾ cables NE of the light.
Thence as required for the allocated berth. Spanish Notice 19/150/18 [NP45--No 6--Wk 23/18]
3 Outer harbour. From the pilot boarding position
(3.40) ESE of Nuevo Dique del Este Light (3.47), the
track leads W, then NW and N, through North Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza and Formentera —
Channel fairway for about 2¼ miles to the outer Marine reserve
harbour entrance, between the head of the outer
breakwater (392666N 01753W) and the elbow of 179--180
the NNE extension of Dique del Este 3 cables W. A
wreck (392641N 01765W), depth 153 m, lies
3 cables SSW of the extremity of the outer 1 Los Freus Marine Reserve has been established
breakwater. enclosing a large area between the S end of Isla de
Ibiza and the N part of Isla Formentera. On the W
Spanish Notice 43/339/19; 43340/19 side it extends from Punta Jondal (Punta Yondal)
[NP45--No 66--Wk 48/19 (385134N 11922E) SSE and SSW to Punta
Gabina (384310N 12282E), following the general
Spain -- East coast -- Castellón — Anchorages line of the coast. On the E side, it extends from a
position close N of Isla Sal Rosa (385230N
139 12438E), to include Islote Malvins del Sur, Islote
Malvins del Norte (4.64) and Islotes los Dados (4.63),
Paragraph 3.81 1 line(s) 3--11 Replace by: then SW to a position 4 cables ESE of Islote La
Esponja (4.64), then SE and SW, passing close E of
...anchorage area with a radius of 7½ cables centred on
Isla Espardell, to the coast close S of Punta Prima
395529N 00405E, with depths of about 24 to 31 m.
A designated anchorage for vessels carrying (384367N 12836E).
non--dangerous cargo is centred on 395850N 2 Integral reserve. A reserve has been established
00432E with depths of about 17 to 27 m. almost surrounding Isla Espardell (384775N
A designated anchorage for vessels carrying 12865E), within the Los Freus Reserve described
dangerous cargo is centred on 395856N 00603E above.
with depths of about 24 to 30 m. An additional marine reserve area lies between
Ensendada de Tramontana (4.77) and Punta Single
Spanish Notice 48/382/19 [NP45--No 70--Wk 02/20] Ma (4.64).
2 -- 229
Index
NP45
3 Within the marine reserves, fishing and the removal 4 Speed restrictions. Maximum speed in the outer
of marine flora or fauna, is prohibited. Within the harbour area in the vicinity of Dique Botafoc is 8 kn,
integral reserve, anchoring, fishing, diving and the or the minimum required to maintain steerage.
removal of marine flora or fauna is prohibited. The Maximum speed in the inner port area is 6 kn, or
areas may be marked by light buoys (special). the minimum required to maintain steerage.
4 Ibiza -- Tagomago Marine Reserve has been
established enclosing a large area between the E end Spanish Notice 50/18 [NP45--No 29--Wk 02/19]
of Isla de Ibiza and Isla Tagomago.
Integral reserve has been established surrounding
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Mallorca --
Losa Figueral (390296N 13722E), within the South coast — Marine reserves
Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve described above.
See 1.14 for further details. 195
Spanish Notice 4/31/19 [NP45--No 35--Wk 08/19] Paragraph 4.87 1--2 Replace by:
1 The Isla Cabrera Archipelago (391000N
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza — Marine reserve 25800E) (4.96) lies within a Marine--Terrestrial
National Park. Navigation, fishing, diving and the
185 collection of flora and fauna is prohibited unless
After Paragraph 4.39 2 line 4 Insert: authorised by the Director of the National Park in
Palma.
Marine nature reserve A marine reserve lies between Cabo Blanco (4.93)
4.39a and Cala Figuera (4.122). An integral marine reserve
1 Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve and Integral encompasses Bajo de Ses Orelletes (4.197).
Reserve. See 4.9. 2 A marine reserve lies between Isla Dragonera
(393500N 21900E) and Mallorca.
Spanish Notice 4/31/19 [NP45--No 36--Wk 08/19] An integral marine reserve also encompasses Punta
de Sas Barbinas and Islote El Toro (4.94).
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza — Marine reserve For further details on restrictions see 1.14 and
contact local authorities.
189
UKHO [NP45--No 44--Wk 14/19]
Spain -- South--west coast of Isla de Mallorca --
Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve and Integral Freu de Cabrera — Buoy
Reserve. See 4.9.
196
Spain -- Isla de Ibiza -- Ibiza --
Isla Grossa — Pilotage Spanish Notice 18/143/18 [NP45--No 5--Wk 22/18]
192 Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Mallorca --

Ensenada de Santa Ponça — Anchorage
199
3 The pilot vessel is painted white with a black letter
P on both sides. Paragraph 4.108 6 lines 1--3 Delete
Pilot boarding place “E” (385350N 12840E) is
situated 1 mile SE of Isla Grossa. Pilot boarding place
“S” (385280N 12680E) is situated 6½ cables SSW
of Dado Grande. See also 1.28.
Tug. A tug is available. Spain -- Mallorca -- Palma — Outer anchorages
Spanish Notice 48/398/18 [NP45--No 28--Wk 52/18] 205

Spain -- Isla de Ibiza --
1 Dangerous cargo anchorage. A designated
Puerto de Ibiza — Regulations
dangerous cargo anchorage is centred on 393197N
192 23987E, with depths from 17 to 30 m, sand and
shells.
Paragraph 4.68 3 including existing Section IV Notice Nuclear vessels. Anchorage A (393193N
Week 52/18 Replace by: 23993E), lying near the centre of the dangerous
3 The pilot vessel is painted white with a black letter cargo anchorage is reserved for nuclear vessels.
P on both sides. 2 Non dangerous cargo anchorage, centred on
Pilot boarding place “E” (385350N 12840E) is 393267N 23989E, with depths of 12 to 24 m,
situated 1 mile SE of Isla Grossa. Pilot boarding place sand, shells and stone.
’S’ (385280N 12680E) is situated 6½ cables SSW Caution. Advice from the local authority and certain
of Dado Grande. See also 1.28. precautions must be taken to avoid damaging the sea
Tugs. A tug is available. grass ecosystem throughout Bahía de Palma.
2 -- 230
Index
NP45
3 Prohibited anchorage areas lie close W and E of Spain -- Isla de Menorca -- Isla del Aire —
the anchorage area. A prohibited anchorage area Marine reserve
centred on 393220N 24021E lies within the
223
anchorage areas.
Anchoring and trawling are prohibited in an area on After Paragraph 4.245 1 line 3 Insert:
the W side of the approaches to the port. Anchoring
is also prohibited within the harbour. Marine reserve
4.245a
Spanish Notice 44/347/19 [NP45--No 67--Wk 49/19] 1 A marine reserve encompasses the waters of Isla
del Aire and the SE extremity of Isla de Menorca,
between Punta Rafalet (4.250) and Cala de Binibeca
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Palma -- (4.264). Mariners should contact the local authorities
Porto Pi — Wreck for details on restrictions.
Spanish Notices 18/162;163/19
206 [NP45--No 48--Wk 22/19]
After Paragraph 4.145 1 line 7 Insert: Spain – Isla de Menorca –

East coast — Anchorage
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies close off the SW
end of the berth. 224
...extremity of the island.
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Mallorca --
Puerto de Sóller — Wreck
Spain – Islas Baleares -- Isla de Menorca –
Mahón — Submarine cables; pipelines
208
225
Paragraph 4.160 1 line(s) 4 Replace by: Paragraph 4.253 2 line(s) 2 Replace by:
The bottom is mostly sand... ...almost anywhere, the greatest area...
Paragraph 4.160 2 line(s) 6 Replace by: Paragraph 4.253 3 line(s) 3 Replace by:
...power cables laid across the channel. A submarine
...extends NW then N from the head of the bay. A wreck power cable is also laid across the channel between Isla
(394764N 024161E) lies SE of Dique Este, marked by del Rey (4.255) and Punta de Villacros (4.255).
a light buoy (special). Pipelines lie in the channel between Isla
Quarantena (4.255) and Isla del Llatzeret (4.255), and
Spanish Notice 7/20 [NP45--No 78--Wk 12/20] between Isla del Llatzeret and Cala Padera
(395255N 41782E), a small inlet.
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Mallorca -- Spain – Isla de Menorca –

Puerto de Sóller — Wreck; buoyage East coast — Anchorage
208 226
Week 12/20 Replace by: Spare
4.258
1 Anchorage of a temporary nature can be obtained
in good weather in summer, close S of Dique Este, in Spanish Notice 42/352/18 [NP45--No 25--Wk 47/18]
depths between 110 and 128 m.
The bottom is mostly sand although there are some Spain -- Isla de Menorca -- Isla del Aire —
large patches of weed, and near the moles the bottom is Marine reserve
mud. 226
2 The holding ground is fairly good, but secure
anchorage can be obtained only by small vessels of After Paragraph 4.261 1 line 1 Insert:
moderate draught in the NW part of the harbour.
Marine reserve
Caution must be exercised because a heavy swell
4.261a
sometimes enters the harbour. A submarine pipeline
1 See 4.245a.
extends NW then N from the head of the bay.
Spanish Notices 18/162;163/19
Spanish Notice 20/158(T)/20 [NP45--No 83--Wk 24/20] [NP45--No 49--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 231
Index
NP45
Spain – Isla de Menorca – Algeria -- Port de Mers--el--Kébir —
South coast — Anchorage Arrival information; Outer anchorage;
restricted area
227
256--257
Spare 1 Outer anchorage may be authorised by the naval
4.266 authorities in depths of 35...
Spanish Notice 42/352/18 [NP45--No 26--Wk 47/18] After Paragraph 6.48 2 line 6 Insert:
3 Restricted area. Anchoring, fishing and any
Morocco -- Al Hoceïma — Pilotage unauthorised underwater activity are prohibited within
an area encompassing the approaches to
239
Mers--el--Kébir.
...arrival and boards in position 351490N 35460W. See
also 1.28.
Algeria -- Golfo d’Arzew to Cap Ténès --
French Notice 42/18 [NP45--No 23--Wk 46/18] Pointe Rouge — Directions; obstruction
264
Morocco -- Al Hoceïma —
Directions; leading lights After Paragraph 6.106 2 line 10 Insert:
239
thence:
Algerian Notice 06/01/18 [NP45--No 2--Wk 15/18]
Algeria -- Port de Ténès —
3 From the Pilot Station (351490N 35460W) the Outer anchorage; direction; depths
approach heads SSW and then turns onto the
alignment (330) of the above lights to lead into the 265
harbour, passing:
1 Notice of ETA required: 24 hours.
Outer anchorage in summer can be obtained
Morocco -- North coast -- Baie Betoya --
about 5 cables WSW of the W end of the detached
Anse d’Azanen — Prohibited area
breakwater, in depths of 25 to 30 m, mud and sand,
240 good holding, clear of the charted wrecks in the area.
After Paragraph 5.55 3 Insert: French Notice 40/D6 4.6.4.3/18

[NP45--No 18--Wk 43/18]
Prohibited area
5.55a Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light
1 A prohibited area is situated in Anse d’Azanen
(5.62). The prohibited area occupies most of Anse 266
d’Azanen, including the approaches to the
development of a new port, West Nador Med (5.62). Paragraph 6.119 9 lines 2--4 Delete
French Notice 24/150/19 [NP45--No 52--Wk 28/19] Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 30--Wk 04/19]
Morocco -- North coast -- Baie Betoya -- Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light

Anse d’Azanen — Prohibited area; development
271
241
4 Prohibited area. See 5.55a. Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 31--Wk 04/19]
Development. There are works in progress (2017),
in an area centred on 351543N 31011W to
construct the port of West Nador Med. Once Algeria -- Alger — Light
complete, the port will be protected by two
breakwaters, the larger of which will be 7500 m in 272
length. It is planned to have two basins, 7300 m of Paragraph 6.156 1 line 5 For (6.119) Read (6.167)
container quays, five tanker berths and RoRo berths.
French Notice 24/150/19 [NP45--No 53--Wk 28/19] Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 32--Wk 04/19]
2 -- 232
Index
NP45
Algeria -- Alger — Algeria -- Cap Carbon to Cap Bougaroun --
Anchorages; submarine cables Djen-- Djen — Directions; major light
272 279
Paragraph 6.156 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 6.202 5 lines 4--6 including existing Section IV
Week 04/19 Replace by: Notice Week 08/19 Replace by:
1 No 1 Anchorage (364800N 30480E) lies to the Djen--Djen N Breakwater Light (365014N

N of Alger and extends from the shore with depths of 55425E).
Cap Bougaroun Light (white octagonal tower, 10 m in
15 to 77 m, mud and rock. Two dangerous wrecks lie
height) (370519N 62803E) exhibited from the
close N of Jetée Kheir Eddine (6.167) and a wreck
point (6.205).
lies 1 mile ENE of Roche M’Tahen (6.148). A
submarine cable is laid across the NE corner of the Algerian Notice 23/04/18 [NP45--No 39--Wk 12/19]
anchorage.
2 No 2 Anchorage (364680N 30730E) lies Algeria – Skikda and
2½ miles E of Alger, with depths from 16 to 80 m, Port Méthanier — Anchorages
mud. A wreck lies in the S part of the area and a
submarine cable is laid across the E part of the 287
anchorage. The E extremity of the anchorage lies in a
military firing exercise area (6.144).
3 No 3 Anchorage (364625N 30455E) lies in the 1 Golfe de Stora affords good protection from W but
waters immediately to the E of Alger. It affords depths not NW winds. In bad weather heavy seas set into
of 15 to 31 m, mud. A rocky patch (364645N the bay.
30432E) with a depth of 169 m lies in the NW part An unspecified anchorage has been established,
of the area. defined by the following positions:
4 No 4 Anchorage (364700N 31265E) lies in the 365627N 65406E
E of the bay. The anchorage affords depths of 14 to 365627N 65682E
25 m, sand and mud. 365431N 65682E
365431N 65406E.
French Notice 05/146/20 [NP45--No 76--Wk 10/20] 2 Small vessels can obtain anchorage off the
breakwater at Stora, 1 mile NW of Skikda, clear of the
prohibited anchorage area.
Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light
Prohibited anchorage. In order to protect a
submarine cable, a prohibited anchorage area extends
273
NE from Baie de Stora (365417N 65310E) (6.273).
Algerian Chart 1212/15 [NP45--No 1--Wk 15/18]
3 ESE of Jetée Kheir Eddine Light (white round
tower, 16 m in height) (364662N 30468E). Algeria -- Golfe de Stora -- Skikda and
Port Méthanier — Anchorages
7 Useful marks: 287
Jetée Kheir Eddine Spur Light (white truncated Paragraph 6.259 1 & 2 including existing Section IV Notice
tower, 8 m in height) (364677N 30430E) week 15/18 Replace by:
exhibited from the head of Musoir Nord, a spur
extending a short distance SW from the mid--point 1 Golfe de Stora affords good protection from W but
of Jetée Kheir Eddine. not NW winds. In bad weather heavy seas set into
Jetée du Vieux Port Light (white tower, 7 m in height) the bay.
(364669N 30423E) exhibited from the N head An anchorage area exists, centred on 365530N
of Jetée du Vieux Port. 65545E, with depths from 35 to 76 m, sand and
mud. The SE part of the anchorage is reserved for
Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 33--Wk 04/19] tankers. A wreck (365533N 65466E), position
approximate, lies in the W part of the anchorage.
Small vessels can obtain anchorage off the
Algeria -- Cap Carbon to Cap Bougaroun --
Djen-- Djen — Directions; major lights breakwater at Stora, about 9 cables NW of Skikda.
BA Chart 855 [NP45--No 15--Wk 34/18]

279
Paragraph 6.202 5 lines 4--8 Replace by: Algeria -- Golfe de Stora -- Stora —
Djen--Djen N Breakwater Light (365014N
55425E). 288
Cap Bougaroun Light (white octagonal tower, 10 m in
height) (370519N 62803E) exhibited from the Paragraph 6.273 1 line 9 Replace by:
point (6.205). Anchorage. See 6.259.
Algeria Notice 23/04/18 [NP45--No 34--Wk 04/19] BA Chart 855 [NP45--No 16--Wk 34/18]
2 -- 233
Index
NP45
Algeria -- Annaba — Directions; wreck Tunisia -- Bizerte — Obstruction
291 302
…a wreck charted about 2½ cables SW. An obstruction is
...2 miles S. Thence: reported (2019) to lie in the vicinity of 371765N
NNW of a dangerous wreck (365430N 75050E), 95810E.
thence:
H102 MV Blue Gate [NP45--No 47--Wk 22/19]
Algerian Notice 15/02/19 [NP45--No 63--Wk 43/19]
Tunisia -- Golfe de Tunis -- Ra’s Sidi Ali el Mekki
— Prohibited anchorage
Algeria -- Golfe D’Annaba -- Annaba to Ras Rosa
— Directions; wreck 306
291
Paragraph 6.297 1 lines 6--7 including existing Section IV 7.74a
Notice Week 43/19 Replace by: 1 Anchorage is prohibited in an area (371024N
...2 miles S. Thence: 101614E) WSW of Ra’s Sidi Ali el Mekki (7.39).
NNW of a dangerous wreck (365445N 75073E),
ENC TN317510 [NP45--No 74--Wk 09/20]
thence:
Algerian Notice 23/2/19 [NP45--No 72--Wk 08/20] Tunisia -- Golfe de Tunis --

Ra’s Sidi Ali el Mekki — Anchorage
307
Algeria -- Annaba —
Outer anchorage; controlling depths Paragraph 7.80 including heading Replace by:
291 Spare
7.80
ENC TN317510 [NP45--No 75--Wk 09/20]
1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is
reported to be dredged to 150 m (2015) and the Tunisia – Cap Bon to Cap Afrique –
entrance, 245 m in width, to 145 m (2016). Sousse — Traffic regulations
Local weather. During NE gales, which are rare,
heavy seas are experienced off the harbour entrance. 312
French Notice 40/D6 5.8.5/18 [NP45--No 19--Wk 43/18]
2 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited on account of submarine pipelines within
Tunisia -- Golfe de Tunis -- two areas centred on 355170N 103738E and
Djamour el Kébir — Prohibited area 355005N 103880E.
299 French Notice 31/130/18 [NP45--No 17--Wk 35/18]
Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: Tunisia -- Gulf of Gabès — Directions; wreck
An area within which fishing and anchoring are 326
prohibited surrounds the islands of Djamour el Kébir
(370775N 104809E) and Djamour es Srir (7.33). Paragraph 7.207 3 lines 5--6 Replace by:
Landing on the islands is also prohibited. Clear of a dangerous wreck (341900N
Tunisian Notice 11/01/18 [NP45--No 8--Wk 28/18]
Correspondence Hydrolant 1823/18(52)
[NP45--No 7--Wk 28/18]
Tunisia -- Golfe de Tunis -- Ra’s Sidi Ali el Mekki
— Prohibited anchorage Tunisia -- Gulf of Gabès -- La Skhirra —
Directions; light
300
326
Anchorage is also prohibited in an area (371177N La Skhirra Light (341730N 100560E) lies
101546E) N of Ra’s Sidi Ali el Mekki (7.39). 33 miles WSW of Oil Terminal Jetty.
ENC TN317510 [NP45--No 73--Wk 09/20] French Notice 28/126/18 [NP45--No 12--Wk 32/18]
2 -- 234
Index
NP45
Italy -- Sicilian Channel -- Isola di Pantelleria -- Malta -- North coast --
Porto di Pantellaria — Depths Sikka il Bajda — Anchorage
335 342
2 Anchoring is prohibited within an area (360030N
1 Controlling depth. Least charted depth in the 142600E) centred on a marine farm lying on the NE
entrance channel is about 6 m; lesser depths exist on limit of Bunkering Area 1 (8.90).
its margins. Local authorities should be contacted for
the latest information. Maltese ENC MT300194 [NP45--No 61--Wk 37/19]
Italian Chart 254 [NP45--No 88--Wk 39/20] Malta -- Marsaxlokk --

East of Il--Ponta ta’ Delimara —
Prohibited anchorage; obstruction
Italy -- Sicilian Channel – Isola di Pantelleria –
Porto di Pantelleria — Arrival information; 342
prohibited anchorage and fishing area
335 Week 37/19 Replace by:
1 A prohibited anchoring and fishing area extends SE
from Il--Ponta ta’ San ”orÓ to Ras il--”ebel, 4 miles
Entry is prohibited into an area, radius 200 m, SE.
centred on 365036N 115682E, due to unexploded Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited within the
ordnance. limits of Valletta and Marsaxlokk Port Control.
Artificial reefs are laid about 5 cables E and ENE
Italian Notice 5/5.4/2019 [NP45--No 40--Wk 13/19] from Il--Ponta ta’ San ”orÓ (355574N 142956E)
and about 3½ cables NE and 3¾ cables ENE from
Italy -- Sicilian Channel -- Isola di Pantelleria -- Il--Ponta ta’ San ”iljan (355513N 142993E).
Porto di Pantelleria — Prohibited area 2 Anchoring is prohibited within an area (360030N
142600E) centred on a marine farm lying on the NE
335 limit of Bunkering Area 1 (8.90).
Anchoring is prohibited within an area centred on
Paragraph 8.22 3--4 including existing Section IV Notice an obstruction (354910N 143560E) lying in the S
Week 13/19 Replace by: part of Bunkering Area 4 (8.90).
3 Prohibited areas. In order to protect submarine ENC MT300194 [NP45--No 80--Wk 19/20]
cables a prohibited area has been established N of
the port. Malta -- North--east coast —
Anchoring except at anchor berth A2, fishing, Conservation areas around wrecks
stopping and any other activity are prohibited within a
semi--circular area of 1000 m radius centred on the 342
head of Diga Foranea. After Paragraph 8.72 2 line 7 Insert:
4 Anchoring, fishing and any underwater activity are
also prohibited within an area (364972N 115541E) 3 Conservation areas around wrecks are located as
surrounding a submarine pipeline. follows:
Entry is prohibited into an area, radius 200 m, Within 100 m of a wreck (355918N 142370E)
centred on 365036N 115682E, due to unexploded which lies 9½ cables E of Daħlet ix--Xilep;
ordnance. Within 100 m of a wreck (355894N 142680E)
5 Pilotage is available. which lies 1½ miles NNE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra
Local knowledge is recommended. (8.77);
Regulations concerning entry. Entry to Porto Within an area close NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra,
Vecchio (Old Port) is permitted only by day and in centred on 355783N 142604E;
good weather. 4 Within 250 m of a wrecked aircraft (355848N
142798E) which lies about 2 miles ENE of
Italian Chart 254 [NP45--No 89--Wk 39/20] Il--Ponta tal--Qawra (8.77);
Within 100 m of a wreck (355868N 142873E)
which lies 2½ miles NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra;
Italy -- Sicilian Channel -- Isola di Pantelleria -- Within 100 m of a wreck (355874N 142961E)
Porto di Pantellaria — Current which lies 3¼ miles NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra;
5 Within 100 m of a wreck (355697N 143047E)
335
which lies 1½ miles NNE of Il--Ponta ta’ San
After Paragraph 8.23 1 line 3 Insert: ”orÓ (8.77);
Within an area 5 cables ESE of Il--Ponta ta’ San
Current. Vessels entering the port should exercise ”orÓ;
great caution to avoid being set inshore towards Within 250 m of an aircraft wreck (355610N
Secca San Leonardo by a SE current which can attain 143065E) which lies about 1 mile ENE of
a rate of 3 kn. Il--Ponta ta’ San ”orÓ (8.77).
Italian Portolano P6 Ed 2015 [NP45--No 90--Wk 39/20] Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 58--Wk 33/19]
2 -- 235
Index
NP45
Malta -- Approaches to Valletta Harbour — 5 SE of a small marina of two pontoons (seasonal)
Conservation areas around wrecks off Il -- Ponta ta’ L -- Imsida (355385N
143001E).
345 The track then continues to a position S of the
head of a breakwater extending S from Il--Ponta ta’
Paragraph 8.90 1 line(s) 6 Replace by: L -- Imsida; a light stands at the head of the
breakwater. Msida and Ta’ Xbiex Marinas lie on the W
…taÿ--onqor (355203N 143450E). Two side of the breakwater in Id--Dahla ta’ L--Iimsida; the
conservation areas (8.109), which protect historic Royal Malta Yacht Club is located at the root of the
wrecks, lie within the anchorage. breakwater.
Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 59--Wk 33/19] Maltese Notice 58/19 [NP45--No 62--Wk 38/19]
Malta -- East coast —

Malta -- Marsaxlokk -- Conservation areas around wrecks
East of Il--Ponta ta’ Delimara —
Prohibited anchorage; obstruction
350
Paragraph 8.90 2 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: Prohibited areas

8.109
Bunkering Area 4: 1½ miles E from Il--Ponta ta’
1 See 8.71.
Delimara (354920N 143374E). A prohibited
Conservation areas are located within 500 m of the
anchorage area around an obstruction (8.71) following:
exists in the S part of the area. Wreck (355554N 143392E) which lies about
2½ miles ENE of Grand Harbour Light (8.74);
ENC MT300194 [NP45--No 81--Wk 19/20] Wreck (355429N 143286E) which lies about
1½ miles E of Grand Harbour Light (8.74);
2 Wreck (355439N 143337E) which lies about
Malta -- Il--Belt Valletta --
Il--Port ta’ Marsamxett — Directions 1¾ miles E of Grand Harbour Light (8.74);
Wreck (355419N 143647E) which lies about
2¾ miles NE of Il--Ponta taÿ--·onqor (8.112);
349--350
Paragraph 8.104 1--6 Replace by: 3½ miles ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ--·onqor (8.112);
1 Landmarks: 1 mile ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ--·onqor (8.112);
Two towers, aligned N/S ½ cable apart, behind Saint Wreck (355235N 143586E) which lies about
Luke’s Hospital (355365N 142973E). 1 mile ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ--·onqor (8.112);
Chimney ½ cable NNW of the hospital. Wreck (355147N 143630E) which lies about
For other landmarks in the city of Il--Belt Valletta, 1½ miles ESE of Il--Ponta taÿ--·onqor (8.112);
see 8.96.
1¾ miles ESE of Il--Ponta taÿ--·onqor (8.112);
Major light:
Grand Harbour Light (355416N 143114E) 2 miles W of Hurd Bank (8.60);
(8.74). Wreck (354746N 143546E) which lies about
2 Track. From a position SE of Dragut Shoal 2¼ miles SE of Il--Ponta ta’ Delimara (8.112).
(355456N 143120E) (8.78), the track leads 1 mile 5 A conservation area is centred on 355010N
WSW, passing: 143447E, which lies 3½ cables SSE of Xorb
SSE of shoal water fringing Il--Ponta ta’ Dragut il--GħaÓin (8.112).
(355442N 143091E) and Il--Ponta ta’ Tigne For further details on conservation areas around
(355437N 143088E), and: wrecks, see 1.50.
NNW of Il--Fossa (355415N 143093E), a shallow
bay W of Il--Fortizza Sant’ Jiermu (8.97), thence: Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 60--Wk 33/19]
3 SSE of the unnamed E extremity of Il--Gżira ta’
Forti Manoel (355422N 143017E), an Sicilia -- West coast --
island connected to the mainland by a shoal Mazara del Vallo — Directions
flat spanned by a bridge. Il--Fortizza Manoel
and the disused Manoel Hospital stand on the 373
island which separates Id -- Daħla ta’ Paragraph 9.77 4 lines 1--8 Replace by:
tas--Sliema from Id--Daħla ta’ L--Azzarett.
Thence: 4 Track. From a position about 2 miles S of the head
4 NNW of a shoal spit (355403N 143048E), of Nuovo Molo di Ponente, the track leads generally N
with a least charted depth of 4 m; a fuelling towards the harbour entrance, passing:
barge moored between two buoys lies
123540E), thence:
½ cable WSW. E and then NE of the head of Nuovo Molo di Ponente.
The track then leads SW to the entrance to Caution. Several stranded and underwater wrecks
Id--Daħla ta’ L--Imsida (8.105), passing: are located within the harbour.
Clear of a light buoy (special) (355392N
143013E), thence: Italian Notice 12/15/20 [NP45--No 84--Wk 28/20]
2 -- 236
Index
NP45
Italy -- Tyrrhenian Sea -- North coast of Sicilia -- 4 Zone C is subject to partial reserve regime.
Capo Rasocolmo — Prohibited areas Access is permitted to leisure vessels
equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid
402 sewage or equipped with motor in line with
Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of
MARPOL 73/78.
Anchoring, fishing and all underwater activity are For further details contact the local authorities.
prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that lies in See 1.14.
position 381810N 153319E, about 1½ miles ENE
of Capo Rasocolmo Lighthouse (10.114). Italian Notice 8/8.9; 8.42/19 [NP45--No 46--Wk 20/19]
Italian Notice 8/8.14/19 [NP45--No 45--Wk 20/19]
Sicilia -- North coast --
Capo d’Orlando — Anchorage
Sicilia -- North coast -- Capo Peloro —
Wrecks; prohibited areas 404
Paragraph 10.111 3--4 including existing Section IV Notice 7 Anchorage may be obtained for cruise and
Week 20/19 Replace by: recreation vessels up to 5 m in draught as follows:
N1 (380988N 144627E), 300 m in radius.
3 A prohibited anchorage area extends in a semicircle
of radius 17 miles centred on Capo Rasocolmo N2 (380972N 144680E), 300 m in radius.
Lighthouse (10.114) to the 10 m depth contour.
Anchoring, fishing and all underwater activities are Italian Notices 20/11/19 & 20/24/19
prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that lies in [NP45--No 65--Wk 44/19]
position 381810N 153319E, about 1½ miles ENE
of Capo Rasocolmo Lighthouse (10.114). Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo —
4 Anchoring, fishing, and all underwater activities are Prohibited area
are prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that
lies in position 381659N 153883E3, 6 cables ENE
of Punta Mazzone (381634N 153812E). 406
Anchoring, fishing, and all underwater activities are After Paragraph 10.139 2 line 8 Insert:
prohibited within a 100 m radius of a historic wreck
that lies in position 381646N 153772E, about 3 Entry is prohibited to an area centred on
3½ cables WNW of Punta Mazzone. 381324N 151935E.
Italian Notices 20/10/19 & 20/26/19 Italian Notice 15/15.12/18 [NP45--No 13--Wk 34/18]
[NP45--No 64--Wk 44/19]
Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo —

Sicily -- North coast -- Capo di Milazzo — Prohibited areas
Marine Reserve
406
402
Paragraph 10.139 2 line(s) 7--8 including Existing Section
After Paragraph 10.112 1 line(s) 6 Insert: IV Notice Week 34/18 Replace by:
2 Capo Milazzo Marine Reserve (381630N Entry is prohibited in an area centred on
151415E) has been established in the waters W, N
and E of Capo di Milazzo (10.117). Activities that 381324N 151935E.
could alter the environment are not permitted within Entry is prohibited in an area, in which lies an
this area. The area is divided into zones that are obstruction, centred on 381537N 152572E.
subject to different environmental protection regimes: Entry is prohibited within 5 cables from the oil
Zone A is subject to full reserve regime. Rescue refinery jetties (381274N 151620E) (10.148).
operations and activities authorised by the
managing body are permitted. Italian Notice 14/14.17/19 [NP45--No 54--Wk 32/19]
3 Zone B is subject to general reserve regime.
Access is permitted to sailing vessels, rowing
boats or vessels with electric propulsion. Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo —
Access is permitted to leisure vessels Prohibited area
equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid
sewage or equipped with motor in line with 406
Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of
MARPOL 73/78. Navigation is permitted, Paragraph 10.139 2 including existing Section IV Notice
exclusively in displacement mode, at a speed Week 32/19 Replace by:
not exceeding 5 kn within 300 m of the coast,
and at a speed not exceeding 10 kn between 2 Prohibited anchorage areas lie centred on the
300 and 600 m from the coast. Anchoring is heads of water intake pipelines, 6¼ cables and
authorised as indicated by the managing body. 8 cables ESE of the head of Pontile di Levante.
Approaching within 100 m of marine mammals Anchorage is also prohibited in an area centred on
is not allowed and in the event that cetaceans
should approach the vessels voluntarily, the 381303N 151707E due to foul ground, and within
latter are required to maintain a constant ¾ cable ESE of the harbour entrance.
speed not exceeding 5 kn and to follow a Entry is prohibited in an area centred on
steady course. 381324N 151935E.
2 -- 237
Index
NP45
3 Entry is prohibited within an area, in which lies an Italy -- Porto Nuovo — Directions; chimney
obstruction, centred on 381537N 152572E.
Entry is prohibited within 5 cables of the oil 489
refinery jetties (381274N 151620E) (10.148).
Italian Notice 03/06/20 [NP45--No 77--Wk 11/20]
1 Vessels approaching from N should head for the
platforms, which are clearly visible, remaining about
Sicilia -- North coast --
Porto Di Milazzo — Regulations 1½ miles from them, then approach the entrance
holding to starboard as necessary.
407
...permitted for manoeuvring, not exceeding 6 kn Italy -- South--east coast --
within the port. Golfo di Taranto — Prohibited areas
Keep a minimum distance of 2 cables from any
vessel at anchor. 491
Italian Notices 14/14.17/19; 14/14.18/19 Paragraph 14.98 1--2 Replace by:

[NP45--No 55--Wk 32/19]
1 Entry is prohibited to an area (393738N
164310E) centred on a marine farm.
Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo — Trawling is prohibited in a rectangular area
Directions; prohibited area
centred on 394950N 164160E, about 3 miles SW
408 of Banco di Amendolara (14.103).
2 Entry is prohibited to an area, 5 cables radius,
Paragraph 10.146 3 Replace by: centred on 402572N 165765E.
3 NNW of a prohibited area (about 3½ miles E) ENC IT300026 & IT300027 [NP45--No 20--Wk 45/18]
(10.139), thence:
Italian Notice 15/15.12/18 [NP45--No 14--Wk 34/18] Italy -- South--east coast -- Golfo di Taranto —
Directions; prohibited area; obstructions
Italy -- Stretto di Messina --
Porto di Villa San Giovanni — Arrival information 492
439
1 From a position about 5 miles NE of Capo Trionto
Paragraph 12.31 1 including heading Replace by: the track leads W, passing:
N of the marine farm (393738N 164310E)
Arrival information marked by a light buoy (special) and the
12.31
1 Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing are associated prohibited area, thence:
prohibited within the vicinity of the port. 2 N of artificial concrete structures (393738N
Regulations concerning entry. Harbour regulations 164195E), placed inshore near Zolfara (not
for Porto di Villa San Giovanni are the same as those charted), to discourage illegal fishing, thence:
for Porto di Reggio Calabria (12.38). N of Sant’Angelo di Rossano (14.109).
3 The track then continues N, passing:
Italian Chart 145/19 [NP45--No 56--Wk 32/19]
E of Porto di Corigliano Calabro (14.111). A number
of marine farms marked by light buoys (special)
Italy – Porto di Augusta — Directions; wreck lies NE of the port. Thence:
4 E of Punta Coscio (394320N 163168E),
460 where Fiume Crati flows into the sea. The
Paragraph 13.65 3 line 5 Replace by: river mouth, 30 m wide with depths of 18 to
3 m, is divided into two channels by a small
...blocks. A dangerous wreck lies ¾ cable SSW from the island. After heavy rain, the water off the
head of the N breakwater. mouth of this river is discoloured for about
Italian Notice 3/9/18 [NP45--No 3--Wk 17/18] 1 mile seaward. The coast in the vicinity of
the point is flat and covered with thick
vegetation.
Italy -- Sicilia – South--east coast – 5 The track then continues NE, passing:
Santa Panagia Oil Terminal —
Prohibited areas; pipeline SE of the Porto di Corigliano Calabro designated
outer anchorages (14.111), thence:
465 SE of an extensive area of obstructions (395570N
163800E) lying between Capo Spulico and
Paragraph 13.94 1 line(s) 8--11 Replace by: Torre Albidona. A fish farm marked by light buoys
Entry is prohibited into an area surrounding a gas (special), lies within the obstruction area.
pipeline, marked by a light buoy (special) (370747N Thence the track leads to a position 6 miles ENE of
151492E). Capo Spulico and rejoins the coastal route.
Italian Notice 5/5.6/2019 [NP45--No 41--Wk 13/19] Italian Notice 21/21.11/18 [NP45--No 21--Wk 45/18]
2 -- 238
Index
NP45
Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- France -- Gulf of Lions -- Port--Vendres —
Capo Spulico — Anchorage; caution Traffic regulations; speed restrictions
495 56
...Spulico. The bottom is mud. 3 Traffic regulations. Sailing and powered vessels
Caution. An extensive area of obstructions lies may enter a regulated area which encloses the
between Capo Spulico and Torre Albidona (14.105). A harbour entrance and its approaches only to gain
fish farm marked by light buoys (special) is located access to, or leave, the port and the anchorages.
within the area above, about 2 miles SSE of Capo Sailing and powered vessels under 50 m in length
Spulico. must also give way to warships and power driven
vessels 50 m or greater in length.
4 Speed restrictions. Vessels should not exceed
5 kn when within 300 m of the coast. Vessels under
Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- pilotage are only required to maintain a reduced
Taranto — Prohibited area speed compatible with their maneuverability.
Quarantine berth. East of Pointe de la Presqu’île
498
(see 2.19).
French Notice 16/20 [NP46--No 95--Wk 21/20]
Entry is prohibited to an area (402974N
170990E) which lies SE of Jetty No 5 (V Sporgente). France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Cap Béar — Anchorage
58
Italy -- Golfo di Taranto --
Taranto — Prohibited area Paragraph 2.27 5 lines 5--9 Delete

3 A regulated anchorage area (1.50), is centred on
Notice Week 50/19 Replace by: position 423180N 30570E.
5 Entry is prohibited to an area (402974N French Notice 25/84/19 [NP46--No 54--Wk 29/19]
170990E) which lies SE of Jetty No 5 (V Sporgente).
Entry is prohibited to an area (402824N France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
171169E) extending about 2½ cables SSE from the Cap d’Agde — Prohibited area
head of Pontile Eni (14.172).
59
Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- 3 Anchoring, fishing, dredging and diving are
Gallipoli — Prohibited area prohibited within an area centred on (431452N
33039E).
511
An entry prohibited area, radius 100 m, surrounds a France -- Gulf of Lions --
wreck in position 400367N 175858E. Port--la--Nouvelle — Regulations
Italian Chart 149/17 [NP45--No 4--Wk 19/18] 61

NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2018 Edition)
2 Within the regulated area, seaplanes engaged in
fire--fighting operations have priority. The plane will
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions —
Directions; ODAS buoys perform warning runs along the splashdown corridor
and vessels are expected to clear the area as soon
55 as possible, with the exception of vessels limited by
draught or reduced manoeuvrability.
Paragraph 2.17 2 line 11 Replace by: 3 Speed restrictions. Vessels should not exceed
…the fort. Thence: 15 kn in the approaches and 5 kn when within 300 m
Clear of two restricted areas, 200 m radius, centred of the entrance channel.
on ODAS light buoys (special) (425074N Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring within the
31492E and 425095N 31492E). harbour is prohibited.
French Notice 26/85/19 [NP46--No 56--Wk 30/19] French Notice 50/D21/19 [NP46--No 78--Wk 04/20]
2 -- 239
Index
NP46
France -- Gulf of Lions -- France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Port--la--Nouvelle — Regulations Golfe d’Aigues Mortes —
Seaplane operating area
61 67
Paragraph 2.43 including existing Section IV Notice Week After Paragraph 2.96 1 line 3 Insert:
04/20 Replace by:
Seaplane operating area
1 Restricted area. Sailing and powered vessels may 2.96a
enter a regulated area which encloses the harbour 1 Golfe d’Aigues Mortes (2.95) is used by seaplanes
entrance only to gain access to, or leave, the port and to draw water for fighting forest fires. The S limit of
the anchorages. Sailing and powered vessels under the seaplane operating area is approximately 4329N.
50 m in length must also give way to warships and
power driven vessels 50 m, or greater, in length. French Notice 46/81/18 [NP46--No 19--Wk 49/18]
2 Within the regulated area, seaplanes engaged in
fire--fighting operations have priority. Planes will France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions —
perform warning runs along the splashdown corridor Directions; light
and vessels are expected to clear the area as soon
as possible, with the exception of vessels limited by 67
draught or reduced manoeuvrability.
Oil tanker manoeuvring area, radius 1000 m, is Paragraph 2.98 2 line(s) 4 Replace by:
centred on the tanker mooring (2.47), 1 mile ENE of
Pointe de Beauduc Old Lighthouse (white truncated
the entrance. Unauthorised entry is prohibited.
tower...
3 Speed restrictions. Vessels should not exceed
15 kn in the approaches and 5 kn when within 300 m Paragraph 2.99 1 line(s) 7 Delete
of the entrance channel.
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring within the Paragraph 2.100 2 line(s) 2 For Light Read Old Lighthouse
harbour is prohibited.

France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions —

Directions; light
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Port--la--Nouvelle — Harbour; development 69
Paragraph 2.114 2 line(s) 5 For Light Read Old Lighthouse

61
After Paragraph 2.44 1 line 6 Insert: French Notice 41/84/19 [NP46--No 69--Wk 45/19]
2 Development. Works are in progress (2020) to France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions —
construct two breakwaters protecting the harbour Directions; light
entrance. The N breakwater will extend about 1 mile
ESE and SSE from the shore. The S breakwater will 70
extend about 3 cables E from the existing S
breakwater. The development area is marked by a Paragraph 2.119 1 line(s) 2 For Lighthouse Read Old
light buoy (S cardinal). Lighthouse
Paragraph 2.121 1 line(s) 4 For Light Read Old Lighthouse


France -- Gulf of Lions -- Sète —
Outer anchorage; wrecks and obstructions France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Golfe de Fos — Seaplane operating area
64 71
Paragraph 2.65 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.130 3 Insert:
4 Caution. Golfe de Fos is used by seaplanes to
Caution. A number of wrecks and obstructions are
draw water for fighting forest fires. The S limit of the
charted within the anchorage area.
seaplane operating area is approximately 4320N.
French Notice 8/92/20 [NP46--No 91--Wk 13/20] French Notice 46/81/18 [NP46--No 20--Wk 49/18]
2 -- 240
Index
NP46
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- Paragraph 2.271 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by:
Port de Fos — Entry regulations
1 Description. Calanque d’En--Vau and Port--Pin
72 (431190N 53040E) share a common entrance
which lies between Pointe Castel Vieil and Pointe
Paragraph 2.132 1 line 5 Replace by: Cacao.
Local knowledge is required.
...Control approval. Further authorisation from Fos Port 2 Anchorage. Small vessels may obtain fair weather
Control is required to enter the port beyond No 8 Light
anchorage in depths of less than 25 m, however entry
Buoy (lateral) (432371N 45482E).
within the inlets and anchorage are restricted to
French Notice 24/86/19 [NP46--No 51--Wk 28/19] certain types of vessels. Contact the local authorities
for further details.
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- French Notice 26/20 SD D22; ENC FR573930 (2.008)
Port--de--Bouc — Regulations [NP46--No 105--Wk 31/20]
77 France -- South coast -- Port de Toulon —

Prohibited area
97
Vessels are prohibited from entering Port Pétrolier
de Lavéra (2.171) without permission from Fos After Paragraph 2.303 1 line 10 Insert:
Port Control.
A prohibited area, marked by light buoys (special),
French Notice 24/86/19 [NP46--No 52--Wk 28/19] surrounds Grande Jetée (430569N 55555E).

France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Canal de Caronte — Traffic regulations France -- Toulon -- Îles d’Hyères — Regulations
79 102
Vessels are prohibited from approaching Quai de Regulations
l’Établissement Maritime de Caronte (2.186) without 3.9a
permission from Fos Port Control. 1 All vessels of 300 gt and above must use a route
that passes 2 miles S of Île du Porquerolles
(430001N 61363E), Île de Port--Cros (430031N
62367E) and Ile du Levant (430190N 62820E). If
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions — the wind exceeds 20 kn and the swell exceeds 2 m; or
Restricted anchorages if the firing practice areas S of the islands are active,
vessels may use Petite Passe, after reporting to the
92 signal station located on Île du Porquerolles. Speed
through Petite Passe is limited to 12 kn. Vessels may
also use Grande Passe provided they maintain a
1 Description. Calanque de Sormiou (431250N distance of at least 2 miles from the coast. The speed
52575E) is entered between Bec de Sormiou (2.259) limit within Grande Passe is 16 kn. Between the
and Cap Morgiou and is sheltered from winds mainland and Port--Cros National Park (3.16) the
between W and NE; however the mistral causes speed limit is 20 kn.
strong gusts and quickly raises a sea.
2 Anchorage. Small vessels can obtain good UKHO; H102 Benjamin Heslop 01/19
anchorage in depths 8 to 20 m, sand and weed, [NP46--No 29--Wk 06/19]
noting a restricted anchorage area at the head of the
inlet. France -- South coast -- Rade D’Hyères —
Prohibited anchorages
102
1 Description. Calanque de Morgiou (431250N
52700E) lies between Cap Morgiou and Pointe de Paragraph 3.14 3 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Castel--Vieil, a flat--topped, bare and perpendicular 3 Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 500 m,
headland. A small fishing harbour lies at the head of centred on a mooring buoy in position 430510N
the inlet. 61678E.
2 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in Restrictions apply within the areas lying SE of the
depths of 10 to 20 m, sand and weed, noting a airport at Hyères (430580N 60875E) as follows:
restricted anchorage area at the head of the inlet. Navigation and anchoring are prohibited for vessels
Although sheltered between W and NE the mistral can with air draught greater than 7 m within Restricted
gust strongly and raise a sea. The anchorage is Area 1, which extends about up to 2½ cables from
completely exposed between E and S. the coast.
2 -- 241
Index
NP46
4 Anchoring is prohibited for vessels with air France -- Golfe de Saint--Tropez --
draught greater than 15 m within Restricted Baie de Pampelonne — Prohibited areas
Area 2, which extends about up to 2½ cables
off Area 1. NW, NE and SE corners of the 112
area are marked by buoys (special).
Paragraph 3.80 4 line 4 Replace existing Section IV Notice
Anchoring is prohibited for vessels with air draught
Week 30/20 with:
greater than 22 m within Restricted Area 3, which
extends about up to 1½ miles off Area 2. 5 Prohibited areas. Anchoring, fishing and any
underwater activity are prohibited within the areas
UKHO [NP46--No 21--Wk 02/19] centred on:
431428N 64185E; 470 m in radius;
431340N 64284E; 560 m in radius;
France -- South coast -- Îles d’Hyères -- 431310N 64187E; 410 m in radius;
Grande Passe — Prohibited areas
431333N 64136E; 370 m in radius.
108 French Notice 25/91/20 [NP46--No 106--Wk 32/20]
France -- Baie des Anges -- Nice —
Prohibited areas
3.45 114
1 With the exception of the W coast of Île du Levant,
within Passe des Grottes (3.55), approach to the Paragraph 3.92 1 line(s) 3--7 Replace by:
coast of Île du Levant is prohibited. Golfe Juan (433340N 70600E).
Entry to an area SE of the island extending up to Baie des Anges (433700N 71500E) (see 3.124)
1½ miles is also prohibited. Anchoring, trawling and and within the approaches to the Port of Nice and
dredging are prohibited in an extensive area S of Île the vicinity of Cap Ferrat.
de Port--Cros and Île du Levant.
2 Anchoring, fishing and any underwater activity are French Notice 30/93/19 [NP46--No 59--Wk 36/19]
prohibited within two areas, 250 and 370 m in radius,
centred on 425954N 61895E and 425932N
France -- South coast -- Baie de la Figueirette --
62106E, respectively. Port de Miramar — Directions
In addition there are a number of areas S of Îles
d’Hyères activated periodically for firings from the 115
Mediterranean Test Centre (see 3.4 for signals).
2 Directions. From a position SW of La Vaquette
(432898N 65716E), marked by a light beacon (E
France -- Golfe de Saint--Tropez -- cardinal), the track leads NW through Baie de la
Port de Saint--Tropez — Prohibited areas Figueirette in the white sector (285--348) of Port de
Miramar Mole Light (white column, green top, 9 m in
112 height) (432899N 65599E), passing:
SW of La Petite Vaquette (432897N 65672E),
After Paragraph 3.75 3 line 13 Insert: thence:
NE of Pointe du Trayas (432870N 65597E),
Prohibited area. Anchoring, fishing and any thence:
underwater activity are prohibited within an area, NE of Pointe Notre Dame (432882N 65599E),
370 m in radius, centred on 431885N 64208E. and:
SW of a marine farm (432898N 65623E),
French Notice 25/91/20 [NP46--No 102--Wk 30/20] marked by a light buoy (S cardinal).

France -- Golfe de Saint--Tropez --
Baie de Pampelonne — Prohibited areas
France -- Pointe de l’Aiguille to
112 Port de Mandelieu--La Napoule —
116
5 Prohibited areas. Anchoring, fishing and any
underwater activity are prohibited within the areas After Paragraph 3.97 4 line 5 Insert:
centred on: Authorised vessels anchoring between Pointe de
431428N 64185E; 470 m in radius; l’Aiguille (3.97) and Port de Mandelieu--La Napoule
431340N 64284E; 560 m in radius; (3.105) must do so outside of the 20 m depth contour.
431310N 64187E; 410 m in radius.
French Notice 30/D22(2015)6.3/19
French Notice 25/91/20 [NP46--No 103--Wk 30/20] [NP46--No 60--Wk 36/19]
2 -- 242
Index
NP46
France -- South coast -- Commercial vessels over 50 m LOA;
Golfe de la Napoule — Pilotage Pleasure craft over 80 m LOA.
Pilots board in the following positions:
116 433050N 70020E, 1 mile W of Îles de Lérins
(3.97);
433090N 70580E, 1 mile E of Île de la Tradelière
Pilotage. Golfe de la Napoule lies within Cannes (3.100).
compulsory pilotage area. Pilots board about 1½ miles
WSW of Île Sainte--Marguerite, in position 433050N UKHO; ALRS Vol 6(3) [NP46--No 72--Wk 45/19]
70020E. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(3) for details and procedures.
France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan —
Prohibited area; seaplane area
French Notice 18/D22/19 [NP46--No 42--Wk 22/19]
119
France -- South coast -- West--south--
west of Cap d’Antibes -- Île Sainte-- After Paragraph 3.112 3 line 10 Insert:
Marguerite — Restricted areas
Prohibited area. There is a prohibited area,
116 centred on 433297N 70372E, on the W side of
Golfe Juan. It is marked by buoys (special).
2 Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited in
the vicinity of submarine cables and a water pipeline Seaplane operating area. Seaplanes collecting
laid between the mainland and Île Sainte--Marguerite. seawater to fight forest fires may be encountered in
Anchoring is prohibited in an area centred on Golfe Juan.
433150N 70221E.
French Notice 36/83/18; BA Chart 2247
France -- Golfe de la Napoule -- France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan — Pilotage

Rade de Cannes — Restricted area
119
118
Paragraph 3.112 5 line(s) 1--3 including Existing Section IV
...and SE of the entrance to Port de Cannes. Anchoring is
also prohibited N of a line joining the heads of the inner 5 Pilotage. Golfe Juan lies within Cannes compulsory
breakwaters of Port de Cannes and Port Pierre Canto, pilotage area. Pilots board 1 mile E of Île
between 1st June and 30th September. Sainte--Marguerite, in position 433090N 70580E.
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for
French Notice 10/90/20 [NP46--No 93--Wk 16/20] details and procedures.
Seaplane area. Seaplanes collecting seawater to
fight forest fires may be encountered in Golfe Juan.
France -- South coast --
Golfe de la Napoule -- Cannes — Anchorage
French Notice 18/D22/19 [NP46--No 43--Wk 22/19]
118
After Paragraph 3.107 5 line 3 Insert: France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan —
Anchorages; depths; wrecks
When the Mistral is active, vessels subject to
pilotage (3.109) that normally call at Cannes should 119
anchor in the SW part of Gulf Juan in Île
Sainte--Marguerite Anchorage (3.115). Paragraph 3.115 1 line(s) 7 Replace by:
...Sainte--Marguerite in charted depths from 26 to 77 m.
UKHO [NP46--No 71--Wk 45/19]
Two wrecks lie within the anchorage as follows:
433195N 70383E, position doubtful;
France -- South coast -- 433218N 70350E.
Golfe de la Napoule -- Cannes — Pilotage This anchorage is used by vessels subject to the
Cannes compulsory pilotage limit (3.109) when the
118 Mistral is active. There are four designated
After Paragraph 3.109 3 line 9 Insert: anchorages with a radius of 90 m, centred on:
433200N 70354E;
Pilotage. The Cannes compulsory pilotage area lies 433186N 70395E;
between the lines of longitude 65900E and 433175N 70333E;
70730E bounded by the line of latitude 432900N. 433161N 70366E.
Pilotage is compulsory for entry into the port and
anchorages for the following: UKHO [NP46--No 73--Wk 45/19]
2 -- 243
Index
NP46
France -- Baie des Anges -- Nice — France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges --
Restricted area; prohibited anchorage Marina Baie des Agnes — Pilotage
120 124
Paragraph 3.124 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.140 2 line(s) 6 Insert:
1 Navigation is restricted in an area which surrounds Pilotage. See 3.131.

the Nice--Côte d’Azur Airport (433990N 71287E) in French Notice 18/D22 7.2.4/19
the Baie de Anges. The restricted area is divided into
[NP46--No 46--Wk 22/19]
zones:
Zone 1 — prohibited to all unauthorised vessels.
Zone 2 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges --
3 m or more. Port de Cros--de--Cagnes and Port de
Zone 3 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of Saint--Laurent--du--Var — Pilotage
10 m or more.
124
Zone 4 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of
43 m or more. After Paragraph 3.141 1 line(s) 7 Insert:
Zone 5 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of
49 m or more. Pilotage. See 3.131.
Zone 6 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of After Paragraph 3.142 1 line(s) 8 Insert:
50 m or more.
Zone 7 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of Pilotage. See 3.131.
80 m or more.
French Notice 18/D22 7.2.4/19
Anchoring is prohibited in an area extending about
2¾ cables from the E limit of Zone 1 towards the France -- South coast --
approach to Nice (3.129). Rade de Villefranche — Pilotage
French Notice 30/93/19 [NP46--No 61--Wk 36/19] 124

France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges --
Port de Nice — Pilotage Pilotage. Rade de Villefranche lies within the Nice,
Villefranche--sur--Mer and Saint--Hospice compulsory
122 pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for vessels over
50 m in length. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Paragraph 3.131 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Volume 6(3) for details and procedures.
Pilotage and tugs. Baie des Anges lies within the French Notice 18/19 7.2.9/D22
Nice, Villefranche -- sur -- Mer and Saint -- Hospice [NP46--No 48--Wk 22/19]
compulsory pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for
vessels greater than 50 m in length. There are no
tugs. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals France -- Rade de Villefranche —
Volume 6(3) for details and procedures.
125
French Notice 18/D22 7.2.8.2/19
[NP46--No 44--Wk 22/19] After Paragraph 3.143 4 line 7 Insert:
From April to October inclusive, vessels 20 m or
France -- South coast -- Cap D’Antibes -- more in length are prohibited from anchoring within
Anse de la Garoupe — Anchorage the Rade de Villefranche N of a line joining Môle de
la Santé (3.145) and Anse de Passable.
123
French Notice 30/D22(2015)7.29/19
[NP46--No 62--Wk 36/19]
Anchoring is prohibited for vessels greater than
20 m in length. France -- Rade de Villefranche —
125
France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges -- Paragraph 3.143 4 including existing Section IV Notice
Port Vauban — Pilotage Week 36/19 Replace by:
123 4 Moorings. Two mooring buoys lie within Rade de
Villefranche. The S buoy, about 4 cables SSE of the
After Paragraph 3.139 1 line(s) 13 Insert: citadel, can accept vessels up to 35 000 tonnes; the N
Pilotage. See 3.131. buoy is suitable for vessels up to 10 000 tonnes.
Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited in
French Notice 18/D22 7.2.3.1/19 the centre of Rade de Villefranche unless vessels are
[NP46--No 45--Wk 22/19] secured to the mooring buoys described above.
2 -- 244
Index
NP46
Anchoring is also prohibited within an area centred France -- West--south--west of Port de Monaco --
on 434160N 71933E. Cap Roux -- L’Isoletta — Anchorage
From April to October inclusive, vessels 20 m or
more in length are prohibited from anchoring within 125
the Rade de Villefranche N of a line joining Môle de After Paragraph 3.148 1 line 6 Insert:
la Santé (3.145) and Anse Grassuet.
Anchoring is prohibited in the following areas:
SW of Cap Roux (434292N 72107E);
French Notice 38/91/19 [NP46--No 66--Wk 43/19] SW of L’Isoletta (434318N 72205E).

France -- South coast -- Rade de Villefranche —
Prohibited areas; prohibited anchorages Monaco -- Port de Monaco — Protected area
125
125
4--7 2 A marine reserve lies within Anse Larvotto
Weeks 36/19 and 43/19 Replace by: (434470N 72620E). Spélugues protected area
(434427N 72582E) lies NE of Jetée Lucciana.
4 Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited into two Anchoring, fishing and the navigation of
areas: propeller--driven vessels are prohibited within these
At the head of the bay, centred on 434231N areas which are marked by buoys.
71900E;
On the W side of the bay, centred on 434174N BA Chart 2244/18 [NP46--No 17--Wk 46/18]
71855E.
Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited as
France -- Baie de Roquebrune
follows: Cap Martin — Prohibited area
5 Within an extensive area (434185N 71936E)
encompassing Anse de l’Espalmador 125
(434180N 71950E) and its approaches;
Within two semi--circular areas centred on the After Paragraph 3.148 3 line 4 Insert:
mooring buoys described below; Anchoring, dredging, fishing or other underwater
Within an area between the two designated activity is prohibited with an area, 370 m in radius,
anchorage areas described below. centred on 434436N 72939E, S of Cap Martin.
Further restrictions may apply for vessels 20 m or
more in length; local authorities should be contacted French Notice 24/90/20 [NP46--No 100--Wk 28/20]
for more details.
6 Anchorages and moorings. Two mooring buoys lie Monaco -- Port de Monaco and approaches —
within Rade de Villefranche. The S buoy, about Anchorage; prohibited anchorage
4 cables SSE of the citadel, can accept vessels up to
35 000 tonnes; the N buoy is suitable for vessels up 127
to 10 000 tonnes. Paragraph 3.153 3--4 Replace by:
Two designated anchorage areas (434187N
71879E and 434186N 71905E) in the centre of 3 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels greater than
the bay. 80 m in length; the pilot station is located on Jetée
7 Caution. In southerly winds, the swell penetrates Nord. Pilots board at 434440N 72700E, 8 cables
the harbour and can make the anchorage dangerous. ENE of the entrance. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio
Other facilities. Water by lighter from Port de Signals Volume 6(3).
Villefranche, Darse Sud. Tugs. Small tugs are available.
Anchorage. A regulated anchorage area is centred
on 434408N 72675E, in depths of 13 to 85 m,
French Notice 39/91/20; FGSD D2.2 (2015) 7.2.9
mud and sand.
[NP46--No 112--Wk 47/20]
This anchorage may occasionally be prohibited to
allow the movement of larger vessels. For further
information contact the local authorities.
France -- South coast -- 4 Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited in
Port de Villefranche--sur--Mer — Pilotage areas in the approaches to Port de Monaco harbour
entrance as follows:
125 An irregular shaped area centred on 434441N
72627E;
Paragraph 3.144 1 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: An area centred on 434406N 72601E, that
surrounds the harbour entrance and contains a
Pilotage. See 3.143 pattern of anchor moorings securing the floating
breakwater.
See also 3.154.
French Notice 18/19 7.2.9/D22
[NP46--No 49--Wk 22/19] French Notice 39/92/20 [NP46--No 113--Wk 47/20]
2 -- 245
Index
NP46
Monaco -- Port de Monaco — Prohibited area Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- Imperia — Wrecks
127 134
...Port de Fontvieille (3.154).
Entry is prohibited to an irregular shaped area ...also within two circular areas, radius 500 m, centred on
(434455N 72628E) lying NE of the entrance to historic wrecks, 1¾ miles SSW and 1½ miles SE of Porto
Port de Monaco and marked by buoys. Maurizio.
BA Chart 2244/18 [NP46--No 18--Wk 46/18] BA Chart 351 [NP46--No 31--Wk 07/19]
Monaco -- Port de Monaco and approaches -- Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- South of Savona --
Port de Fontvielle — Prohibited anchorage Capo Noli — Prohibited area
127
138
Prohibited anchorage. An area enclosing Port de
Fontvieille Harbour approaches, including four outfalls Anchoring, fishing and unauthorised underwater
extending SE from the shore, either side of the activities are prohibited within 200 m of foul ground in
harbour entrance. position 441102N 82518E.
French Notice 39/92/20 [NP46--No 114--Wk 47/20] Italian Notice 12/12.3/20 [NP46--No 99--Wk 28/20]
France -- South coast --

Baie de Beaulieu — Pilotage Italy – Gulf of Genoa -- Arenzano —
Restricted area
127
141
Pilotage. Baie de Beaulieu lies within the Nice, After Paragraph 4.66 3 line 5 Insert:
Villefranche--sur--Mer and Saint--Hospice compulsory Anchoring, fishing and underwater activities are
pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for vessels prohibited within an area, radius 100 m, centred on
greater than 80 m in length. See ADMIRALTY List of 442330N 84141E, on account of unexploded
Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for details and procedures. ordnance on the seabed.
Italy -- Genova — Regulations; speed limit
After Paragraph 3.158 1 line(s) 7 Insert: 148
Pilotage. See 3.155. Paragraph 4.110 3 lines 7--8 Replace by:
French Notice 18/D22 7.3.4/19 Speed limit. There is a speed limit of 6 kn

[NP46--No 50--Wk 22/19] throughout the harbour reduced to 3 kn when in the
vicinity of the small craft moorings in Porto Vecchio,
Porticciolo Duca degli Abruzzi and Sestri Ponente.
Italy -- Gulf of Genoa --
San Bartolomeo al Mare -- Capo Mele —
Submarine pipelines Italian Notice 21/21.19/18 [NP46--No 14--Wk 45/18]
132
Italy -- Genova — Directions; wreck
2 Anchoring is prohibited within 200 m of the 150
submarine pipelines extending about 7 cables from the
coast, SE and SSE respectively from positions close Paragraph 4.115 3 line 9 Replace by:
E and W of San Bartolomeo. Voltri--Prà, and:
Anchoring is prohibited within 200 m of a
submarine pipeline extending generally NE from the After Paragraph 4.115 3 line 9 Insert:
coast, close N of Capo Mele (435732N 81033E).
Clear of a dangerous wreck (442501N 84659E).
Italian Notice 19/4/19 & 19/18/19
[NP46--No 67--Wk 44/19] Italian Notice 3/3.3/19 [NP46--No 33--Wk 09/19]
2 -- 246
Index
NP46
Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- Italy -- West coast -- Gulf of Genoa --
La Spezia approaches — Directions; wreck La Spezia — Depth
158 164
...depth of 81 m, extending SE from this berth.
...exhibited from the island (4.156). A dangerous wreck
(440066N 95188E) lies 1¼ miles SSE of the island. ENC IT600059 (4.000) [NP46--No 88--Wk 12/20]
Italian Chart 115/19 [NP46--No 92--Wk 15/20] Italy -- West coast -- Gulf of Genoa --
La Spezia — Basins and berths
Italy – La Spezia — Outer anchorages; wrecks 164

Arcola Petrolifera Oil Terminal (440572N
95127E) is a mooring facility W of Porto Lotti
1 There are numbered anchor berths in the Outer marina. Maximum size of vessel handled 35 000 dwt,
Roads of Golfo di La Spezia lying between Centre length 230 m, draught 120 m.
and East Routes, in depths of 12 to 17 m; anchor Punta San Bartolomeo Oil Terminal (440540N
berths are allocated by the Harbour Master. 95165E), SSE of Molo dei Pagliari, is a military
Restrictions apply to some berths. berth and lies within a restricted area. Vessels greater
Caution. Three wrecks lie in the following positions: than 10 gt are prohibited from navigation within the
440206N 95537E area, unless authorised by the harbour authorities.
440202N 95600E ENC IT600059 (4.000) [NP46--No 89--Wk 12/20]
440360N 95390E.
Italian Notice 16/16.2/18; ENC IT400115 Italy -- South--east of La Spezia -- Forte dei Marmi
— Wreck; prohibited area
[NP46--No 2--Wk 41/18]
168
Italy -- West coast -- Gulf of Genoa -- Paragraph 5.12 1 line(s) 1--8 including heading Replace by:
La Spezia — Prohibited anchorage
Traffic regulations
160 5.12
1 Restricted areas. For FRSU Toscana see 5.58.
Protection zones have been established by the
3 Navigation inshore of a line enclosing Seno di Italian Government as follows:
Panigaglia (440460N 95000E) is prohibited Secche della Meloria (5.50).
except for naval, police or customs vessels, Isola Gorgona (5.90).
vessels berthing at Pontile SNAM or providing Isola Capraia (8.15).
services to the terminal. 2 Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited within 250 m
Entry to an inlet between Punta di Maramozza of the wave meter buoy (435580N 94960E)
(440402N 95486E) and Punta di Maralunga, located about 6 miles S of Isola del Tino.
2½ cables W, is prohibited. Entry is also prohibited within 300 m of a
Entry is prohibited to an area surrounding Arcola dangerous wreck (435592N 100568E).
Petrolifera Oil Terminal (4.199) for all vessels
except those bound for the terminal.
Entry is prohibited to an area surrounding Punta San WSW of a dangerous wreck (435592N
Bartolomeo Oil Terminal (4.199) for all vessels 100568E) (5.12), thence:
except those bound for the terminal.
4 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited Italian Notice 23/23.3/19 [NP46--No 77--Wk 50/19]
within the port in the following areas:
Anchoring is prohibited within 100 m of the shore or Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- Livorno — Directions;
the pierheads of Porto Industriale between depths
6 cables and 1 mile NW of the NE end of Diga
Foranea due to submarine cables. 175
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the approach Paragraph 5.64 1--3 Replace by:
channels to Porto Militare (4.190) and Vecchio
Bacino (4.198). 1 From a position E of Secche della Meloria East
5 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within a Light Beacon (433533N 101551E) (5.40) the track
50 m radius circle centred on 440360N leads SSE passing:
95390E where a dummy mine, used for ENE of Torre della Meloria (433288N 101314E)
military exercises, is located. (5.40), thence:
ENE of Secche della Meloria South Light
ENC IT600059 (4.000) [NP46--No 87--Wk 12/20] (433277N 101313E) (5.40), thence:
2 -- 247
Index
NP46
2 WSW of Torre del Marzocco (433398N Italy -- Sardegna -- Bonifacio Strait —
101824E) (5.40), thence: Marine reserve
Between Diga Meloria North Head (433348N
101720E), from which a light (green column on 205
pedestal, 5 m in height) is exhibited, and Diga
Marzocco Head, from which a light (red column on
pedestal, 5 m in height) is also exhibited.
3 The track leads, as required, in mid--channel 1 The waters in the N part of the Bonifacio Strait,
through Bocca Nord remaining clear of the shoals including Îles Lavezzi (412200N 91500E), lie within
extending from the breakwater heads. two designated marine reserves that extend up to
9¼ miles off shore between Les Moins (412700N
Italian Chart 62 [NP46--No 109--Wk 39/20]
85400E) and Punta di a Chiappa (413571N
92193E). Occupational and recreational restrictions
France – Corse – North--west coast – are in place for vessels entering this area.
Port de I’Île--Rousse — Pilotage 2 The waters in the S part of the Bonifacio Strait,
between Capo Testa (6.170) and Punta Falcone
187 (6.170), lie within a designated marine reserve that
Paragraph 6.37 1 line 4 Replace by: extends up to the two--way route. Activities that could
alter the environment are not permitted within this
...in length. Pilots are provided from Bastia and board in area. The area is divided into zones that are subject
position 423980N 85740E. to different environmental protection regimes:
Zone A is subject to full reserve regime. Rescue
French Notice 26/84/18 [NP46--No 3--Wk 41/18] operations and activities authorised by the
managing body are permitted.
France -- Corse -- North coast -- Port de 3 Zone B is subject to general reserve regime.
l’Île--Rousse — Regulations Access is permitted to sailing vessels, rowing
boats or vessels with electric propulsion.
187 Navigation is permitted, exclusively in
displacement mode, at a speed not exceeding
Paragraph 6.37 2 line 4 For 20 m Read 50 m 5 kn within 300 m of the coast, and at a
speed not exceeding 10 kn between 300 and
600 m from the coast. Anchoring is authorised
as indicated by the managing body.
Approaching within 100 m of marine mammals
France – Corse – North--west coast – is not allowed and in the event that cetaceans
Port de Calvi — Pilotage should approach the vessels voluntarily, the
latter are required to maintain a constant
188 speed not exceeding 5 kn and to follow a
steady course.
Paragraph 6.45 2 line 6 Replace by: 4 Zone C is subject to partial reserve regime.
...in length. Pilots are provided from Bastia and board in Access is permitted to leisure vessels
position 423680N 84450E. equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid
sewage or equipped with motor in line with
French Notice 26/84/18 [NP46--No 4--Wk 41/18] Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of
MARPOL 73/78.
For further details contact the local authorities.
France -- Corse -- Golfe de Calvi -- 5 A national park lies between Isola Razzoli
Port de Calvi — Prohibited area
(411800N 92100E) and Isola Santa Maria,
188 1½ miles E. Entry to the area is prohibited.
After Paragraph 6.45 4 line 3 Insert: Italian Notice 2/213/19 [NP46--No 32--Wk 07/19]
Entry is prohibited into an area centred on
423360N 84729E between 1st June and
30th September. France -- Corse -- East coast --
Bastia — Prohibited area
215
France -- Corse -- North coast --
Port de Calvi — Regulations After Paragraph 7.25 1 line 2 Insert:
188 Prohibited area. When a tanker is moored at the

buoys, vessels must keep at least 500 m away from
Paragraph 6.45 4 line 6 For 20 m Read 50 m the terminal.
French Notice 50/88/19 [NP46--No 80--Wk 04/20] French Notice 45/93(F707)/19 [NP46--No 75--Wk 49/19]
2 -- 248
Index
NP46
France -- Corse -- East coast -- Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to
Lucciana Oil Terminal — Prohibited area Isola del Giglio — Directions
217 230
After Paragraph 7.41 1 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 8.33 1--3 Replace by:
Prohibited area. When a tanker is moored at the
buoys, vessels must keep at least 500 m away from 1 From a position in the precautionary area
the terminal. (425100N 94000E) at the S end of the Corsica
Channel TSS (7.11) the track leads ESE, passing:
French Notice 45/93(F707)/19 [NP46--No 76--Wk 49/19] SSW of Punta Polveraia Light (424767N
100662E) (8.12). Seamounts with depths of 38
France -- Corse -- Bonifacio Strait to 49 m rise between 5 and 8 miles W of Isola
Punta Capicciola to Punta di u Capicciolu — d’Elba. Thence:
Restricted areas 2 NNE of Banco di Mezzo Canale, which has a
least depth of 23 m (424038N 100339E),
219 thence:
SSW of Punta di Fetovaia (424354N 100949E),
Paragraph 7.64 including heading Replace by: the headland of a narrow peninsula which has the
appearance of a mole extending SSE from Isola
Restricted areas d’Elba.
7.64 The track then leads SE, passing:
1 A wreck with a least depth of 50 m, enclosed by an 3 NE of Isola Pianosa Light (423513N
area within which anchoring, fishing and diving are
prohibited, lies 6½ cables NE of Punta di Rondinara 100577E) (8.12), thence:
(7.79). NE of Isola di Montecristo (422000N 101900E)
Anchoring, fishing and any underwater activity are (8.27), thence:
prohibited within an area, 370 m in radius, centred on SW of Punta del Capel Rosso Light (Isola del Giglio)
412587N 91776E. (white tower, red bands, 20 m in height)
(421924N 105518E).
French Notice 25/93/20 [NP46--No 104--Wk 30/20] Thence the track leads to a position about 15 miles
WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40).
Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to
Isola Giannutri — Routes Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 24--Wk 04/19]
229
Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio --
Paragraph 8.30 1 Replace by: Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light
1 A route leads generally SE for 63 miles from a
position in the precautionary area (425100N 230
94000E) at the S end of the Corsica Channel TSS
(7.11), through Arcipelago Toscano (8.7), to a position
about 15 miles WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40).
Paragraph 8.33 3 Existing Section IV Week 04/19 Replace
Coastal routes lead E passing N and S of Isola
d’Elba (424600N 101600E). by:
3 NE of Isola Pianosa Light (423513N
BA Chart 1999/15 [NP46--No 22--Wk 04/19]
100577E) (8.12), thence:
NE of Isola di Montecristo (422000N 101900E)
Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio — (8.27), thence:
Directions; light SW of Punta del Capel Rosso Light (Isola del Giglio)
(421924N 105518E) (8.32).
230 Thence the track leads to a position about 15 miles
Paragraph 8.32 3 lines 6--8 Delete WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40).

Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio -- Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio to
Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light Isola di Giannutri — Directions; useful marks
230 230
After Paragraph 8.32 3 line(s) 5 including Existing Section Paragraph 8.34 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
IV Week 04/19 Re--insert:
1 Disused signal station (424644N 100701E)
Punta del Capel Rosso (Isola del Giglio) (white
tower, red bands, 20 m in height) (421924N standing on the flattish summit of Campo alle
105518E). Serre.
2 -- 249
Index
NP46
Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio — Light Italy – West coast -- Promontorio Argentario —
Prohibited area
231
243
Paragraph 8.39 4 line 5 For 8.32 Read 8.33
Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 26--Wk 04/19] Entry is prohibited within an area, 100 m radius,
centred on 422524N 110496E, close NNE of
Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio -- Punta del Scoglio Argentarola.
Capel Rosso — Major light
231
Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio —
Paragraph 8.39 4 line(s) 5 including Existing section IV Directions; light
week 04/19 For 8.33 Read 8.32
243
Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 40--Wk 18/19] Paragraph 8.117 5 line 8 For 8.32 Read 8.33
Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 28--Wk 04/19]
Isola d’Elba — Light
232 Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio --

Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light
243
1 From a position in the precautionary area
(425100N 94000E) at the S end of the Corsica Paragraph 8.117 5 line(s) 8 including Existing section IV
Channel TSS (7.11), the track leads ENE, passing week 04/19 For 8.33 Read 8.32
with positions relative to Punta Polveraia Light
(424767N 100662E): Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 41--Wk 18/19]
SSE of Isola Capraia (8.14), thence:
Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 27--Wk 04/19] Italy – Porto Santo Stefano —
Basins and berths; depth
Italy -- Isola d’Elba -- Punta dei Ripalti — 244
Prohibited area
239
1 Porto del Valle (422620N 110740E) is
After Paragraph 8.92 6 line 3 Insert: protected by two moles. Molo Garibaldi extends ENE
from the shore and has been recently extended
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within 1½ miles
of a wreck (424441N 102997E) lying 4 miles NE (2014). Molo di Sottoflutto extends WNW; a light (red
of Punta dei Ripalti (8.69). column, 5 m in height) is exhibited from the head of
Molo di Sottoflutto. Banchina Toscana has a length of
Italian Chart IT913 (2020) [NP46--No 97--Wk 23/20] 120 m.
BA Chart 131 [NP46--No 8--Wk 41/18]

Italy – Portovecchio di Piombino —
Berths; draught restrictions
Italy -- Sardegna -- North--west coast --
241 Alghero — Prohibited anchorage

...155 m in length with a depth of 73 m. The S berth is After Paragraph 9.59 1 line 13 Insert:
105 m in length with a depth of 82 m. The maximum
authorised draughts for the N and S berths are 7 and 8 m Caution. Vessels should not anchor at a distance
respectively. greater than 150 m from the allocated anchor berth.
Italian Notice 14/15/18 [NP46--No 5--Wk 41/18] Paragraph 9.59 3 line(s) 4--9 Replace by:
Prohibited areas. Anchoring and stopping within
Italy – Golfo di Follonica -- 200 m of the harbour entrance is prohibited. There is
Torre del Sale — Restricted area a speed limit of 3 kn throughout the harbour. Vessels
must remain 30 m clear of the heads of the moles
241 forming the harbour entrance. Entry is prohibited
within an area extending 100 m from the breakwaters.
After Paragraph 8.105 2 line 10 Insert: 4 Anchoring is prohibited within 500 m of the
Entry is prohibited within 100 m of the marine farm designated anchor berths above when an authorised
situated 1 mile SE of the entrance to Torre del Sale. vessel is at anchor.
Italian Chart 71/18 [NP46--No 6--Wk 41/18] Italian Notice 1/1.13/20 [NP46--No 85--Wk 07/20]
2 -- 250
Index
NP46
Italy -- Sardegna -- South coast -- Italy – Sardegna – South coast --
Capo Teulada — Prohibited area Golfo di Teulada -- Porto Zafferano —
Directions; wreck
264 270
SSE of Porto Zafferano (8½ miles W). A wreck with a
Entry is normally prohibited within an area depth of 123 m lies in the entrance to the bay.
encompassing Capo Teulada and bounded by the Thence:
following coordinates:
385395N 84025E. Italian Notice 15/15.7/18 [NP46--No 9--Wk 41/18]
385380N 84210E.
385150N 83900E. Italy -- Sardegna -- La Maddalena — Obstruction
385290N 83550E.
385357N 83640E. 282
For further details on restrictions contact the local After Paragraph 10.9 1 line 8 Insert:
authorities.
411267N 92521E (water pipeline).
Italian Notice 26/26.30/19 [NP46--No 81--Wk 05/20] Italian Chart 281/19 [NP46--No 58--Wk 32/19]
Italy -- Sardegna -- North--east coast --

Italy -- Sardegna -- Golfo di Palmas -- Golfo Aranci — Prohibited area
Portovesme — Regulations
292
Paragraph 9.120 3 lines 11--12 Delete Prohibited area
10.63
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within the
Paragraph 9.120 4 lines 1--10 Replace by: areas containing submarine cables which extend from
the N coast of Capo Figari peninsula (410000N
4 Tugs are available. Use of tugs is compulsory for 93800E) and from Golfo di Olbia (405700N
oil and chemical tankers 3000 gt or greater. Further 93700E).
restrictions apply depending on the vessel and the Anchoring, fishing and any underwater activity are
allocated berth. Local authorities should be contacted prohibited within 2 cables of a wreck centred on
for details. 410700N 93500E.
Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are Italian Notice 8/2/20 [NP46--No 94--Wk 21/20]
prohibited in an area within the harbour close NNE of
Molo Acidotto (9.123). Italy -- Sardegna -- Porto di Olbia — Pilotage
UKHO [NP46--No 82--Wk 06/20] 295

Paragraph 10.76 4 line 1 For 600 gt Read 500 gt
Italy -- Sardegna -- Golfo di Palmas --
Porto di Sant’ Antioco — Directions Olbia Pilots [NP46--No 74--Wk 46/19]
268 Italy -- Sardegna -- Porto di Olbia — Speed limit
295
Paragraph 10.76 5 line 19 For 10 kn Read 8 kn
UKHO [NP46--No 96--Wk 23/20] Paragraph 10.76 5 line 21 For 8 kn Read 6 kn
UKHO [NP46--No 84--Wk 06/20]

Italy -- Sardegna -- Capo Teulada —
Prohibited area Italy -- Sardegna -- Golfo Spurlatta —
Restricted area
270
299
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area Restricted area
enclosing Capo Teulada, the coast 6 miles NW and 10.102a
the coast 4¾ miles NE, including Isola Rossa 1 A security zone (405295N 93870E), which
(401726N 82843E). The area contains explosive includes the NATO pier (10.105), has been established
devices. between Porto San Paolo and Isola Piana. Speed is
limited to 5 kn except for official vessels.
2 -- 251
Index
NP46
Italy – Sardegna – North--west coast -- Italy -- West coast -- Capo Circeo —
Isola Tavolara — Anchorage Prohibited area
300 331
Anchorage 2 Area centred on 411400N 130632E.
10.107a Area of 300 m radius centred on 411376N
1 Spalmatore di terra. Anchorage can be obtained 130675E.
within an area centred on 405322N 94095E, in 20 Entry is prohibited within 100 m radius of a wreck
to 36 m, mud and sand. (411140N 133240E).
Entry is prohibited within 3 cables radius of a wreck
ENC IT400322 [NP46--No 13--Wk 41/18] (410978N 131231E).
A statue of the Madonna del Carmine stands on
Italy -- Sardegna -- East coast -- the seabed in position 411683N 131684E and is
Porto di Arbatax — Prohibited areas enclosed by an area of radius 5 cables; entry to the
area is prohibited.
302
Vessels with a draught greater than 2 m are not to Italy -- West coast -- Gaeta — Anchorages
enter an area (395641N 94195E) N of Molo di
336
Ponente.
Entry is prohibited within an area encompassing Paragraph 12.71 1 line 10 Replace by:
Molo di Levante.
G1, G2 Vessels entering Gaeta
Italian Chart 316/19 [NP46--No 83--Wk 06/20]
Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 35--Wk 14/19]
Sardegna -- East coast -- Capo San Lorenzo —
Prohibited area Italy -- West coast -- Isole Pontine --
Isola di Ventotene — Restricted area
305
338
...393378N 94450E due to unexploded ordnance.
Restricted area. The area centred on 404794N
Entry is prohibited within an area (392877N
94248E), 250 m in radius, lying 3 miles ESE of 132609E, radius 80 m, is reserved for the use of
Capo San Lorenzo due to unexploded ordnance. tankers supplying water to the island.
Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited within Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 36--Wk 14/19]
2 miles from this area.
Istituto Idrografico Della Marina Mar Tirreno No 17 Italy – Porto di Procida — Prohibited anchorage
[NP46--No 30--Wk 06/19]
345
Italy -- West coast -- Isole Pontine -- After Paragraph 12.130 3 line 4 Insert:
Isola di Ponza — Restricted areas Anchoring is prohibited in an area defined by the
following postions:
328 404594N 140204E
After Paragraph 12.30 6 line 6 Insert: 404638N 140233E
404608N 140276E
7 Restricted areas. The following areas are reserved 404587N 140222E.
for the use of tankers supplying water to the island:
Area A (405380N 125800E), radius 80 m. Italian Notice 14/14.4/18 [NP46--No 10--Wk 41/18]
Area B (405520N 125820E), radius 150 m.
Area C (405551N 125804E), radius 80 m. Italy -- Golfo di Napoli -- Castellammare di Stabia
— Anchor berths
Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 34--Wk 14/19]
354
Italy -- West coast -- Gaeta — Prohibited area Paragraph 12.181 1 line 13 Replace by:
331 Bravo/FB1 335 6 cables 180--220

After Paragraph 12.44 2 line 3 Insert: Vessels carrying dangerous cargo are not to use
the above anchor berths and must contact the
Entry is prohibited within 100 m radius of a wreck Harbour Master, waiting at a distance of not less than
(411140N 133240E). 25 miles from the head of Molo Foraneo.
Italian Notice 17/5/19 [NP46--No 63--Wk 40/19] Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 37--Wk 14/19]
2 -- 252
Index
NP46
Italy -- West coast -- Napoli -- Montenegro -- Approaches to
Rada di Mergellina — Prohibited area Boka Kotorska — Anchorage
358 176
Entry is prohibited within 100 m radius of a light buoy Anchorage may be obtained in the bight between
(special) (404963N 141400E). Rt Oðtra (6.127) and Rt Kobila (6.127), but the
holding ground is bad.
UKHO [NP46--No 111--Wk 46/20]
ENC ME4BOK01 (3.000) [NP47--No 8--Wk 52/20]
Italy -- West coast -- Tyrrhenian Sea -- Montenegro -- Tivat — Anchorage; wreck

Golfo di Salerno — Prohibited areas
180
373
1 Anchorage may be obtained in position 422684N
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area 184071E in depths of about 32 m, and in the vicinity
enclosing an outfall pipeline (13.57) which extends of 422503N 184204E, in depths from 11 to 19 m,
8 cables SW from a position on the coast close N of clear of a dangerous wreck (422502N 184180E).
the mouth of Fiume Fuorni (403810N 144980E).
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in areas ENC ME4BOK01 (3.000) [NP47--No 9--Wk 52/20]
surrounding explosive devices, reported (2020),
centred on 402473N 145683E and 402445N Croatia -- Iðki Kanal -- Luka Osiljinac —
145800E. Directions; anchorage
2 Entry is prohibited to an area enclosing a wave
recording station lying 5 cables WSW of the mouth of 307
Fiume Sele (402893N 145646), marked by a light Paragraph 8.325 1--3 including heading Replace by:
beacon (special) (13.59).
Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coast Spare
between Salerno (404000N 144700E) and Fiume 8.325
Sele (13.60).
3 Various items of measuring equipment have been Croatian Notice 9/6/20 [NP47--No 5--Wk 49/20]
deployed in the coastal sea area between Salerno and
Fiume Sele. Close approach to such equipment is
also prohibited. Italy -- South--east coast -- Molfetta —
Arrival information
Italian Notice 16/25/20 [NP46--No 108--Wk 37/20]
465--466
Italy – West coast -- Paragraph 11.136 1--5 Replace by:

Marina di Camerota — Anchorage
1 Port operations. Vessels over 1500 gt are not
permitted to enter or leave harbour between sunset
378
and sunrise.
Paragraph 13.82 4 line 4 Replace by: Outer anchorages. Designated anchorages are as
follows:
...Cala Bianca, 1 mile farther E, noting the pipeline 2 F1 (411423N 163589E).
extending 5 cables S from the vicinity of Torre del Poggio.
F2 (411375N 163539E).
Italian Notice 15/15.10/18 [NP46--No 11--Wk 41/18] F3 (411403N 163498E).
F4 (411375N 163464E).
F5 (411397N 163429E).
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot F6 (411335N 163522E).
Volume 3 (2020 Edition) 3 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt, and
is available from 0800 to 2000. Pilots board 1 mile
ENE of the head of Molo Foraneo.
Montenegro -- Approaches to Traffic regulations. Anchoring is prohibited within
Boka Kotorska — Anchorage
1 mile from the entrance, except in the designated
anchorages.
175
Fishing and other marine activities are prohibited within
Paragraph 6.130 1 including heading Replace by: the area containing the anchorages.
4 Entry is prohibited into an area encompassing the
Spare breakwater Diga Antemurale Achille Salvucci and the
6.130 area under development (11.137) lying at its root.
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of a
ENC ME4BOK01 (3.000) [NP47--No 7--Wk 52/20] submarine power cable laid across the harbour.
2 -- 253
Index
NP47
A historic wreck area (411660N 163540E) is Italy -- East coast -- Approaches to Ravenna —
situated about 4 miles N of Molfetta; see 11.132 for details Prohibited area
on restrictions.
5 Unexploded ordnance is reported to exist in the 503
basin and within an area, encompassing the After Paragraph 12.122 1 line 3 Insert:
approaches to the port, bounded by the following
coordinates: A prohibited area, marked by a light buoy (special),
411292N 163671E. exists with a radius of 5 cables centred on 442262N
122695E.
411261N 163671E.
411257N 163516E. Portolano P8 (2020) [NP47--No 6--Wk 51/20]
411292N 163514E.
Mariners are advised to consult the Port Authority for Italy -- Gulf of Venice -- Approaches to
Porto di Lido and Venezia — Restricted areas
restrictions.
6 Regulations concerning entry include the 517
following:
Speed is restricted to 3 kn within the harbour Paragraph 12.232 3 lines 1--6 Delete
entrance.
Special regulations are in force for vessels of 1600 gt Italian Notice 18/18.9/20 [NP47--No 1--Wk 45/20]
or over carrying petroleum, gas, and other
flammable cargoes within the port. For further Italy -- Gulf of Venice -- Approaches to
details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Porto di Lido and Venezia — Directions;
Volume 6(3) and 1.86. prohibited areas
517
UKHO; Italian Notice 18/20; Portolano P7 Ed. 2015;
Premessa agli Avvisi ai Naviganti 2020 Paragraph 12.235 4 line 6 Replace by:
[NP47--No 3--Wk 45/20] ...123080E) (12.293).
Italy -- South--east coast -- Molfetta — Directions
466
NP48 Mediterranean Pilot
Paragraph 11.138 1--4 Replace by: Volume 4 (2019 Edition)
1 Track. From a position 5 cables ENE of the head Greece -- Stenó Elafonísou --
of the E mole the track leads generally WSW, passing Órmos Vátika — Anchorage
between the head of Diga Antemurale Achille
Salvucci, surrounded by a prohibited area (11.136), 61
and the head of Molo Foraneo. Paragraph 2.73 5 Delete
Caution. A clearance of at least 30 m should be
maintained from the head of the breakwaters.
Greek Notice 8/115/20 [NP48--No 14--Wk 43/20]
The track then continues as required for the allocated
berth.
2 Useful marks: Greece -- Nísos Kríti -- Irákleion —
Light (green column on pedestal, 6 m in height) Directions; historic wreck
(411287N 163545E) exhibited from a position
about 1 cable W of the head of Diga Antemurale 81--82
Achille Salvucci, which is reported to be difficult to
distinguish against the shore lights. Paragraph 3.119 1 including heading Replace by:
3 Light (red mast on round tower, 10 m in height)
(411272N 163548E) exhibited from the Traffic regulations
head of Molo Foraneo. 3.119
Light (white column on green round hut, 3 m in 1 Restricted area. Anchoring, fishing, trawling,
height) (411249N 163546E) exhibited from dredging, diving and the removal of historical artefacts
the head of Molo Pennello. is prohibited within 300 m of an historic wreck
(352128N 252290E).
Molfetta Light (411248N 163565E) (11.133).
For further details on historic wrecks, see 1.56.
Old Cathedral of San Corrado with two matching 2 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in a
square towers, 2 cables SE of the light. submarine cable area (352062N 251344E) that is
2 miles wide and extends 1¼ miles offshore about
UKHO; Italian Notice 18/18.7;18.22(T)/20 3½ miles E of the head of Liménas Irákleiou outer
[NP47--No 4--Wk 45/20] mole (352113N 250936E).
2 -- 254
Index
NP48
Paragraph 3.121 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Greece – South Aegean – Nísos Léros --
Órmos Lakkí — Prohibited area; historic wrecks
NNW of a dangerous historic wreck (352128N
252290E) (3.119), lying N of Ákra 268
Chersónisos...
GB Chart 3678/20 [NP48--No 9--Wk 18/20] An area in which anchoring is seasonally prohibited
lies near the head of the bay.
Historic wrecks are situated within this bay.
Activities including anchoring are prohibited within a
Greece -- Athens -- Peiraiás — Port development radius of 300 m of an historic wreck. For further
information see 7.7.
142
Greek Chart 451 [NP48--No 1--Wk 34/19]
Greece – South Aegean – Nísos Léros --
Órmos Lakkí — Prohibited area; historic wrecks
Development
5.72a 270
1 Works are in progress (2020) for the construction of
a new cruise terminal within an area centred on Paragraph 7.336 1 line 1 Replace by:
375605N 233719E. The area is marked by light
buoys (special). 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Órmos Lakkí, clear
of prohibited areas, in...
Greek Notice 4/52/20 [NP48--No 10--Wk 24/20] Paragraph 7.337 3 line 2 For Wreck Read Historic wreck
Paragraph 7.337 3 line 3 For Wreck Read Historic wreck

Greece -- Athens -- Peiraiás —
Directions; port development
143 Historic wreck (370675N 265006E).
After Paragraph 5.77 1 line 6 Insert: Greek Chart 451 [NP48--No 2--Wk 34/19]
NNW of an area under development (5.72a), thence:
Greece -- Aegean Sea -- Stenó Makrónisou --
Greek Notice 4/52/20 [NP48--No 11--Wk 24/20] Lávrion — Anchorage
294
Greece -- Saronikós Kólpos -- Stenó Nafstáthmou
— Directions; obstruction Paragraph 8.17 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage. A designated anchorage area
151 exists NE of the port, centred on 374320N
240475E.
Paragraph 5.127 1 line 4 Replace by: Contact Lávrion Port Authority (8.15) for further
information.
...the limits of the dredged channel, and:
Clear of an obstruction (375789N 233278E) with Greek Notice 8/121/20 [NP48--No 15--Wk 43/20]
a depth of 82 m.
Greek Notice 8/145/19 [NP48--No 4--Wk 42/19] Greece -- Aegean Sea -- Stenó Makrónisou --
Órmos Thorikóu— Anchorage
Greece -- Aegean Sea -- Nisída Levítha — 295

Directions; wreck
262 2 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of less than
18 m, mud and weed, good holding ground, in the
Paragraph 7.267 1 line 6 Replace by: middle of the bay.
It can also be obtained in the designated
...from the point. A dangerous wreck (370020N anchorage area (8.17) outside the port of Lávrion
262980E) lies 3 cables N of the point. Thence: (8.14).
Greek Notice 11/204/19 [NP48--No 7--Wk 04/20] Greek Notice 8/121/20 [NP48--No 16--Wk 43/20
2 -- 255
Index
NP48
Greece -- North Aegean -- Thessaloníki — Turkey -- Approaches to Ayvalik --
Prohibited anchorage; wrecks Dalyan BoÔazÝ — Directions
356 438
After Paragraph 9.275 1 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 11.333 8--10 Replace by:
8 Dalyan BoÔazÝ. From a position in the vicinity of
Anchoring is prohibited within the vicinity of two
391850N 263650E, the track leads ENE, passing:
historic wrecks (403756N 225508E and 403792N
9 NNW of Körkut Burnu (391873N 263760E),
225546E) (see 1.56).
the S entrance point of the passage. Körkut
Greek Notice 6/114/19 [NP48--No 3--Wk 34/19] Burnu Light (white metal framework tower,
9 m in height) is exhibited from the point,
thence:
Greece -- Aegean Sea -- Nísos Lésvos -- SSE of a light buoy (S cardinal) (391915N
Kólpos Kallonís — Prohibited area 263783E), thence:
10 SSE of Dalyan BoÔazÝ Light Beacon (S cardinal,
415 4 m in height) (391928N 263806E), and:
After Paragraph 11.133 Insert: NNW of a dangerous rocky patch (391913N
263818E).
Thence the track continues to lead ENE, between
Prohibited area three pairs of light beacons (white metal towers,
11.133a lateral bands) marking the limits of AyvalÝk KanalÝ, into
1 Entry is prohibited into an area (391006N AyvalÝk LimanÝ.
261249E), radius 5 cables, surrounding a scientific
instrument, marked by a light buoy (special). ENC TR502143 (3.000) [NP48--No 6--Wk 52/19]
Greek Notices 7/103;109/20 [NP48--No 12--Wk 39/20] Greece -- Alexandroúpoli — Wreck

464
Greece -- Aegean Sea -- Nísos Lésvos --
Kólpos Kallonís — Prohibited area Paragraph 12.205 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
416 ...E side 510 m; 69 to 105 m.
After Paragraph 11.138 3 line 2 Insert: Greek Notice 11/208/19 [NP48--No 8--Wk 04/20]
SE of a prohibited area (391006N 261249E)

(11.133a), thence: NP49 Mediterranean Pilot
Volume 5 (2020 Edition)
Greek Notices 7/103;109/20 [NP48--No 13--Wk 39/20]
Egypt -- Mediterranean Sea --

Turkey -- West coast -- AliaÔa — MØnº’ Al IskandarØyah —
Outer anchorages Arrival information; anchorages
429--430 105
Paragraph 11.274 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 3.80 2 line(s) 4--8 Replace by:
1 There are eight designated anchorage areas within Three berths in the North Waiting Area (311050N
AliaÔa port limits: 295115E); radii of 140 m. A wreck, marked by a
Area No 1 (384935N 265811E), for tankers and light buoy (special), lies between berths NA 1 and
naval tankers. NA 2.
Area No 2 (385256N 265852E), for vessels not Two berths in the South Waiting Area (311050N
carrying dangerous cargoes and naval vessels. 295170E), radii of 185 m.
Area No 3 (385290N 265700E), for nuclear
naval vessels and vessels waiting to be gas free. ENC EG5EGM18 [NP49--No 3--Wk 51/20]
2 Area No 4 (384618N 265309E), an
unrestricted anchorage. Turkey -- South--east coast -- ™skenderun Körfezi
Area No 5 (384813N 265314E), for vessels not — Prohibited area
carrying dangerous cargoes and naval vessels. 175
Area No 6 (384869N 265284E), an explosives
and quarantine anchorage. Paragraph 5.250 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Area No 7 (385130N 265364E), for vessels
bound for AliaÔa Ship Recycling Yard (11.293). Traffic regulations
Area No 8 (385273N 270005E), an explosives 5.250
anchorage. 1 Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited into the
following areas:
Turkish Notice 44/209/19; ENCs TR402147 (6.004); An area (365340N 355780E) located about
TR502148 (2.002); TR502150 (2.000); TR502151 (4.004); 1¼ miles NE of Botaî (Ceyhan) Oil Terminal
[NP48--No 5--Wk 50/19] (5.255).
2 -- 256
Index
NP49
Areas around Hunutlu Thermal Power Plant 4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and
(5.253a), Botaî (Ceyhan) Oil Terminal (5.255) and managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations
Botaî (Dörtyol) Oil Terminal (5.258). under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of
NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife
Turkish Notice 36/112/20 [NP49--No 1--Wk 44/20] and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are
not allowed to enter these protected areas without a
permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of
Turkey -- South--east coast -- these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent
™skenderun Körfezi — Terminal
passage, is strongly advised to communicate with
Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada
175
Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance.
After Paragraph 5.253 2 line 7 Insert: 5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been
designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation
Hunutlu Thermal Power Plant threatened species, and their habitats.
5.253a 6 National Parks have been established under the
1 The terminal (364834N 355185E) lies within a
restricted area, into which entry is prohibited, and
exclusion zones apply. See also
comprises a jetty extending 1¼ miles SE from the
www.parkscanada.gc.ca.
shore.
and contact information consult Annual Edition of
Turkish Notice 36/112/20 [NP49--No 2--Wk 44/20] Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca.
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19
[NP50--No 17--Wk 17/19]
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2016 Edition) Canada -- Newfoundland -- St John’s Harbour —
Directions; ODAS buoy
Canada — Regulations 93
13
N of a submerged ODAS buoy (473321N
Paragraph 1.67 1--3 including heading Replace by: 523447W), depth 20 m, thence:
Protection of the environment
1.67 Canada -- Newfoundland -- St John’s Harbour to
1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic North Head — Directions; ODAS buoy
97
Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for
ensuring the protection and conservation of listed After Paragraph 2.42 1 line 3 Insert:
aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea ESE of a submerged ODAS buoy (473321N
turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat 523447W), depth 20 m, thence:
of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act
(SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of Canadian Notice 6/4846/20 [NP50--No 23--Wk 32/20]
under the authority of those regulations. Canada -- Newfoundland --
2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, Placentia Bay — Depths
disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act 130
of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal
behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away Paragraph 3.150 1 Replace by:
from their habitat at critical times in their annual 1 Between the dangers off--lying Jude Island and
reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them those farther to seaward in Placentia Bay there is a
injury. channel about 3½ miles wide with depths of 37 m or
Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of more, except for Joe Rock (471083N 544674W)
entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be which lies on a small bank, with a least depth of
reported to the appropriate marine animal response 166 m, near the middle of the channel, and two
organisation, including DFO. patches reported to be 274 m 6 cables SSW and
3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations 2½ miles SW respectively from Joe Rock.
as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies 2 A depth of 161 m lies in position 470857N
to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The 545126W. Spicer Rock (471470N 544145W) lies
purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the on another small bank, with a least depth of 149 m,
introduction to local ecosystems of potentially at the N end of the channel, with another patch with a
damaging pathogens or organisms. See also least depth of 146 m, 1½ miles farther E.
https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011
--237/. Canadian Notice 6/4016/18 [NP50--No 5--Wk 30/18]
2 -- 257
Index
NP50
Canada -- Newfoundland -- South coast -- France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon —
Placentia Bay -- North Harbour — Fish haven Directions; buoy
145 155
...the S extremity of Miquelon, and:
...havens have been established 4 cables WSW and Clear of a submerged buoy (ODAS) (464545N
562662W) with a depth of 48 m, thence:
6 cables SSW of Charley Rock (475176N 540482W)
respectively. After Paragraph 4.53 2 line 4 Insert:
ESE of an isolated shoal (465940N 561248W)
Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4839/18 with a depth of less than 10 m, thence:
[NP50--No 6--Wk 35/18]
France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — France -- Newfoundland -- Petite Miquelon —

Directions; depth Directions; depth
155
149
Paragraph 4.17 1 line 9 For 22 m (12 fm)
Read 157 m (51 ft) French Chart 7640 [NP50--No 10--Wk 40/18]
France -- Île Saint--Pierre and

French Notice 42/268/18 [NP50--No 11--Wk 47/18] Miquelon — Anchorage
156
Canada – Newfoundland -- Burin Peninsula —
Directions; buoy After Paragraph 4.55 1 line 7 Insert:
2 An anchorage area for vessels carrying dangerous
149 cargoes has been established, centred on 465755N
563265W.
...And:
Clear of a submerged buoy (ODAS) (465278N France -- Île Saint--Pierre and
560162W) with a depth of 48 m, thence: Miquelon — Pilotage
156
ENC CA376164 [NP50--No 12--Wk 47/18]
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory within the Anse de
France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon – Miquelon for all vessels of more than 35 m in length.
Port de Saint--Pierre — Speed limit
152
France -- Newfoundland --
After Centre heading Arrival information Insert: Anse de Miquelon — Anchorage
156
Port operations
4.33a Paragraph 4.56 3 lines 7--9 Replace by:
1 The speed limit within the port is 5 kn. Anchorage is not recommended, however, because of the
numerous marine farms, and two submarine cables that
French Notice 50/G4 (2009) 2.4.5/17 have been laid through the centre of the bay. Vessels
should be ready to leave immediately when strong NE and
[NP50--No 4--Wk 02/18] E winds occur, sending a sea into the bay.
France -- Île Saint--Pierre and
Miquelon — Pilotage Canada -- Newfoundland -- South coast --
Fortune Harbour — Anchorage
152
158
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than 1 Anchorage. Vessels can obtain anchorage in fine
35 m in length. The pilot boards at 464837N weather in The Bight (4.66) in depths from 11 to
560773W or, in bad weather, 5 cables within the 18 m, keeping clear of a submarine cable laid to the
E, but...
roadstead.
2 -- 258
Index
NP50
Newfoundland -- Fortune Bay -- Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows —
Fortune Harbour — Buoyage Directions; buoyage; depths; controlling depths
433
158
Paragraph 4.69 1 line(s) 11 For VF4 Read VF2
SSE of the W extremity of shoal water extending W
from Rabbit Island. H20 Light Buoy (starboard
Paragraph 4.69 1 line(s) 13 For VF2 Read VF4 hand) (532307N 601130W) and H21 Light
Buoy (port hand) mark the limits of the shoal water
to the N and S of the channel, respectively. A shoal
depth of 85 m is reported (2016) to lie close ESE
[NP50--No 21--Wk 02/20]
of H21 Light Buoy. Thence:
Canadian Notices 8/4728 & 5052/16
Canada -- Newfoundland -- North--east coast --
Bide Arm — Directions; obstruction [NP50--No 1--Wk 39/16]
362 Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows to

Terrington Basin — Directions; shoal
Paragraph 10.68 3 line(s) 4 Replace by: 433
...entrance point. An 8 m (26 ft) obstruction (504736N Paragraph 12.214 1 lines 10--12 including existing Section
560613W), reported (2018), lies about 2½ miles NNE of IV Notice Week 39/16. Replace by:
Bide Head.
SSE of the W extremity of shoal water extending W
from Rabbit Island. H20 Light Buoy (starboard
Canadian Eastern Notice 4/19, ATL 101/13
hand) (532307N 601130W) and H21 Light
[NP50--No 18--Wk 21/19]
Buoy (port hand) mark the limits of the shoal water
to the N and S of the channel, respectively. A shoal
Labrador -- Strait of Belle Isle Approaches — depth of 73 m (24ft) lies close NNW of H21 Light
Caution; ODAS Buoy. Thence:
375
After Paragraph 11.2 4 line 7 Insert: Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows —
Directions; buoyage; depths; controlling depths
Caution. There is a subsurface Ocean Data
Acquisition System (ODAS), with a depth of 25 m, NE 454
of Belle Island in position 524239N 534687W. Paragraph 13.111 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 There is a least charted depth along the inshore
[NP50--No 15--Wk 01/19] route of 55 m (562720N 613393W) in The Bridges
Passage (13.118).
Canada – Labrador -- East coast -- Canadian Notices 8/4728 & 5052/16

Lake Melville — Dumping ground [NP50--No 3--Wk 39/16]
428 NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2015 Edition)

Navigation and regulations – Radio facilities —
...anchor in this area. Radio navigational warnings
5
[NP50--No 7--Wk 35/18] Paragraph 1.36 1 line 3 Replace by:
...New Zealand are responsible for navigation...
Canada – Labrador -- East coast -- Paragraph 1.36 1 lines 6--12 Replace by:
Goose Bay — Dumping ground
Address: Maritime New Zealand,
432 RCCNZ
41 Percy Cameron Street
Paragraph 12.209 including heading Replace by: Avalon Studios Level 1,
PO Box 30050,
Lower Hutt 5040,
Spare New Zealand.
12.209 E--mail: rccnz@maritimenz.govt.nz
Website. www.maritimenz.govt.nz
[NP50--No 8--Wk 35/18] Corr. Maritime NZ 4.6.17 [NP51--No 32--Wk 27/17]
2 -- 259
Index
NP51
North Island -- Cape Maria van Diemen — North Island – West coast –
Directions; light sector Port Taranaki — Pilotage
94
72
Paragraph 2.230 2 line 1 For 390054S Read 390000S
Paragraph 2.32 2 line 6 For 130 to 146 Read 141 and
145 New Zealand Notice 26/209/17
[NP51--No 41--Wk 03/18]
New Zealand Notice 10/81/18
[NP51--No 42--Wk 23/18] North Island -- Wanganui — Entry; light
104
North Island -- West coast -- Paragraph 3.49 2 lines 4--7 Replace by:
Manukau Harbour — Regulations
Close SSE of the head of North Mole (395692S
81 1745880E), thence:
Paragraph 2.127 1 lines 5--10 Replace by: NZ Notice 18/186/16 [NP51--No 1--Wk 39/16]
...Co--ordinator, Onehunga. In general, the Port Authority North Island -- Wellington — Limiting conditions;
strongly advises against entry or departure by night. under--keel clearance
Specifically, vessels of 40 m LOA or more and vessels of
500 gt or greater, may not cross the bar between the hours 123
of sunset and sunrise. Paragraph 4.46 1 line(s) 3 For 09 m Read 06 m
New Zealand Notice 14/108/18 CentrePort Wellington Marine Brochure
[NP51--No 49--Wk 32/18] [NP51--No 63--Wk 52/19]
North Island -- West coast -- Manukau Harbour — North Island -- Wellington Harbour —
Prohibited anchorage Directions; leading lights
128
82
Directions for leaving harbour
4.66a
1 Hinds Point Leading Lights:
[NP51--No 50--Wk 32/18]
Front light (Main Entrance Front Light) (411906S
1745135E) (4.64).
North Island -- West coast -- Rear light (Hinds Point) (white aluminium tower, 6 m
Manukau Harbour — Signal station in height) (1 mile from front light).
2 From a position in the harbour entrance 1¾ miles
82 SSW of Somes Island Light (411558S 1745182E),
Paragraph 2.136 1 lines 1--7 including heading Replace by: the alignment (168) of these lights and the white
sector (165--170) of Hinds Point Light, leads 1 mile
Spare SSE, passing:
2.136 ENE of Point Gordon (411775S 1745020E)
(4.67) and:
New Zealand Notice 14/108/18 WSW of Hope Shoal Light (411779S 1745185E)
[NP51--No 51--Wk 32/18] (4.64).
3 Thence the track leads 1½ miles S within the white
North Island -- West coast -- Port Taranaki — sector (1765--1875) of Pencarrow Head Light (white
Anchorage; pilotage tower, concrete base, 17 m in height) (412157S
1745087E), passing:
94 Close E of Falcon Shoals Light Beacon (411826S
1745103E) (4.64), thence:
W of Main Entrance Front light (4.64), thence:
...and mud, 1 mile N of the... E of Steeple Rock Light Beacon (411946S
1745074E) (4.64).
4 Thence the track leads generally SSW within the
3 Caution. Extreme caution is advised when white sector (014–019), astern, of Hope Shoal Light
anchoring within the vicinity of Port Taranaki due to (411779S 1745185E) (4.64), passing:
the poor nature of the holding ground. ESE of Barrett Reef (412065S 1745015E),
Paragraph 2.230 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: thence:
WNW of Pencarrow Head Light.
...by the law. Ships may not anchor within the harbour limits The track then continues to a position in the vicinity
unless under pilotage instruction. The notice required for a of the pilot boarding areas (4.54).
pilot is the same as that for ETA.
New Zealand Notice 23/83/19; ENC NZ546341;
New Zealand Chart 4432 [NP51--No 60--Wk 26/19] NZ404633 [NP51--No 64--Wk 52/19]
2 -- 260
Index
NP51
North Island -- Wellington Harbour -- W of a dangerous rock (460149S 1662674E),
Evans Bay — Directions; berths which lies to the W of Providence Rocks
(460120S 1662800E), extending 1¼ miles S
130 from Cape Providence, thence:
3 W of a 121 m depth (460210S 1662632E),
Paragraph 4.70 1 line(s) 3 For 103 m Read 91 m
upon which the sea may break; a 162 m
depth lies 4¼ cables SSW. Thence:
CentrePort Wellington Marine Brochure W of Chalky Island (460300S 1663130E), which
[NP51--No 65--Wk 52/19] lies in the entrance to Chalky Inlet (5.186).
The track then leads SE, passing:
4 SW of Table Rock (460569S 1663086E),
South Island – Tory Channel — Pilotage
which is like a brown box and is conspicuous
from all directions, thence:
139
SW of Balleny Reef (460635S 1663296E), lying
Paragraph 4.164 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: on the NW side of the entrance to Preservation
Inlet (5.196); the sea breaks heavily over the reef
2 Pilot boarding place. In view of the heavy ferry and is evident even in fair weather. Thence:
traffic in Tory Channel, all foreign vessels... 5 SW of Puysegur Point (460938S 1663659E),
long and sloping, on which stands a light
New Zealand Notice 12/92/18 [NP51--No 43--Wk 29/18] (5.183), thence:
SW of Marshall Rocks (461052S 1663657E), the
South Island – Tory Channel — above--water part of which is flat--topped and
Traffic regulations easily distinguished, thence:
To a position SW of Windsor Point (5.182).
140 (Directions continue for the coastal route at 6.22)
(Directions are given, for Chalky Inlet at 5.187
Paragraph 4.165 2 line 4 For Controlled Read Critical and for Preservation Inlet at 5.197)
Paragraph 4.165 2 line 7 For 38 Read 35 NZ Notice 18/187(P)/16 [NP51--No 2--Wk 39/16]
Paragraph 4.165 2 line 8 For 41127S 174191E Foveaux Strait -- Stewart Island -- East coast --
Read 411270S 1741910E Muttonbird Islands — Position
Paragraph 4.165 3 line 1 For Controlled 203

Read Tory Channel Critical
Paragraph 6.117 1 line(s) 7--8 For (471200S
1672500E) Read (465070S 1681380E)
New Zealand Notice 12/92/18 [NP51--No 44--Wk 29/18]
New Zealand Chart 69/2016 [NP51--No 69--Wk 16/20]
South Island -- Queen Charlotte Sound --
Perano Shoal — Directions; buoy; anchorage
Foveaux Strait -- Stewart Island -- Abbot Passage
142 -- Muttonbird Islands — Position

...marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), Paragraph 6.124 2 line(s) 2 For (471200S 1672500E)
around which anchoring is prohibited, thence: Read (465070S 1681380E)
New Zealand Chart 6153/18 [NP51--No 48--Wk 31/18] Paragraph 6.125 2 line(s) 5--6 For (471200S
1672500E) Read (465070S 1681380E)
South Island – West Cape to
Windsor Point — Directions
177
Foveaux Strait -- Stewart Island -- Paterson Inlet
Paragraph 5.184 Replace by: and approaches -- Muttonbird Islands — Position
1 From a position not less than 2 miles off West
Cape (455427S 1662560E), the coastal route 205
leads S, then SE across the entrances to Chalky and Paragraph 6.128 1 line(s) 11 For (471200S 1672500E)
Preservation Inlets, to a position SW of Windsor Point Read (465070S 1681380E)
(5.182). The cautions given at 5.99 should be
observed, passing:
Paragraph 6.129 1 line(s) 7 For (471200S 1672500E)
2 W of Cape Providence Light (white GRP tower,
Read (465070S 1681380E)
4 m in height) (455989S 1662703E),
standing 1 mile NW of Cape Providence
(460068S 1662828E), thence: New Zealand Chart 69/2016 [NP51--No 71--Wk 16/20]
2 -- 261
Index
NP51
North Island – North Cape to Caution. Attention is drawn to the following
Karaui Point — Directions detached dangers:
2 An underwater rock (351484S 1740858E),
210 depth 64 m.
An underwater rock (351490S 1740862E),
Paragraph 7.11 1 line 9 For Island, Read Island.
depth 44 m.
Oturori Rock (351499S 1740868E), depth
Paragraph 7.11 1 line 10 Replace by: 11 m, a dangerous rock lying to the S of the
Caution. There exists a rock (344673S anchorage.
1732378E) depth 3.7 m, in the channel between An underwater rock (351505S 1740871E),
Rocky Island and Cape Karikari. Thence: depth 44 m.
An underwater rock (351517S 1740836E),
NZ Notice 244(P)/24/15 [NP51--No 3--Wk 51/15] depth 65 m.
NZ Notice 246(P)/24/15 [NP51--No 6b--Wk 51/15]

North Island -- Parengarenga Harbour —
Directions
North Island -- Whangarei Harbour —
211 Anchorages
S of an unnamed drying bank (343124S Paragraph 7.126 1 lines 1--9 Replace by:
1725969E), thence: 1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have
S of a stranded wreck (343120S 1725944E) to been established:
the N of a line of breakers, and:
N of a drying bank (343142S 1725945E). Two 355240S 1743450E
stranded wrecks lie on the S side of the bank.
Thence: Area A 355240S 1743610E
(anchor berths A1 to A4) 355340S 1743610E
355340S 1743450E
...Kokota (343151S 1725782E).
355580S 1743230E
Paragraph 7.13 5 line 1 Replace by: Area B
355580S 1743390E
(anchor berths B1 to B3)
5 Once W of Parengarenga Harbour Light, the 355780S 1743390E
harbour opens out...
New Zealand Chart 5111 [NP51--No 4--Wk 05/17]
[NP51--No 35--Wk 39/17]
North Island – North Cape to North Island -- East coast -- Portland --

Karaui Point — Directions Whangarei Harbour — Directions; leading lights
212 233
After Paragraph 7.19 2 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 7.137 1 line 13 Replace by:
An 8 m shoal (345657S 1732962E). ...(354710S 1742220E).
A rock (345663S 1732961E), depth 16 m. Portland Leading Lights:
Front light (timber pole, 3 m in height) (354806S
NZ Notice 244(P)/24/15 [NP51--No 5--Wk 51/15] 1741999E).
Rear light (similar structure) (1½ cables from front
North Island – Bay of Islands — Pilotage, light).
anchorages The alignment (240) of these lights leads WSW,
passing:
217
Paragraph 7.51 1 line 1 For 351290S 1740780E Read [NP51--No 74--Wk 44/20]
351255S 1740802E
North Island -- East coast -- Mahurangi Harbour
NZ Notice 240/24/15 [NP51--No 6a--Wk 51/15] — Restricted area
243
North Island – Bay of Islands —
Pilotage, anchorages After Paragraph 8.39 1 line 8 Insert:
Restricted area. Vessels greater than 500 gt or
219
40 m LOA are required to seek permission from the
Paragraph 7.60 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: Regional Harbour Master before entering the area.
...of the pilotage area (7.51). Chart NZ 5321 [NP51--No 54--Wk 41/18]
2 -- 262
Index
NP51
Hauraki Gulf -- Auckland approaches — North Island -- Auckland Approaches --
Traffic regulations; reporting Tamaki Strait — Directions; wreck
245 263
1 Reporting. All vessels over 40 m LOA and any NNE of a 52 m patch (365113S 1750160E),
vessel of 500 grt or greater, entering the... thence:
Clear of a wreck (365026S 1750122E), thence:
Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17
[NP51--No 36--Wk 46/17] New Zealand Notice 24/148/18
[NP51--No 56--Wk 51/18]
Auckland approaches --
Motuihe Channel — Directions North Island – East coast –
Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones
249 274
Paragraph 8.58 3 line 2 For NW Read NE After Paragraph 9.12 1 line 6 Insert:
Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17 Exclusion zone

[NP51--No 37--Wk 46/17] 9.12a
1 An exclusion zone of 2 miles radius, applicable to
all vessels of 500 gt and over, has been established
North Island -- Auckland -- Waiheke Island -- at Volkner Rocks (372862S 1770801E).
Matiatia Bay — Anchorage
NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51--No 8a--Wk 25/16]
251

North Island – East coast –
2 Anchorage. Anchorage W (364650S Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones
1745850E), situated 5¾ cables NNW of Te 276
Whetumatarau Point (8.58); depth 21 m, sand.
Exclusion zone
9.20a
North Island -- Auckland — Wreck 1 An exclusion zone of 1 mile radius, applicable to all
vessels of 500 gt and over, has been established at
252 Penguin Shoal (372675S 1762016E).
NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51--No 8b--Wk 25/16]
Caution. A wreck (364347S 1745256E),
(reported 2016), with a least depth of 181 m, lies
between outer anchorage No 4 and No 6. North Island – East coast –
Tauranga — Anchorages
NZ Notice 24/236P/16 [NP51--No 7--Wk 51/16]
282

Auckland approaches -- Tamkai Strait —
Local knowledge
263
2 Anchor berths:
Paragraph 8.136 1 Replace by: Quarantine anchorage -- 373680S 1761434E.
No 1 -- 373749S 1761521E. (Note -- No 1
1 Approaching from NE through the main Waiheke anchorage lies in the E corner of Spoil Ground ’G’)
Channel is possible at all times. Local knowledge is No 2 -- 373749S 1761521E.
required at night for Sandspit Passage (8.147), Ruthe No 3 -- 373829S 1761621E.
Passage (8.146), and between Pakatoa and Rotoroa No 4 -- 373340S 1761000E.
Islands (8.142). No 5 -- 373270S 1760900E.
No 6 -- 373060S 1760820E.
Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17
[NP51--No 38--Wk 46/17] New Zealand chart NZ 541 [NP51--No 9--Wk 03/16]
2 -- 263
Index
NP51
North Island -- Bay of Plenty -- North Island – Tauranga – Western Channel —
Tauranga — Anchorages Directions; buoyage
282
286
Notice Week 03/16 Replace by: Paragraph 9.66 2 lines 1--12 Replace by:
2 Anchor berths:
Quarantine anchorage -- 373680S 1761434E. 2 Directions. From a position about 2½ cables SE of
No 1 -- 373648S 1761371E. (This anchorage Panepane Point (373812S 1760972E) the track
lies in the E corner of a spoil ground). through Western Channel leads SW, passing:
No 2 -- 373749S 1761521E. Between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
No 3 -- 373829S 1761691E. (373830S 1760982E) and No 3 Light Buoy (N
No 4 -- 373340S 1761000E. cardinal) (373840S 1760999E), thence:
No 5 -- 373240S 1761000E. Over a 28 m patch (373845S 1760980E) lying
No 6 -- 373040S 1760920E. on a bar at the entrance of the channel, thence:
NW of WC2 Light Buoy (port hand) (373868S
New Zealand Notice 22/138/18 1760969E), thence:
[NP51--No 55--Wk 47/18]
3 SE of WC3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)

North Island – Tauranga – Maunganui Roads and
Stella Passage — Directions; beacons (373857S 1760951E), whence the track is
generally W through the marked channel,
285 passing:
S of the S point of Matakana Island. A small wharf
Paragraph 9.63 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: extends SSW from the point. Thence:
1 From the vicinity of P7 Light Beacon the track
leads S through Maunganui Roads and Stella NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51--No 13--Wk 24/17]
Passage, which are marked by light beacons, passing
E of No 17 Light Beacon (starboard hand) (373931S
1761060E), which stands at the N entrance point to
Otumoetai Channel. Thence the track leads to a North Island – Tauranga –
position E of Town Reach Light Beacon (special) Otumoetai Channel — Directions; beacons
(373996S 1761059E), which marks the S limit of
the dredged, deep--water channel. 286
NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51--No 10--Wk 24/17]
1 General information. Otumoetai Channel leads W

North Island – Tauranga – Town Reach — from Maunganui Roads in the vicinity of No 17 Light
Directions; beacons
Beacon (starboard hand) (373931S 1761060E) to
285 Tauranga Marina (373966S 1760998E), and
thence generally WNW to connect with Western
Paragraph 9.65 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: Channel NW of W Otumoetai Light Beacon (W
cardinal) (373907S 1760892E). A swashway,
2 Directions (continued from 9.63). From E of Town
entered opposite the marina connects the two
Reach Light Beacon (special) (373996S
channels. Otumoetai Channel has a least charted
1761059E) the track leads SSW through Town
depth of 56 m over a width of about ½ cable for the
Reach, passing:
first 1½ miles, whence it shoals to 21 m towards its
WNW of No 10 Light Beacon (port hand) (374012S
junction with Western Channel and the swashway has
1761060E), and:
a least charted depth of 18 m.
WNW of No 12 Light Beacon (port hand) (374026S
1761054E).
NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51--No 11--Wk 24/17]
3 Directions. From a position ¾ cable SSE of No 17
Light Beacon the track through Otumoetai Channel
leads generally W, passing:
North Island – Tauranga – Town Reach —
Directions; useful marks S of Otumoetai A Light Beacon (starboard hand)
(373938S 1761013E), thence:
286 N of a breakwater at the seaward end of which a light
(platform) is exhibited (373954S 1760992E),
Paragraph 9.65 4 lines 1--5 Delete on the N side of the entrance to Tauranga Marina.
ENC NZ505412 [NP51--No 12--Wk 24/17] NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51--No 14--Wk 24/17]
2 -- 264
Index
NP51
North Island – East coast – North Island – East coast –
Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones Gisborne — Anchorages
290 298
After Paragraph 9.81 2 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 9.133 including heading and existing Section IV
Exclusion zones
9.81a Anchorages
1 Exclusion zones, applicable to all vessels of 500 gt 9.133
and over, have been established at: 1 Outer anchorages. The port of Gisborne has three
designated anchorages, all in depths from 17--20 m,
Name Position Radius fine sand, in the following positions:
373491S No 1: 384326S 1775860E
Okaparu Reef 15 miles
1762167E No 2: 384326S 1775930E
373414S No 3: 384326S 1780000E
Brewis Shoal 1.5 miles A spoil ground lies in the N sector of these
1762283E
anchorages.
373245S 2 Prohibited anchorage exists in the vicinity of a
Astrolabe Reef 20 miles
1762562E submarine pipeline, which extends 6 cables SW from
372862S a position on the shore 1 mile ESE of S Breakwater
Volkner Rocks 20 miles
1770801E Head Light (384068S 1780112E).
Anchorage is also prohibited in the N part of
NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51--No 15--Wk 25/16] Poverty Bay within an area enclosed by the arc of a
circle, radius 1½ miles, centred on the front harbour
leading light (384049S 1775927E), and the shore.
North Island – East coast –
Whakatane River — Description New Zealand Notice 14/133/17 [NP51--No 34--Wk 35/17]
291 North Island – East coast –
Gisborne — Directions; lights
300
NZ Notice 22/02/16 [NP51--No 16--Wk 06/16] Paragraph 9.139 1 lines 5--12 Delete
North Island -- East coast – East Cape to Paragraph 9.139 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:
Mahia Peninsula – Gisborne — Anchorages ...entrance to Poverty Bay, the white sector (329--331) of
the directional light leads through the bay to the vicinity of
298 the...
Paragraph 9.133 Replace by: New Zealand Chart 5571/16 [NP51--No 18--Wk 30/16]
Anchorages North Island -- Gisborne — Directions; entry

9.133
1 Outer Anchorages. The port of Gisborne has three 300--301
designated anchorages, all in 17--20 m, fine sand, in
the following positions:
No 1: 384326S 1775860E 1 Entrance Channel Leading Lights:
No 2: 384326S 1775930E Front light (orange triangle point up, on black metal
No 3: 384326S 1780000E tower, 7 m in height) (384038S 1780159E),
A spoil ground lies 3 cables NE of this position. near the training wall.
2 Prohibited anchorage exists in the vicinity of a Rear light (orange triangle point down, on black
submarine pipeline, which extends 6 cables SW from metal tower, 11 m in height) (1½ cables from front
a position on the shore 1 mile ESE of S Breakwater light).
Head Light (384068S 1780112E). 2 From a position WSW of the light buoy (starboard
Anchorage is also prohibited in the N part of hand) (384110S 1780038E), the alignment (0545)
Poverty Bay within an area enclosed by the arc of a of these lights leads NE through the centre of the
circle, radius 1½ miles, centred on the front harbour entrance channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
leading light (384049S 1775927E), and the shore. between rocks or shoals with a least swept depth of
3 Passenger vessels conducting tendering however, 62 m, into the harbour, passing:
may anchor within the prohibited anchorage area at 3 NW of the S breakwater head (384068S
the following position: 1780112E), from where a light (9.139) is
Inner Anchorage: 384100S 1780000E exhibited. Rocky shoals, with a least depth of
Anchorage obtained in this area must be such that 31 m, extend ½ cable SW of the head of the
vessels remain 500 m clear of the channel entrance breakwater. Thence:
buoy (port hand) (384101S 1780030E). 4 SE of the S end of Butlers Wall (384057S
1780119E), on which stands a light (red
New Zealand Chart NZ505571 [NP51--No 17--Wk 02/16] tubular structure, 4 m in height).
2 -- 265
Index
NP51
The track then leads through the swinging basin North Island -- East coast -- Napier --
(384048S 1780129E), E of Butlers Wall, to the Breakwater Harbour — Directions; lights
berths (9.141) and the channel leading to Kaiti Basin
(384020S 1780178E). 305--307
Paragraph 9.182 2--3 Delete
New Zealand Notice 23/85/19; ENC NZ505571
[NP51--No 66--Wk 52/19] Paragraph 9.183 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice
1 Breakwater Harbour Leading Lights:
North Island -- Hawke Bay —
Rocket launch precautionary area Front light beacon (red triangle, point up on red and
yellow pole) (392848S 1765481E).
Rear light beacon (red triangle, point down on red
302 and yellow pole) (1½ cables from front light).
2 The alignment (168) of these lights, in the white
After paragraph 9.145 Add:
sector (167--169) of the rear light beacon, situated
on the reclaimed land W of Breakwater Harbour, leads
Precautionary rocket launch area through the outer part of the entrance channel,
9.145a marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position W of the
1 Rocket launch operations are conducted from Mahia breakwater head (392825S 1765493E), from
Peninsula. A rectangular precautionary area has been where a light (white metal tower, 7 m in height) is
established within the following points: exhibited.
391017S 1783700E, Lights in line. The alignment (171) of a pair of
395650S 1783700E, lights (392847S 1765470E) exhibited from
395650S 1772500E, reclaimed land W of Breakwater Harbour indicates the
391017S 1772500E. W limit of the dredged Breakwater Harbour approach
Temporary launch hazard areas, marked by V--AIS, channel.
will be formed within the precautionary area during A second pair of lights in line (166) have been
launch operations. Entry into the temporary hazard established to mark the W limit of the turning basin.
areas is prohibited. For further information, see Annual The front light (392848S 1765468E) is 226 m N of
New Zealand Notice to Mariners No 19. the rear light.
New Zealand Notice 13/50(P)/20
[NP51--No 72--Wk 31/20]
North Island – Hawke Bay — Napier – Breakwater Harbour — Directions; light

Directions; pilotage; anchorages
307
303 Paragraph 9.183 1 line 3 For (392847S 1765470E)
Read (392846S 1765480E)
Paragraph 9.161 2 line 2 For 392508S 1765857E Read
392450S 1765940E New Zealand Chart 5612 [NP51--No 20--Wk 16/16]
Paragraph 9.161 2 line 4 For 3¼ Read 4 South Island -- East coast – Cape Campbell to
Conway Flat — General information; depths
Paragraph 9.162 2 line 9 For 392508S 1765857E Read 314

392450S 1765940E After Paragraph 10.8 1 line 11 Insert:
Depths
New Zealand Chart 56 [NP51--No 19a--Wk 12/17] 10.8a
1 Due to seismic activity (2016), depths significantly
shoaler than charted have been reported between
North Island – Hawke Bay —
Directions; pilotage; anchorages Cape Campbell (414374S 1741656E) (4.211) and
Conway Flat (423722S 1732759E).
304 NZ Notice 9/96/17 [NP51--No 21--Wk 22/17]

South Island -- Cook Strait --
Cape Campbell — Directions; rocks
2 Prohibited anchorages exist at the seaward end
of two submarine pipelines, both marked by two light 315
buoys (special), in the following positions:
393464S 1765805E. Paragraph 10.16 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
393247S 1765620E. ESE of a 87 m rocky patch (414594S
1741720E) lying about 1 mile SSW of
New Zealand Chart 56 [NP51--No 19b--Wk 12/17] Shepherdess Reef, thence:
2 -- 266
Index
NP51
ESE of a 55 m rocky patch (414900S South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Anchorage
1741455E), position approximate, off Long
Point. A rock, with a depth of 35 m, lies 3 cables 319
WNW.
New Zealand Notice 15/113/18 1 Vessels which require to anchor, should do so
[NP51--No 52--Wk 34/18] about 2½ miles NNE of Godley Head (433527S
1724850E), in the quarantine anchorage in position
433300S 1725000E.
South Island – Lyttelton – Godley Head — Light
New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18
317 [NP51--No 58--Wk 02/19]
Above Paragraph 10.31 heading Insert:

South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Pilotage
Principal mark 320

10.30a
1 Major light: Paragraph 10.49 1 lines 6--8 Replace by:
Godley Head (grey steel pole, 4 m in height)
(433522S 1724843E). Pilot boarding positions are 2 miles and 2¼ miles
ENE of Godley Head (433527S 1724850E).
NZ Notice 04/37/16 [NP51--No 22a--Wk 10/16] New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18

[NP51--No 59--Wk 02/19]
South Island -- East coast -- Pegasus Bay --

Approaches to Lyttelton — Directions; wreck South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Pilotage
318 320
Paragraph 10.49 1 line(s) 1--10 including existing Section

After Paragraph 10.32 2 line 8 Insert: IV Notice Week 02/19 Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (432789S 1 The seaward limit of pilotage is E of a line joining
1731197E), position approximate. Awaroa and Adderley Head.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 gt,
New Zealand Chart 63 [NP51--No 61--Wk 33/19] and 40 m LOA.
Notice for pilot is the same as for ETA.
Pilot boarding positions:
South Island -- Lyttleton Harbour — Plt A (outer) (433422S 1725293E);
Directions; pilotage Plt B (433491S 1725122E).
Pilot vessel is an orange launch. Large bulk carriers
318 may be boarded by helicopter.
Paragraph 10.32 3 line(s) 1--9 Replace by: New Zealand Notice 20/67/20 [NP51--No 76--Wk 49/20]
3 Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the
Lyttelton outer pilot boarding position (10.49), located South Island – Lyttelton – Godley Head — Light
ENE of Awaroa (Godley Head) (433527S
1724851E), a dark red volcanic cliff with a white 320
patch on its face, which forms the N side of the
entrance to Lyttelton Harbour. The head has some After Paragraph 10.58 3 line 1 Insert:
buildings and trees close W of its summit. Adderley Godley Head (grey steel pole, 4 m in height)
Head, 1¼ miles SE of Awaroa, is bold and precipitous (433522S 1724843E).
and forms the S entrance point to Lyttelton Harbour.
NZ Notice 04/37/16 [NP51--No 22b--Wk 10/16]
South Island -- East coast --
South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Depth Lyttelton Harbour — Directions; lights
320
319
Paragraph 10.41 1 line 3 For 119 m Read 133 m Week 10/16 Replace by:
3 Major lights:
New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18 Godley Head Light (433522S 1724843E)
[NP51--No 57--Wk 02/19] (10.30a).
2 -- 267
Index
NP51
Direction light. The narrow white sector 2 From a position about 1¼ cables ENE of Purau
(2411--2416) of Purau Bay Direction Light (orange Bay Direction Light (10.59), the alignment (2606) of
rectangle on white tower, 8 m in height) (433681S these lights leads through the dredged approach
1724644E), which has a daylight range of 5 miles, channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
leads WSW from the vicinity of the pilot boarding
place (10.32) into the harbour, passing: New Zealand Chart 6321/20 [NP51--No 68--Wk 08/20]
New Zealand Chart 6321/20 [NP51--No 67--Wk 08/20] East coast of South Island – Banks Peninsula —
General information; marine reserves;
marine mammal sanctuary
South Island – East coast –
Lyttelton Harbour — AIS 323
320
1 Marine mammal sanctuary is established within
After Paragraph 10.58 3 line 9 Insert: 12 miles of the coast around Banks Peninsula
between Waipara River (430925S 1724790E) and
Rakaia River (435400S 1721255E); see the chart.
Other aids to navigation Certain fishing and acoustic seismic survey activities
10.58a are restricted.
1 AIS:
Light buoy (special) (433438S 1725345E). New Zealand Chart 64 [NP51--No 24--Wk 52/16]
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2. South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour --
Adderley Head to Timutimu Head —
NZ Notice 02/25/17 [NP51--No 23--Wk 07/17] Directions; pilotage
323
South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Directions Paragraph 10.77 1 line(s) 1--8 Replace by:
320--321 1 Attention is drawn to the cautions at 10.5.

From the vicinity of Lyttelton outer pilot boarding
Paragraph 10.59 1--2 Replace by: position (10.49), the coastal route leads initially ESE
following the coast for about 20 miles, passing:
1 Caution. Adderley Head (433624S 1724960E) NNE of Baleine Point (433624S 1725140E), the
(10.32) should be given a wide berth, except in calm E entrance point to Port Levy (Potiriwi) (10.86),
conditions, owing to a dangerous backwash from the and Beacon Rock, 4 cables E, thence:
cliffs.
Direction light. The narrow white sector
(2411--2416) of Purau Bay Direction Light (orange
rectangle on white tower, 8 m in height) (433681S Akaroa Harbour — Arrival information
1724644E), leads WSW from the vicinity of the pilot
boarding place (10.49) into the harbour, passing: 324
2 SSE of Awaroa and NNW of Adderley Head, Paragraph 10.80 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
1¼ miles SE, thence:
SSE of a light buoy (special), 1 mile SW of Awaroa, 1 Port Radio. After gaining permission from the
which marks the outer edge of a spoil ground. Harbourmaster to enter or depart, all vessels must
Thence the track crosses the seaward end of the transmit a message to “All Ships” on VHF 06 stating:
dredged approach channel leading to Lyttelton. vessel name, position and whether in/outbound. The
requirements for reporting are as follows:
New Zealand Notice 20/67/20 [NP51--No 77--Wk 49/20] On passing abeam of Akaroa Head.
On passing abeam of Cape Three Points.
On completion of anchorage manoeuvres (inbound
South Island -- East coast -- vessels).
Lyttelton Harbour — Directions; lights On commencement of weighing anchor (outbound
vessels).
321 2 Submarine pipelines. A sewer outfall pipe extends
about 1 mile S from the head of Duvauchelle Bay,
Paragraph 10.60 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: marked at its outer end by a buoy (special). A
submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SE from a point
1 Kamautaurau (Shag Reef) Leading Lights: close NE of Otutereinga, (434880S 1725470E),
Front light (orange rectangle on white beacon, 8 m in the N entrance point of Wainui Bay; its outer end is
height) (433685S 1724283E). marked by a buoy (special).
Rear light (similar structure) (5½ cables from front
light). New Zealand Chart 6324 [NP51--No 26a--Wk 22/16]
2 -- 268
Index
NP51
South Island -- East coast -- South Island – East coast –
karoa Harbour — Marine reserve Canterbury Bight — Wreck
324 326
2 Akaroa Marine Reserve. A marine reserve has A wreck of unknown depth is located at 440432S
been established in the entrance to Akaroa Harbour, 1721396E.
within which all marine life and habitats are totally
protected. See 1.49 NZ Notice 10/110(P)/16 [NP51--No 27b--Wk 25/16]
NZ Notice 10/107(P)/2016 [NP51--No 27a--Wk 25/16]
South Island -- East coast -- Timaru Harbour —
Pilot boarding place
Akaroa Harbour — Arrival information
328
324
Paragraph 10.80 including existing Section IV NMs Wks
22/16 and 25/16 Replace by: 2 Pilot boarding place (442288S 1712227E) is
2 miles E of Fairway Light Beacon. Vessels should
Arrival information remain 4½ miles to seaward of...
10.80
1 Port Radio. After gaining permission from the New Zealand Notice 24/195/17
Harbourmaster to enter or depart, all vessels must [NP51--No 39--Wk 50/17]
transmit a message to “All Ships” on VHF 06 stating:
vessel name, position and whether in/outbound. The
requirements for reporting are as follows: South Island – East coast – Otago Harbour —
On passing abeam of Akaroa Head. Arrival information; pilotage
2 Submarine pipelines. A sewer outfall pipe extends
about 1 mile S from the head of Duvauchelle Bay, 334
marked at its outer end by a buoy (special). A
submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SE from a point Paragraph 10.157 Replace by:
close NE of Otutereinga, (434880S 1725470E),
the N entrance point of Wainui Bay; its outer end is 1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels over
marked by a buoy (special). 500 gt and 40 m LOA, unless the master is exempted
3 Akaroa Marine Reserve. A marine reserve has
been established in the entrance to Akaroa Harbour by law.
within which all marine life and habitats are totally Pilot boards at one of two positions:
protected. See 1.49 for further details. Alpha. (454283S 1704482E). The preferred
Regulations concerning entry. Access to Akaroa boarding place for vessels greater than 225 m.
Harbour N of the existing harbour limit, between Bravo. (454361S 1704371E).
Timutimu Head and Akaroa Head, is restricted.
No vessel of 500 gt or greater or 40 m LOA or The notice required for a pilot is the same as that
longer may enter into or remain within the harbour for ETA.
without the prior permission of the harbourmaster.
4 Vessels granted permission to enter or remain New Zealand Chart NZ 661/16 [NP51--No 28--Wk 30/16]
within the area must operate in accordance with the
Akaroa Harbour Navigation Safety Operating
Requirements. South Island -- East coast -- Otago Harbour --
Port Chalmers — Wharf development
NZ6324 [NP51--No 25--Wk 26/16]
337
Akaroa Harbour — After Paragraph 10.169 1 line 9 Insert:

Berths; anchorages and moorings
Caution. Works are in progress (2017) in the
325 vicinity of the multi--purpose wharf.
Paragraph 10.84 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: New Zealand Notice 24/197(P)/17
[NP51--No 40--Wk 50/17]
1 Anchorages and moorings:
There are five designated anchor berths in Akaroa
harbour as follows: Kermadec Islands — Directions
No. Position Min. Depth
344
1 434930S 1725535E 105 m
2 434980S 1725568E 112 m Paragraph 11.11 1 lines 7--8 For (291489S 1775134W)
Read (291390S 1775216W)
3 434936S 1725612E 90 m
5 434830S 1725610E 77 m Paragraph 11.11 2 lines 1--2 For (291461S 1775261W)
6 434874S 1725585E 95 m Read (291394S 1775250W)
New Zealand Chart 6324 [NP51--No 26b--Wk 22/16] New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51--No 29a--Wk 16/16]
2 -- 269
Index
NP51
Raoul Island -- Denham Bay — Leading lights:
Directions; obstruction Front light (yellow triangle, apex up, on concrete
post, 8 m in height) (435678S 1763360W).
344 Rear light (similar structure, apex down, 14 m in
height) (146 m from front light).
The alignment (2597) of these lights leads to the
...the track leads SSE, passing: wharf; vessels berth bows N. Kelp, on a rocky 3 m
WSW of an obstruction (291585S 1775851W), shoal, extends 1¼ cables SE from the pierhead.
thence: Useful mark:
Waitangi Wharf Breakwater Trunk Light (wooden
New Zealand Notice 13/126/17 [NP51--No 33--Wk 30/17] post, 2 m in height) (435672S 1763358W).
Kermadec Islands — Directions New Zealand Notice 17/122/18; ENC NZ602685 . . . . . . .

[NP51--No 53--Wk 38/18]
344
Chatham Island -- Kaingaroa Harbour —
Paragraph 11.15 Replace by: Directions; anchorages; depth
1 Passage west of Meyer Islands. From the vicinity
of Howard Rock (291640S 1775275W), the track 350
leads NNW through a channel with a least charted Paragraph 11.45 2--4 Replace by:
depth of 76 m in the fairway, passing:
ENE of Lava Point (291626S 1775318W), 2 Directions. The harbour is approached from E of
thence: The Lure (434360S 1761610W) and entered from
ENE of Egeria Rock (291496S 1775370W), and: N on the alignment of leading lights.
WSW of Meyer Islands (291470S 1775265W), Leading lights:
thence: Front light (white triangle, orange stripe, on beacon
WSW of Napier Island (291394S 1775250W). 4 m in height) (434419S 1761540W),
standing on a hill, 12 m in elevation, at the head of
New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51--No 29b--Wk 16/16]
the harbour.
Rear light (similar structure) (53 m from front light).
Kermadec Islands — 3 The alignment (1701) of these lights leads into the
Anchorages and landing places harbour, passing:
W of a dangerous rock (434355S 1761536W),
344 which breaks occasionally, thence:
Paragraph 11.16 1 lines 3--4 For (291470S 1775265E) E of a rock awash (434364S 1761564W). A
Read (291470S 1775265W) second rock lies close SSW. Thence:
E of a reef (434382S 1761572W) which is
surrounded by shoals and dangerous rocks,
New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51--No 30--Wk 16/16] thence:
W of a 49 m patch (434381S 1761544W).
Chatham Island -- Hanson Bay — Restricted area Thence the track to the jetty leads W, in a least
depth of 20 m, passing S of rocks which extend E
347 from the W entrance point of the harbour to the
middle of the entrance.
Caution. Craypot buoys which may present a
hazard to small craft will be encountered in Kaingaroa
Traffic regulations Harbour.
11.35a
4 Anchorage. Small craft can anchor in the harbour
1 Entry is restricted within 6 cables of a wreck
(435962S 1762258W) which lies in the S of in about 5 m, but space for manoeuvre in strong
Hanson Bay (11.44). winds is limited by rocks extending from both entrance
points and by a foul area which extends about 1 cable
New Zealand Chart NZ268 [NP51--No 45--Wk 30/18] from the E shore of the harbour.
Wharf. A wharf, about 120 m long, is situated
Chatham Islands -- Port Waitangi — 1 cable S of the W entrance point of the harbour.
Directions; lights
ENC NZ526851 [NP51--No 46--Wk 30/18]
349
Pitt Island -- Motutapu Point — Directions
350--351
4 The track then leads S in the white sector
(1835--1955) of Waitangi Wharf Sector Light (post, 1 From a position on the recommended route through
15 m in height) (435720S 1763351W) to the Pitt Strait NNW of Motutapu Point (441351S
vicinity of Hanson Point, passing clear of kelp beds 1761342W), the coastal passage around Pitt Island
which border the E and S shores of Waitangi Bay to a leads initially SE, noting the cautions given at 11.32,
distance of up to 7 cables. passing:
2 -- 270
Index
NP51
NE of a shoal (441328S 1760977W) with a depth NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2018 Edition)
of 60 m, thence:
2 SW of numerous dangers (441300S
1760400W), including a small islet on which United Kingdom -- North Sea —
Statutory safety zones
the sea breaks and a 91 m shoal, which
terminate in Star Keys (Motuhope), a group of 4
five small islands of which the largest is
Round Island, thence: After Paragraph 1.23 1 line 6 Insert:
NE of a shoal (441508S 1760705W) with a depth
of 119 m, thence: Statutory Safety Zones, with a radius of 500 m,
Clear of a shoal (441520S 1760511W) with a have been established in the UK sector of the North
depth of 215 m. Sea. These are indicated on the appropriate charts.
3 The track then leads SSW around North--East Reef
(Terangi -- taumaewa) (441600S 1760800W), Statutory Instruments Notice 807/2018
passing: [NP52--No 1--Wk 32/18]
Clear of a 90 m rocky patch (441815S
1760404W), thence: Scotland -- North--east coast --
WNW of a dangerous rock (441994S Moray Firth — Wind farms
1760032W) and Ahuru (11.29), 6 miles E of the
rock. A 91 m obstruction lies 1 mile SSE of the 82
rock.
4 The track then leads to a position ESE of South
East Island (Rangatira) (442100S 1761050W), on
the NE side of which is an old whaling station. The Paragraph 4.12 1 line(s) 1--4 including heading Replace by:
track then leads SW, passing:
Clear of Fancy Rock (442275S 1760896W), Wind farms
over which the sea breaks heavily, thence: 4.12
Clear of Peter Ruas Reef (442416S 1761157W). 1 Beatrice Offshore Wind Farm (581520N
5 The track then leads W, passing: 25330W) lies to the NE of the Jacky Oilfield. The
N of The Pyramid (442600S 1761450W), wind farm is expected to be fully commissioned in
thence: 2019. Once completed it will consist of 88 turbines
S of South Reef (442260S 1761600W), thence: and two transformer platforms.
S of an above--water rock (442270S 2 The Beatrice site is also being utilised for wind
1761762W), situated at the outer end of a foul turbine trials. Two wind turbines have been
area and above--water rocks which extend SW established to the S of the central platform as follows:
from Murumuru, the S extremity of Pitt Island. Turbine A, height 148 m, position 580602N
6 The track then leads NW passing clear of Round
30494W.
Rock (Rangituka) (442218S 1761974W), whence
Turbine B, height 148 m, position 580575N
the track leads NNW, passing:
30440W.
7 WSW of a 146 m shoal (441836S
1761861W), the outermost of a chain of Both turbines, on which lights (special) are
shoals which extends SW from Pitt Island, exhibited, have a 500 m exclusion zone around them.
thence: 3 Moray East Wind Farm (581140N 24242W) is
WSW of a reef (441730S 1762070W), extending under construction (2019) to the E of the Beatrice
6 cables WSW from The Castle (11.36), and: Wind Farm. It will consist of 100 turbines and
ENE of a shoal (441950S 1762910W), with a transformer platforms.
depth of 14 m, which breaks. A meteorological mast (581093N 24922W), from
8 Thence the track passes either side of Sail Rock which a light is exhibited, has been established.
(441720S 1762360W) (11.36) and leads to a
position on the recommended route through Pitt Strait, Corr. Moray East Marine [NP52--No 7--Wk 21/19]
as shown on the chart.
Scotland -- North--east coast --
New Zealand Chart NZ268 [NP51--No 47--Wk 30/18] Moray Firth — Wind farms
83
Auckland Islands —
General information; prohibited area Paragraph 4.18 3 line(s) 12 For 4.11 Read 4.12
353 Corr. Moray East Marine [NP52--No 8--Wk 21/19]

Scotland -- East coast -- Wick — Traffic signals
Traffic regulations
84
11.68a
1 Prohibited area. The Auckland Islands are legally Paragraph 4.23 4 Replace by:
protected as nature reserves. Entry to the islands,
including any landings, is strictly prohibited except 4 Traffic Signals. Wick Harbour is closed to traffic
under permit. when a light beacon (orange triangle, point down, on
metal post, 19 m in height) (582641N 30498W) is
NZ Chart 2862 [NP51--No 31--Wk 06/17] lit.
2 -- 271
Index
NP52
Paragraph 4.23 4 diagram titled Wick -- traffic signals (4.23) Scotland -- East coast -- Cromarty Firth --
Delete South--east of South Sutor — Anchorage berths
108
Wick Harbour Notice 9/19 [NP52--No 12--Wk 41/19]
Paragraph 4.170 1 line 4 For 14 to 17 Read 13 to 16
Wick Harbour — Directions; buoyage
Port of Cromarty Firth [NP52--No 15--Wk 20/20]
85
Paragraph 4.24 5 Replace by: Scotland -- East coast --
Cromarty Firth — Regulations
5 NNE of a shallow spit, parts of which dry,
extending 1½ cables NE from the S shore of 109
the bay. A light buoy (port hand) lies
1¼ cables E. The spit lies in the red sector After Paragraph 4.174 3 line 3 Insert:
(286–329) of South Pier Light. The ruins of
a breakwater lie on the spit. The alignment Minimum safe passing distances. All vessels,
(285) of the clearing transit marks (4.25) other than those under pilotage and servicing MODUs
passes clear NNE of the spit. Thence: (4.176), are required to maintain a minimum distance
of 100 m from the following:
Wick Harbour Notice 08/19 [NP52--No 10--Wk 29/19] Vessels alongside a berth;
Vessels or MODUs at anchor within the firth;
Vessels involved in discharging or loading cargo
Wick — Directions; clearing marks whilst at anchor.
85 Port of Cromarty Firth Notice 16/19

[NP52--No 11--Wk 31/19]
3 To facilitate passage through this narrow entrance a Scotland -- East coast --
head rope may be secured to the head of Commercial Cromarty Firth — Regulations
Pier (North Pier) and the vessel swung into Outer
Harbour; this procedure is usually unnecessary for 109
small craft and vessels fitted with bow propulsion
units. After Paragraph 4.174 3 line 3 including existing Section IV
4 Clearing marks: Notice Week 31/19 Insert:
Front mark (black pole with orange triangle, apex
Minimum safe passing distances. All vessels,
down, 13 m in height) (582640N 30493W).
other than those under pilotage and servicing MODUs
Rear mark (similar structure, apex up, 10 m in
(4.176), are required to observe a minimum safe
height) (43 m from front light).
passing distance of 100 m from the following:
The alignment (285) of these marks indicates the
Vessels alongside a berth;
S limit of the safe approach to the Outer Harbour.
Vessels or MODUs at anchor within the firth;
5 Caution. As the storm parapet on South Pier
Vessels involved in discharging or loading cargo
obscures a view either side of the pier all vessels, whilst at anchor.
and small craft in particular, must take care to give 4 All classes of vessels are not allowed to approach
the head of South Pier a wide berth when entering or within 250 m of a naval vessel when underway or
leaving. 150 m of a naval vessel whilst alongside or at anchor.
Wick Notice 1/19 [NP52--No 5--Wk 08/19]
Port of Cromarty Firth Notice SD01/19
[NP52--No 13--Wk 44/19]
Moray Firth — Wind farms
Scotland -- East coast -- Cromarty Firth --
87 The Ness to Nigg Pier — Transhipment area
Paragraph 4.38 1 line(s) 13 For 4.11 Read 4.12 111
Paragraph 4.39 1 line(s) 7 For 4.11 Read 4.12 After Paragraph 4.186 1 line 8 Insert:
Paragraph 4.39 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: Special Purpose Offloading Area
Moray Offshore Wind Farm, under construction 4.186a
(2019), marked by light buoys (special and 1 A designated transhipment area lies in mid--channel
cardinal) (4.12). between The Ness (574100N 40220W) (4.181)
and Nigg Ferry Pier 7 cables NE; depths 35 to 40 m.
Corr. Moray East Marine
[NP52--No 9--Wk 21/19] Port of Cromarty Firth [NP52--No 16--Wk 20/20]
2 -- 272
Index
NP52
The Shetland Islands -- North Approach to United Kingdom -- North Sea --
Lerwick -- Cat Firth -- Directions; depth Marine exploitation — OREIs
213 3
Paragraph 6.162 3 line 10 Replace by: After Paragraph 1.18 2 line 2 Insert:
...11109W) with a least depth of 48 m.
Offshore Renewable Energy Installations (OREIs)
1.18a
BA Chart 3272/19 [NP52--No 4--Wk 04/19] 1 Wind farms are to be found in the area covered by
this book, both on and offshore. All wind farms are
Shetland Isles -- Stepping Stones -- charted, and general information may be found in The
Muckle Fladdicap — Directions; depth Mariner’s Handbook.
219 Correspondence KOWL 05/18 [NP54--No 8--Wk 25/18]

Scotland -- South--east of Aberdeen —
Offshore wind farm
BA Chart 3284/19 [NP52--No 6--Wk 08/19]
61
Faroe Islands -- Tórshavn — Development Paragraph 3.76 1 line 3 Replace by:
267 Development. The Kincardine Offshore Wind Farm
is under construction in the region of 570040N
Paragraph 7.157 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: 15207W. Also see 3.58.
3 Development. Port expansion works are in
progress (2017) to add an additional 900 m of Correspondence KOWL 05/18 [NP54--No 9--Wk 25/18]
quayside in the area between, and surrounding, the
Outer Breakwater and the East Breakwater. Scotland – Montrose — Pilotage
Climate information for Tórshavn see 1.147 and
1.160. 65
Danish Notice 30/392/18 [NP52--No 3--Wk 36/18] Paragraph 3.108 1 line 2 For 25 Read 40
Faroe Islands -- SkálafjørÉur -- Montrose Port Authority [NP54--No 15--Wk 45/18]

Runavík — Development
Scotland – River Tay —
272 Directions; light sector; buoyage
Development. Reclamation works are in progress
(2018) in an area centred on 620715N 64357W, Paragraph 3.144 4 line 2 For 268--270 Read 2685–269
close N of the existing berth.
Danish Notice 27/549/18 [NP52--No 2--Wk 32/18] 1 Deep water channel. A channel, marked by V–AIS
(lateral) and the white sector (2685–269) of Tayport
Faroe Islands -- Eysturoy -- High Light, leads through the main channel S of Lady
FuglafjørÉur — Submarine cable Bank until clear of Horse Shoe. This channel is
278 designed to assist vessels constrained by their
draught whilst under pilotage through the main
Paragraph 7.237 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: channel, described as follows:
The best berth is in mid--fjord, in a depth of about Main channel. From a position in the channel S of
24 m, avoiding charted submarine cables. Buddon Ness (562790N 24420W) the route leads
W, remaining in the white sector of Tayport High Light,
Danish Notice 42/527/19 [NP52--No 14--Wk 47/19] passing:
Port of Dundee Notice 18/19 [NP54--No 24--Wk 34/19]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2018 Edition)
Scotland -- East coast -- Dundee —
United Kingdom -- North Sea — Under keel clearance
Statutory safety zones
74
3 After Paragraph 3.150 1 Insert:
Under keel clearance
Statutory Safety Zones, with a radius of 500 m, 3.150a
have been established in the UK sector of the North
Sea. These are indicated on the appropriate charts. 1 Vessels should generally maintain a UKC of 10% of
the maximum draught with a minimum clearance of
Statutory Instruments Notice 807/2018 05 m. At ebb tide, a minimum clearance of 075 m is
[NP54--No 13--Wk 31/18] required at The Bar and at Lady Shoal (3.145).
2 -- 273
Index
NP54
Mariners should contact the port authority for further Scotland -- Methil —
details. Under--keel clearance; navigable width
85
Port of Dundee Notice 09/19 [NP54--No 22--Wk 21/19]
Under--keel clearance. The minimum UKC required
is 10 m in the approaches and 05 m at the berths.
Scotland -- East Coast -- Firth of Tay -- Navigable width. The entrance to No 2 Dock is
Dundee — Development 152 m wide.
74 Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17

[NP54--No 1--Wk 23/18]
Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth --
Kirkcaldy — Limiting conditions
87
Development
3.153a After Paragraph 4.29 2 line(s) 4 Insert:
1 Significant demolition and construction works are in Limiting conditions. The maximum size of vessel
progress (2020) in the vicinity of Caledon East Wharf normally accepted is 85 m in length and 14 m in
(3.155) and Prince Charles Wharf (3.155). width. The minimum required UKC is 07 m.
Port of Dundee Notice 31/20 [NP54--No 36--Wk 51/20] Correspondence Forth Ports Limited
[NP54--No 18--Wk 13/19]
Scotland -- East Coast -- Dundee — Depth Scotland -- Leith —

Under--keel clearance; navigable width
74 89
Paragraph 3.155 1 line 7 For 9.5 m Read 9.0 m After Paragraph 4.46 1 line 3 Insert:
Under--keel clearance
GB Chart 1481 [NP54--No 26--Wk 44/19] 4.46a
1 An UKC of 10 m should be maintained in the
approach channel. An UKC of 05 m should be
maintained at the berths.
Scotland -- Perth — Under keel clearance; After Paragraph 4.47 1 line 2 Insert:
speed limit; draught
Imperial Passage has a width of 316 m.
Albert Passage has a width of 18.2 m.
77 Edinburgh Cut has a width of 18.2 m.
Paragraph 3.169 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17
[NP54--No 2--Wk 23/18]
1 Controlling depth. Subject to the discretion of the
Harbour Master, normal transit draught in the upper Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth --
river is set at the height of tide on the day of transit Leith — Under--keel clearance
up to a maximum fresh water draught of 42 m.
89
Under keel clearance. A minimum under keel
clearance of 02 m should be maintained at all times when Paragraph 4.46a 1 line(s) 1--3 existing Section IV Notice
manoeuvring or mooring. Week 23/18 Replace by:
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 31 m; mean 1 An UKC of 10 and 15 m should be maintained in
neap range about 16 m. See ADMIRALTY Tide Tables the approach channel, at flood and ebb tide
Volume 1B. respectively. An UKC of 05 m should be maintained
at the berths.
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited
Arrival Information [NP54--No 19--Wk 13/19]
3.169a
Scotland -- Leith — Lock width
1 Regulations concerning entry. A speed limit of
10 kn applies within Perth harbour limits. 90
Paragraph 3.170 1 lines 2--5 Delete Paragraph 4.52 1 line 6 Replace by:
...lock is 259 m long and 316 m wide between fenders.
Correspondence; SNTM 3/20 Perth Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17
[NP54--No 35--Wk 24/20] [NP54--No 3--Wk 23/18]
2 -- 274
Index
NP54
Scotland -- Burntisland — Scotland -- Rosyth — Under--keel clearance
Under--keel clearance; navigable width
100
After Paragraph 4.74 1 line 7 Insert: Under--keel clearance

4.133a
Under--keel clearance. The minimum required UKC 1 The minimum required UKC is 05 m.
is 05 m.
Navigable width. The width between the Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17
breakwaters is 76 m. [NP54--No 6--Wk 23/18]
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth --
Rosyth — Under--keel clearance
[NP54--No 4--Wk 23/18]
100
Paragraph 4.133a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 23/18
Scotland -- Firth of Forth --
Hound Point Marine Terminal — Replace by:
Under--keel clearance 1 The minimum required UKC is 05 m, although
larger vessels may be required to have 10 m.
98
[NP54--No 21--Wk 13/19]
Under--keel clearance. Vessels must maintain a Scotland -- Grangemouth —

minimum UKC of 21 m. Under--keel clearance
104
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17
[NP54--No 5--Wk 23/18] After Paragraph 4.166 1 line 4 Insert:
Under--keel clearance
4.166a
Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth -- 1 Vessels should maintain a minimum UKC of 06 m
Hound Point Marine Terminal —
Under--keel clearance (2018) in the approach channel and locks. In other
areas of the harbour the minimum UKC may be
reduced. The port authority should be contacted for up
98
to date information.
After Paragraph 4.119 2 line(s) 2 including existing Section Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17
IV Notice Week 23/18 Insert: [NP54--No 7--Wk 23/18]
Under--keel clearance. On departure, vessels must England -- Tynemouth --

maintain a minimum UKC of 21 and 25 m above the Whitley Bay — Directions; wreck
aforementioned patch and the bar NE of Inchkeith
Island respectively. 130
[NP54--No 20--Wk 13/19] NE of a dangerous wreck (550310N 12380W),
reported (2019), thence:
UKHO [NP54--No 27--Wk 44/19]
Scotland -- Firth of Forth --
Inverkeithing — Pilotage; depths
England -- East coast -- Port of Tyne --
Tynemouth — Regulations
99
131
3 Controlling depth is 04 m in the harbour In order to reduce the risk of close quarters
approach. situations developing in the seaward approaches,
Pilotage. See 4.3. vessels approaching the port from S or E should:
The pilot service to East Ness Pier, within the Be within the N section of, or to the N of the seaward
compulsory Firth of Forth waters, has been approaches at a distance of no less than 1½ miles
withdrawn (2019) due to the unsound condition of from the entrance, and;
the pier. Avoid setting a course that crosses outbound traffic
for a distance from the entrance of 1½ miles.
Forth Ports Ltd [NP54--No 23--Wk 34/19] Port of Tyne Notice 13/19 [NP54--No 30--Wk 52/19]
2 -- 275
Index
NP54
England -- River Humber -- England -- East coast -- King’s Lynn —
Skitter Channel — Light float Pilotage; tugs
174 197
...(starboard hand) (534253N 02629W).
All vessels over 80 m LOA and less than 25 m
BA Chart 3497 [NP54--No 17--Wk 49/18]
allowance on draught (see Local Notices to Mariners)
will require a tug for manoeuvring.
England -- East coast -- River Trent — Vessels under 100 m LOA sailing to or from
Vertical clearance Riverside Quay (8.111) that do not need to swing will
not require a tug.
182
Paragraph 7.150 2 line 3 For 39 m Read 35 m King’s Lynn Conservancy Board Notice 18/2019
[NP54--No 25--Wk 38/19]
BA Chart 3497 [NP54--No 16--Wk 48/18]
England -- East coast -- River Humber to Cromer England -- The Wash -- King’s Lynn —
Regulations; tugs
— Directions; wind farms
186 197
1 From a position about 5 miles NE of the Humber Notice Week 38/19 Replace by:
Light Float (533870N 02124E), the route leads
generally SE, passing: 3 Tugs are available. The attendance of a tug is
Clear of the Amethyst Gas Field (533664N compulsory for tankers over 73 m in length and other
04336E), thence: vessels over that length not fitted with bow thrusters
NE of Triton Knoll Wind Farm (532900N or suitable manoeuvering aids.
04900E), under construction (2019), marked by All outward bound vessels from the dock between
light buoys (cardinal and special), thence: 8000 m LOA and 9999 m LOA, and which have less
2 SW of Outer Dowsing Shoal (532903N than 22 m allowance on draught (see Local Notices to
10431E), which extends 13½ miles SSE
Mariners), will require a tug for manoeuvering.
from its NW extremity. N Outer Dowsing Light
Vessels under 100 m LOA sailing to or from
Buoy (N cardinal) and Mid Outer Dowsing
Light Buoy (starboard hand) mark the NW Riverside Quay (8.111) that do not need to swing will
extremity and SW side of the shoal not require a tug for manoeuvering assistance in the
respectively. Thence river.
NE of Triton Knoll (532400N 05500E) (8.16).
3 Thence the track leads SSE, passing: King’s Lynn Conservancy Board Notice 21/19
ENE of East Dudgeon Shoals (531800N [NP54--No 29--Wk 45/19]
05900E) marked on their NE side by
E Dudgeon Light Buoy (E cardinal), thence:
ENE of a wellhead (531738N 10655E), thence:
WSW of Cromer Knoll (531830N 11740E), a England -- The Wash -- King’s Lynn —
Draught; regulations
shoal which extends 4 miles NNW. Dudgeon Light
Buoy (W cardinal) (8.12) lies 5 cables W of the S
extremity of the shoal. Thence: 197
4 WSW Dudgeon Offshore Wind Farm (531600N
12300E), marked by a light buoy (S Paragraph 8.99 3 line(s) 1--4 including existing Section IV
cardinal) (531250N 12560E), thence: Notice Week 45/19 Replace by:
ENE of Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm
(8.8). 3 Tugs are available. The attendance of a tug is
The track then continues to a position about compulsory for tankers over 73 m in length and other
15 miles N of Cromer (525590N 11800E) (8.36).
vessels over that length not fitted with bow thrusters
(Directions for offshore route continue at 9.11)
or suitable manoeuvring aids.
GB Chart 1190/20 [NP54--No 31--Wk 08/20] All outward bound vessels from the dock between
8000 m LOA and 9999 m LOA, and which have less
than 25 m allowance on draught (see Local Notices to
England -- The Wash --
Mariners), will require a tug for manoeuvring
King’s Lynn — Regulations
assistance in the river.
197 Vessels under 100 m LOA sailing to or from
Riverside Quay (8.111) that do not need to swing will
Paragraph 8.99 2 line 7 Delete not require a tug.
King’s Lynn Notice 12/20 [NP54--No 34a--Wk 17/20] Kings Lynn Notice 06/20 [NP54--No 32a--Wk 11/20]
2 -- 276
Index
NP54
England -- The Wash -- England – East coast – Great Yarmouth and
King’s Lynn — Regulations Lowestoft approaches — Depth
206
197
Paragraph 8.99 3 including existing Section IV Notices
...and 153 m S of Newarp Banks.
Weeks 38/19, 45/19 and 11/20 Replace by:
BA Chart 1504/17 [NP54--No 11--Wk 29/18]
3 Tugs are available. The attendance of a tug is
compulsory for tankers over 73 m in length and other England – East coast – Great Yarmouth and
vessels over that length not fitted with bow thrusters Lowestoft approaches — Directions
or suitable manoeuvring aids. 206
4 Vessels over 100 m LOA bound for Riverside Quay
Paragraph 9.41 5 lines 1--16 and 6 lines 1--10 Replace by:
(8.111) that do not need to swing may not require a
tug. Further restrictions may apply, contact port 5 Thence the track leads S, passing:
authority for details (8.93). E of the E extremity of Newarp Banks, where depths
of 87 m exist, thence:
King’s Lynn Notice 12/20 [NP54--No 34b--Wk 17/20] Over or clear of a patch (524269N 20253E), with
a least depth of 134 m, thence:
England -- The Wash -- King’s Lynn — E of the S extremity of Newarp Banks, where there
Draught; regulations are depths of about 16 m (523960N 20015E).
The bank shoals N of this position.
197 The track then leads SW, passing:
SE of the S extremity of Newarp Banks, thence:
After Paragraph 8.100 1 line 5 Insert: Over a bank (523822N 20037E) with a least
The following maximum arrival draughts apply: depth of 153 m. Deeper water lies to the N of this
For vessels bound for Riverside Quay: 58 m; bank and S of Newarp Banks. Thence:
For vessels bound for the docks: 55 m. 6 Clear of Cross Sand Light Buoy (safe water)
Minimum allowances on draught also apply. For the (523706N 15913E), 4 miles ESE of the S
latest requirements the port authority should be end of Middle Cross Sand (523950N
consulted prior to entry. 15280E).
All vessels with less than 25 m allowance on Thence the track leads to a position NE of Holm
draught shall be deemed to be a deep draught vessel. Sand (523080N 14800E), marked on its E side by
No more than two deep draught vessels may enter Holm Approach Light Buoy (E cardinal). The sea
or depart Kings’s Lynn on a tide. breaks over the shoal in all but the calmest weather
and it dries in places. Holm Channel (9.49), the
Kings Lynn Notice 06/20 [NP54--No 32b--Wk 11/20] principal approach channel to Great Yarmouth and
Lowestoft, is entered NE of Holm Sand.
England -- The Wash --
King’s Lynn — Regulations After Paragraph 9.41 6 line 10 Insert:
Side channel
197
9.41a
Paragraph 8.100 1 including existing Section IV Notice 1 A channel leads SSE between Cross Sand and
Week 11/20 Replace by: Newarp Banks. The channel passes over the N point
of Newarp Banks from Haisborough Gat (9.41), with
1 All vessels entering and departing the port must depths of about 12 m and leads SSE, passing:
have sufficient under--keel clearance, being guided by
2 ENE of Cross Sand, a series of banks extending
local notices to mariners. All vessels over 100 m LOA 12 miles S from Newarp Banks to merge with
must be notified to the harbour office for consideration the SE extremity of Corton Sand (9.32). It has
regarding draughts, prior to being fixed for the port. three shallow areas, namely North Cross
The following maximum arrival draughts apply: Sand (524380N 15100E), marked on its E
For vessels bound for Riverside Quay — 58 m; side by NE Cross Sand Light Buoy (E
For vessels bound for the docks — 55 m. cardinal); Middle Cross Sand (523950N
Minimum allowances on draught also apply. For the 15280E), marked on its E side by E Cross
latest requirements the port authority should be Sand Light Buoy (port hand), and at its S end
consulted prior to entry. by Barley Light Buoy (S cardinal); and South
Cross Sand (523540N 15060E), marked
King’s Lynn Notice 12/20 [NP54--No 34c--Wk 17/20]
to its S by S Corton Light Buoy (S cardinal).
These banks may be indicated by overfalls.
England – East coast – They are continually altering and should not
Great Yarmouth approaches — be approached without local knowledge.
Directions; obstruction 3 Thence the track leads S and joins the approaches
205 to Holm Channel described at 9.41.
(Directions continue for the outer approach to
Paragraph 9.32 4 line 2 For 45 m Read 19 m Great Yarmouth and Lowestoft at 9.47
and coastal passage S at 9.109)
BA Chart 1534/17 [NP54--No 10--Wk 29/18] BA Chart 1504/17 [NP54--No 12--Wk 29/18]
2 -- 277
Index
NP54
England – Great Yarmouth — Germany -- The Elbe -- Cuxhaven --
Arrival information; pilotage Medemgrund — Restricted areas
209 196
1 Pilotage is compulsory within the port limits for all 3 Restricted areas. Anchoring is prohibited in the
vessels of 40 m in length and over, except warships fairway S of the approach area for
and vessels exempt by law. Nord--Ostsee--Kanal and between Nordostreede (7.75)
and Südreede (7.75).
Great Yarmouth Notice 24/2018 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area
[NP54--No 14--Wk 43/18] (535315N 91325E) E of the Nordostreede anchorage
(7.75).
Anchoring is prohibited in an area (535188N
England -- Approaches to Lowestoft — 85352E) in the E part of Medemrinne.
Directions; depths
4 Prohibited areas. A prohibited area is situated N of
214 and between the Neufeld -- Reede West and
Neufeld--Reede Ost anchorages (7.74).
1 Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been
reported (2019) in the vicinity of 522856N 14594E.
Germany -- The Elbe -- Cuxhaven --
Depths may be reduced by about 05 m. Medemgrund — Directions; prohibited area
Track. From a position about 1 mile NE of the
habour... 198
ABP Lowestoft 27/19 [NP54--No 28--Wk 44/19] Paragraph 7.72 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:
...Neufeld--Reede anchorage (7.74).
England -- Lowestoft -- Kirkley — German Notice 33/44/20 [NP55--No 2--Wk 45/20]

Directions; light
214 Germany -- The Elbe -- Blankenese —

1 Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been Paragraph 7.108 1 lines 2--5 Replace by:
reported (2019) in the vicinity of 522856N 14594E.
Depths may be reduced by about 05 m. Front light (tower) (533334N 94843E).
Track. From a position about 1 mile NE of the harbour Rear light (tower) (533325N 94945E).
entrance the line of bearing 227 of Kirkley Light (metal
pole, 5 m in height) (522771N 14454E), or at night the German Notice 41/48/20 [NP55--No 4--Wk 48/20]
white sectors (226--230) of the light, lead to a position 1
cable ESE of the harbour entrance where direct approach
to the entrance can be made, passing: Germany -- The Elbe -- Blankenese —
Corr. ABP Lowestoft 12A/2020
[NP54--No 33--Wk 15/20] 204
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2020 Edition) Front light (tower) (533334N 94843E).
Rear light (tower) (533325N 94945E).

Germany -- Elbe -- Mittelrinne --
Neuwerk--Reede — Obstructions
194 Germany -- The Elbe -- Blankenese —

206
A wreck and two obstructions are located in the E part of
Paragraph 7.118 Delete existing Section IV Notice Week
the anchorage.
48/20
German Chart DE 44 Edt.4 (2020)
[NP55--No 3--Wk 45/20] UKHO [NP55--No 6--Wk 53/20]
2 -- 278
Index
NP56
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Gjallaråsholmen Leading Lights:
Front light (white lantern) (580154N 72035E).
Rear light (similar structure) (3¾ cables from front
Norway -- South--west coast -- light).
Egersund — Submarine pipeline The alignment (0805) of these lights leads E for
about 3 miles, passing:
72
After Paragraph 2.47 5 line 7 Insert: Norwegian Notice 10/61505/20

[NP56--No 30--Wk 27/20]
Caution. A submarine pipeline is laid across the S
part of the outer harbour of Egersund.
Norway -- Mandal -- Mannefjorden --
Norwegian Notice 14/60444/19 Nordre Havneholmen — Directions; light
[NP56--No 17--Wk 36/19]
112
Norway -- South--west coast -- Paragraph 3.71 1 lines 1--14 Replace by:
Egersund — Berths
72 72737E, the track leads NE for 1½ miles across
Mannefjorden, following the directions at 3.49 for the
first leg of the approach to the deep water berths at
Concrete quay, about 160 m long, with depths Gismerøya and Kleven, to a position SSE of
from about 77 to 86 m alongside. The RoRo Kalkskjær Light (580017N 72946E). Thence the
ramp is 20 m wide. track continues NE in the white sector (035--038) of
Havneholmen Light (580033N 72987E), passing:
Norwegian Notice 01/59698/19 [NP56--No 7--Wk 07/19] NW of an underwater rock (580020N 72987E),
marked by a spar buoy (W cardinal), thence:
Norway -- South--west coast -- Rekefjord and
approaches — Directions; rocks 2 The track then leads ENE for 2 cables, passing SE
of Nordre Havneholmen and NNW of Havneholmen
74 (580021N 73005E) and SSE of the mainland,
before altering ESE, passing:
...(582000N 61550E), much narrowed by rocks on Norwegian Notice 9/60213/19 [NP56--No 16--Wk 24/19]
both sides, into the head of the fjord. An unmarked
dangerous rock (582009N 61549E) lies close E of the
track. The other rocks on... Norway -- Mandal -- Mannefjorden --
Havneholmen — Directions; light
Norwegian Notice 04/61213/20
[NP56--No 29--Wk 15/20] 112

Norway -- Approaches to Åna--Sira — Week 24/19 Replace by:
Vertical clearance
77 72737E, the track leads NE for 1½ miles across
Mannefjorden, following the directions at 3.49 for the
Paragraph 2.77 4--5 Replace by: first leg of the approach to the deep water berths at
4 Speed limit. There is a speed limit of 5 kn in Gismerøya and Kleven, to a position SSE of
Åna--Sira. Kalkskjær (580017N 72946E) (3.49). Thence the
Vertical clearance: track continues NE, passing:
5 An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 2 NW of an underwater rock (580020N
13 m spans the channel W of Sletta 72987E), marked by a buoy (W cardinal).
(581746N 62654E). The track then leads ENE for 2 cables, passing SE
of Nordre Havneholmen (3.50) and NNW of
Norwegian Notice 19/59430/18 [NP56--No 4--Wk 45/18] Havneholmen (580021N 73005E) and SSE of the
mainland, before altering ESE, passing:
NNE of Skotholmen, marked at its N extent by
Norway -- Skagerrak -- Mandal -- Hille north -- Skotholmen Light (post, 6 m in height)
Gjallaråsholmen — Directions; leading lights (580026N 73045E), thence:
SSW of Skotholmbåen (580027N 73052E), a
103 rock with a depth of 11 m, marked by a light (port
hand), at the W entrance to Skjernøysund.
...Våre, and the coastal islets, 5 cables N. Norwegian Notice 2/61082/20 [NP56--No 27--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 279
Index
NP56
Norway -- Mandal-- Nordfjorden -- Skjernøya -- Paragraph 3.75 4 line(s) 5--7 Replace by:
North--east side — Directions; light
...to Auster Grønningen, and:
112
…generally ESE for 2½ cables, passing:

Norway -- South coast -- Skagerrak --
Paragraph 3.71 8 line(s) 8 Replace by: Songvårfjorden — Varholmen light
…Spegelaksen Light (starboard hand, floodlit) 114

(575992N 73262E) is exhibited, thence:
Norwegian Notice 8/60145/19 [NP56--No 15--Wk 22/19] ...Varholmen Light (port hand, floodlit, 10 m in
height) (580243N 74728E), thence:
Norway -- Mandal -- Tregdefjorden --
Langøy — Directions; light Norwegian Notice 1/60994/20 [NP56--No 25--Wk 08/20]
113 Norway -- South coast -- Skagerrak --

Route through Ny--Hellesund — Varholmen light
115
NNE of Langøy Light (580004N 73484E),
marking the NE of a rocky... Paragraph 3.76 2 line(s) 2--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.74 2 lines 8--10 Replace by: ...Light (580243N 74728E) (3.75), the track leads
generally NE...
The track then leads E for 5 cables in the white
sector (2719--2776), astern, of Langøy Light (post, Norwegian Notice 1/60994/20 [NP56--No 26--Wk 08/20]
floodlit, 15 m in height) (580004N 73484E),
passing:
Norway -- South coast -- Songvårfjorden --
Norwegian Notice 2/61077/20 Helgøya — Directions; light
[NP56--No 28--Wk 10/20]
115
Norway -- South coast -- Tregdefjorden to Paragraph 3.76 6 line(s) 3--5 Replace by:
Songvårfjorden -- Skogsøy — Directions; light ...continues NE through Herøyfjorden for 5½ cables,
passing:
114
Paragraph 3.74 4 line(s) 7 For (2532--2568) Read [NP56--No 22--Wk 51/19]
(2544--256)
Norway -- South coast -- Kristiansand —

Norwegian Notice 16/60611/19; ENC NO5E0615 Directions; lights
[NP56--No 18--Wk 41/19]
120
Norway -- South coast -- Songvårfjorden — Paragraph 3.104 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Directions; depth
1 From the vicinity of 580100N 75510E, a white
114 sector (0169--0231) of Svartskjær Light (580484N
75775E) leads NNE for 3¾ miles, passing:
...Uvårboen (580135N 74277E), an underwater rock
with a least depth of 76 m which lies in the centre of... Thence the track leads to a position about 3 cables
SSW of Svartskjær Light.
Norwegian Notice 21/60800/19 Paragraph 3.106 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:
[NP56--No 21--Wk 51/19]
1 When Svartskjær Light (580484N 75775E) is
distant 3 cables, a white sector (0471--0515) of
Norway -- Skagerrak -- Songvårfjorden -- Jøngeholmskjæret Light (white lantern) (580552N
Norde Vassøy — Directions; light sector
75956E) leads NE for about 1 mile, passing:
114 SE of the foul ground extending from Torsteinsneset
(580460N 75700E). Kobbernaglen
Paragraph 3.75 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: (580447N 75688E), marked by an iron perch,
lies at the SW end of the foul ground. Thence:
74283E, the track leads E through Songvårfjorden Norwegian Notice 17/60645/19
for 4½ miles, passing: [NP56--No 19--Wk 43/19]
2 -- 280
Index
NP56
Norway -- South coast -- Flekkerøya — Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Fagerstrand — Depths
Directions; light
199
120
Paragraph 6.131 1 line(s) 4 For 82 to 120 m Read 51 to
Paragraph 3.106 1 lines 1--10 including existing Section IV 116 m
1 When Svartskjær Light (580484N 75775E) is Norwegian Notice 4/59798/19 [NP56--No 13--Wk 13/19]
distant 3 cables the track leads NE for about 1 mile,
passing: Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Løperen —
SE of the foul ground extending from Torsteinsneset Directions; light sector; positions
(580460N 75700E). Kobbernaglen
225
(580447N 75688E), marked by a light (port
hand, floodlit), lies at the SW end of the foul Paragraph 7.53 1--3 Replace by:
ground. Thence:
1 From a position 3 cables SE of Vidgrunnen Light
Norwegian Notice 20/60755/19 Beacon (590155N 105763E) (7.22), clear of
[NP56--No 20--Wk 48/19] Duken, an isolated shoal 5 cables SE of the light, with
Kvernskjærgrunnen Light (column, 15 m in height)
(590228N 105835E) bearing 0095 the route
Norway -- Kristiansand -- Topdalsfjorden — leads generally N for about 8 cables into Løperen
Directions; lights
(7.55), passing:
120 2 E of Vidgrunnen Light (590155N 105763E),
which stands on a rock with a depth of 2 m
Paragraph 3.107 3 lines 6--10 Replace by: or less, thence:
E of an underwater rock depth about 111 m
The track then leads to a position under Varodden (590175N 105803E), and:
Bridges (3.88). A light is exhibited from the N bridge. 3 W of Galtene (590173N 105905E), a group
of above and below--water rocks which lie
Norwegian Notice 2/59789/19 close off Rødshuet (7.52); they are marked at
[NP56--No 8--Wk 09/19] their S end by an iron perch. Thence:
W of Kvernskjær (590203N 105850E), an islet in
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Horten — Depth the middle of the entrance that is foul to the S and
E, thence:
Paragraph 6.60 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: 4 E of Fugleskjær, a rock near the...
Inner harbour. The least charted depth in the Norwegian Notice 21/59524/18 [NP56--No 5--Wk 50/18]
entrance channel is 68 m.
Norwegian Notice 17/59337/18 Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Løperen —

[NP56--No 2--Wk 42/18] Directions; leading lights
225
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Horten —
Directions; underwater rocks After Paragraph 7.55 4 line 7 Insert:
5 Useful marks:
190--191 Russebukta Leading Lights:
Front light (tripod structure, 10 m in height)
(590455N 105808E).
...extending 2 cables N from Vealøs and clear of an Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height)
underwater rock (592684N 102921E) with a (2¼ cables from front light).
depth of 125 m, thence: The alignment (3585) of these lights leads through
Close E of a shoal patch (592679N 102913E) the centre of the channel.
with a depth of 68 m and clear of an underwater
rock (592673N 102919E) with a depth of Norwegian Notice 20/59505/18 [NP56--No 6--Wk 52/18]
39 m, thence:
4 Between the breakwater (592665N 102916E) Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Asmaløy —
on the NW extremity of Vealøs, and the E Directions; lights
edge of foul ground (592668N 102903E),
fringing the E side of Østøya, marked by an 225
iron pole with a light, thence: Paragraph 7.55 1--5 including existing Section IV Notice
Close E of an underwater rock (592650N Week 52/18 Replace by:
102902E) with a depth of 65 m.
1 Russebukta Leading Lights:
Norwegian Notice 17/59337/18 Front light (tripod structure, 10 m in height)
[NP56--No 3--Wk 42/18] (590455N 105808E).
2 -- 281
Index
NP56
Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) Sweden -- West coast -- South--south--east of
(2¼ cables from front light). Ramskär — Anchorage
When clear of Kvernskjærgrunnen Light, the
244
alignment (3585) of these lights leads N, passing:
2 W of Hestrompa (590282N 105874E), a rock After Paragraph 8.35 1 line 3 Insert:
awash marked on its SW side by an iron
perch, and: Anchoring is prohibited within an area centred on
E of Håbutangen Light (lantern on metal column, 7 m 584175N 110245E.
in height, floodlit) (590281N 105804E) Swedish Notice 823/15238/20 [NP56--No 33--Wk 44/20]
exhibited from the E coast of Asmaløy (7.46),
thence:
3 W of Kråka (590332N 105846E), a small Sweden -- West coast -- Skagerrak -- Grebbestad
— Directions; leading lights
islet near the middle of the channel, and of
the rocks awash which extend 2 cables N and 251
1½ cables S from the islet, both of which are
marked by an iron perch. A light (floodlit) is Paragraph 8.88 4 line(s) 5--12 Replace by:
exhibited from a position 1 cable NNW of the ...Leading Light, the track leads N into the harbour.
islet.
4 Thence course should be altered to pass between Swedish Notice 783/14414/19 [NP56--No 23--Wk 02/20]
Lubbegrunnen, a shoal with a least depth of 6 m, on
which stands Lubbegrunnen Light (column, 18 m in Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Approaches to Brofjorden
height, floodlit) (590408N 105807E), and -- West--south--west of Lysekil — Pilotage
Dødvikpynten Light (white lantern, 3 m in height,
259
floodlit) (2 cables W) which stands on the E coast of
Asmaløy. A buoy (starboard hand) is moored close Paragraph 9.34 2 line(s) 1--7 Replace by:
SW of Lubbegrunnen Light.
2 No 1 (581429N 111133E), 1¼ miles SW of
Brofjorden Approach Light Buoy (9.13).
Norwegian Notice 2/59742/19 No 2 (581330N 110870E), 3 miles SW of
[NP56--No 9--Wk 09/19] Brofjorden Approach Light Buoy.
Norway – Oslofjorden -- Sarpsborg — Depths
Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Brofjorden — Tugs
233
259--260
...from 56 to 63 m alongside.
1 Tug escort. All crude tankers and all loaded
product tankers of more than 20 000 dwt are required
Norwegian Notice 7/60078/19 [NP56--No 14--Wk 19/19] to be escorted by tugs from 3 miles SW of Brofjorden
Approach Light Buoy (safe water) (581500N
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- 111323E).
Svalerødkilen — Anchorage 2 It is not recommended to meet or overtake an
escorted crude oil tanker in the area between Nos 1
235 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (581642N 111571E)
and Hästebåden and Kornögrundet Light Buoys
Paragraph 7.125 including heading Replace by: (lateral) (581882N 112084E) (9.42). When other
ships are escorted in this part of the fairway, it is
recommended that meeting and overtaking is done
Spare
with great caution.
7.125
Prohibited areas. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in Brofjorden Fairway between Nr 3 Light
Norwegian Notice 14/59134/18 [NP56--No 1--Wk 39/18] Buoy (581735N 111729E) and Tån Light
(581791N 111962E). The limits of the area are as
follows:
Sweden -- West coast -- North--west of Strömstad
-- Nord Hällsö — Anchorage Swedish Notice 825/15275/20 [NP56--No 34--Wk 46/20]
243 Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Approaches to Brofjorden

-- West--south--west of Lysekil — Pilotage
260
Anchoring is prohibited within two areas centred on
585729N 110429E and 585824N 110539E, Paragraph 9.40 2 line(s) 2 Replace by:
lying S and NE of Nord--Hällsö (7.23), respectively. ...NE of No 2 pilot boarding station (9.34), the...
Swedish Notice 823/15228/20 [NP56--No 32--Wk 44/20] Swedish Notice 826/15286/20 [NP56--No 36--Wk 47/20]
2 -- 282
Index
NP56
Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Approaches to Brofjorden Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord --
-- West--south--west of Lysekil — Pilotage Mitholmarna — Directions; light
277
262
Paragraph 9.149 3 line(s) 6 For (018--028) Read
Paragraph 9.55 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: (0175–0235)
1 See 9.34.
Swedish Notice 744/13815(P)/19
[NP56--No 11--Wk 12/19]
Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord --
Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Lysekil — Restricted area Mitholmarna — Directions; light
277
265
After Paragraph 9.65 2 line 4 Insert: (1375–1440)
A restricted area (581657N 112783E), into Swedish Notice 744/13815(P)/19

which unauthorised entry is prohibited, is situated [NP56--No 12--Wk 12/19]
about 2½ cables E of the Grötö peninsula.
Swedish Notice 787/14580/20 NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A

[NP56--No 24--Wk 05/20] (2019 Edition)
Stavanger -- Kvitsøy -- Leiasund — Anchorage;

Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Lysekil — Restricted area submarine cable
265 86
2 Pilotage. See 9.55. [NP57A--No 9--Wk 04/20]
Restricted areas. Unauthorised entry is prohibited
into the following areas: Rogaland -- Karmøy -- Skudeneshavn —
In an area surrounding a DG range S of Grötö Directions; light; leading line
(581641N 112676E), centred on 581618N
87
112711E.
In an area surrounding a wind turbine, centred on Paragraph 3.65 1--3 Replace by:
581657N 112783E, E of the Grötö peninsula.
Speed limits. Vessels are limited to a speed of 1 Secondary channel. A secondary channel leads
5 kn in Södra Hamnen, the inner harbour and Norra into Skudeneshavn from the S, entering between a
Hamnen. mole (590863N 51556E) extending E from
Karmøy, and a mole, close S, extending W from
Paragraph 9.66 2 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Skjåholmen.
2 The channel is marked by the alignment (3234) of
2 Degaussing range. A DG range, established the following lights:
1 cable off the S side of Grötö (581641N Skudeneshavn Molo Light (post, 3 m in height)
112676E), consists of seven dolphins in a line (590860N 51554E).
1 cable in length. Two fixed red lights are displayed Skagaskjeret Light (590864N 51549E).
on the E and W dolphins.
See restricted areas at 9.65. Norwegian Notice 10/61506/20
[NP57A--No 26--Wk 27/20]
Norway -- Stavanger — Directions from
Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord -- north--west; Tjuvholmboen to Midtgrunnen
Mitholmarna — Directions; light
93
277
Paragraph 3.104 3 line(s) 5 For SW Read SE
Paragraph 9.148 1 line(s) 5 For (037--0409) Read
(0365--0405) Paragraph 3.104 4 line(s) 1 Replace by:
4 The track then leads S and SE to a position SW...
Swedish Notice 744/13815(P)/19 Norwegian Chart 455; ENC NO5G0711

[NP56--No 10--Wk 12/19] [NP57A--No 19--Wk 15/20]
2 -- 283
Index
NP57A
Rogaland -- Karmsundet middle part -- Paragraph 6.30 2 line 6 For 2829--2939 Read
Kopervik to Salhus — Vertical clearances 2837--2932
151 Paragraph 6.30 3 lines 1--3 Delete

...(591900N 51970E), with a minimum vertical [NP57A--No 30--Wk 30/20]
clearance of 54 m, span Karmsundet close S of Kulorten
Beacon;...
Rogaland -- Bjoafjorden -- Fornesholmen —
[NP57A--No 18--Wk 15/20] 181
Rogaland -- Utsira -- Beiningskalven— Paragraph 6.64 6 line 3 For (1199--1262) Read

Directions; Light (121--1257)
155 Norwegian Notice 8/61377/20

[NP57A--No 20--Wk 22/20]
...45411E); Skardholmflua (591817N 45525E), a Rogaland -- Ølsfjorden -- Romsasundet --
shoal, is cleared by Bermesholmen Light (591895N Kampareholmen — Directions; light sector
45454E) (5.13) bearing less than 323 and the green
sector of Beiningskalven Light (591764N 45402E) 181
bearing more than 2353. Thence:
Norwegian Notice 13/61946/20 (1589--168)
[NP57A--No 32--Wk 34/20]
Paragraph 6.66 4 line 5 For 1571 Read 1589
South west coast -- Kvaløyfjorden —
Directions; light sector Norwegian Notice 8/61374/20
[NP57A--No 21--Wk 22/20]
159
Rogaland -- Bjoafjorden -- Fornesholmen —
Paragraph 5.90 2 line(s) 10 For 2648--029 Read Directions; light sector
2646--0028
185
Paragraph 5.90 4 line(s) 5 For 2648--029 Read
2646--0028 Paragraph 6.95 1 line 4 For (2114--2339) Read
(2176--2337)
Paragraph 5.90 6 line(s) 4 For 2218--2487 Read
2216--2487 Norwegian Notice 8/61377/20
[NP57A--No 22--Wk 22/20]
Norwegian Notice 17/62410/20; Norwegian LL 131700
[NP57A--No 35--Wk 46/20] Hordaland -- Halsnøya -- Høylandssundet --
Hillestadholmen — Directions; light sector
Hordaland -- Bømlafjorden -- Nappholmen to 187

Røysaneset — Directions; light sector
175
...the red sector of Hillestadholmen Light, bearing
Paragraph 6.27 1 line 6 For (2191--245) Read more than 3184. Thence:
(2178--2448) Paragraph 6.117 4 lines 6--11 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.28 1 line 3 For 2191 Read 2178 ...on Kyllingane. The dangers of
Sandvollgrunnen, Bleikjo and Kyllingane are
covered by the green sector (1623--1938) of
Norwegian Notice 12/61672; Norwegian LL 134500/20 Hillestadholmen Light. Sandvollholmen lies in the
[NP57A--No 31--Wk 32/20] red sector (1563--1623) and Fossaflu lies in the
white sector (1452--1563) of Hillestadholmen
Hordaland -- Bømlafjorden -- Førdespollen — Light.
Directions; light sector Paragraph 6.118 1 line 7 For (1448--1548) Read
(1452--1563)
175
Paragraph 6.30 2 line 2 For 1725--1759 Read Norwegian Notice 8/61381/20

1722--1753 [NP57A--No 23--Wk 22/20]
2 -- 284
Index
NP57A
Hordaland -- Halsnøya -- Høylandssundet -- Paragraph 6.189 4 line(s) 6 For red Read green
Hillestadholmen — Directions; light sector
Paragraph 6.189 4 line(s) 7 For 2253 Read 2254
187--188
Paragraph 6.119 2 line 5 For red Read green Paragraph 6.189 5 line(s) 3 For (336--3471) Read
(3359--3459)
Paragraph 6.119 2 line 8 For 2687 Read 267
(2254--2305)
(1452--1563)
Norwegian Notice 10/61497; 61499/20
[NP57A--No 29--Wk 27/20]
Paragraph 6.119 6 line 5 For (260--2687) Read
(2598--267)
Hardangerfjorden -- Ytre Samlen --
North--north--west of Jondal -- Jonaneset —
Paragraph 6.119 6 line 9 For (0963--1509) Read Directions; light sector
(0962--1496)
200
Norwegian Notice 8/61381/20 Paragraph 6.208 4 line(s) 7 For (0176--0322) Read
[NP57A--No 24--Wk 22/20] (0184--0310)
Hordaland -- Hardangerfjorden -- Skorpegavlen Norwegian Notice 9/61477/20

— Directions; light sector; bearing [NP57A--No 25--Wk 25/20]
194
North--west of Bergen -- Toftøyna --
Paragraph 6.155 1 line(s) 7 For red Read green Toftevågen — Anchorage
269
Paragraph 6.155 2 line(s) 5 For (1291--132) Read
(1306--1331) Norwegian Notice 16/60589/19
[NP57A--No 1--Wk 50/19]
(1517--1619) Sotra -- Raunefjorden -- Raunane —
[NP57A--No 27--Wk 27/20] 270
Hordaland -- Hardangerfjorden -- Skorpegavlen (0085--0249)
— Directions; light sector
196 [NP57A--No 11--Wk 05/20]
Hordaland -- Hjeltaneset to Bergen --
4 At night having passed Skorpegavlen the track Kjøkkelvik — Wrecks
leads NE within the white sector (2134--2170) of
Skorpen Light, astern, and thence continues NE within 278
the white sector (3533--0259) of Fjæreflu Light, until
a position is reached about 1½ miles S of the latter
light. 1 Description. Kjøkkelvik (602360N 51360E)
contains several quays with a boat harbour at its
Norwegian Notice 10/61523/20 head; the quays on the SW and S shores are only
[NP57A--No 28--Wk 27/20] suitable for small craft. At the National Diving School
on the NE side of the bay there is a concrete quay
Hordaland -- Kvinnheradsfjorden to Øynefjorden with two faces 22 and 24 m long, with depths from 36
— Directions; light sectors; bearings to 50 m alongside. A dangerous wreck (602360N
51382E) lies NW of the quay and another in
198 Skålevik (602374N 51413E), E of Kjøkkelvik.
2 Mooring buoys. Several mooring buoys, from
Paragraph 6.189 2 line(s) 3 For red Read green
which lights are exhibited, are moored on the NE side
of Kjøkkelvik and in Skålevik.
Paragraph 6.189 2 line(s) 9 For 3471 Read 3459 [NP57A--No 36--Wk 49/20]
2 -- 285
Index
NP57A
Blomøyna -- Dalsvågen — Anchorage Paragraph 9.79 5 lines 8--9 Delete
290
Paragraph 9.17 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: [NP57A--No 10--Wk 04/20]
1 The inlet of Blomvåg (603174N 45277E) affords
good anchorage close N of Stridsholmen (603166N
Hjeltefjorden -- Småvikane — Anchorage
45279E). There are several quays in Blomvåg; the
largest, situated WSW of Stridsholmen, consists of a
stone quay 22 m long, with depths from 20 to 171 m 304
on its S side.
[NP57A--No 2--Wk 50/19] Spare
9.105
Hordaland -- Kollsnes -- Osundet — Norwegian Notice 16/60591/19
Directions; leading lights [NP57A--No 6--Wk 50/19]
290
Paragraph 9.19 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: Indrevær and Utvær to Bulandet -- Lågøyfjorden
-- Kråkesteinen — Directions; light sector
1 From a position (603150N 44850E) about
1½ miles SW of the entrance, the track leads initially 392
NE, passing:
[NP57A--No 3--Wk 50/19] ...(0256--0821) of Kråkesteinen Light
(610934N 43935E) (11.22). Thence:
Alvøyna -- Heggøyvågen and Dåvøysundet —
Anchorages Norwegian Notice 1/60966/20
[NP57A--No 12--Wk 08/20]
291
Paragraph 9.25 including heading Replace by: Straumsfjorden to Buefjorden -- Lågøyfjorden --
Kråkesteinen — Directions; light sector
Spare
9.25 394
[NP57A--No 4--Wk 50/19]
...in height) (610934N 43935E), exhibited
Alvøyna -- Søre Selsvågen — Anchorage from the W side of an...

[NP57A--No 13--Wk 08/20]
1 Description. Entered close SE of Vardneset, Søre
Selsvågen (603810N 44786E) is spanned by an Sogn og Fjordane -- Ytre Sula --
overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 19 m, and Langøysundet — Vertical clearance
in its N part there is small harbour with three quays;
the largest, at a shell sand drying plant, consists of an 398
angled concrete quay with a total length of 28 m and
depths up to 36 m alongside. Paragraph 11.43 1 line(s) 7--9 Delete

[NP57A--No 5--Wk 50/19] Norwegian Notice 3/61114/20
[NP57A--No 16--Wk 13/20]
Bergen -- Hjeltefjorden -- Ågotnes —
Directions; wreck Sogn og Fjordane -- Aldefjorden --
Austnesholmen — Directions; light sector
300--301
1 There are no specific directions for berthing at Paragraph 11.100 1 line 7 For 2186--2269 Read
Ågotnes (602481N 50042E). However, a wide 1949--2388
berth should be given to a dangerous wreck
(602510N 50071E), a former floating dock 210 m
in length, by vessels rounding the promontory N of Norwegian Notice 2/61058/20
Tranneset (9.77). [NP57A--No 15--Wk 10/20]
2 -- 286
Index
NP57A
Sogn og Fjordane -- Sula -- Sogn og Fjordane -- Måløyna -- Måløysundet —
Krakhellesundet — Vertical clearances Directions; leading lights
410 492
2 The track then leads to the vicinity of 615557N
Spare 50737E, 2 cables S of the bridge (12.250 and
11.120 12.251).
Thence the track leads N through the centre of E
Norwegian Notice 3/61104/20 passage, with light beacons marking the edges of the
[NP57A--No 17--Wk 13/20] channel, and under the centre of the E span of the
bridge.
3 Once clear of the bridge, in the vicinity of
Sogn og Fjordane -- Atløyna north--west side --
Hinnøysundet — Directions; light sector 615578N 50747E, the track continues N into the
centre of the port of Måløy, from where the harbour
416 berths can be approached directly. Lights are exhibited
from the corners of some of the berths on the W side
Paragraph 11.159 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: of the harbour.
...NNE out into Heggøyosen within the white sector (Directions continue for Ulvesundet at 12.266)
(1587--1613), astern, of this light.
[NP57A--No 14--Wk 08/20] 1 From a position in the centre of Måløy harbour, in
the vicinity of 615610N 50744E, the track leads
SSW for 3 cables to the W passage.
Sogn og Fjordane -- East of Florø -- Thence the track leads S through the centre of W
Eikefjorden -- Helgøya — Light
passage, with light beacons marking the edges of the
438 channel, and under the centre of the W span of the
bridge (12.250 and 12.251).
Paragraph 11.305 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 12.258 2 lines 1--4 Delete
1 At night, the track leads initially within the white
sector (0717--0756) of Helgøy Light until 4 cables Norwegian Notice 15/62187/20
from it. Thence, having passed through Helgøysundet [NP57A--No 33--Wk 40/20]
the track leads E through Leversundet. When a...
Sogn og Fjordane -- Måløyna -- Måløystraumen
Norwegian Notice 20/60791/19 — Leading lights diagram
[NP57A--No 7--Wk 50/19] 493
After Paragraph 12.259 5 line 5 Diagram titled
Sogn og Fjordane -- East--north--east of Måløystraumen (12.259) Delete
Florø -- Breidvika -- Fjord Base —
Development; directions
450 [NP57A--No 34--Wk 40/20]

NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2017 Edition)
Harbour
11.376a Navigation and Regulations – Pilotage —
1 General layout. The harbour of Fjord Base Pilotage boarding places
contains several quays arranged along the N side of 9
Botnaneset (613670N 50445E) and within
Breidvika, WSW of Botnaneset. After Paragraph 1.45 1 line 9 Insert:
Development. Land reclamation and development
Raudøyleia* 642400N 101400E
is taking place (2019) W of the offshore supply base,
on the islands of Perholmen and Gulholmen. Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 1--Wk 02/18]
Development. Land reclamation and development
is taking place (2019) W of the offshore supply base,
Raudøyholmen -- Ørstafjorden —
on the islands of Perholmen and Gulholmen. Directions; light
Paragraph 11.378 1--3 including paragraph number 81
Replace by:
Spare 2 The track then leads SSE to a position SW of...
11.378
ENC NO5E1310 (14.003) [NP57A--No 8--Wk 50/19] [NP57B--No 4--Wk 22/18]
2 -- 287
Index
NP57B
Møre og Romsdal -- Sulafjorden — Møre og Romsdal -- Ålesund --
Directions; ODAS buoy Aspevågen — Prohibited area
82 112
Clear of a light buoy (ODAS) (622541N 60193E), Prohibited area
thence: 3.372a
1 Anchorage is prohibited within 50 m of a wreck in
Norwegian Notice 2/61087/20 position 622778N 60790E.
[NP57B--No 56--Wk 10/20]
[NP57B--No 65--Wk 22/20]
Møre og Romsdal -- Holmefjorden — Sector light
Møre og Romsdal -- Ålesund --
95 Steinvågen — Directions; buoys
Paragraph 3.234 3 lines 7--8 Delete 113

Norwegian Notice 21/59559/18 ...marked by light beacons (starboard hand).
[NP57B--No 11--Wk 50/18]
[NP57B--No 61--Wk 13/20]
Møre og Romsdal -- Holmefjorden —
Directions; sector light Møre og Romsdal -- Ålesund --
Steinvågsundet — Leading lights
97
113
...Grønnholmen Light, and thence SE, passing: ...track leads WSW, passing:
Norwegian Notice 21/59559/18 Norwegian Notice 8/61356/20
[NP57B--No 12--Wk 50/18] [NP57B--No 66--Wk 22/20]
Storfjorden -- Velteneset — Møre og Romsdal -- Ålesund --

Overhead power cables Aspevågen — Anchorage
114
104
Paragraph 3.383 1 line 4 For 622778N 60800E Read
After Paragraph 3.307 2 line 4 Insert: 622782N 60812E
Vertical clearance Norwegian Notice 8/61358/20

3.307a [NP57B--No 67--Wk 22/20]
1 Two overhead power cables, with a least vertical
clearance of 60 m, span Storfjorden between Åsefjorden -- Veddevika — Submarine pipeline
Velteneset (3.307) and Gausneset, 1 mile NE.
116
Norwegian Notice 8/58730/18 Paragraph 3.392 1 line 9 Replace by:
[NP57B--No 5--Wk 22/18]
...30 m, sand, taking care to avoid a submarine pipeline.
Møre og Romsdal -- Ålesund -- Norwegian Notice 14/59112/18

Steinvågsundet — Depths [NP57B--No 7--Wk 35/18]
112 Møre og Romsdal -- Sula -- Mauseidvågen —

Submarine cables
117
Steinvågsundet (622826N 60742E); 50 m at the
N entrance, 1 cable SW of the bridge, and about Paragraph 3.403 1 line 1 Replace by:
50 m in the channel off Kverna (3.379) in the S 1 Anchorage may be obtained, avoiding charted
entrance. submarine cables, in Mauseidvågen...

[NP57B--No 60--Wk 13/20] [NP57B--No 45--Wk 51/19]
2 -- 288
Index
NP57B
West coast -- Ellingsøya -- Taftasundet — West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden --
Vertical clearance Hovdeneset — Directions; light sectors
133 153
Paragraph 4.77 1 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 4.267 3 line 7 For (126--138) Read
(1265--138)
...vertical clearance of 45 m, reported (2018), and has a
navigable width... Paragraph 4.267 4 line 3 For (246--249) Read
(2465--2495)
[NP57B--No 9--Wk 41/18] Norwegian Notice 10/60263/19
[NP57B--No 28--Wk 26/19]
West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden -- Tomrefjorden --
Bårsneset — Directions; light sectors Møre og Romsdal -- Romsdalsfjorden —
Directions; light
147
153
Paragraph 4.198 2 line 2 For (140¼--144 and
Paragraph 4.267 4 line(s) 5 For Tresfjorden Read Feøya
148½--157½) Read (140--144 and 1485--1575)

[NP57B--No 48--Wk 08/20]
...covered by a red sector (144--147) of...
West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden --
Paragraph 4.198 6 line 3 For (332¾--350) Read Hovdeneset — Directions; light sector
(3325--350)
154
Norwegian Notice 10/60259/19 Paragraph 4.281 1 line 7 For (302--335) Read
[NP57B--No 27--Wk 26/19] (304--3355)
Møre og Romsdal -- Romsdalfjorden -- Norwegian Notice 10/60263/19

Tresfjorden — Directions; light [NP57B--No 29--Wk 26/19]
152 West coast -- East--south--east of Molde --

Langfjorden -- Åfarnes —
Paragraph 4.253 1--2 Replace by: Directions; light sectors
1 From a position S of Julneset (624347N 154
65890E), the track leads ESE through the outer part
of Romsdalsfjorden to a position E of Furneset, where Paragraph 4.289 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by:
Furneset Light (623921N 70499E) is exhibited. ...sectors (0530--0580 or 0640--0735) of
Thence the track leads S, passing: Herjeskjæret Light (624022N 73032E), passing:
2 E of the islet of Feøya (623801N 70626E)
where Feøya Light (post, floodlit, 3 m in Paragraph 4.289 1 line(s) 8 For (058--064½) Read
height) is exhibited, and noting a marine farm (058--0643)
established 8½ cables E of the light, thence:
Under the navigable span of Tresfjord Bridge Paragraph 4.289 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
(4.251), marked by lights.
2 Either side of Hestholmen (623938N
72690E), covered by the green sector
(0600--0640) of Herjeskjæret Light, thence:
[NP57B--No 47--Wk 08/20]
South of Molde -- Tresfjorden — Directions; light [NP57B--No 14--Wk 15/19]
152 Nogvafjorden -- Flemsøya — Directions; light

sector
158
3 Thence the track continues SSE to a position W of
Daugstad (623380N 70919E) and then S in Paragraph 4.334 1 line 3 For (1265--135) Read
mid--channel to the head of the fjord. (1275--1355)
Norwegian Notice 2/58407/18; ENC NO4E1514 Norwegian Notice 12/58954/18

[NP57B--No 8--Wk 35/18] [NP57B--No 6--Wk 31/18]
2 -- 289
Index
NP57B
West coast -- Gossa -- Røssøyvågen — Hustadvika -- Midtfjorden -- Channel north--west
Directions; lights of Vikan Light — Directions; light sector
164--165 183
Paragraph 4.372 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: Paragraph 5.48 1 line(s) 3 For (143--149) Read
(1441--1495)
Directions. From a position S of Kjølingen Light
(4.370), the track leads SE, passing:
Paragraph 4.372 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: [NP57B--No 51--Wk 08/20]
2 NE of Sinkelen (624942N 64672E), marked
by an iron perch, thence: North--west coast -- Hustadvika -- Kråksundet —
[NP57B--No 41--Wk 43/19] 183
Approaches to Budadjupet -- (141--1425)
Bjørnsund — Directions; light

[NP57B--No 20--Wk 20/19]
(138--1615) Hustadvika -- Midtfjorden -- Vikan —
[NP57B--No 13--Wk 13/19] 183
Møre og Romsdal -- Julsundet -- Julbøen —
Directions; light sectors 3 An alternative approach is from W passing S of
Skutholmtaren and N of Skutholmen, close S.
169
Paragraph 4.406 2 line(s) 6 For (359--006¼) Read [NP57B--No 52--Wk 08/20]
(3587--0192)
West coast -- Hustadvika -- Kvitholmen —
Paragraph 4.406 3 line(s) 4--6 Replace by: Directions; light sector
...green sector (1576--1618) of Julholmen Light 187
and a red sector (0063--0192) of Hogsneset
Light. Paragraph 5.70 2 line 10 For 230--235 Read 2315--236

[NP57B--No 49--Wk 08/20]
[NP57B--No 31--Wk 29/19]
Møre og Romsdal -- Hustadvika -- Storesundet — Hustadvika -- Halluren to Hestskjær --

Directions; light sector Litlsandøya — Directions; light sector
172 187
Paragraph 4.431 1 line 3 For 327--353 Read 326--353 Paragraph 5.71 3 line(s) 2--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.431 2 line 7 For 156--164½ Read ...sectors (2099--2183 or 2219--2279), astern, of
1567--1646 Litlsandøya Light (630295N 72342E), passing NW
of...
[NP57B--No 57--Wk 10/20] [NP57B--No 53--Wk 08/20]
Hustadvika -- Midtfjorden -- Vikan Light to Møre og Romsdal -- Ramnfjorden -- Sveggevika --

Sjøskorpa via Stoplan — Directions; light sector Galten Light — Directions; light sector
181 189
Paragraph 5.37 1 line(s) 3 For (203--208) Read Paragraph 5.85 5 line(s) 5 For (072--074) Read
(2045--2086) (0708--0727)

[NP57B--No 50--Wk 08/20] [NP57B--No 54--Wk 08/20]
2 -- 290
Index
NP57B
Møre og Romsdal -- Ramnfjorden -- Sveggevika -- North--west coast -- Ytrefjorden --
Galten Light — Directions; light sector Griphølen — Directions; light
191 209
Paragraph 5.99 1 line(s) 3 For (103--114) Read Paragraph 5.262 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:
(1026--1125) ...danger), and covered by a red sector
(2779--2832), astern, of Grip Light and a green
sector (124--1271), ahead, of
Lyktlangholmen...
[NP57B--No 55--Wk 08/20]
Paragraph 5.262 5 line 2 For (113--123 and 126--130)
Read (1131--1228 and 1271--1307)
North--west coast – Ramngapet--
Stavneset — Directions; light
Paragraph 5.262 5 line(s) 6 For (285--291½ and
193 275½--278) Read (2845--2906 and 2743--2779)
Paragraph 5.111 4 line 7 For 0905 Read 0915 Norwegian Notice 13/60453/19
[NP57B--No 34--Wk 34/19]
[NP57B--No 17--Wk 18/19] West coast -- Kristiansund -- Talgsjøen --
Kvitneset — Directions; light sector
West coast -- Lauvøyfjorden -- 211

Vevangstraumen — Directions; light
Paragraph 5.274 1 line(s) 5 For (157½--178) Read
197--198 (1585--1785)
Paragraph 5.154 3 lines 1--8 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 5/60006/19

3 ENE of Vevang Light (starboard hand, floodlit) [NP57B--No 16--Wk 15/19]
(630040N 71851E).
Thence the track continues into Lauvøyfjorden West coast -- Freifjorden -- Årsundøya —
leading either ENE to pass N of Mannsholmen Directions; light sectors
(630040N 71930E), or SE to pass SW of
Mannsholmen. 218
(137--1695)
[NP57B--No 38--Wk 42/19]
Paragraph 5.319 2 line 2 For (030--042½) Read
West coast -- Kornstadfjorden -- (0295--0425)
Averøya -- Grønmyr — Directions; light sectors
199
[NP57B--No 30--Wk 26/19]
Paragraph 5.164 1 line(s) 4 For (101½--105) Read
(1015--1060) Møre og Romsdal -- Årsundfjorden --
Stabblandet — Directions; light
Paragraph 5.164 2 line(s) 2 For (321½--342½) Read 219
(3200--3425)
Norwegian Notice 5/59966/19 ...night in the white sector (0639--0759) of Stabblandet
[NP57B--No 15--Wk 15/19] Light (630941N 81312E) (5.385), passing:
Norwegian Notices 2/61067 & 61069/20

West coast -- Freifjorden -- Freines — [NP57B--No 58--Wk 10/20]
Directions; light
204 North--west coast – Halsafjorden -- Fåråneset —

Directions; light
220
At night, a track leads SE with the line of bearing
321, astern, of Freines Light into the N part of... Paragraph 5.337 1 line 3 For 204 Read 202

[NP57B--No 32--Wk 29/19] [NP57B--No 18--Wk 18/19]
2 -- 291
Index
NP57B
West coast -- Trongfjorden -- Møre og Romsdal -- Arsundfjorden --
Bøfjorden — Directions; light Stabblandet -- Directions; light
221 225
...(0639--0759) of Stabblandet Light (lantern, 6 m in
NNW of Stakkneset (630053N 82079E).
height) (630941N 81312E), passing:
Paragraph 5.342 4 line(s) 1--7 Delete Paragraph 5.385 3 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.343 1 line 3 Replace by: 3 NNW of Storvika (630886N 81529E).
...Bøfjorden, in depths of 19 m and... Norwegian Notice 2/61067/20

[NP57B--No 59--Wk 10/20]
[NP57B--No 39--Wk 42/19] Møre og Romsdal -- Vinjefjorden —
Directions; light
West coast -- Trongfjorden -- 228
Torjulvågen — Directions; light
222
1 From a position SE of Arøya (631083N
Paragraph 5.350 1 line(s) 6--8 Replace by: 83538E), the track leads E, passing:
...track leads SW, passing: Paragraph 5.417 2 line(s) 1--10 Replace by:
2 N of an islet (631116N 84410E) at the
Norwegian Notice 16/60613/19 entrance to Engdalen (5.420), thence:
[NP57B--No 40--Wk 42/19] N of Hovdehammeren Light (post, 10 m in height)
(631178N 85035E), standing on the N side of
an elongated hill on the S side of the fjord.
North--west coast -- Surnadalsfjorden -- Torvika
— Directions; light sectors Thence the track continues E to the head of the
fjord.
Paragraph 5.369 1 line 3 For (074--098) Read [NP57B--No 46--Wk 51/19]
(0745--0985)
Norway – North--west coast – Nordmørsfjordane
-- Edøyfjorden — Directions; light
(2505--261) 230
[NP57B--No 21--Wk 20/19]
[NP57B--No 19--Wk 18/19]
North--west coast -- Trongfjorden -- Askneset —
North of Kristiansund -- Grip —
223
237
(263--2665) Paragraph 6.14 1 line(s) 3 For 132--182 Read
1332--182.9
[NP57B--No 43--Wk 48/19]
North--west coast -- Trongfjorden -- Askneset — Møre og Romsdal -- Smøla -- Kalvøya —

Directions; light sector Directions; light
224 238
Paragraph 5.379 1 line 3 For (246--254) Read Paragraph 6.16 2--5 Replace by:
(246--253)
2 Thence the track continues E to a position about
11 miles W of Skardholmen Light.
Norwegian Notice 7/60096/19 Orholmskjær Leading Lights:
[NP57B--No 23--Wk 20/19] Front (tripod, 5 m in height) (632117N 74669E).
2 -- 292
Index
NP57B
Rear (framework structure, 9 m in height) (1 cable Møre og Romsdal -- Smøla --
from front light). Ramsøyfjorden — Directions; light
3 The alignment (0672) of these lights leads ENE to
a position about 6 cables WSW of the front light. 246
Thence the track leads generally E, passing: Paragraph 6.59 1 line 3 For 065¼ -- 068½ Read
N of a rock (632098N 74659E) with a depth of 1615--1659
10 m, marked by Olsøysvaet W Light (iron perch,
11 m in height).
UKHO [NP57B--No 72--Wk 49/20]
4 The track then continues E into Olsøysvaet,
passing:
S of Orholmskjær Front Light (632117N North--west coast -- Trondheimsleia --
74669E), thence: Gjerdavika -- Morøya — Directions; light
S of a rock (632114N 74741E) with a depth of 250
60 m, thence:
5 S of Skabbersøya (632130N 74890E), and: Paragraph 6.84 2 line(s) 2--3 For (133--137 and
N of Elungsøyflua (632107N 74901E), marked 235--244) Read (134--136 and 2347--2439)
by an iron perch.
Thence the track leads to a position in Olsøysvaet Norwegian Notice 13/60453/19
WSW of Kalvøy Light (framework structure, 6 m in [NP57B--No 35--Wk 34/19]
height) (632146N 75156E) and Klakkavågen Light
(post, 5 m in height) (632140N 75078E).
North--west coast -- Dromnessundet --
Rogntangan — Directions; light sector
[NP57B--No 70--Wk 49/20] 252
Møre og Romsdal -- Smøla -- Veiholmen — (313--314)
Directions; light
240
[NP57B--No 25--Wk 20/19]
North--west coast -- Dromnessundet —
3 Directions, from west. From a position in Directions; light sectors
Veidahølen (633000N 75300E) W of Singsundet
Light (white lantern on piles, 6 m in height) 252--253
(633101N 75665E), the track leads E, and at night
in a green sector (0706 -- 1352), ahead, of
Singsundet Light, to a position close NW of the light. 2 At night tracks lead NNW and N in white sectors,
astern, of Rognannes Light (632295N 83884E)
Norwegian Notice 18/62476/20 through two of the channels into Trondheimsleia as
[NP57B--No 71--Wk 49/20] follows:
3 Track NNW, in white sector (155--1605),
astern, passes ENE of Galtfluin (632412N
West coast -- Tustna -- Klakken — 83745E), marked by an iron perch, and
Directions; light sector WSW of Storflua, 2½ cables ENE, marked by
an iron perch and by Storflua Light Beacon
241 (framework tower, 13 m in height).
4 Track N, in white sector (1695--178), astern,
Paragraph 6.31 3 line 7 Replace by: passes E of Storflua (632425N 83800E)
...lies within a green sector (2335--0065) of... and W of shoal ground fronting Skarpneset,
3½ cables ESE, noting that a rock with a
Norwegian Notice 17/59202/18 depth of 80 m lies within the white sector
[NP57B--No 10--Wk 41/18] 1¼ cables E of Storflua Light Beacon.
5 Also, a track WNW in a red sector (110--128),
astern, of Rognannes Light and in a white sector
North--west coast -- Ytrefjorden -- Hammarsundet (2845--287), ahead, of Værøyene Light (632467N
— Directions; light sector 82731E) passes NNE of Skipnesodden (632350N
83510E), the N--most point of Skardsøya, and SSW
241 of Skipnestaren, 3 cables NE, marked by an iron
perch, noting that a rock with a depth of 60 m lies
Paragraph 6.31 3 line 7 including existing Section IV Notice within the white sector of Værøyene Light 1¼ cables
Week 41/18. Replace by: SSE of Skipnestaren.
…lies within a red sector (233--007) of… (Directions for Trondheimsleia are given at 6.125)

[NP57B--No 24--Wk 20/19] [NP57B--No 26--Wk 20/19]
2 -- 293
Index
NP57B
West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- South--west part Sør--Trøndelag -- Åstfjorden --
-- Edøya to Værøyane — Directions Stolpnes — Directions; light
253 259
Paragraph 6.113 3 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 6.158 4 line 5 For 251--254 Read
2521--2543
...dangers are covered by a green sector
(0435--0515) of Klakksbroren Light Norwegian Notice 18/62637/20
(632130N... [NP57B--No 74--Wk 49/20]
[NP57B--No 36--Wk 36/19]
Sør--Trøndelag -- Nordfjorden --
Råkvågen — Directions; light
268
Sør--Trøndelag -- Trondheimsleia -- Værøyan —
Directions; light sector Paragraph 6.250 2--4 Replace by:
253 2 NNW of Grønnskjærflua (634425N 95918E),

part of shoal ground extending ENE from
Bessholmen, and:
6 At night the track leads NE in a white sector SSE of Søtvikflua (634502N 95764E), marked
(2196--2381), astern, of Kyrhaug Light and a white by an iron perch, thence:
sector (0339--0468), ahead, of Værøyan Light, NNW of Bjørvikflua (634518N 100152E),
noting that Meklakken and Nordklakken lie within the marked by an iron perch, thence:
Værøyan Light white sector at extreme range, and NNW of foul ground (634593N 100343E)
Austklakken lies within the Kyrhaug Light white sector. fronting Hardbaken where Hardbaknesskjæret
Light (post, 7 m in height) is exhibited.
Norwegian Notice 19/62816/20 3 Thence the track continues ENE in mid channel to
[NP57B--No 75--Wk 51/20] the head of the fjord.
At night, the track passing NNW of Håøya leads ENE in
West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- South--west part a white sector (2017--2248), astern, of Flesagalten
-- Lesundet — Directions Light.
4 The track passing between Håøya and Bessholmen
254 leads ENE in a white sector (2307--2341), astern,
of Flesagalten Light.
...a white sector (3185--3265), astern, of Klakksbroren...
[NP57B--No 76--Wk 51/20]
[NP57B--No 37--Wk 36/19] West coast -- Trondheimsfjorden --
Hindremsbukta — Submarine cable
West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- Hamnvik — 281

257 Caution. A submarine cable is laid within
Hindremsbukta, about 6 cables NNE of Amborneset.
Paragraph 6.145 2 line(s) 2 For (1425--157) Read
[NP57B--No 42--Wk 46/19]
[NP57B--No 33--Wk 32/19] Trondheimsfjorden -- Verdal — Directions; lights
283
Sør--Trøndelag -- Åstfjorden --
Stolpnes — Directions; light Paragraph 6.378 Replace by:
1 From a position S of the shoals in the vicinity of
258 Fjordskjæret (634834N 111875E) (6.366) the track
leads E, passing:
N of a rock (634693N 112286E) with a depth of
...white sector (0776--0811), ahead, of Klakken Light 83 m fronting Kaustangen, thence:
(632679N 91810E), passing: N of shoal ground (634694N 112572E).
2 Thence the track leads NE into the basin, passing:
Norwegian Notice 18/62637/20 SE of East Mole, noting dolphins close WSW and E,
[NP57B--No 73--Wk 49/20] thence:
2 -- 294
Index
NP57B
NW of Inner Harbour Light (tripod) (634709N Sør--Trøndelag -- Kråkvagfjorden -- Fjellværsøya--
112621E), thence: Auster Knarrlagsund — Directions; light sector
Clear of a rock (634712N 112616E) with a depth
of 83 m. 301
Thence as required for berthing. Paragraph 7.84 2 line(s) 2 For (279½--288) Read
(2827--2882)
[NP57B--No 63--Wk 17/20]
Beitstadfjorden -- Beitstadsundet -- Halten and Kaura to Vikna –

Hjellbotn — Vertical clearance General information — Pilotage
331
288
After Paragraph 6.444 1 line 7 Insert: 1 Pilots board, with prior agreement, at:
Raudøyleia (642400N 101400E);
2 A bridge (640577N 112005E), with a vertical Grinna (644400N 105800E).
clearance of 23 m, spans the entrance to Hjellbotn
(6.452). Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 2--Wk 02/18]
Norwegian Notice 20/60772/19 Namsos – Arrival information — Pilotage

[NP57B--No 44--Wk 48/19]
360
Paragraph 8.249 1 lines 1--2 For Grinna (644400N
Trondheimsfjorden -- Beitstadsundet — 105800E) Read Raudøyleia (642400N 101400E)
Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 3--Wk 02/18]
289
Nord--Trøndelag -- Rørvik -- Marøystranda —
Paragraph 6.446 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Directions; rocks
1 From a position S of Beitstadsundet Light 380

(640175N 111365E), the track leads N, at night in Paragraph 8.429 3 line(s) 7--8 Replace by:
a white sector (3119--0128), ahead, of the light,
passing: WNW of a rock (645070N 111611E), depth
E of Naustgrunnen (640094N 111310E), 77 m, thence:
covered by a red sector (0128--0311) of ESE of a rock (645084N 111616E), depth 85 m,
Beitstadsundet Light, and: thence:
WNW of Klungholmen Light (lantern on post)
Paragraph 6.446 2 line 6 For Beitstadsund Read (645093N 111635E), thence:
Beitstadsundet Clear of a rock (645096N 111622E), depth
62 m.
Paragraph 6.446 3 line 5 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 9/61460/20

[NP57B--No 69--Wk 25/20]
...sector (179--1809), astern, of Beitstadsundet
Light...
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2020 Edition)
[NP57B--No 64--Wk 20/20] Nord--Trøndelag -- Dolmsundet to Lekafjorden --
Gullhomen — Directions; rocks
77
Sør--Trøndelag -- Fillfjorden -- Fillan —
Directions; light sector Paragraph 3.66 4 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
4 WNW of a rock (650152N 114238E), depth
300 92 m, situated near the W extent of a shoal
area. A rock (650156N 114272E), depth
56 m, marked by a buoy (isolated danger), is
situated near the E extent of the shoal.
(1216--1247)
Thence the track leads to a position about 1 mile E
of Madsøygalten Light (650248N 114089E) (3.28).

[NP57B--No 62--Wk 17/20] [NP58A--No 25--Wk 27/20]
2 -- 295
Index
NP58A
Sør--Helgeland -- Ursfjorden — Lofoten -- Moskenstraumen -- Lofotodden --
Directions; light sector Buvågen — Directions; light sector
96 357
Paragraph 3.218 1 line 3 For 028--035 Read 027--0329 Paragraph 10.83 2 line 2 For (000--005) Read
(0020--0068)
Paragraph 3.218 5 line 3 For 028--035 Read 027--0329
(0538--0591)
[NP58A--No 20--Wk 22/20]
Norwegian Notice 1/61022/20 [NP58A--No 4--Wk 11/20]
Sør--Helgeland -- Velfjorden --
Langfjorden — Vertical clearance Lofoten -- Moskenesøya -- Å —
118
360
Paragraph 3.351 2 line 5 For 12 m Read 95 m
(3293--333)
[NP58A--No 18--Wk 13/20]
(2986--3098)
Nord--Helgeland -- Dønna -- Åkervågen —
Vertical clearance
169 [NP58A--No 5--Wk 11/20]

Lofoten -- Moskenesøya -- Olnilsøya —
[NP58A--No 1--Wk 11/20] 362

Ofotfjorden -- Skjomen -- (343--3538)
Laukvikhamn — Anchorage

[NP58A--No 6--Wk 11/20]
Lofoten -- Henningsværstraumen --
Spare Lyngværet -- Brennholmen — Light
9.176
375
[NP58A--No 40--Wk 49/20] Paragraph 11.106 1 lines 10--11 Replace by:
...Gimsøystraumen, 6 cables NW of Brennholmen SØ
Lofoten -- Værøy -- Nordlandsflaget -- Light (681412N 141292E) (11.113).
Kvitholmen — Directions; light sectors
351 [NP58A--No 7--Wk 11/20]
Paragraph 10.55 3 line 3 For (309--324 and 334--350)
Read (3086--3293 and 3393--3504) Lofoten -- Henningsværstraumen --
Lyngværet -- Brennholmen — Directions; light
Norwegian Notice 1/60967/20 [NP58A--No 2--Wk 11/20] 376
Paragraph 11.113 5 line 2 For (0355--048) Read

Lofoten -- Værøy -- Sørlandsvåg — (036--0478)
Paragraph 10.62 2 line 2 For (3535--3565) Read ...of Lyngværet, to a position 6 cables NW of Brennholmen
(3532--3577) SØ Light (post, 11 m in height) (681412N 141292E),
exhibited close NE of Brennholmen.

[NP58A--No 3--Wk 11/20] [NP58A--No 8--Wk 11/20]
2 -- 296
Index
NP58A
Lofoten -- Gimsøystraumen -- Vesterålen -- North west coast --
Brennholmen — Directions; light Raftsundet -- Steinbakken light —
380
407
Paragraph 12.145 1 line 5 For 199½ Read 1995
...2327), 6 cables NW of Brennholmen SØ Light
(681412N 141292E) (11.113), the route leads initially
NE... Paragraph 12.145 1 line 6 For 039--043 Read
0369--0412
[NP58A--No 9--Wk 11/20] Paragraph 12.145 2 line 5 For 1889--1991 Read
1891--1924
Lofoten -- Gimsøystraumen --
Brennholmen — Directions; light Norwegian Notice 11/61631/20
[NP58A--No 27--Wk 30/20]
381
Paragraph 11.137 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Vestrålen -- Ingelsfjorden -- Brattholmen --
Hanøyvekka — Light sectors
1 From a position 6 cables NW of Brennholmen SØ
Light (681412N 141292E) (11.113), exhibited
from... 407
Paragraph 11.138 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 12.145 2 line 6 For 011--014 Read
0121--0138
1 At night, from the position NW of Brennholmen SØ
Light (681412N 141292E) (11.117) the track leads
initially within the white sector (036--0478) of... Norwegian Notice 12/61738/20; Norwegian LL 788600/20
[NP58A--No 31--Wk 32/20]
(321--0111)
Lofoten -- Moskenesøya -- Approaches to
Sundstraumen through Selfjorden -- Hornneset
Norwegian Notice 2/61106/20 — Directions; light sectors
[NP58A--No 10--Wk 11/20]
417
Lofoten -- Svolvær -- Vårsetøya —
Directions; light sector Paragraph 13.24 1 line(s) 4 For (060½--064 and
069--070½) Read (0609--0638 and 0661--0676)
397
(3284--3483) [NP58A--No 26--Wk 27/20]
Norwegian Notice 9/61486/20; Norwegian LL 749600 Lofoten -- Flakstadøya -- Hundholmen —

[NP58A--No 22--Wk 25/20] Directions; light sector
421
Lofoten -- Svolvær -- Osanpollen --
Stretarneset — Directions; light sector Paragraph 13.45 1 line 3 For (128--130) Read
(1291--1303)
399
Paragraph 12.83 1 line(s) 5 For (319--3415) Read (1291--1303)
(3187--330)

[NP58A--No 23--Wk 25/20] [NP58A--No 11--Wk 11/20]
Lofoten -- Raftsundet -- South approach — Lofoten -- Steinsfjorden -- Skolmneset —

Light sectors Directions; light sector
422
405
Paragraph 12.136 1 line 3 For 006--020 Read Paragraph 13.51 1 line 3 For (077--0835) Read
0063--0195 (0761--0901)
Paragraph 12.136 1 line 8 For 183--189 Read Paragraph 13.52 1 line 3 For (150--184) Read
1828--188 (1501--1820)
Norwegian Notice 12/61737/20; Norwegian LL 741000/20 Norwegian Notice 2/61102/20

[NP58A--No 30--Wk 32/20] [NP58A--No 12--Wk 11/20]
2 -- 297
Index
NP58A
Lofoten -- Steinsfjorden -- Skolmneset — Paragraph 13.65 3 lines 1--7 Replace by:
3 Close SE of a patch (682096N 135263E),
422 with a depth of 67 m, fronting the SE side of
Heklan (682105N 135232E), thence:
Paragraph 13.52 1 line 3 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 11/20 For (1500--1840) Read Norwegian Notice 22/60872/19
(1500--1818) [NP58A--No 15--Wk 11/20]
Norwegian Notice 9/61469/20 Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Borgvær —

[NP58A--No 24--Wk 25/20] Directions; light sector; light
425--426
Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Borgvær —
Directions; light Paragraph 13.67 3 lines 4--8 Replace by:
424 E of Høla (681973N 134957E), on which stands

an iron beacon, fronting the E end of Borgvær.
Paragraph 13.60 1 lines 3--5 Delete Høla Light (tripod, 17 m in height) (681976N
134963E) stands close NNE. Thence:
Borgleia (682060N 134760E), although charted
The track then leads SE, passing:
should not be used without good local knowledge; it is
not further described. Paragraph 13.67 5 lines 4--6 Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 22/60872/19 ...47 m, thence:

[NP58A--No 13--Wk 11/20]
Norwegian Notices 22/60861; 60872/19
[NP58A--No 16--Wk 11/20]
Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Borgvær -- Sandleia —
Lofoten -- Austvågøya -- North approaches to
424 Gimsøystraumen — Directions; light
Paragraph 13.63 1 line(s) 4--7 Delete 428

Paragraph 13.82 1 line 3 For (161¼--178¾) Read
Norwegian Notice 6/61313/20 (1644--1776)
[NP58A--No 19--Wk 19/20]
Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Borgvær — [NP58A--No 17--Wk 11/20]
Directions; light
424 Vesterålen -- Seaward approaches to

Hadselfjorden -- West approach —
Paragraph 13.63 2 lines 3--5 Replace by: Directions; light sector
From a position about 1½ miles N of Store Borga 433
(681985N 134766E) the track leads SSE on the
alignment (1471) of these marks, passing: Paragraph 14.13 1 line 3 For (063--091½) Read
(0651--0908)
From a position about 1¾ miles NNE of Store Norwegian Notice 12/61769/20
Borga (681985N 134766E) the track leads SE on [NP58A--No 32--Wk 32/20]
the alignment (143) of these marks, passing:
Norwegian Notice 22/60872/19 Vestrålen -- North west approach to

[NP58A--No 14--Wk 11/20] Hadselfjorden — Directions; marine farm
433
Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Borgvær —
Directions; light sector Paragraph 14.15 5 line(s) 3--5 Replace by:
NE of Nordflua (683086N 143215E), thence:
425
SW of Hektorskallen (683125N 143632E),
Paragraph 13.65 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: marked on its E side by a buoy (port hand),
thence:
...track leads generally SW, passing: Clear of a marine farm, centred on 683008N
Paragraph 13.65 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: 143514E.
2 Close NW of a patch (682101N 135374E) Norwegian Notice 18/62586/20

with a depth of 5 m, thence: [NP58A--No 41--Wk 49/20]
2 -- 298
Index
NP58A
Vestrålen -- Hadselfjorden -- Haugkleppan to Vesterålen -- Bø i Vesterålen -- Skagen --
Sortlandsundet -- Strønstad — Directions; light Directions; light sector
447
435
Paragraph 14.97 2 line 4 For (006--215) Read
Paragraph 14.28 5 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: (006--0198)
The track then leads WSW, and at night within the
white sector (060--065), astern, of Strønstad Light, Norwegian Notice 12/61800/20
into the cove, passing NNW of Kistholmen (682626N [NP58A--No 34--Wk 32/20]
144601E) a small islet marked by a light at its NE
end. Vesterålen -- Vesterålsfjorden -- Snarset —
Directions; leading light
[NP58A--No 42--Wk 49/20] 448
Vesterålen -- Hanøysundet -- Hanøyholmen light ...144044E), the line of bearing (017) of Snarsetvågen
— Directions; light sector Light (post, 6 m in height) (683731N 143612E) leads
NNE, passing:
437
[NP58A--No 21--Wk 22/20]
Paragraph 14.34 1 line 6 For 068--072 Read
0676--0709
Vesterålen -- Stokmarknes -- Langøysundet —
0676--0709 448
Paragraph 14.34 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: ...sector (0991--1008) of Hadsel Bridge Light (14.106),
...(2569--2636), astern, of Hanøyholmen Light to the passing:
position NW of Raftsundholmen. Paragraph 14.106 1 line 3 For (097--100) Read
(0991--1008)
[NP58A--No 28--Wk 30/20] Paragraph 14.106 3 line 2 For (273--293) Read
(2711--2886)
Vesterålen -- Ingelsfjorden and approaches — Norwegian Notice 12/61792/20

[NP58A--No 35--Wk 32/20]
437
Vesterålen -- Siribåen -- Flatholmen Light —
455
1 Approach from south. From a position close NE
of Ersholmene Light (14.35) the track leads NE, and Paragraph 14.144 3 line 2 For (0785--098) Read
at night within the white sector (203--2137), astern, (0712--0978)
of Ersholmene Light, passing:
Norwegian Notice 12/61739/20 [NP58A--No 36--Wk 34/20]
[NP58A--No 33--Wk 32/20]
Vesterålen -- Åsanfjorden -- Torvøy Light —
Vesterålen -- Sortlandsundet --
Bremnesøya — Directions; lights 459
445 Paragraph 14.161 2 line 8 For 0665--0675 Read

0651--0675
1587--1663 Paragraph 14.161 4 line 5 For 092--1005 Read
0961--1005

[NP58A--No 37--Wk 40/20] [NP58A--No 29--Wk 30/20]
2 -- 299
Index
NP58A
Vesterålen -- Børøyfjorden to Prestfjorden — Vesterålen -- North Approaches to
Directions Gavlfjorden -- Anda — Directions; light sector
466 470
Paragraph 14.208 1--6 Replace by: Paragraph 14.236 1 Replace by:

1 From a position about 4 miles WSW of Anda Light
1 From a position about 6½ cables SW of Hjellsandøy
(690399N 151021E) the track leads E, and initially
Light (685202N 144989E) the track leads E, and
at night for about 2 miles within the white sector
at night within the white sector (2644--2673),
(0469--1288) of Anda Light, passing:
astern, of Terøy Light (685151N 144639E)
N of Lyngøyfallet (690249N 150548E), thence:
(14.194), passing:
S of Skagbåen (685172N 144948E) (14.200),
thence:
[NP58A--No 43--Wk 49/20]
2 N of Børøyskallen (685151N 145128E),
thence:
S of Sandholmskallen (685187N 145400E), Vesterålen -- Andøya -- Nordmela —
marked by a buoy (isolated danger). Directions; light sectors
Thence the track leads ENE, and at night within the
white sector (0779 -- 0808) of Smines Light 473
(685198N 145808E), passing:
3 SSE of Sandholmskjeran (685192N Paragraph 14.244 3 line 5 For (134--137) Read
145482E). A drying rock, marked by an iron (1352--137)
perch, lies off the S side of Sandholmskjeran.
Thence:
NNW of Klubban (685172N 145558E), fronted Paragraph 14.244 6 line 2 For (0945--0985) Read
on its N side by a rock awash, thence: (0964--0975)
NNW of a patch (685177N 145623E), with a
depth of 8 m. Paragraph 14.244 9 line(s) 4--6 Replace by:
4 Thence the track leads NE through
Kaldhammarsundet, passing between Svinøya Caution. The white sector (0964--0975) of
(685213N 145744E) and the point from which Nordmela Mole Head Light must not be used W of the
Smines Light (post, 3 m in height) (685198N white sector (1352--137) of Sjåberget Light.
145808E) is exhibited, and then continues to lead
NE, and at night within the white sector Norwegian Notice 18/62528/20
(2113--2169), astern, of Smines Light, passing: [NP58A--No 44--Wk 49/20]
5 SE of Øksnes (685265N 145847E), on which
stands a church. Dangerous below--water
rocks fringe the S and E sides of the point; NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (2018 Edition)
the E--most rock is marked by an iron perch.
Thence:
6 Through Tilsetsundet (685310N 150025E), North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden --
the passage between Reinøya (685304N Rollnesholmene — Directions; light
150110E) and the SE side of Skogsøya.
The track then leads to a position about 2½ cables 77
E of Klokkerskjeret (685341N 150031E), marked
by an iron perch. Paragraph 3.71 2 line 1 For 194 Read 1925

[NP58A--No 38--Wk 40/20] Norwegian Notice 10/60278/19
[NP58B--No 11--Wk 26/19]
Vesterålen -- Skogsøya -- Breidstrandvågen — North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden --

Directions; light Rollnesholmene — Directions; light
466 78--79
Paragraph 14.210 3 lines 3--6 Replace by: Paragraph 3.81 1 line 5 For (1117--1137) Read
(1120--1135)
...(0259--0398 and 0575--0653) of Breistrand Light
(tripod, 8 m in height) (685234N 145444E), passing
between Tunnstadholmen (685219N 145316E) and
(1120--1135)
Sandholmskallen (685187N 145400E)...
Norwegian Notice 17/62419/20; Norwegian LL 809400 Norwegian Notice 10/60278/19

[NP58A--No 39--Wk 46/20] [NP58B--No 12--Wk 26/19]
2 -- 300
Index
NP58B
North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- Vågsfjorden -- South of Senja -- Ytterpollen —
Sandssundet — Vertical clearance Directions; light sector
84
82
After Paragraph 3.111 2 line 5 Insert: 3534--0213
Vertical clearance. A bridge (685737N
163821E) with a vertical clearance of 12 m spans Norwegian Notice 19/60730/19
Sandssundet. [NP58B--No 23--Wk 46/19]
Norwegian Notice 11/60313/19 Grovfjorden -- Grov — Directions; light sector

[NP58B--No 15--Wk 29/19]
87
North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- (144--1595)
Sandssundet — Directions; buoys
82
[NP58B--No 1--Wk 43/18]
Vågsfjorden -- Sagfjorden —
5 E of Sandssund (685741N 163775E), Directions; light sector
thence:
91
Paragraph 3.182 2 line 7 For 078½ Read 080
Norwegian Notice 2/59790/19 Paragraph 3.182 4 line 8 For 145 Read 144
[NP58B--No 4--Wk 09/19]
(3205--326)
North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden --
Sandssundet — Directions; bridge Norwegian Notice 20/59475/48
[NP58B--No 2--Wk 48/18]
82--83
Paragraph 3.113 4--5 including Existing Section IV Notice Dyrøysundet and Mjøsundet --
Week 09/19 Replace by: Kastnesskjær Light — Directions; clearing line
4 The track then leads generally N in the white sector 93

(0075--0235) of Sandssund Bridge Light (post)
Paragraph 3.194 1 line(s) 1 For 007 Read 0082
(685738N 163813E), passing:
W of Sandsholmgrunnen (685682N 163818E),
marked by an iron perch, thence: Norwegian Notice 04/61221/20
Close E of two rocks (685716N 163780E), with [NP58B--No 43--Wk 15/20]
depths of 47 m, thence:
Close W of Store Dyna Light (pile structure)
(685722N 163817E), thence: Vesterålen -- Andfjorden -- Andøya —
5 E of Sandssund (685741N 163775E), and
under the bridge, the centreline of which is 97
marked by a light (685737N 163821E),
thence: Paragraph 4.18 3 lines 6--9 Replace by:
E of a rock awash, marked by Steingrunnen Light Clearing line. The line of bearing 1858 of the sector
(post, 7 m in height) (685747N 163821E); a limit of Haugnes Light changing from white to green clears
shoal extends 100 m W. E of the dangers extending 4½ miles N from Andenes.
Paragraph 3.113 6 line 2 For NNW Read NNE ENC NO2A2820 (3.000) [NP58B--No 51--Wk 45/20]
Paragraph 3.114 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE Vesterålen -- Andfjorden -- Andøya —
Paragraph 3.115 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE 99
Paragraph 3.116 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE
5 The line of bearing 3454 of the sector limit of
Haugnes Light (691718N 161076E)
Norwegian Notice 11/60313 & 60322/19 changing from red to white clears E of
[NP58B--No 16--Wk 29/19] Glimmen and the shoal water off Fiskenes.
2 -- 301
Index
NP58B
The line of bearing 1979 of the sector limit of Andfjorden -- West side of Senja --
Skaften Light (690965N 160588E) changing Leikneset — Directions; light sector
from green to white also clears E of Glimmen and
the shoal water off Fiskenes. 110
ENC NO2A2820 (3.000) [NP58B--No 52--Wk 45/20] Paragraph 4.125 1 line(s) 3 For (092--121) Read
(0927--1191)
Vesterålen -- Andfjorden -- Dverberg —
Light sector Norwegian Notice 1/61003/20
[NP58B--No 36b--Wk 08/20]
100
Andfjorden -- Senja -- Måneset —
...690590N 160800E the track leads W, and at night in Directions; light sectors
the white sector (2774--2844) of Dverberg Light
(column, 5 m in height, floodlit) (690648N 155836E), 110
passing:
Paragraph 4.125 3 line 5 For 033 Read 0344
[NP58B--No 49--Wk 43/20]
Sør--Troms -- Kvæfjord -- Bygdesundet — ENC NO2A2820 (3.000) [NP58B--No 54--Wk 45/20]

Submarine pipeline
Sør--Troms -- Andfjorden -- Sifjorden --
105 Bloskeneset — Directions; light sector
...stony, and clear of a submarine pipeline (684681N
160823E). Mooring bolts are available at Trastad. Paragraph 4.132 1 line 4 For (095--1115) Read
(0955--1115)
[NP58B--No 27--Wk 02/20]
[NP58B--No 29--Wk 02/20]
Andfjorden -- Senja -- Måneset —

Directions; light sectors Sør--Troms -- Andfjorden -- Sifjorden --
Bloskeneset — Directions; light sector
109--110
112
(0032--0068) Paragraph 4.133 1 line 4 For (066--077) Read
(067--0775)
(3543--000) Norwegian Notice 22/60843/19
[NP58B--No 30--Wk 02/20]
ENC NO2A2820 (3.000) [NP58B--No 53--Wk 45/20]
North coast of Norway -- Senja -- Teistneset —
Andfjorden -- West side of Senja -- Directions; light sector
Leikneset — Directions; light sector
126
110
Paragraph 4.123 5 line(s) 10 For (092--121) Read (0470--0973)
(0927--1191)

[NP58B--No 18--Wk 32/19]
[NP58B--No 36a--Wk 08/20]
Sør--Troms -- Andfjorden -- Sifjorden -- North coast of Norway -- Senja -- Okseneset —

Bloskeneset — Directions; light sector Directions; light sector
110 128
Paragraph 4.123 5 line 11 For (066--077) Read Paragraph 5.39 1 line(s) 3 For (1035--2235) Read
(067--0775) (1050--2236)

[NP58B--No 28--Wk 02/20] [NP58B--No 19--Wk 32/19]
2 -- 302
Index
NP58B
North--west coast -- Senja -- Øyfjorden -- Sør--Troms -- Dyrøysundet —
Husøy — Directions; light sectors Directions; light sectors
132 143
Paragraph 5.58 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.124 1 line(s) 4 For 007--069 Read
0082--0692
...and thence in either of the white sectors (1380--1465
and 1530--1545) of Øyfjord Light (693283N... Paragraph 5.124 3 line(s) 9 For 206--213 Read
2058--2124
(1465--1530)
[NP58B--No 44--Wk 15/20]
Norwegian Notice 5/59997/19 [NP58B--No 7--Wk 15/19]
North--west coast -- Dyrøysundet —
Directions; light
North--west coast of Norway --
Øyfjorden -- Trælvika — Anchorage; marine farm
144
132 Paragraph 5.124 6 line 2 For (334--021) Read
(3395--022)
Caution. A marine farm (693111N 174123E), Paragraph 5.124 8 line 2 For (1838--2177) Read
with extending ground tackle, is moored WNW of the (184--2175)
recommended anchorage.
[NP58B--No 24--Wk 46/19]
Sør--Troms -- Solbergfjorden -- Bjørga —
North coast of Senja -- Baltsfjorden — Directions; marine farm
Directions; marine farm
145
Paragraph 5.66 2 line(s) 4 Replace by: 3 SSE of Solbergnakken (690953N 175017E),
thence:
ENE of Selvågneset (693282N 174538E), NNW of a marine farm (690925N 175696E)
thence: moored NNE of Bjørga (690866N 175645E),
ENE of a marine farm (693278N 174618E). thence:
SSE of Storegrunnen (691011N 175620E), an
Norwegian Notice 16/60582/19 isolated shoal on the N side of the fairway.
[NP58B--No 21--Wk 41/19]
[NP58B--No 48--Wk 40/20]
North--west coast -- Malangen --
Stønnesbotnen — Light sector
Sør Troms -- Finnfjorden -- Klauvskjærodden —
139 Directions; light sector
Paragraph 5.98 1 line 3 For (171--186) Read 147

(1712--1849) Paragraph 5.156 1 line 6 For 150--155 Read
1513--1542
[NP58B--No 37--Wk 10/20]
North--west coast -- Tranøyfjorden --
Tranøybotn — Directions; light Norway -- Gisundet -- Vardneset to Malangen —
142
150
Paragraph 5.117 3 line 6 For (1985--2045) Read Paragraph 5.176 3 line(s) 5 For (355--012) Read
(201--204) (355--0109)
Norwegian Notice 10/60255/19 Norwegian Lights List 842800

[NP58B--No 13--Wk 26/19] [NP58B--No 41--Wk 15/20]
2 -- 303
Index
NP58B
Norway -- Gisundet -- Lysbotnen — Nord--Troms -- Rebbenesøya -- Sandøyfjorden --
Directions; light sector Sørstabben — Directions; light sector
151 195
Paragraph 5.179 2 line(s) 5 For (076--204) Read Paragraph 7.30 1 line 6 For (336--353) Read
(0792--2005) (3405--3525)
Norwegian Lights List 842800 Norwegian Notice 22/60841/19

[NP58B--No 42--Wk 15/20] [NP58B--No 31--Wk 02/20]
Sør--Troms -- Indre Malangen -- Kravikneset — Nord--Troms -- Rebbenesøya -- Sandøyfjorden --

Directions; light sectors Sørstabben — Directions; light sector
173 195

(188--1905)
...Spilderøya is covered by the green sector
(2907--3105) of Kravikneset Light. Thence:
[NP58B--No 32--Wk 02/20]
[NP58B--No 45--Wk 22/20]
Nord--Troms -- West of Rebbenesøya --
Sandøyfjorden — Directions; light sector
Nord--Troms -- Indre Malangen -- Nordfjorden --
Nordbyneset — Directions; light sector 196--197
Paragraph 6.140 1 line(s) 3 For (083--109) Read 1 From a position in the SW approach to
(0842--1105) Skagøysundet (700300N 185800E), about
1¾ miles WNW of Klokkerholmen Light (695712N
184297E) (7.49), the track leads N, passing:
[NP58B--No 40--Wk 15/20] Paragraph 7.37 4 line(s) 3--4 Replace by:
...70 m.
Sør--Troms -- Indre Malangen --
Kravikneset — Light Paragraph 7.37 5 line(s) 6 Replace by:
...off the E side of Bertusskjæret, and not less than 1 mile
174 from Styrsøy Light (7.38).
Paragraph 6.142 1 lines 5--8 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 3/61136/20
Clearing bearing. The line of bearing 231 of [NP58B--No 38--Wk 13/20]
Kravikneset Light (692660N 182233E) (6.139)
clears SE of Forøya. Nord--Troms -- West of Rebbenesøya --
Sandøyfjorden -- Engvika —
Norwegian Notice 8/61366/20 Directions; light sector
[NP58B--No 46--Wk 22/20]
198
Nord--Troms -- Tromsø -- Store Grindøya — Paragraph 7.43 2 line(s) 5--7 Delete

Directions; wreck; rock

[NP58B--No 39--Wk 13/20]
5 E of the coastal bank fronting the E side of Norway – North coast – Sandlandsfjorden —
Store Grindøya (693810N 185092E). A Directions; light
dangerous wreck (693791N 185211E) with
a depth of about 10 m and a rock with a 261
depth of about 12 m lie close E of the bank. Paragraph 8.253 4 line 5 For 1415--1485 Read
Thence: 141--148
[NP58B--No 55--Wk 49/20] Norwegian Notice 6/60040/19 [NP58B--No 8--Wk 18/19]
2 -- 304
Index
NP58B
Norway – North coast – Bergsfjorden — North coast -- Entrance to inshore waters
Directions; light between Ingøya and Hjelmsøya —
Directions; light
262 311
Paragraph 8.260 3 line 2 For 198--211 Read Paragraph 10.28 6 lines 5--7 Replace by:
1975--2105 Clearing line. The line of bearing 1755of
Havøygavlen Light clears W of Geitingfallet.
Paragraph 8.260 3 line 6 For 198--211 Read Norwegian Notice 3/59831/19 [NP58B--No 6--Wk 11/19]
1975--2105
Vest--Finnmark -- Ryggefjorden --
Hamna — Anchorage
326
Norway – North coast – Langfjorden — Paragraph 10.127 3 line(s) 1--3 Delete

Directions; light
263 [NP58B--No 26--Wk 51/19]
Paragraph 8.266 4 line 1 For 3095 Read 309 Norway -- North coast -- Laksefjorden --
South Dyfjordhalvøya — Directions; light sector
Paragraph 8.266 4 line 2 For 296--3095 Read 295--309 348

[NP58B--No 10--Wk 18/19]
[NP58B--No 47--Wk 27/20]
Vargsund -- Korsfjorden -- Vannes to Øst--Finnmark -- Laksefjorden -- Henrikholmen —

Korsfjordbotnen — Directions Directions; light sectors
300 348
Paragraph 9.235 2 line(s) 8--9 Delete Paragraph 11.105 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice
Paragraph 9.236 1--2 Replace by: 1 Clearing lines:
The line of bearing more than 0183 of the sector
1 Vannes to Korsfjorden Havn and limit of Store Finnkjerka Light (705892N
Korsfjordbotnen. From a position N of Vannes the 270869E) (11.90), changing from white to red,
track leads ENE, and at night in the white sector clears WNW of the shore bank in the vicinity of
(0545--0645) of Goppi Light (white lantern, 3 m in Trottviknæringen (705592N 270620E).
height) (701482N 232532E), passing: 2 The line of bearing 1983 of the sector limit of
SSE of dangerous rock (701461N 232406E), Henrikholmen Light (704652N 264398E)
thence: (11.104), changing from green to red, clears
SSE of Eidsnesøyra (701466N 232402E), from ESE of Kartøya (705024N 264680E).
where a light (port hand) is exhibited, thence: Paragraph 11.106 2 line(s) 4 For (1823--1888) Read
NNW of an iron perch marking the N side of (1836--1889)
Flatskjæret (701448N 232473E), a drying flat
on which stands a beacon (black tower).
2 The track then leads E to a position about 1 cable Norwegian Notice 19/62734/20; Norwegian LL 951300
[NP58B--No 60--Wk 51/20]
NW of Indrerevet (701453N 232665E), marked by
an iron perch. Thence the track leads ESE, and at
night in the white sector (2945--299), astern, of Øst--Finnmark -- Laksefjorden -- Henrikholmen —
Goppi Light, passing: Directions; light sector
NNE of Indrerevet, and:
350
This danger is covered by the green sector
Spare
(0171--0188) of Henrikholmen Light (704652N
9.237
264398E) (11.104).
Norwegian Notice 20/60758/19 Norwegian Notice 19/62734/20; Norwegian LL 951300
[NP58B--No 25--Wk 49/19] [NP58B--No 61--Wk 51/20]
2 -- 305
Index
NP58B
Øst--Finnmark -- Lakesfjorden -- Paragraph 11.196 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Bondøyskjær — Directions; light sector
1 From the position ESE of Skjæret (703526N
350 281133E) the track leads SW and at night in the
white sector (2158--230) of Bergholmen Light (post)
Paragraph 11.120 1 line(s) 1 For 2005 Read 1988 (703107N 280272E), passing:
Norwegian Notice 19/62740/20; Norwegian LL 952700 Norwegian Notice 21/59531/18

[NP58B--No 62--Wk 51/20] [NP58B--No 3--Wk 50/18]
North coast of Nordkynhalvøya -- Norway -- Berlevåg -- Kjølnes — Directions; light

Mehamnfjorden -- Mehamn —
Directions; light sector 366
355 Paragraph 12.10 1 lines 2--4 Delete
Paragraph 11.151 1 line(s) 6 For (217.1--2222) Read
(217.2--2205) Paragraph 12.11 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
2 NNE of Kjølnes Light (white tower, 6 m in height)
Paragraph 11.151 4 line(s) 5 For (217.1--2222) Read (705118N 291415E), with an auxiliary light
(217.2--2205) at the foot of the same tower, thence:

[NP58B--No 56--Wk 49/20] [NP58B--No 05--Wk 09/19]
North Norway -- Aust--Finnmark --

Gamvik — Development Øst--Finnmark -- Kongsfjorden —
356
367
Paragraph 12.21 6 line(s) 2 For 2598--1756 Read
Development. A mole (710363N 281568E) is 2616--2628
under construction (2020), extending 1 cable S from
the existing harbour.
Paragraph 11.161 1 line(s) 10--11 Replace by: [NP58B--No 57--Wk 51/20]
SSW of a mole (11.159) under construction.
North coast -- Båtsfjorden —
Norwegian Notice 16/62327/20 Directions; leading lights
[NP58B--No 50--Wk 43/20]
368
Øst--Finnmark -- Langfjorden -- Langfjordskjær — Paragraph 12.31 5 line(s) 6--8 Delete

359--360
6 Indre Havn. The inner harbour is entered through a
Paragraph 11.183 1 line(s) 3 For (195--250) Read channel, marked by buoys (lateral), that leads NNW
(1971--2477) between Laukholmen (703743N 294197E) and
Holmen.
[NP58B--No 22--Wk 43/19]
[NP58B--No 63--Wk 51/20] Aust--Finnmark -- Austhavet -- Vardø —
Directions; light
Norway -- Tanafjorden -- Skardholmen —
Directions; sector light 369
361 Paragraph 12.37 2 line(s) 3--5 Delete
Paragraph 11.195 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Photograph caption For Vardø Light (12.37) Read Vardø
Light (12.38)
1 From a position 3¼ miles ESE of Segelneset
(704733N 281354E) the track leads initially S, and
at night in the white sector (168 -- 199) of Norwegian Notice 22/60867/19
Skardholmen Light (703634N 282252E) passing: [NP58B--No 33--Wk 02/20]
2 -- 306
Index
NP58B
Aust--Finnmark -- Austhavet -- NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
Vardø — Directions; light (2020 Edition)
370
Canada -- Nova Scotia -- Lockeport —
Limiting conditions; controlling depth
Paragraph 12.38 4 line(s) 8 For (12.37) Read (white
wooden tower, 20 m in height) 132
...plants. The harbour affords good anchorage for small
[NP58B--No 34--Wk 02/20]
vessels.
Aust--Finnmark -- Austhavet --
Vardø — Directions; light 1 Controlling depths. A least depth of 37 m lies in
the harbour entrance; shoaler depths exist within the
374 harbour. Contact the port authority for the latest
information on depths and authorised draughts.
Paragraph 12.81 1 line 2 Delete Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 17 m; mean
neap range about 11 m. See information in
ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Volume 2.
[NP58B--No 35--Wk 02/20] Canadian Notice 9/4209/20 [NP59--No 2--Wk 49/20]
United States of America -- Maine -- Bay of Fundy

North coast -- Varangerfjordan -- -- Moosabec Reach -- Eastern part — Bridge
Ytre Kiberg — Directions; light
181
Paragraph 12.92 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Vertical clearance. A bridge (443146N
673688W) which spans Moosabec Reach is under
…approach the alignment (0685) of Ytre Kiberg Havn construction (2019); vertical and horizontal clearances
Leading Lights (posts) (701701N 310001E) leads… unknown. Contact local authorities for the latest
information.
[NP58B--No 17--Wk 29/19] US Notice 44/13326/19 [NP59--No 1--Wk 05/20]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot

Øst--Finnmark -- Varangerfjordan -- Volume 1 (2018 Edition)
Karlebotn — Directions; light sector
380 Solomon Islands -- New Georgia Island --

Munda Harbour — Directions;
Paragraph 12.119 3 line(s) 7 For 084--0915 Read leading light alignment
0836--0900
102
Paragraph 2.326 1 line(s) 8 For (054) Read (0525)
[NP58B--No 58--Wk 51/20]
Australian Notice 06/246/20; POLAR K4896.4
[NP60--No 31--Wk 18/20]
Øst--Finnmark -- Varangerfjordan -- Kjøfjorden —
Directions; light sector Solomon Islands -- New Georgia Island --
Munda Harbour — Directions; leading light
381
103
Paragraph 12.128 1 line(s) 4 For 1655--1755 Read Paragraph 2.329 4 line(s) 3 For (054) Read (0525)
1686--1757
Paragraph 2.332 1 line(s) 5--6 For (82018S 1571377E)
Paragraph 12.128 2 line(s) 4--6 Replace by: Read (82016S 1571366E)
...depth of 89 m, thence: Paragraph 2.332 2 line(s) 2 For (054) Read (0525)
Norwegian Notice 19/62739/20 Australian Notice 06/246/20; POLAR K4896.4

[NP58B--No 59--Wk 51/20] [NP60--No 32--Wk 18/20]
2 -- 307
Index
NP60
Solomon Islands -- New Georgia Island -- Solomon Islands -- Bougainville Strait --
Munda Harbour — Route; leading light alignment Choiseul Bay — Prohibited area
103 158
Paragraph 2.335 1 line(s) 9 For (054) Read (0525)
3 Prohibited area. The Solomon Islands Cable
Protection Zone, within which anchoring is prohibited,
Australian Notice 06/246/20; POLAR K4896.4 encompasses the submarine cable that makes landfall
[NP60--No 33--Wk 18/20] on the E side of Taro Island.
Australian Chart SLB106/2020
Solomon Islands -- New Georgia Island -- [NP60--No 30--Wk 13/20]
Munda Harbour -- Penguin Reef to
Ndokendoke Island — Directions;
leading light alignment Papua New Guinea -- Louisiade Archipelago --
Jomard Entrance — PSSA
104 201
Paragraph 2.341 3 line(s) 4 For (054) Read (0525) Paragraph 5.198 including heading Replace by:
Traffic regulations
Australian Notice 06/246/20; POLAR K4896.4 5.198
[NP60--No 34--Wk 18/20] 1 Two--way route. The Two--way Route leading
through Jomard Entrance, between Panuwaiyayapuna
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- Island and Maneidul Reef, has been adopted by IMO.
Otua Island — Directions; light Where safe and practicable, vessels are advised to
keep to starboard of the routes centrelines.
134 Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. Jomard Entrance
and Bramble Haven (111342S 1520000E) (5.189)
Paragraph 3.98 3 lines 6--10 Replace by: lie in an IMO approved PSSA. For details see AHP20
Thence the track continues WNW, across the N Mariner’s Handbook for Australian Waters.
entrance to Bougainville Strait, to a position NE of Australian Notice 19/999/19 [NP60--No 22--Wk 44/19]
Otua Island (62750S 1555830E).
Papua New Guinea -- Louisiade Archipelago --
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 1--Wk 04/18] Panabwal Group — Directions; depths
204
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island --
Otua Island — Directions; light Paragraph 5.220 Replace by:
1 From a position SW of Ship Pass (104842S
155 1514373E), the line of bearing 046 of Itamarina
Island, in the centre of the lagoon encircled by
Panabwal Group, leads NE through Ship Pass,
The track then continues NW to a position NE of situated 2½ miles SE of Irai Island, the W--most of the
Otua Island (62750S 1555830E). group.
2 Once inside the entrance, suitable vessels may
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 2--Wk 04/18] follow the line of bearing 087 of Pananiu Island
(104712S 1520012E) (5.201) which leads E to a
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- passage NW of Muniara Island at the E end of the
Otua Island — Directions; light lagoon, passing:
S of Kesal (Quesal) Island (104694S
156 1514971E), 3½ miles ESE of Itamarina Island,
thence:
Paragraph 4.162 5 lines 4--5 Delete 3 Clear of a shoal patch (104747S 1515072E),
about 1 mile ESE of Kesel Island, with a
Paragraph 4.163 2 line 2 Delete reported depth of 34 m.
Thence remaining clear of a 33 m shoal patch in
the entrance NW of Muniara Island, the track leads
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 3--Wk 04/18] out of the lagoon.
4 From a position N of Panasesa Island (104440S
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- Otua 1514350E), a track for small vessels leads SE
Island — Directions; light through the passage between Panasesa Island and
Gabugabutau Island, 7 cables NE, which has a depth
157 of 37 m in the middle, and is reported to have been
used by a vessel of 300 tonnes. From there, the track
leads across the lagoon, passing:
Close N of Itamarina Island, thence:
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 4--Wk 04/18] S of Kesal (Quesal) Island.
2 -- 308
Index
NP60
The track then leads to the entrance NW of Thence the line of bearing 117 of the summit of
Muniara Island, remaining clear of a 33 m shoal patch Dobu Island (94499S 1505167E) leads ESE; Dobu
in the entrance and a shoal ledge WNW of the island. Island is of volcanic origin, with flat land and low hills
on the S side of the island which are covered with
coconut palms.
5 Thence from a position WNW of the NW point of
Dobu Island, the line of bearing 074 of the N
extremity of Waiope Island (94325S 1505439E),
Papua New Guinea -- D’Entrecasteaux Islands -- leads ENE through the W end of Dobu Passage, lying
Dawson Strait — Directions between Dobu Island and the S extremity of
Fergusson Island to the N, passing:
244 SSE of dangerous reefs off Sebulugomwa Point
(94322S 1505069E).
Paragraph 6.114 1 Replace by: 6 Thence, on approaching Neumara Island, on the
same reef and close SW of Waiope Island, the line of
1 From a position on the preferred route in the bearing 069 of the SE extremity of Sanaroa Island
vicinity of 95665S 1503435E, SW of Cape (93700S 1510000E) (6.62) leads ENE, passing:
Keibinisi (6.101) the route leads NNE for about Between the reef fringing the N side of Waiope Island
18 miles to the W entrance of Dawson Strait and a 67 m patch (94258S 1505447E),
(94178S 1504589E), which lies between the thence:
mountainous NW end of Normanby Island (6.110) and 7 SSE of a 50 m drying reef and a spit, extending
about 8 cables S from Salaubwaina Point
the SE end of Fergusson Island 2 miles N.
(94165S 1505462E).
2 The route then continues ESE through Dawson
The track then continues ENE to a position about
Strait, ENE through Dobu Passage (6.117), then
1½ miles ESE of Salaubwaina Point.
generally N along the E side of Fergusson Island, to
the Gumasila Group (6.112). UKHO [NP60--No 28--Wk 46/19]
After Paragraph 6.116 1 line 3 Insert: Papua New Guinea -- D’Entrecasteaux Islands --
Esa’ala — Anchorage
Tower (94171S 1505156E), near the summit of
Deidei dormant volcano. 245
3 Anchorage may be obtained in position 94428S
1504957E, in about 40 m.
Cape Keibinisi to Salaubwaina Point UKHO [NP60--No 29--Wk 46/19]
6.117
1 Caution. The approaches to Dawson Strait (6.114)
Papua New Guinea -- North east coast --
are largely unsurveyed, with the exception of a Dyke Ackland Bay — Directions; shoal
channel about 1¼ miles in width, W of Normanby
Island (6.110). 255
Track. From a position on the preferred route in the Paragraph 6.203 5 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
vicinity of 95665S 1503435E, the route leads NNE
for about 18 miles passing: 5 N of a 03 m shoal (85853S 1490573E).
2 WNW of a reef (94466S 1504320E), position
approximate, reported (1986), to be clearly
visible breaking slightly in a moderate sea,
thence: Papua New Guinea -- North--east coast --
Holnicote Bay — Anchorage; submarine cable
WNW of Guletabutabu (Observation) Island
(94385S 1504430E), steep, rocky and 258
densely wooded; it lies about 3 cables offshore
and is connected to the main island by a After Paragraph 6.233 3 line(s) 10 Insert:
below--water ledge. Thence: Caution. A submarine power cable lands in the
3 To a position W of Gigipwala Point. The route then vicinity of the mission station at Gona.
leads about 2½ miles ENE on the alignment (065) of
Saramo Point (94089S 1504679E), steep and UKHO MGDMT [NP60--No 18--Wk 21/19]
rocky, which is also the SE termination of the slopes
of Edagwaba Range (6.70), and the peak (93796S Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf — FADs
1505314E), 410 m high, S of Lamonai Crater 262
(6.116), 7 miles ENE, passing:
SSE of an isolated shoal patch (94126S After Paragraph 6.269 1 line 8 Insert:
1504294E) with a depth of 48 m, thence: 2 Caution. A number of FADs, marked by buoys
4 NNW of Gigipwala Point (Cape Dawson) (special), lie in the area.
(94276S 1504544E), a well--marked bluff
and the S entrance point to Dawson Strait Australian Notice 13/520/2018
(6.114). [NP60--No 11--Wk 30/18]
2 -- 309
Index
NP60
Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf -- Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf --
North of Cape Roon — Directions; shoals Port Lae — Pilotage
262 265
After Paragraph 6.273 1 line 9 Insert: Paragraph 6.294 1 Replace by:

1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in position
64525S 1470010E.
Clear of a 53 m shoal (71740S 1471248E),
reported (2018), thence: Australian Chart PNG 642 [NP60--No 23--Wk 44/19]
H102 MV BGP Explorer [NP60--No 14a--Wk 37/18]
Papua New Guinea -- New Britain --
Thilenius Harbour — Depth
Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf —
Directions; FADs; buoys 282
Paragraph 7.112 2 line 8 For 18 Read 09
262
Paragraph 6.273 2 line 8 Replace by: Australian Notice 24/1073/18
[NP60--No 15--Wk 52/18]
E of a conspicuous cliff (71105S 1470623E),
and:
Papua New Guinea -- North coast --
W of a buoy (special) (71032S 1471284E) Madang Harbour — Anchorages; regulations
marking a FAD.
296
Clear of a buoy (special) (70332S 1470900E)
marking a FAD, thence: Vessels with an air draught of 24 m or more are
prohibited from using the quarantine anchorage due to
Australian Notice 13/520/2018 restrictions related to the airport. These vessels should
[NP60--No 12--Wk 30/18] wait outside the harbour and contact the port authority
for further instruction.
Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf -- After Paragraph 8.84 1 line 9 Insert:
North of Cape Roon — Directions; shoals
Tab Anchorage (51042S 1454920E) lies to the
262 N of the Quarantine anchorage and has depths in the
central part of about 20 m, mud.
Paragraph 6.273 2 including existing Section IV Notice Malamal Anchorage. See 8.98.
Week 30/18 Replace by: Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been
reported (2019) in Tab and Malamal anchorages.
2 E of Lababia Island (71457S 1470940E),
conical and wooded, lying 1 mile E of Gossler Australian Chart PNG646, ENC AU5646P0, UKHO
Point and possibly connected thereto by a [NP60--No 24--Wk 44/19]
below--water reef on which there is a rock
awash, thence: Papua New Guinea -- North coast --
E of a 01 m patch (71390S 1470920E) NNW of Madang Harbour — Pilotage
Lababia Island, thence:
E of a conspicuous cliff (71105S 1470623E), 297
and: Paragraph 8.85 1 Replace by:
W of a buoy (71032S 1471284E) (special)
marking a FAD, thence: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for anchoring, berthing/
Clear of a 75 m shoal (70974S 1470846E), unberthing and is available during daylight hours only.
reported (2018). Pilots board in position (51328S 1455022E), about
1¼ miles to seaward of Dallman Pass entrance, on
H102 MV BGP Explorer [NP60--No 14b--Wk 37/18] the leading line.
UKHO [NP60--No 25--Wk 44/19]

Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf —
Directions; FAD; buoy
Papua New Guinea -- Approaches to Wewak --
263 Kairiru Island -- Victoria Bay — Anchorage
S of a rock (64489S 1472741E), which almost Paragraph 8.188 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
dries, the position of which is doubtful, and: 1 Anchorage, which is snug, may be obtained, clear
Clear of a buoy (special) (64828S 1472625E) of a charted wreck (31965S 1433082E), in Victoria
marking a FAD, thence: Bay (31977S 1433064E), on the W side of...
Australian Notice 13/520/2018 Australian PNG Chart 651 Edt.1 (2020)

[NP60--No 13--Wk 30/18] [NP60--No 35--Wk 41/20]
2 -- 310
Index
NP60
Papua New Guinea – New Britain – Kimbe — Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island --
Arrival information; pilotage Otua Island — Directions; light
326 357
...at 53050S 1501350E. 1 From the vicinity of 62705S 1561000E, E of
Otua Island (62750S 1555830E), the track leads
Australian Notice 5/213/19 [NP60--No 17--Wk 14/19] NW, passing:

Papua New Guinea -- New Britain --
North--west coast -- Borgen Bay — Directions
328--329 Otua Island — Directions; light
1 Description. Borgen Bay, entered between Ulo Paragraph 10.63 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Point (53045S 1483542E) and Silimate Point,
4 miles W, is obstructed with reefs, but affords 1 From a position NE of Otua Island (62750S
anchorage. 1555830E), the track along the barrier reef leads
Directions. From a position about 8 miles N of NW, passing:
Cape Gloucester (52661S 1482509E) (8.16), the
track leads about 7 miles SE to an opening in the
outer reef. The track then leads SSE passing:
2 Through the broken barrier reef (52345S Papua New Guinea – Bougainville Island --
1483105E), thence: Arawa Bay — Directions; light
Close ENE of a shoal patch (52549S 1483100E)
367
with a depth of 34 m, thence:
ENE of a shoal patch (52776S 1483140E) with a Paragraph 10.86 1 line 7 Replace by:
depth of 95 m.
From a position about 2 miles E of Nip Island ...(60868S 1553417E) (10.95), on the...
(52818S 1482995E), the track then leads generally Paragraph 10.95 3 lines 3--6 Replace by:
S into the bay, passing:
3 E of Silimate Point (53003S 1483119E), SE of Takanupei Island (60868S 1553417E),
thence: from which a reef extends 3 cables SE.
Between a 28 m patch (53056S 1483155E) and
a 03 m patch (53046S 1483224E), lying SE Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 7--Wk 04/18]
of Silimate Point.
The track then leads as required into the bay. Papua New Guinea – Bougainville Island --
Useful mark: North--east coast — Directions; light
Cape Gloucester Light (52415S 1482217E)
(8.13). 368
4 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile NE of Paragraph 10.99 2 line 2 Replace by:
Silimate Point in 11 to 25 m. Vessels may also obtain
anchorage within Borgen Bay; local knowledge is ...Island, (60868S 1553417E) (10.95), the...
required. Paragraph 10.103 1 lines 7--9 Delete
Berth. Two small jetties lie in the vicinity of
53078S 1483110E. Paragraph 10.104 2 lines 10--11 Replace by:
Australian Hydrographic Office; ENC AU406148 ...white chalk cliffs, densely wooded.
[NP60--No 27--Wk 45/19]
Papua New Guinea -- Vitu Islands -- 2 From a position SE of Takanupei Island (10.95), the
Mundua Islands — General information; depth track leads WNW, inside the barrier reef, passing:
SSW of Takanupei Island, and:
331
Depths Cape Laverdy — Directions; light
9.118a
1 Depths shoaler than charted have been reported 369
(2019) in the waters around the Mundua Islands.
Vessels are advised to navigate with caution in the Paragraph 10.105 6 lines 9--10 Replace by:
area. ...NE of Cape Laverdy (53249S 1550388E) (10.104).
Australian Notice 2/80(P)/19 [NP60--No 16--Wk 08/19] Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 9--Wk 04/18]
2 -- 311
Index
NP60
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- 4 N of the reef extending 2¼ cables from Yepan
Cape Laverdy — Directions; light Point (51929N 1630179E), thence:
N of Eripou Reef (51945N 1630168E), awash at
370 LW, marked on its NE side by No 4 beacon (port
hand).
Thence the line of bearing 311 of Bezin Point
2 Directions. From a position E of Cape Laverdy (51994N 1630119E), the W extremity of Lelu
(53249S 1550388E) the track into the harbour Island, leads NW to the anchorage, passing:
leads SSW, passing: 5 SW of No 5 Beacon (starboard hand) (51965N
1630163E), thence:
Paragraph 10.117 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: NE of the front leading light beacon (51956N
1630143E), thence:
...1550388E) (10.104) the coastal passage, which
Clear of two wrecks (51966N 1630148E), with
appears clear of...
depths of 97 m, thence:
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 10--Wk 04/18] 6 Clear of a reef (51974N 1630144E), reported
(1996), lying 1 cable N of the front leading
light beacon, extending NW for 1¼ cables,
Papua New Guinea -- New Ireland -- Nabuto Bay -- thence:
Namatanai Roads — Directions Clear of a dangerous wreck (51977N
1630148E).
374 Thence as required for a convenient anchorage or
the berth.
Paragraph 10.149 2 1--8 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of ENC US456570; US556570 [NP60--No 21--Wk 43/19]
33843S 1522659E, the line of bearing 185 of a
communication tower (25 m in height) (33975S NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2
1522656E) leads about 1½ miles S, passing:
(2017 Edition)
E of a shoal patch (33868S 1522633E) with a
W of a coral patch (33881S 1522677E) with a Nouvelle--Calédonie -- South coast -- Nouméa —
least depth of 12 m, and: Limiting conditions; depths
3 Close W of a shoal patch (33913S Paragraph 2.138 1 line 4 Replace by:

1522668E) with a depth of 89 m, and: ...on the leading line at the inner end between the Mineral
E of Trapez Reef (33914S 1522638E), over Terminal and Grand Quai at Pointe Lambert (221583S
which the sea usually breaks. 1662557E), is 92 m.
The track then leads as required towards the
anchorage or the inner harbour. French Chart 7644 (2017) [NP61--No 6--Wk 32/17]
Australian Hydrographic Office [NP60--No 26--Wk 45/19]

Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa —
Outer anchorage
Federated States of Micronesia -- Kosrae Island --
Lelu Harbour — Directions; wrecks 87
384--385
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Grande Rade within
Paragraph 11.20 1--6 Replace by: designated areas, but keep clear of the prohibited
1 Landmarks: anchorage, see below. The NE part of Grande Rade
Flagstaff (51982N 1630148E), position is encumbered with numerous coral heads and the
approximate. bottom is foul with obstructions on the S side of
Church (51992N 1630125E). Banc des Japonais.
Radio tower (51981N 1630178E).
2 Harbour Leading Lights:
Front light beacon (red rectangle, white stripe, on
pile) (51956N 1630143E), standing on the Nouvelle--Calédonie – Nouméa —
reef extending 4½ cables from the W shore of the
harbour. 87
Rear light beacon (red rectangle, black--stripe, on
pile) (2½ cables from front light). After Paragraph 2.140 2 line 3 Insert:
3 Track. From a position ESE of Lelu Island Anchoring is prohibited in Baie de Numbo
(51990N 1630164E), the alignment (277) of these (221465S 1662478E), except for small craft,
lights leads W through the entrance channel, marked within an area located in the W part of the bay and
by beacons (lateral), passing: marked by buoys (special).
S of the reef extending 1 cable from Foko Lik
(51969N 1630192E), thence: French Notice 42/206/18 [NP61--No 26--Wk 47/18]
2 -- 312
Index
NP61
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa -- Nouvelle--Calédonie – West coast —
Grande Rade — Leading line Marine reserve
88 92
Paragraph 2.149 2 line 5 For 117 Read 1158 After Paragraph 3.13 1 line 4 Insert:

French Chart 7643 [NP61--No 1--Wk 11/17] 3.13a
1 The Zone Côtière Ouest marine reserve
encompasses Réserve de Ouano (215180S
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Noumea —
Directions; leading lights 1654625E) and extends about 5¼ miles SSW from
the shore in the vicinity of 215210S 1655300E,
88 continues 4¼ miles W and then about 53 miles
generally WNW, finishing in Baie de Poya (3.63).
Paragraph 2.148 3 lines 6--7 Delete For details on marine reserves and the regulations
governing them, see Appendix III.
French ENC FR367680 [NP61--No 12--Wk 01/18]

Nouvelle--Calédonie --
2 From a position about 2½ cables W of the NW Baie de Saint Vincent — Anchorages
extremity of îlot Brun (221729S 1662548E) the
95--96
track leads ENE through Petite Passe, passing:
...of Île Mathieu, in 12 m, sand and mud, good
holding.
French Notice 40/220/19 [NP61--No 47--Wk 45/19] Baie Centrale: 5½ cables NW of Île Page (3.35), in
11 m, mud and shells.
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa -- Petite Passe —
Directions; leading marks French Chart 6540 [NP61--No 10--Wk 43/17]
88 Nouvelle--Calédonie – West coast —

Marine reserve
1 Petite Passe Leading Marks: After Paragraph 3.51 1 line 4 Insert:

Front light (orange triangle, point up, on white
framework tower, 3 m in height) (221697S Marine nature reserve
1662600E). 3.51a
Rear mark (Croix de Lorraine, black monument) (8 1 See 3.13a.
cables from front mark).
From a position about 2¾ cables WNW of the NW French ENC FR367680 [NP61--No 13--Wk 01/18]
extremity of îlot Brun (221740S 1662560E), the
alignment (0755) of these marks leads ENE through Nouvelle Caledonie -- North--west coast --
Petite Passe, passing: Passe Deverd — Anchorage; positions; beacons
2 NNW of a buoyant light beacon (starboard
hand), (221718S 1662555E) marking the 104
edge of the channel, thence: Paragraph 3.98 1--5 Replace by:
SSE of a buoyant light beacon (port hand),
(221700S 1662566E), marking rocks close 1 Mouillage de Théoudié. Designated anchor berths
SE of Pointe Denouel. for vessels, loading nickel ore from barges, are as
The track then leads N into Petite Rade, passing: follows:
3 W of a buoyant light beacon (starboard hand) T1 (204517S 1642142E);
(221694S 1662586E), marking the T2 (204512S 1642088E);
channel, thence: T3 (204506S 1642029E);
W of Banc de l’Infernal, marked on its W side by a T4 (204471S 1642090E);
buoyant light beacon (starboard hand) T5 (204452S 1642052E);
(221659S 1662597E), and on its E side by a T6 (204459S 1641940E).
light buoy (port hand). 2 Mouillage de Karembé. The anchorage is situated
The track then leads to the berths as required. in position 203697S 1641676E in 11 to 13 m.
4 Caution. Anchorage for vessels, loading nickel ore from barges,
Small craft may be encountered in Petite Passe, as is situated in position 203700S 1641750E in 11 to
marinas are situated in Petite Rade (2.146). 14 m.
French Notice 46/220/19 [NP61--No 48--Wk 51/19] French Notice 25/225/20 [NP61--No 60--Wk 30/20]
2 -- 313
Index
NP61
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Port of Vavouto — Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Pott --
Depth; UKC Anse Ammoian — Anchorage
106 119
Paragraph 3.113 1 Replace by: Paragraph 3.196 1 line 7 For 30 m Read 25 m
1 Controlling depth. The approach fairway into the

port has been dredged to a depth of 120 m, with a
maximum allowable draught of 105 m (2019).
Under--keel clearance. Vessels with a draught Nouvelle--Calédonie – East coast –
greater than 10 m are required to maintain a UKC of Port Ounia — Anchorage; wreck
05 m at all times.
2 Local authorities should be contacted for the latest 125
information. Paragraph 4.33 4 lines 6--7 Replace by:
French Notice 7/216/20; Pilotes Maritimes Nouvelle A rock with a depth of 13 m lies 1¼ cables SSE of
Calédonie website [NP61--No 51--Wk 12/20] the anchorage and a wreck lies about ½ cable NW.

Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Port of Vavouto — Berths
Nouvelle--Calédonie –
106--107 Baie de Ouinné — Anchorage
...alongside 105 m; vessels up to 60 000 tonnes. Paragraph 4.35 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.118 3 line 5 Replace by: 3 A mooring buoy is moored 2¼ cables E of the front
...Maximum LOA 80 m; maximum draught 45 m; leading beacon.
vessels up to 4000 tonnes. Anchor Berth U2, with a swinging circle of radius
3 cables, can only be used by day.
French Notice 7/216/20; Pilotes Maritimes Nouvelle
French Notice 15/K10 2008 2.1.5.2/17
Calédonie website [NP61--No 52--Wk 12/20]
[NP61--No 2--Wk 20/17]
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Port of Vavouto -- Nouvelle--Calédonie -- East coast --

Baie Chasseloupe — Anchorages Passe de Thio — Directions; depth
107 129
V6 (205737S 1643706E), 2½ cables in radius, ...1661543E) (4.76), thence:
maximum draught 14 m. Clear of 103 m shoal (213414S 1661637E).
UKHO [NP61--No 53--Wk 12/20] French Notice 18/222/20 [NP61--No 56--Wk 22/20]
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Port de Thio —

Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Art -- Directions; leading lights
Baie de Waala — Anchorage
130
118
Paragraph 3.189 1 line 1 For 194303S Read 194287S
French Notice 15/17 15 212/17 [NP61--No 3--Wk 20/17]
Paragraph 3.189 1 line 2 For 1633829E Read
1633796E
Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala — Depths
Anchorage may be obtained in 12 m, sand, good... After Paragraph 4.92 1 line 11 Insert:
Paragraph 3.189 1 line 5 For 58 Read 57 Depths on the recommended track exceed 20 m as
far as Les Trois Frères (4.93). Coral shoals with
Paragraph 3.189 1 line 6 For 5 Read 5½ depths less than 10 m lie outside the recommended
track.
French Chart 7758/18 [NP61--No 21--Wk 27/18] French Chart 6589 [NP61--No 35--Wk 35/19]
2 -- 314
Index
NP61
Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala -- Nouvelle--Calédonie – Baie Laugier —
Presqu’île Bogota — Anchorages Directions; leading lights
135
133
French Notice 15/17 15 212/17 [NP61--No 4--Wk 20/17]
Spare
4.94 Nouvelle Calédonie -- East coast -- Cap Bégat to
Cap Bocage — Directions; track
135
Spare Paragraph 4.115 Replace by:

4.95 1 Alternative passage north--westwards. From the
position at the intersection of recommended tracks,
1 mile NW of Cap des Trois Sapins (4.110), a
recommended track leads 10 miles generally NW to a
Spare position 3½ miles N of Cap Bocage (211243S
4.97 1653684E), where it joins the recommended track
between Passe Sud--Est (4.122) and Baie Ugué
French Chart 6589 [NP61--No 36--Wk 35/19] (4.160).
2 The track leads initially NW and N, passing:
SW of a 50 m patch (211592S 1654314E),
Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala --
île Adam and Pic des Morts — marked on its SE side by No 4 Light Beacon,
Anchorage; wharves buoyant, (port hand), thence:
E of Îlot Néni (211487S 1654139E), low and
133 wooded.
3 Thence the track leads NW, passing:
Paragraph 4.99 1 line(s) 1--5 including heading Replace by: NE of a 50 m patch (211275S 1654090E),
thence:
SW of an unnamed small detached reef (211074S
Spare
1654098E), thence:
4.99
NE of a shoal with a least depth of 20 m (211161S
Paragraph 4.100 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace 1653835E), thence:
by: NE of a 74 m patch (211053S 1653694E), and:
NE of a shoal with a least depth of 02 m (211009S
1653650E), which can usually be seen.
Spare 4 Clearing line. To pass E of the shoal with a least
4.100 depth of 02 m, Cap Bocage should not bear less than
180 until the hill, 220 m high, on the NW side of Baie
French Chart 6589 [NP61--No 37--Wk 35/19] Ugué (4.160) is well open of the SE entrance point of
that bay.
Nouvelle--Caledonie -- French Notice 27/220/20 [NP61--No 62--Wk 32/20]
Baie de Nakéty — Anchorages
Nouvelle Calédonie -- East coast --
133 Baie de Kouaoua — Anchorages
4 The track then continues as required for the Paragraph 4.126 1--2 Replace by:
anchorages. 1 Outer anchorages. Designated anchor berths are
Anchorages. Designated anchorage areas, 2 cables as follows:
in radius, exist as follows: K1 (212252S 1655002E), 2 cables swinging
Waiting anchorage (213043S 1660460E), 22 to radius, charted depths from 15 to 22 m.
31 m, mud; K2 (212218S 1655024E), 2 cables swinging
Area Geminy (213136S 1660460E), 14 to 22 m, radius, charted depths from 23 to 26 m.
coral and mud; K3 (212177S 1655050E). 2½ cables swinging
Area Ballande (213126S 1660504E), 20 to radius, charted depths from 22 to 29 m. A coral
27 m, mud. A wreck (213112S 1660495E) patch, 13 m in depth, lies on the S limit of the
lies within the anchorage. anchorage.
Paragraph 4.101 8 line 1 Replace by: 2 Vessels in these anchorages are loaded by lighter.
Vessels unable to find room in Baie de Kouaoua
5 Small vessels may obtain anchorage off the should anchor in Baie Laugier (4.138).
mouth... 3 Pilotage is compulsory. Arrangements for pilots
should be made at Nouméa (2.133). Pilots board at
French Notice 2/217/20 [NP61--No 50--Wk 06/20] Passes Ouest de Houaïlou (4.121).
2 -- 315
Index
NP61
For regulations for pilots see 2.4 and for tankers Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Lifou -- North coast --
see Appendix II. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Cap Escarpé — Position
4 Tugs are available. For the latest details contact 166
the port authority.
Regulations concerning entry. Arrival, berthing Paragraph 5.63 1 line(s) 4 For (202810S 1663974E)
and departure are not permitted at night. Arrival and Read (204089S 1671357E)
departure to the anchorage can be conducted day or
night.
Quarantine. Pratique is granted by the pilot upon French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 39--Wk 35/19]
boarding.
French Notice 9/220/20 [NP61--No 54--Wk 14/20] Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté –

Atoll d’Ouvéa — Passages; general information
Nouvelle Calédonie -- East coast --

Baie de Kouaoua — Anchorages 168
Paragraph 4.130 1--2 Replace by: 1 There are five allocated passages into Atoll
d’Ouvéa with charted fairway limits.
1 Inner anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained There are three passages between Pléïades du
4½ cables S of Pointe Mè Kauciri (4.129); the Sud (named from SE to NW):
swinging room in this anchorage is restricted. Coral Passe du Coëtlogon (5.79);
heads in the vicinity of the anchorage are marked by Passe du Styx (5.82);
red buoys. Passe de la Meurthe (5.84).
2 Vessels with a draught of less than 9 m may 2 There are a further two passages between Pléïades
anchor a little farther S. du Nord (named from SW to NE):
Passe du Taureau (5.88);
French Notice 9/220/20 [NP61--No 55--Wk 14/20] Passe de la Baleine (5.89).
The passages between Pléïades du Sud are wider
and are reported to be more easily navigated than
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Baie de Poro — those of Pléïades du Nord.
Leading beacons 3 Caution. Areas outside of the described fairways
cannot be considered adequately surveyed; large
138 depth anomalies may be expected. It is not
Paragraph 4.137 2 line 1 For 1402 Read 1365 recommended to transit outside of the described
fairways within Atoll d’Ouvéa.
French Notice 44/204/17 Block F.577 French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 40--Wk 35/19]
[NP61--No 11--Wk 48/17]
Nouvelle Calédonie -- East coast -- Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté –

Passe Sud--Est to Baie Ugué — Directions; track Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe du Styx — Directions
139 168
Paragraph 4.147 1 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.83 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:
...track leads W for about 10 miles to a position 1¼ miles ...through a channel 6 cables wide where it joins a track...
S...
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Lifou -- North coast -- Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté –

Cap Escarpé — Position Atoll d’Ouvéa — Passe d’Anêmata
164 169
Paragraph 5.51 1 line(s) 4 For (202810S 1663974E) Paragraph 5.87 1 line(s) 1--7 including headings Replace
Read (204089S 1671357E) by:
Paragraph 5.56 1 line(s) 6 For (202810S 1663974E)

Spare
Read (204089S 1671357E)
5.87
French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 38--Wk 35/19] French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 42--Wk 35/19]
2 -- 316
Index
NP61
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté – Fiji -- Lautoka — Directions; floating dock
Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe du Taureau — Directions
272
After Paragraph 5.88 2 line 8 Insert: N of a floating dock (173688S 1772570E),
thence:
Directions Correspondence MSAF [NP61--No 46--Wk 39/19]
5.88a
1 From the vicinity of 202610S 1662730E, the
Fiji Islands -- Viti Levu Bay — Directions; rocks
track leads SSE for 1½ miles in the centre of the
channel between the two islands. Thence the fairway, 281
approximately 5 cables wide, leads SE for 5 miles,
passing: After Paragraph 8.307 2 line 6 Insert:
NE of a 28 m shoal (203018S 1663061E), SSE of two dangerous rocks (172504S
marked by a buoy (W cardinal). 1781659E), thence:
Thence the track joins the fairway leading SSE to
the jetty at Hwaadrila (5.93). BA Chart 387 [NP61--No 7--Wk 40/17]
French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 43--Wk 35/19] Fiji Islands -- Yasawa Islands -- Tamasua Passage
— Directions; depth
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté – 284
Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe de la Baleine — Directions
169 Depths. It has been reported (2019) that shoals
with depths of less than 4 m lie in the E entrance.
UKHO correspondence; H102 MV Island Sky
1 Caution. Local knowledge is required. [NP61--No 49--Wk 51/19]
Track. From the vicinity of 202482S 1662910E,
the track through Passe de la Baleine leads SE for
1 mile, keeping towards the SW side. Thence the Fiji Isands -- Levuka Wharf — Wreck
fairway leads SSE for 8 miles towards the jetty at 295
Hwaadrila (5.93). Depths generally exceed 5 m within
the fairway, with the exception of a 39 m shoal Paragraph 8.427 3 lines 10--12 Replace by:
(202730S 1663074E) which encroaches upon the
fairway limit. ...130 m ENE of the light near the knuckle of
Levuka Wharf, in position 174104S 1785028E. A
dangerous wreck, depth 7 m, marked at its extremities
by buoys (special), lies 90 m E of the light exhibited
from the head of Levuka Wharf.
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté – BA Chart 1244 [NP61--No 8--Wk 41/17]
Atoll d’Ouvéa – Hnyimwele — Pilotage
169 Fiji -- Nairai Island —

Leading beacons; anchorage
Pilotage. Pilot for Hnyimwele boards in position Paragraph 8.448 1--4 Replace by:
203630S 1661440E, at the entrance to Passe de
la Meurthe (5.84). 1 Description. Anchorage may be obtained in the
bay on the N side of Nairai Island (8.438).
French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 45--Wk 35/19] Directions. Lumulumu Entrance (174600S
1792300E), is an opening in the barrier reef which
leads to a bay on the N side of the island; it should
Fiji Islands -- Viti Levu -- Approaches to Suva — be navigated with caution in a favourable light as
Anchorage; wreck there are more dangers in it than are charted.
2 Anchorage may be obtained off the village of
266 Natauloa, 1½ miles SE of Lumulumu Entrance.
Anchorage may also be obtained in a bay
Paragraph 8.162 1 line 2 Replace by: (174886S 1792340E) on the W side of the island;
access is through either of two openings, Na--Lawe
...Tamavua Light Beacon (8.153); a wreck, reported Entrance (175090S 1792369E) or Naiyaca
(2018), lies 1 cable NNW of the anchorage. Entrance (175013S 1792313E) in the SW part of
the barrier reef. The village of Dalice lies at the N end
Fijian NAVWARN 22/18 [NP61--No 23--Wk 28/18] of the bay.
2 -- 317
Index
NP61
3 Tidal levels: mean spring range about 11 m; mean Îles Wallis -- Mouilage de Mata Utu — Anchorage
neap range about 10 m. For further details see
ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Volume 4. 368
ENC GB300744 (6.005) [NP61--No 64--Wk 43/20] Paragraph 11.59 1 line 4 For 34 m Read 20 m
Fiji -- Viti Levu -- Rewa Roads — Submarine cable Paragraph 11.59 1 line 5 For 22 m Read 13 m
Paragraph 8.462 1 line 10 Replace by: Caution. A submarine cable lies close to the
anchorage positions.
...river. A submarine cable is laid through Rewa Roads and
uncharted coral pinnacles may exist in the area. BA Chart 968 [NP61--No 18--Wk 16/18]
BA Chart 1674 [NP61--No 19--Wk 16/18]
Oceania – Îles Wallis – Mata Utu — Anchorage
Fiji -- Exploring Isles -- Qilaqila Passage —
Leading Beacons 368
346 Paragraph 11.59 1 lines 1--8 including existing Section IV

1 Anchoring is available in Mouillage de Mata Utu
Front beacon (white pillar) (170969S (131770S 1760960W), except within 250 m of a
1790223W). submarine cable.
Rear beacon (white pillar) (2 cables from front The swinging room is restricted by reefs and banks.
beacon).
MV Tenacious [NP61--No 9--Wk 43/17]
Tonga Islands –
Fiji Islands -- Balmoral Reef — Shoal North coast of Tongatapu — Directions
360 377
Paragraph 11.10 Replace by: Paragraph 12.42 2 line(s) 1--9 Replace by:
1 Depth/Position Description and remarks 2 S of a 61 m shoal (205569S 1750085W),

which breaks in moderate weather, thence:
N of a 92 m shoal (205930S 1750159W),
(date reported)
thence:
107 m Shoal (2001). S of a 9 m isolated shoal (205636S 1750363W),
155700S 1753800E thence:
S of Hyäne Shoal (205620S 1750450W), a small
7m Balmoral Reef;
coral patch on which the sea breaks, thence:
153900S 1755200E 2½ miles long, 1¾ miles N of a shoal (205818S 1750506W) with a least
wide. Reported (1991) depth of 84 m, thence:
to lie 5 miles NE of its N of a 73 m shoal (205804S 1750637W), and:
charted position.
136 m Shoal (2018).
145653S 1745077E
New Zealand Chart 827 [NP61--No 33--Wk 25/19]
Fijian Notice 48/18 [NP61--No 24--Wk 42/18]
Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour —
Île Futuna -- Ava Leava — Anchorage Limiting conditions
365 377
Paragraph 11.40 3 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 12.48 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
...bearing (028). Caution. A submarine cable is laid 1 Ava Lahi (210000S 1751000W) (12.64): 95 m.
through this anchorage.
New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19
2 -- 318
Index
NP61
Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour -- Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour --
Egeria Channel — Directions Ava Lahi — Directions
379--380
379
Paragraph 12.62 2 line(s) 2 For (1413) Read (1416) The track then leads to a position 2¾ miles NW of
Malinoa Light.
3 Thence with ’Alakipeau (12.62), an islet close N of
Paragraph 12.62 3--7 Replace by: Polo’a (210539S 1751466W) on the fringing reef,
bearing 220, the track leads through the second part
3 NE of Hakauiki Hahake (210250S
of Ava Lahi, for 5 miles, in a least depth of 95 m,
1751700W), a detached drying reef, and:
passing:
SW of the SW extremity (210220S 1751640W)
NW of Telemachus Reef (210107S 1750977W),
of Hakau Loa, an extensive drying reef with a
which breaks, thence:
number of rocks awash within 1½ cables S of the
4 SE of shoal patches (210150S 1751180W)
S side.
with depths from 42 to 86 m and a rock
4 From a position S of the SW extremity Hakau Loa,
awash, marked on their NE side by a light
the track leads ENE, passing:
buoy (starboard hand), thence:
NNW of ’Atatº (210286S 1751523W), an island
SE of a 37 m patch (210172S 1751227W). A
with some trees on it, the tops of which have an
dangerous rock and a 39 m patch lie close W and
elevation of 33 m; the E side of the island is
SW respectively. Thence:
bordered by cliffs 3 to 4 m high.
5 SE of a rock (210208S 1751225W), with a
5 Thence, from a position N of ’Atatº, the track leads
ESE, passing: NW of a shoal patch with a depth of 38 m marked by
SSW of a 39 m patch (210227S 1751502W); a a light buoy (W cardinal) (210282S
34 m patch lies 2 cables NNE. Thence: 1751215W); several shoal patches less than
SSW of Friday Shoal (210220S 1751450W), 10 m lie close NW and SW of the patch and
thence: Nautilus Shoal lies 5 cables ESE. Thence:
SSW of Johnnie Shoal (210244S 1751460W). 6 SE of a shoal patch (210256S 1751270W),
Two patches with depths of 55 and 19 m lie depth 59 m.
1½ cables W and 1 cable NNW respectively, and The track then leads SE of an extensive shoal area
additional patches lie E and ESE of Johnnie (210270S 1751300W) marked by a light buoy
Shoal. Thence: (starboard hand) to the inner pilot boarding position
6 SSW of a shoal patch (210267S 1751425W) (12.54).
with least depth of 37 m at the N end,
thence: Paragraph 12.66 Replace by:
NNE of Sumner Shoal (210305S 1751421W),
thence: Spare
NNE of Campbell Rock (210355S 1751420W), 12.66
thence:
Clear of a 79 m shoal patch (210335S Paragraph 12.67 Replace by:
1751329W) marked by a light buoy (starboard
hand). Spare
7 Thence the track leads to the inner pilot boarding 12.67
position (12.54) NE of ’Alakipeau (210521S
1751466W), a small island on the reef fringing the
W side of the harbour.
Spare
12.68
[NP61--No 29--Wk 20/19] New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19
[NP61--No 31--Wk 20/19]
Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour -- Tonga -- Inner approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour

Egeria Channel — Directions — Directions
380
379
Paragraph 12.63 3 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: 1 From the inner pilot boarding position the track
initially leads along the line of bearing 215 of the SE
extremity of Polo’a islet through the final part of Ava
(Directions continue for the harbour at 12.69) Lahi, for about 8 cables, in a least depth of 119 m,
passing:
New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19 SE of a 79 m shoal patch (210335S 1751329W)
[NP61--No 30--Wk 20/19] marked by a light buoy (starboard hand).
2 -- 319
Index
NP61
2 Thence the track leads on the line of bearing 150, SSW of Kito (195972S 1744724W) (12.135),
ahead, of a light beacon (starboard hand) (210692S from where a light (12.136) is exhibited, thence:
1751183W) on the E side of Ualanga ’Uta (12.48) SSW of a dangerous rock (200165S
until SW of Ualanga Lalo (210607S 1751127W), 1744695W), over which blind rollers break
from where a light (12.73) is exhibited on its W side. occasionally, thence:
3 The anchorage (12.76), Vuna Wharf or Queen 2 NNE of Doyland Reef (200280S 1744570W),
Salote Wharf (12.77) may be approached as required, thence:
passing: SSW of the SE extremity of reef fringing Tungua
WSW and S of Ualanga Lalo, thence: (200080S 1744600W), thence:
Clear on either side of Ualanga ’Uta and Mounu NNE of a small detached reef awash (200305S
(12.48) reefs, both of which are marked by light 1744495W).
beacons. Thence the track joins the N/S track W of Nukulei.
(Directions for N/S track are given at 12.118)
[NP61--No 32--Wk 20/19] ENC TO500403(1.000) [NP61--No 59--Wk 26/20]
Tonga -- Ha’apai Group -- Ava Vahaa Fonua —

Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa — Directions Directions; rock
380
394
Paragraph 12.69 including heading and existing Section IV After Paragraph 12.190 1 line 5 Insert:
ESE of an isolated rock (195397S 1743328W)
with a depth of 55 m, position approximate,
Inner pilot boarding position to the harbour thence:
12.69
1 From the inner pilot boarding position (12.54) the New Zealand Notice 25/153/18
track leads generally S through the final part of Ava [NP61--No 27--Wk 02/19]
Lahi, then SE on the line of bearing 150, ahead, of a
light beacon (starboard hand) (210692S
1751183W) on the E side of Ualanga ’Uta (12.48) to Tonga -- Vava’u Group -- Neiafu —
a position SW of Ualanga Lalo (210607S Anchorage; submarine cables
1751127W), from the W side of which a light (12.73)
is exhibited. 400
2 The anchorage (12.76), Vuna Wharf or Queen
Salote Wharf (12.77) may be approached as required, Paragraph 12.235 1 line(s) 4--6 Replace by:
passing:
...anchorage can be obtained off Lotuma (183966S
WSW and S of Ualanga Lalo, thence: 1740056W) (12.229), avoiding charted submarine
Clear on either side of Ualanga ’Uta and Mounu cables, in depths of about 55 m.
(12.48) reefs, both of which are marked by light
beacons. New Zealand Notice 14/61/19
[NP61--No 34--Wk 33/19]
[NP61--No 57--Wk 24/20]
Niue — Marine Protected Areas
Tonga -- Nomuka Group -- Ava Fonuaiki —
Directions; clearing lines 404
386 After Paragraph 12.272 line 3 Insert:

Marine protected areas
12.272a
ENC TO500403(1.000) [NP61--No 58--Wk 26/20] 1 Niue Moana Mahu, an extensive MPA in which
anchoring, fishing and other activities are prohibited,
Tonga -- Ha’apai Group -- extends S and E from Niue for about 200 miles, as
Ha’afeva anchorage — Directions far as the EEZ.
Beveridge Reef Nukutulueatama (200023S
388 1674548W) lies within a Special Management Area
Paragraph 12.134 1--2 Replace by: (SMA). Fishing restrictions apply within this area.
Department of Transport, Ministry of Infrastructure,
1 From a position S of Trerise Patch (195994S Niue should be contacted for further details.
1744924W), steep--to, the track leads ESE through
the passage between Doyland Reef and Tungua Correspondence Department of Transport, Ministry of
(12.132), passing: Infrastructure, Niue [NP61--No 61--Wk 31/20]
2 -- 320
Index
NP61
Samoa -- Savai’i Island -- NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot
Salelologa Harbour — Directions; depths Volume 3 (2020 Edition)
410
French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti --
Bassin de Taunoa — Anchorage
164
2 Directions. Leading lights:
Front light (white concrete column) (134513S Paragraph 6.159 2--3 Replace by:
1721281W) on the edge of the W reef.
Rear light (similar structure) (1¾ cables from front 2 Directions. The basin is approached from N and
light) on a reef. entered through Passe de Taunoa (173120S
3 From a position 1½ miles from the front light the 1493310W) (6.155). The basin may also be entered
alignment (312) of these lights leads into the channel, through a marked channel from Bassin de Papaoa
passing: (6.158).
SW of a shoal with a depth of 05 m (134527S Landing. Landing places in the basin are unusable
1721260W). in strong NW winds.
4 The track then leads NNW, passing:
WSW of a shoal with a depth of 01 m (134518S French Notice 40/228/19 [NP62--No 1--Wk 02/20]
1721268W).
The track then continues generally NNW to
Salelologa Wharf (134471S 1721303W), through a French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti --
channel marked by light buoys, passing: Port de Papeete — Pilotage
Clear of numerous reefs and shoals.
The chart is the best guide. 165

1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available from 1 hour
before the vessels arrival. The Pilot boards in the
Samoa -- Upolu Island -- Mulifanua Harbour — following positions:
Directions; depths Passe de Papeete for vessels over 90 m LOA:
173050S 1493620W.
410 Passe de Papeete for vessels between 40 and 90 m
LOA: 173143S 1493569W.
Paragraph 13.34 3 line 4 For 58 m Read 5.4 m Passe de Taunoa for vessels over 90 m LOA:
173000S 1493320W.
See also 6.6 and ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Paragraph 13.34 3 line 6 For 29 m Read 31 m Volume 6(4) for alternative pilot boarding arrangements.
French Notice 20/20/K11 [NP62--No 7--Wk 24/20]

Paragraph 13.34 3 line 8 For 64 m Read 5.5 m
French Polynesia -- Îles de la Socéité --
Paragraph 13.34 5 lines 4--7 Replace by: Îles--Sous--le--Vent -- Manuae — Marine reserve
W of the front light (148 alignment), thence: 208

Clear of a 28 m patch (134943S 1720265W).
New Zealand Chart 8645/18 [NP61--No 16--Wk 16/18] ...3 miles from each atoll. Fishing, navigation and
anchoring are prohibited for unauthorised vessels within
the marine reserve. Further restrictions apply and local
authorities should be contacted for details.
Samoa -- Upolu Island -- Cape Tapaga —
Shoal depth
411
French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva
-- Baie de Taiohae — Anchorage
247
1 A channel lies between Cape Tapaga (140285S
1712611W) and Nu’utele Islet (13.36); it should not After Paragraph 10.95 1 line 3 Insert:
be used by large vessels as a shoal depth of 14 m
Anchorage, reserved for vessels more than 90 m in
(140360S 1712649W) was reported (2017) to lie in
length, may be obtained centred on 85543S
the approaches to the channel.
1400604W with 72 hours notice (see also 10.92).
NZ Notice 6/66(P)/17 [NP61--No 5--Wk 15/17] French Notice 38/231/19 [NP62--No 2--Wk 02/20]
2 -- 321
Index
NP62
United States of America -- Hawaii Island -- Recommended practices
Cape Kumukahi — Directions; light 1.10a
1 Recommended practices, including anti--attack
258 plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and
responses are outlined on charts Q6099, Q6111 and
Paragraph 11.67 including heading Replace by: The Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts
is published in ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 1. Additional guidance can be found in Best
Spare Management Practices for Protection against Somalia
11.67 Based Piracy, available from the Maritime Security
Centre (Horn of Africa) website (www.mschoa.org).
US Notice 13/50/20 [NP62--No 4--Wk 19/20] 2 Details of the current prevalence of reported piracy
and armed robbery for all regions may be found on
the website (www.icc--ccs.org) of the International
United States of America -- Hawaii Island -- Chamber of Commerce Commercial Crime Services.
Cape Kumukahi — Directions; light
259
Reporting
Paragraph 11.68 3 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: 1.11
...seen when close inshore. Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area
covered by this volume. Details of the current reported
US Notice 13/50/20 [NP62--No 5--Wk 19/20] piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be
found on the International Chamber of Commerce
Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org.
United States of America -- Hawaii Island -- 2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This
Cape Kumukahi — Directions; light enables mariners to report information or suspicions
about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and
259 confidentially to:
IMB Piracy Reporting Centre
Paragraph 11.75 2 line(s) 1--3 Delete Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014
For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of
US Notice 13/50/20 [NP62--No 6--Wk 19/20] Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook.
GB Chart Q6099 [NP63--No 62--Wk 20/19]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2018 Edition)

United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi —
Regulations; Marine Protected Area
Persian Gulf and Gulf of Oman — Piracy 5
Paragraph 1.10 1--3 Replace by: 2 Marine protected areas. Restrictions and
prohibitions concerning entry, anchoring, mooring,
1 The British Maritime and Coastguard Agency has hazardous materials, fishing and disturbing wildlife are
brought to the attention of shipowners, masters and established within certain Marine Reserves, Protected
crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high seas or Areas and National Parks. For detailed information
armed robbery against ships at anchor, off ports or contact local authorities.
when underway through the territorial waters of certain
coastal states. Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi
2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade [NP63--No 72--Wk 33/19]
Operations) has established a designated Voluntary
Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red
Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz --
Sea, Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean S JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name
of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E.
3 Although there have been no reports of piracy and
61
armed robbery in Persian Gulf since 2007, a vessel
was hijacked and several vessels reported attempted Paragraph 2.5 1 lines 7--8 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg
attacks during 2012 in the approaches to Strait of Read Greater Tunb
Hormuz and Gulf of Oman.
For further information, see The Mariner ’s
Handbook. Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 47--Wk 11/19]
2 -- 322
Index
NP63
Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz --
JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; names
61 64
Paragraph 2.9 3 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Paragraph 2.16 2 line 7 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Køchek
Read Greater Tunb Read Lesser Tunb
Paragraph 2.16 2 line 11 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg

Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 48--Wk 11/19] Read Greater Tunb

JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; name Read Greater Tunb
62 Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 51--Wk 11/19]
Paragraph 2.10 1 line 16 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz --
Read Greater Tunb JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name
64
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 49a--Wk 11/19]
Paragraph 2.18 1 line 1 including heading For JazØreh--ye
Tonb--e Bozorg Read Greater Tunb
Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield
— Directions; racon
62 Read Greater Tunb
Paragraph 2.11 2 line 1 Delete Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 52--Wk 11/19]
H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18 Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz --

[NP63--No 21--Wk 37/18] JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Køchek — Name
64
JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; name Paragraph 2.19 1 line 1 including heading For JazØreh--ye
Tonb--e Køchek Read Lesser Tunb
62
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 53--Wk 11/19]
Read Greater Tunb Oman -- Muscaò -- JazØrat Muscaò —
Directions; position
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 49b--Wk 11/19] 77
Paragraph 3.63 2 line 17 For (33734N 583596E) Read
Oman -- Muscaò -- JazØrat Muscaò — (233734N 583596E)
Directions; position
62 H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 31--Wk 49/18]
Paragraph 2.12 1 line 11 For (33734N 583596E) Read Oman -- Muscaò -- JazØrat Muscaò —
(233734N 583596E) Directions; position
79
H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 30--Wk 49/18]
Paragraph 3.82 1 line 3 For (33734N 583596E) Read
(233734N 583596E)
JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; names
H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 32--Wk 49/18]
63
Oman -- Muscaò -- JazØrat Muscaò —
Paragraph 2.15 2 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Directions; position
Read Greater Tunb
82
Paragraph 2.15 3 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Køchek Paragraph 3.101 1 line 2 For (33734N 583596E) Read
Read Lesser Tunb (233734N 583596E)
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 50--Wk 11/19] H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 33--Wk 49/18]
2 -- 323
Index
NP63
Gulf of Oman -- Oman -- As Suwayq -- Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield
Said Bin Sultan Naval Base — Anchorages — Directions; racon
86 102
Outer anchorages. Three anchorage areas lie H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18
NNW of As Suwayq (235076N 572652E): [NP63--No 22--Wk 37/18]
Anchorage A (235269N 572552E) for small
craft; Iran -- South--east coast --
Anchorage B (235408N 572515E) for medium Chºbahar — Directions
size vessels; 106
Anchorage C (235716N 572462E) for
deep--draught vessels. Paragraph 4.18 1--2 Replace by:
1 From a position SSW of Damºgheh--ye Chºbahºr
Omani Notice 10/41/19 [NP63--No 84--Wk 49/19] (4.12) the approach to KhalØj--e Chºbahºr leads N,
passing:
Oman -- Shinºî — Anchorage Clear of a light buoy (safe water) (251634N
603323E), thence:
89 W of Damºgheh--ye Chºbahºr (251730N
603755E), and:
After Paragraph 3.162 1 line 5 Insert: 2 E of Damºgheh -- ye Puzim (251734N
Anchorage. An anchorage area, with a radius of 602816E) (4.31) and through to the Inner
1 mile, is centred on 244500N 563500E. Anchorage area (4.21) or the pilot boarding
position (251729N 603400E).
Omani Notice 5/15/18 [NP63--No 1--Wk 27/18] Useful mark:
Kalantari breakwater head light (251890N
603690E).
United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman --
Port of Fujairah — Prohibited anchorage Iranian Notice S. 16/2019 [NP63--No 86--Wk 51/19]
91 Iran -- South--east coast --
Chºbahar — Anchorages
107
Anchorage is prohibited in the area between the
designated anchorages and the shore. Paragraph 4.21 1--2 Replace by:
Anchorage is prohibited within the SPM Channel 1 Anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained in the
(251910N 563000E). following areas:
Outer Anchorage (251399N 603651E); depths
GB Chart 3708 [NP63--No 67--Wk 29/19] of between 29 to 55 m.
Inner Anchorage (251923N 603225E); depths of
United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman -- between 11 to 13 m, mud.
Port of Fujairah — Directions; light 2 During the SW Monsoon, when a heavy SSE swell
is entering the bay, sheltered anchorage may be
92 obtained on the W side of the bay, about 3½ miles E
Paragraph 3.184 1 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: of the village of Konºrak (252150N 602400E)
(4.26); this berth also affords good shelter from the
...4 m in height) are exhibited. The service harbour is shamºl.
entered 5 cables SSE. The N harbour is entered 1 mile NE 3 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels; pilots board
in the white sector (351--353) of the N Breakwater in position 251729N 603400E. For further
Directional Light (white mast) (251162N 562271E). information, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(8)
GB Chart 3708 [NP63--No 68--Wk 29/19]
Iranian Notice S. 15/2019 [NP63--No 88--Wk 51/19]
United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman --
Ra’s Dibº — Prohibited anchorage Iran -- South--east coast --
Chºbahar — Directions
96 107
1 Anchoring is prohibited off Khawr Fakkºn and 2 Approach and entry. From the vicinity of a light
subsequently N to Ra’s Dibº, except in charted buoy (safe water) (251634N 603323E) the track
designated anchorages. Vessels are requested not to leads NE for about 2½ miles through a channel,
anchor N of 253700N due to the presence of marked by light buoys (lateral), to Shahid Beheshti
submarine cables in this area. Port (4.24), passing:
NW of breakwater head (251817N 603558E)
Port of Fujairah Notice 259 [NP63--No 63--Wk 21/19] (4.22).
2 -- 324
Index
NP63
3 Thence the track leads either SE into Shahid Iran -- North--west coast -- Bøshehr —
Beheshti Port or continues ENE, thence E, for about Directions; leading lights
2 miles, through the buoyed channel to Shahid
138
Kalantari Port (4.24).
Iranian Notice S. 16/2019 [NP63--No 87--Wk 51/19]
1 Track. From a position SW of the outer end of the
entrance channel, the track leads NE for about 5 miles
Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield through Khowr-e Deyreh, marked by light buoys
— Directions; racon
(lateral).
122 When abeam the inner anchorage (6.85), the track
then leads SE into Khowr-e BaÖrºnØ, also marked by
Paragraph 5.87 1 lines 1--5 including heading Replace by: light buoys (lateral), for 2½ miles until reaching the
turning basin.
Spare 2 Useful marks:
5.87 Khowr-e Deyreh Leading Lights (piles) (290145N
504841E and 290214N 5049110E).
H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18
[NP63--No 23--Wk 37/18] Iranian ENC IR5FGC13 [NP63--No 79--Wk 38/19]
Iran -- Lengeh -- Bandar--e Kong — Iran -- North--west coast -- Bøshehr —

Wreck; beacons Directions; leading lights
138
125
Paragraph 5.112 1 line(s) 8--10 Replace by: Week 38/19 Replace by:
...passing SE of Bandar--e Lengeh (5.107) and 1 Khowr-e Deyreh Leading Lights:
between a conspicuous stranded wreck (263215N Front light. Beacon A (pile) (290176N 504869E).
545750E) marked by a light beacon (isolated Rear light. Beacon B (pile) (6½ cables from front
danger) and a stranded wreck marked by a light light).
beacon (isolated danger) (263417N 545578E). From a position SW of the outer end of the
entrance channel, the alignment (043) of these lights
Iranian Notice 9--S/20 [NP63--No 108--Wk 41/20]
leads NE for about 5 miles through Khowr-e Deyreh,
marked by light buoys (lateral).
Iran – Bandar--e Pºrs — Anchorages 2 When abeam the inner anchorage (6.85), the track
leads SE into Khowr-e BaÖrºnØ, also marked by light
134 buoys (lateral), for 2½ miles until reaching the turning
Paragraph 6.43 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: basin.
2 Anchorages: Iranian Notice S/4/20 [NP63--No 104--Wk 29/20]

Outer anchorage is centred at 273330N
522400E, with depths from 30 to 53 m. The SE United Arab Emirates -- Saqr Port —
corner is marked by a light buoy (safe water) Directions; pilotage; terminal
(273219N 522807E).
Inner anchorage is centred at 273380N 147
522880E. There is a depth of 25 m (existence Paragraph 7.20 2 lines 2--3 Replace by:
doubtful) in the SE corner.
...pilot boards in position 260100N 560248E. For the
Iranian Notices 8/2017; 1/2018 Deepwater Bulk Terminal the pilot boards at 260180N
[NP63--No 4--Wk 27/18] 560021E.
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
Iran -- Bøshehr — Dredged depths Paragraph 7.21 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
138 1 General layout. The port consists of four quays

within a basin enclosed by breakwaters. The
Paragraph 6.75 1 Replace by: Deepwater Bulk Terminal is located on the outer side
of Saqr Port main lee breakwater.
1 The approach channel is dredged to 85 m (2019);
however silting is liable to occur. The harbour After Paragraph 7.22 2 line 4 Insert:
authorities should be consulted for the latest Deepwater Bulk Terminal. From the vicinity of the
information on channel depths. pilot boarding position the track leads SE then into the
Paragraph 6.81 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: centre of the white sector (3223) of the Deep Water
Terminal sector light (255847N 560275E). The
…basin lies within the entrance to Khowr-e SolòºnØ, S of an channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), has a
area of reclaimed land. minimum depth of 18 m.
Iranian ENC IR5FGC09 [NP63--No 71--Wk 29/19] MENAS Notice 21/18 [NP63--No 24--Wk 44/18]
2 -- 325
Index
NP63
United Arab Emirates -- Ra’s al Khaymah -- 2 Anchorage. An anchorage (260650N 555716E)
RAK Maritime City -- RAK Khor Port — lies 6½ miles WNW of the SBM buoy, in depths of 46
Directions; control tower; buoy; anchorages to 65 m.
148 UKHO [NP63--No 107--Wk 32/20]
Paragraph 7.36 1 Replace by: Abø Møsá — Name
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours; pilot 153

boards in vicinity of the fairway buoy (255050N
Paragraph 7.86 1 line 1 including heading For Abø Møsá
555605E). See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Read Abu Musa
Volume 6(8).
Outer anchorage. RAK Kor Port anchorage lies in
an area centred on 255418N 554998E with depths Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 54--Wk 11/19]
from 27 to 30 m.
United Arab Emirates -- Dubai — Anchorage
Correspondence RAK Ports 05/18; MENAS Navigation
Warning 066/18 [NP63--No 2--Wk 27/18] 157
United Arab Emirates -- Al Jazeera Port —
Anchorages; pipeline; buoy
BA Chart 3414 [NP63--No 29--Wk 49/18]
149
United Arab Emirates -- Fateh Oil Terminals —
Paragraph 7.42 Replace by: Anchorage; pilotage
1 Outer anchorage. Al Jazeera Port anchorage lies
160
in an area centred on 255167N 554378E with
depths from 27 to 34 m. Paragraph 7.154 1 line 6 Replace by:
Anchoring and fishing is prohibited within the
...253450N 543350E in a depth of about 46 m; the...
fairway and approaches.
2 Pilotage is compulsory; pilot boards close to the Paragraph 7.154 2 lines 8--9 For 253650N 543150E
fairway buoy (254492N 554665E). See Read 253450N 543350E
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
Dubai Petroleum [NP63--No 102--Wk 20/20]
MENAS Navigation Warning 066/18; Correspondence
RAK Ports 05/18 [NP63--No 3--Wk 27/18]
United Arab Emirates -- Jebel Ali to Khalifa Port
— Hassyan Clean Coal Power Plant
United Arab Emirates –
Umm al Quwain — Anchorage 162

Hassyan Clean Coal Power Plant
...an area centred on 254092N 553156E, depth 22 m.
General information
Umm al Quwain Port Authority 7.187a
[NP63--No 25--Wk 47/18] 1 Position and function. Hassyan Clean Coal Power
Plant (245490N 545400E) has been built to serve
the Dubai Municipality. It consists of an L--shaped W
Oman -- Musandam Peninsula — breakwater extending NW from the coast and a
Musandam Power Plant Harbour
straight E breakwater lying parallel.
150 Arrival information
7.187b
1 Outer anchorages. There is a deepwater
transhipment area centred on 250656N 544650E
Musandam Power Plant having depths between 19 m and 24 m; the holding is
7.54a
poor and extra cable is recommended. See 7.114.
1 General information. Musandam Power Plant
2 The anchorage for lightering vessels is centred on
(260345N 560517E) is situated close S of Ra’s
245850N 545050E with depths of about 7 m.
ash Sha’m (260419N 560562E). The power plant
consists of a small harbour and an SBM buoy Directions for entering harbour
(260457N 560409E). 7.187c
Directions. The SBM buoy is approached from the 1 From the vicinity of the lightering anchorage the
W through a pair of light buoys (lateral) (260471N track leads SE following a channel marked by light
560349E and 260444N 560349E). buoys (lateral).
2 -- 326
Index
NP63
Berths United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi --
7.187d MuîaffaÖ Port — Restricted area
1 The coal import berth with a length of 185 m lies
alongside the W breakwater. An ash export berth with 168
a length of 95 m lies on the SE wall of the basin.
Correspondence Dubai Maritime City Authority After Paragraph 7.244 5 line 6 Insert:
[NP63--No 45--Wk 11/19]
Restricted area. Restrictions apply within Bul
Syayeef Marine Reserve (241825N 542112E). See
United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi -- 1.40.
Khalifa Port — Restricted area
Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi
163
[NP63--No 76--Wk 33/19]
Restricted area United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi to

7.197a Jabal Aþ ¹annah -- Dºs deep--water approach —
1 Ras Ghanada Marine Reserve (245135N Directions; wreck
544296E) extends about 3½ miles NW from the NW
shore of GhanºÊah. Anchoring, mooring, fishing and 169
disturbing wildlife is restricted within the reserve. See
1.40. After Paragraph 7.254 2 line 2 Insert:
Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi SW of a wreck (252860N 531329E), reported
[NP63--No 73--Wk 33/19] (2019), thence:
United Arab Emirates – Abu Dhabi — UKHO [NP63--No 85--Wk 51/19

165
United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi -- JazØreh--ye
Paragraph 7.217 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: SirrØ to Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Restricted area
2 Pilot boards in position 243950N 541380E,

171
5 cables NW of Mina Zayed Fairway Light Buoy.
Abu Dhabi Ports Correspondence 03/18 After Paragraph 7.268 1 line 10 Insert:
[NP63--No 11--Wk 27/18]
Restricted area
United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi — 7.268a
Restricted area 1 Marawah Marine Reserve extends N from the
mainland between the positions 240185N 533444E
165 and 240600N 525773E and encompassing Bø
After Paragraph 7.218 1 line 3 Insert: ®Ønah (243700N 530500E), Ruqq al –alj
(243200N 531900E), Al Bazm al GharbØ
Restricted area (242000N 530500E), and the islands which lie on
7.218a Fasht al Bazam (7.250). Anchoring is restricted to
1 Al Saadiyat Marine National Park (243498N areas clear of coral cover and mooring is prohibited
542558E) extends about 4¼ miles N from the NW outside of designated sites. Other restrictions apply,
shore of JazØrat as Sa‘dØyºt. Anchoring, mooring, see 1.40.
fishing and disturbing wildlife is restricted within the
park. See 1.40.
Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi [NP63--No 77--Wk 33/19]
[NP63--No 74--Wk 33/19]
United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to Mubarraz

United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi — terminal -- TSS Between Zaqqum and Umm Shaif
Restricted area — Directions
167
171
Restricted area. Restrictions apply within Mangrove
Marine National Park (242740N 542584E). See
1.40.
depth 19 m, thence:
[NP63--No 75--Wk 33/19] H102 ADNOC [NP63--No 89--Wk 02/20]
2 -- 327
Index
NP63
United Arab Emirates -- Zirku Oil Loading United Arab Emirates -- Ar Ruways --
Terminal — Vessel traffic information service Ghasha Oilfield — Development;
reclamation works
172
176
2 Vessel traffic information service. Das Zirku After Paragraph 7.309 1 line 10 Insert:
Mubarraz VTIS is in operation for the control of
shipping. Participation is mandatory for the following:
Development
Vessels of 50 m LOA or above.
All vessels carrying dangerous cargo. 7.309a
All passenger vessels. 1 Reclamation works are in progress (2019) for the
For further information see ADMIRALTY List of construction of an artificial island centred on
Radio Signals Volume 6(8). 243395N 525700E.
3 Approach and entry. The terminal is usually
approached through the TSS Between Zaqqum and Correspondence Abu Dhabi National Oil Company
Umm Shaif (7.255); if approaching from N, the [NP63--No 65--Wk 25/19]
terminal authorities must be advised, see 7.260.
ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority United Arab Emirates – Arzanah Oilfield —

[NP63--No 37--Wk 05/19] Directions; platforms
United Arab Emirates -- –ºlat al Mubarraz 177

Oil Loading Terminal — Vessel traffic
information service Paragraph 7.314 3 lines 5--7 Delete
174
JazØrat Arzanah (244731N 523342E) is an island
Vessel traffic information service. See 7.276. which rises to 63 m at its N end, its S part formed
by a plain terminating in a sandy spit; lights are
ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority
exhibited from a jetty near its S end and from a
[NP63--No 38--Wk 05/19]
beacon standing S of the sandy spit.
United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to Ar Ru’ays Correspondence [NP63--No 36--Wk 02/19]

(Ruwais) and Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Depths
175 United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to Ar Ru’ays

(Ruwais) and Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Directions
1 The DW channel serves both ports. Dredged 177
depths are as follows:
Yºs Channel. 150 m (2016) (7.315); Paragraph 7.315 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by:
Ruwais Channel. 149 m (2016) (7.319);
East Gashº Channel. 120 m (2016) (7.316).
Yºs Channel
BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18 7.315
[NP63--No 26--Wk 48/18] 1 Approach. Vessels approaching from the NW are
to use this channel, which is for inbound traffic only.
United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Track. From a position W of Ghashº Light Buoy
Vessel traffic information service (242589N 523449E), the track leads generally SE
keeping to the SW part of the DW channel for
176 13 miles through to Jabal Aþ ¹annah Oil Loading
Berths (7.320), the waiting anchorages (7.305) or Ar
After Paragraph 7.304 1 line 5 Insert: Ru’ays Approach Channel (7.318), passing:
Vessel traffic information service
7.304a Paragraph 7.315 4 lines 4--7 and 5 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Jebel Dhanna Ruwais VTIS is in operation for the
control of shipping. Participation is mandatory for the ...(242261N 523900E) and N–Yºs Light Buoy
following: (special) (242256N 523935E).
Vessels of 50 m LOA or above. 5 The track then continues SE and SSE to a position
All vessels carrying dangerous cargo. between S--Yºs Light Buoy (special) (241830N
All passenger vessels. 524094E) and No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(241785N 524064E), passing:
ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18

[NP63--No 39--Wk 05/19] [NP63--No 27--Wk 48/18]
2 -- 328
Index
NP63
United Arab Arab Emirates -- Ar Ruways -- Qatar – Doha — Arrival information; pilotage
Ghasha Oilfield — Directions; reclamation works
187
After Paragraph 7.316 3 line 4 Insert: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all passenger and bulk
vessels and is available day and night; pilot boards
NW of an extensive area of reclamation (243395N 2 cables SE of Doha Light Float (251641N
525700E) (7.309a), to which entry is prohibited, 514506E). For...
thence:
Qatar Management Company Correspondence
Correspondence Abu Dhabi National Oil Company [NP63--No 16--Wk 27/18]
[NP63--No 66--Wk 25/19]
Qatar – Hamad Port — Limiting conditions; UKC
United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to Ar Ru’ays 188

(Ruwais) and Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Directions After Paragraph 7.410 2 line 4 Insert:
178 Under--keel clearance
7.410a
Paragraph 7.319 including heading Replace by: 1 An UKC of 10 m is required.
Ruwais Channel Qatar Management Company Correspondence

7.319 [NP63--No 17--Wk 27/18]
1 From a position W of Price Shoal (7.315), the
Ruwais Channel is entered between S--Yºs Light Buoy Qatar – Hamad Port —
(special) (241830N 524094E) and No 20 Light
Buoy (241790N 524141E). The channel, strictly for 189
outbound vessels after No 14 Light Buoy (special) Paragraph 7.412 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
(242057N 524176E), leads initially NNE, passing:
ESE of S--Yºs Light buoy (7.315), thence: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels except
2 WNW of JazØrat Yabr (241919N 524316E), a offshore support vessels and tugs/barges. The pilot
small sandy islet, 1 m high, surrounded by a boards in position 251070N 514280E.
drying reef steep--to on its S side. The islet Qatar Management Company Correspondence
lies on the S edge of an extensive reef with [NP63--No 18--Wk 27/18]
foul ground on its W side, marked by No 16
Light Buoy (W cardinal) (242000N Qatar – Mesaieed —
524231E). Thence: General information; approach and entry
To a position W of No 16 Light Buoy, which marks the
W side of the reef. 190
3 The route then continues generally NW through the Paragraph 7.422 1 lines 1--10 including heading Replace
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral and special), by:
to a position SW of Najwat Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(242541N 523571E). Spare
7.422
BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18 [NP63--No 28--Wk 48/18]
UKHO [NP63--No 9--Wk 27/18]
United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ ¹annah to Qatar -- Mesaieed — Controlling depths

Ra’s Rakan — Restricted area
190
After Paragraph 7.346 2 line 7 Insert: 1 East Channel, Main Channel and North Inner
Channel are dredged to a depth of 135 m (2019).
West Channel is dredged to a depth of 110 m (2019).
Restricted area
7.346a H102 Qatar Petroleum [NP63--No 90--Wk 02/20]
1 The Yasat Marine Reserve encompasses many of
the off--lying islands, islets and reefs lying between Qatar – Mesaieed —
JazØrat Makºsib (243985N 514913E) (7.377), Directions; approach and entry
Jazº’ir Ghºghah (242500N 513300E) (7.375) and 191
JazØrat MuÖammalØyah (240677N 515377E).
Anchoring is restricted to areas clear of coral cover Paragraph 7.441 1 lines 1--10 including heading Replace
and mooring is prohibited outside of designated sites. by:
Other restrictions apply, see 1.40. Spare
7.441
2 -- 329
Index
NP63
Qatar – Outer approaches to Ra’s Laffºn — Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn —
Directions; wreck Limiting conditions; local weather
196
194
After Paragraph 7.466 1 line 3 Insert: Local weather and sea state
7.478a
Clear of a dangerous wreck (264759N 1 At wind speeds of over 33 kn, berthing operations
512224E), thence: will be suspended in accordance with Ra’s Laffºn Port
Regulations.
BA Chart 2886/18 [NP63--No 15--Wk 27/18] At wind speeds greater than 38 kn, unberthing
operations will be suspended.
Rasgas CLLNG Terminal Regulations
Qatar -- Al Shaheen Oil Terminal — [NP63--No 8--Wk 27/18]
Restricted areas
Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Outer anchorages
195 196
...port. It is sub--divided into 50 anchor berths, in depths of
Restricted areas surround the terminal and the oil 10 m to 25 m, spaced about 1 mile apart. The Port
and gas fields; unauthorised navigation is prohibited Authority should be contacted for berth allocation.
within 1500 m of all SPMs and within 500 m of all A non--hydrocarbon anchorage area for small
offshore structures. See 7.6. vessels is centred on 255200N 514200E.
Terminal. The oilfield has numerous production
platforms interconnected by submarine pipelines. The Paragraph 7.480 2 line 2 For 260170N 521235E
terminal comprises three SPMs and is capable of Read 255458N 521670E
handling vessels up to 500 000 dwt.
Ra’s Laffºn Port [NP63--No 34--Wk 51/18]
Bahrain -- Outer approaches — Prohibited area

Qatar Petroleum [NP63--No 103--Wk 20/20]
200
Qatar – Al Ruwais Port — Port information
3 Navigation is prohibited within 5 miles of a
dangerous wreck (263740N 505895E) which forms
195 part of an underwater dive site.
Menas Notice 151/19 [NP63--No 69--Wk 29/19]
Bahrain -- Outer approaches — Prohibited area
Al Ruwais 200
7.472a
1 Position and function. Al Ruwais (Ar Ru’ays) After Paragraph 8.14 2 line(s) 6 including Existing Section
(260860N 511240E) is located SSW of Ra’s IV Notice Week 29/19 Insert:
Rakan (7.458). The port can handle vessels with a 3 Navigation is prohibited within 5 miles of a
maximum draught of 48 m. dangerous wreck (263593N 505848E), which
Directions. From the vicinity of a light buoy (safe forms part of an underwater dive site.
water) (261150N 511016E), the track leads SE for
about 2 miles through a channel marked by light MENAS 17/19 [NP63--No 80--Wk 41/19]
buoys (lateral).
The track then continues to lead SE through Al
Ruwais Channel, which is 100 m wide and has been Bahrain -- Approaches to the Port of Bahrain —
dredged to 50 m. Prohibited area
2 Anchorage. Al Ruwais Port Anchorage, with depths
200
from 60 to 90 m, is centred on 261301N
510605E. Paragraph 8.14 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice
Berths. There are a total of eight berths; largest is Weeks 29/19 and 41/19 Replace by:
Berth No 1, which is 512 m in length with a depth 1 Anchoring and trawling is prohibited within 200 m of
alongside of 70 m. the Bahrain spur of the FOG (Fibre Optic Gulf) cable
laid N from MØnº al Manºmah to the vicinity of
Qatar Management Company Correspondence 262109N 503292E thence to the main run of the
[NP63--No 19--Wk 27/18] cable through the Persian Gulf.
2 -- 330
Index
NP63
2 Anchoring is also prohibited within 200 m of Bahrain -- Approaches to
submarine cables, one leading initially NE from Juzur Port of Bahrain — Pilotage
Amwaj (261751N 503987E) and several leading
initially ENE from a spur close to the root of Khalifa 202
Bin Salmºn Port breakwater. See 1.36.
3 Navigation is prohibited within 2 miles of a Paragraph 8.34 1 including existing Section IV Notice
dangerous wreck (263593N 505848E), which Week 13/19 Replace by:
forms part of an underwater dive site; other 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 250 gt
submerged structures may lie within the area. and available day and night; pilot boards in position
261047N 504437E. Bahrain LNG pilot station is
MENAS Notices 17/19, 18/19, 140/19, 151/19, 154/19 and situated at 262030N 504650E.
155/19; Correction Bahrain HO
[NP63--No 114--Wk 51/20] Bahrain Chart Correction 05/19
[NP63--No 58--Wk 14/19]
Bahrain -- Bahrain approaches —

Directions; wreck Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain —
Restricted areas; submarine cable
201
202
512224E), thence: An area in which anchoring is prohibited lies either
side of a submarine cable extending generally NE,
BA Chart 2886/18 [NP63--No 12--Wk 27/18] then N, from the Khalifa Bin Salmºn Port breakwater.
Bahrain Chart Correction 02/19

[NP63--No 56--Wk 13/19]
Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — Anchorages
202 Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain —

Inner anchorages; berths
Paragraphs 8.33 3--4 Replace by:
3 Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited in 204

the open roadstead SW of Sitrah Light Buoy Paragraph 8.45 1 line 1 including headings Replace by:
(261045N 504335E). Within Khawr al Qulay’ah
and DawÖat al QuÊabØyah anchorage is prohibited in
the restricted areas 8.35.
Basins and berths
UKHO [NP63--No 5--Wk 27/18]
Anchorages and moorings
8.44a
1 Sitrah Inner Anchorage (261070N 504080E)
Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — lies in the approaches to ASRY (8.48); the shipyard
Pilotage; obstruction and MØnº’ Salmºn Approach Light Buoy (261023N
504083E) mark its N and SW limits. Anchoring is
202 only permitted on instruction of the Port Authority; any
vessel using the anchorage is under 1 hour’s notice of
Paragraph 8.34 1 Replace by: movement.
2 Khawr al Qulay’ah. Good anchorage, sheltered
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 250 gt
from the shamºl, may be obtained in H1 (261233N
and available day and night; pilot boards in position
503898E) to H5 anchorages within Khawr al
262130N 504621E or 261047N 504437E.
Qulay’ah clear of the dredged channels and the shoal
2 Pilotage is co--ordinated through Bahrain Port
areas; see 8.28.
Control. Bahrain Pilots handle all vessels for
MØnº’ Salman. Anchorage may be obtained in M1
Mina’ Salmºn (Khawr al Qulay’ah) and the BLNG, (261171N 503766E) to M4 anchorages, in depths
Bahrain Steel (BS), ALBA and BAPCO Terminals. of about 5 to 6 m.
ASRY pilots handle all vessels bound for the ship
building and repair yard. Alongside berths
For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of 8.45
Radio Signals Volume 6(8). 1 Khalifa Bin Salmºn Port (KBSP) (261100N
504300E), also known as...
Bahrain Chart Correction 01/19
[NP63--No 55--Wk 13/19] Bahrain Chart 1501/18 [NP63--No 6--Wk 27/18]
2 -- 331
Index
NP63
Mina’ Salman -- Khawr al Qulay’ah — NNW of a detached shoal (265724N 500982E)
Anchorage; wreck and buoy with a depth of 113 m, thence:
SSE of a 55 m shoal (265960N 500440E) and
204 through to the oil terminal berths.
Paragraph 8.44a 2 including Existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 8.102 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 From a position NW of the detached 113 m shoal
2 Khawr al Qulay’ah. Good anchorage, in depths of (265724N 500982E) the track leads SSW to the
5 m, sheltered from the shamºl, may be obtained in anchorage, passing:
H1 (261233N 503898E) to H5 anchorages, within
Khawr al Qulay’ah clear of the dredged channels and
the shoal areas; see 8.28. Vessels should note South WNW of the detached 113 m shoal (265724N
Khor Light Buoy (isolated danger) (261190N 500982E), thence:
503914E) and a dangerous wreck (261225N Paragraph 8.103 2 lines 1--9 Replace by:
503885E) when approaching the anchorage.
MØnº’ Salmºn. Anchorage may be obtained in M1 2 ESE of J1 Light Beacon (black and white)
(261171N 503766E) to M4 anchorages, in depths (270228N 500788E) standing on the E
of about 5 to 6 m. side of a detached shoal, least depth 09 m,
thence:
Middle East Navigation Aids Service Notice 1/19
GB Chart 2883/19 [NP63--No 57--Wk 14/19]
[NP63--No 46--Wk 11/19]
Saudi Arabia -- Ad Dammºm — Anchorages

Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — Berths
211
204
Paragraph 8.46 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
...8.76.
8.46 2 The Outer Anchorage (263640N 501700E) has
1 Gulf Industrial Investment Company (GIIC) depths of about 19 m and its use is restricted to
Jetty... vessels with a draught greater than 100 m. Vessels
with an overall length of between 200 m and 350 m
Paragraph 8.47 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
are required to use anchor berths designated A or B.
8.47 3 The Inner Holding Anchorage (263270N
1 Arab Shipbuilding and Repair Yard (ASRY)... 501040E) has a dredged depth (2016) of 15 m and
is entered from the W side of the channel in the
UKHO [NP63--No 7--Wk 27/18] vicinity of D 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand); the
extent of the anchorage is marked by light buoys
Bahrain -- Outer approaches -- (special). Its use is restricted to vessels less than
Hayr Abø ath Thºmah — Name change 10 m in draught and container vessels. Vessels with
an overall length of between 200 m and 350 m are
206 required to use anchor berths designated A, B, C
Paragraph 8.57 1 line 11 For Hayr Abø ath Thºmah Read or D.
Hayr Bølthºmah
BA Chart 3777/18 [NP63--No 35--Wk 02/19]
MENAS Notice 05/20 [NP63--No 105--Wk 30/20]

Kuwait -- MØnº’ Al--Zour —
General information; port
Bahrain -- Outer approaches --
Hayr Abø ath Thºmah — Name change 223
Paragraph 8.67 1 line 6 For Hayr Abø ath Thºmah Read MØnº’ Al--Zour Port (8.253a).
Hayr Bølthºmah
Kuwait Ministry of Communications
[NP63--No 97--Wk 15/20]
Kuwait -- MØnº’ Al--Zour — Directions
Saudi Arabia -- Ra’s al Ju‘aymah —
Directions; buoys; shoals 225
210 Paragraph 8.248 3 line(s) 7 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.101 Replace by: (Directions continue, for MØnº’ Al--Zour Port at 8.253a,
MØnº’ az Zawr at 8.254;...
1 From the vicinity of Ra’s al Ju‘aymah Oil Terminal
pilot boarding position (8.98) the track leads WSW, Kuwait Ministry of Communications
passing: [NP63--No 98--Wk 15/20]
2 -- 332
Index
NP63
Kuwait -- MØnº’ Al--Zour — Port Harbour
General layout
225 8.253h
1 The onshore facilities are arranged around an LNG
After Paragraph 8.253 5 line(s) 9 Insert: plant and storage facility built on reclaimed land.
Three berths lie in a dredged basin NE and E of the
reclamation. The North Pier (8.253l) is an L--shaped
pier connected to the root of the reclamation by a
M—N†’ AL ZOUR PORT long trestle. Two LNG berths (8.253l) lie at the head
of the reclaimed land.
General information 2 A boat harbour, for small craft, lies to the SW of
the LNG plant.
Position and function Sea Island (8.253l) is comprised of a central service
8.253a platform, connected to paired berths on either side. The
1 The Kuwait Integrated Petroleum Industries terminal is NNW/SSE orientated.
Company (KIPIC) operated port is comprised of Sea Tidal streams
Island (8.253l), and onshore facilities (284297N 8.253i
482450E). 1 See 8.264.
The onshore facility, situated on reclaimed land
Directions for entering harbour
extending about 1 mile from the shore, imports LNG which
is used to generate electricity. (continued from 8.248)
2 Sea Island facilitates the refining of heavy crude to Approaches
fuel oil, gasoline and high value products and 8.253j
recovery of sulphur for export. 1 From the vicinity of AÖmadØ Light Buoy (safe water)
(285618N 485305E) (8.248) the track leads SW,
Port limits passing:
8.253b SE of Mudayrah Reef (285621N 484626E)
1 The port limits extend about 11½ miles generally (8.267) and clear of the bank with a depth of
ENE and ESE from the foot of the reclaimed land, 161 m extending SE from it, thence:
encompassing the anchorage area and Sea Island. 2 NW of S33 Light Beacon (N cardinal)
(285024N 484585E), marking a 03 m
Port Authority shoal; JazØrat Qºrø (8.267), on which stands a
8.253c light, lies 1½ miles SE. Thence:
1 Kuwait Integrated Petroleum Industries Company, Clear of a 169 m patch (284631N 483603E)
Olympia Tower, Salem Al Mubarak Street, Salmiya. which lies 6 miles NNW of JazØrat Umm al
Marºdim (8.267).
Website. www.kipic.com.kw
3 The track then continues to lead SW to the
anchorage area (8.253f).
Limiting conditions From the anchorage the track leads W to the onshore
facility pilot boarding position (8.253g) or leads S to Sea
Controlling depths Island (284143N 483337E).
8.253d Entrance channel
1 The approach channel and berthing area of the 8.253k
onshore terminal have been dredged to a depth of 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding station
16 m. (8.253g), the track leads WSW through a channel,
marked by buoys (lateral), and at night in the white
Tidal levels sector of the light (284366N 482427E), to a
8.253e position NE of the North Pier.
1 See 8.257. Thence the track leads SSW to the berths.
Basins and berths
Arrival information
Alongside berths
Outer anchorage 8.253l
1 Sea Island (284143N 483337E) consists of four
8.253f
berths. The N berths are Nos 41 and 42; the S berths
1 The outer anchorage is centred on 284446N
are Nos 43 and 44. Depths about 19 m.
483416E, about 9 miles E of Ra’s az Zawr; depths
between 17 m and 23 m. North Pier (284344N 482461E) consists of berth
No 45 which is used for exporting sulphur pellets and coke
Pilotage via dedicated conveyor lines. Depth alongside 16 m.
LNG Berth Nos 47 and 48 (284297N 482450E);
8.253g
depth alongside 16 m.
1 Pilots for Sea Island (8.253l) board in position
284300N 483260E. Pilots for the North Pier and Kuwait Ministry of Communications
LNG Berths board in position 284450N 482900E. [NP63--No 99--Wk 15/20]
2 -- 333
Index
NP63
Kuwait -- Approaches to Khalij Al Kuwayt -- Kuwait -- MØnº’ al AÖmadØ — Light buoys
Ra’s al Qulay’ah Naval Base —
Directions; beacon 230
225
...including SPMs, lie within a restricted area, marked by
Paragraph 8.253 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: light buoys (special) which are prefixed by S. Navigation is
only permitted to vessels under compulsory pilotage and
N of a coastal bank extending about 5 miles NNE of with prior permission. All other vessels shall use the
Ra’s az Zawr (284460N 482370E), a low appropriate TSS. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited.
sandy point, thence:
Kuwait -- MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh --
Al Hishan — Vertical clearance
Kuwait -- MØnº’ az Zawr — Development
232
Paragraph 8.263 including heading Replace by: Vertical clearance

8.345a
1 Doha Link Causeway. The Doha Link Causeway
Spare (292218N 475242E), with a vertical clearance of
8.263 13 m, spans Al Hishan (8.373) between Al ‘Akºz
(8.361) and the Ra’s ad DawÖah peninsula (8.342). It
Kuwait Ministry of Communications has a width of 50 m with the central span marked by
[NP63--No 100--Wk 15/20] lights.
Kuwaiti Notice 7/19 [NP63--No 64--Wk 21/19]
Kuwait -- Approaches to Khalij Al Kuwayt -- Kuwait -- Khalij al Kuwait —

MØnº’ az Zawr — Directions; beacon Vertical clearance; horizontal clearance
226 232
After Paragraph 8.345 1 line 6 including existing Section IV
Paragraph 8.267 4 lines 2--3 Delete Notice Week 21/19 Insert:
Vertical clearance
MENAS Notice 9/20 [NP63--No 112--Wk 45/20] 8.345a
1 Doha Link Causeway (292218N 475242E),
Kuwait -- MØnº’ ‘abd Allºh — Restricted area with a vertical clearance of 12 m, spans Al Hishan
(8.373) between Al ‘Akºz (8.361) and the Ra’s ad
DawÖah peninsula (8.342).
227
2 Sheikh Jaber Al--Ahmad Al--Sabah Causeway
After Paragraph 8.283 1 line 13 Insert: (292827N 475970E), vertical clearance of 23 m,
reported (2019), spans KhalØj al Kuwayt (8.341)
2 Restricted area. MØnº’ ‘abd Allºh Sea Island between Al ‘Akºz (8.361) and a position about
Terminal lies within a restricted area, marked by light 7¾ miles WNW of Ra’s Al –imºrah (293077N
buoys (special), in which navigation is only permitted 480990E).
with prior permission. The light buoys are prefixed
by S.
8.345b
1 The central span of Doha Link Causeway, marked
MENAS Notice 20/19 [NP63--No 81--Wk 47/19] by lights, is 50 m in width.
The channel under the Sheikh Jaber Al--Ahmad
Al--Sabah causeway is about 120 m wide, reported
Kuwait -- MØnº’ ash Shu‘aybah — Restricted area
(2019).
229 UKHO [NP63--No 92--Wk 09/20]
After Paragraph 8.301 1 line 1 Insert: Kuwait -- Khalij al Kuwait -- Mina ad DawÖah —
Vertical clearance
Restricted area. MØnº’ ash Shu‘aybah terminals lie
within a restricted area, marked by light buoys 232
(special), in which navigation is only permitted with
prior permission. The light buoys are prefixed by S. Paragraph 8.345 1 line 6 including existing Section IV
MENAS Notice 20/19 [NP63--No 82--Wk 47/19] ...information.
2 -- 334
Index
NP63
Vertical clearance Kuwait -- Khalij Al Kuwayt -- MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh
8.345a — Directions; wrecks; buoys
1 Doha Link Causeway (292218N 475242E),
with a vertical clearance of 12 m, spans Al Hishan 234
(8.373) between Al ‘Akºz (8.361) and the Ra’s ad
DawÖah peninsula (8.342). Paragraph 8.360 4 lines 2--4 Replace by:
2 Sheikh Jaber Al--Ahmad Al--Sabah Causeway
(292827N 475970E), vertical clearance of 22 m, SSW of a wreck (291507N 481355E) with a least
spans KhalØj al Kuwayt (8.341) between Al ‘Akºz depth of 85 m, thence:
(8.361) and a position about 7¾ miles WNW of Ra’s Paragraph 8.360 5 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Al –imºrah (293077N 480990E).
5 WSW of a wreck (291925N 481283E),
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 101--Wk 19/20] thence:
Kuwait -- Khalij al Kuwait — Anchorage; wreck
7 SW of wrecks (292465N 480921E); a buoy
232 (isolated danger) is moored about 2½ miles E
marking a dangerous wreck. Thence
Paragraph 8.349 1 line(s) 6 Replace by: NE of a coastal bank (292222N 480550E)
thence:
...danger), is moored close W. A dangerous wreck
(292551N 475875E) lies on the SE limit of the MENAS Notice 9/20 [NP63--No 113--Wk 45/20]
anchorage.
GB Chart 1214/20 [NP63--No 93--Wk 09/20] Kuwait – MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh — Directions
Kuwait -- Al Kuwayt Harbour — Wreck 234

232
Caution: An obstruction (292486N 475890E)
and an underwater rock (292484N 475884E) lie
...light buoy (S cardinal) is moored close E. A stranded close NW of the leading line, outside of the dredged
wreck (isolated danger), marked by a light, lies in the N part area.
of the anchorage.
SHOM Correspondence [NP63--No 14--Wk 27/18]
BA Chart 1214 03/18 [NP63--No 20--Wk 32/18]
Kuwait -- Khalij al Kuwait -- MØnº’ ad DawÖah —
Kuwait -- KhalØj al Kuwayt — Development Approach and entry; vertical and
horizontal clearances
233
235
2 The Sheikh Jaber Bridge has been opened on the
NNE causeway, between 292604N 475782E and
292598N 475777E, vertical clearance unknown. Paragraph 8.369 1 Replace by:
The waterway below the bridge is marked by light 1 Vertical clearance. See 8.345a.
buoys (lateral); an arch pylon stands in the middle of Horizontal clearance. See 8.345b.
the waterway. Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 28 m;
mean minimum range about 13 m. For further
Kuwait Notice 05/18; mainlink.sheikhjabercauseway.com information, see ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Volume 3.
[NP63--No 13--Wk 27/18]
UKHO [NP63--No 95--Wk 09/20]
Kuwait -- Khalij al Kuwait — Development
Kuwait -- KhalØj al Kuwayt --
233 MØnº’ ad DawÖah — Prohibited area
Paragraph 8.355 including heading and existing Section IV
Notice Week 27/18 Replace by: 235

Spare
8.355
Correspondence Kuwait Ministry of Communications
2 -- 335
Index
NP63
Kuwait -- Khalij al Kuwait -- Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh —
MØnº’ ad DawÖah — Directions Security zones
245
235
Paragraph 9.59 1 line 7 For above Read below
3 Entry. From the vicinity of the MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh;
pilot station (292561N 475969E), the track leads
WNW, passing:
Under the navigable span, marked by light buoys Paragraph 9.59 2--3 Replace by:
(lateral), of Sheikh Jaber Al--Ahmad Al--Sabah
Causeway (8.345a). 2 Security Zone. A Security Zone extends 3000 m
4 Thence the track leads WSW through a fairway from the outer edges of the Khawr al Amaya Terminal
marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: structures in all directions. See 9.51a for details.
NNW of Ra’s ‘Ushayriq Light Buoy (292517N
Correspondence UKHO 02/19
475547E), thence:
[NP63--No 41--Wk 10/19]
Clear of the 36 m shoal patch (existence doubtful)
(292526N 475387E), 5 cables NE of No 1
Light Buoy (port hand), thence: Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh —
NNW of a 07 m dangerous rocky shoal (292432N Security zones
474989E) marked by No 3 Light Buoy (port
hand). A fishing harbour (292350N 475000E) 245
is situated at the outer end of a causeway close
NW of Ra’s ad DawÖah. Thence:
NNW of No 4 Light Buoy, marking Qiò’atayn Security Zones. See 9.51a.
‘Ushayriq (292406N 474898E) a drying reef,
thence: Correspondence UKHO 02/19
NNW of Qiò’at Abø ®alÖah (292382N 474838E), [NP63--No 42--Wk 10/19]
a dangerous shoal.
5 Thence the track leads SSW, passing:
Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh —
ESE of a rock (292344N 474788E) on the W side Security zones
of the fairway, least depth 11 m; No 7 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) is moored close E. Thence: 247
Between the outer protective breakwaters from
which lights (lateral) are exhibited. Paragraph 9.69 3 line 3 Replace by:
Clear of the Security Zone surrounding SPM 3
GB Chart 1214/20 [NP63--No 96--Wk 09/20] (293830N 485150E), thence:

[NP63--No 43--Wk 10/19]
Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh —
Security zones
Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Pilotage
243 247
...or continue farther NW to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh pilot boarding
position (294413N 483798E). A 77 m...
Security Zones
9.51a GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 59--Wk 19/19]
1 Security Zones, into which entry is restricted,
extend in all directions from the outer edges of the
following: Iraq -- Approaches to
Al Baîrah Oil Terminal — STS anchorage
3000 m around the Khawr al Amaya Terminal
(294695N 484851E) (9.57) structures. 247
4000 m around the Al Baîrah Oil Terminal
(294098N 484843E) (9.72) structures. After Paragraph 9.74 2 line 13 Insert:
2000 m around SPM 3 (9.69).
2 Only tankers and vessels authorised by the terminal Three ship--to--ship transfer anchorages lie in the
operators or Iraqi Security Forces are allowed to enter following positions:
these Security Zones. 291300N 490400E,
293960N 484285E,
294049N 484247E.
2 -- 336
Index
NP63
Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
Directions; security zones (2018 Edition)
247
Red Sea, Gulf of Aden and Arabian Sea — Piracy
2
Security Zones. A Security Zone extends 4000 m
from the outer edges of the Al Baîrah Terminal Paragraph 1.6 2--4 Replace by:
structures in all directions. 2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade
A Security Zone extends 2000 m around SPM 3. Operations) has established a designated Voluntary
See 9.51a. Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red
Sea, Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean S
of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E.
[NP63--No 44--Wk 10/19]
The High Risk Area (HRA) is an area within the
UKMTO VRA where it is considered there is a higher
risk of piracy and within which self--protective
Iran -- Shaòò al ‘Arab -- †bºdºn — Anchorages measures are most likely to be required. The high risk
area is bounded by:
255 3 Parallel 15N in the Red Sea.
Paragraph 9.122 1 line 1 including heading Replace by: The territorial waters off the coast of E Africa at
latitude 05S. Then to positions:
000000N 550000E.
Outer anchorages 100000N 600000E.
140000N 600000E.
9.122 Then a bearing 310 to the territorial waters of the
1 Anchorage for Khorramshahr (9.133) and †bºdºn Arabian Peninsula.
ports may be obtained in an area centred on 4 The HRA does not infringe on the territorial waters
294949N 485054E. Depths range from 5 to 20 m. of any state except for Somalia.
†bºdºn lower anchorage is situated below the Port... For further information, see The Mariner ’s
Handbook.
Iranian Notice 10/S/20 [NP63--No 109--Wk 42/20]
Iran -- Shaòò al ‘Arab -- †bºdºn — Anchorages …plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and
responses are outlined on charts Q6099, Q6111 and The
256 Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts…
Paragraph 9.139 1 line 1 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 1.7 2 line(s) 4 Insert:
Outer anchorages Reporting

1.7a
9.139
1 Anchorage for Khorramshahr and †bºdºn (9.115)
Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area
ports in an area centred on 294949N 485054E.
covered by this volume. Details of the current reported
Depths range from 5 to 20 m.
piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be
Anchorage for up to five vessels may be obtained... found on the International Chamber of Commerce
Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org.
Iranian Notice 10/S/20 [NP63--No 110--Wk 42/20]
2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This
enables mariners to report information or suspicions
Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Pilotage about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and
confidentially to:
258 IMB Piracy Reporting Centre
Paragraph 9.174 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014
...vessels; river pilots board in position 294413N For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of
483798E, in the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy. Harbour Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook.
pilots board in position...
GB Chart Q6099 [NP64--No 8--Wk 20/19]
GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 60--Wk 19/19]
Egypt -- Suez Canal -- Waiting Area —
Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Pilotage Obstruction
62
260
Paragraph 9.194 1 line 3 For 294100N 484600E Read
294413N 483798E Caution. An obstruction (295196N 323380E)
lies within the designated anchor berth E1.
GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 61--Wk 19/19] ENC EG5EGR11 [NP64--No 21--Wk 22/20]
2 -- 337
Index
NP64
Egypt -- Gulf of Suez -- Râs Ghârib — SW of a 55 m isolated shoal (235389N
Prohibited area 353924E)
5 From a position about 3 miles from Farida Point
98 front light the recommended route continues WNW
and then W to a position onto the alignment of Inner
After Paragraph 3.110 3 line 10 Insert: Port Leading Lights, passing:
SSW of a rocky patch (235546N 353494E)
Traffic regulations marked by a light buoy (S cardinal), and:
3.110a NNE and N of an extensive coral reef, thence:
1 Prohibited area. Anchoring and trawling are S of the sand and coral spit extending 3½ miles SW
prohibited within a cable and pipeline area bound by from the shore close NE of an area under
the following positions: development (2018).
281900N 330677E; 6 Inner Port Leading Lights:
281900N 332750E; Front light (white triangle daymark, apex up, on metal
280200N 333800E; tower) (235647N 352940E).
280066N 332644E. Rear light (white triangle daymark, apex down,
2 Entry, anchoring, fishing and trawling are prohibited similar structure) (1 cable from front light).
in an area between the SG300 oil production platform The alignment (316) of these lights leads NW to
(281857N 330913E) and the shore. the berth, passing:
Restricted area. See 3.15 7 SW of Sandy Light Beacon (235550N
353056E), marking the SW extremity of the
Egyptian Navy Hydrographic Department coral spit above, thence:
[NP64--No 20--Wk 11/20] SW of Khour El--Wadi reef, marked by a light beacon
(metal tower) (235617N 352983E), and:
NE of two shoal patches (235600N 352980E and
Egypt -- Red Sea -- BarnØs — 235612N 352948E), the latter marked by a
Directions; buoyage; recommended route light buoy (port hand).
8 Caution. Mariners should navigate with caution
124--125 when approaching BarnØs, as numerous
uncharted coral heads exist within the area. It
Paragraph 5.16 1--3 Replace by: is also reported that aids to navigation may
be unreliable.
1 Position and function. BarnØs (Berenice)
Anchorage can be obtained with depths reported
(235637N 352946E) is a small port and naval
from 22 m, about 1 mile SE of BarnØs. A second
base in the NW corner of Foul Bay, with dry bulk anchorage with depths reported from 12 m is found
facilities. 3½ cables E of the berth.
Development. Works are in progress (2018) for the 9 Berth. The terminal consists of a single quay, about
construction of new berths in the vicinity of 235638N 300 m in length, connected to the shore by a bridge.
353440E. Depths alongside are reported to be from 2 to 10 m.
2 Directions. (continued from 5.14) From a position
ENE of JazØrat Mukawwa‘ (5.14), the recommended ENC EG4EGR18 [NP64--No 6--Wk 02/19]
route leads SW to a position about 2 miles SE of
JazØrat Mukawwa‘. The track then leads initially NW Red Sea -- Egypt -- Approaches to
for about 2¾ miles through the Middle Channel, Safaga — Directions
passing:
NE of Horseshoe Reef (234873N 354759E). 127
Endeavor Rock (234871N 354819E) lies
2 cables NE of the reef: After Paragraph 5.36 5 line 9 Insert:
3 From a position W of the S extremity of JazØrat The track then leads to a position about 4 cables
Mukawwa‘ the tracks leads W for about 4½ miles to a SW of El Morewood Light Beacon.
position onto the alignment of Farida Point Leading 6 Middle Channel. From a position about 11 miles
Lights, passing: ESE of Ra’s Abø Sawmah Light (5.10) the
S of the coral reef extending up to 3¾ miles SE of recommended track leads about 10 miles WSW
Ra’s Banºs (4.14) passing:
Farida Point Leading Lights: SSE of Panorama Reef (264534N 340475E),
Front light (white metal tower, green stripes) thence:
(235602N 353505E). NNW of Middle Reef (264235N 340592E) (5.12),
Rear light (similar structure) (2¼ cables from front thence:
light). NNW of Fellowes Rocks (264187N 340387E)
4 The alignment (314) of these lights leads NW for 7 Thence the track continues WSW to a position
about 5½ miles passing: about 1 mile ESE of El Morewood Light Beacon
NE of a 97 m isolated shoal (235065N (264207N 335976E). The track then leads W,
354056E), marked by a light buoy (isolated keeping at a distance of not less than 3 cables from
danger), thence: El Morewood Light Beacon, to a position about
Close NE of a shoal (235306N 353800E) with 4 cables SW of El Morewood Light Beacon.
depths less than 5 m and marked by a light buoy
(port hand), and: ENC EG4RGR17 (1.001) [NP64--No 18--Wk 52/19]
2 -- 338
Index
NP64
Egypt -- Red Sea -- Safaga — Directions; lights Saudi Arabia -- Abu Kulør Reef to Oreste Point —
Offshore passage; directions; buoy
127
251
Caution. The leading lights were reported as out of 2 WSW of No 101 Light Buoy (safe water)
alignment (2018). (165677N 411737E) which is moored…
H102 HMS Bangor/18 [NP64--No 5--Wk 37/18] GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 13--Wk 36/19]
Sudan -- Port Sudan — Cautionary area Saudi Arabia -- Farasºn Bank -- Southern part --
Inner Channel -- middle part —
Directions; caution
139
252
Cautionary area. Vessels are advised not to enter
an area extending about 1 mile SE, 6 cables SW,
1½ miles NW and 2 miles NE of a dangerous wreck Caution
(193714N 371674E), owing to the existence of 10.57
explosives within the wreck. 1 Mariners should be aware that uncharted shoals
may exist along this section of the Inner Channel. See
Sudan Sea Ports Corporation both the caution regarding depths and also the Source
[NP64--No 2--Wk 30/18] Diagram on Chart 15.
GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 14--Wk 36/19]

Sudan -- Port Sudan — Directions; wreck
Saudi Arabia -- Red Sea -- Jazº‘ir Farasºn group
140 — Farasºn — Port information

SSE of a dangerous wreck and cautionary area After Paragraph 10.75 Insert:
(6.44), thence:
To the pilot boarding position. Port of Farasºn
10.75a
Sudan Sea Ports Corporation 1 Position and function. The Port of Farasºn
[NP64--No 3--Wk 30/18] (164500N 421000E) is situated on the E side of
Farasºn al KabØr. It serves as a terminal for a ferry
service from Jizan and supports fishing and tourism.
Saudi Arabia -- Jeddah —
Arrival information; anchorage Depths. The channel has been dredged to 9 m
(2018).
236 Harbour. The port lies inside the reefs and is
further sheltered by a breakwater to the E.
Paragraph 9.221 1 line(s) 6--9 Replace by: 2 Directions. The port is approached from the NW
through the JØzºn Northern Approach Route (10.111).
A dangerous area (212741N 390849E) lies in From a position about 6 miles WSW of Sha‘Ørah
the NW part of the anchorage. An obstruction (170254N 421820E) the track leads S, passing:
(212709N 390866E) lies near the centre of the W of Abu Shuqar Bank (165327N 421698E),
anchorage. Shoals, with least depths from 8 to 9 m, thence:
lie on the E side of the N part of the anchorage. E of Abulad Islands (164792N 421160E),
thence:
GB Chart 2577 [NP64--No 11--Wk 28/19] To the fairway light buoy (164767N 421422E).
The track then leads WSW through a channel,
marked by light buoys and light beacons (lateral), and
Saudi Arabia -- Abu Kulør Reef to Oreste Point — thence S through another channel into the port.
Offshore passage; directions; buoy
3 Berths. The commercial quay is 504 m long and
can accommodate ships up to 15 000 DWT. There are
250 also ferry terminals in the harbour and berths, 711 m
Paragraph 10.45 including heading Replace by: long, for the Coast guard. Two fishing harbours lie to
the W of the commercial berths.
Port services. Unknown. Jizan (10.99), ENE of the
Spare Port of Farasºn, is the main port.
10.45
Saudi Ports Authority Notice A--389/19
2 -- 339
Index
NP64
Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches — Paragraph 10.114 Replace by:
Approach; buoy 1 The track rounds No 112 Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(171741N 414237E) and leads SE through a
259 channel, marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal),
Paragraph 10.102 1 Replace by: passing:
NE of No 112 Light Buoy moored about 1¾ miles
1 From a position about 10 miles SSW of No 101 NW of a 66 m shoal (171595N 414372E),
Light Buoy (safe water) (165677N 411737E) the which lies at the NE end of a line of dangerous
route leads initially NNE, for about 24 miles, to a rocks and shoals which lie along the SW side of
position NW of No 108 Light Buoy (10.113), thence the fairway, and:
ENE, for about 22 miles, to a position NE of No 112 2 SW of a detached 87 m shoal (172000N
Light Buoy (10.114), thence SE and ESE, for about 414624E), which lies between two larger
48 miles to a position NNE of Hibar (10.115). areas of shoal water, thence:
NE of a detached shoal area (171350N
GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 15--Wk 36/19]
414682E), depth unknown, through which it is
considered dangerous to navigate, thence:
Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches — SW of a detached 91 m shoal (171329N
Directions; buoy 415421E), position approximate, thence:
3 Clear of No 115 Light Buoy (safe water)
259 (171045N 415364E), thence:
NE of ‘Akbayn (170500N 415530E) (10.81) and
Paragraph 10.110 1 line(s) 2 Delete the chain of reefs and small islets which extend
about 7 miles SE, thence:
GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 16--Wk 36/19] Paragraph 10.115 1--4 Replace by:
1 SW of North Ghurºb (170632N 420397E), a
small islet surrounded by a reef. No 117 Light
Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches —
Directions; track Buoy (starboard hand) is moored about
2 cables SW of the island. Thence:
SW of the No 120 Light Buoy (S cardinal)
260--261
(170460N 420750E), marking the SE end of
Paragraph 10.113 Replace by: the shoal bank on which stands North Ghurºb.
2 Thence the track leads ESE to the start of the
1 Track. From a position about 10 miles SSW of JØzºn Approach Channel, passing:
No 101 Light Buoy (safe water) (165677N NNE of a shoal patch (165910N 420840E),
411737E) the track leads initially NNE, through a marked at its NW extremity by No 119 Light Buoy
channel marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), (starboard hand), thence:
passing: 3 SSW of the detached 35m shoal bank
Clear of No 101 Light Buoy (10.47) which marks the (170363N 421403E), which lies between
outer end of JØzºn Northern Approach Route,
Sha‘Ørah and North Ghurºb, thence:
thence:
2 Clear a shoal (165972N 411928E), marked SSW of Sha‘Ørah (170254N 421820E), a small
by No 104 Light Buoy (isolated danger), islet, thence:
thence: 4 NNE of Abø Shuqar (165544N 421741E), the
WNW of a shoal (170593N 412438E) by N4 NE--most islet on Abø Shuqar Bank, thence:
Light Buoy (S cardinal). GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 17--Wk 36/19]
3 Thence, from the vicinity of 170940N 412340E,
NW of a shoal (170841N 412440E) marked by
Oman -- Port Salalah — Anchorages; pilotage
No 108 Light Buoy (starboard hand), the track leads
ENE, through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral 310
and cardinal), passing:
SSE of an isolated 11 m shoal (171333N Paragraph 13.36 Replace by:
412881E), reported 1983, thence: 1 Six designated anchorage areas have been
4 SSE of a dangerous rock (171473N established:
413320E), marked by No 111 Light Buoy Contingency Anchorage (165625N 540300E);
(port hand), and: for any vessel in case of emergency.
NNW of a shoal (171341N 413465E), marked by Anchorage A (165550N 540300E); for small
No 110 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence: vessels awaiting a berth.
5 SSE of No 2 Middle Light Beacon (red daymark)
Anchorage B (165450N 540300E); for vessels
(171683N 413345E) which stands within
an area of shoal water. A detached 55 m requiring offshore services.
shoal, position approximate, lies 8 cables SE 2 Anchorage C (165450N 540100E); for
of the light. Thence: vessels carrying hazardous cargo and STS
SSE of a dangerous rock (171832N 413850E), operations.
and: Anchorage D (165500N 540475E); for large
NNW of a 58 m shoal (171480N 414050E), vessels awaiting a berth.
thence: North Anchorage (165750N 540150E); shelter
SSE of an 87 m shoal area (171927N for vessels with maximum draught 9 m and LOA
413872E). not exceeding 150 m.
2 -- 340
Index
NP64
3 Depths within southern anchorage areas vary from Djibouti – Djibouti Port — Directions; wreck
about 23 to 42 m, while North anchorage has depths
from 10 to 16 m; the anchorage is reported to have 334
good holding except during the SW monsoon, when
STS operations and boat services are suspended; the
anchorages are exposed and dragging has been E of a wreck (113804N 430747E), thence:
experienced.
Generally good anchorage may be obtained, about French Notice 50/195/19 [NP64--No 19--Wk 04/20]
8 cables off the coast, between MØnº Raysøt
(165632N 535984E) and Ra’s Mirbºò (13.17) in Somalia -- Gulf of Aden -- Berbera — Directions
depths from 10 to 13 m. There is usually surf breaking
along this beach even in calm weather. 341
Paragraph 13.37 Replace by: Paragraph 14.113 including heading Replace by:
1 Compulsory for vessels over 200 gt; pilots are Entrance channel
available 24 hours. Pilots embark in position 14.113
165680N 540960E from a tug or launch. 1 From the fair weather pilot boarding position, the
track to the inner harbour leads generally E to the
Omani Notices 5/12/18 & 6/16/18 leading line, passing S of Raastamar (14.102) and N
[NP64--No 1--Wk 30/18] of a platform (102591N 445878E) and associated
moorings.
Oman -- Port Salalah — Pilotage After Paragraph 14.114 2 line 2 Insert:
NNW of a 74 m depth about 1¾ cables WNW of the
310
Oil Terminal pier, thence:
Paragraph 13.37 1 line(s) 1--3 including Existing Section IV Paragraph 14.114 2 lines 9--10 Replace by:
Caution. The alignment of the leading lights leads
1 Compulsory for vessels over 200 gt; pilots are very close to the moorings off the platform, across the
available 24 hours. Pilots embark in position 10 m contour, and close NNE of the moorings at the
165680N 540500E from a tug or launch. Oil Terminal.
It was reported that the leading lights may be unlit
GB Chart 2896/19 [NP64--No 9--Wk 22/19] at times and the marks on the leading lights were
difficult to distinguish by day.
Oman -- Gulf of Masirah -- Berbera Port [NP64--No 22--Wk 23/20]

Ad Duqm Port — Pilotage
317 NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2020 Edition)

Québec -- Chenal du Vieux Fort — Directions;
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 200 gt and lights; light sector
is available 24 hours. Pilots board vessels with a
77
draught of more than 85 m in position 194250N
575000E, about 1 mile ESE of the Fairway Light Paragraph 3.27 2 lines 5--9 Replace by:
Buoy (safe water). Vessels with a lesser draught are
boarded 2½ miles ENE of the breakwater, in position 3 The track then leads NNE in the white sector
194225N 574630E. (010--012) of Chenal du Vieux Fort Light (red and
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8) white rectangle daymark, on square framework tower)
for more information. (512386N 574822W), passing:
Omani Notice 4/08/19 [NP64--No 10--Wk 22/19]
Canadian E Notice 12/4970/19 [NP65--No 1--Wk 06/20]
Djibouti -- Djibouti Port — Anchorages
Québec -- Détroit de Jacques--Cartier --
332 Île à la Chasse — Directions; shoal
1 A waiting anchorage (113784N 430699E) is After Paragraph 4.49 1 line 10 Insert:

situated S of Banc du Pingouin (113840N S of an isolated rocky shoal (501119N
430690E). 630973W), depth 4 m, thence:
French Notice 24/168/18 [NP64--No 4--Wk 30/18] Canadian E Notice 12/4456/19 [NP65--No 2--Wk 06/20]
2 -- 341
Index
NP65
Gulf of St Lawrence -- Îles de la Madeleine -- NP66A South west coast of Scotland Pilot
Havre de la Grande Entrée — (2019 Edition)
Directions; light buoys; leading lights
127
Firth of Clyde -- Ayr — Traffic signals
1 Entrance channel. Havre de la Grande Entrée is Paragraph 2.106 1 lines 5--7 including diagram entitled
approached from the SSW through a dredged Traffic Signals (2.106) Delete
channel, 100 m wide and, marked by light buoys
(lateral), which leads to its entrance 1¼ miles WSW of ABP Ports [NP66A--No 16--Wk 15/20]
La Bluff (473251N 613264W).
2 The entrance to the lagoon lies close NW of a low Firth of Clyde -- Troon — Pilotage
spit at the village of Grande Entrée and close SE of a
drying sandy bank extending E from Île Wreck 61
(473365N 613500W).
Thence a narrow buoyed channel, with shoal water Paragraph 2.122 1 line(s) 10--11 Replace by:
on its N side, leads E to the berths at Grande Entrée. ...safe navigation. Pilotage is...
3 Useful marks:
Two square towers, (473711N 613330W) ABP Troon Notice 6/20 [NP66A--No 17--Wk 29/20]
(473708N 613340W) about 40 m in height, at
Les Mines Seleine Inc plant on Dune du Nord, are Firth of Clyde -- Irvine Bay -- Irvine — Directions
visible when approaching Havre de la Grande
Entrée from the S. 62--63
[NP65--No 4--Wk 19/20] 2 Entrance channel. The channel is not maintained,
local knowledge is essential. Entry is made across
Irvine Bar, passing between groynes only some of
St Lawrence River -- Chenal de Beaujeu Ouest — which are marked with posts. It is reported (2019) that
Directions; depth; leading lights aids to navigation are not lit.
Track. The track leads NE from a position 1½ miles
166 SW of the harbour entrance, passing:
3 SE of the seaward end (553560N 44382W)
Paragraph 8.105 1--3 Replace by: of an outfall pipe, extending 1¼ miles from the
coast, marked by IB--B Light Buoy (special),
1 Description. This channel, E of Île aux Grues thence:
(470368N 703234W) (8.102), has a width of about NW of an isolated shoal patch (553534N
213 m and a least charted depth of 79 m. 44292W), with a least charted depth of 96 m,
Directions. From a position NW of Banc de identified by Lappock Rock (2.119), lying 1 mile
Beaujeu (8.104), the channel leads SW, passing SE of SE.
ruins of a large concrete pier, 5 cables S of Pointe Thence the track leads over the bar, between the
MacPherson--LeMoine (470470N 703086W), groynes, and along the channel marked by poles to
the harbour area and berths.
marked close S by CBJ Light Buoy (S cardinal).
4 Caution. The harbour is not maintained and there
Thence to a position ENE of Île aux Grues wharf are reports of numerous underwater obstructions in
head light (8.108). the area.
Canadian Chart CA1317 (2020) [NP65--No 5--Wk 29/20] Correspondence Irvine Harbour
[NP66A--No 12--Wk 45/19]
Québec -- Péninsule de la Gaspésie -- Birch Point

to Cap Gaspé — Marine nature reserve Firth of Clyde -- Irvine Bay -- Irvine — Berths
63
287
1 Main Berth (553649N 44119W) lies
immediately E of Visitors Wharf, with a length of
Marine Nature Reserve 130 m and reported depths of between 13 and 20 m
14.142a alongside.
1 An ESSA is established centred on Banc des Visitors Wharf (553648N 44128W) is a
Américains (483587N 635495W), extending from E two--level wharf, with depths of 20 m reported
of Île Bonaventure (482970N 640976W) (14.152) alongside. The lower level is 03 m above MHWS and
to E of Cap Gaspé (484507N 640976W) (7.11). the upper level is 11 m above MHWS.
Garnock Wharf (553670N 44157E) is closed to
For more information see the Fisheries and Oceans marine traffic.
Canada website at www.dfo--mpo.gc.ca.
Correspondence Irvine Harbour
Canadian SD ATL 108 CH04 [NP65--No 3--Wk 06/20] [NP66A--No 13--Wk 45/19]
2 -- 342
Index
NP66A
Scotland -- West coast -- Ardrossan — Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long --
Traffic lights Coulport Jetty — Traffic signals
64 105
1 Traffic signals are exhibited by day and at night 3 Traffic signals. See 3.89.
from lights in positions 553850N 44938W and
553842N 44957W. QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 9--Wk 45/19]
Peel Ports Clydeport Notice 66/18
[NP66A--No 1--Wk 03/19] Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Gareloch --
Faslane — Traffic signals
Firth of Clyde -- Upper Loch Fyne -- 107
Minard Narrows to Inveraray — Directions; lights
81
When Faslane Restricted Area is closed, port
Paragraph 2.256 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: closure signals are shown from the head of Naval
The area is used for naval trials. Jetty (560315N 44925W) in Faslane Base (3.135)
CLYDE QHM 15/20 [NP66A--No 18--Wk 53/20] QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 10--Wk 45/19]
Firth of Clyde -- Upper Loch Fyne -- Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Gareloch --

Minard Narrows to Inveraray — Directions; lights Faslane — Traffic signals
110
82
4 The line of bearing 0285 of Strone Point N Marker Traffic signals. See 3.120.
Beacon (special) (561407N 50276W), then leads
NNE, passing: QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 11--Wk 45/19]
CLYDE QHM 15/20 [NP66A--No 19--Wk 53/20]

Scotland -- River Clyde -- Glasgow —
Vertical clearances; bridge
Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Hunterston Channel
— Directions; pontoon; buoys 113
Paragraph 3.38 3 line(s) 1--3 Delete 1 The Millennium Bridge (Science Centre Footbridge)
(555157N 41753W) has a vertical clearance of
32m, but part of each span can be opened given
H102 Peter Wright [NP66A--No 14--Wk 06/20] 1 hours notice, between 0900 and 1700 and 3 hours
between 1700 and 0900, to Glasgow Science Centre,
Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long — Tel 0141--420 5030 or 07733--889056.
Traffic signals It is reported (2020) that the Millennium Bridge is
out of operation and cannot be opened for river traffic.
101 2 Bells Bridge (555152N 41736W) is a swing
bridge with a vertical clearance of 35 m, which can
be opened given at least 2 hours notice to Clydelink
Traffic signals. When Coulport (3.111) is closed, Ltd, Tel 01436 831222 or 07815 869609.
port closure signals are shown from Barons Point
(555942N 45118W). Peel Ports Clydeport Port Information Notice 05/20
[NP66A--No 15--Wk 06/20]
QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 8--Wk 45/19]
West coast -- Jura -- Loch Tarbert — Directions;

Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long — Prohibited area rock
101 136
5 Entry is prohibited into an area which extends Clear of a 34 m rock (555756N 55647W),
about 2 cables W from Glenmallan Jetty (560785N
44911W). An area in which both anchoring and reported (2019), which lies close S of the leading
fishing are prohibited extends about 3 cables W from line, thence:
Glenmallan Jetty.
Correspondence Antares Charts
QHM Clyde Notice 13/19 [NP66A--No 7--Wk 40/19] [NP66A--No 5--Wk 32/19]
2 -- 343
Index
NP66A
West coast -- Sound of Jura -- Loch Sween -- NP66B North--West Coast of Scotland Pilot
Caol Scotnish — Rocks (2019 Edition)
141
South Harris -- Leverburgh — Directions; light
1 Caol Scotnish (560237N 53550W), is a narrow Paragraph 3.195 2 lines 1--11 Replace by:
inlet extending 2 miles NE and is, in places, less than
2 Thence the alignment (063) of the leading marks
½ cable wide with sheer rocky sides, having a least
on Leverburgh Pier leads ENE towards the pier, over
reported depth of 23 m in the fairway. A rock awash
a shoal with a depth of 28 m, 2¼ cables NE of Jane’s
(560230N 53562W) and a 16 m rock (560184N
Tower.
53617W), reported (2019), encumber the centre of
3 At night, from a position 1 cable NNW of Jane’s
the inlet. This loch, with a bottom of mud, is used in
Tower (3.180), the track leads ENE towards the pier in
summer as an anchorage for small vessels.
the fixed green sector (063--066) of the port entry
Correspondence Antares Charts light (metal post, 4 m in height) (574600N
[NP66A--No 6--Wk 32/19] 70155W), exhibited from Leverburgh Pier spur, over
a shoal (above) and close SSE of Leverburgh Reef
Light Beacon.
Firth of Lorn -- Kerrera Sound —
Directions; buoyage Comhairle Nan Eilean Siar Notice 03/19
[NP66B--No 1--Wk 07/19]
172
The Little Minch -- Leac na Hoe to
Paragraph 5.78 5 lines 1--2 Replace by: Ushinish Promontory --
Loch Maddy — Directions
5 Thence the track leads generally S, between light
buoys (lateral), in mid--channel, passing: 137
7 From the above position, the track within a white
6 W of Corran Ledge (562518N 52903W),
sector (254--257) of Vallaquie Island Light (metal
which is fronted by shoal ground. An outfall,
pipe leads WSW across the ledge. post) (573549N 70932W), leads WSW towards the
preferred approach line for the berth at Lochmaddy,
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 10/19 with the deepest water on the N side of the sector,
[NP66A--No 3--Wk 18/19] passing:
8 SSE of the coastal bank (573578N 70816W)
(as above) and the dangers extending SE
Firth of Lorn -- Oban — from Faihore, thence
Directions; small vessel route
SSE of the coastal bank (573568N 70857W),
with depths less than 50 m, on which lie rocks
173
which dry, extending ½ cable S from Ruigh Liath,
After Paragraph 5.78 8 line 4 Insert: from which a light (concrete column) (573572N
70840W) is exhibited, and:
Small vessel route. The small vessel two--way 9 NNW of the coastal bank (573557N
route lies to the S of the Large Vessel Channel. 70860W), with charted depths of less than
Approach is made on the line of bearing (116½) of 10 m, extending about 1 cable NNW from
Dunollie Sector Light, passing close NE of N Spit of North Uist (3.96), which just intrudes into the
Kerrera Light. Thence the route leads SE and S S side of the white sector, and a depth of
keeping W of the buoyed channel between Rubh’ a’ 44 m lies close S of the white sector.
Chruidh and Corran Ledge. Thence as required for obtaining anchorage in
South Basin or proceeding to Lochmaddy Ferry
GB Chart 1790 [NP66A--No 4--Wk 28/19] Terminal.
(Directions continue for entering harbour at 3.220)
Oban Harbour — Anchorages Northern Lighthouse Board; CNES Harbours
[NP66B--No 9--Wk 53/20]
174
Paragraph 5.84 1 line(s) 2--8 Replace by: Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Benbecula --
Loch Uiskevagh — Rock; caution
...lie within the approaches to Oban and Oban Bay as
141
follows:
No 1 (562559N 53069W); After Paragraph 3.241 1 line 8 Insert:
No 2 (562519N 52947W), in Ardantrive Bay Caution. Numerous dangerous rocks and marine
(5.86); farms lie within Loch Uiskevagh and approaches; a
No 3 (562616N 53007W); dangerous rock was reported (2019) in position
572643N 71225W.
Oban Bay Harbour Manager
[NP66A--No 2--Wk 11/19] UKHO [NP66B--No 6--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 344
Index
NP66B
Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Benbecula -- Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Isle of Lewis --
Loch Uiskevagh — Rock; caution Stornoway — Pilotage
194
141
Paragraph 3.241 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 22/19
...Harbour Master, to board vessels at the Pilot Station
Replace by:
(581060N 62100W). For details see ADMIRALTY List
Caution. Numerous dangerous rocks and marine of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
farms lie within Loch Uiskevagh and approaches; a
Correspondence Stornoway Port Authority 03/19
dangerous rock was reported (2019) in position
[NP66B--No 4--Wk 16/19]
572643N 71243W.
Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Isle of Lewis --
Sølvtrans Management AG [NP66B--No 7--Wk 43/19] Stornoway — Directions; light sector
195
Isle of Skye -- Kyle Akin — Alt--an--Avaig jetty
(287--290)
147
Stornoway Notice 06/19 [NP66B--No 5--Wk 16/19]
Isle of Lewis -- Breivig — Directional light
198
Allt--an--Avaig
...and W sides. A sectored port entry light (metal post, 2 m
4.18a in height) (581602N 61773W) aids entry with vessels
1 General information. Allt -- an -- Avaig Pier using the white sector (334--342).
(571648N 54520W) is an L--shaped pier situated
3½ cables W of Skye Bridge (2.248). The Comhairle Nan Eilean Siar Notice 04/19
privately--owned pier serves a fish feed plant. Two [NP66B--No 3--Wk 07/19]
lights (3 m in height) are exhibited from the head of
the pier.
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2018 Edition)
Directions. From a position NE of Black Eye Rock
(571667N 54528W) (4.18), the track leads S to the
Spain -- Ferrol -- Islas Gabeiras —
pier, keeping clear of a 49 m shoal (571651N Directions; shoal
54516W) which lies close NE of the elbow of the pier.
2 Berths. A 61 m berth lies at the head of the pier 66
and a 146 m berth lies on its E side. A 48 m quay lies
at the foot of the pier on reclaimed land. All berths
have been dredged to 65 m (2019). Clear of an isolated 87 m shoal (433106N
82110W), noting a 132 m shoal lying 4 cables
UKHO [NP66B--No 8--Wk 24/20] N, thence:
Inner Sound -- Loch Kishorn — Berths
Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Restricted area
150 112
Paragraph 4.36 1 Replace by: Paragraph 4.151 3 line 1 Replace by:

Restricted area. A marine nature reserve (Parque...
1 A pier, which extends from the W side of the loch
in position 572374N 53807W, and a quay, UKHO [NP67--No 7--Wk 06/19]
4 cables NE, form the facilities of Kishorn Port Ltd. It
also includes a 160 m diameter dry dock with depth Spain -- West coast -- Puerto de Vigo —
up to 138 m at MHWS. Vessels up to 160 m may Prohibited area; general layout
berth on the drydock gates, which are concrete
caissons. Presently (2019) it can only be 113
recommended for approach in daylight conditions and After Paragraph 4.151 5 line 5 Insert:
in good weather unless a Master is already familiar
Entry is prohibited to an area surrounding the
with the area or with a Pilot’s advice.
abandoned ore loading berth (421725N 83923W),
3 cables ENE of Punta de Rande.
Correspondence Kishorn Port Ltd 01/19
[NP66B--No 2--Wk 07/19] Spanish Notice 45/373/18 [NP67--No 4a--Wk 49/18]
2 -- 345
Index
NP67
Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Prohibited area Portugal -- Rio Minho to Rio Lima -- Viana do
Castelo — Directions; scientific platform
113
124
Paragraph 4.151 5 line 5 including existing Section IV
Week 49/18 Replace by: Paragraph 5.14 1--3 including Existing Section IV Notice
Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited within an area
surrounding the abandoned ore loading berth 1 From a position W of Ilha Ínsua (415154N
(421725N 83923W), 3 cables ENE of Punta de 85243W) (4.184) the coastal passage leads
Rande. generally S to the entrance to Rio Lima, passing:
Entry is prohibited within an area N and S of the W of Lagoal (414791N 85282W), a rocky shoal
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), which passes which extends 5 cables offshore, thence:
under the Punta de Rande suspension bridge (4.164). 2 W of Boi (414567N 85312W), an underwater
rock, thence:
Spanish Notice 2/11/19 [NP67--No 8--Wk 06/19] W of Baixo da Sumalha (414309N 85703W), an
off--lying bank which breaks occasionally in heavy
weather, lying close to the 50 m depth contour.
Spain -- West coast -- Puerto de Vigo —
Prohibited area; general layout 3 Thence the track continues S to a position W of
Molhe Exterior (414046N 85066W), the outer
113 breakwater at Viana do Castelo from the head of
which a light (white column, red bands) is exhibited.
Paragraph 4.153 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: The designated anchorage (5.18) for Viana do Castelo
...industries, along with a shipyard and slipways. lies 2 miles W of the breakwater.
Spanish Notice 45/373/18 [NP67--No 4b--Wk 49/18] UKHO [NP67--No 13--Wk 41/19]
Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Portugal -- Viana do Castelo —

Directions; light buoy Directions; wind farm
124
115
4 Ensenada de San Simon is entered through a
1 From a position W of Ilha Ínsua (415154N
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), which passes
85243W) (4.184) the coastal passage leads
under the suspension bridge spanning Estrecho de
generally S to the entrance to Rio Lima, passing:
Rande, from Punta de Bestia on the N shore to Punta
W of Lagoal (414791N 85282W), a rocky shoal
de Rande on the S shore. which extends 5 cables offshore, thence:
W of Boi (414567N 85312W), an underwater
rock, thence:
2 W of Baixo da Sumalha (414309N 85703W),
Portugal -- Viana do Castelo — Directions an off--lying bank on which the sea breaks
occasionally in heavy weather, lying close to
124 the 50 m depth contour, thence:
Clear of a wind farm (414117N 90365W). A
prohibited area, marked by light buoys (special),
1 From a position W of Ilha Ínsua (415154N surrounds the wind farm.
85243W) (4.184) the coastal passage leads 3 Thence the track continues S to a position W of
generally S to the entrance to Rio Lima, passing: Molhe Exterior (414046N 85066W), the outer
W of Lagoal (414791N 85282W), a rocky shoal breakwater at Viana do Castelo from the head of
which extends 5 cables offshore, thence: which a light (white column, red bands) is exhibited.
W of Boi (414567N 85312W), an underwater The designated anchorage (5.18) for Viana do Castelo
rock, thence: lies 2 miles W of the breakwater.
2 W of Baixo da Sumalha (414309N 85703W),
an off--lying bank which breaks occasionally in Portuguese Notice 3--4/133/20
heavy weather, lying close to the 50 m depth [NP67--No 19--Wk 22/20]
contour, thence:
Clear of a scientific platform (414119N 90330W) Portugal -- Viana do Castelo —
from which a light is exhibited. Prohibited anchorage
3 Thence the track continues S to a position W of
Molhe Exterior (414046N 85066W), the outer 125
breakwater at Viana do Castelo from the head of Paragraph 5.18 1 lines 12--14 Replace by:
which a light (white column, red bands) is exhibited.
The designated anchorage (5.18) for Viana do Castelo 2 Prohibited areas. Anchoring is prohibited within
lies 2 miles W of the breakwater. 8 cables of the head of Molhe Exterior.
Fishing is prohibited within 5 cables of the head of
GB Chart 3634 [NP67--No 11--Wk 32/19] Molhe Exterior, and within the outer anchorage area.
2 -- 346
Index
NP67
Anchoring, fishing and any other activity which may Spain -- Río Guadalquivir — Port operations
interfere with the seabed, are prohibited within a
submarine cable area extending 9¼ miles W from the 187
foot of Molhe Exterior.
Quarantine. See 1.55. After Paragraph 6.119 2 line 8 Insert:
Portuguese Notice 1/103/20 [NP67--No 18--Wk 11/20] Port operations

6.119a
1 Vessels seeking to anchor or stop within an area
under the jurisdiction of Puerto de Sevilla (6.143) must
Portugal -- Porto de Leixões —
Directions; ODAS buoy contact the local authorities for authorisation in
advance.
All vessels must remain in permanent radio contact
128
with the competent MRCC. Vessels must provide
After Paragraph 5.40 2 line 14 Insert: notice of manoeuvres to drop or weigh anchor and
give notice of any circumstance that affects or could
Clear of ODAS buoy APDL1 (411045N affect maritime safety or protection of the marine
84386W), thence: environment.
2 Vessels anchoring in Pozo (6.141) must contact the
Portuguese Notice 10/202/20 [NP67--No 21--Wk 53/20] local authority.
Any operations related to provisioning, bunkering,
lowering of boats, hot works or any work that affects
or could affect maritime safety or protection of the
Portugal -- Porto do Douro — Vertical clearances marine environment, are prohibited except when
authorised by the local authority.
133 3 Vessels anchoring at Pozo must leave the
anchorage in winds above force 4, moderate seas or if
After Paragraph 5.72 1 line 6 Insert: directed by the local authority.
Spanish Notice 11/SDcorr No.5(2019)/19; Cadiz VTS

Vertical clearance [NP67--No 16--Wk 05/20]
5.72a
1 Two fixed bridges span the stretch of the Rio Douro
navigable by seagoing vessels:
Ponte da Arrábida (single white arch) (410884N Spain -- Golfo de Cadiz -- Río Guadalquivir —
83842W), with a vertical clearance of 62 m; Entrance channel; wrecks
Ponte Don Luis (double deck, road/railway)
(410840N 83657W), with a vertical clearance 188
of 94 m.
2 Several more bridges span the Rio Douro upriver of Paragraph 6.132 2 line(s) 2 Replace by:
Ponte Don Luis. Local knowledge is required for ...(364575N 62691W) the alignment (069) of the
navigation beyond Ponte Don Luis. leading lights leads...
Paragraph 5.79 3 lines 1--7 Delete After Paragraph 6.132 2 line 7 Insert:
3 Caution. A wreck, marked by a light buoy (special),
Portuguese Notice 4/137/19 [NP67--No 10--Wk 22/19] lies in the vicinity of 364749N 62123W. A second
wreck, also marked by a light buoy (special), lies
1¼ cables ENE.
Spanish Notice 47/369/19; ENC ES504421

Portugal -- West coast -- Sines — Development [NP67--No 14--Wk 02/20]
165 Spain -- Río Guadalquivir -- Pozo —

Outer anchorage
189
Development
5.297a
1 Works are in progress (2020) to extend Molhe E The anchorage at Pozo is subject to multiple local
(375594N 85142W). The construction area is regulations. See 6.119a.
marked by light buoys (special).
Spanish Notice 11/SDcorr No.5(2019)/19; Cadiz VTS
Portuguese Notice 9/194/20 [NP67--No 20--Wk 48/20] [NP67--No 17--Wk 05/20]
2 -- 347
Index
NP67
Spain -- Strait of Gibraltar -- Arquipélago dos Açores – Canal de São Jorge —
Puerto de Algeciras--la Línea — Anchorages Traffic regulations
220 250
2 Four anchorage areas have been established: Traffic regulations

Area A (361016N 52351W), situated in the N 8.143a
part of Gibraltar Bay, extends 7½ cables W and 1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing is prohibited
1 mile SE from the centre position. Anchorage within an area of submarine cables lying SW of Porto
may be obtained in depths from 22 to 100 m. An das Velas. The area is marked by the red sector
obstruction (361016N 52411W) lies in the NW (033--061) of Cabos Velas Light (384069N
part of the anchorage. 281230W) (white post, red bands, 5 m in height).
3 Area B (360957N 52540W), situated between
the prohibited anchorage around the SBM and Portuguese Notice 7/207/18 [NP67--No 2--Wk 36/18]
the NE entrance to Puerto de Algeciras, in
depths from 10 to 100 m. An outfall pipe Portugal -- Arquipélago dos Açores --
(361014N 52535W) lies in the N part of Ilha de São Jorge — Directions; major light
the anchorage.
Area C (360760N 52465W), situated E of the 251
detached mole (360758N 52507W), in depths
from 39 to 137 m.
Area D (360556N 52463W), situated NE of Ponta dos Rosais Light — as above.
Punta Carnero in depths from 19 to 81 m. A
marine farm (360550N 52568W), marked by Portugal Notice 11/263/18; BA Chart 1956
light buoys (special), extends into the W part of the [NP67--No 6--Wk 03/19]
anchorage and an obstruction (360600N
52406W) lies in the W part of the area. Arquipélago dos Açores – Canal de São Jorge --
4 Cautions. Depths decrease rapidly as the shores Porto das Velas — Anchorage
are approached and regular sounding should be made
before dropping anchor. 251
Vessels using Areas C and D, especially those in
ballast, should allow for the frequency of winds from After Paragraph 8.150 5 line 9 Insert:
the E and SE, which may reach or exceed gale force. Restricted area. See 8.143a.
Spanish ENCs ES504453; ES504451; GB Chart 1455/16; Portuguese Notice 7/207/18 [NP67--No 3--Wk 36/18]
ES Derrotero Num 5 Edt 3 2018
[NP67--No 12--Wk 38/19]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Portugal – Arquipélago dos Açores –
Ilha de Santa Maria — Directions; light
Maine – Frenchman Bay – Bar Harbor — Wreck
242 60
Paragraph 8.71 1 lines 9--10 Replace by: Paragraph 2.50 1 lines 9 and 10 Delete
Airport Control Tower (365841N 250992W).

US Notice 9/13312/19 [NP68--No 8--Wk 12/19]
New Hampshire -- Portsmouth —
Vertical and horizontal clearances
Portuguese Notice 11/234/19 [NP67--No 15--Wk 03/20]
108
Portugal -- Arquipélago dos Açores -- Paragraph 3.224 1 line(s) 5--10 Replace by:
Ilha de São Jorge — Directions; major light Sarah Mildred Long Lift Bridge (430520N
704567W). A lift span bridge with a vertical
250 clearance of 49 m (16 ft) when closed and 411 m
(135 ft) when open.
Ponta dos Rosais Light — as above. Sarah Mildred Long Lift Bridge -- Horizontal
clearance 774 m (254 ft).
Portugal Notice 11/263/18; BA Chart 1956
[NP67--No 5--Wk 03/19] US Notice 27/13283/19 [NP68--No 20--Wk 33/19]
2 -- 348
Index
NP68
New Hampshire -- Portsmouth — Massachusetts -- Nantucket Sound --
Vertical and horizontal clearances Martha’s Vineyard — Wreck
108 143
Overhead power cables span the river at
...by buoys, lies at the W end of this area. A
430598N 704695W with vertical clearance of 50 m
dangerous wreck (412718N 702772W) lies in
(165 ft).
3 Little Bay Bridges (430710N 704955W). the centre of the anchorage.
Vertical clearance of 14 m (46 ft) for the central span
and 10 m (33 ft) for the lateral spans. US Notice 36/13237/18 [NP68--No 4--Wk 40/18]

Massachusetts -- Buzzard Bay --
Little Bay Bridges -- Horizontal clearance 305 m Cleveland Ledge Channel —
(100 ft) under the central span, otherwise 609 m Anchorages; obstructions
(200 ft).
US Notice 40/13285/18 [NP68--No 5--Wk 43/18] 155

Massachusetts -- Approaches to
Salem Harbour — Depths Caution. Several rocks and obstructions lie within
both anchorage areas.
118
US Chart 13236/20 [NP68--No 32--Wk 26/20]
...depths of 85 m (28 ft) (2017) in the channel and 82 m...
US Notice 24/13275/18 [NP68--No 3--Wk 29/18] Massachusetts -- New Bedford —

Limiting conditions; vertical clearance
Rhode Island -- East approach to 155
Rhode Island Sound — Directions; wreck
140
1 Swing Bridge connects Fish Island and Popes
Island providing a double opening, each with a vertical
Clear of a dangerous wreck (404120N clearance of 27 m (9 ft) when closed.
702307W), position approximate, thence:
NE of two dangerous wrecks (405609N US Notice 37/13229/20 [NP68--No 37--Wk 45/20]
711196W and 405285N 711322W), both
position approximate.
US Notice 31/12300/20 [NP68--No 35--Wk 37/20] Massachusetts -- New Bedford —

Limiting conditions; horizontal clearance
Massachusetts -- East approaches to
Nantucket Sound — Depth
156
142
1 The swing bridge connecting Fish Island and Popes
...36 m (12 ft) (413300N 695475W) over a shoal,
reported (2019), SSW of No 4 Light Buoy (5.37). Island has a horizontal clearance of 158 m (52 ft).
US Chart 13237 (2019) [NP68--No 26--Wk 50/19] US Notice 37/13229/20 [NP68--No 38--Wk 45/20]
Massachusetts -- Nantucket Sound — Depths Rhode Island -- Rhode Island Sound --

Approaches to Narragansett Bay —
143 Directions; wreck
159
1 Main Channel has a least depth of 82 m (27 ft),
but the draught of vessels using this channel seldom After Paragraph 5.186 1 line 5 Insert:
exceeds 73 m (24 ft).
North Channel has a least depth of about 45 m Caution. A dangerous wreck (412105N
(15 ft). 712482W) lies in the outbound lane of the TSS.
US Chart 13237 (2019) [NP68--No 27--Wk 50/19] US Notice 23/12300/20 [NP68--No 33--Wk 27/20]
2 -- 349
Index
NP68
Rhode Island -- Providence — Block Island Sound -- Montauk Point and
Caution; pipelines; wreck Little Gull Island — Directions; light
166 172
2 Caution. Three pipeline areas, centred on Paragraph 6.14 2 line(s) 6--8 Delete
414811N 712339W, 414832N 712362W and
414879N 712396W, extend across the channel US Notice 23/5161/19
between Fields Point and Fox Point. A dangerous [NP68--No 10--Wk 27/19]
wreck (414822N 712375W), position approximate,
lies within the channel limits.
Block Island Sound -- Race Rock —
US Chart 13224 [NP68--No 19--Wk 31/19] Directions; light
172--173
Massachusetts -- Mount Hope Bay --
Brayton Point — Directions; leading lights Paragraph 6.14 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice
168 1 Landmark:
Tower (411211N 720715W), on Great Gull
Paragraph 5.256 3--4 Replace by: Island.
3 Side channels. From the vicinity of MH Light Buoy Major lights:
(preferred channel to port), 5 cables SSE of Mount Point Judith Light (412166N 712888W) (5.184).
Hope Point, a dredged side channel, marked with light Block Island South--east Light (410917N
buoys and buoys, leads E for 1 mile passing N of 713307W) (5.184).
Common Fence Point (413932N 711322W). The Oyster Pond Reef Light (black conical tower, white
channel then divides, one branch leading S to the band) (410981N 721342W), also known as
Sakonnet River (5.180) and the other N to North Orient Point Light.
Tiverton (5.260).
4 Brayton Point Leading Lights: US Notice 40/12300/20 [NP68--No 39--Wk 49/20]
Front light (red metal tower, white stripe) (414272N
711141W). Block Island Sound -- Little Gull Island —
Rear light (similar structure) (120 m from front light). Directions; light
The alignment (3246) of these lights leads from a
position in the main channel in the vicinity of 173
414197N 711071W, through a dredged channel
marked by light buoys (lateral), to a power station After Paragraph 6.16 3 line(s) 10 Insert:
wharf on the E side of Brayton Point. In 1998 this Little Gull Island Light (grey granite tower, red
channel had a reported controlling depth of 104 m
dwelling, 28 m in height) (411238N
(34 ft).
720641W).
United States Notice 51/13221/19 US Notice 23/5161/19
[NP68--No 28--Wk 05/20]
[NP68--No 11--Wk 27/19]
Block Island Sound --

Montauk Point — Directions Connecticut -- Fisher Island Sound —
Directions; wreck
171
175
1 Block Island Sound has two entrances from the
3 Clear of a dangerous wreck (411778N
Atlantic. The S entrance leads between Block Island
and Montauk Point (410426N 715143W), a high 720104W), position approximate, thence:
sandy bluff, from which a light (white conical tower, N of North Dumpling, a grassy islet, on which...
red band, 51 m in height) is exhibited.
2 The deepest passage in this entrance is just W of US Notice 35/12372/20 [NP68--No 36--Wk 42/20]
Southwest Ledge (410710N 713980W) and is
2 miles wide. The E entrance from Rhode Island Long Island Sound -- Stratford Point and
Sound lies between the N part of Block Island and Penfield Reef — Directions; lights
Point Judith, 9 miles NNE, and is used by vessels
with a draught in excess of 115 m (38 ft) and those 179
coming from the bays and sounds E of Block Island Paragraph 6.81 1 line(s) 6--7 Delete
Sound. The Race (411420N 720350W) is the main
entrance to Long Island Sound from Block Island
Sound. Paragraph 6.81 2 line(s) 3--6 Delete
US Notice 23/5161/19 US Notices 23/5161; 12354; 12363/19

[NP68--No 9--Wk 27/19] [NP68--No 12--Wk 27/19]
2 -- 350
Index
NP68
Block Island Sound -- Race Rock — Connecticut -- New London Harbor —
Directions; light Directions; light
179 183
Week 27/19 Replace by: 2 W of New London Ledge Light (red brick
dwelling on square pier, 18 m in height)
1 Landmark: (411835N 720465W), which stands on the
Tower (411211N 720715W), standing on Great NW corner of New London Ledge and
Gull Island. 3 cables W of Black Ledge, thence:
Major lights:
Oyster Pond Reef Light (410981N 721342W) US Notice 23/12372/19
(6.14). [NP68--No 15--Wk 27/19]
2 New London Harbor Entrance Light (411900N
720539W) (6.108).
Connecticut -- Long Island Sound --
Stratford Point Light (410912N 730619W) New London — Berths; depth
(6.146).
Eatons Neck Light (405724N 732372W) (6.91). 183
US Notice 40/12300/20 [NP68--No 40--Wk 49/20] Paragraph 6.113 2 line(s) 3 For 121 m Read 106 m (2019)
US Notice 4/12372/20 [NP68--No 29--Wk 09/20]

Block Island Sound -- Race Rock —
Directions; light
New Haven Harbor — Bridge clearance
179
184
Between Race Rock (411461N 720283W), on
which stands Race Rock Light (granite tower and The twin span Pearl Harbor Memorial Road Bridge,
dwelling, 14 m in height) (411461N close N of Tomlinson Bridge, has a vertical
720283W), and Valiant Rock (411353N clearance of 192 m (63 ft).
720421W), 1½ miles SW. No 11 Light Buoy
(port hand) is moored on the N side of Valiant
Rock, which is surrounded by a rocky shoal and The fixed Pearl Harbor Memorial Road Bridge,
heavy overfalls. close N of Tomlinson Bridge, has a horizontal
Caution. When passing through The Race, deep clearance of 1457 m (478 ft).
draught vessels should follow the charted
recommended route and remain outside the 20 m US Notice 18/12371/18 [NP68--No 1--Wk 21/18]
contour. See also 6.80.
US Notice 40/12300/20, US Coast Pilot 2 Ch. 7.115 Approaches to New Haven — Anchorage
[NP68--No 41--Wk 49/20]
184
Long Island Sound -- Stratford Point and Paragraph 6.124 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
Penfield Reef — Directions; light 1 The following anchorage areas are situated in the
approaches to New Haven:
180 New Haven North Anchorage Ground (411125N
725090W), depths around 14 to 18 m, mud and
Paragraph 6.91 1 line(s) 2--5 Delete shells. A wreck (411087N 725183W) is
situated within this area.
US Notices 23/12354; 12363/19 New Haven South Anchorage Ground (410905N
[NP68--No 13--Wk 27/19] 724950W), depths around 19 to 25 m, mud.
US Chart 12354 [NP68--No 21--Wk 33/19]

Connecticut -- New London Harbor --
New London Ledge — Directions; light Connecticut -- Long Island Sound --
Approaches to New Haven — Pilotage
182
184
Paragraph 6.108 1 line(s) 7--9 Delete Paragraph 6.125 1 Replace by:
1 See 6.4.
US Notice 23/12372/19
[NP68--No 14--Wk 27/19] US Chart 12371 [NP68--No 22--Wk 33/19]
2 -- 351
Index
NP68
Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- New York -- Long Island -- Northport —
Approaches to New Haven — Directions; buoy Anchorage; wrecks
184 195
From the vicinity of 411213N 725379W the 3 Northport Anchorage Ground (405770N
alignment (3336) of... 731500W) is centred on a position 4 miles W of the
terminal. Anchorage may be obtained in 15 to 20 m
US Notice 27/12354/19 [NP68--No 23--Wk 33/19] (50 to 65 ft). Two wrecks lie in the NW of the
anchorage.
Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- US Chart 12364H/20 [NP68--No 31--Wk 26/20]

New Haven — Directions; buoy
184 New York — New York Harbor approach --

South of Long Island — Directions; wrecks
Paragraph 6.130 1 lines 6--7 including Existing Section IV
Notice Week 33/19. Replace by: 200
From the vicinity of NH Light Buoy (safe water) Paragraph 7.16 3 lines 1--4 Delete
(411213N 725379W) the alignment (3336) of...
ENC US4NY1AM (38.000) [NP68--No 30--Wk 14/20]
US Notice 30/12354/19 [NP68--No 24--Wk 35/19]
Block Island Sound -- Long Island --

Long Island Sound -- Stratford Point and Montauk Point — Directions; light
Penfield Reef — Directions; light
201
186
US Notice 23/5161/19
Paragraph 6.155 1--2 Replace by: [NP68--No 18--Wk 27/19]
1 From a position about 1½ miles ESE of Penfield
Reef Light (white tower on granite dwelling, 16 m in
height) (410703N 731333W) the outer approach to New York -- Sandy Hook Bay --
Black Rock Harbor leads NNW to the entrance of the Leonardo US Naval Ammunition Depot —
dredged channel, passing: Traffic regulations; security zone
2 ENE of Black Rock (410721N 731305W),
marked by a beacon, and The Little Cows, 207
1½ cables N, the outermost dangers of
Penfield Reef, marked by LC Light Buoy (port Paragraph 7.77 2--3 Replace by:
hand). Penfield Reef Light stands on the reef 2 Depths. The channel and turning basin have a
4 cables SSW of these dangers. Thence: project depth of 137 m (45 ft) except for 107 m (35 ft)
around Nos 2 and 3 Piers. For the latest controlling
US Notice 23/12363/19 depths the charts and port authority should be
[NP68--No 16--Wk 27/19] consulted.
3 Restricted area. The installations of the depot and
Long Island Sound -- Housatonic River -- Terminal Channel are surrounded by a restricted area.
Stratford Point — Directions See Appendix VI for definitions of restricted areas.
188 US Notice 41/12324/20 [NP68--No 42--Wk 51/20]

New York -- Ambrose Channel -- Gravesend Bay
1 From a position SE of Stratford Point (410920N — Anchorage; wrecks
730620W), from which a light (white conical tower,
red band, 11 m in height) (410912N 730619W) is 208
exhibited, the route into Housatonic River leads NW to
the entrance channel, which is narrow and crooked
with little depth on either side, passing: ...a number of wrecks and obstructions which lie within this
area.
US Notice 23/12354/19
[NP68--No 17--Wk 27/19] US Chart 12334 [NP68--No 6--Wk 10/19]
2 -- 352
Index
NP68
New York -- Upper Bay -- Anchorage Channel — Appendix V --
Anchorages; obstructions Code of Federal Regulations Title 33 --
Navigation and Navigable Waters
210
243
Subpart F §165.130 Sandy Hook Bay, New Jersey --
...Hudson River. Numerous obstructions lie within these Security Zone Delete
anchorages:
US Chart 12334 [NP68--No 7--Wk 10/19] US Notice 41/12324/20 [NP68--No 43--Wk 51/20]
New York -- Staten Island -- Arthur Kill — NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Vertical clearances
212
Delaware -- Chesapeake and Delaware Canal --
Paragraph 7.106 1 line(s) 1--12 Replace by: Delaware River — Anchorage
1 Outerbridge Crossing Bridge (403149N
73
741489W), a fixed bridge 1¾ miles above the S
entrance with a vertical clearance of 436 m (143 ft), Paragraph 3.107 2 line(s) 8--9 Delete
connects Tottenville and Perth Amboy.
Goethals Bridge (403813N 741184W), a fixed US Notice 46/12304/19 [NP69--No 33a--Wk 51/19]
road bridge comprised of two spans with a vertical
clearance of 427 m (140 ft), is situated at
Elizabethport 1 mile from the N entrance. Delaware -- Chesapeake and Delaware Canal --
A lift rail bridge (403825N 741174W), 1 cable Delaware River — Anchorage
above Goethals Bridge, has a vertical clearance of 73
95 m (31 ft) when closed and 411 m (135 ft) when
open. Paragraph 3.107 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
US Notice 31/12327/19 [NP68--No 25--Wk 37/19] 3 Anchorage No 3 (393240N 753290W), a

general anchorage, lies on the W side of the main
channel NNE of Reedy Island (3.99). Obstructions lie
New York -- Staten Island -- Kill Van Kull --
Bayonne Bridge — Vertical clearance within the anchorage.
213 US Notice 44/12311/19 [NP69--No 32--Wk 49/19]
Paragraph 7.119 1 line(s) 5 For 655 m (215 ft) Read Delaware -- Chesapeake and Delaware Canal --
469 m (154 ft) Delaware River — Anchorage
73
US Notice 43/12327/20 [NP68--No 44--Wk 52/20]
East coast -- New Jersey -- Notice Week 49/19 Replace by:
Port Elizabeth — Berths 3 Anchorage No 3 (393240N 753290W), a
general anchorage, lies on the W side of the main
215
channel NNE of Reedy Island (3.99).
Paragraph 7.135 2 lines 8--11 Replace by: Caution. Numerous obstructions lie within the
anchorages. A submarine pipeline area extends
Berths. Maher Terminal has 3087 m of berthing across the S end of Anchorage No 2.
space. APM Terminal has 1829 m of berthing space.
Alongside depths generally exceed 9 m. US Notice 46/12304/19 [NP69--No 33b--Wk 51/19]
BA Chart 3457/18 [NP68--No 2--Wk 27/18]
Delaware -- Delaware River -- Deepwater Point to
Cherry Island Flats — Anchorage; obstructions
New York -- East River -- Channel east of
Roosevelt Island — Underwater turbines 75
After Paragraph 7.152 1 line 10 Insert: 2 Anchorage No 6 (394240N 753040W), a

general anchorage, lies on the E side of the main
2 Caution. An area of underwater turbines channel close N of Deepwater Point.
(404588N 735672W), marked on its E side by Caution. Numerous obstructions lie within the
light buoys (special), lies close N of the 36th Avenue anchorage and vessels must not anchor in the cable
Lift Bridge. area in the S part of this anchorage.
US Notice 26/12327--39/20 [NP68--No 34--Wk 31/20] ENC US5ILGDE Ed.3.000 [NP69--No 42--Wk 43/20]
2 -- 353
Index
NP69
Delaware River -- Marcus Hook — Chesapeake Bay entrance --
Anchorage; obstruction Cape Charles — Lighthouse
78 95
…10½ miles SSE of Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused)
...20 ft) below the sea bed. A submerged obstruction (4.25), the route leads 3½ miles WSW, thence 2¼ miles W
(394791N 752507W) lies in the S part of the to the…
anchorage.
US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 13--Wk 10/19]
US Notice 11/12312/18 [NP69--No 5--Wk 15/18]
Chesapeake Bay entrance --
Cape Charles — Lighthouse
New Jersey -- Delaware River --
Gloucester City — Obstruction 96

…lanes in the NE approach is 10½ miles SSE of Cape
Paragraph 3.198 2 line 4 Replace by: Charles Lighthouse (disused) (4.25), in the vicinity of
...18 m (20 to 59 ft). An obstruction lies near the centre of NCA Light Buoy (special) (365750N 754821W).
the anchorage. US Notice 6/12200/19
[NP69--No 14--Wk 10/19]
US Notice 5/12312/18 [NP69--No 4--Wk 09/18]
New Jersey -- Delaware River -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse
Whitehill Range — Leading lights
97
Paragraph 3.251 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (white 8--sided
pyramidal framework tower, black top, 58 m in
1 From a position about 1½ cables WNW of height) (370738N 755439W).
Newbold Directional Light (3.250), the track
continues 1 mile NE through the dredged US Notice 6/12200/19
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral). [NP69--No 15--Wk 10/19]
US Notice 42/12314/17 [NP69--No 2--Wk 45/17] Chesapeake Bay entrance --

Chesapeake Bay entrance -- 98

91 Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N
755439W) (4.25).
US Notice 6/12200/19
Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N [NP69--No 16--Wk 10/19]
755439W) (4.25).
Paragraph 3.276 2 line 5 Delete Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay --
Hampton Roads Approach --
Thimble Shoal — Directions; light
US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 11--Wk 10/19]
100
Cape Charles — Lighthouse Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (red conical
tower, brown round base, 20 m in height)
93 (370087N 761439W).
Paragraph 4.37 2 line(s) 7 Delete
…the waters within a line drawn from Cape Charles Paragraph 4.39 2 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:
Lighthouse (disused) (4.25) to Cape Henry Light (4.25), SSW of Thimble Shoal on which stands Thimble
and also a… Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (4.37).
2 -- 354
Index
NP69
Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Chesapeake Bay -- Choptank River --
Cape Charles — Lighthouse Cambridge — Directions; leading lights
100 142
Paragraph 4.37 2 line 5 Delete Paragraph 5.176 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:
US Notice 6/12200/19 ...(starboard hand) (383481N 760375W). The track

[NP69--No 17--Wk 10/19] then leads generally SSW through a dredged channel,
marked by buoys (lateral), to the turning basin.
Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay -- Paragraph 5.176 4 lines 1--7 Delete
Newport News — Depth
108 US Notice 48/12263/18 [NP69--No 10--Wk 51/18]

Newport News Channel — 152 m (50 ft). Cape Charles — Lighthouse
US Notice 46/12245/19 [NP69--No 34--Wk 52/19]
169
Virginia -- Newport News -- Paragraph 7.20 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:

James River — Depths
Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N
109 755439W) (4.25).
Paragraph 4.113 1 line 2 For 106 m (35ft) Read 76 m Paragraph 7.20 4 line 2 Delete
(25ft)
Cape Charles Light — as above.

Cape Charles — Lighthouse North Carolina -- East of Pamlico Sound --
Wimble Shoals — Directions; wreck
114
169--170
Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N
755439W) (4.25). ...over which the sea breaks in E gales. A wreck
Paragraph 4.164 2 line 2 Delete with a depth of 21 m (11 fm) lies 7½ miles ESE.
Thence:
Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay --

Hampton Roads Approach -- North Carolina -- Approaches to Morehead City
Thimble Shoal — Directions; light — Directions; light buoy
114 176
Paragraph 4.164 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: Paragraph 7.71 1 line 2 For 343482N 764156W Read
Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (370087N 343666N 764120W
761439W) (4.37).
Paragraph 4.164 2 line(s) 4 Delete US Chart 11544/20 [NP69--No 37--Wk 16/20]
US Notice 22/12221/19 [NP69--No 23--Wk 26/19] North Carolina -- Morehead City and
Beaufort Inlet — Pilotage
Cape Charles — Lighthouse 178
Paragraph 4.170 2 lines 2--4 Replace by: 2 Pilots are available 24 hours, boarding vessels
within Pilot Boarding Area 1 (343752N 763940W).
...Lighthouse (disused) (370738N 755439W) (4.25) See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5)
the track leads about 10 miles NNW through a channel,
marked by a light buoy and numbered buoys (lateral), for details.
passing:
US Notice U1 27/20 Coast Pilot 4 Chapter 5 paragraph 58
US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 19--Wk 10/19] [NP69--No 40--Wk 33/20]
2 -- 355
Index
NP69
North Carolina -- Approaches to Morehead City North Carolina -- Morehead City and
— Directions; light buoy Beaufort Inlet — Directions; leading lights
178 179
Paragraph 7.92 1 line 2 For 343482N 764156W Read Paragraphs 7.94--7.96 including headings and existing
343666N 764120W Section IV Notices Weeks 28/19, 52/19 and 16/20 Replace
by:

Entry
343666N 764120W
7.94
1 Range A (Beaufort Inlet Channel) leading lights:
Paragraph 7.93 2 lines 7--9 Replace by: Front light (framework tower on platform)
The track then leads NNW to the vicinity of (344184N 763987W).
BM Light Buoy (safe water) (343666N 764120W). Middle light (white diamond, orange border, on
multi--pile structure) (3¾ cables from front light).
US Chart 11544/20 [NP69--No 38--Wk 16/20] Rear light (framework tower on platform) (8 cables
from front light).
2 From the vicinity of BM Light Buoy (safe water)
North Carolina -- Morehead City and (343666N 764120W), the alignment (0112) of
Beaufort Inlet — Directions; lights; alignment these lights, visible on the leading line only, leads
through the centre of Beaufort Inlet Channel, marked
179 by light buoys (lateral), to a position close SW of
Shackleford Point (7.78).
Paragraph 7.94 1 line(s) 4--7 Replace by: 3 Cutoff Channel. The track leads NNW through the
centre of Cutoff Channel to the beginning of Range B
Middle light (white diamond, orange border, on (Morehead City Channel) east of Fort Macon (7.78).
multi--pile structure) (3¾ cables from front light).
Range B (Morehead City Channel). The line of bearing
Rear light (framework tower on platform) (9½ cables (127), astern, of Morehead City Channel Warning Light A
from front light). (344146N 763972W) leads through the centre of
From the vicinity of BM Light Buoy (safe water) Morehead City Channel. Thence the track leads NNW to
(343482N 764156W), the alignment (0112) of
the chosen destination.
these lights, visible...
Spare
ENC US5NC17M [NP69--No 35--Wk 52/19] 7.95
Spare
North Carolina -- Approaches to Morehead City 7.96
— Directions; light buoy
US Notice 37/11541/20
179 [NP69--No 43--Wk 45/20]

South Carolina -- Long Bay — Directions; wrecks
From the vicinity of BM Light Buoy (safe water)
(343666N 764120W), the alignment (0112) of 182
these lights, visible...
US Chart 11544/20 [NP69--No 39--Wk 16/20]
SSE of a wreck (331686N 774136W) with a
North Carolina -- Morehead City — Paragraph 7.113 2 lines 1--2 Delete
Directions; light
179 US Notice 22/411/18 [NP69--No 6--Wk 26/18]

North Carolina -- Cape Fear River —
1 Range B (Morehead City Channel). The line of Vertical clearance
bearing (127), astern, of Morehead City Channel
Warning Light A (344146N 763972W) leads 183
through the centre of Morehead City Channel. Thence
Paragraph 7.125 1 line 2 For 502 m (165 ft) Read 658 m
the track leads NNW to the chosen destination.
(216 ft)
US Notice 24/11541/19
[NP69--No 25--Wk 28/19] US Notice 3/11537/20 [NP69--No 36--Wk 08/20]
2 -- 356
Index
NP69
North Carolina -- Willmington -- Smith Island — For the latest controlling depth the charts and the
Directions; leading lights port authorities should be consulted.
184 US Notice 35/11512/19 [NP69--No 29--Wk 41/19]

Georgia -- Savannah —
...(335279N 780008W). Development; entrance channel
Rear light (framework tower on multi--pile structure)
211
(2¼ cables from front light).
The alignment (0419) of these lights leads... Paragraph 8.110 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
US Notice 36/11534/18 [NP69--No 8--Wk 40/18] 1 Works are in progress (2019) to widen sections of
the channel and increase the project depth in the
inner harbour.
Charleston-- Wando River —
General information; US Notice 35/11512/19 [NP69--No 30--Wk 41/19]
vertical and horizontal clearances
206 Georgia -- Savannah — Directions; lights
4 A fixed bridge (325542N 794955W), with a Paragraph 8.114 1 line(s) 1--9 Replace by:
vertical clearance of 167 m (55 ft), spans the 1 From the vicinity of 315650N 803650W, the
river at Cainhoy, about 9 miles above the track leads WNW in the entrance channel to a
entrance.
position WNW of T Light Buoy (safe water)
Paragraph 8.66 5 Replace by: (315786N 804316W).
Tybee Leading Lights:
5 Horizontal clearances: Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework
The fixed bridge 3 miles above the entrance has an tower) (320043N 804874W).
horizontal clearance of 1066 m (350 ft); Rear light (2 miles from front light).
The fixed bridge at Cainhoy has an horizontal 2 The alignment (298) of these lights leads WNW for
clearance of 274 m (90 ft). about 3¾ miles through the centre of Tybee Range,
marked by light buoys (lateral), to the beginning of
US Notice 23/11524/19 [NP69--No 24--Wk 28/19]
Bloody Point Range.
South Carolina -- Port Royal Sound — US Notice 35/11505/19 [NP69--No 31--Wk 41/19]
Limiting conditions; depths
Florida -- Saint Marys Entrance --
208 Amelia River — Depths
1 Controlling depths. Project depths for the Paragraph 9.24 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by:
channels are as follows:
From Entrance Channel to Bay Point Reach, about 1 Project depths. Entrance channel has a project
12½ miles: 82 m (27 ft), thence: depth of 140 m (46 ft) for about 8 miles, then 137 m
From Fort Fremont Reach to Port Royal Reach, (45 ft) for the next 2 miles, then a minimum of 134 m
about 8 miles: 73 m (24 ft), thence: (44 ft) to Kings Bay (304790N 813073W). The
In the turning basin: 82 m (27 ft). channel has least width of 147 m (482 ft).
For the latest controlling depth the charts and the 2 Amelia River (9.33) channel has a project depth of
port authorities should be consulted. 110 m (36 ft) to No 10 Light Buoy (304053N
2 Tidal levels. At Beaufort the mean spring range is 812800W), then 85 m (28 ft) for the remainder of
about 25 m; mean neap range about 18 m. See the dredged channel. The channel has a least width
information in ADMIRALTY Tide Tables. of 91 m (300 ft).
Georgia -- Savannah — Controlling depths St Marys Entrance — Pilot boarding position
225
210
2 Pilots board vessels in the vicinity of STM Light
1 Project depth for the main channel from Tybee Buoy (304290N 811464W), or N of the entrance
Range to the entrance breakwaters is 149 m (49 ft). channel in the vicinity of 304330N 812000W. The
Thence from New Channel Range to Whitehall pilot boat has a black...
Channel (8.124) the project depth reduces to 128 m
(42 ft). ENC US5GA18M [NP69--No 1--Wk 39/17]
2 -- 357
Index
NP69
Georgia -- Saint Marys Entrance — Florida -- Jacksonville --
Restricted area Mayport Entrance Channel —
Directions; dangerous wreck
225
235
Paragraph 9.27 2 line 2 For area is Read areas are
Paragraph 9.27 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: 2 Caution. A dangerous wreck (302382N
812401W), position approximate, is situated within
...required to maintain steerage. the entrance channel.
A second regulated navigation area is established,
from 1 mile N, to 1 mile S of the entrance channel US Notice 29/11489/20 [NP69--No 41--Wk 35/20]
centre line, extending from the shore to the STM Light
Buoy (safe water).
See Appendix V for general rules governing NP69A East coasts of Central America and
regulated navigation areas. Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2020 Edition)
ENC US5GA18M [NP69--No 3--Wk 45/17]
Colombia -- Cayos del Este Sudeste —
Traffic regulations; restricted areas
Florida -- Jacksonville — Channel; depths
64
229
Paragraph 9.72 1 lines 3--7 Replace by: 1 Traffic separation schemes (2.41) have been
Jacksonville Harbor Barcut–3 (302387N established off Cabo de San Antonio (2.38) and Cayo
812209W); 122 m to 128 m (40 to 42 ft); La Tabla (2.44).
Main channel from Jacksonville Harbor Barcut–3 to Restricted areas. Entry into the Cayos del Este
Lower Terminal Channel (302124N Sudeste (2.19) is affected by numerous restrictions
813714W); 122 m (40 ft); and prohibitions. For further details, consult the local
Upper Terminal Channel (301966N 813745W); authorities.
104 m (34 ft);
Colombian Chart 204/20
Paragraph 9.72 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: [NP69A--No 1--Wk 50/20]
2 Mayport Entrance Channel (302382N

812393W); 152 m (50 ft); Colombia -- Cayos del Este Sudeste —
Old River (Cut–A (302395N 813061W), Cut–G Restricted areas; caution
(302382N 813302W), Cut–F (302462N
813267W); 116 m (38 ft); 65--66
Blount Island Marine Terminal Entrance Channel Paragraph 2.19 2 Replace by:
(302375N 813100W); 116 m (38 ft).
2 Restricted areas. See 2.7.
Paragraph 9.72 3 lines 1--3 Delete Caution is required when navigating in the vicinity
of the bank due to strong winds and currents.
Directions. There are no specific directions, the
US Notice 33/11491/19 [NP69--No 28--Wk 40/19]
chart being sufficient guide.
Useful mark:
Florida -- Jacksonville -- Saint Johns River — Cayo Bolivar Light (red tower, white bands)
Vertical and horizontal clearances (122397N 812849W).
Anchorage may be obtained on the W edge of the
bank, outside the reef.
230
Paragraph 9.73 4 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Colombian Chart 204/20

[NP69A--No 2--Wk 50/20]
4 Acosta Bridge (301931N 813985W), a fixed
bridge with a vertical clearance of 225 m United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico --
(74 ft), 3 cables above Main Street Bridge. Galveston Bay -- Bolivar Roads — Anchorage
173
Acosta Bridge has a horizontal clearance of 524 m
(172 ft).
Florida East Coast Railway Company Bridge has a ...56 ft) in the anchorage. There are multiple obstructions
horizontal clearance of 530 m (174 ft). within and close to the limits of the anchorage.
US Notice 13/11491/19 [NP69--No 21--Wk 16/19] ENC US5TX53M [NP69A--No 3--Wk 50/20]
2 -- 358
Index
NP70
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Bahamas -- Great Bahama Bank --
Ocean Cay — Depth; wreck
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 116

6 Paragraph 4.268 1--2 including existing Section IV Week
44/19 Replace by:
1 Position and function. Ocean Cay (252525N
Marine reserves, protected areas and parks are 791233W) is a private island operated by MSC
located throughout the waters of the Dominican Cruises.
Republic, including the extensive offshore Silver Bank
Topography. Ocean Cay is a man--made cay which
and Navidad Bank. These reserves and parks have
was developed from Sandy Cay.
numerous restrictions and penalties apply for
2 Controlling depth. Entry Channel is 140 m in width
violations.
with depths generally exceeding 12 m. The least depth
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 10--Wk 09/19] in the turning circle is 105 m over a dangerous wreck
(252493N 791225W).
Pilotage is available from Nassau upon request.
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve Pilots board 2 miles SW of the entrance to Entry
79 Channel.
3 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of
After Paragraph 3.4 3 line 4 Insert: 252448N 791426W, the track leads ENE through
Entry Channel, marked by light beacons (lateral), in
4 Marine parks and reserves. Navidad Bank, Silver
the white sector (074--075) of PEL Light Beacon
Bank, the S part of Mouchoir Bank and associated
(252504N 791198W).
waters are situated within an extensive marine reserve
of the Dominican Republic; restrictions and penalties
791331W) lies close NNW of the channel entrance.
apply. See 1.52. 4 Berths. The berth is 173 m in length with a
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 11--Wk 09/19] breasting dolphin and two mooring dolphins. The berth
is fronted by a turning basin with a radius of 200 m. A
dangerous wreck (252493N 791225W) lies within
Bahamas -- Freeport — Pilotage the turning basin.
112 UKHO [NP70--No 40--Wk 09/20]
Pilots for Buckeye Bahamas Hub board in position Bahamas -- Great Bahama Bank --
Ocean Cay — Anchorages
262875N 784525W.
116
Freeport Harbour Company [NP70--No 41--Wk 14/20]
Bahamas -- Great Bahama Bank -- Week 09/20 Replace by:
Ocean Cay — Port development
1 Position and function. Ocean Cay (252525N
116 791233W) is a private island operated by MSC
Cruises.
Paragraph 4.268 1--2 Replace by: Topography. Ocean Cay is a man--made cay which
1 Position and function. Ocean Cay (252525N was developed from Sandy Cay.
791233W) is a private island operated by MSC 2 Controlling depth. Entry Channel is 140 m in width
Cruises. with depths generally exceeding 12 m. The least depth
Topography. Ocean Cay is a man--made cay which in the turning circle is 105 m over a dangerous wreck
was developed from Sandy Cay. (252493N 791225W).
2 Controlling depth. Entry Channel is 140 m in width Pilotage is available from Nassau upon request.
with depths generally exceeding 12 m. Pilots board 2 miles SW of the entrance to Entry
Pilotage is available from Nassau upon request. Channel.
Pilots board 2 miles SW of the entrance to Entry 3 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of
Channel. 252448N 791426W, the track leads ENE through
Directions. From a position in the vicinity of Entry Channel, marked by light beacons (lateral), in
252448N 791426W, the track leads ENE through the white sector (074--075) of PEL Light Beacon
Entry Channel, marked by light beacons (lateral), in (252504N 791198W).
the white sector (074--075) of PEL Light Beacon A dangerous wreck (252482N 791331W) lies
(252504N 791198W). close NNW of the channel entrance.
Berths. The berth is 173 m in length with a 4 Anchorage is available in the following positions:
breasting dolphin and two mooring dolphins. The berth 252520N 791430W;
is fronted by a turning basin with a radius of 200 m. 252420N 791390W;
252340N 791360W;
GB Chart 461; MSC Cruises 252200N 791270W;
[NP70--No 37--Wk 44/19] 252138N 791252W.
2 -- 359
Index
NP70
5 Berths. The berth is 173 m in length with a United States of America -- East coast --
breasting dolphin and two mooring dolphins. The berth Florida -- Port Canaveral —
is fronted by a turning basin with a radius of 200 m. A General layout; directions; basins
dangerous wreck (252493N 791225W) lies within
125
the turning basin.
MSC Cruise Management (UK)
1 An E--W channel, consisting of Cut--2, Cut--3,
[NP70--No 43--Wk 30/20]
Middle Turning Basin Access Channel, West Access
Channel, West Turning Basin Lower and the
Canaveral Barge Canal connects the Atlantic Ocean
United States of America -- Straits of Florida --
Through route — Data collecting buoy with the Intracoastal Waterway (1.40). The city of
Canaveral stands on the S side of the channel; on the
N side lie Trident, Middle and West Basins.
119
Paragraph 5.51 1 line 8 For Outer Reach Read Cut--1A,
Paragraph 5.9 1 line 5 For 283130N 801130W Read Cut--1B and Cut--1
283040N 801110W
Paragraph 5.51 2 line 2 For Outer Reach Channel Read
Cut--1B
US Notice U1 5/11009/19 [NP70--No 9--Wk 09/19]
United States of America -- Straits of Florida — 3 The alignment (2698) of these lights leads through
Data collection buoy Cut--2, Cut--2 (44), Cut--3, Middle Turning Basin
Access Channel, West Access Channel and West
119 Turning Basin Lower, marked by light buoys and light
beacons, passing S of Trident Basin, Middle Basin
After Paragraph 5.9 1 line 6 Insert: and West Basin.
Trident Basin Leading Lights:
ODAS A CDIP STA 244 (242443N 815801W). Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework
tower) (282516N 803589W).
US Notice 32/4148/19 [NP70--No 35--Wk 38/19] 4 Rear light (similar structure) (1¾ cables from
front light).
The alignment (3261) of these lights leads into
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- Trident Basin.
Port Canaveral — Depths From the W side of Middle Basin, the Canaveral
Barge Canal runs past West Basin to join the
123 Intracoastal Waterway in Banana River passing S of
the West Access Channel.
Paragraph 5.37 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Paragraph 5.52 1 line 1 For East Read Trident
1 Project depths:
US Charts 11478; 11481 [NP70--No 3--Wk 49/18]
Cut--1A, 1B, Cut--1, Cut--2 14 m (46 ft)
Cut--2 (44), Cut--3 134 m (44 ft)
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida --
Middle Turning Basin Access 107 m (35 ft) Port Canaveral — Basins and berths
Channel
West Access Channel 131 m (43 ft) 125
West Turning Basin Lower 107 m (35 ft) Paragraph 5.52 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:
This basin (282472N 803653W) is for cargo
US Chart 11478 [NP70--No 1--Wk 49/18] and military purposes:
North piers 1--2 (282472N 803653W),
multipurpose, with a combined berthing space of
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- 393 m and depths alongside of about 116 m. A
Port Canaveral — Traffic regulations RoRo facility is situated at the N end of North
Pier 1.
124 Poseidon Pier is restricted, for military use only. See
5.43.
Paragraph 5.43 2 line 2 For East Read Trident After Paragraph 5.52 1 line 11 Insert:
Container terminal, on the E side of the basin
Paragraph 5.43 2 line 13 For East Read Trident includes North Cargo Berths 5/6 with 571 m
continuous quay length, least depth about 109 m.
US Chart 11478 [NP70--No 2--Wk 49/18] BA Chart 3692/19 [NP70--No 7--Wk 06/19]
2 -- 360
Index
NP70
United States of America -- East coast -- 1 Cut 1 Leading Lights:
Florida -- Port Canaveral — Basins and berths Front light (254522N 800730W).
Rear light (3¼ cables from front light).
125--126 From a position in the vicinity of M Light Buoy (safe
water) (254610N 800500W), the alignment (2495)
of these lights leads through Cut 1, towards the
1 Access Channels, south side: dredged area S of No 6 and No 8 Light Buoys.
Cruise terminal berth 1 (282452N 803671W) is 2 Cut 2 Leading Lights:
432 m in length and has a maximum permitted Front light (254525N 800663W).
draught of 111 m alongside. Rear light (6½ cables from front light).
Cruise terminal berths 2--4 (282453N 803590W) 3 The alignment (1148), astern, of these lights leads
have a combined length of 656 m with depth between the training walls to a position NNE of Fisher
alongside of 97 m (2016). Island.
2 Tanker berth 1 (282454N 803646W), with Thence the track either continues WNW though
104 m of berthing space and depths alongside Cuts 2 to 4 of the main entrance channel, or leads W
from 121 to 124 m. through Fishermans Channel, to the requisite berth.
South cargo piers 1--3 (282454N 803626W) Caution. Identification of the entrance to Miami is
have a combined length of 492 m with depths difficult at night due to the extent and brilliance of the
alongside from 109 to 121 m. No 4 cargo pier, W city lights.
of the tanker berth, has a depth alongside of
124 m. Paragraph 5.131 including heading Replace by:
3 West Access Channel, north side:
North piers 3--4, each with 122 m of berthing space Spare
and maximum draught alongside of 96 m. 5.131
BA Chart 3692/19 [NP70--No 8--Wk 06/19] US Notice 27/11465/19 [NP70--No 34--Wk 33/19]
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- United States of America -- Florida -- Key West —
Miami — Limiting conditions Pilotage
132 139
Paragraph 5.117 1 Replace by: Paragraph 5.175 1 line(s) 4 For 1½ miles Read 2 miles
1 Project depths:
US Notice 32/US Coast Pilot 4; US Chart 11/19
Cut 1 (Outer Bar Cut) 158 m (52 ft) [NP70--No 36--Wk 38/19]
Cut 2 (Widener) 158 m (52 ft)
Cut 3 (Bar Cut) 152 m -- 110 m United States of America -- Florida -- Dry
(50 ft -- 36 ft) Tortugas — Directions; buoyage
Cut 4 (Government Cut) 110 m (36 ft) 143
Fisher Island Turning Basin 152 m (50 ft)
(Main Channel)
Fishermans Channel 152 m (50 ft) 2 SSW of a tower (disused lighthouse) (243474N
(South Ship Channel) 823512W) which stands on Rebecca Shoal,
(Lummus Island Cut) a coral bank, thence:
SSW of Dry Tortugas (243900N 825200W)
Lummus Island Turning Basins 152 m (50 ft) (5.209). An ATBA surrounds the Dry Tortugas
Dodge Island Cut 104 m (34 ft) National Park (see 5.139).
US Notice 16/1113/19 [NP70--No 26--Wk 20/19]

1 The least project width for Cuts 1 to 4, Fishermans Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
Channel and Dodge Island Cut is 122 m (400 ft). 147
US Notice 27/11465/19 [NP70--No 33--Wk 33/19] After Paragraph 6.6 1 line 12 Insert:
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- Regulations

Miami — Directions
6.6a
134--135 1 Marine reserves. The following areas lie within
marine reserves, protected areas or parks within
Paragraph 5.130 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by: Dominican Republic waters. Restrictions and penalties
for violations apply. Local authorities should be
Main entrance channel consulted, especially if anchoring or waiting off. See
5.130 also 1.52.
2 -- 361
Index
NP70
2 Bahía de Samaná (6.8) and coastal areas from After Paragraph 6.61 1 line 9 Insert:
the vicinity of Punta Rey (190182N
685809W) to the vicinity of Cabo Francés Caution, see 6.6a.
Viejo (194001N 695624W), and extending
seaward to the off--lying banks (3.4), lie within BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 16--Wk 09/19]
a marine reserve where restrictions and
penalties apply.
3 Banco de Monte Cristi (6.37), portions of which Cuba -- North coast -- Bahía de Levisa —
Limiting conditions; controlling depth
comprise a marine park extending generally
between the vicinity of Punta de Buren
(195228N 711268W) to the vicinity of Isla 163
Cabras (195332N 714013W).
Cayos Siete Hermanos (The Seven Brothers) Paragraph 7.24 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
(195370N 715000W) (6.45). 1 Controlling depth. Depths within the buoyed
entrance channel generally exceed 20 m. Depths in
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 12--Wk 09/19]
the fairway leading W towards Nicaro pier generally
exceed 9 m.
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
Paragraph 7.26 2 line(s) 6 For 10 m Read 9 m
148
After Paragraph 6.14 1 line 6 Insert: Cuban Chart 11879/16 [NP70--No 31--Wk 27/19]
Caution, see 6.6a.
After Paragraph 6.15 1 line 11 Insert: Cuba -- North coast -- Puerto de Cárdenas —
Controlling depths
Caution, see 6.6a.
Caution, see 6.6a. Paragraph 7.91 1 line 2 For 56 m Read 23 m
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 13--Wk 09/19]

Cuban Chart 11842 (2019) [NP70--No 38--Wk 03/20]
149
After Paragraph 6.17 3 line 2 Insert: Cuba -- North coast --
Caution, see 6.6a. Puerto de Cárdenas — Anchorages
After Paragraph 6.18 1 line 4 Insert: 172--173

Caution, see 6.6a.
1 Port operations. Vessels are only allowed to enter
Caution, see 6.6a. or depart in daylight. A speed restriction of 6 kn
After Paragraph 6.25 2 line 7 Insert: applies when passing through the channels.
Pilotage is compulsory; pilots (7.114) board off
Caution, see 6.6a. Matanzas.
2 Tugs are compulsory.
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 14--Wk 09/19] Regulations concerning entry:
Traffic in the channel is one way only.
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve In Canal de los Barcos vessels entering must give
way to laden vessels leaving the port.
150
Cuban Chart 11842 (2019) [NP70--No 39--Wk 03/20]
Caution, see 6.6a.
Cuba -- North coast -- La Habana —
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 15--Wk 09/19] Basins and berths; alongside depths
179
Paragraph 7.135 5 line(s) 3 For 94 to 99 m Read 78 to
155
88 m
Caution, see 6.6a. Cuban Chart 11830/19 [NP70--No 32--Wk 27/19]
2 -- 362
Index
NP70
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 4 Berths. The pier (182636N 691516W) has two
berths with charted depths alongside of about 16 m. It
185 has been reported that vessels up to 80 000 tonnes
and 255 m in length can be accommodated. The CBM
(182610N 691528W) is suitable for vessels up to
125 m in draught, 227 m in length and 72 000 dwt.
Regulations For further details, the port authority should be
8.6a consulted.
1 In addition to the regulations regarding coastal
anchorages (8.3), extensive areas of Dominican Dominican Chart 25849 (Plan B1)/18
Republic waters lie within marine reserves, protected [NP70--No 28--Wk 22/19]
areas or parks. Restrictions and penalties for
violations apply. Local authorities should be consulted,
especially if anchoring or waiting off. See also 1.52.
Dominican Republic -- South coast --
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 17--Wk 09/19] Puerto La Cana — Directions; leading lights
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 188
187 Paragraph 8.30a 2 existing Section IV Notice week 22/19

Replace by:
2 Directions. The terminal is approached from S in
Caution, see 1.52. waters clear of dangers.
CBM leading lights:
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 18--Wk 09/19]
Front light (182652N 691532W).
Rear light (about 1¼ cables from front light).
San Pedro de Macorís — Berths; terminal The alignment (355) of these lights leads N to the CBM.
188 UKHO [NP70--No 44--Wk 51/20]

Dominican Chart 25849 (Plan B1)/18
188
[NP70--No 27--Wk 22/19]
San Pedro de Macorís — Berths; terminal Caution, see 1.52.
After Paragraph 8.30 1 Insert: Caution, see 1.52.

Puerto La Cana
8.30a Caution, see 1.52.
1 General information. Puerto La Cana (182650N
691525W) is an oil and LPG facility located about
2 miles E of Punta Pescadero (8.13). It consists of an Caution, see 1.52.
angled pier with dolphins and a CBM.
Port authority. See 8.23. After Paragraph 8.35 1 line 4 Insert:
Pilotage. Pilots board in position 182533N
Caution, see 1.52.
691585W.
2 Directions. The terminal is approached from S in
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 19--Wk 09/19]
waters clear of dangers.
CBM leading lights:
Front light (182652N 61532W). Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
Rear light (about 1¼ cables from front light).
The alignment (355) of these lights leads N to the 189
CBM.
3 Pier leading lights: After Paragraph 8.41 1 line 5 Insert:
Front light (182631N 691509W).
Middle light (1½ cables from front light). Caution. Vessels should not approach, wait or
Rear light (3¼ cables from front light). anchor close W of Cape Caucedo where a marine
The alignment (309) of these lights leads NW to park is situated. See 8.6a and 1.52.
the berth. The approach is marked by light buoys
(starboard hand). BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 20--Wk 09/19]
2 -- 363
Index
NP70
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 2 No 3 (200039N 755161W), in depths from 6
to 8 m, mud and chalk.
196 No 4 (200072N 755131W) (WNW of Punta de la
Cruz), in depths from 6 to 10 m, mud and chalk.
No 5 (200113N 755081W) (W of Espigón
Caution, see 1.52. Romero (9.46)), in depths from 4 to 6 m, mud and
chalk.
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 21--Wk 09/19] 3 No 6 (200125N 755060W) (WNW of Espigón
Romero), in depths from 5 to 12 m, mud and
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve chalk.
197 Cuban Chart 11905/19 [NP70--No 30--Wk 27/19]
After Paragraph 8.113 1 line 2 Insert: Cuba -- South coast -- Casilda — Berths
Caution, see 1.52. 224
After Paragraph 8.115 1 line 4 Insert: line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
Paragraph 9.124 2
Caution, see 1.52. 2 Alongside berths. An L--shaped pier with two
After Paragraph 8.117 1 line 8 Insert: berths. No 1 on the W side is 105 m in length with
Caution, see 1.52. depths alongside of about 7 m. An obstruction with a
depth of 55 m lies close W of the berth; No 2 on the
After Paragraph 8.118 2 line 5 Insert: S side is 85 m in length with depths alongside of
Caution, see 1.52. about 6 m.
After Paragraph 8.119 2 line 4 Insert: Cuban Chart 11731; ENC CU511935
[NP70--No 29--Wk 25/19]
Caution, see 1.52.
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 22--Wk 09/19]

Jamaica -- South--east coast -- Port Royal —
Alongside berths; cruise terminal
251
199
Caution, see 1.52. Port Royal Cruise Port (175653N 765021W).
Ships moor between a buoy (175659N 765045W) at
After Paragraph 8.138 1 line 4 Insert: the stern and shore bollards. A floating pier, consisting of
Caution, see 8.7 and 1.52. three articulated self–propelled pontoon sections, capable
of extending approximately 230 m from the shore,
After Paragraph 8.139 1 line 4 Insert: connects to the passenger door.
Caution, see 8.7 and 1.52. UKHO H102 HMS Medway [NP70--No 42--Wk 15/20]
Caution, see 8.7 and 1.52. Jamaica -- Portland Bight -- Approaches to
Port Esquivel — Directions
255
Caution, see 8.7 and 1.52.
...track leads NNE, passing ESE of New Fortress LNG
Caution, see 1.52. Terminal (175068N 770698W), to the approaches to
Port Esquivel...
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 23--Wk 09/19]
GB Chart 457/19 [NP70--No 24--Wk 12/19]
Cuba -- South coast -- Bahía Santiago de Cuba —
Anchorage; depths Jamaica -- South coast -- Portland Bight —
Old Harbour LNG Terminal
214--215
256
1 Anchor berths with good holding ground, are
available as follows:
No 1 (195910N 755283W), in depths from 13 to Old Harbour LNG Terminal
15 m, clay. Vessels should anchor on the General information
alignment (146) of the church on Cayo Granma 10.165a
(9.38) and Morro de Santiago de Cuba Light
(9.42). 1 Position and function. Old Harbour LNG Terminal
No 2 (200019N 755164W), in depths from 8 to (175068N 770698W) is a LNG reception facility
10 m, mud and clay. serving Old Harbour Power Station.
2 -- 364
Index
NP70
Arrival information NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition)
10.165b
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
Basins and berths 7
10.165c
1 Berth. The terminal is an offshore structure in After Paragraph 1.53 1 line 9 Insert:
depths of 15 m with the FSRU Golar Freeze acting as Marine reserves, protected areas and parks are
floating storage. LNG bunkering from the facility is located throughout the waters of the Dominican
planned (2018). Republic, including the islands and offshore banks.
These reserves, protected areas and parks have
New Fortress Energy [NP70--No 4--Wk 49/18] numerous restrictions and penalties apply for
violations.
BA Chart 3001 [NP71--No 43--Wk 09/19]
Jamaica -- Portland Bight; Approaches to
Port Esquivel — Terminal name
Anguilla -- Sombrero Island — Directions; light
256 62
Paragraph 10.165a 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week
49/18 Replace by: Sombrero Light (white column) (183520N
632559W), reported unreliable (2016), situated
near the centre of Sombrero Island (2.14).
New Fortress LNG Terminal Paragraph 2.18 including heading Replace by:
General information Spare
10.165a 2.18
1 Position and function. New Fortress LNG Terminal
(175068N 770698W) is an LNG reception facility Anguilla Maritime Administration
serving Old Harbour Power Station. [NP71--No 18--Wk 16/18]
GB Chart 457/19 [NP70--No 25--Wk 12/19] Dominican Republic -- South coast --

Punta Palmillas to Bayahibe —
Anchorage; marine reserve
Jamaica -- South coast -- Portland Bight — 68
Anchorage
257 1 Anchorage with permission may be obtained
almost anywhere off the W coast of Isla Saona and
Paragraph 10.175 2 line 3 Replace by: the SE extremity of Hispaniola, between Punta
Palmillas (181225N 684515W) and Bayahibe
...of fine grey sand over mud, clear of a pipeline that (Bayajibe) (182200N 685050W). See 1.53.
transverses the bay. Care must be taken to... Particular positions are as follows:
New Fortress Energy [NP70--No 5--Wk 49/18] After Paragraph 2.53 1 line 6 Insert:
Caution, see 1.53.
Cayman Islands — BA Chart 3001 [NP71--No 44--Wk 09/19]

Restricted marine areas and marine parks
British Virgin Islands -- Virgin Gorda --
261 North Sound — Directions; buoyage
80
1 Several marine parks have been established around
1 When Gnat Point (182981N 642283W) bears
the coast of Grand Cayman, Cayman Brac and Little
177, the track leads 170 to the entrance of the
Cayman. Within these parks, various regulations
deep--water channel, passing:
including anchoring restrictions have been
E of Mosquito Rock (183106N 642334W) (3.46),
implemented in order to protect the coral reef. It is an thence:
offence to anchor where it would cause damage to 2 E of Colquhoun Reef (183083N 642310W),
coral anywhere in Cayman waters. See Appendix IX. which extends nearly 6 cables SE from
For further details the local authorities should be Mosquito Rock. This reef, which dries and on
consulted. which the sea breaks, is reported to be visible
at all tides and to be steep--to on its NE side.
Correspondence Cayman Islands 12/18 Thence:
[NP70--No 6--Wk 03/19] W of Cactus Reef (183073N 642267W), thence:
2 -- 365
Index
NP71
3 When clear of the channel, pass E of the bank Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix -- Hams Bluff —
extending S from Colquhoun Reef, thence: Directions; light
From this position the track leads SE for about
3½ cables to the anchorage. 111
Paragraph 3.57 5 line 1 Replace by: Paragraph 3.293 including heading Replace by:
4 Anchorages.
Spare
GB Chart 2020/19 [NP71--No 46--Wk 16/19]
3.293
Virgin Islands -- The Narrows — US Notice 40/25640/2017 [NP71--No 8--Wk 44/17]

Directions; depths
90
Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix --
Paragraph 3.142 2 lines 6--12 Replace by: Hams Bluff — Light
SSW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 77 m 115

(182248N 644150W), reported (2016),
thence: Paragraph 3.333 1 lines 8--10 Delete
NNE of Gowed Point (182113N 644085W) the
bluff end of a spur from a hill which projects
prominently between Mennebeck Bay Paragraph 3.334 2 line 4 Replace by:
(182130N 644100W) and Haulover Bay
NNW of Hams Bluff Light (white round tower)
(182100N 644065W), thence:
(174615N 645225W), exhibited from Hams
SSW of an isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 94 m
(182275N 643958W), thence: Bluff (3.333).
SSW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 55m
(182205N 643940W), reported (2016), US Notice 40/25640/2017 [NP71--No 9--Wk 44/17]
thence:
BA Chart 2005 [NP71--No 6--Wk 40/17] Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix -- Port Alucroix --
Krause Lagoon Channel — Directions; wreck
Virgin Islands -- Tortola --
Road Harbour — Alongside berths 119
Paragraph 3.190 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: Caution. A dangerous wreck (174211N
644622W) lies in the SW part of the turning basin.
2 Road Town Jetty (182513N 643708W) has
two jetties, offering a total of 190 m of ENC US5PR11M [NP71--No 66--Wk 22/20]
berthing space with a depth alongside of
365 m, providing berths for ferries and small
cruise vessels. The passenger terminal lies Puerto Rico -- West coast -- Bahía de Mayagüez
between the jetties. — Directions; obstruction
139
3 Cruise Ship Jetty (182530N 643674W)
extends 400 m SE from the E corner of Paragraph 4.126 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Wickhams Cay 1 (182528N 643689W),
with a width of 180 m, and a lighted dolphin 2 N of an obstruction with a depth of 48 m (16 ft)
at the seaward end. Depths alongside range (181295N 670980W), marked by Bahía de
from 10 m at the landward end to 15 m to Mayagüez Light Buoy No 6 (starboard hand).
seaward, and vessels up to 130 000 gt and
340 m in length have used the jetty. US Notice U1 5/11009/19 [NP71--No 42--Wk 09/19]
Oceanside Solutions [NP71--No 1--Wk 18/17]
Puerto Rico – Bahía de Ponce —
Virgin Islands -- Saint John -- Windward Passage Basins and berths; anchorage
-- Blunder Rocks — Wreck
169
101
SE of a dangerous wreck (182182N 644767W), A pipeline area extending S from the shore in the
position approximate, thence: vicinity of 175884N 663875W.
2 -- 366
Index
NP71
Saint Barthélémy -- Baie de Saint--Jean — Sint Maarten -- Cole Bay — Anchorage
Restricted area
184
After Paragraph 5.21 2 line 7 Insert: Outer anchorage lies S of the terminal as follows:
Cole Bay Anchorage (180070N 630520W), in
depths of about 13 m.
Restricted area
5.21a Netherlands Notice 39/347/19
1 Restrictions apply within an area E of the airport [NP71--No 53--Wk 44/19]
(175427N 625061W) as follows:
Entry to Baie de Saint--Jean (175437N Sint Maarten -- Simson Baai — Anchorage
625022W) is prohibited to all vessels with an air
draught greater than 10 m. The N limit of the 184
prohibited area is marked by SJ1 and SJ2 Light After Paragraph 5.68 1 line 5 Insert:
Buoys (special).
For further details, contact local authorities. Outer anchorages lie S of Simson Baai as follows:
Anchorage 1 (180050N 630650W), in depths of
about 30 m;
Anchorage 2 (180100N 630700W), in depths of
about 26 m;
Anguilla -- Seal Island — Directions; depth Netherlands Notice 39/347/19 [NP71--No 54--Wk 44/19]
181
Leeward Islands -- Saint Christopher —
Paragraph 5.32 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: Marine Management Areas
...SW of Seal Island. A 94 m patch (181493N 195

630827W) lies in the channel ESE of North After Paragraph 5.164 2 line 8 Insert:
Wager. Thence:
Marine management areas
5.164a
1 The waters surrounding St Christopher and Nevis
BA Chart 2047 [NP71--No 16--Wk 16/18] have been designated Marine Management Areas.
Numerous regulations, including restrictions on
anchoring, apply. Mariners are requested to contact
Anguilla -- Crocus Bay — Wreck; depth the port authority (5.210) for the latest information on
restrictions.
182 Dept. Maritime Affairs St Christopher 03/20
[NP71--No 62--Wk 15/20]
...within 1 mile SW of Flat Cap Point but, with the exception Leeward Islands -- Nevis —
Marine Management Areas
of a 51 m coral patch (181354N 630502W) and a
wreck (181281N 630559W), the bay is clear of 195
dangers.
BA Chart 2047 [NP71--No 17--Wk 16/18]
Marine management areas
5.166a
Leeward Islands -- Saint Martin -- 1 See 5.210.
West side -- Baie de Marigot — Pilotage
Dept. Maritime Affairs St Christopher 03/20
[NP71--No 63--Wk 15/20]
183
Paragraph 5.58 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: Saint Kitts -- Basseterre — Anchorages

200
...required. Pilotage is compulsory for all commercial Paragraph 5.213 Including heading Replace by:
vessels over 80 m LOA, visiting the port for the first
time. Pilot boards about 5 cables WNW of Galisbay Outer anchorages
Pier, south of the light buoy at Banc de Médée. 5.213
1 Designated anchorage for commercial vessels over
French Notice 35/H5 (2020) 3.4.4.3/20 24 m in length but less than 500 gt:
[NP71--No 67--Wk 41/20] 171665N 624235W, depth about 12 m.
2 -- 367
Index
NP71
Designated anchorages for commercial vessels over Saint Kitts and Nevis --
500 gt: The Narrows — Directions
171620N 624180W, depth about 12 m;
171661N 624271W, depth about 16 m; 206
171657N 624341W, depth about 20 m. Paragraph 5.271 1--2 Replace by:
2 Pleasure craft and yachts may anchor in Majors
Bay (171330N 623880W). White House Bay 1 The Narrows. Local authorities recommend vessels
(171520N 623990W) or Frigate Bay (171660N pass NW of Booby Islet (5.266) and Cow Rocks when
624150W). using the Narrows.
From a position about 4 cables N of Booby Islet,
Pilots and tugs the recommended route leads generally SW, passing:
5.213a NW of Booby Islet (171360N 623662W), thence:
1 Pilotage is not compulsory but a fee is charged Clear of a 58 m patch (171373N 623698W),
whether a Pilot is used or not. Pilots board 9 cables thence:
SSW of Saint Kitts Deep Water Port (5.221). NW of a 55 m patch (171313N 623672W),
thence:
Department of Maritime Affairs, St Kitts and Nevis SE of a 55 m patch (171345N 623742W),
[NP71--No 58a--Wk 10/20] thence:
2 NW of Cow Rocks (171283N 623726W),
marked by a light beacon (isolated danger),
Saint Kitts -- Basseterre — Obstructions
lying near the middle of the channel, at the
NW extremity of a broad spit, with depths of
200
37 m, extending NW from the coast of Nevis,
Paragraph 5.219 1 line 3 Replace by: thence:
...depth of about 14 m, fine sand and shells, noting Correspondence St. Kitts and Nevis
an obstruction (171703N 624286W) lying [NP71--No 55--Wk 03/20]
close E.
After Paragraph 5.220 1 line 9 Insert: Nevis -- The Narrows — Anchorages
2 Caution. A number of obstructions lie in the vicinity 206

of the mooring buoys. Paragraph 5.272 1 Replace by:
UKHO [NP71--No 56--Wk 04/20] 1 Pleasure craft and yachts may anchor in position
171196N 623742W, in the SW part of The
Narrows, in a depth of about 6 m.
Saint Kitts -- Basseterre — Anchorages
Department of Maritime Affairs, St Kitts and Nevis
200 [NP71--No 60--Wk 10/20]
Paragraph 5.219 Including heading and existing Section IV
Notice Week 04/20 Replace by: Antigua -- Saint Johns — Directions; oil terminal
212
Basins and berths
Spare
4 Thence adjust track to pass clear of the oil terminal
5.219
(5.337) and associated CBMs, and N of Warrington
Bank (170890N 615320W), marked on its N side
Department of Maritime Affairs, St Kitts and Nevis
[NP71--No 58b--Wk 10/20] by a light buoy (N cardinal), into Saint John’s Road;
or pass W of the bank to a position 2 miles WNW of
James Bluff, where the Pilot embarks (5.321).
Nevis -- Charlestown — Anchorages
West Indies Oil Company [NP71--No 49--Wk 40/19
202
Antigua -- Saint Johns — Oil terminal; buoyage
1 Anchorages: 213--214
The designated anchorages for commercial vessels Paragraph 5.337 1--3 Replace by:
visiting Nevis are:
Off Long Point Port (170658N 623772W); 1 The terminal consists of the Sea Island Jetty (Oil
Off Charlestown (170840N 623852W). Berth) (170903N 615214W) and CBM berths about
Pleasure craft and yachts may anchor off the Four 5 cables NW (outer) and 1½ cables NNW (inner).
Seasons Resort (170923N 623820W). The terminal approach lies within the white sector
of a light (170858N 615040W) which leads
Department of Maritime Affairs, St Kitts and Nevis through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to
[NP71--No 59--Wk 10/20] the jetty turning basin or inner CBM berth.
2 -- 368
Index
NP71
2 Sea Island Jetty has a length of about 236 m and Guadeloupe -- Grand Terre -- Le Moule —
depths of 106 m to 125 m alongside and is situated Directions; position; bearings
midway along a pipeline extending from the coast. It
is reported to accommodate vessels with a maximum 236--237
draught of 97 m. The berth consists of a steel and Paragraph 6.82 1 line 1--8 Replace by:
concrete jetty, about 60 m in length, flanked by
dolphins which are joined by catwalks. The line of the 1 From the vicinity of 162200N 612150W, the line
jetty is 286–106, with vessels berthed either side--to of bearing, 157, of Port du Moule West--side Light
on its S side. Working lights are used at night, (white pylon, red top, on hut, 11 m in height)
permitting night berthing. (161994N 612060W) leads towards the vicinity of
3 It is advised that the jetty should not be Passe Hastings, with the outer anchorage to the E.
approached via the channel from the S between At night, the line of bearing, 157, remains within
Middle Ground and James Ground. Tugs may be the red sector of the light, but leads towards a
required as the jetty is exposed to swell and prevailing position 1½ cables W of the outer anchorage (6.81).
winds.
Mooring buoys of the CBM berths are positioned in French Chart 7102/2018 [NP71--No 12--Wk 11/18]
depths of about 13 m (outer) and about 11 m (inner).
The berths are reported to accommodate vessels with Guadeloupe -- Pointe de Folle Anse — Berths
a maximum draught of about 134 m (outer) and 90 m
(inner). 242
West Indies Oil Company [NP71--No 50--Wk 40/19]
1 Description. A T--shaped pier extends about
1 cable WNW from Pointe de Folle Anse (155650N
Guadeloupe -- Basse--Terre — 612020W). The head of the pier is 79 m in length,
Marine reserve; prohibited anchorage on a line of 023, with a depth of about 10 m
alongside. Mooring buoys, positioned off the N and S
231 ends of the pierhead, assist in securing larger vessels
alongside. Maximum draught allowed is 9 m.
French Notice 36/H5/18 [NP71--No 25--Wk 40/18]
Traffic regulations
6.39a Guadeloupe -- Marie--Galante --
1 Restricted Area. A marine reserve, marked by light Baie de Saint--Louis — Submarine cables
buoys (special), has been established SW of Mahaut.
Fishing and diving are restricted in an area from 242
Pointe Mahaut (161172N 614725W) (6.42), SW to Paragraph 6.122 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:
161010N 614853W, thence SE to Pointe à Lézard
(160838N 614680W) (6.42). Submarine power cables are laid across the S
2 Prohibited Anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited end of the bay.
within approximately 300 m around Îlets à Goyaves Caution. It is reported (2020) that the cables may
(161010N 614740W). lie farther NE than charted.
MV Cosima PG [NP71--No 64--Wk 16/20]
Guadeloupe -- Marie--Galante --
Guadeloupe -- Terre--de--Haut — Baie de Saint--Louis —
Directions; anchorages; obstruction Anchorage; submarine cables
242
235
After Paragraph 6.60 2 line 8 Insert: Week 16/20 Replace by:
Caution. Numerous obstructions lie in the area. 1 Description. Baie de Saint--Louis (155730N
611950W) affords the best anchorage off
French Notice 51/257/19 [NP71--No 57--Wk 05/20] Marie--Galante for larger vessels, in depths of about
7 m good holding, 4½ cables WSW of Saint--Louis
Light (6.114). However, winds from the NE cause a
Guadeloupe -- Grand Terre -- Le Moule —
slight swell in the bay.
Outer anchorage; depths; bearings
Submarine power cables are laid across the S
end of the bay.
236
Caution. It is reported (2020) that the cables may
Paragraph 6.81 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: lie farther NE than charted.
A submarine cable is also laid E–W about 6 cables
1 A reported fine weather anchorage, with good S of Pointe du Cimetière (6.112), N of the tanker
holding, in depths of about 6 to 11 m, exists 4 cables anchorage.
N of Port du Moule, W Light. Tanker anchorage. Vessels over 1600 gt carrying
At night the anchorage lies within the lines of hydrocarbons or dangerous cargoes (1.51) must
bearing, 173 to 183, of Port du Moule W Light. anchor 7 cables WNW of Saint Louis.
French Chart 7102/2018 [NP71--No 11--Wk 11/18] French Notice 38/24P/20 [NP71--No 68--Wk 46/20]
2 -- 369
Index
NP71
Guadeloupe -- Pointe--à--Pitre -- 3 Between a bank (161151N 613201W)
Passe Ouest — Directions marked by PP8 Light Buoy (port hand) and a
depth of 109 m (161150N 613170W),
marked by PP9 Light Buoy, which lies about
244 1½ cables NW of the NW edge of the bank,
with depths of less than 10 m, extending SW
Paragraph 6.136 1--4 Replace by: from Pointe de la Verdure (161238N
613045W).
1 Passe Ouest, is the principal channel through Petit The track then continues to a position about 2 miles
Cul--de--Sac Marin (6.124) and must be used by W of Îlet du Gosier Light (161190N 612945W)
vessels with a draught of greater than 74 m. (6.135).
From a position close S of PP Light Buoy (S
cardinal) (160957N 613133W) the track leads W (Directions continue for
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), the entrance channel at 6.138)
passing:
2 N of a shoal (160928N 613179W), with a
least depth of 80 m, marked by PP2 Light
Buoy (port hand), thence: Guadeloupe -- Pointe--à--Pitre —
S of a shoal (160963N 613208W) with a least Alongside berths
depth of 72 m marked by PP1 and PP1BIS Light
Buoys (starboard hand). 244
Thence the track leads NW, passing:
3 NE of Caye à Dupont (160943N 613270W) Paragraph 6.140 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
marked at its NE extremity by PP4 Light Buoy ...No 4) have a combined length of 283 m, minimum depth
(port hand). alongside 37 m.
The track then continues to lead NW to a position
W of a bank (161033N 613268W), with a least Paragraph 6.140 2 lines 4--8 Replace by:
depth of 26 m, marked by PP5 Light Buoy. The track
...No 8) have a combined length of 306 m; least depth
then leads NNE, passing:
4 WNW of Caye Plate (161100N 613234W), alongside 14 m. A RoRo Terminal, positioned between
an isolated patch marked by PP7 Light Buoy No 6 and No 7 berths, has a depth alongside of 55 m.
(starboard hand), and: Paragraph 6.140 3 line 7 For 10 m Read 70 m
ESE of Frégate--de--Haut (161152N 613314W),
a drying bank marked by Frégate Light Buoy (S
cardinal). ENC FR571000 [NP71--No 10--Wk 52/17]
WNW of a bank (161151N 613201W) marked by
PP8 Light Buoy (port hand). Martinique — Regulations
5 The track then continues NNE as required for the
anchorage or ENE, passing clear of the 127 m shoal 253
patch (161179N 613203W) lying at the N extremity
of the above mentioned bank, to a position on the After Paragraph 7.1 2 line 3 Insert:
leading line of the entrance channel (6.138), about
2 miles W of Îlet du Gosier Light (161190N Regulations
612945W) (6.135). 7.1a
1 Anchoring in the coastal waters of Martinique is
(Directions continue for strictly regulated. For further details, see Appendix IX.
the entrance channel at 6.138)
Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18
Secondary channel [NP71--No 31--Wk 01/19]
6.136a
1 From a position close S of PP Light Buoy (S Martinique -- Rade de Saint--Pierre —
cardinal) (160957N 613133W) the track leads NW Prohibited area; anchorages
through a buoyed channel, passing:
NE of GP Light Buoy (preferred channel to port) 255
(160954N 613164W), thence:
NE of Mouton Vert (161010N 613218W), Paragraphs 7.21--7.22 including headings Replace by:
marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), and:
SW of an isolated shoal (161029N 613168W) Arrival information
with a least depth of 77 m and marked by 7.21
GP1 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence: 1 Prohibited area. Rade de Saint -- Pierre is
2 SW of Caye Ronde (161052N 613184W), encumbered by wrecks of archaeological interest. To
marked by GP3 Light Buoy (starboard hand), ensure the protection of the site, anchoring is
and:
prohibited in an area bounded by the end of the
NE of the shoal spit (161051N 613236W)
extending NNW from Mouton Vert. Saint--Pierre jetty (144451N 611064W) and three
The track then leads N and NE, passing: buoys (special marks) situated in the following
Between Mouchoir Carré (161104N 613189W) positions:
and Caye Plate (161100N 613234W), marked 144421N 611075W
respectively by GP5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) 144437N 611095W
and Caye Plate Light Buoy (E cardinal), thence: 144464N 611069W
2 -- 370
Index
NP71
Basins and berths Martinique -- Mouillage des Trois Îlets —
7.22 Anchorage
1 Anchorages and moorings. Vessels over 50 m in
length may anchor within an area, with a radius of 259
1 cable, centred on 144417N 611088W. For further
details see Appendix IX. Paragraph 7.58 3 lines 5--7 Replace by:
Mooring buoys, for the use of lighters and barges,
are situated near the head of the pier. Anchorage, for vessels over 50 m in length, is
Alongside berths. A pier (144451N 611064W) available within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables,
extends from the coast about 5 cables NNE of Pointe centred on 143298N 610191W.
Sainte--Marthe (144400N 611073W). Surf affects For further details see, Appendix IX.
the berths at the pier.
Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 [NP71--No 35--Wk 01/19]
[NP71--No 32--Wk 01/19]
Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France --

Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France — Mouillage des Trios Îlets — Anchorage
Outer anchorages
259
256
Paragraph 7.34 1 lines 4--9 Replace by: Paragraph 7.58 3 line(s) 5--7 including Existing Section IV
West of Pointe du Bout (143372N 610312W)
(7.53a). Anchorage, for vessels over 50 m in length, is
Mouillage des Flamands (143565N 610465W) available within Area No 2, radius 1½ cables, centred
(7.54). on 143298N 610191W. There are mooring buoys
Mouillage de la Dillon (143545N 610340W) within the anchorage area.
(7.55). For further details see, Appendix IX.
Mouillage des Trois Îlets (143298N 610191W)
(7.56). French Notice 31/253/19 [NP71--No 48--Wk 36/19]
For further details on anchorages in the coastal Martinique -- Sainte--Luce — Restricted area
waters of Martinique, see Appendix IX.
261
[NP71--No 33--Wk 01/19] Paragraph 7.67 1 lines 1--3 including heading Replace by:
Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France — Pilotage Restricted area

7.67
256 1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area inshore of a line
joining Pointe Philippeaux (142790N 605568W),
Paragraph 7.37 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: MA2...
2 Pilots board at 143540N 610600W, or, for deep
draught vessels, at 143500N 610700W. French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71--No 4--Wk 30/17]
French Chart FR6892 [NP71--No 24--Wk 34/18]

Martinique – Culde--de--Sac du Marin —
Directions for entering harbour; channels
Martinique -- Pointe du Bout — Anchorages
262
258
West of Pointe du Bout
7.53a 2 The track, in depths decreasing to less than 5 m,
1 Three anchorages are available for vessels over then divides into three directions:
50 m in length as follows: Continuing NE in a channel marked by light buoys
Within an area, with a radius 1 cable, centred on
(lateral) for the marina facilities, or;
143320N 610397W.
Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on NNE for the anchorage and dock at Le Marin, W of
143341N 610406W. Banc de la Douane (142807N 605222W),
Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, centred which dries in places, or:
on 143319N 610433W. N in a buoyed channel with dredged depth of 4 m,
For further details, see Appendix IX. passing W of a wreck (142810N 605246W), to
an L--shaped pier for small craft.
[NP71--No 34--Wk 01/19] French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71--No 2--Wk 23/17]
2 -- 371
Index
NP71
Martinique -- Cul--de--Sac du Marin and Martinique -- Havre de la Trinité — Anchorages
Anse d’Arlets — Anchorages
265
262
Paragraph 7.76 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 7.93 Replace by:
1 Anchorage off the port for vessels over 50 m in

Basins and berths length is available, in about 16 m, within 1½ cables of
7.76 position 144526N 605747W. It is recommended
1 Anchorages for vessels over 50 m in length are that both anchors should be used if the wind is well
available as follows: established.
Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, centred 2 Anchorage inside the port is available, with the E
on 142730N 605290W. side of Îlet Saint--Aubin (7.89) bearing 349 and Pointe
Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables centred on Sainte Catherine bearing 310, clear of the submarine
142747N 605275W. outfall extending 4 cables NNE from the S end of the
For further details, see Appendix IX. bay to 1 cable W of TR8 buoy (7.92).
2 Alongside berths. The fishing and commercial For further details, see Appendix IX.
dock, at the W end of Le Marin, is enclosed by two
piers, each with a length of 30 m and marked by a
light at its outer end. There are depths of 25 to 30 m Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18
[NP71--No 37--Wk 01/19]
within the dock.

[NP71--No 36a--Wk 01/19] Martinique -- Havre du Robert — Anchorages
266
Martinique -- Sainte--Luce — Anchorage
262
Commercial anchorages. The commercial
Paragraph 7.78 1, 2 and 3 including headings Replace by: anchorages (144025N 605555W), for vessels over
50 m in length, lie in the bay W of Pointe Royale
Spare (7.98), in about...
7.78
French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71--No 5--Wk 30/17] 4 The anchorages are positioned as follows:
Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position
144025N 605497W.
Martinique -- Cul--de--Sac du Marin and
Anse d’Arlets — Anchorages Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position
144022N 605519W.
Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position
262
143998N 605538W.
Paragraph 7.78 including headings and existing Section IV For further details, see Appendix IX.
Notice Week 30/17. Replace by:
[NP71--No 38--Wk 01/19]
Anse d’Arlets
Martinique -- Îlet Long — Anchorages
7.78
1 Two anchorages are available for vessels over
50 m in length within Grande Anse d’Arlets 267
(143007N 610557W) as follows:
Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on After Paragraph 7.113 1 line 8 Insert:
143020N 610575W.
Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on Three anchorages for vessels over 50 m in length
143007N 610557W. are available N of Îlet Long (143675N 605124W)
2 A further anchorage is available for vessels over as follows:
50 m in length in Petite Anse d’Arlets as follows: Within 1 cable of position 143717N 605104W.
Within 1½ cables of a position centred on Within 1 cable of position 143688N 605157W.
142904N 610523W. Within 1 cable of position 143679N 605172W.
For further details, see Appendix IX. For further details, see Appendix IX.
Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18
[NP71--No 36b--Wk 01/19] [NP71--No 39--Wk 01/19]
2 -- 372
Index
NP71
Martinique -- Baie du Vauclin — The Grenadines – Carriacou and Grenada –
Directions; anchorages Northern channel — Directions; rock
268 299
S of an isolated rock with a depth of 52 m
Baie du Vauclin (122342N 612940W), 1½ cables SE of the
7.118a 30 m contour line which fringes the chain of
1 Directions. From a position ENE of V2 Light Buoy Bonaparte Rocks, thence:
(starboard hand) (143421N 604865W), the track
leads SW within the white sector (230--232) of Port Fugro LiDAR Survey [NP71--No 3--Wk 18/17]
Vauclin N Point Light (white tower, red top, 7 m in
height) (143309N 605017W) to a position NE of
V4 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (143320N The Grenadines -- Ronde Island —
604979W). Directions; rock; depths
Anchorage for vessels over 50 m in length is
available within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, 299
centred on 143332N 604958W.
For further details, see Appendix IX. Paragraph 8.154 1 lines 10--11 Replace by:
...which is a rock with a hole in it. Several
above--water rocks lie close to London Bridge and
[NP71--No 40--Wk 01/19]
a 96 m patch lies about 3½ cables NW.
Saint Lucia -- Laborie Bay — Directions; rock 2 S of a detached patch with a depth of 103 m
(121732N 613578W), thence:
276 S of a shoal with a least depth of 5 m...
Paragraph 7.173 2 line 5 Replace by: BA Chart 795 [NP71--No 29--Wk 45/18]
...calm weather. Thence:
SSW of a rock (134421N 605968W) with a depth
of 20 m, reported (2018). The Grenadines -- Carriacou -- Southwest Point
— Directions; rock
UKHO [NP71--No 27--Wk 44/18]
300

Saint Lucia -- Laborie Bay — Rock
...1½ cables S and a 72 m rock lies 2½ cables S.
277 Thence:
Paragraph 7.182 1 lines 7--8 Replace by: BA Chart 795 [NP71--No 30--Wk 45/18]
Buoys (lateral) have been laid inshore of the 5 m

contour to guide small craft to the pier.
St Vincent and the Grenadines -- Canouan --
2 Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been Charlestown Bay — Submarine cable
reported (2018) in the approach to the bay. A rock
(134421N 605968W) with a depth of 20 m, 301
reported (2018), lies about 7½ cables S of the head of
the bay. After Paragraph 8.178 1 line 8 Insert:
Caution. A submarine cable is laid across the S of
UKHO [NP71--No 28--Wk 44/18]
Charlestown Bay.
GB Chart 1043 [NP71--No 52--Wk 43/19]

St Vincent and the Grenadines --
Canouan — Depths
The Grenadines -- Carriacou --
293 Hillsborough Bay — Directions; depth
Paragraph 8.111 Replace by: 302
1 The coastal bank (8.65), 5 miles E of Canouan has
a least depth of about 20 m.
GB Chart 1043 [NP71--No 51--Wk 43/19] BA Chart 794/18 [NP71--No 23--Wk 19/18]
2 -- 373
Index
NP71
Grenada -- South coast -- Woburn Bay — Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour — Depth
Prohibited area
309
307 Paragraph 8.237 1 line 5 For 132 m Read 115 m
After Paragraph 8.219 1 line 4 Insert: BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 21--Wk 18/18]
Prohibited area. The Woburn Clarkes Court Bay Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour —
Marine Protected Area (MPA) is bounded by the Anchorages
following poisitons: 309
Mount Hartman Point (115983N 614484W).
115941N 614437W. Paragraph 8.240 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:
115918N 614333W. Southern anchorage is established in position
Point Egmont (115997N 614316W). 120310N 614610W, depths from 15 to 30 m, coral
Within the MPA the following prohibitions apply: and sand.
Anchoring, except in cases of emergency.
Fishing. After Paragraph 8.240 2 line 4 Insert:
Diving without the supervision of an authorized local Northern anchorage is established in position
dive operator. 120440N 614560W, depths from 12 to 21 m, coral
and sand.
BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 19--Wk 18/18] Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 13--Wk 13/18]
Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour —

Grenada -- South coast -- Prickly Bay — Depths Pilotage; landmark; light
310
307
After Paragraph 8.220 3 line 4 Insert: 1 Compulsory for vessels in excess of 200 tons and
also for the tanker terminals and outer anchorages
Clear of a rock (115928N 614596W) with a depth (8.240). Pilots board in position 120360N
of 38 m. A second rock (115940N 614601W) 614620W.
with a depth of 39 m lies 1 cable NNW and a
46 m isolated shoal (115935N 614594W) lies Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 14a--Wk 13/18]
close N. Thence:
Grenada -- West coast --
BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 20--Wk 18/18] Grande Anse Bay — Prohibited area
310
Grenada -- West coast -- Beauséjour Bay —
Marine Protected Area
Traffic regulations
8.243a
308 1 Prohibited area. The Grand Anse Marine Protected
Area (MPA) is bounded by the following positions:
Paragraph 8.225 1 including heading Replace by: 120276N 614505W
120287N 614732W
115995N 614926W
Traffic regulations
115993N 614727W
8.225
Within the MPA the following prohibitions apply:
1 Prohibited area. The Moliniere Beauséjour Marine
Anchoring, except in cases of emergency.
Protected Area (MPA) extends about 1 cable offshore
Fishing.
between Beauséjour Bay (120592N 614527W) and
Diving without the supervision of an authorized local
the N part of Grand Mal Bay (8.240). Within the MPA dive operator.
the following prohibitions apply:
Anchoring, except in cases of emergency. BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 22--Wk 18/18]
Fishing.
Diving without the supervision of an authorized local Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour —
dive operator. Pilotage; landmark; light
2 Exclusion zone. A permanent exclusion zone, 310
radius 8 cables, has been established around the
Kick ’em Jenny Volcano (121795N 613820W) and Paragraph 8.249 1 lines 4--8 Replace by:
an outer exclusion zone, radius 2¾ miles, will be Fort George (120297N 614522W). A flagstaff,
declared at times of increased or dangerous volcanic with an elevation of 77 m, stands near the NE
activity, see 8.150. corner.
BA Chart 797; Correspondence
[NP71--No 15--Wk 14/18] Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 14b--Wk 13/18]
2 -- 374
Index
NP71
Barbados -- Bridgetown — Obstruction; depth Russia -- Murmanskiy Bereg --
Guba Yarnyshnaya — Restricted area
327--328
101
...side of reclaimed land, is a dolphin berth
equipped to handle bulk grain and flour. Length of Restricted area. Anchoring, fishing and underwater
berth is 152 m and can accommodate a vessel with a operations are prohibited within Regulated Area No 94
maximum length of 183 m and up to 30 000 tonnes (690847N 360226E) (see Appendix I), situated
displacement. The reported depth alongside is 115 m. within the entrance to Guba Yarnyshnaya.
Caution. A shoal exists on the W end of the berth
with a least depth of 43 m. An obstruction Russian Chart 12001/19 [NP72--No 5--Wk 46/19]
(130660N 593771W), with a depth of 108 m, lies
alongside the centre of the berth.
Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations
UKHO; BA Chart 502 [NP71--No 7--Wk 44/17]
173
Appendix IX After Paragraph 6.5 1 Insert:
368
Regulations
After Appendix VIII Insert new Appendix IX which is printed 6.5a
at the end of Section IV of this week’s notices. 1 Nenetskiy State Nature Reserve. A marine
reserve exists around the peninsula of Poluostrov
Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 Russkiy Zavorot (6.7) and within the waters of
[NP71--No 41--Wk 01/19] Pechorskaya Guba (6.29), specifically:
The waters of Guba Korovinskaya (6.35) and Guba
Bolvanskaya (6.44);
NP72 Southern Barents Sea and An area extending approximately 5 miles offshore
Beloye More Pilot (2019 Edition) from the coast of Zakhar’in Bereg (6.35);
An area extending approximately 1 mile off
Poluostrov Russkiy Zavorot;
Russia -- Outer approaches to Murmansk -- An area extending approximately 1 mile off all of the
Kil’dinskiy Proliv — Outer anchorages sea islands within Pechorskaya Guba.
2 Within the reserve there is a prohibition on all
88
activities opposing the objectives of the reserve and
After Paragraph 2.130 2 line 3 Insert: the special regime prevailing in the area. Vessels
transiting the area should contact the Ministry of
Outer anchorages Natural Resources and Environment for further
2.130a information.
1 Three transhipment areas are established near
Bukhta Mogil’naya (2.77). Depths from 20 to 90 m, Russian Notice 25/3105/19 [NP72--No 1--Wk 40/19]
centred as follows:
Area 6 (691890N 341613E); Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations
Area 7 (691912N 341645E);
Area 8 (691895N 341727E). 177
Cautions. Mooring buoys are moored in and
around these areas. After Paragraph 6.32 1 line 4 Insert:
A submarine cable runs E--W through the centre of
Area 8 and the SE corner of Area 6. Regulations
6.32a
1 Nature reserve. See 6.5a.
Russia -- Murmanskiy Bereg -- Russian Notice 25/3105/19 [NP72--No 2--Wk 40/19]

Guba Voron’ya — Restricted area
101 Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations

Restricted area. Anchoring, fishing and underwater
operations are prohibited within Regulated Area No 93
(691295N 354485E) (see Appendix I), situated
about 2 miles NNW of Guba Voron’ya. A wreck Traffic regulations
(691301N 354381E), marked by a light buoy 6.77a
(isolated danger), lies within the restricted area. 1 Nature reserve. See 6.5a.
Russian Chart 12001/19 [NP72--No 4--Wk 46/19] Russian Notice 25/3105/19 [NP72--No 3--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 375
Index
NOTES
2 -- 376
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS
NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
100 The Mariner’s Handbook 12th (2020) 14/20
136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 1 1st (2018) 10/18
136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 2 1st (2018) 50/18
350(1) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables -- Atlantic Ocean 2nd (2011) 07/12
350(2) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables -- Indian Ocean 3rd (2008) 15/08
350(3) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables – Pacific Ocean 2nd (2009) 39/09
735 IALA Maritime Buoyage System. 8th (2018) 42/18
5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on ADMIRALTY Paper Charts 8th (2020) 47/20
5012 ADMIRALTY Guide to ENC Symbols used in ECDIS 2nd (2015) 34/15
133A Paper Chart Maintenance Record 4th (2013) 49/13
133C ENC Maintenance Record 2nd (2017) 48/17
231 ADMIRALTY Guide to the Practical Use of ENCs 3rd (2019) 42/19
232 ADMIRALTY Guide to ECDIS Implementation, Policy and Procedures 3rd (2019) 12/19
294 How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date 10th (2017) 22/17
Volume 1A ADMIRALTY Tide Tables United Kingdom – English Channel
201A to River Humber (including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European 2021 30/20
Channel Ports)
Volume 1B ADMIRALTY Tide Tables United Kingdom and Ireland
201B (excluding Isles of Scilly, English Channel to River Humber, 2021 31/20
Channel Islands and European Channel Ports)
Volume 2 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables North Atlantic Ocean and
202 2021 32/20
Arctic Regions
Volume 3 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Indian Ocean
203 2021 33/20
(including Tidal Stream Tables)
Volume 4 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South Pacific Ocean
204 2021 34/19
Volume 5 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South China Sea and Indonesia
205 2021 37/20
Volume 6 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables North Pacific Ocean
206 2021 41/20
207 Volume 7 ADMIRALTY South West Atlantic Ocean and South America 2021 45/20
Volume 8 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South East Atlantic Ocean,
208 2021 48/20
West Africa and Mediterranean (including Tidal Stream Tables)
164 Dover, Times of High Water and Mean Ranges (published annually) 2021 50/20
209 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Orkney and Shetland Islands, 1986 4th
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Coast of Ireland and West Coast of
218 5th
Scotland, 1995
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Portsmouth Harbour and Approaches,
219 2nd
1991
220 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Rosyth Harbour and Approaches, 1991 2nd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Plymouth Harbour and Approaches,
221 2nd
1991
3 -- 1
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
222 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Firth of Clyde and Approaches, 1992 1st
233 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Dover Strait, 1995 3rd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Thames Estuary, 1985
249 2nd
(with Co--Tidal Charts)
250 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The English Channel, 1992 4th
251 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Southern Part, 2005 4th
252 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, North Western Part, 2005 4th
253 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Eastern Part, 2004 2nd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The West Country, Falmouth to
254 1st
Teignmouth, 2003
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Falmouth to Padstow, including the
255 1st
Isles of Scilly, 2004
256 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea and Bristol Channel, 1992 4th
257 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Approaches to Portland, 1973 3rd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Bristol Channel, Lundy to Avonmouth,
258 1st
2006
259 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea Eastern Part, 2006 1st
263 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Lyme Bay, 2003 1st
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The Channel Islands and the
264 5th
Adjacent Coasts of France, 1993
265 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas France, West Coast, 2005 2nd
337 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The Solent and Adjacent Waters, 1993 4th
214 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Persian Gulf, 1999 2nd
215 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas South--East Asia, 1979 1st
303(1) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol I Selected Stars Epoch 2020.0 13/17
303(2) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol II Lat 0 -- 40 Dec 0 -- 29 24/18
303(3) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol III Lat 39 -- 89, Dec 0 -- 29 24/19
314 The Nautical Almanac 2021 15/20
321 The Star Almanac for Land Surveyors 2021 29/20
323 Star Finder and Identifier
GP100 The Astronomical Almanac 2021 40/20
GP200 Astronomical Phenomena 2022 39/20
DP330 NavPac and Compact Data 2021--2025 22/20
} Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.
3 -- 2
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS
NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 4
INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2020 (Week 53/20)
NP Publication Page
136 . . . . . . . . Ocean Passages for the World Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 2

201A . . . . . . ADMIRALTY Tide Tables 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 9
4 -- 1
NP136
NP136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 2 (2018 Edition)
PAGE 231, Connector Routes.

Connector to Connector Routes and Waypoints
Delete entries and replace by:
Connector to Connector Routes
FROM GP TO GP LENGTH
Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7602
Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É Bass Strait 38°47´S 142°16É 2635
Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route A) 41°32Ń 140°42É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7725
Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route B) 41°32Ń 140°42É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7495
Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route C) 41°32Ń 140°42É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7467
Waypoints
ID NAME GP ID NAME GP
PO12 Wilsons Promontory W 39°14´S 146°14É PO206 President Jackson Seamount 43°02Ń 129°16´W
PO14 Flinders Island N 38°43´S 148°16É PO207 Brown Bear Seamount NE 46°32Ń 129°05´W
PO33 Gabo Island 37°39´S 150°07É PO211 C. Falso S 21°40Ń 109°26´W
PO34 Jervis Bay 34°57´S 151°36É PO212 C. San Lazaro S 23°26Ń 112°00´W
PO35 Sugarloaf Point 32°34´S 152°44É PO213 President Jackson Seamount S 41°51Ń 129°10´W
PO36 Clarence Head 29°33´S 153°41É PO246 Morro Puercos 06°56Ń 80°13´W
PO37 Cape Byron 28°29´S 153°51É PO268 Off Lucinda 18°19´S 146°30É
PO76 Cape Otway 38°57´S 143°35É PO270 Fitzroy Island 16°55´S 146°02É
PO98 Moreton Island E 27°01´S 153°59É PO294 Cape Grenville 11°58´S 143°18É
PO154 Aleutian Trench SW 47°57Ń 179°59É PO296 Home Islands 11°35´S 142°58É
PO158 North Reef NE 23°01´S 152°08É PO302 Prince of Wales Island E 10°31´S 142°24É
PO171 Hay Point 10 20°51´S 149°49É PO315 Sandy Cape 24°25´S 153°27É
PO190 Off Panama 06°57Ń 81°58´W PO320 Warwick Seamount N 48°30Ń 132°43´W
PO191 Off Managua 10°28Ń 88°57´W PO322 Unimak Seamount E 53°58Ń 160°01´W
PO192 Punta San Telmo 18°02Ń 104°03´W PO324 Sanak Island S 54°07Ń 162°37´W
PO193 Lazaro Cardenas SE 16°41Ń 101°19´W PO325 Off Poluostrov Kamchatka 50°47Ń 162°08É
PO197 Gulf of Panama 07°45Ń 79°25´W PO326 Near Islands N 54°02Ń 172°56É
PO201 Hoke Seamount E 31°23Ń 123°15´W PO328 Adams Seamount W 49°59Ń 179°48´W
PO202 Guadelupe W 28°43Ń 119°28´W PO330 Erimo Misaki 41°43Ń 143°17É
PO203 Rodriguez Seamount NW 34°59Ń 126°16´W PO331 Habomai Islands SW 42°47Ń 145°37É
PO204 Taney Seamounts W 37°13Ń 127°46´W PO332 Habomai Islands 43°21Ń 146°38É
PO205 Steel Vendor Seamount S 39°46Ń 128°51´W
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 2
NP136
PAGE 235, Auckland, Brisbane, Buenaventura and Callao.
Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes.
Port to Port Routes
PORT GP LOCODE CCODE LENGTH FOR NP
From Auckland 36°46´S 174°49É AKL NZ NP51

To Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É BNE AU 1589 NP15
To Mebourne 38°00´S 144°55É MEL AU 2067 NP14
To Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É BTB AU 1547 NP14
From Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É BNE AU NP15

To Auckland 36°46´S 174°49É AKL NZ 1589 NP51
To Lyttelton 43°35´S 172°51É LYT NZ 1929 NP51
To Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É TRG NZ 1673 NP51
From Buenaventura 03°48Ń 77°23´W BUN CO NP7

Harbour of Vancouver
To 48°16Ń 123°32´W VAN CA 4936 NP25
(Juan de Fuca Strait)
To Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W LZC MX 1723 NP8
To San Jose 13°54Ń 90°46´W SNJ GT 1012 NP8
To San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W MX 1877 NP8
From Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W CLL PE NP7

To Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W LZC MX 2350 NP8
To San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W 2491 NP8
Port to Connector Routes
FROM GP TO GP LENGTH FOR

Auckland 36°46´S 174°49É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 6653 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2460 South East Asia ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 1781 South East Asia ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7868 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É Vokeo Island 02°58´S 144°00É 1775 South East Asia ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 1833 South East Asia ports
Buenaventura 03°48Ń 77°23´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 340 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports
Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 8302 South East Asia ports
Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 1355 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 3
NP136
PAG E 239, G l ad sto n e, H a r bo u r o f Va n co u ve r (J u a n d e Fu c a St ra i t) a n d H ay Po i n t.
Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes.
Delete enties and replace by:
Port to Port Routes
From Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É GLT AU NP15

To Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W LGB US 6319 NP8
From 48°16Ń 123°32´W VAN CA NP25
To Buenaventura 03°48Ń 77°23´W BUN C0 4934 NP7
To San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W 3064 NP8
To Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W OAK US 1042 NP8

Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Cabo de Hornos 56°07´S 66°55´W 6440 South Atlantic ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Caroline Islands 05°00Ń 146°59É 1956 South East Asia ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2276 South East Asia ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 1585 South East Asia ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7967 Caribbean ports
South East Asia and Indian
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 1326
Ocean ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 1637 South East Asia ports
(Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16Ń 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4121 South East Asia ports
(Route A)
(Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16Ń 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4087 South East Asia ports
(Route B)
(Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16Ń 123°32´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 3907 South East Asia ports
(Route C)
(Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16Ń 123°32´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 3915 South East Asia ports
(Route D)
Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2145 South East Asia ports
Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 1119
Ocean ports
Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 1458 South East Asia ports
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 4
NP136
PAGE 243, La zaro Cardenas, Long Beach and Lyt telton.
Port to Port Routes, Port to Connector Routes and Waypoints
Port to Port Routes
From Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W LZC MX NP8

To Buenaventura 03°48Ń 77°23´W BUN CO 1723 NP7
To Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W CLL PE 2350 NP7
To Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É NTL AU 6770 NP15
From Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W LGB US NP8

To Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É GLT AU 6319 NP15
To 48°16Ń 123°32´W VAN CA 1474 NP25
To Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É MEL AU 7145 NP14
To Quintero 32°45´S 71°34´W QTV CL 5077 NP7
From Lyttelton 43°35´S 172°51É LYT NZ NP51

To Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É BNE AU 1929 NP15

Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 6013 South East Asia ports
Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 1635 Caribbean ports
Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 5879 South East Asia ports
Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4781 South East Asia ports
Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 3130 Caribbean ports
Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 4640 South East Asia ports
Waypoints
ID NAME GP ID NAME GP
PO12 Wilsons Promontory W 39°14´S 146°14É PO209 Off Harbour of Vancouver 48°29Ń 124°45´W
PO21 North Island N 34°19´S 173°05É PO211 C. Falso S 21°40Ń 109°26´W
PO25 Gabo Island SE 38°07´S 152°36É PO212 C. San Lazaro S 23°26Ń 112°00´W
PO28 Standard Seamount SE 36°53´S 159°05É PO216 Off Lima 11°28´S 77°57´W
PO30 Challenger Plateau NW 36°02´S 163°44É PO221 P. Bayovar S 07°07´S 81°44´W
PO77 Three Kings Island 34°17´S 171°32É PO222 Paramount Seamount 03°29Ń 90°18´W
PO81 Lord Howe Rise 34°11´S 163°40É PO232 Off C Johnson 47°57Ń 125°18´W
PO85 Taupo Seamount SW 34°03´S 154°13É PO233 Off Columbia River 46°12Ń 125°16´W
PO97 Moreton Island N 26°50´S 153°30É PO234 C Mendocino 40°23Ń 125°00´W
PO145 Cape Farewell 40°06´S 173°04É PO239 Pioneer Seamount NW 37°33Ń 123°39´W
PO149 Off Wellington 41°19´S 174°30É PO240 Richardson Rock 34°25Ń 120°52´W
PO152 Kaikoura NE 42°15´S 174°02É PO246 Morro Puercos 06°56Ń 80°13´W
PO154 Aleutian Trench SW 47°57Ń 179°59É PO247 Islas San Benito SW 28°03Ń 116°01´W
PO159 Swain Reefs S 22°47´S 152°53É PO253 Off San Diego 32°27Ń 117°40´W
PO190 Off Panama 06°57Ń 81°58´W PO316 Torres Islands W 13°17´S 165°26É
PO191 Off Managua 10°28Ń 88°57´W PO317 Jasper Seamount E 30°30Ń 121°38´W
PO192 Punta San Telmo 18°02Ń 104°03´W PO318 Bishop Rock S 31°03Ń 118°29´W
PO195 Off Acapulco 16°39Ń 100°39´W PO329 Oma Saki 41°37Ń 140°54É
PO197 Gulf of Panama 07°45Ń 79°25´W PO334 Hoke Seamount NE 33°40Ń 124°35´W
PO202 Guadelupe W 28°43Ń 119°28´W
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 5
NP136
PAGE 245, Melbourne, Newcastle, Oakland and Port Botany.
Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes
Port to Port Routes
From Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É MEL AU NP14

From Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É NTL AU NP15

To Lazaro Cardenas 32°59´S 151°53É LZC MX 6770 NP8
From Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W OAK US NP8

To 48°16Ń 123°32´W VAN CA 1042 NP25
From Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É BTB AU NP14

To Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W OAK US 6714 NP8

Indian Ocean and South East Asia
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É Bass Strait 38°47´S 142°16É 207
ports
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 3663 South East Asia ports
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 2984 South East Asia ports
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 8187 Caribbean ports
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 3036 South East Asia ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É Caroline Islands 05°00Ń 146°59É 2557 South East Asia ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2877 South East Asia ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 2198 South East Asia ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 1944
ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 2250 South East Asia ports
Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4458 South East Asia ports
Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 3572 Caribbean ports
Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 4307 South East Asia ports
Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 2275 South East Asia ports
Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 2020
ports
Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É Vokeo Island 02°58´S 144°00É 2269 South East Asia ports
Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 2327 South East Asia ports
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 6
NP136
PAGE 249, Port Kembla, Quintero, San Jose, San Pedrito Port, Tacoma, Tauranga and Townsville.
Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes
Port to Port Routes
From Quintero QTV CL 32°45´S 71°34´W NP7

To Long Beach LGB US 33°43Ń 118°11´W 5077 NP8
From San Jose SNJ GT 13°54Ń 90°46´W NP8

To Buenaventura BUN CO 03°48Ń 77°23´W 1012 NP7
From San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W NP8

To Buenaventura BUN CO 03°48Ń 77°23´W 1877 NP7
To Callao CLL PE 12°02´S 77°14´W 2491 NP7
To VAN CA 48°16Ń 123°32´W 3064 NP25
From Tauranga TRG NZ 37°34´S 176°13É NP51

To Brisbane BNE AU 27°17´S 153°14É 1673 NP15
To Melbourne MEL AU 38°00´S 144°55É 2151 NP14
To Port Botany BTB AU 34°01´S 151°17É 1632 NP14

Port Kembla 34°26´S 150°57É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2990 South East Asia ports
Port Kembla 34°26´S 150°57É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7822 Caribbean ports
Quintero 32°45´S 71°34´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 2721 Caribbean ports
San Jose 13°54Ń 90°46´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 924 Caribbean ports
San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 5857 South East Asia ports
San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 1788 Caribbean ports
San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 5724 South East Asia ports
Tacoma 48°14Ń 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4120 South East Asia ports
Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É Caroline Islands 05°00Ń 146°59É 3258 South East Asia ports
Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 3578 South East Asia ports
Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 3034 South East Asia ports
Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 3086 South East Asia ports
Townsville 19°07´S 146°55É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2022 South East Asia ports
Townsville 19°07´S 146°55É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 1334 South East Asia ports
Townsville 19°07´S 146°55É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 635
Ocean ports
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 7
4 -- 8
NP201A
NP201A--20 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES, United Kingdom English Channel to River Humber
(Including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European Channel Ports) Volume 1A 2020 Edition
Page 293, Part II, Time and Height Differences for predicting the tide at Secondary Ports, ENGLAND,
SOUTH COAST.
The existing data is shown below:

0500 1100
65 POOLE HARBOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see page 38) —— —— and and 4.7 3.8 1.9 0.8
1700 2300
The changes required are shown below:

0500 1100
36a POOLE HARBOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see page 38) —— —— and and 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.6
1700 2300
UKHO 35/19
4 -- 9

Amends To SDs 2021

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Amends To SDs 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NP247(2)

ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS --

CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2020 (Week 53/20)

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION

Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications

Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision

Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners

NP No Title Edition Published /

UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31st December 2020 (Week 53/20)

2 PSSA. The waters between a point on the coast at Regulations

UKHO [NP2--No 26--Wk 08/20] Equatorial Guinea -- Bata —

Isla de Bioko -- Puerto de Malabo — 133

After Paragraph 4.173 6 line 2 Insert: 147

Paragraph 5.51 Replace by:

Angola -- Futila Terminal — Directions; buoyage

226 Paragraph 8.54 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:

Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Spare

After Paragraph 8.79 1 line 3 Insert: South African Notice 11/69(T)/19

Republic of South Africa -- Paragraph 9.143 4 lines 1--9 Delete

75 Mozambique – Beira — Limiting conditions;

188 Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 13--Wk 49/19]

Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 18--Wk 49/19]

Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- 175

Cape Decision Light (7.19). 177

Alaska -- Frederick Sound --

Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- 197

224 US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 20--Wk 08/20]

257 US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 21--Wk 08/20]

257 US Notice 3/17302/20 [NP4--No 22--Wk 08/20]

Paragraph 10.17 1 lines 6--7 Delete

Alaska -- Cross Sound -- V--AIS:

Brazil — Regulations; Extractive Reserves

Brazil -- Rio Pará --

ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 19--Wk 48/17]

115 Brazil – North coast – Cabo Gurupi to

130 After Paragraph 4.171 2 line 13 Insert:

Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18 Brazilian Notice 1/19 N149(T)/15

Paragraph 5.102 4 line 1 Replace by: 3 125753S Draught greater than 10 m;

Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 33--Wk 01/18] Brazil -- East coast --

Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho — Berths 210

200 After Paragraph 6.180 1 line 9 Insert:

Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 34--Wk 01/18] Brazil -- Porto do Açu —

Brazil -- Cabo Búzios -- 227

236--237 GB Chart 431 [NP5--No 89--Wk 29/19]

Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 including existing Section IV

1 East channel. The E channel leads through a 237

Porto Sudeste Terminal

Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 32--Wk 01/18]

Brazil -- South coast -- Itajaí — Basins and berths

Uruguay -- Río de La Plata -- Paragraph 9.106 1 line 1 Replace by:

Uruguayan Notice 9/0617/17 [NP5--No 11--Wk 45/17]

Argentine Notice 1/26/15 [NP5--No 3--Wk 22/17] Uruguay -- Bahía de Montevideo to

Argentina -- Puerto La Plata — Anchorages

Uruguay -- West--north--west of Paragraph 9.221 1--2 Replace by:

ENC UY300060 [NP5--No 95--Wk 41/19]

Argentine Chart 249 [NP5--No 42--Wk 16/18] Traffic regulations

NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition) 335

Paragraph 7.525 5 line 2 Replace by: